|试卷下载
终身会员
搜索
    上传资料 赚现金
    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 1 选择型阅读 真题
    立即下载
    加入资料篮
    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 1 选择型阅读 真题01
    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 1 选择型阅读 真题02
    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 1 选择型阅读 真题03
    还剩501页未读, 继续阅读
    下载需要10学贝 1学贝=0.1元
    使用下载券免费下载
    加入资料篮
    立即下载

    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 1 选择型阅读 真题

    展开
    这是一份中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 1 选择型阅读 真题,共504页。

    (安徽)A
    It is expected that Pacific Island countries will become popular with Chinese tourists in . Which one should you choose for your summer holiday?
    Country
    What you need to know
    Language
    What you need to do
    Papua new
    guinea
    It is the largest one of the Pacific Island countries. Both the mainland and its islands are perfect for deep sea diving(潜水).
    English
    &
    Tok Pisin
    Go deep sea diving in the Solomon Sea.
    Kingdom
    of
    Tonga
    Tonga is ahead of the rest of the world; it’s the first country in the world to start a new day.
    English
    &
    Tongan
    Visit the Royal Palace of Tongan.
    The
    Republic of
    Vanuatu
    It sits between Hawaii and Australia. In Vanuatu, you’ll find the world’s only underwater post office in the capital, Port Villa.
    English,
    French
    &
    Bislama
    Send a postcard from the underwater post office.
    Fiji
    Fiji is one of the world’s best-known places for your holiday. The island’s blue sea, white-sand beaches and the forests are well worth seeing.
    Fijian
    &
    English
    Go diving on Mana Islan.
    71. Which country is the first one to start a new day?
    A. Papua New Guinea. B. Kingdom of Tonga.
    C. The Republic of Vanuatu. D. Fiji.
    72. People go to Fiji for their holidays mainly because _________.
    A. things there are well worth seeing. B. the underwater post office is exciting.
    C. they want to stay in the Royal Palace. D. it is the largest Pacific Island country.
    73. Which language is spoken in all the four Pacific Island countries?
    A. Tok Pisin. B. French. C. Bislama. D. English.
    74. What is the purpose of the text?
    A. To ask for some help. B. To introduce languages.
    C. To answer a question. D. To offer holiday choices.
    体裁:应用文
    话题:国家与民族
    词数:177
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章介绍了四个太平洋岛国巴布亚新几内亚、汤加共和国、阿努阿图共和国和斐济的特色、语言和特色旅游景点。
    【答案】71-74BADD
    【解析】
    71. B 细节理解题。从What you need to know列第三行“it’s the first country in the world to start a new day.”知,Kingdom of Tonga(汤加共和国)是世界上第一个开始新的一天的国家。故选B。
    72. A 细节理解题。从表格最后一行Fiji部分What you need to know列“The island’s blue sea, white-sand beaches and the forests are well worth seeing.”知,斐济这个岛国有蓝色的大海、白色海滩和森林都是值得一看的。故选A。
    73. D 总结归纳题。从Language列列举的语言分析知,英语是四个岛国的共同语言。故选D。
    74. D 观点意图题。从文章开头“Which one should you choose for your summer holiday?(你应该选择去哪个岛国去度你的暑假呢?)”知,这些信息的主要意图就是提供假期选择。故选D。

    (安徽)B
    Have you tried to run or walk for exercise and then given up? If you answered yes, you should try a new kind of exercise: aquatic (水中的) exercise. Aquatic exercise is like exercise on land, but you do it in a swimming pool. More and more people are trying aquatic exercise.
    Aquatic exercise feels easier than exercising on land. Why? You weigh about 90% less in the pool. It is better for your knees than running or walking. Water is about 1000 times thicker and heavier than air. To move through the water, your body has to work four times as hard. As a result, you can burn more calories (卡路里).
    In fact, most people say they feel more relaxed in the water. They stop thinking about the things that make them worried. They feel in control of their bodies. The cool, quiet environment makes them feel good.
    But what if you are afraid of the water? No problem! There is nothing to worry about. Aquatic exercise is safe and easy to learn. It doesn’t require any special skills. You don’t even need to know how to swim. Aquatic exercise is for everyone.
    75. What is Paragraph 2 mainly about?
    A. Difference between air and water. B. Weight change of one’s body
    C. The advantages of aquatic exercise. D. The ways to do aquatic exercise.
    76. What do most people think of aquatic exercise?
    A. Relaxing. B. Worrying. C. Challenging. D. Boring.
    77. According to the text, aquatic exercise is ________.
    A. done in group B. fit for everyone
    C. difficult to learn D. done with special skills
    78. In which part of a magazine can we read the text?
    A. Culture. B. Health. C. Nature. D. Travel.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:体育健身
    词数:195
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了在水中锻炼比陆地锻炼的优点和锻炼技巧,号召人们进行水中训练。
    【答案】75-78CABB
    【解析】
    75. C 段落大意题。阅读第二段知,水中锻炼比陆地容易,因为人在水中比在陆地上要轻90%,由于水密度比空气厚而且重,因此在水中锻炼需要更大的力气,因此会燃烧更多的热量。也就是说,本段主要谈论了水中锻炼的优点。故选C。
    72. A 细节理解题。从第三段“In fact, most people say they feel more relaxed in the water.”知,大多数人认为在水中锻炼更感觉放松。故选A。
    73. B 细节理解题。从第四段“Aquatic exercise is for everyone.”知,水中锻炼适合每个人。故选B。
    74. B 推理判断题。本文主要谈论的是水中锻炼的好处,因此应该出现在报纸的“健康”部分。故选B。
    (安徽)C

    Like many high school graduates, Maggie Doyne didn’t go straight to college. She decided to travel and arrives in western Nepal in 2006. A war had just ended there and let many children living on the streets. They were often forced to work at hard physical jobs for little money.
    One day, while walking down a country road, Doyne saw a little girl breaking up rocks, She soon learned that 7-year-old Hima sold the rocks to support her family. With deep sadness, she decided to pay Hima’s tuition (学费) for school. Encouraged by the changes in the child, Doyne thought, “If we can help one child, why not 10?”
    Doyne felt that the street children’s greatest need was a home. She found a piece of land for sale and bought it with $5,000 she saved from years of babysitting (当临时保姆). In 2008 the Kopila Valley Children’s Home was set up. With the help from the community, another goal was reached in 2010—the Kopila Valley School. Over 350 children now attend the school and over 50 live in the home.
    Today, Doyne lives in the home and is “mum” to the kids.
    79. When did Maggie Doyne travel to western Nepal?
    A. In 2006 B. In 2007 C. In 2008 D. In 2010
    80. Why did Hima break up the rocks?
    A. To do physical exercise. B. To build a new school .
    C. To get money for her family. D. To repair the country road.
    81. What can we learn from Paragraph 3?
    A. The street children once worked as babysitters.
    B. Doyne got some support from the community.
    C. Doyne borrowed much money from the government.
    D. Over 5,000 children attend the Kopila Valley School.
    82. Which of the following might be the best title for the text?
    A. Maggie Doyne --- A Lonely Traveller B. War in Western Nepal
    C. Maggie Doyne --- Mum to More Than 50 D. A Girl Lived on Her own
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:社会行为
    词数:194
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。因为一场战争,尼泊尔很多孩子无家可归。一个高中毕业生Maggie Doyne看到这个现象,倾其所有办起了一个收容所和一个学校帮助这些街道孩子。
    【答案】79-82ACBC
    【解析】
    79. A 细节理解题。从第一段“She decided to travel and arrives in western Nepal in 2006.”知,Maggie Doyne于2006年决定旅行到尼泊尔西部。故选A。
    80. C 细节理解题。从第二段“Doyne saw a little girl breaking up rocks, She soon learned that 7-year-old Hima sold the rocks to support her family.”知,Doyne看见一个7岁小女孩Hima砸碎石头的目的是用那些碎石头卖钱支持家庭。故选C。
    81. B 细节理解题。从第三段“She found a piece of land for sale and bought it with $5,000 she saved from years of babysitting”知,Doyne曾经当过临时保姆,而不是那些街道孩子当过保姆;从“With the help from the community, another goal was reached in 2010—the Kopila Valley School.”知,Doyne得到社区的帮助;本段没有提及Doyne从政府借钱;从“Over 350 children now attend the school”知,超过350个孩子而不是超过5,000个孩子进入了这个学校。综上所述选B。
    82. C 标题归纳题。本文主要谈论的是Doyne帮助尼泊尔街道孩子的故事。从文章最后知,这些孩子都叫她“妈妈”。因此用C作为文章标题是合适的。故选C。
    (安徽) D
    The world uses about a thousand million (百万) tons of water a day. Water is a human right and everyone should have their share. Yet more than 700 million people around the world have trouble getting clean, safe water.
    Treating wastewater is a good way to provide fresh water for us. And it also helps the environment by keeping waste out of rivers and oceans. 80% of wastewater around the world is not treated at all, and it is running into oceans. But now we have got the technology to treat and reuse the wastewater.
    While 75% of our planet is covered with water, only 2% is fresh water – that comes from rivers, lakes, ice and snow. The rest, 98% of the water, is in seas and oceans. It is too salty to drink. Then desalination businesses come in. More than 19,000 factories have been built around the world, mostly in coastal countries. They process (加工) more than 92 million tons of water every day. But the technology they use requires a lot of energy.
    Scientists are working to create a less costly technology. They want to produce 20 times more clean water and make sure everyone has enough. But for now, the world still faces each day with not having enough water for everyone.
    83. How many people have redouble in getting clean water around the world?
    A. Under 10 million. B. Only 19 million.
    C. About 92 million. D. Over 700 million.
    84. Treating wastewater helps the environment by ________.
    A. storing waste in ice and snow B. letting waste run into oceans
    C. keeping waste out of ricers and oceans D. sending waste to coastal countries
    85. What does the underlined word “desalination” in Paragraph 3 mean?
    A.远洋运输 B. 潮汐发电 C.食盐销售 D. 海水淡化
    86. At present, the technology to process water ________.
    A. needs much energy B. saves much money
    C. satisfies everyone D. causes pollution
    87. What can we infer from the last paragraph?
    A. Water should be a human right. B. The water problem is still serious.
    C. Our planet is covered with water. D. Everyone has enough clean water.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:环境保护
    词数:217
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。尽管我们这个世界有75%的水覆盖,但是能饮用的水却少之又少,有许多人面临缺水的窘境,可是,我们每天却生产大量废水,因此将废水循环利用显得尤为重要。人们纷纷在想方设计处理废水,以达到每个人都有水喝的目的。
    【答案】83-87DCDAB
    【解析】
    83. D 细节理解题。从第一段“Yet more than 700 million people around the world have trouble getting clean, safe water.”知,世界上还有超过7亿人缺少干净、安全的饮用水。故选D。
    84. C 细节理解题。从第二段“And it also helps the environment by keeping waste out of rivers and oceans.”知,处理废水工程也能通过阻止废水进入河里和海洋帮助保护环境。故选C。
    85. D 词义猜测题。从划线单词前一句“It is too salty to drink.”知,海洋水太咸了不能饮用。因此海水淡化业务就跟进了。故选D。
    86. A 推理判断题。从第三段“But the technology they use requires a lot of energy.”知,加工水的技术需要很多能量,而这些能量是需要钱的。由此推知,加工水需要许多钱。故选A。
    87. B 推理判断题。阅读最后一段知,科学家正在考虑减少加工水的技术成本,但到现在为止,世界任然每天面临每个人都没有足够的水的风险。由此推知,现在水问题仍然是一个严重的问题。故选B。

    三、阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
    阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,
    A (江苏连云港)
    SeaWorld
    SSea World celebrates 50 years with a Sea of Surprises. Step under the waves at SeaWorld
    San Diego’s all-new Explorers ’ Reef. Go “hand-in” to touch a shark, a crab, or thousands
    of tiny cleaner fish that will bite playfully at your fingers. And you can enjoy an all-new Shamu’s Celebration: Light Up The Night show.
    TOUR: A14
    ADULT: $111
    CHILD(3-10):$ 105
    San Diego ZooTake a walk on the wild side at the San Diego Zoo with one of the most kinds of wild animals in the world. The San Diego Zoo covers 100 acres and brings 4,000 animals, representing 800 kinds; together in one place. The Zoo has some of the most beautiful and rare creatures in the world and offers you a great chance to visit wild animals.
    TOUR: A13
    ADULT: $ 90
    CHILD(3-11):$72

    Legoland California
    Offering a full day of wonderful adventures, Legoland gives fun, imagination, and entertainment to today’s youngsters and their families. At Legoland California everyone in the family becomes a hero on more than 50 super rides, shows and attractions.
    TOUR: A16
    ADULT: $ 109
    CHILD(2-12):$ 104
    Universal Studios Hollywood
    Go behind the scenes on the world famous Studio Tour to explore where Hollywood movies are made. Then,face exciting rides, shows and attractions that put you inside some of the world’s biggest movies.
    TOUR: A6
    ADULT: $ 138
    CHILD(3-12):$96

    31. Tom, aged 11,who has only S100 and is crazy about rides, can choose Tour______________.
    A. A6 B. A13 C. A14 D. A16
    32. It can be known from the passages that___________.
    A. visitors can step under the waves and enjoy 50 shows and attractions at SeaWorld
    B. the San Diego Zoo covers 100 acres with one of the most kinds of wild animals in the world
    C. youngsters and their families can enjoy a half day of wonderful adventures in Legoland
    D. you will be put inside all of the world’s biggest movies in Universal Studios Hollywood
    33. The four passages above probably come from ____________.
    A. a sports report B. a story book
    C. a science magazine D. an advertisement poster

    体裁:应用文
    话题:海报——旅游景点介绍
    词数:235
    【主旨大意】
    本文介绍了海洋世界,加州乐高乐园,圣地亚哥动物园,好莱坞环球影城四处景点的旅游项目和门票价格。
    【答案】31-33 ABD
    【解析】
    31. A 细节理解题。根据题干中的关键词“aged 11, only S100和ride”可知,汤姆11岁,非常喜欢骑马,并且身上只有一百元,从这三个条件中去寻找适合的。先从价格上排除A和D两项;A6中含有ride项目的。故选A。
    32. B 细节理解题。A项:游客们可以在海底享受50场海洋世界的表演和景点。与海报内容不符,排除。B项:圣地亚哥动物园占地100英亩,是世界上野生动物种类最多的动物园之一。与海报内容相符。C项:孩子们和家人可以在乐高乐园享受半天的奇妙冒险,与海报内容不符。D项:你将置身于好莱坞环球影城世界上最大的电影中,与海报内容不符。故选B。
    33. D 推理判断题。分析四个方框中的内容可知,它们都是旅游景点介绍,属于海报类。故选D。

    B(江苏连云港)
    Then Alice saw a small glass table. There was a little golden key on it. She picked it up and put it in all the locks on the doors but it didn’t open any of them. She moved a curtain on one of the walls and discovered another door, a very small one. She put the key in the lock. It was exactly the right size! She opened the door and looked through it. At the end of a low passage she saw a beautiful garden. It was full of brightly coloured flowers and fountains.
    ‘ Oh, how beautiful!’ she said. ‘ I’d love to go there but I’m too big to get through the door.’
    She walked back to the table. There was a bottle on it now.
    ‘ I’m sure that bottle wasn’t there before,’ she said, a little confused.
    She put down the key and picked up the bottle. She read the words “DRINK ME” on it. Alice wasn’t a stupid girl. She didn’t drink it immediately. First she looked at the bottle carefully. There wasn’t a label on it that said “POISON”.
    So she put the bottle to her lips and drank.
    ‘ Mmm,it’s nice,’ she said, it tasted like cherry tart, pineapple, roast turkey and toast—all the things that she liked to cat—so she drank some more. And some more. Soon the bottle was empty.
    ‘What a curious feeling,’ she said. I’m getting smaller and smaller.’ It was true! She was now as small as her cat Dinah.
    ‘Good! I can go through the door into the garden,’ she said. But, poor Alice! When she got to the door, she didn’t have the key! It was on the table. She couldn’t reach it because she was too small now. She sat down and cried.
    After a while she said, ‘Alice!’ ‘Stop crying! Crying doesn’t help! Dry your tears immediately!’
    When she looked at the table again,she saw a small glass box under it. She picked it up and opened it. There was a small cake inside. It had the words “EAT ME” on it. She put a small piece of it in her mouth.
    ‘If I grow bigger I can reach the key,’ she thought. ‘And if I grow smaller I can go under the door.’
    But nothing happened so she finished it .
    34. From the passage we can know that______________.
    A. at first Alice could go through the door into the garden easily
    B. then Alice found there was a little golden key on a small wooden table
    C. Alice was as small as her rabbit Dinah after she drank something in the bottle
    D. Alice saw a small glass box with a small cake in it under the table
    35. Alice did the following things in the order of__________.
    a. She saw a beautiful garden at the end of a low passage.
    b. She moved a curtain and discovered another door.
    c. She put a small piece of the cake in her mouth.
    d. She put the bottle to her lips and drank.
    e. She cried because she couldn’t reach the key.
    A. a- b- c- d- e B. b-a-d-e-c C. d- a- b-c- c D. b-d-c-a-c
    36. The underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refers to__________.
    A. the small box B. the glass table
    C. the small cake D. the golden key
    37. According to the passage, the best words to describe Alice are___________
    A. careful and brave B. curious and helpful
    C. clever and friendly D. organized and strange

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:故事——爱丽丝历险记
    词数:408
    【主旨大意】
    本文节选《爱丽丝梦游仙境》,讲述了小姑娘爱丽丝历险的故事。
    【答案】34-37 DBCA
    【解析】
    34. D 细节理解题。由倒数第三段中“she saw a small glass box under it. She picked it up and
    opened it. There was a small cake inside.”可知,本题答案为D。其他三个选项与原文不符。
    35. B 细节理解题。通读全文可知,爱丽丝发现另一个门,通过门看到一个漂亮的花园,门太小过不去,找到一瓶饮料,喝了饮料身子变小,身子变小了够不到了桌子上的钥匙,发现一块面包。故选B。
    36. C 词义猜测题。由上一段中“‘ If I grow bigger I can reach the key,’ she thought.”可知,爱丽丝想变大,但是,她把面包吃完了,什么也没发生。这里的it指面包。故选C。
    37. A 推理判断题。从文中的句子“Alice wasn’t a stupid girl. She didn’t drink it immediately. First she looked at the bottle carefully.”可知,爱丽丝很细心;从喝过饮料之后身子变小她也没有惊慌失措,说明她很勇敢。故选A。

    C (江苏连云港)
    You think it’s “cool” to carry your backpacks and head out to school, don’t know exactly how to choose, load, lift and wear them—these a accessories (配件)can be a pain in the back. Not to mention the neck, head an Backpacks can influence your health. Carrying a heavy load improperly poor body position; and even hurt the spinal column(脊柱).This can cause muscle strain, headaches, back, neck and arm pain.
    For example, if it is carried on one shoulder, a heavy backpack forces the muscles and spine to balance the unequal weight. This may increase the possible back problems later in life.
    More than 50 percent of young people suffer back pain by their teenage years. Research shows that this could be mainly caused by improper use of backpacks.
    Here’s some advice to help you carry backpacks comfortably and safely.
    Choose the right backpack. Forget leather(皮革)! It looks great, but it's far too heavy. Go for canvas(帆布).Pick a pack that has two wide, adjustable, comfortable shoulder straps(带子),along with a hip or waist strap, and plenty of pockets. Make sure the pack fits properly and its size is suitable for the wearer’s body.
    Packing it properly. Only put in the pack what is needed for that day. It’s a good idea to know what each object weighs. The total weight of the filled pack should be no more than 10 to 15 percent of the wearer’s own body weight. Pack heaviest objects close to the body, and place little ones outside, away from the back.
    Putting the backpack on. Put the pack on a smooth surface, at waist height. Put on the pack, one shoulder at a time, then adjust(调整)the straps to fit comfortably. Remember when lifting a backpack, or anything, to lift using the arms and legs and to bend at the knees.
    The right way to wear a backpack. Both shoulder straps should be used, and adjusted so that the pack fits the body, without hanging to one side. Backpacks should never be worn over just one shoulder. You should be able to move your hands between the backpack and your back. The waist strap should also be worn.
    Take the above advice, and you may not complain back pain, numbness or weakness in your arms and legs any more.
    38. What could mainly cause some young people to suffer back pain by their teenage years?
    A. Too much homework. B. Poor treatment for backs.
    C. Improper use of backpacks. D. Unhealthy sleep position.
    39. Which of the following does the writer suggest?
    ① Choose leather backpacks because it looks “cool” to go to school.
    ② Pick a pack that its size is suitable for the wearer’s body.
    ③ Make sure the backpack contains only what is needed for that day.
    ④ Pack heaviest objects close to the body, and place little ones outside.
    ⑤ Put the pack on a smooth surface, above the waist height.
    A. ①②④ B. ①③⑤ C. ②③④ D. ②③⑤
    40. If a boy weighs 40kg, how heavy should his filled backpack be at most?
    A. About 4kg. B. About 6kg. C. About 10kg. D. About 15kg.
    41. What is the passage mainly about?
    A. Some problems that teenagers face in their study at school.
    B. The suitable backpack material that you should choose.
    C. The good influence that backpacks have on your health.
    D. Some advice on how to carry backpacks comfortably and safely.

    体裁:说明文
    话题:77. 科普知识
    词数:411
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章讲述了关于背包的使用不当会造成肌肉拉伤、头痛、背部、颈部和手臂疼痛等症状,作者给出了一些关于正确使用背包的建议。
    【答案】38—41 CCBD
    【解析】
    38. C 细节理解题。根据短文第三段中Research shows that this could be mainly caused by improper use of backpacks.可知,背包的使用不当是主要原因导致一些年轻人在青少年时期遭受腰痛,故选C。
    39. C 推理判断题。根据短文第五段Make sure the pack fits properly and its size is suitable for the wearer’s body.可知,②是正确的;第六段中Only put in the pack what is needed for that day.和最后一句Pack heaviest objects close to the body, and place little ones outside, away from the back.可知,③④正确,故选C。
    40. B 计算题。根据短文第六段中The total weight of the filled pack should be no more than 10 to 15 percent of the wearer’s own body weight.可知,填充包的总重量不应超过佩戴者自身体重的10%至15%。一个人体重40公斤,那么他的背包总重量最多是6公斤,故选B。
    41. D 主旨大意题。文章主要讲述的是关于如何正确使用背包的方法,故D符合题意。


    D (江苏连云港)
    The human body is a machine that can raise lots of interesting questions. Why, for example, are yawns(呵欠)contagious(传染的)?What’s up with ice-cream headaches? Here are answers to these and other questions about our bodies.
    Why do I get a headache when I eat ice cream too quickly?
    Scientists aren’t exactly sure what causes the brain freeze when we eat ice cream or other super-cold foods too quickly, though some believe it’s the result of changed blood flow in the nervous system. Blood vessels in the head tighten to stop the loss of body heat and then relax to let blood flow rise; that sudden rush of blood is what causes the headache. You can improve an ice-cream headache by rapidly rubbing your tongue across the roof of your mouth to help warm up things.
    What causes my stomach to make a low continuous noise when I’m hungry?
    Actually, your stomach makes noise whether you’re hungry or full; you just hear it more clearly when you’re hungry. Think of your digestive tract(消化道)as a really long tube lined with smooth muscle tissue. These muscles move food, fluids and gas through your digestive tract.
    _________________________________. It can make you feel embarrassed(尴尬的)but is
    nothing to worry about.
    Why do I blush when I’m embarrassed?
    When you’re embarrassed, your brain releases a shot of adrenaline(肾上腺素),which makes your heart race and blood vessels become larger in size. All this happens to increase blood flow and oxygen delivery throughout the body in a fight-or-flight reaction(抗反).There are a lot of tiny blood vessels in your face, which turn noticeably redder from this sudden rush of blood. As for the actual function of blushing, researchers are still trying to find that one out.
    Why are yawns contagious?
    Have you ever yawned in front of someone, only to have them yawn right back? It’s a common thing, but researchers don’t have a good explanation for it. They do, however, know this happens only with humans and chimpanzees(黑猩猩). A bigger question puzzling scientists is why we yawn at all. It used to be thought that yawning showed that oxygen to the brain was not enough, but that’s just a myth. A growing body of research now shows that yawning is nature’s way of keeping our brains cool.
    42. What is the meaning of the underlined word tighten?
    A.变松 B.变紧 C.变短 D.变长
    43. Which of the following sentences can be filled in the blank?
    A. And that’s what you’re hearing when your stomach makes noise.
    B. And that’s why you’re so hungry when your stomach is empty.
    C. And that’s what makes you feel uncomfortable when you’re full.
    D. And that’s how it makes a difference to your digestive tract.
    44. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
    A. There is no way for you to improve an ice-cream headache.
    B. Researchers have found out the actual function of blushing.
    C. Your stomach makes noise only when you are hungry.
    D. Researchers don’t have a good explanation for why yawns are contagious.
    45. What is the best title of the passage?
    A. Some Interesting Facts B. Our Strange Body
    C. Some Useful Discoveries D. Our Amazing Feelings

    体裁:科普说明文
    话题:13. 卫生与健康
    41.身体部位
    77.科普知识
    词数:419
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章讲述了我们的身体器官的一些奇怪的现象,并对这些现象作出了一些科学的解释。
    【答案】42—45 BADB
    【解析】
    42. B 猜词大意题。根据第三段中Blood vessels in the head tighten to stop the loss of body heat and then relax to let blood flow rise.可知,头部的血管收紧,以阻止身体热量的流失……,由此可知单词tighten意为“变紧”,故选B。
    43. A 填空题。根据第五段中It can make you feel embarrassed(尴尬的)but is nothing to worry about.可知,肚子发出的响声让人感到尴尬,故选A。
    44. D 推理判断题。根据短文最后一段It’s a common thing, but researchers don’t have a good explanation for it.可知,研究人员没有对打哈欠会传染作出一个好的解释,故D项表述是正确的。
    45. B 标题归纳题。本文主要讲述了关于我们身体的器官会有一些奇怪的问题,并对这些问题给出了一些科学的解释,故B项能概括文章大意。

    A(·江苏南京)
    WILL THE WORLD AT 12:01 A.M. on Jan.1, be completely different from how it was at 11:59 p.m. on Dec. 31, 2018? Not really. But people make a big deal of flipping(翻动) over the calendar. For example, you make a New Year resolution, a promise to yourself that you’ll try to be better in the year ahead. Maybe that means being nicer to your family members, or reading news more often. My resolution is to have a pet. My favourite pet is in the puzzle on the right. Try to find it.
    THE RULES
    1. You may only move across or down.
    2. Your path must spell out real words!
    26. Sam Ehren wrote this passage on _______.
    A. Jan. l, B. Jan. 1 ,2018 C. Dec.30, 2018 D. Dec.31, 2018
    27. What does the underlined word “resolution” mean in the passage?
    A. Promise. B. Entertainment. C. Humour. D. Secret.
    28. From the puzzle, we can find the writer's favourite pet is a _______.
    A. mouse B. dog C. cat D. bird

    体裁:说明文

    话题(20) 游戏与休闲
    话题(22) 娱乐活动
    词数:114

    【主旨大意】本文是小品文。2018年底12月31日的11:59和年1月1日的12:01,在时间维度上相差的一分钟没有什么大的差别,但对人们来说是翻过了日历的一页。新年伊始人们开始许下新年美好的愿望,作者要求根据图示猜测其新年决心要拥有的宠物是什么。
    本文是一篇说明文。作者认为跟时间微差异一样,我们许下小愿望就应该为之付诸行动。
    【答案】26—28 CAC
    【解析】
    26. C细节理解题。从图片下面一行字“By SAM EHREN DEC. 30. 2018”提示,直接得出制图的时间是Dec.30, 2018。故选C。
    27. A词义推测题。题干意为:文中带下划线的“resolution”是什么意思?根据后半句a promise to yourself that you’ll try to be better in the year ahead.的描述,可以知道resolution和promise意思相当。故选A。
    28. C细节理解题。题干意为:从拼图中,我们可以发现作者最喜欢的宠物是什么。把四个选项和字谜和移动规则相比对,可以较容易得出答案是cat。故选C。

    B(·江苏南京)
    Mike Isaac and I are reporters of Student Daily. For the topics of our newspaper next month, we visited Sunshine Elementary School on May 10. We interviewed some students and here is what they said.















    29. What did Mike Isaac and the writer visit Sunshine Elementary School for?
    A. For environment protection. B. For wild life protection.
    C. For good manners in school. D. For topics of the newspaper.
    30. What may cause people to be mad at one another in Andrew Vargas's opinion?
    A. Losing more oxygen B. Speaking in a loud voice.
    C. Cutting down more tree. D. Hunting tigers for medicine.
    31. Who talked about health?
    A. Joslyn Frace. B. Jayden Mitchell.
    C. Andrew Vargas. D. Joseph Truong.

    体裁:应用文

    话题8. 人际交往
    话题(42) 体育健身
    话题(72) 人与自然
    话题(74) 环境保护
    词数:187

    【主旨大意】这是一篇应用文。作者和迈克•艾萨克作为学生日报的记者,为了征集报纸下个月的主题。他们于5月10日访问了阳光小学的四个小学生,让他们“说出你的想法”,倾听他们真实的心声。
    【答案】29—31 DBB
    【解析】
    29. D细节理解题。根据第一段For the topics of our newspaper next month, we visited Sunshine Elementary School on May 10.的交代,for后面跟的就是目的,即For topics of the newspaper。故选D。
    30. B细节理解题。根据题干可以迅速定位到Andrew Vargas小气泡里寻找到答案: When people are loud, it causes them to be mad at one another. 故选B。
    31. B细节理解题。题干意为:谁谈论健康?Jayden Mitchell的话中有:Not everyone is healthy, so we should have more exercise.等描述。故选B。


    C(·江苏南京)
    Q: At recess(课间休息), I don’t know what to do because all my frines are playing games I don’t like or don’t want to play. So I end up standing by myself at recess doing nothing. What should I do?
    Alex Rider,13, Bloomfield, N.J.
    A: Do you believe in time travel, Alex? Because you just dragged me 40 years into the past. When I was 13, half my friends threw themselves into kickball at recess— which was too vigorous(剧烈的) for me right after lunch. So, like you, I stood around a lot. Then, one day, my teacher, Susie, asked me, “What do you want to do?” I had no answer for her. But suddenly, it came to me: marbles! I asked a few friends, and they were happy to join me. Now, I’m not suggesting you play marbles, only that you consider what you feel like doing and can make you happy. And one last idea: There’s no harm in trying games your friends are playing that you think you won’t like. You might just surprise yourself. Philip Galanes, adult
    A: In fact, recess was my least favorite part of the school day for Grades 1 to 5. I was never really into playing kickball. So, like you, I spent many days at recess standing alone. Take advantage of the extra time you have. I learned that reading a book is the best way to pass time, especially if it is sunny. Books are good for a lonely recess, because they take you out of your world and into another. If reading isn’t your thing, then try making new friends. Some other things I would do at recess were chess and paper cutting. Those might be worth trying. Maybe the teacher who is watching over all the kids needs someone to talk to as well. Whatever you want to do, don’t let your time go to waster. Johnny Hayes,15





















    32. Who is asking for advice?
    A. Alex Rider. B. Johnny Hayes. C. Susie. D. Philip Galanes.
    33. One of Philip's suggestions is to ________.
    A. read a book B. talk to a teacher
    C. do what you feel like doing D. stand without doing anything
    34. Why do Johnny and Philip mention the kickball game at their schools?
    A. To show they shared similar experiences.
    B. To show they were good at the kickball game.
    C. To encourage Alex to make use of the extra time.
    D. To encourage Alex to surprise himself with a new game.
    35. Which part of a newspaper may this passage be taken from?
    A. Science Study. B. Art Style. C. Sports World. D. Teenage Problem.

    体裁:应用文

    话题(1) 个人情况 话题 (4) 兴趣与爱好
    话题 (7) 朋友 话题 (14) 学校生活
    话题 (21) 爱好
    词数:329
    【主旨大意】亚历克斯·莱德在课间休息时,未能融入同学们玩的游戏,只能独自站着不知道该怎么办。同龄人约翰尼•海斯和成年人菲利普•加兰斯为此现身说法,为他支招。
    【答案】32—35 ACAD
    【解析】
    32. A细节理解题。题干意为:谁在征求意见?文章第一段后面署名Alex Rider就是求助者。故选A。
    33. C细节理解题。Philip的建议里有Now, I’m not suggestion you play marbles, only that you consider what you feel like doing and can make you happy.故选C。
    34. A理解总结题。题干意为:为什么约翰尼和菲利普提到学校里的足球比赛?综合两个人的建议,他们这样说是为了展示他们有相似的经历。故选A。
    35. D推理判断题。题干意为:这篇文章可以从报纸的哪一部分摘取?根据文章问答的形式和探讨的内容,可以确定它来源报纸的“青少年问题”栏目。故选D。

    D(·江苏南京)
    Scene 1
    (The setting is a room in the palace of the Queen of Sheba. The Queen sits at one end of the room on a chair. Zahrah stands on one side of the chair. Amram is showing some silks to the Queen.)
    Amram: Would your Majesty he good enough to feel this silk? See how fine and soft it is!
    (Amram comes a little closer to the Queen and holds out some purple silk. She feels it.)
    Queen: Yes, it is. And I like this bright purple color very much.(She turns to Zahrah.) Zahrah, what do you think of it?
    Zahrah: I like it very much, and it is a good color for a queen, your Majesty.(She folds up the silk and puts it to one side.)
    Amram: The king of my own country, the wise King Solomon, likes this bright purple better than any other color.
    Queen: I have heard may things about your king.
    Amram: He is a good king, your Majesty, and a kind man. All his people love him.
    Queen: I have also heard that he is very wise. Is it true, Amram, that King Solomon understands what animals say?
    Amram: It is true, your Majesty.
    Queen(Smiles): It’s very hard to believe.
    Amram: If I told you what happened one time when I was with the king, I think you would believe it.
    Queen: I’d like to hear your story.
    Amram: Well, one day our king and some men of his palace were riding on horseback to a nearby city. The king was riding ahead of the rest of us. All at once he pulled his horse to stop. He looked down at the sand in road.
    Queen: Go on.
    Amram: Then the king turned his horse off the road and onto the grass. He kept his horse on the grass a little way before turning back onto the road.
    Queen: Did he say why he stopped and then turned his horse off the road?
    Amram: King Solomon told us he had seen some ants hurrying along in the sand of the road. He said he had heard them say they afraid that the horses would walk on them.
    Queen(Surprised): And that was why y our mighty king turned off the road?
    Amram(Proud): Yes, your Majesty. The mighty King Solomon stopped to hear what the little ants in the sand were saying. He turned off the road to save them from being hurt.
    Queen: Then he must be as wise and as kind as people say he is.
    Amram: Now you can believe it, can’t you?
    Queen: I won’t fully believe it until I see and hear him myself, Amram.
    Amram: Then why don’t you come to our country and pay him a visit, your Majesty?
    Queen: Yes, I think I shall do that, Amram. But first I must think of a way to test this wise king. You may go now, Amram.
    Amram: Good day, your Majesty. (He backs away.)
    (Curtain)
    36. Where does this scene take place?
    A. On the way to a city. B. In a room of a palace.
    C. In the sand of a road. D. On the grass near a road.
    37. Amram told the story of his king to show __________.
    A. King Solomon is wise and kind
    B. King Solomon is afraid of ants
    C. King Solomon looks after his horse well
    D. King Solomon can talk to animals
    38. King Solomon turned his horse off the road because __________.
    A. there was sand in the way
    B. the horse needed to have a rest
    C. he wanted to enjoy the beauty there
    D. he wanted to avoid hurting the ants
    39. Which of the following words is used to help readers know the feeling of the Queen?
    A. Fine. B. Surprised. C. Proud. D. Afraid.
    40. What may happen next according to Scene I?
    A. Amram will refuse to leave the Queen’s palace.
    B. Zahrah will certainly keep the purple silk for herself.
    C. King Solomon will test whether Amram’s story is true.
    D. The Queen will pay a visit to King Solomon’s country.

    体裁:戏剧片段

    话题 (1) 个人情况 话题 (8) 其他人
    话题 (29) 安排 话题 (72) 人与自然
    话题 (84) 短剧
    词数:497

    【主旨大意】这是一幕短剧,阿姆拉姆向女王敬献紫色丝绸,获得好感后。介绍自己的聪明、善良的所罗门王,他说所罗门王能知道动物说什么,一次出巡,他停马避免踩踏蚂蚁。女王对此很感兴趣,并表示可以考验和拜会所罗门王。
    【答案】36—40 BADBD
    【解析】
    36. B细节理解题。根据第一行括号里的舞台提示The setting is a room in the palace of the Queen of Sheba.可以确定答案为In a room of a palace.故选B。
    37. A理解总结题。阿姆拉姆讲述所罗门王知道动物说什么的故事,是想说明所罗门王的智慧与和善,从而引起女王的关注。故选A。
    38. D细节理解题。题干意为:所罗门王把马从路上调离因为什么。根据He turned off the road to save them from being hurt.提示。故选D。
    39. B细节理解题。根据舞台提示Surprised,可以知道女王对所罗门王的举动感到惊讶。故选B。
    40. D推理判断题。题干意为:根据场景一,接下来会发生什么?根据对白“Amram: Then why don’t you come to our country and pay him a visit, your Majesty?”“ Queen: Yes, I think I shall do that, Amram.”可以推断女王将访问所罗门国王的国家。故选D。


    (江西)A
    This is the school timetable of Class One, Grade Three, Sunshine School on Monday
    8:00-10:00 am
    Technology In this lesson, students learn how to surf the Internet safely and effectively.
    10:00-11:00 am
    Drama During this lesson, students will have the chance to act out roles with other students.
    11:00-11:45 am
    Painting Students learn how to use watercolors properly. If the weather is good, the lesson may take place outdoors.

    LUNCH
    1:00-2:00 pm
    Science (Biology chemistry) Students can chose which class to attend. In biology this week, students will lean about the bones in humans. In chemistry, the subject is How explosions happen.
    2:00-3: 45 pm
    SPORTS
    2:00 pm
    Theory(理论) Students learn about the skill used in a certain sports. We see real action from past games on videos.
    3:00 pm
    Practice Students will play a short match lasting 45 minutes. This week, the sports are soccer (for boys) and volleyball (for girls).
    Homework
    Technology-the teacher will give students websites to look up(about 20 minutes)
    Drama-students have to learn a part for the next lesson (30-60minutes)
    Biology/chemistry-students have to write a report of the lesson(about 40 minutes)
    61. What time does the drama lesson begin?
    A. At 8:00 am. B. At 10:00 am. C. At 1:00 pm. D. At 2:00 pm.
    62. How long does the science homework take?
    A. At least 90 minutes. B. About 20 minutes. C. More than 60 minutes. D. About 40 minutes.
    63. Which of the following is TRUE according to the timetable?
    A. Students always take their painting lessons outdoors.
    B. Boy students will play a short soccer match this week.
    C. Students will use skills in real games in the theory lesson.
    D. Students learn how to fix computers in the technology lesson.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:学校活动
    词数:189
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,是关于星期一阳光学校三年级一班的上课时间表的介绍。
    【答案】61-63BDB
    【解析】
    61. B 细节理解题。从表格第二行10:00-11:00 am可知,10点开始上戏剧课。故选B。
    62. D 细节理解题。从表格最后一行Biology/chemistry-students have to write a report of the lesson(about 40 minutes)可知,作业时40分钟。故选D。
    63. B 细节理解题。从表格倒数第二格This week, the sports are soccer (for boys) and volleyball (for girls).可知,男生这周有足球赛。其他与短文不符合。故选B。
    (江西) B
    I am Turere. I come from Kitengela, a farming community on the edge (边缘) of Nairobi National Park of Kenya (肯尼亚). Since the age of nine, I have helped to look after my family’s cows. As a child, in my free time, I enjoyed playing with electronics. I made my own inventions, such as electronics toys from car parts and other things. I also built other electronic devices (仪器) for my neighbors.
    At the age of 13, I invented something that changed my life. It also changed the lives of many people in my community. One night, a lion from the park came into my family’s farm and killed one of our cows. I was angry. However, killing the lion, I thought, was not the best way to solve the problem. Instead, I decided to invent a solution.
    The first idea I got was to use fire, because I thought lions were scared of fire. But I came to realize that didn't really help, because it was even helping the lions to see through the cowshed (牛棚). So I didn't give up. I continued.
    And a second idea I got was to use a scarecrow (稻草人). I was trying to trick the lions [into thinking] that I was standing near the cowshed. But lions are very clever. They will come the first day and they see the scarecrow, and they go back. But the second day, they'll come and they say, this thing is not moving here, it is always here! So he jumps in and kills the animal.
    So one night, I was walking around the cowshed with a torch (手电筒), and that day the lions didn’t come. And I discovered that lions were afraid of a moving light. So I had an idea ...
    64. What was Turere interested in when he was a child?
    A. Tricking the neighbors. B. Looking after cows.
    C. Playing with electronics D. Making car parts.
    65. What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 4 refers to?
    A. The lion. B. The scarecrow. C. The cow. D. The cowshed.
    66. What's the solution to driving the lion away?
    A. Using a moving light. B. Using a torch.
    C. Using a scarecrow. D. Using fire.
    67.What can we get from the passage?
    A. The lion killed all the cows. B. Turere killed the lion at last.
    C. The lion no longer lived in the park. D. Turere’s invention made peace with lions.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:故事
    词数:315
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,记叙了来自肯尼亚的图雷尔,喜欢发明的故事。发明改变了他的生活,一天晚上,公园里的一头狮子来到他家的农场,杀死了他们的一头母牛。他想吓跑狮子,几次没有成功,最后他发现狮子害怕移动的光,于是他心里有了新发明的故事。
    【答案】64-67CBAD
    【解析】
    64. C 细节理解题。从第一段As a child, in my free time, I enjoyed playing with electronics.知,他小时候喜欢玩电子产品。故选C。
    65. B 词义猜测题。阅读第四段知,他试图欺骗狮子们[使他们认为]我站在牛棚附近。但是狮子很聪明。他们第一天来,看见稻草人,就回去了。但第二天,他们会来,他们说,这东西不在这里移动,它总是在这里!所以他跳进去杀了动物。it是scarecrow。故选B。
    66. A 推理题。从最后一段知,把狮子赶走的办法是什么?狮子害怕移动的光源。故推理把狮子赶走的办法是是使用移动的光源。故选A。
    67. D 推理判断题。从最后一段的讲解内容,狮子害怕移动的光源,所以在牛棚加移动的光源,狮子就不再来了,推理了图雷尔的发明与狮子和平共处。故选D。
    (江西) C
    Playing video games and getting money for it seems like a dream job for many of today’s teenagers. But is it all fun and games?
    Big business
    Pro (professional) gaming is certainly big business. In 2017, there were more than 3,000 gaming competitions and over 10,000 professional players worldwide. A large number of people watch their competitions online, and successful gamers can get more than1,000,00 dollars from prize money and ads. The industry is clearly thriving.
    What it takes
    Becoming a professional is not just about being good at playing games-it also takes a lot of hard work. Some pro gamers practice for fourteen hours a day. “You need to spend much time and put all your efforts to it”, says ex-gamer George.
    Not all fun and games
    It can be a difficult job as well. Stress is a big problem for gamers. Tiredness is another, and injuries(受伤) are common. Top player Hai Lam had wrist (手腕) problems after years of pro gaming. Careers(生涯)are short, and many gamers retire (退休) before they are 30 and try to find another job.
    However, the bad points probably won’t change the dreams of many teenage gamers. And angry parents are still likely to hear the excuse, “But I’m just practicing for my future job!”
    68. How many professional players were there around the world in 2017?
    A.130,000. B. More than 3,000. C. Over 1,000,000. D. More than 10, 000.
    69. What does the underlined word “thriving” in Paragraph 2 mean?
    A. Getting worse. B. Doing well. C. Developing slowly. D. Changing quickly.
    70. What can we infer from the last sentence of the passage?
    A. Children are angry with their parents.
    B. Teenagers practice games for their future jobs.
    C. Some teenagers are crazy about playing games.
    D. Parents stop their children playing games successfully.
    71. What’s the main idea of the passage?
    A. Pro gaming isn't all fun and games.
    B. The career as a pro gamer doesn’t last long.
    C. Being a pro gamer is a good choice for teenagers.
    D. Being a pro gamer is an easy way to make money.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:娱乐
    词数:222
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了现在很多青少年梦寐以求的工作——电子游戏。电子游戏很赚钱—获胜的队员可以得到1,000,00奖金;但是也需要每天大量的训练,很多队员经常受伤。
    【答案】68-71 DBCA
    【解析】
    68. D 细节理解题。从Big business部分中In 2017, there were more than 3,000 gaming competitions and over 10,000 professional players worldwide.可知,世界上有超过10,000职业队员。故选D。
    69. B 词义猜测题。从Big business部分中介绍电子游戏职业队员有10,000,大量的人在电视上看比赛。并结合句子“The industry is clearly”“这个行业明显……”应该是发展很好。故选B。
    70. C 推理判断题。根据最后一句“But I'm just practicing for my future job!"”“ 但我只是在为我未来的工作做准备!”可猜测很多青少年热衷于电子游戏。故选C。
    71. A 主旨大意题。短文主要介绍了电子游戏并不是娱乐,需要队员花费大量时间训练,需要忍受伤痛。故选A。
    (江西) D
    Everyone faces challenges in their life, but some are more important than others. Daniel Kish had serous problems with his eyes when he was born. And doctors took away both of his eyes before he was fourteen months old.
    Soon after, however, he started to do an amazing thing. He started to make clicking (咔嗒) sound with his tongue (舌头) to help him move around. Much like a bat (蝙蝠). he now move about using sonar (声呐). He is so good at it that he can ride a bicycle in traffic. He and his group, World Access for the Blind, teach others how to use sonar. In this interview with National Geogrphic. Kish explains how the process works.
    How does sonar work?
    “When I make a clicking sound, it makes sound waves. These waves reflect (反射) off surfaces all around and return to my ears. My brain then processes the sounds into images (图像). It’s like having a conversation with the environment. ”
    When you click, what do you see in your mind?
    “Each click is like a camera flash. I make a 3D image of the things around me for hundreds of feet in every direction.”
    What is it like riding a bike using sonar?
    It's exciting and enjoyable but requires a lot of focus. I click up to two times per second, much more than I usually do."
    Is it dangerous to move around the world in this way?
    “Much of the world lives in fear of things that we mostly imagine. I have a habit of climbing anything and everything, but I never broke a bone(骨头) as a child.”
    How challenging is it to teach people to use sonar?
    “Many students are surprised how quickly results come. Seeing isn’t in the eyes; it’s in the mind.”
    72. What's the main idea of Paragraph 2 ?
    A. Kish explains how sonar works.
    B. Kish teaches people how to use sonar.
    C. Kish started to move around using sonar.
    D. Kish is good at riding a bicycle in traffic
    73. How does sonar work? Choose the right order.
    a. The sound waves reflect off surfaces.
    b. The person makes a clicking sound.
    c. The brain makes images with the sounds.
    d. The sound waves reach the person's ears.
    A. b-a-c-d. B. b-d-a-c. C. a-b-d-c. D. b-a-d-c.
    74. What can we know about Kish from the passage?
    A. He always challenges himself bravely.
    B. He lives in fear of things that he imagines.
    C. He became blind when he was 14 years old.
    D. He broke his bone when climbing as a child.
    75. What would be the best title for the passage?
    A. How Sonar Works. B. Riding a Bike Using Sonar.
    C. Seeing with the Mind D. How the Blind Move Around
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:故事
    词数:319
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,讲述了Daniel Kish在14个月的时候失明,但是他通过舌头发出咔嗒声来辨别方向,并且能骑自行车。
    【答案】72-75CDAC
    【解析】
    72. C 主旨大意题。第二段主要讲述Daniel Kish14个月时失明,他就开始通过舌头发出咔嗒声来辨别方向。故选C。
    73. D 细节理解题。从How does sonar work 部分中可知,人们发出咔嗒声,声音发射到物体表面,形成发射波;声音到达人的耳朵;大脑根据声音形成影像。根据顺序故选D。
    74. A 细节理解题。文章讲述了Daniel Kish在14个月的时候失明,但是他通过舌头发出咔嗒声来辨别方向。并且能骑自行车。可知A “他总是勇敢挑战自己”是正确的;B“他生活在对事物设想的恐惧中”根据内容没有提到,是错误的;C“他14岁变成瞎子”和短文的14个月成为瞎子矛盾,是错误的;D“当爬行时,弄断骨头”是错误的。故选A。
    75. C 标题归纳题。文章讲述了Daniel Kish在14个月的时候失明,但是他通过舌头发出咔嗒声来辨别方向。故选C。

    (山东滨州)四、阅读理解。(共20小题,计40分)
    阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A, B, C, D四个选项中,选出能正确回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A (山东滨州)
    Clark and Dale were staying in the same room in a hospital. Clark was so sick that he could not even move his body. He had to spend all his time lying on his back. Dale could sit up in his bed for an hour each afternoon. His bed was next to the room’s only window.
    Over time, Clark and Dale became good friends. Every afternoon, Dale would look out of the room’s only window, describing the scenery outside for his friend. He told Clark about the flowers in a park outside the window, the people walking by, the green trees beside roads—anything that might interest a man.
    One morning, when a nurse came to check on the two men, she found that Dale had died in his sleep. As soon as the room seemed tidy again, Clark asked if he could move to the bed next to the window so that he could look out of the window himself. The nurse agreed. Slowly, he could take his first look at the world outside. To his surprise, he could see nothing but a blank wall of another building.
    The nurse explained that Dale had been blind. He had never seen anything outside the window at all—but he described beautiful scenes to help his friend feel better.
    46. What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph 1 mean?
    A. Clark was too sick to move his body.
    B. Although Clark was sick, he was asked to movie his body.
    C. Clark was sick, so he didn’t want to move his body.
    D. Although Clark was sick, he could move his body.
    47. Who described the scenery outside for Clark?
    A. The doctor. B. The nurse.
    C. His family. D. His friend Dale.
    48. Clark wanted to move to the bed next to the window because _______.
    A. he missed his friend very much
    B. the bed there was tidier than his
    C. he wanted to look at the world outside
    D. he felt worse and worse
    49. What did Clark find when he took his first look at the world outside?
    A. The flowers in a park. B. The green trees beside roads.
    C. The people walking by. D. A blank wall of another building.
    50. According to the passage, which one of the following is NOT true?
    A. Dale was blind.
    B. Dale died in his sleep.
    C. Dale tried to help his friend feel better.
    D. The nurse didn’t know that Dale was blind.
    体裁:故事
    话题:8 合作与交流
    词数:218
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇故事,主要讲述了戴尔和克拉克同住一个病房,失明的戴尔给克拉克讲述窗外的风景。直到戴尔在睡觉中死后,克拉克才明白他这样做的目的——帮助自己尽快康复。
    【答案】46—50 ADCDD
    【解析】
    46. A 句意理解题。划线句意为“克拉克病得很厉害,他甚至不能挪动自己的身体”。其中so…that…意为“如此……以至于……”可与too…to…结构转化为同义句。故选A。
    47. D 细节理解题。由第二段中该句“Every afternoon, Dale would look out of the room’s only window, describing the scenery outside for his friend.”可知,戴尔给他的好朋友克拉克描述窗外的风景。故选D项。
    48. C 细节理解题。由第三段该句“Clark asked if he could move to the bed next to the window so that he could look out of the window himself.”可知,克拉克想搬到靠近窗户的床铺目的是想看外面的风景。故选C。
    49. D 细节理解题。由第三段该句“To his surprise, he could see nothing but a blank wall of another building.”可知,当克拉克向窗外望去的时候,他只看到了另一座楼的空墙。故选D。
    50. D 推理判断题。由第四段该句“The nurse explained that Dale had been blind.”可推知,护士早就知道戴尔是失明的。D项表述与此不符。
    B (山东滨州)
    On April 19th, a pottery(陶器)exhibition was held at Wuhan Optical Vallery Experimental School. Many pieces of pottery in different sizes were shown at school. Some were a bit broken, but all of them were beautiful works of art created by the students.
    At the end of last year, the school started a project that called on teachers to collect disused or broken pieces of pottery from the countryside. So far, they have collected about 3,000 pieces.
    “Pottery used to play an important role in the daily lives of Chinese people,” school head Ma Guoxin told the reporter. “By pottery painting, the students can improve themselves in many ways. They can better understand the history of the pottery, put their creativity into the pottery and show the love for life and beauty.”
    Students turned the pottery into different works of art. They were all encouraged to paint pictures on the pottery, even though some students didn’t know to paint. In March, the school held a pottery painting competition. Wang Zixuan, a student from Grade Eight, with little knowledge of painting, painted a beautiful night scenery on a piece of pottery. It was so nice that many students loved it.
    Almost every classroom has colored pieces of pottery .They are either used as flowerpots or pen containers (笔筒). The school has also set up several art corners to show the pottery. For example, the students have put some pottery on bookcases outside of a lecture hall(报告厅). It has become an enjoyable place for students to rest and read.
    51. On April 19th, a __________exhibition was held at Wuhan Optical Valley Experimental School.
    A. flower B. film C. pottery D. costume
    52. According to the passage, _________were encouraged to paint the pottery.
    A. the students who painted very well
    B. the students who got good grades
    C. the students who didn’t know how to paint
    D. all the students in the school
    53. By pottery painting, the students can improve themselves in many ways EXCEPT_________.
    A. knowing how to collect pottery
    B. better understanding the history of the pottery
    C. putting their creativity into the pottery
    D. showing the love for life and beauty
    54. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
    A. The school has collected about 2,000 pieces of pottery so far.
    B. Wang Zixuan was a student from Grade Seven.
    C. We can’t find any colored pottery in their classrooms
    D. The students enjoy resting and reading at the art corners
    55. In which part of a newspaper can we read the passage?
    A. Sports news. B. Traditional art.
    C. Healthy living. D. Popular music.
    体裁: 议论文

    话题 4 学校生活
    8 人际交往
    词数:268
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要讲述了学校启动了号召老师们去农村收集废弃的陶器碎片的活动,由学生把破碎陶器变成艺术品,然后让学生们更多地了解到陶器历史的同时提高他们自己。
    【答案】51—55 CDADB
    51. C 细节理解题。 根据文章第一段开头“On April 19th, a pottery exhibition was held at Wuhan”可知,一个陶器展览在武汉光学Vallery实验学校举行。故选C。
    52. D 细节理解题。根据第三段第一、二句话“Students turned the pottery into different works of art. They were all encouraged to paint pictures on the pottery”学生们把陶器变成了不同的艺术品,学校举行了一次比赛。故选D。
    53. A 细节理解题。阅读全文可知“the school started a project that called on teachers to collect” 学校举行了老师收集破碎陶器的活动,并不是讲述了如何收集陶器。故选A。
    54.D 推理判断题。 根据最后一段倒数第二句话“the students have put some pottery on bookcases outside of a lecture hall. It has become an enjoyable place for students to rest and read.”可知,教室被学生们用彩色陶片装饰,已经成为学生休息阅读的愉快地方。故选D。
    55. B 标题归纳题。通读短文可知,作者讲述了学校举办此活动使学生更加了解陶器传统艺术,并不断提升自己。故选B。
    C (山东滨州)
    Thanks to the ancient Silk Road, the lands of Italy and China have been connected for more than 2,000 years. Tourists from China and every corner of the world come to visit Italy every year. Here are four famous cities of Italy.

    Rome Coliseum
    Rome is the birth place of science, culture and of course, art in Europe. It is the perfect combination(结合)of the modern and the classical. When one walks around the city, one can see many museums. Of course, Rome is also considered as the fashion(时尚)center of the world now. The Rome Coliseum is today considered one wonder (奇迹)of the modern world.
    Pisa is a small city. It is famous for the leaning tower of Pisa. If you think that Pisa has only one leaning tower, you may just be wrong. This city has three leaning towers. Home of the famous scientist Galileo, Pisa is also known for its universities because the city is home of some of the most important universities in Europe.

    Leaning tower

    David
    Florence is one of the most important provinces around Italy. Shopping here, you’ll find David, the most famous statue (雕塑) of Michelangelo. If you are planning to spend just a couple of days in Florence, you likely will not want to lose the opportunity to see and enjoy Arnolfo Tower, it will be open on Sunday and Monday from 9 am to 6 pm( closed in case of rain ).
    Venice is a city over a hundred islands. You can visit most interesting places of the city by walks or by the famous gondolas. Art exhibitions, film festivals. musicals and famous carnival (狂欢节) make Venice a place that can be visited any time of the year.

    gondolas

    56. According to the passage._____ is considered as a fashion center of the world now.
    A. Rome B Pisa C. Florence D. Venice
    57. Pisa is also famous for its________ besides leaning towers.
    A. universities B. art exhibitions C. film festivals D. museums2
    58.We can visit Arnolfo Tower__________________.
    A. at 8 am on Sunday B. at 9 am on Tuesday
    C. at 9 pm on Saturday D. at 10 am on Monday
    59. According to the passage, which one of the following is NOT true?
    A. Pisa has three leaning towers.
    B. You’ll find David when you go shopping in Florence.
    C. You can visit most interesting places of Venice by walks or by bus
    D. Every year, thousands of tourists all over the world come to visit Italy.
    60. What is the best title for the passage?
    A. Italy and China. B. The ancient Silk Road
    C. All roads lead to Rome. D. Four famous cities of Italy.
    体裁:应用文
    话题:文化与艺术
    词数:306

    【主旨大意】本文是一则应用文,介绍了意大利的四个著名城市,分别是罗马,比萨,佛罗伦萨,威尼斯的文化与经济情况。
    【答案】56—60 AADCD
    【解析】
    56. A 细节理解题。根据表格一中倒数第二句话“Rome is also considered as the fashion center of the world now.”可知,罗马被认为是全世界的时尚中心。故选A。
    57. A 细节理解题。根据表格二中最后一句话“Pisa is also known for its universities because the city is home of some of the most important universities in Europe”可知,比萨拥有欧洲一些知名的大学。故选A。
    58. D细节理解题。根据表格三中最后一句话“it will be open on Sunday and Monday from 9 am to 6 pm”可知,阿诺夫塔将于周日及周一上午九时至下午六时开放。D项符合语境。故选D。
    59. C 细节理解题。根据表格四中第二句话“You can visit most interesting places of the city by walks or by the famous gondolas.”可知,人们可以步行或乘小划船游览威尼斯的有趣景点,而不是乘坐公交车。C项表述是错误的。
    60. D 主旨大意题。阅读全文可知,本文主要介绍了意大利的四座著名城市的情况,故选D项。
    D (山东滨州)
    Dereck and Beverly are wildlife animal filmmakers (电影制片人). They have made lots of films about animals and plants. Their job is to keep and protect the big cats of Africa from damage (伤害). Beverly also takes photos of the lions, and her pictures have appeared in National Geographic magazine.
    When they were kids, Dereck was quiet and healthy, he was good at math and science. Beverly had a twin brother. At that time. her brother and she often got their mother into trouble! Beverly was a dancer, an athlete, played the piano (not very well), and was a class lender. Her favorite subject was science and she always got excellent grades in her science exams.
    When in the field, their work starts at around 4 am. After drinking a cup of tea, they drive out into the bush (灌木丛) to find their subjects. Sometimes that is a lion pride (群). Lions are family animals, they usually live in groups of 15 or more. Sometimes that is a single leopard (花豹). They follow the animals for the day, filming, researching, and collecting facts, information or pictures. They don't stop working even when they have lunch. They are often back in camp by 8 pm.
    When talking about the favorite places to explore, Dereck says, "We live in it!" Beverly thinks being in nature is her favorite. Dereck thinks running or taking a swim in the Okavango swamp (沼泽)—especially swimming close to crocodiles (鳄鱼) is great fun, but Beverly says, “Swimming is fun but crazy in these waters!”
    61. From the second paragraph, we can know that when they were kids,__________.
    A. Dereck was outgoing
    B. Beverly was quiet and healthy
    C. Beverly could play the piano very well
    D. Dereck and Beverly were both good at science
    62. When Dereck and Beverly are in the field, the right time order (时间顺序) is that they_________.
    ①drink a cup of tea  ②follow the animals  ③drive out  ④find their subjects
    A.①②③④   B.①④③② C.①③④②   D.④①③②
    63. How many hours do they usually work every day?
           A. Eight   B. Ten.   C. Twelve.   D. Sixteen
    64. What does the passage mainly talk about?
           A. Animals and plants. B. The story of Dereck and Beverly.
    C. National Geographic magazine.   D. Dereck and Beverly's childhood.
    65. From the passage, we can infer (推断) that________.
           A. Dereck and Beverly don't love nature at all
    B. Dereck and Beverly are famous film stars
    C. it's safe to take a swim in the Okavango swamp
    D. their work is dangerous sometimes, but they like it
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:1 工作与职业
    20 动物和植物
    词数:282

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了野生动物电影制片人Dereck和Beverly的故事。主要介绍了他们的童年经历,以及现在的工作和爱好等。
    【答案】61—65 DCDBD
    【解析】
    61. D 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句话When they were kids, Dereck was quiet and healthy, he was good at math and science.以及Her favorite subject was science and she always got excellent grades in her science exams.可知,Dereck和Beverly都擅长自然科学,故选D。
    62. C 细节排序题。根据第三段内容After drinking a cup of tea, they drive out into the bush (灌木丛) to find their subjects...They follow the animals for the day...可知,Dereck和Beverly在野外时,这几个活动的顺序是:喝了一杯茶→开车到灌木丛中→寻找他们的研究对象→跟随动物,故选C。
    63. D 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句话When in the field, their work starts at around 4 am...They are often back in camp by 8 pm.可知,他们凌晨4点开始工作,一直到晚上8点,一共16个小时,故选D。
    64. B 主旨大意题 通读全文可知本文主要讲述了野生动物电影制片人Dereck和Beverly的故事,故选B。
    65. D 推理判断题 根据第三段的介绍可知,他们整天跟着狮子,花豹等动物,拍摄、研究和收集事实、信息或图片等,这是危险的工作;从第四段可知,他们喜爱自然,喜欢冒险,由此可推测他们喜爱自己的工作。由以上分析可知,D项“他们的工作有时很危险,但他们很喜欢”表述是正确的。

    二、阅读理解(共20小题,每小题2.5分,计50分)
    阅读下列短文,然后从每小题A.B.C,D中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A(山东德州)
    In many places the weather changes during the year. These changes are called seasons. In the north and south there are four seasons in a year. At the North and South Pole, there are only two seasons. In tropical (热带) places near the Earth’s equator(赤道), there are two seasons: a ‘wet’ season and a ‘dry’ season. Each season brings changes. They are important for plants and animals that live in different parts of the world.
    Spring starts when the day and night are the same length. The weather gets warmer and sunnier. Trees and plants start to grow. Many animals have their babies in spring.
    Summer begins on the longest day of the year. In the north this is on June 21 or 22. Summer is usually the warmest and sunniest time of the year. Fruit grows faster on trees and plants. Young animals grow bigger and stronger.
    Autumn starts when the day and night are the same length again. During autumn, the leaves change color and fall down from the trees. Some animals collet food before winter comes.
    Winter begins on the shortest day of the year. In the north this is on December 21 or 22. The weather is colder and in some places there is lots of snow. Plants and trees stop growing. Some animals, like bats and bears, find places to hide and sleep. This is called hibernation.

    26. There are _______ seasons on Greenland (格陵兰岛) at the North Pole.
          A. four   B. three   C. two   D. one
    27. Many animals ______ in spring.
          A. have babies   B. change color
    C. collect food   D. stop growing
    28. Fruit grows faster on trees and plants in _______.
          A. spring   B. summer   C. autumn   D. winter
    29. The meaning of the underlined word ”hibernation” is _______ in Chinese.
          A. 迁徙   B.寒冷 C.储藏   D. 冬眠
    30. ______ start when the day and night are the same length.
         A. Spring and summer   B. Summer and autumn
    C. Autumn and winter   D. Spring and autumn
    体裁:说明文
    话题:20.自然
    词数:238
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了全球各地的季节变化,并详细描述了春、夏、秋和冬天的季节特点。
    【答案】26-30. CABDD
    【解析】
    26. C推理判断题。结合第一段中“At the North and South Pole, there are only two seasons.”可知北极地区的格陵兰岛有两个季节。故选C。
    27. A细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“Many animals have their babies in spring.
    ”可知很多动物在春天繁殖幼仔。
    28. B细节理解题。根据第三段中“Fruit grows faster on trees and plants.”可知果树在夏天生长得很快。
    29. D词义猜测题。根据最后一段倒数第二句“Some animals, like bats and bears, find places to hide and sleep.”可知这种现象是“冬眠”,故推知词义。
    30. D推理判断题。根据第二段和第四段中的第一句可知春天和秋天昼夜时长一样,故选D。
    B(山东德州)


    >FROM THE EDITOR
    DEAR
    READERS,
    Happy birthday to us! TIME magazine's first issue (期刊) came out on March 3, 1923. Sure, 96 isn't the most special birthday, comparing with the 100th birthday. But we take every opportunity (机会) to celebrate. TIME for Kids came along just a little bit later, in 1995. Soon, we will have our 25th birthday!
    We have run our Kid Reporter program for many years. Many kids who took part in the program as a reporter are professional journalists (职业记者) now. While they were working with TFK, they caught some great opportunities, like interviewing political leaders, famous people, Olympic athletes, scientists, and more.
    Do you dream of being a reporter? Come and join us! On March 15, we will hold our annual (一年一度的) competition to find our next group of TIME for Kids
    Reporters, Editors from TFK will choose 10 best students.
    I hope you will have a chance to report for our magazines and websites during the —2020 school year.
    All the best,




    31. According to the passage, TIME for Kids will have its ______ birthday
    A. 96th B. 100th C 23rd D. 25th
    32. What will editors from TFK do in their annual competition?
    A. Take part in the program. B. Interview political leaders
    C. Choose 10 best students. D. Report for their magazines.
    33. How long will the next group of reporters work with TFK?
    A. Half a year. B. One year. C. Two years. D. Three years.
    34. Andrea Delbanco is ________.
    A. a reader B. an editor C. a reporter D. a student
    35. You can find the passage in _______.
    A. a website B. a book C. a novel D. a diary
    体裁:书信
    话题:1.工作与职业
    词数:185
    【主旨大意】本文是一封书信,是《儿童时代》杂志编辑写给广大读者的一封书信,信中介绍了《儿童时代》杂志即将迎来25周岁生日,并拟招聘一批新的儿童记者。
    【答案】31-35. DCBBA
    【解析】
    31. D细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“Soon, we will have our 25th birthday!”可知,《儿童时代》即将迎来25周岁生日。
    32. C细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句“Editors from TFK will choose 10 best students.”可知,编辑们要挑选出10名最佳学生作为刊物记者。
    33. B推理判断题。根据第四段中“I hope you will have a chance to report for our magazines and websites during the —2020 school year.”可知,儿童记者工作时间为一年。
    34. B推理判断题。根据最后的落款“EDITORIAL DIRECTOR”可知Andrea Delbanco是一名编辑。
    35. A推理判断题。根据信件顶格部分可知,这是来自因特网的一封信。

    C(山东德州)
    I was filled with doubts and worries until my grandfather told me to stand tall.
    For me, height was my trouble. I was much taller than other girls, so I often bent (弯曲) my body at the back of the line. I had always felt unsafe as the tallest student of my class in Bala Cynwyd. And I wasn't looking forward to entering the ninth grade.
    My grandfather didn't laugh at me. Instead, whenever I tried to bend myself in order to appear shorter, he would tell me, “Stand straight and tall, Alisa.” I trusted my grandfather more than anyone else in my childhood. And whenever I was afraid of something, he always told me stories of his life.
    My grandfather grew up in war-torn(战乱的) Europe. “Stand straight, stand tall” meant something else then. After the war, he went to America. He lived a hard life. “If they could do it, why couldn't I? “Stand straight, stand tall.” he often reminded (提醒) himself. Thanks to the help of a friend, my grandfather got a job. He once told me that he was very nervous at first. He was not only trying to learn this hard new job but also a new language.
    “Stand straight, stand tall,” he would always tell himself. I am so proud of my grandfather. After listening to my grandfather's unusual experiences. I have changed the way I look at my own life.
    “Stand straight, stand tall” has become not only a piece of advice to improve my posture (身姿). It also tells me to be proud of who I am.
    And I do.
    36. Alisa often bent her body because ______.
    A. she lived a hard life
    B. she was much taller than other girls
    C. she always stood at the back of the line
    D. she didn't want to enter the 9th grade
    37. What did Alisa's grandfather do with her trouble?
    A. He laughed at her.
    B. He asked her to bend her body.
    C. He told her to stand straight and tall.
    D. He advised her to stay away from her friends.
    38. Alisa's grandfather's experiences
    A. made her feel unsafe B. taught her to accept herself
    C. changed her attitude (态度) to her grandfather
    D. told her his success completely depended on friends
    39. “Stand straight, stand tall” means _______ in the passage.
    A. making yourself look tall B. taking care of yourself
    C. being proud of yourself D. reminding yourself
    40. What's the best title for this passage?
    A. Stand straight, stand tall B. My grandfather's life stories
    C. My colorful experiences D. The help of a friend
    体裁:议论文
    话题:7.情感与情绪
    话题:8.人际交往
    词数:278
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文,作者通过爷爷自身的经历认识到要增强自信,站直身子去做自己的事。
    【答案】36-40.BCBCA
    【解析】
    36. B细节理解题。根据第二段第二句“I was much taller than other girls, so I often bent (弯曲) my body at the back of the line.”可知。
    37. C细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“Instead, whenever I tried to bend myself in order to appear shorter, he would tell me, ‘Stand straight and tall, Alisa.’”可知。
    38. B推理判断题。根据倒数第二段和第三段中最后一句可知,爷爷的鼓励使我勇于接受自我,拥有自信。
    39. C推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中最后一句“It also tells me to be proud of who I am.”要接受自我,为自己感到自豪。
    40. A主旨大意题。通览全文可知,“Stand straight, stand tall”是全文的主题线索,故选A。

           D(山东德州)
    When Reginald Johnston, a British scholar (学者), first walked into the Forbidden City in 1919, most palaces weren't allowed to visit, But a century later, when the People's Republic of China is to celebrate its 70th founding anniversary (周年纪念) in October, the 599-year-old palace complex (宫殿群) becomes the world's busiest museum.
    Open to the public
    In the old days. ordinary people could only imagine what it looked like inside. When the Palace Museum was founded in 1925, the public could go into the palaces. Now 80% of the total area of the museum is open to the public and it will increase to 85% in 2025.
    Embracing (拥抱) the world
    “It felt like you were hit by hundreds of years of history.” Christopher Allen from Britain said. “I begin to love its history and culture.”
    The Forbidden City is becoming more open and friendly to visitors. It attracted about 3.5 million visitors from abroad and 9 overseas (海外的) exhibitions were held in 2018.The Palace Museum exhibition becomes a cultural phenomenon (文化现象) everywhere it goes.
    Attracting the youth
    On the Palace Museums online store on Taobao, you can find more than 10, 000 cultural products. The ones with cute and humorous pictures of emperors are very popular.
    Some favourite products also go offline. For example, the “Kangxi Emperor's Favourite Chocolate”, the most popular drink, always has people lining up (排队) to get a taste.  
    As a child, Xu Jing often rode a bike in front of the Meridian Gate (午门). “I had little memory of the museum then, but now I am more willing to visit it after watching several popular TV shows about the museum.” she said.
    41. The current situation (现状) of the Forbidden City is that ______. 
    A. it has become the world's busiest museum
    B. most palaces are still not allowed to visit
    C. it is closed to all the world except local people
     D. it is not open because there are too many exhibits (展品)
    42. The Palace Museum has been open to the public for  ______ years.
    A.70   B. 94   C.100   D.599 .
    43. Which is NOT the reason that the Forbidden City attracts more visitors from 
    abroad?
    A. Foreigners are hit by hundreds of years of Chinese history.
    B. The Forbidden City is becoming more open and friendly to visitors.
    C. The ticket price of the Forbidden City is the lowest.
    D. The Palace Museum exhibition becomes a cultural phenomenon everywhere it 
    goes.
    44. According to the last part, the youth know more about the Palace Museum mainly
    through ______.      
    a. the online store on Taobao   b. offline stores
        c. history books   d. popular TV shows
    A. a, b,d B. a, b, c C. b, c, d D. a, c, d
    45. Which is RIGHT according to the passage?
    A. The Palace Museum becomes world famous in a short period.
    B. Visitors can leave their footprints (脚印) in each area of the museum.
    C. All the native people were willing to visit the museum when they were kids.
    D. With the development of China, the Palace Museum opens its arms and welcomes the visitors from all around the world.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:23.历史与社会
    词数:307
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。讲述了随着历史的变迁,故宫。对游客越来越开放和友好。
    【答案】41-45.ABCAD
    【解析】
    41. A细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“…,the 599-year-old palace complex (宫殿群) becomes the world's busiest museum.”可知,故宫现在已经成为世界上最繁忙的宫殿。
    42. B数字计算题。根据“Open to the public”中“When the Palace Museum was founded in 1925, the public could go into the palaces.”可知故宫自从1925年开始对外开放,至今已开放了94年。
    43. C推理判断题。根据“Embracing (拥抱) the world”一段中可知,故宫能够吸引众多海外游客,而是基于历史悠久、开放服务及一种文化现象,而并非票价问题。
    44. A推理判断题。根据“Attracting the youth”一段中可知,年轻人分别是通过“online store on Taobao”、“offline”和“watching several popular TV shows about the museum”等三种方式了解故宫的。
    45. D推理判断题。根据第一段内容和“Embracing (拥抱) the world”一段介绍可知,故宫将会更加开放,张开臂膀,热烈欢迎来自世界各地的人们前来参观学习。

    (D)
    (湖南衡阳)阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项回答问题或完成句子。(共5小题,计10分)
    Inventions usually make a big difference to people’s lives. Do you have any great inventions at home? Do they help you a lot in your life or bring you much fun? Here are some of the most useful inventions in families according to a survey.

    The most helpful and creative invention for kids is the reading pen. With the specially-designed pen, kids find it convenient and fun to learn. Little kids can learn a lot including story-telling, poems and music. They start learning by touching the contents in the books with the pen. This way kids can learn by themselves. They are also great helpers for primary school students after school.

    Mopping robots(扫地机器人) are popular with people who are too busy to do housework. They are more popular with office ladies. They can help people clean dirt, dust and hair easily. With the help of them, people don't need to spend much time on housework. They can enjoy a more relaxing life after work.

    As for old people, an electric foot basin (电动洗脚盆) is the best invention. It's a good choice to buy one for your grandparents. It can help keep their blood pressure normal and improve blood circulation (循环). The special basin can keep the water warm. So washing feet with it will help old people become healthier and more relaxed.
    36. It is _______ for kids to learn with the reading pen.
    A. boring B. convenient C. difficult
    37. The three useful inventions are mainly used ________.
    A. at school B. in the office C. at home
    38. Mopping robots are more popular with __________.
    A. kids B. office ladies C. old people
    39. Old people can keep their blood pressure normal by _________.
    A. using the electric foot basin B. listening to music with the reading pen.
    C. Enjoying the mopping machine working
    40. Which of the following sentences is TRUE?
    A. The water won’t get cold when the electric foot basin is used.
    B. It's dangerous for kids to use the reading pen alone.
    C. Mopping robots can help people forget their busy life.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    科技发明
    词数
    237
    【主旨大意】发明通常对人们的生活会造成巨大的影响。它们在我们的生活中给我们带来了很多方便和乐趣。本文作者主要介绍了三个在家庭中最有用的发明。
    【答案】36-40 BCBAA
    【解析】
    36. B 细节理解题。由句子“... kids find it convenient and fun to learn.”可判断,孩子们发现,阅读笔让他们的学习很便利。故选B。
    37. C 推理判断题。由句子“Here are some of the most useful inventions in families according to a survey.”及对三项发明的介绍了推断,这三项发明主要用于家庭。故选C。
    38. B 细节理解题。由句子“They are more popular with office ladies.”可判断,扫地机器人很受家庭主妇的喜爱。
    39. A 细节理解题。由句子“It can help keep their blood pressure normal and improve blood circulation”可判断,电动洗脚盆有助于老年人保持血压正常和改善血液循环。故选A。
    40. A 推理判断题。由句子“The special basin can keep the water warm.”可知,电动洗脚盆能保持水温。由此可推断,这种盆使它里面的水不变凉。故选A。

    (E)
    (湖南衡阳)阅读下面的短文,从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项回答问题或完成句子。(共5小题,计10分)
    The world’s largest radio telescope was finished on Sept. 25, 2017 in China.
    FAST is a five-hundred-meter telescope. It is also called Tian-yan (“The Eye of Heaven”), with a dish the size of 30 football grounds, deep in the mountains of southwest China’s Guizhou Province. The giant dish is built on a bowl-like valley.
    The surrounding area has “radio silence” as there are no towns and cities within a 5-kilometer radius(半径范围) and only one county center within 25 kilometers.
    FAST is made up of 4, 450 panels(面板). The second largest radio telescope is in Russia. The bigger dish will be able to pick up weaker signals(信号).
    The radio telescope is like an ear, listening to tell meaningful radio messages from white noise in the universe. With the help of the telescope, we can receive weaker and more radio messages far away in space. It will help us to search for intelligent life outside of the Galaxy(银河系) and explore the origins(起源) of the universe. “Any of its discoveries will lead to a Nobel Prize,” said Joseph Taylor, a Noble Prize winner.
    The FAST project began in 2011. And the telescope is expected to remain the global leader for the next 10 to 20 years.
    41. Where was FAST developed?
    A. In China. B. In Russia. C. In America.
    42. The underlined word “giant" probably means “_________” in Chinese.
    A. 神秘的 B. 巨大的 C.宽广的
    43. FAST is used to _________.
    A. explore the origins of human beings
    B. receive distant radio messages from the universe
    C. watch the beautiful scenery of the Galaxy
    44. From the passage, we can know that __________.
    A. FAST is the largest radio telescope all over the world so far
    B. Noisy towns are around the telescope within a 5-kilometer radius
    C. The second-largest radio telescope is made up of 4, 450 panels
    45. How long did it take to finish the FAST project?
    A. About twenty years. B. About ten years. C. About six years.

    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    科技
    词数
    233
    【主旨大意】世界上最大的射电望远镜于2017年9月25日在中国完工。FAST是一个500米的望远镜。也被称为“天眼”,有30个足球场那么大,位于中国西南部贵州省的深山之中。
    【答案】41-45 BCBAA
    【解析】
    41. A 细节理解题。由短文的第二段内容可知,FAST建在中国的贵州省。由此可判断本题答案为A。
    42. B 词义猜测题。由句子“...with a dish the size of 30 football grounds...”可知,FAST有30个足球场那么大。由此可知,FAST很“巨大”。故选B。
    43. B 细节理解题。由句子“With the help of the telescope, we can receive weaker and more radio messages far away in space.”可知,FAST是用来从遥远的宇宙中收集远程无线电信息的。故选B。
    44. A 细节理解题。由句子“The world’s largest radio telescope was finished on Sept. 25, 2017 in China.”可推断。FAST是世界上最大的射电望远镜。
    45. C 推理判断题。由句子“The world’s largest radio telescope was finished on Sept. 25, 2017 in China.”可知,2017年FAST建成;而句子“The FAST project began in 2011.”说明,人们于2014年开始建造FAST,由此可推断共计花费了6年的时间。
    二、阅读理解(共15小题,计30分)
    阅读下面短文,从每小题A.B.C.D四个选项中,选出能回答所提问题的最佳答案。
    (·山东济宁) A
    MISSING CAT

    We cannot find out cat!
    We miss him very much.
    Please help us!
    HOW HE LOOKS
    He is brown and white.
    His front paws (爪子) are white like boxing gloves. His name is Boxer.
    HOW HE SOUNDS
    Boxer is big, but the cries like a kitten (幼猫). If you hear a tiny (微小的) meow and see that it is coming from a big, strong cat, then you have found Boxer!
    IF YOU SEE HIM
    Please call 555-5555 or bring him to our house at 10 Cherry Lane. We will give you a reward (奖励).

    16. What is the purpose of the material above?
    A. To sell a cat.   B. To buy a cat.
    C. To show a lovely cat.   D. To find a missing cat.
    17. Which of the following is completely right about the cat?

    A. 
    Name
    Boxer
    Colour
    Brown & white
    Size
    Tiny
    Sound
    Like a baby cat
    B. 
    Name
    Boxer
    Colour
    Brown & white
    Size
    Tiny
    Sound
    Like a baby cat



    C.   
    Name
    Missing cat
    Colour
    Brown & white
    Size
    Big
    Sound
    Like a baby cat
    D. 
    Name
    Missing cat
    Colour
    Brown & white
    Size
    Big
    Sound
    Loud

    18. What should you do if you see a cat?
    A. Leave him alone.   B. Bring him to the police.
    C. Keep him in your house.   D. Either call or see the owner.
    体裁
    应用文
    话题:4. 日常生活
    话题:20. (68)动物与植物
    词数
    92
    【主旨大意】这是一篇应用文。该寻物启事介绍了所丢失的猫的名字、长相特征、声音特点以及失主的住址、联系电话号码和奖励。
    【答案】16. D 17. A 18. D
    16. D【解析】主旨理解题。根据图中的标题Missing Cat可知,这是一篇寻找丢失的猫的寻物启事。故选D。
    17. A【解析】细节理解题。根据图中右侧How he looks和How he sounds两部分内容可知,猫的名字是Boxer;颜色是brown and white;尺寸是tiny;声音like a baby cat。故选A。
    18. D【解析】细节理解题。根据图中右侧最后一部分内容可知,如果发现了这只猫,可以打电话给猫的主人,也可以直接送到猫的主人家。故选D。

    (·山东济宁) B
    Josh: Do you know about “ pay it forward coffee” at Flora Café?
    Eric: You mean volunteers pay for a cup of coffee for someone poor to have it later?
    Josh: Yeah. A cup of coffee is not much, but on cold winter days like today, it might warm them up a little. And maybe their hearts too.
    Eric: but will Flora Café really give this cup of coffee to someone to someone later?
    Josh: Come on. I’ve known the shopkeeper well. He’s an honest man. He’s got blackboard in the shop that says how many cups are paid for and how many have been given out.
    Eric: But how will they know who to give? Anyone can ask for it, even if they’re not poor.
    Josh: True, but then I guess they’ll just have to believe in people.
    Eric: Perhaps. But will poor people go and ask for a free coffee? Won’t they worry about losing face?
    Josh: Why do you always say things like that?
    Eric: Well, it may happen.
    Josh: Yeah, I know, but I still think it’s a good thing to do, and it gets people to care about others.


    19. Who pays forward for the coffee? 
    A. Josh and Eric. B. The shopkeeper.
    C. The volunteers. D. Josh and his family.
    20. Who is supposed to drink the free coffee?
    A. Someone who paid it forward. B. Someone who have warm hearts.
       C. Someone who cannot afford it. D. Someone who come in on cold days.
    2l. What does the underlined part “things like that” refer to (指代)?
    A. Time and places to offer the coffee.
    B. Problems about the free coffee plan.
    C. Ways to improve the free coffee plan.
    D. Good things about the free coffee plan.
    22. What can we learn about Josh and Eric?
    A. Josh worries about losing face.
    B. Eric knows the shopkeeper well.
    C. They both believe most people are honest.
    D. They have different opinions about the plan.
    体裁
    日常对话
    话题:4. 日常生活
    话题:8(26)社会行为
    词数
    197
    【主旨大意】这段对话主要讲述了在弗洛拉咖啡馆,志愿者可以为穷人支付一杯咖啡钱。在这样寒冷的冬天,能让他们感到社会的温暖。
    【答案】19. C 20. C. 21. B 22. D
    19. C 【解析】 细节理解题。根据Eric说的第一句话“You mean volunteers pay for a cup of coffee for someone poor to have it later?”可知:志愿者可以为穷人支付一杯咖啡钱,故选C。
    20. C 【解析】 细节考查题。根据Eric说的第一句话“You mean volunteers pay for a cup of coffee for someone poor to have it later?”可知:someone poor,即“穷人”,对应C选项“付不起钱的人”,故选C。
    21. B 【解析】 词义猜测题。根据对话内容以及“But will poor people go and ask for a free coffee? Won’t they worry about losing face?”可知,“things like that”是指关于免费提供咖啡的问题,故选B。
    22. D 【解析】细节理解题。通过Josh和Eric的对话可知,他们两人对免费提供咖啡这个计划有不同的看法。故选D。
    (·山东济宁)C
    In a rainforest there are tall trees. The top of these trees is called the canopy. Scientists want to learn about the canopy. They want to learn about everything that lives there, but it has not been easy to get to the canopy.
    Meg is an American biologist, ecologist (生态学家), explorer, writer, educator and public speaker. Since she knows a lot about trees, she is sometimes called Canopy Meg. Meg has always liked trees. When she was a child, she made tree houses. Now she has climbed to the top of trees all over the world and done great research, so she has got a nickname called “Einstein of the treetops”.
    Walkways in the rainforest were Meg’s idea. Now, they are used by many people. A walkway is like a bridge that goes between the trees. It is safe and it doesn’t harm the trees. A walkway, however, cannot help scientists reach the top.
    One way to reach the top is by a light raft filled with air. It has a huge net (网) on it. A hot air balloon drops the raft onto the trees. Scientists can stand on the raft and look into the trees.
    A tower crane is also a good way to get to the top. It can go above the tree tops. It can go all the way down to the ground, too. Scientists are learning about life in the canopy. They have learned there are millions of insects (昆虫) that are eating leaves in these treetops.
    Meg’s job is to keep finding out more. She wants to help find the secrets of treetops. There are still millions of animals that no one has seen. Many of them are in the treetops.
    23. What do scientists go to the treetops for?
    A. To build walkways there.  B. To learn about the rainforest.
    C. To studying living things there.  D. To look at the things far away.
    24. Why is Meg called “Einstern of the treetops”?
    A. Because she has always liked trees.
    B. Because she made tree houses in her childhood.
    C. Because she is an American biologist and explorer.
    D. Because she does great scientific research on treetops.
    25. How many ways of getting to the treetops are mentioned in the passage?
    A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.
    26. Which picture does a walkway look like?

    体裁
    说明文
    话题:20.(68)动物与植物
    词数
    297
    【主旨大意】梅格是美国生物学家、生态学家、探险家、作家、教育家和公众演说家。她一直致力于热带雨林中树冠的研究,被称为CanopyMeg。她已经爬到过世界各地的树顶,并做了大量的研究,人们送了她一个绰号叫"Einstein of the treetops "。
    【答案】23. C 24. D 25. B 26. A
    23. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段的“They want to learn about everything that lives there,”可知C选项与原文一致,故选C。
    24. D【解析】细节理解题。第二段最后一句话“Now she has climbed to the top of trees all over the world and done great research, so she has got a nickname called “Einstein of the treetops”. 可知是因为“她在树顶作科学研究”,故选D。
    25. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段的“Walkways in the rainforest were Meg’s idea.”和第四段的“One way to reach the top is by a light raft filled with air.”可知,有两种方式可以到达树顶,故选B。
    26. A【解析】图片和细节理解题。根据第三段中“A walkway is like a bridge that goes between the trees.”和图片所表示的含义可知,故选A。
      (·山东济宁) D
    We all need cash (现金) in order to live our lives. However, something called digital currency is slowly taking the place of cash. A currency is a kind of money. Usually, we use currency when we talk about a country’s money. If something is digital, it only exists (存在) on a computer. So “digital currency” means money that only exists on computers.
    Lots of people have digital currency accounts (账户). they use a credit card (信用卡) to change their real money into digital money, and then the money goes into the digital currency account. A lot of people wonder, “Why in the world should I change my real money into digital currency?” this is a fair question, but there’s a good answer. If you want to buy something online, then you usually have to use digital currency. For example, if you’re in China and you want to buy something in Canada, then you’ll have to pay with digital currency.
    Many people still don’t trust digital currency. Some people think that if they can’t hold their money in their hand, then it doesn’t seem real. These people don’t feel comfortable when they see numbers on a computer screen. The computer tells them that their money is safe but these people don’t really feel safe. Another problem is security (安全). There are hackers all over the world. A hacker is a person who steels computer information. If a hacker gets the password of your digital currency account, he or she can steal your money.
    You have to decide whether or not you trust this new invention. Just remember one thing: If you want to buy something online, then you probably won’ have a choice. You’ll have to digital currency.
     27. What does Para.1 mainly tell us?
    A. What digital currency is. B. How to use digital currency.
    C. Why we all need cash to live. D. Where to find digital currency.
    28. What is the “good answer” to the question in Para.2?
    A. You cannot shop online without digital currency.
    B. You cannot buy anything in China with real money.
    C. You cannot buy anything in Canada without digital currency.
    D. You can use both real money and digital currency to shop online.
    29. What is the first problem mentioned in Para.3?
    A. Digital currency is not safe enough.
    B. Many people still don’t trust digital currency.
    C. Some people can’t hold their money in their hand.
    D. Some people don’t feel comfortable with numbers.
    30. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
    A. Two kinds of money B. The end of real money
    C. Currency around the world C. Money that you can’t touch
    体裁
    说明文
    话题:11.(35)付款
    话题:18.(63)使用互联网
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术
    词数
    303
    【主旨大意】 文章主要介绍了信息时代的数字货币,给人们带来便利的同时,也存在一些安全隐患。另外,有一些人还不能适应这项新的发明,认为钱不在手上不像是真实的。
    【答案】27. A 28. A 29. B 30. D
    27. A【解析】细节理解题。第一段主要介绍了一种新的货币形式“digital currency”,故选A。
    28. A【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第二段后半部分内容可知,在网上购物必须使用数字货币,故选A。
    29. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段第一句话“Many people still don’t trust digital currency.”可知,故选B。
    30. D【解析】主旨大意题。文章主要介绍了存在于计算机中的数字货币,是人们触摸不到的新的货币,故选D。
    B
    (山东临沂) Do you want to improve your physics and chemistry grades? Well, maybe you should first learn something about the struggles (奋斗) of great scientists.
    The American Psychological Association did an interesting study. More than 400 students from schools in New York City took part in it. The students were divided into three groups. Group 1 read a typical textbook that describes the achievements of great scientists. Group 2 read about those scientists' personal struggles. For example, as a Jew, Einstein (爱因斯坦) ran away from Nazi Germany to avoid persecution (迫害). The last group read about the scientists' intellectual struggles, such as Marie Curie's failed scientific tests. These stories about struggles also told students how the scientists dealt with these obstacles (障碍) .
    The students took a science exam before the study. After the six-week study, they took another. Scientists found those in Groups 2 and 3 improved their science grades. Students in Group 1 didn't see a grade increase. Some of them even had lower grades after the study.
    The study was led by Xiaodong Lin-Siegler, a teacher at Columbia University. According to Xiaodong, kids often think Einstein was truly intelligent. They believe they will never match him.
    Many of them fail to realize that any success requires a long journey. Along the way, there are many failures (失败) .
    Students who read the struggle stories more probably said that great scientists were like themselves. The "great minds" also had to overcome obstacles to achieve success.
    Xiaodong says today's science textbooks fail to bring science to life. As a result, students seldom regard science as part of their everyday lives. Instead, they just see a long list of facts that they have to remember. Xiaodong thinks textbooks should include more stories about how great scientists had to struggle to succeed. And students should focus more on how these scientists dealt with the obstacles they met along the way.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。
    36. According to the article, students can improve their physics and chemistry grades by _______.
    A. reading the achievements of great scientists more carefully
    B. listening more carefully to their physics and chemistry teachers
    C. learning about how great scientists dealt with their obstacles
    37. All of the students who took part in the study _________.
    A. were interested in physics and chemistry
    B. went to school in New York City
    C. wanted to improve their physics and chemistry grades
    38. Andy Hunt was one of the students who took part in the study. According to his report card, he was probably a member of _________.
    Andy Hunt
    Class 2, Grade 9
    Physics
    2018.4-9 86
    2018-5-22 79
    A. Group 1 B. Group 2 C. Group 3
    39. In Paragraph Four, the word "match" means "___________ " in Chinese.
    A. 满足 B. 比得上 C.配对
    40. Xiaodong Lin-Siegler thinks science textbooks should ____________________.
    A. tell students directly that Einstein was born a common man
    B. make the long lists of facts that students have to remember more interesting
    C. include more stories about how great scientists had to struggle to succeed
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    (76) 数字与数据
    词数
    321
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,本文通过美国的一项科学研究发现,提高物理和化学成绩,应该多了解一些科学家为科学研究克服一些障碍的故事。
    36. C 主旨大意题。本文通过美国的一项科学研究发现,提高物理和化学成绩,应该多了解一些科学家为科学研究克服一些障碍的故事。故选C。
    37.B 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句More than 400 students from schools in New York City took part in it. 可知,来自纽约市的400多名学生参加了这次活动。从而可判断出,这些学生都是来自纽约的学生,故选项B符合题意。
    38. A 细节理解题。分析题意可知,Andy Hunt的成绩在下降,又根据第三段最后两句Students in Group 1 didn't see a grade increase. Some of them even had lower grades after the study. 可知,第一组的学生没有看到成绩的提高。他们中的一些人甚至在实验后的分数更低。故选A。
    39.B词义猜测题。根据上文“孩子们常常认为爱因斯坦真的很聪明”,从而可推知,他们(孩子们)相信他们永远也比不上他。故选B。
    40. C细节理解题。根据最后一段倒数最后两句 Xiaodong thinks textbooks should include more stories about how great scientists had to struggle to succeed.可知,晓东认为教科书应该包括更多关于伟大的科学家如何奋斗才能成功的故事。故选C。
    B(·山东青岛)
    Rupert Isaacson was born in Africa, and grew up in London and in the English countryside, where he discovered his love of horses. Because he grew up hearing so many fascinating memories about Africa from his parents, he went there and lived with the people called The Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert.
    By the year 2000, Rupert was already working as a reporter, writing articles and guidebooks about Africa and India. He met his wife Kristin in India. Today, they live with their son, Rowan, in the US. But Rupert faced the greatest challenge of his life when, at the age of two, Rowan was diagnosed (诊断) with an illness that influenced his ability to communicate with others.
    Rupert discovered that spending time with horses and riding them was helping Rowan. But unluckily, the Bushmen of the Kalahari do not have horses. So the family set out for Mongolia, where horses have been important for long. Rupert has written about this journey to help his son in his book Horse Boy, and he has produced a documentary of the same name. In the film, people have the chances to see the family travelling in Mongolia, riding horses and meeting healers (治疗师) in order to help Rowan.
    Because working with horses has helped Rowan, Rupert set up The Horse Boy Foundation on his farm in Texas. It is a school that teaches people how to use horses for healing. Besides writing another book, The Long Ride Home, about travelling with Rowan to Africa, Australia and Arizona in the US, Rupert has also produced the documentary Endangerous, with Rowan as host, about dangerous animals that are endangered. Rupert Isaacson has managed to discover the secret of turning one challenge into many achievements.
    26. Where did Rupert Isaacson discover his love of horses?
    A. In the English countryside. B. In India.
    C. In Africa. D. In Mongolia.
    27. When was Rowan diagnosed with the illness mentioned in the passage?
    A. In the year 2000. B. At the age of two.
    C. When he was in Mongolia. D. When he was in London.
    28. Why did Rupert’s family go to Mongolia? Because there.
    A. he worked as a reporter B. there were no horses
    C. there were lots of horses D. he wanted to meet his wife
    29. What is the purpose of The Horse Boy Foundation?
    A. To produce a documentary. B. To communicate with others.
    C. To learn how to ride horses. D. To teach people how to use horses for healing.
    30. How many documentaries has Rupert produced in the passage?
    A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:日常生活
    话题:个人经历
    词数:297
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中主要介绍了罗珀特•艾萨克森及家人的生活经历。罗珀特面临生活中一个很大的挑战,他的儿子罗恩在二岁时被确诊得了一种疾病,这种疾病影响他和他人交往的能力。罗珀特发现和马呆在一起以及骑马对治疗这种疾病很有帮助,于是他们举家去了蒙古。后来罗珀特在德克萨斯州他的农场成了一个学校教人们用马来帮助治疾病。后来他们的一些经历写成书并拍成记录片。罗珀特找到了将生活中的挑战变成成就的技巧。
    【答案】26-30 ABCDA
    【解析】
    26. A 细节理解题。由短文第一句话“Rupert Isaacson was born in Africa, and grew up in London and in the English countryside, where he discovered his love of horses.”,可知罗珀特是在英国的农村发现他爱马的情怀的,故选A。
    27. B 细节理解题。由短文第二段中第后一句话“… at the age of two, Rowan was
    diagnosed (诊断) with an illness that influenced his ability to communicate with others.”,可知罗恩是在其两岁时被确诊为得了这种病的,故选B。
    28. C 推理判断题。读第三段中前三句可知,罗珀特发现和马呆在一起以及骑马对治疗罗恩的疾病很有帮助,但是在他们居住的地方没有马,于是他们就去了马很重要的地方蒙古,故选C。
    29. D 细节理解题。读第三段中“It is a school that teaches people how to use horses for healing.”一句,可知成立这所学校的目的是帮助人们用马进行治疗疾病,故选D。
    30. A 数字计算题。读第三段和第四段的内容,可知罗珀特共拍摄了Horse Boy和Endangerous,这两部记录片,故选A。

    C(·山东青岛)





    Wind power is a very clean source of energy. This is how wind power works. Wind makes windmills spin (旋转). When the windmills spin, they make electricity. Then we can use the electricity.
    A lot of people think that wind power is new, but that’s not true. For thousands of years, people have used wind to sail boats and move water. We still do those things today, but these days we mostly use wind power to make electricity.
    Wind power is a very popular source of energy. Most people think that we should use it more and more. First of all, it’s clean. Windmills don’t pollute the environment at all. Second, we can use wind power forever. After all, we will always have wind. Also, wind power is cheap, and it’s getting even cheaper.
    A lot of people don’t understand wind power very well. They believe that there are problems with wind power, but many of those problems are not real. For example, some people say that windmills are dangerous for birds. They used to be true, but it isn’t true anymore. Old windmills killed birds because they spun very fast. New windmills spin slowly, and they aren’t dangerous for birds.
    However, there are real problems with windmills. One problem is that many people think windmills are very ugly. This is a problem for people, because windmills are often in very pretty areas. Also, wind doesn’t blow all the time, so we can’t use wind power all the time. Finally, windmills are noisy.
    Wind power is becoming more and more common. Right now, more than 80 countries use wind power. About 2.5 percent of the world’s power comes from the wind. For some countries, that number is a lot higher. Wind power gives Denmark more than 25 percent of its electricity.
    31. Why DON’T new windmills kill birds? Because .
    A. birds don’t fly near them B. they spin slowly
    C. they are shorter than old windmills D. new windmills don’t spin
    32. When did people start using wind power?
    A. About 25 years ago. B. About 80 years ago.
    C. About 500 years ago. D. Over 1,000 years ago.
    33. , so we CAN’T use wind power all the time.
    A. Windmills break all the time B. We can’t use windmills at night
    C. Windmills are too expensive to use all the time D. Wind doesn’t blow all the time
    34. What does the article say about wind power?
    A. Most people don’t like it. B. It’s getting cheaper.
    C. Denmark doesn’t use it. D. It’s getting more expensive.
    35. What is the best title for the passage?
    A. Expensive Windmills B. Cheap and Clean Energy
    C. Popular and Clean Wind Power D. Dangerous Birds

    体裁:说明文
    话题:科学技术
    话题:自然环境
    词数:304
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中主要介绍了风能这种清洁能源以及风车。风能是通过风使风车旋转来发电来让我们获得能量的。风能并不是一种新能源,早在古代人们就利用风能来行船取水等。很多人认为人类应大力应用风能,因为它有很多优点;但也一些人对风持不同观点。风车也的确有些问题,比如风车不美观、有噪音等。但无论如何风能越来越普遍,已占到世界总能力的百分之二点五,在丹麦占的比重高达百分之二十五。
    【答案】26-30 BDDBC
    【解析】
    31. B 细节理解题。由第四段中最后一句话“New windmills spin slowly, and they aren’t dangerous for birds.”可知新的风车因其旋转地很慢,因此它们不再会杀死鸟类,故选B。
    32. D 细节理解题。读短文第二段中“For thousands of years, people have used wind to sail boats and move water.”一句,可知人类运用风能有一千多年了,故选D。
    33. D 细节理解题。读第五段中“Also, wind doesn’t blow all the time, so we can’t use wind power all the time.”一句,可知因为风并不总在刮,因此我们不能一直在使用风能,故选D。
    34. B 细节理解题。题干问本文对风能是怎么说的?由第三段最后句话“Also, wind power is cheap, and it’s getting even cheaper.”,可知文章中认为风能是便宜的,并且正在变得更加便宜,故选B。
    35. C 标题归纳题。通读短文可知本文介绍了风能的相关情况,风能是一种清洁的能源,正在变得很普及,因此选项C的描述“受欢迎又干净的风能”最为恰当,故选C。

    (·山东泰安) A
    When faced with difficult situations in their lives, many people
    find them too challenging and give up, especially on their life
    dreams. But not for Gabriel Heredia.
    Gabriel is a 20-year-old Argentinean barber (阿根廷理发师)
    who was born without hands. But he was able to grow up happy
    and independent because he always had the support of friends and family. In fact, his inspiration for such work was his mother, who is a hairdresser. At the age of 14, he began to take interest in her work and learned all kinds of hair cutting skills from her. Although he first saw it as an interest, Gabriel quickly decided that this was his dream job.
    Gabriel’s family soon helped him open his first barbershop in San Isidro, Peru, which he worked at for one and a half years. There, he met Zlatan Gomez, the president of Argentina Corta, an organization for barbers to connect, do charity (慈善) work, and teach hairdressing. Later, Gabriel became part of Argentina Corta, offering his services to people of all ages so they can build up the skills they need to get a job.
    Gabriel then moved to Buenos Aires, Argentina where he cuts hair today. As a bright and caring young man, Gabriel tries hard to not only be a barber, but also make a connection with the neighborhood. He says,“The thing that I like most about my job is that people feel comfortable and stylish with my cuts and that makes me feel happy.”
    Gabriel always does his best to be independent. He never gives up. There is nothing he can’t do. Besides cutting hair, he has learned to ride a bike, a motorbike and even to drive a car. He is no doubt inspiring others.
    36. When Gabriel was born, what made him different form others?
    A. He was born without hands. B. His special haircut.
    C. His life dream. D. His happiness and independence.
    37. At first, Gabriel Heredia learned hair cutting skills ______.
    A. from Zlatan Gomez B. from his mother
    C. from his friends D. by himself
    38. Which of the following statements about Gabriel Heredia is NOT true?
    A. He tries hard to make a connection with the neighborhood.
    B. He can not only cut hair but also drive a car.
    C. He joined Argentina Corta and taught others hair cutting skills in San Isidro.
    D. He opened his first barbershop in Buenos Aires with the help of his family.
    39. What does Gabriel’s story mainly tell us ?
    A. A good beginning makes a good ending.
    B. You’re never too old to learn.
    C. Nothing is impossible if you don’t give up.
    D. Education changes life.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:个人情况
    词数:303
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,介绍了加布里埃尔的故事。加布里埃尔天生没有双手,但在家人朋友的支持和母亲的影响下,他经过努力成为了一名理发师,并投入到慈善工作中。他的故事告诉我们,无论面对什么困难,都要积极面对,永不放弃。
    【答案】36-39 ABDC
    【解析】
    36. A 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句“Gabriel is a 20-year-old Argentina barber (阿根廷理发师) who was born without hands.”可知,加布里埃尔天生没有双手。故选A。
    37. B 细节理解题。根据第二段第三、四句“In fact, his inspiration for such work was his mother, who is a hairdresser. At the age of 14,he began to take interest in her work and learned all kinds of hair cutting skills from her.”可知,加布里埃尔起初是跟妈妈学的理发。故选B。
    38. D 推理判断题。根据第四段第二句“As a bright and caring young man, Gabriel tries hard to not only be a barber, but also make a connection with the neighborhood.”可知选项A对;根据第五段第四句“Besides cutting hair, he has learned to ride a bike, a motorbike and even to drive a car.”可知选项B对;根据第三段最后一句“Later, Gabriel became part of Argentina Corta, offering his services to people of all ages so they can build up the skills they need to get a job.”可知选项C对;根据第三段第一句“Gabriel’s family soon helped him open his first barbershop in San Isidro, Peru, which he worked at for one and a half years.”可知加布里埃尔的第一个理发店开设在秘鲁圣伊西德罗而不是在布宜诺斯艾利斯。故选D。
    39. C 主旨大意题。加布里埃尔天生没有双手,却通过努力成为了一名理发师,他非常喜欢自己的工作,还积极为慈善事业做贡献。他从不言弃,无所不能,还会骑自行车、骑摩托车和驾驶小汽车。他的故事告诉我们:只要不放弃,一切皆可能。故选C。

    (·山东泰安) B

    Crazy Bubble Run
    The happiest family activity Ever!
    Time: 10 a.m.
    Date: November 3rd
    A Money-Raising Event for the City Charity Program
    Organized by United Nations Children’s Fund (联合国儿童基金会)

    Come and get your Bubble Run Bag (T-shirt, number plate, hair band, waterproof (防水的) bag, color stickers and water gun) at 9:30 a.m.! We will be waiting for you at the Olympic Park in Beijing!
    Registration Fees: ¥120 Students
    ¥150 Non-students
    ¥240 One adult with a child aged 5-10
    For more information: www. crazybubblerun.com
    Tel: 010-88569413
    40. When will the Crazy Bubble Run event begin?
    A. At 9:30 a.m. on October 1st. B. At 10 a.m. on October 1st.
    C. At 9:30 a.m. on November 1st. D. At 10 a.m. on November 3rd.
    41. Who started this running event?
    A. United Nations Children’s Fund. B. Beijing Municipal Government.
    C. City Charity Program. D. the Olympic Park.
    42. Which of the following is NOT true according to the poster (海报)?
    A. Two adults with a child aged 6 should pay ¥240 for this event.
    B. The event wants to raise money.
    C. We can know the website of the event.
    D. Crazy Bubble Run is a happy family event.
    题材:说明文
    话题:娱乐活动
    词数:101
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇广告说明文。介绍了疯狂泡泡跑的时间、目的、承办方、物品领取、地点、费用、查询网站和电话。
    【答案】40-42 DAA
    【解析】
    40. D 细节理解题。根据标题下面的内容“Time: 10 a.m. Date: November 3rd”可知,疯狂泡泡跑的时间是11月3日上午10点钟。故选D。
    41. A 细节理解题。根据图片上方的句子“Organized by United Nations Children’s Fund (联
    合国儿童基金会)”可知,它是由联合国儿童基金会组织开启的。故选A。
    42. A 推理判断题。根据海报倒数第三行“¥240 One adult with a child aged 5-10”可知,一
    个大人和一个5-10岁大的孩子的费用是240元,而不是两个大人和一个5-10岁大的孩
    子的费用,选项A不正确;根据标题下方第三行的内容“A Money-Raising Event for the City Charity Program”可知,这项赛事的目的是为了筹钱,选项B正确;根据海报倒数第二行“For more information: www. crazybubblerun.com”可知,想了解更多信息,可以访问www. crazybubblerun.com这个网址,选项C正确;根据标题“The happiest family activity Ever!”可知这是一项全家运动,选项D正确。故选A。
    (·山东泰安) C
    Chinese Farmers’ Harvest (收获,收割) Festival is the first festival in China for farmers. The festival starting from 2018, falls on Autumn Equinox(秋分)each year. The Autumnal Equinox is one of the 24 solar terms(节气)of the Chinese lunar calendar and usually falls between September 22nd and 24th, during the country’s harvest season.
    As we all know, China has the largest population all over the world. It was difficult to feed the largest population in the past. After reform and opening (改革开放), with the development of modern agriculture (农业), people’s life is getting better and better, and their living conditions have improved a lot. Chinese Farmers’ Harvest Festival shows that our government is paying more attention to agriculture and farmers’ life. It will greatly encourage farmers to farm and develop further modern agriculture. China has a long history of agriculture. Chinese Farmers’ Harvest Festival, the cultural symbol, helps to show China’s long farming culture to the world. It also connects the excellent traditional Chinese culture to modern civilization (文明) and improves the cultural self-confidence and national pride.
    Since the festival is especially created for farmers, they are encouraged to think of their own ways to celebrate harvest. Some activities are held across the country, but most of the celebrations will take place at a local level that comes from local customs. Also, local government usually hosts all kinds of activities for the festival, such as folk culture performances, food tasting and so on.
    Some people think the festival is the happiest time of the year, even better than the Spring Festival, because food gives people a sense of safety and hope. For other people, the harvest festival is a time to look back at the past and look forward to the future.
    43. We probably celebrate the Chinese Farmers’ Harvest Festival on _______.
    A. September 20th B. September 23rd C. September 25th D. October 1st
    44. The main purposes that Chinese Farmers’ Harvest Festival was created don’t include ______.
    A. showing the long history of farming culture of China
    B. improving Chinese cultural self-confidence and national pride
    C. encouraging Chinese farmers to give up local customs.
    D. connecting the traditional Chinese culture to modern civilization.
    45. We can learn from the third paragraph that ________.
    A. the celebrations will be differently based on local customs
    B. western countries also celebrate the Farmers’ Harvest Festival
    C. the Farmers’ Harvest Festival is one of the Chinese traditional festivals
    D. the Farmers’ Harvest Festival is created for both farmers and workers
    46. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. The Farmers’ Harvest Festival falls on different days in different areas in China.
    B. The Farmers’ Harvest Festival is the best time to harvest crops (庄稼) in the world.
    C. The Farmers’ Harvest Festival has been celebrated twice in our country so far.
    D. China’s modern agriculture has greatly improved because of reform and opening.
    题材:说明文
    话题:节日与假日
    词数:316
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了中国第一个专为农民设立的节日——“中国农民丰收节”的具体日期、设立的初衷和目的、庆祝的方式和意义。
    【答案】43-46 BCAD
    【解析】
    43. B 细节理解题。根据第一段第二、三句“The festival starting from 2018, falls on Autumn Equinox(秋分)each year. The Autumnal Equinox is one of the 24 solar terms(节气)of the Chinese lunar calendar and usually falls between September 22nd and 24th, during the country’s harvest season.”。可知,中国农民丰收节设置在每年的秋分,有可能是9月22、23、24中的任意一天。故选B。
    44. C 推理判断题。根据第二段最后两句话“Chinese Farmers’ Harvest Festival, the cultural symbol, helps to show China’s long farming culture to the world. It also connects the excellent traditional Chinese culture to modern civilization (文明) and improves the cultural self-confidence and national pride.”可知选项A、B、D都是设立农民丰收节的目的;选项C的意思是“鼓励农民放弃当地风俗”与第三段里的描述“but most of the celebrations will take place at a local level that comes from local customs.”显然不符。故选C。
    45. A 段落大意题。第三段的主要内容说的是鼓励农民用自己的方式庆祝丰收,大部分庆祝活动都会结合当地的民俗文化展开,当地政府可以组织开展民俗文化表演、食物品尝、等。选项A “根据当地习俗,庆祝活动将有所不同”与段意相符,故选A。
    46. D 推理判断题。根据第一段的内容可知,农民丰收节在每年的秋分,在中国任何地区都是相同的一天,选项A说法不正确;中国农民丰收节和外国无关,选项B不正确;这个节日是2018年9月开始庆祝的,到目前为止才举办了一次,选项C错误;根据第二段第三句“After reform and opening (改革开放), with the development of modern agriculture (农业), people’s life is getting better and better, and their living conditions have improved a lot.”可知,改革开放后现代化农业有了很大发展,选项D说法正确。故选D。
     
    (·山东泰安)D
    Earlier this year, China achieved a new milestone (里程
    碑) in space research. On January 3, , Chang’e-4
    became the first lunar probe (月球探测器) in history to
    successfully land on the far side of the moon.
    The Earth’s gravity (重力) shows the moon’s rotation
    (自转), matching it to the speed of its orbit (公转). Therefore, the far side of the moon is almost “dark” and has never been seen. It’s this sense of the unknown that makes the far side of the moon such as interesting place for scientific and space research. Being blown by solar (太阳的) winds, the far side may have the special minerals (矿物质). For this reason, Chang’e-4 will study the effect of solar winds on the lunar surface and any mineral found by the spacecraft. Chang’e-4 is also carrying flower seeds, potatoes and silkworm eggs to see whether life is possible on the moon.
    If it is, then the moon will become a possible choice for space travel in the future.
    However, research of the “dark” side isn’t easy. As the side is blocked (阻断) off from us, radio noise coming off Earth is also blocked. This is why China’s relay satellite (中继卫星) Queqiao was sent up in May, 2018. Thanks to Queqiao, the communication problem between Earth and Chang’e-4 has been well solved.
    Power supply (电源供应) is also a challenge to the task. Chang’e-4 gets energy from the sun through its solar panels. As we know, a lunar day has the length of 28 Earth days. After Chang’e-4 was sent up on December 8, 2018, it took the probe over 20 days to orbit the moon to be in a position to be able to land in moon daylight and use its solar panels.
    Luckily, everything goes well. Chang’e-4 has worked on the “dark” side for over 5 months. It has sent back many photos of the far side of the moon and has been used to carry out some scientific experiments.
    The New York Times used the word “groundbreaking” to praise the task and wrote that “it will offer help to the history and development of the moon.”
    47. When was Chang’e-4 sent up?
    A. In May, 2018. B. On December 8, 2018.
    C. On January 3, 2018. D. The passage doesn’t tell us.
    48. The main tasks of Chang’e-4 doesn’t include ______.
    A. studying if life is possible on the moon
    B. studying the effect of solar winds on the lunar surface
    C. studying the communication problem between Earth and other probes
    D. researching any mineral found by the spacecraft
    49. The meaning of the underlined word “groundbreaking” in the last paragraph is the closest to “______”.
    A. harmful B. unpredictable C. risky D. pioneering
    50. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?
    A. Chang’e-4 has sent back many photos of the far side of the moon.
    B. A lunar day has the length of 28 Earth days.
    C. China’s relay satellite Queqiao was sent up in order to offer power to probes.
    D. Chang’e-4 is the first lunar probe in history that has successfully landed on the “dark” side of the moon.
    题材:说明文
    话题:发明与技术
    词数:393
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇新闻报道,讲述为了探索月球,中国发射了嫦娥四号月球探测器以及该探测器的相关信息。
    【答案】47-50 BCDC
    【解析】
    47. B 细节理解题。根据第五段最后一句“After Chang’e-4 was sent up on December 8, 2018, it took the probe over 20 days to orbit the moon to be in a position to be able to land in moon daylight and use its solar panels.”可知,嫦娥四号是在2018年12月8日发射的。
    48. C 细节理解题。根据第二段最后两句“For this reason, Chang’e-4 will study the effect of solar winds on the lunar surface and any mineral found by the spacecraft. Chang’e-4 is also carrying flower seeds, potatoes and silkworm eggs to see whether life is possible on the moon.”可知,嫦娥四号的人物包括选项A、B、D中的内容,不包括选项C中的内容。故选C。
    49. D 词义猜测题。最后一段讲的是纽约时报高度评价本次发射行动,给月球的的历史和发展提供帮助,故画线单词的意思应是“开创性的”,故选D。
    50. C 推理判断题。根据第六段的内容可知,嫦娥四号已经发回了很多月球背面的照片,选项A正确;根据第五段第三句“As we know, a lunar day has the length of 28 Earth days.”可知,选项B正确;根据第四段最后两句“This is why China’s relay satellite (中继卫星) Queqiao was sent up in May, 2018. Thanks to Queqiao, the communication problem between Earth and Chang’e-4 has been well solved.”可知,发射鹊桥中继卫星是为了解决地球与探测器之间的通讯问题而不是能源问题,选项C说法错误;根据第一段第二句“On January 3, , Chang’e-4 became the first lunar probe (月球探测器) in history to successfully land on the far side of the moon.”可知选项D正确。故选C。
    (·山东威海)A
    Mr Chen was puzzled (困惑的) and a little suspicious (怀疑的). He sat in the office and studied a letter apparently (看似) from Mrs Wang, the mother of one of the pupils in his class. There was something about it which worried him.

    "I don't understand," he said to himself. He shook his head as he circled four mistakes in the letter. "Mrs Wang is an educated woman. She wouldn't make mistakes like these even if she did write the letter in a hurry." Mr Chen took out his class register (名册) and said to himself, "Yesterday was Thursday. Let me see. Ah, yes. I thought so. David was absent on Thursday last week and the week before, Hm. Why is he so often absent on Thursdays? Was he really ill yesterday? Could it he a coincidence (巧合)?"
    Mr Chen stared at the register as if the answers to his questions were hidden in it somewhere. Then he took out a copy of the timetable (课程表) for his class.
    "I wonder...” he said to himself. “I wonder if his absence has anything to do with one of these lessons.”
    Mr Chen looked at the subjects for Thursday: Mathematics, English, PE... He thought about P.E. He knew that the pupils had P.E. twice a week: once on Monday, when they usually played games on the school field, and once on Thursday, when they did exercises in the gym.
    Mr Chen glanced round the office to find Mr Long, the rather strict P.E. teacher, but he was not there.
    “I'd better have a chat with Long and David," Mr Chen thought.
    The bell rang. “I can't do anything right now," Mr Chen thought. "It's time to go to Class 2. I'll do it later on. "
    Mr Chen picked up his books and walked off to teach Class 2.
    Later, on Friday, Mr Chen spoke to Mr Long, the P.E. teacher. Mr Long agreed that it seemed strange for David to be absent so often on gym days. They thought about it for a while.
    David is a good athlete (运动员)," Mr Long finally said, "but he's afraid of heights. I was hard on him once because he wouldn't climb more than a couple of metres up the rope. Do you think that's why he's been absent recently?"
    Yes, I think so," Mr Chen said. I'm going to talk to him this afternoon before he goes home. Well, I've got a suggestion to make," said Mr Long. If he's scared of heights, he'd better come and see me after school. Quite a few people suffer from (遭受) vertigo. I'll be glad to help him.
    “That's very kind of you," said Mr Chen. "I'll get him to come and see you on Monday or Tuesday."
    1. The letter was sent to Mr Chen because David _____ on Thursday.
    A. was ill at home B. didn't go to school C. was absent from PE. class
    2. Mr Chen was puzzled by the letter because_____.
    A. David's mother sent him the letter B. he couldn't understand the letter
    C. it didn't seem to be written by an educated adult
    3. Mr Chen got the idea that David's absence had something to do with PE. after he _____.
    A. studied the timetable B. studied the class register C. talked with Mr Long
    4. The underlined word "vertigo" means _____ in the passage.
    A. 身体疼痛 B. 恐高眩晕 C. 肠胃痉孪
    5. From the passage we know _____.
    A. David didn't like P.E. classes
    B. David didn't like Mr Long's being hard on him
    C. David was afraid of heights
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事 个人情况
    词数:489
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了一个学生因恐高不得已以家长的身份伪造请假条,逃避上体育课,细心的班主任老师发现这一情况,和体育老师共商对策来帮助学生。
    【答案】1-5 BCABC
    【解析】
    1. B推理判断题。根据第二段陈老师对请假条的质疑,以及“"I wonder...” he said to himself. “I wonder if his absence has anything to do with one of these lessons.””和第五段陈老师查看的课程表提示内容,我们得知David 周四请假是因为他不想上体育课的原因。故选B。
    2. C 推理判断题。根据对文章第二段的理解而知,信中有四处错误,Mrs Wang是一个受过教育的女士,陈老师推断这封信不是一个受过教育的人所写。故选C。
    3. A细节理解题。根据文章中的“ I wonder if his absence has anything to do with one of these lessons.”可知,陈老师在查看课程表之后,得出结论David的请假与其中所上的某门课程有关。故选A。
    4. B推理判断题。根据文中的“but he's afraid of heights. I was hard on him once because he wouldn't climb more than a couple of metres up the rope.”可知David恐高,因此推断vertigo的意思是“恐高眩晕”。 故选B。
    5. C推理判断题。根据文中的“He knew that the pupils had P.E. twice a week: once on Monday, when they usually played games on the school field, and once on Thursday, when they did exercises in the gym.”和“David is a good athlete (运动员)," Mr Long finally said, "but he's afraid of heights.”推知David不是不喜欢体育课,也没表达出讨厌龙先生的严厉,仅是恐高而不想上体操课。故选C。

    (·山东威海)B
    We know people can be nice, but what about animals?
    Scientists say that some animals are capable (有能力的) of being nice. Animals that live in groups like foxes, chimpanzees (大猩猩), and elephants ——follow rules. They have to follow rules to get along and to survive (生存). However, animals can act nicely, even when they don't have to. Here are some surprising stories about animal behavior.
    Most people usually walk away when someone is unkind to them. Marc Bekoff, a researcher at the University of Colorado, saw a female (母的) red fox do just that. The female fox was unhappy because a male (公的) fox played roughly (粗鲁地) with her. When she walked away, the male fox showed her that he wanted to play nicely. He lowered his head and rolled on his back. The female fox gave him another chance, and this time, he played more gently.
    Geza Teleki is a scientist who studies chimpanzees in Tanzania. One day, Teleki hiked far away from his campsite. He didn't have any food. Teleki wanted some fruit from a tree, but the tree was too tall. A young chimpanzee watched him curiously as he tried to get something to eat. The chimpanzee climbed the tree, picked the fruit, and gave it to him!
    An elephant in Kenya hurt his trunk (象鼻子). He needed help because he couldn't put food into his mouth. Researcher Kayhan Ostovar watched silently. He saw the hurt elephant show his sore trunk to a healthy elephant. The healthy elephant didn't need any more information. He took a bush and put it carefully into his new friend's mouth.
    Hippos (河马) and crocodiles are usually good friends. They hang out together in rivers. But Karen Paolillo, a wildlife expert in Zimbabwe, saw something surprising. One day, a crocodile tried to eat a monkey that was next to a river. A hippo ran quickly to the crocodile and chased it away. Why did the hippo attack (攻击) the crocodile? Paolillo says hippos sometimes protect other animals from crocodiles.
    6. The main idea of the passage is _______.
    A. animals that live in groups follow rules
    B. some animals can be nice to other animals
    C. most animals are nice to people
    7. The underlined phrase "do just that" means ________.
    A. be nice B. play roughly C. walk away
    8. We can say that Teleki ________.
    A. is short B. hates hiking C. could not climb the tree
    9. The elephant needed help because _______.
    A. the tree was too tall B. it could not use its trunk C. it had no food
    10. The underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refers to ________.
    A. the crocodile B. the chimpanzee C. the monkey
    题材:说明文
    话题:20. 自然 动物
    词数:369
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,通过几个事例介绍,意在说明,动物和人一样,也是有情感、有灵性、有爱心的。
    【答案】6-10 BCCBA
    【解析】
    6. B 推理判断题。根据文章开头的“We know people can be nice, but what about animals?”一句以及下文的理解,可知本文主要介绍一些动物对其它的动物也是有情感的。故选B。
    7. C推理判断题。根据文章“Most people usually walk away when someone is unkind to them. Marc Bekoff, a researcher at the University of Colorado, saw a female (母的) red fox do just that.”可知,当有人对己不友善的时候,大部人选择走开,科罗拉多大学研究员Marc Bekoff就看到雌狐狸做过此事。故选C。
    8. C细节理解题。文章中“One day, Teleki hiked far away from his campsite. He didn't have any food. Teleki wanted some fruit from a tree, but the tree was too tall.”推知Teleki不会爬树,不能从树上得到果实。故选C。
    9. B细节理解题。文中“An elephant in Kenya hurt his trunk (象鼻子). He needed help because he couldn't put food into his mouth.”推知这头象的鼻子受伤,无法将食物放进嘴里。故选B。
    10. A细节理解题。文中“A hippo ran quickly to the crocodile and chased it away.”推知该处的it指的是鳄鱼。故选A。

    (山东潍坊)一、阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
    阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
    A

    1.The poster gives information about _________.
        A.the man teacher   B. English courses
    C.language schools in London   D. different activities in Lanleygate
    2.How much do you have to pay for both Speaking and Writing?
          A.£ 195.  B. £ 125  C. £ 155.  D. £ 220
    3.If Leo is free on Sunday afternoon, he can ________.
    A. improve his listening ability  B. join the possibly smallest class 
    C. have a native teacher   D. learn how to write in English

    题材
    应用文
    话题
    招生广告
    词数
    90
    【主旨大意】短文是一份海报,属于应用文中的广告。内容是关于LANLEY英语学校的课程培训相关信息,包括招生人数、培训课程的内容、时间、师资情况以及收费和联系方式等。
    1.B【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:这份海报给出的是关于________的信息。A项:男教师;B项:英语课程;C项:伦敦的语言学校; D项:在Lanleygate不同的活动。通过海报标题The LANLEY SCHOOL of English和 3 courses: Speaking, Writing, Listening可知是英语课程的相关信息。故选B。
    2.C【解析】数字计算题。题干意为:要报口语和写作课你需要支付多少费用?通过Speaking和Writing两栏下的价格可知是155英镑。故选C。
    3.A【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:如果Leo周日下午有空,他可以________.A项:提高他的听力能力 B项:参加可能最小的班; C项:拥有一个本土教师;D项:学习英文写作。根据列出的三项课程的时间可知“周日下午”这一时间只符合Listening一栏的every day of the week.故选A。
    (山东潍坊)  B
    When he was a teenager, Hunter Adams was very unhappy, and he spent many years in the 1960s and 1970s in a special hospital for people with mental (精神的) health problems.
          When he left hospital, Adams decided to become a doctor, so he went to Medical School in Virginia, USA. But when he was there he did things in a different way. For example, he didn’t like the doctors’ white coats. He preferred to wear shirts with flowers on them when he visited his patients, and he tried to make them laugh. The doctors at the medical school didn’t like Adams very much because he was too different.
    But Adams believed that people in hospital need more than medicine. He saw unhappy and lonely people, and he tried to help them as patients, but as people, too. He spent a lot of time with children in the hospital, and often put a special red nose on his face to look like a clown and to make the children laugh.
    When he finished medical school and became a doctor, Adams opened his own hospital called “the Gesundheit Institute”, together with some other doctors. They wanted it to be a place in a different way of working with sick people.
    Hunter Adams became famous during the 1980s, and in 1998, Universal Pictures made a film about his life. It was very successful. In the film (called Patch Adams) , Robin Williams played Adams. Williams said, “Hunter is a really warm person, who believes that patients need a doctor who’s a friend. I enjoyed playing him.”
    4. What probably made Hunter decide to be a doctor?
    A. His interest in medicine. B. His idea to open a hospital.
    C. His early experience as a teenager. D. His love for the lonely children around.
    5. How was Hunter different from other doctors?
    A. He was famous before working in hospital.
    B. He liked to wear shirts with flowers on them every day.
    C. He treated his patients as friends in every way possible.
    D. He was good at dealing with people who were mentally ill.
    6. What does the underlined word “clown” in paragraph 3 probably mean?
    A.木偶 B.小丑 C.外星人 D.蜘蛛侠
    7. What can we know from Robin Williams’ words?
    A. He thought highly of Hunter. B. Every doctor needs a patient friend.
    C. He became a warm person ever after. D. A good doctor makes a successful film.
    题材
    记叙文
    话题
    工作与职业
    词数
    279
    【主旨大意】短文是一篇记叙文。文章叙述了Hunter Adams由于早期在精神病院和精神病人多年相处的经历,他选择了学医。成为医生后,Hunter Adams 有不同于其他医生的对待病人的理念,他讨厌医生的白大褂,尽量想尽各种办法让病人快乐,他致力于把病人当人看待,而不是当做病人来对待。他的理念遭到了其他医生的反对,最后他成立了自己的医院,在20世纪80年代声名鹊起。他的故事也被拍成了电影,扮演Hunter Adams的演员也对他赞赏有加。
    4.C【解析】推理判断题。题干意为:很可能是什么让Hunter决定成为一名医生?A项:他对医药感兴趣;B项:他开设医院的想法;C项:他早期青少年的经历;D项:他对周围孤独的孩子的爱。通过短文第一段的背景叙述,和第二段首句When he left hospital, Adams decided to become a doctor...可知让他成为医生的原因是早年在精神病院多年和精神病人相处的经历。故选C。
    5.C【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:Hunter是如何不同于其他医生的?A项:他在医院工作以前就很出名;B项:他喜欢每天穿带花的衬衣;C项:他用尽各种可能的方法把病人当朋友看待;D项:他擅长对待精神病患者。通过前文叙述和扮演Hunter医生的演员的评价Hunter is a really warm person, who believes that patients need a doctor who’s a friend.可知Hunter医生总是把病人当朋友看待。故选C。
    6.B【解析】词义猜测题。短文第三段中画线单词 “clown”很可能是什么意思?根据上文put a special 
    red nose on his face“在脸上戴上一个特别的红鼻子”和下文make the children laugh“是孩子们开心大笑”可知画线单词最有可能的意义是“小丑”。故选B。
    7.A【解析】推理判断题。题干意为:通过Robin Williams的话我们可以知道什么?A项:他高度评价Hunter医生;B项:每个医生都需要一个病人朋友;C项:他从此以后成为一个热心的人;D项:一个好医生能成就一部成功的电影。根据扮演者Robin William的话Hunter is a really warm person, who believes that patients need a doctor who’s a friend. I enjoyed playing him.可知他高度评价Hunter医生。
    (山东潍坊) C
    A recent study from a team of South Korean researchers suggests that eating alone often may lead to poor eating habits and poor food choices. Specifically, the study found that men who ate alone more than twice a week had a greater risk of developing high blood pressure, high cholesterol and diabetes.
    For children, eating with their families is not only about preventing bad outcomes (结果)— it is also about developing good ones.
    In 2014, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ( OECD) looked at data from nearly three-quarters of the world’s countries. Among its findings was the fact that students who shared a main meal with their families were less likely to skip school. Children who eat a main meal with their families are also less likely to abuse drugs and alcohol (吸毒酗酒).
    In the report, titled “The Importance of Family Dinners (Ⅷ)” researchers say that “teens who have frequent family dinners are more likely to say their parents know a lot about what’s going on in their lives”. They also claim that when teens say they feel closer to their parents, they are less likely to use drugs and alcohol.
    Another study from the University of Montreal found that children who ate with their families experience long-term physical and mental health benefits (好处). These children were physically in better shape and drank fewer sugary soft drinks. These children also seemed to have better social skills and they were less aggressive(好斗).
    Professor Linda Pagani says that mealtimes shared with parents “likely provide young children with first-hand social interactions, discussions of social issues (事件) and day-to-day concerns”. She adds that they may likely help the child have better communication skills with others.
    8. What can be the best title for the text?
    A. Benefits of eating together. B. Advantages of eating alone.
    C. Ways of developing social skills. D. Risks of using drugs and alcohol.
    9. Children eating with their families are more likely to________.
    A. drink more sugary soft drinks B. do well in their studies at school
    C. be more socially active and aggressive D. have a closer relationship with their parents
    10. Why is Professor Pagani mentioned in the last paragraph?
    A. To introduce her. B. To add a new point. C. To explain further.
    D. To provide background information.
    11. From which is the text probably taken?
    A. A travel guide. B. A biology textbook. C. A cooking instruction.
    D. A science magazine.
    题材
    说明文
    话题
    科普知识
    词数
    312
    【主旨大意】短文是科普文。韩国研究人员对独自用餐者的研究发现,独自用餐者有不良的草草了事的饮食习惯。甚至男子每周超过两次独自用餐者有罹患高血压、高胆固醇和糖尿病的风险。短文接下来说明通过世界各地各种组织的专家研究发现,和父母一起吃饭的儿童都和父母比较亲近,感觉父母参与他们的生活;这些孩子从身心两方面都健康;孩子有良好的社交能力,不好斗;而且这些孩子不容易逃学、不容易沾染吸毒酗酒等不良习惯。
    8.A【解析】主旨大意题。题干意义:这篇文章的最佳标题是什么?A项:一起用餐的好处;B项:单独用餐的优点;C项:提高社交能力的方法;D项:沾染毒品和酗酒的风险。通读短文和第二段中的综述句it is also about developing good ones.可知短文叙述的是一起用餐的好处。故选A。
    9.D【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:和家人一起用餐的孩子们更有可能_________。A项:喝更多的含糖软饮料;B项:在学校学习好;C项:更多社交活动和好斗;D项:和父母有更亲密的关系。短文第四段最后一句They also claim that when teens say they feel closer to their parents...提示他们感觉和父母更亲近。故选D。
    10.B【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:为什么在最后一段要提及Pagani教授?A项:为了介绍她;B项:添加一个新观点;C项:进一步解释说明;D项:提供背景信息。通过短文最后一句话She adds that they may likely help the child have better communication skills with others.可知经常和孩子一起用餐,很可能会帮助孩子和别人有良好的沟通能力。在整片文章论述父母孩子一起用餐的优点上再添加一项。故选B。
    11.D【解析】推理判断题。题干意为:这篇文章很可能取自于哪一种?A项:旅行指南;B项:生物课本;C项:烹饪指南;D项:科学杂志。短文是属于科普文,故选D。
    B(山东淄博)
    (山东淄博)Can you imagine walking in , sitting next to a stranger and asking for the latest news or putting a recent novel down next to someone’s coffee and asking for their opinion before giving yours?
    But more than 300 years ago , this kind of behaviour was encouraged in thousands of coffeehouses all over London. In 1712 , the Starbucks site(位置)today was occupied(占据) by Button’s coffeehouses. Inside, poets, writers and members of the public gathered around long wooden tables drinking, thinking, writing and discussing literature into the night. On the wall, near where the Starbucks community notice board now stands , was the white marble(大理石)head of a lion with wide-open mouth. The public was invited to feed it with letters and stories. The best of the lion’s digest(文摘)were published in a weekly edition of Joseph Addison’s Guardian newspaper, named ‘the roaring of the lion’.
    Today, few people know Button’s. It’s just one of London’s forgotten coffeehouses.
    London’s first coffeehouse was opened by a Greek named Pasque Roseé in 1652. While a servant for a British merchant in Turkey, Roseé developed a taste for the exotic(异国情调的)Turkish drink and decided to import(进口)it to London. People from all walks of life came to his business to meet , greet, drink, think ,write, and joke.
    14. Where was the white marble lion head?
    A. In the backyard of the Starbucks.
    B. On the Button’s long wooden tables.
    C. In Joseph Addison’s Guardian newspaper
    D. On the wall of Button’s coffeehouses.
    15. How often was “the roaring of the lion” published?
    A. Every day. B. Every week. C. Every month. D. Every year.
    16. What kind of coffee did Pasque Roseé import to London?
    A. Turkish coffee. B. Black coffee C. White coffee D. Sweet coffee
    17.What can we infer (推断)from the passage?
    A. People could hardly found a coffeehouse in 1712 in London.
    B. Starbucks, Button’s and Roseé were famous coffeehouse of London in 1700s.
    C. Button’s was usually noisy and crowded at night 300 hundred years ago .
    D. Only businessmen enjoyed the exotic coffee at Pasque Roseé.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:12 饮料
    话题:22 科普知识
    词数:262

    【主旨大意】本文为说明文。文章向我们介绍了三百多年前伦敦赫赫有名的Button’s咖啡馆现在已被星巴克咖啡馆取代,而历史上首次将咖啡引入伦敦的却是一名叫做Pasque Roseé 的希腊人,是他创办了第一间位于伦敦的咖啡馆。
    【答案】14-17 DBAC
    14.D 【解析】细节理解题。由第二段“In 1712 , the Starbucks site(位置)today was occupied(占据) by Button’s coffeehouses. ...... On the wall, near where the Starbucks community notice board now stands , was the white marble(大理石)head of a lion with wide-open mouth.”可知,白色大理石狮子头曾位于Button’s 咖啡店的墙上,故选D。
    15. B【解析】细节理解题。由第二段“The best of the lion’s digest(文摘)were published in a weekly edition of Joseph Addison’s Guardian newspaper, named ‘the roaring of the lion’”可知,“the roaring of the lion”文摘是一份周刊,故选B。
    16. A 【解析】细节理解题。由最后一段“While a servant for a British merchant in Turkey, Roseé developed a taste for the exotic(异国情调的)Turkish drink and decided to import(进口)it to London. ”可知Pasque Roseé 引入伦敦的咖啡是土耳其风味的咖啡,故选A。
    17. C【解析】推理判断题。由第二段“In 1712 , the Starbucks site(位置)today was occupied(占据) by Button’s coffeehouses.”可知1712年伦敦已经有了Button’s咖啡馆,故A项错误;由文章描述可知,Button’s咖啡馆现在已经被星巴克咖啡馆替代,但根据文章内容无法判断在18世纪伦敦是否有星巴克咖啡馆,故无法推断出B项所述内容的正确性;由第二段“But more than 300 years ago , ......into the night. ”可知,300多年前Button’s咖啡馆人声鼎沸 ,各行各业的人们聚集在这里直到晚上,故C项正确;由文章最后一句可知各行各业的人们来享受Pasque Roseé.咖啡馆的咖啡,而D项表示仅仅只有生意人来Pasque Roseé.喝咖啡,故D项错误。综上所述,选C。
    (四川成都)九、阅读下面两篇短文,根据短文内容选择正确的答案。(共10小题;每小题2分,计20分)
    A(四川成都)
    Travel around England
    Places to visit in London
    ☆The Thames
    It runs through London, dividing the city into two parts. It’s interesting to take a trip on the river. This way, you can see almost every place of interest of London.
    ☆Big Ben
    May 31, is the 160th birthday of the largest four-face clock in the world-Big Ben. It isn’t the name of the tower itself but the 13-ton bell inside it. Every hour, it “bongs” the number of the hour to tell the time.
    Places to visit in Liverpool

    ☆Music:“The Beatles Story”
    If you love The Beatles—the world—famous 1960s music group, come here!
    Open every day except Dec 25 and 26
    Adult:£16.00
    Under-16s and student:£12.00
    Child under six:Free
    ☆Sport: “Liverpool FC”
    Do you love football? Visit Anfield football center, home to Liverpool favorite football team.
    Closed on Sat.&Sun.
    Adult:£15.00
    Under-16s and student:£9.00
    Child under six:Free
    ☆Museum: ”Liverpool Museum”
    You can learn all about the history and culture of Liverpool here. It was set up in 1851, and moved to the new building in 2011.
    Open daily
    Free entry!
    66.What’s the suggested way to visit the most places of interest in one day in London?
    A. To go by boat. B. To go by bus. C. To go by subway.
    67.What does “FC” mean in “Liverpool FC”?
    A. Fried Chicken. B. Famous Coach. C. Football Club.
    68. Which of the following has a history of less than 100 years?
    A. Liverpool Museum. B. The Beatles Story. C. Big Ben.
    69. David, a music fan, wants to go to his favorite place in Liverpool with his 9—year—old daughter and his baby son. How much should he pay?
    A .£0. B. £24. C. £28.
    70. Which is TRUE according to the ad?
    A. Big Ben “bongs” once at 9 a. m. every day.
    B. Liverpool Museum shows the development of the city.
    C. We can visit two of the three places in Liverpool any day.
    答案:
    体裁:应用文
    话题:17 旅行
    词数:155

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章主要介绍了来英国旅游不可错过的五个知名景点,它们分别是位于伦敦的泰晤士河和大本钟;位于利物浦的甲壳虫乐队博物馆、安菲尔德足球中心与利物浦博物馆。
    66. A【解析】细节理解题。根据泰晤士河中的描述“It runs through London, dividing the city into two parts.It’s interesting to take a trip on the river. This way, you can see almost every place of interest of London.”可知,通过坐船可以一整天游完伦敦。故选A。
    67. C【解析】词义猜测题。根据文章关于sport部分的描述可知,安菲尔德足球中心是利物浦最受喜爱的足球队的训练场地,可推测FC应是表示与足球队相关的描述,而B项仅指足球教练,不符合语境,故选C。
    68. B【解析】细节理解题。由文中利物浦博物馆的描述“It was set up in 1851”可知该博物馆已经有一百多年的历史;由文中甲壳虫乐队博物馆的描述“If you love The Beatles—the world—famous 1960s music group, come here!”可知该博物馆时间是少于一百年的;而由第二段可知大本钟已有160年的历史;故选B。
    69. C【解析】推理计算题。由文中甲壳虫乐队博物馆描述可知,该博物馆收费成人16英镑,16岁以下学生12英镑;儿童免费。故大卫,大卫9岁女儿和大卫的儿子(婴儿)收费情况为:16+12+0=28便士,故选C。
    70. B【解析】推理判断题。由文中大本钟的描述“ Every hour, it “bongs” the number of the hour to tell the time.”可知大本钟每小时发出声音,故A项错误;由文中关于利物浦博物馆的描述“You can learn all about the history and culture of Liverpool here.”可知B项正确;由甲壳虫乐队博物馆及安菲尔德足球中心的描述可知,甲壳虫乐队博物馆每年12月25日、26日不开放;而安菲尔德足球中心每周六、日不开放,故C项描述“我们可以在任意一天内游览利物浦三个景点中的两个”并不完全正确。故选B。


    B (四川成都)
    A
    If we laid all of the blood vessels(血管) in the human body end to end, they would reach about 100,000 km long That 's nearly two and a half times around Earth!

    B
    For the first time, Coca-Cola has showed that it uses 3,000,000 tons of plastic bottles each year. That’s the weight of 15,000 blue whales-the largest animal on Earth.
    C
    If your throat tickles(发痒),
    pressing your ear might make it go away. That’s because your throat and ears share the same group of nerves(神经). When you press your ear, the nerves in your throat can feel it.
    D
    It takes about 7 to 8 trees to make enough O2 for one person to breathe for a year. Each person needs around 750 kg of O2 per year. A large tree might make around 100 kg of O2 per year.
    E
    To young children, a year might seem to last forever. But older people might say that it flies by. Why is that? According to the US scientists, young people’s brains deal with information faster than older people. They take in more information and do more things in a day. So they feel like each day lasts longer. However, older people’s brains take in less information and see a day pass more quickly.
    F
    About 200 muscles(肌肉)work together when you take a step. That’s a lot of work for your muscles, since many people take about 10,000 steps a day. If you want to get some easy exercise, walking is good for you.

    71. Match passage A—F with the two topics: ①People &surroundings; ②The Human Body. Which of the following is right?
    A. ①—AB;②—CDEF B. ①—BDF;②—ACE C.①—BD;②—ACEF
    72. What’s the best title for all the six passages?
    A. Surprising World B. Amazing Facts C. Unbelievable Figures
    73. Why does the editor present readers the six passages?
    A. To help readers know more about human body and environmental protection.
    B. To ask readers to protect the environment and take more exercise.
    C. To tell readers to have less unhealthy drink and plant more trees.
    74. Which of the following questions is answered in the passages?
    A. Why do kids and older people feel a year differently?
    B. Why could a large tree produce about 100kg of 02 per year?
    C . How do our 200 muscles work together when we take a step?
    75. Which of the following leads to the figure “30,000”?
    A. The amount of muscles working together by taking 150 steps.
    B. The length of vessels in 3 human bodies joining together.
    C. The weight of O2 for 40 persons to breathe a year.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:13 身体部位
    话题:21 环境保护
    话题:13体育健身
    话题:22 科普知识
    词数:

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章主要围绕两个主题“① 人类与环境”;“②人的身体部位”介绍了六则消息。
    71. C【解析】推理判断题。A篇讲述与人的身体相关的消息,应属于主题②;B篇讲述的是可口可乐公司每年使用塑料重达300万吨,应属于主题①;C篇讲述的是人类的喉咙和耳朵共享一个神经,应属于主题②;D篇讲述的是树木与其产氧量,应属于主题①;E篇讲述的是年轻人觉得时间漫长,而老人觉得时间飞逝是因为两者的脑袋运行速度有区别,应属于主题②;F篇讲述的是步行对人有好处的原因是人们迈出一步时,两百个神经一起工作,应属于主题②。综上所述,C项正确。
    72. B【解析】主旨归纳题。六则消息中,有四则是关于人的身体的一些令人惊奇的事实,另两则从环保方面列举了一些令人惊奇的数据,A项(令人惊奇的世界)主题与消息不符;C、E两则消息无数据的列举,故选项C(令人难以置信的数据)不正确,故选B。
    73. A 【解析】推理判断题。B项中“呼吁人们多进行锻炼”,A、C、E三则消息均无此意,故B项不正确;C项中“告知人们少喝不健康的饮品”,六则消息均为此意,故C项也不正确。六则消息主要围绕两个主题,即人类与环境与人的身体部位,作者旨在呼吁人们保护环境,并了解更多关于身体部位的常识,A项贴近此意。故选A。
    74. A【解析】推理判断题。E则消息主要告诉人们年轻人觉得时间漫长,而老人觉得时间飞逝是因为年轻人脑袋运行速度比老人快,故A项正确。
    75. C【解析】计算推理题。由D篇我们可知,每人每年需要消耗750千克二氧化碳,那么40人一年需消耗750×40=30000kg的二氧化碳,故C项正确。
    (四川德阳)A

    Every week, I get an allowance(零用钱) of 45 yuan from any parents. I usually spend my money on music, computer games and movies. On Friday and Saturday nights,I always go to the movies with my friends. My parents say I should get a part-time job. If I get one, I will buy new computer game.
    Wei Hua, 14
    I get an allowance of 50 yuan every week from my parents. I also have some birthday money. I often spend my money on clothes, movies and ice-creams. If I have more money after my next birthday, I will buy a new mobile phone. My cousin Li Nan has a new mobile phone. It’s really cool.
    Li Ping, 15
    I get an allowance of 60 yuan a week from my parents. I also walk dogs for my neighbors and got 30 yuan every week, I spend some of my money on movies and books. I spend most of my money on my summer vacation. This summer, I will go to Beijing with my friend Yang Yang.
    Zhang Hong, 17
    51. What does Wei Hua usually spend his money on?
    A. Clothes. B. Books. C. Ice-creams. D. Computer games.
    52. Who can get some birthday money?
    A. Zhang Hong. B. Li Ping. C. Li Nan. D. Wei Hua.
    53. How much money does Zhang Hong get a week in total(总共)?
    A. ¥45 B. ¥50 C. ¥60 D. ¥90 B
    题材:应用文
    话题:日常活动
    词数:183
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文,介绍了三个孩子每月从父母得到零用钱的数量,以及如何处理这些零用钱。
    【答案】51-53 DBD
    【解析】
    51. D 细节理解题。从第一个表格中的I usually spend my money on music, computer games and movies.可知魏华花费零花钱在电脑游戏上,故选D。
    52. B 细节理解题。从第二个表格中的I also have some birthday money.可知李平得到一些生日的钱,故选B。
    53. D 数字计算题。从最后一个表格中的I get an allowance of 60 yuan a week from my parents. I also walk dogs for my neighbors and get 30 yuan every week. 推知,张红共得到90元的零花钱。故选D。
    (四川德阳)B
    Many children like to go hiking (徒步旅行). Why? Because they can be free from school and their homework. They can also enjoy beautiful nature,play with friends or family. If you want to have a happy hike, you must pay attention to the following:
    First, find a good day. Fine weather is the moat important for a happy bike. If the weather is good,you can do to lot of things, like riding horses, going bike riding,swimming in the river, flying kites and playing ball games.
    Second, go with the people you like. If you go hiking with the people you don’t like,you won’t have a great time. So, find the person who has the same interest as you.
    Third, find the right place. Different people have different ideas about the places. For me, I would like to go to the beach for a hike. I like to walk along the beach, listening to the sound of the sea and watch children playing.
    Lastly, think of what you need to prepare before going hiking. To have a nice hike, you must have comfortable shoes, enough water and some food. Now you can go hiking!
    54. Why do children like to go hiking?
    A. Because they cm learn more things.
    B. Because they can make more friends.
    C. Because they can enjoy beautiful nature.
    D. Because they don’t need to stay at home.
    55. Which of the following is NOT the writer’s idea about a happy hike?
    A. You should go hiking with different people.
    B. A pair of comfortable shoes must be prepared.
    C. Enough water and some food is very important.
    D. You should go hiking when the weather is fine.
    56. Where does the writer probably go for a hike?
    A. To the farm. B. To the park. C. To the beach. D. To the mountain.
    57. How many points must you pay attention to for a happy hike?
    A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four
    题材:说明文
    话题:个人兴趣
    词数:207
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。介绍了怎样才能拥有快乐的远足。
    【答案】54-57 CBCD
    【解析】
    54. C 细节理解题。从第一段的第四句They can also enjoy beautiful nature, play with friends or family可知,他们可以享受美丽的自然。故选C。
    55. A 细节判断题。根据第三段中So, find the person who has the same interest as you.可知应该是和“有同样兴趣的人”去远足,而不是“和不同的人”。故选A。
    56. C 细节理解题。从第四段For me, I would like to go to the beach for a hike可知作者想去海滩远足。故选C。
    57. D 整体细节题。根据2-5段的内容,可知文章给出了四个方面能够影响拥有幸福的远足的因素。故选D。

    (四川德阳)C
    It was on a cold winter night that I knew my mother was dying. I travelled miles from home to spend the last night with her. I sat right next to her sick body,reading her long-loved books. It was one of the most difficult and painful times in my life. After she died, for many days, I stayed alone in her room, with a lonely and empty heart. Everything was in silence.
    But one evening the silence was broken. I heard crying outside. I opened the door to find a little dog on the steps. He was thin and poor. I brought him inside and fed him with some fish, and then he fell asleep.
    The next morning, I learned that the dog’s owner had moved out, so the little dog was there all alone, just like me. As I walked back to the house, I tried to work out what to do with him. Taking care of something seemed like the very last thing I wanted to do. But when I opened the door, he ran to me and jumped into my arms. It was clear that he didn’t want to go anywhere.
    When the time finally came for me to return home, I had to decide what to do with him. There was no way I would leave without him. From then on, things grew easier. With him around, time seemed to pass much faster.
    Five years has gone since my mother died. Over the years, many people have said how nice it was of me to save the dog. But I know that we saved each other. I may have given him a home but he gave me something greater.
    58. After his mother’s death,the writer for many days.
    A. cried hard B. stayed alone C. talked with friends D. read good books
    59. From the passage,we know the writer________.
    A. let the dog in B. found the dog on the street
    C. left without the dog D. fed the dog with some beef
    60. From the underlined sentence “Taking care of something seemed like the very last thing I wanted to do. ” in paragraph 3,we can infer(推断) that___________.
    A. the dog needed taking good care o£
    B. the writer felt quite sorry for the dog
    C. the writer decided to bring the dog home at first
    D. the writer didn’t want to bring the dog home at first
    61. The best title(标题)of this passage should be ___________.
    A. A dog Saved, a Heart Saved B. Dog and Humans, Best friends
    C. The Last Night with My Loving Mom D. Happiness from Offering Help
    题材:记叙文
    话题:情感与情绪
    词数:287
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者在母亲去世之后感到孤独无助,在他最无助的时候,他收养了一只无家可归的小狗,在他们相处的过程中,他们互相帮助,走出了心里的阴霾。
    【答案】58-61 BADA
    【解析】
    58. B 细节理解题。从第一段After she died, for many days, I stayed alone in her room, with a lonely, and empty heart知,妈妈去世之后,作者自己在妈妈的房间里待了许多天。故选B。
    59. A 细节理解题。从第二段He was thin and poor, I brought him inside and fed him with some fish, and then he fell asleep知,作者让这个小狗进到屋子里。故选A。
    60. D 推理判断题。the very last thing I wanted to do意为“我最不想做的事情”,故选D。
    61. A 标题归纳题。通读全文,尤其是从最后一段描述可知,作者和小狗互相挽救,作者给他一个家,小狗给了作者温馨的陪伴。故选A。
    ( 四川德阳)D
    Personal computers and Internet give people new choices about how to spend their time.
    Some may use this freedom to share less time with certain friends or family members, but the new technology will also let them communicate more with those they care more about.I know this from personal experience.
    Email makes it easy to work at home. I spend most weekends and evenings at home.My working hours aren’t much shorter than they once were but I spend fewer of them at the office.This lets me share more time with my young daughter than I might have if she’d been born before Email became such a practical tool.
    The Internet also makes it easy to share ideas with a group of friends.Say you do something fun—see a great movie perhaps and there are four or five friends who might want to hear about it.If you use a telephone to call each one, you may tire of telling the story.With Email, you just write one note about your experience, at your convenience, and send it to all the friends you think might be interested.They can read your message when they have time, and read only as they want to.They can reply at their convenience, and you can read what they have to say at your convenience.
    Email is also an inexpensive way to communicate with people who live far away.More than a few parents use Email to communicate with their children at college every day.
    We just have to keep in mind that computers and the Internet offer another way of communicating.They don’t take the place of any of the ways.

    62.The use of E-mail has made it possible for the writer to ____________.
     A. spend more time at the office    B.spend much less time working.
    C.have more free time with his child  D.work at home all weekends and evenings
    63. According to the writer, what is the advantage of email over the telephone?
    A. The user can send much more information than the telephone.
    B. The user can keep the communication as personal as possible.
    C. The user can communicate with the friends faster than the telephone.
    D. The user can send messages to a group of people at the same time.
    64. What does the underlined word “convenience”mean in Chinese?
    A.方便 B.信心 C. 自由 D. 忙碌
    65. What’s the main idea of this passage?
    A. Email is not an expensive way to communicate with people far away.
    B. Computers and the Interned make communication more convenient.
    C. Email makes it easier for people to live at home and work at the office.
    D. Computers and the Internet are useful tools to keep good friendship.
    题材:说明文
    话题:通讯
    词数:230
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,文章介绍了电脑和因特网给人们生活带来更多的便利。
    【答案】62-65 CAADB
    【解析】
    62. C 细节理解题。从第三段This lets me share more time with my young daughter than I might have if she’d been born before Email became such a practical tool.知,因为使用电子邮件作者有更多时间和自己的孩子待在一起。故选C。
    63.D 细节理解题。阅读第四段The Internet also makes it easy to share thoughts with a group of friends.知,使用电子邮件与电话的对比,有点在于他的群发技能,可以同时和很多朋友交流。故选D。
    64. A 词义猜测题。从第四段They can read your message when they have time, and read only as they want to.知,朋友在有时间时可以读你的信息,因此convenience意为“方便”。故选A。
    65. B 主旨大意题。通读全文尤其是第一段Personal computers and the Internet give people new choices about how to spend their time.可知文章介绍的是电脑和因特网使人们的生活更加便利。故选B。
    第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)
    阅读下列短文,从每题所给的几个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
    (·四川乐山) A
    My teacher said to a student: “Give me your phone.”
    We all looked in surprise. Kyle, a student who I never saw text in class, gave the teacher his phone.
    When the teacher left, two students who I often saw text in class started boasting about how they sent text messages and never got caught.
    “Kyle, you stupid! I put my phone under my desk so it looks like I’m looking at my textbooks,” one of them said.
    “Isn’t it funny that we always text and never get caught?” the other one laughed.
    They must have thought they were smart, because they never got caught and Kyle did. But which situation is worse: getting caught, or getting away with it? Rules are there for a reason.
    These two students might not get caught, but neither of them had good grades. They didn’t pay any attention to the class, and I think they will keep doing this.
    People don’t just break big rules and get thrown into jail(监狱) overnight. They take it one step at a time. Kyle might have gotten caught, but at least he learned a good lesson. He will not break the rules in the future, so he will learn more in class and stay out of trouble. It’s smarter not to break small rules.
    51. Why did the teacher ask Kyle to give up his phone?
    A. Because she wanted to find out what Kyle just texted.
    B. Because Kyle was playing with his phone in class.
    C. Because the students wanted to see Kyle’s new phone.
    52. What does the underlined word “boasting” in Paragraph 3 probably mean?
    A. 吹嘘 B. 讨论 C. 报告
    53. The two students in the writer’s class felt quite ________ because they were never caught by the teacher.
    A. surprised B. calm C. proud
    54. In the future, the two students might ________.
    A. pay more attention in class
    B. keep texting during class
    C. not break any rules again
    55. From the story, we know that the writer _________.
    A. doesn’t think Kyle is a good student
    B. thinks getting caught in class is worse
    C. thinks the two students might break bigger rules

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:4. (14) 学校生活
    话题:18. 使用互联网
    课上玩手机被处理
    词数:220

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了凯尔在课上玩手机被要求交给了教师,当老师离开后,有两个学生开始吹嘘他们是如何发送短信的,但从来没有被抓住。凯尔被抓住了,但至少他吸取了教训,将来不会犯大错;没有被抓住的,他们会继续这样做,将会自食其果。
    【答案】51~55 BACBC
    【解析】
    51. B 推理判断题。根据短文第三节内容“当老师离开后,我经常在课堂上看到的两个学生开始吹嘘他们是如何发送短信的,但从来没有被抓住。”可推知:教师要求凯尔上交手机是因为他在课上玩手机,故选B。
    52. A 词义猜测题。根据下文“Kyle, you stupid! I put my phone under my desk so it looks like I’m looking at my textbooks,…(凯尔,你笨啊!我把手机放在桌子下面,这样看起来就像在看课本…)”可猜出本句中的boasting意为“吹嘘”,故选A。
    53. C 推理判断题。根据第四节和第五节两个学生的所说的:“凯尔,你笨啊!我把手机放在桌子下面,这样看起来就像在看课本。”“我们总是发短信,却从来没有被抓住,这不是很有趣吗?”可推知:这两学生从来没有被老师抓住过,他们感到很自豪。故选C。
    54. B 细节理解题。根据倒数第节中 “… and I think they will keep doing this.( 我想他们会继续这样做。)”,故选B。
    55. C 推理判断题。根据故事内容尤其是短文最后一节“People don’t just break big rules and get thrown into jail overnight. They take it one step at a time.( 人们不只是因为一夜之间破坏大规则被送进监狱,他们一步一步来的。”可知:作者认为这两个学生不断犯错,不知悔改,将来也许犯大错,故选C。

    (·四川乐山) B
    When he was nine years old, American boy Milo Cress had a question: How many plastic straws(吸管) do Americans use every day?
    He quickly learned there wasn’t a simple answer. The boy tried to work it out himself. Through lots of research, Cress found out that Americans use about 500 million straws every day. In hopes of reducing plastic waste, he founded the Be Straw Free project in 2011.
    Cress started the project in his hometown – Burlington, Vermont. He asked a local restaurant to stop offering straws with every drink order. It was a simple change. However, it would save money. And by doing that, the restaurant would cut down on its straw use by 50 percent.
    For the years that followed, Cress tried to spread his project across the United States. More and more restaurants agreed to join. They stop providing the customer with a straw unless he or she asks for one. Last April, Seattle became the first American city to completely ban ( 禁 止 ) plastic straws.
    Plastic pollution has been one of the most serious problems today. According to scientists, more than eight million tons of plastic end up in the ocean each year. Plastic straws are especially terrible. They make it easy for people to get comfortable with single-use plastics.
    After his project became popular, Cress took his findings on the road. He has since spoken to tens of thousands of students around the world. He wants to encourage more people to say no to plastic straws.
    “Focusing(聚焦) on straws is one simple step we all could take,” Cress says. “And it makes me feel that I, as a kid, could make a difference, too.”
    56. When did Milo Cress start to care about the problem of straws?
    A. Ten years ago. B. In the year 2011. C. In the year that he was 9.
    57. Cress started the Be Straw Free project in order to _________.
    A. get a good score in science at his school
    B. encourage people to reduce plastic waste
    C. become a famous person in his hometown
    58. What did Cress ask a restaurant in Burlington to do?
    A. Stop offering straws to its customers.
    B. Prevent people from using straws to drink.
    C. Count the number of straws it uses every day.
    59. Plastic straws are especially terrible because _________.
    A. they are the most serious problem today
    B. scientists pay little attention to their influence
    C. they help people get used to using single-use plastics
    60. Over the years, Cress has_________.
    ① spread his project across the United States
    ② asked Seattle to completely ban plastic bags
    ③ counted the plastic straws in the ocean every year
    ④ spoken to teens around the world about plastic waste
    A. ①③ B. ②③ C. ①④

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:21. (74) 环境保护
    鼓励不用塑料吸管
    词数:287
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。短文讲述了美国一名叫Milo Cress的9岁男孩关注研究人们每天使用的吸管的数量,为了减少塑料垃圾,他在2011年创立了Be Free Straw项目,鼓励更多的人对塑料吸管说不,减少塑料垃圾。
    【答案】56~60 CBACC
    【解析】
    56. C 细节理解题。根据短文第一节内容:“当他九岁的时候,美国男孩Milo Cress有一个问题:美国人每天使用多少塑料吸管?”可知答案。故选C。
    57. B 细节理解题。根据第二节中“In hopes of reducing plastic waste, he founded the Be Straw Free project in 2011.(为了减少塑料垃圾,他在2011年创立了Be Free Straw项目),可知:他创立Be Free Straw项目是为了鼓励人减少塑料垃圾。故选B。
    58. A 细节理解题。根据第三节中“Cress started the project in his hometown – Burlington, Vermont. He asked a local restaurant to stop offering straws with every drink order.( 在他的家乡佛蒙特州伯灵顿开始了这个项目。他要求当地一家餐馆在每次点饮料时停止提供吸管。),可知答案。故选A。
    59. C 细节理解题。根据第三中节中“Plastic straws are especially terrible. They make it easy for people to get comfortable with single-use plastics.(塑料吸管尤其可怕,它使人们很容易适应一次性塑料吸管。),故选C。
    60. C 综合理解题。根据第四节中“Cress tried to spread his project across the United States”和倒数第二节中“He has since spoken to tens of thousands of students around the world.”可知答案。故选C。

    (·四川乐山) C
    What subject do you worry about the most at school? Many students worry about math. Some students can’t sleep well the day before a math exam. Others may feel very nervous during the exam itself. But there might be a way to make the subject less stressful(压力大的).
    “For people who are worried about math, posture (姿势) makes a big difference,” Erik Peper from San Francisco State University told the Daily Mail. That’s right – sitting up straight can help you do better on math exams.
    Scientists tested 125 college students. They asked them to do a simple math exam while sitting in a slumped- over (趴倒的) posture, or sitting up straight. After the test, 56 percent of students said the exam was easier to do if they were sitting up straight.
    Slumping over is a defensive(戒备的) posture. It can bring about bad memories in the body and brain. This can stop you from thinking clearly, Peper said.
    Students who were not nervous about taking the math exam did not necessarily benefit(受益) from better posture. But they did find that doing math while slumped over was more difficult, Science Daily reported.
    Good posture isn’t just helpful for taking math exams. Sportspeople, musicians and public speakers can all benefit from better posture. When you feel stressed out, you can also try to sit up straight or stand tall. It can help you feel more certain and focus better.

    61. What posture can make people feel less stressed during math exams?
    A. Sitting up straight. B. Hanging your head.
    C. Lying on your back. D. Raising one hand.
    62. What did the scientists ask the college students to do during the test?
    A. To do sit— ups. B. To count numbers.
    C. To think carefully. D. To sit in different postures.
    63. How many students in the test benefited from the better posture?
    A. All the 125 students. B. Less than half of them.
    C. 56 percent of them. D. None of the students.
    64. The fourth paragraph is written to explain _________.
    A. why slumping over makes exams harder to do
    B. why slumping over is bad for one’s health
    C. why some people slump over during exams
    D. why people are nervous during math exams
    65. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
    A. Slump over to Take Exams B. Sit up to Do Math
    C. Better Posture for Nervous Students D. Good Advice for Better Exams

    体裁:说明文
    话题:4. (14) 学校生活
    坐直了做数学
    词数:254
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。短文说明了坐直了解数学题更容易些。
    【答案】 61~65 ADCAB
    【解析】
    61. A 细节理解题。根据短文第二节中 “That’s right – sitting up straight can help you do better on math exams.(没错,坐直可以帮助你在数学考试中取得更好的成绩)”,可知答案选A。
    62. D 细节理解题。根据短文第三节中“Scientists tested 125 college students. They asked them to do a simple math exam while sitting in a slumped- over (趴倒的) posture, or sitting up straight.(科学家们对125名大学生进行了测试, 他们要求他们用趴倒姿势或坐直的姿势进行一个简单的数学考试。),可知:科学家们要求大学生在这个测试中用不同的姿势,故选D。
    63. C 细节理解题。根据短文第三节中“After the test, 56 percent of students said the exam was easier to do if they were sitting up straight.(考试结束后,56%的学生表示,如果他们坐直了,考试会更容易些。)”,故答案为C。
    64. A 主旨大意题。第四节主要是讲:趴倒的姿势会给身体和大脑带来不好的记忆,可能会让你无法清晰地思考,故第四节是解释为什么趴倒的姿势使考试变得更难。故选A。
    65. B 最佳标题题。短文说明了坐直了解数学题更容易些。故选B。
    第三部分阅读理解(共两篇,满分20分)
    阅读下面的文章,从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项,并涂在答题 卡上相应的位置。(共10小题,每小题2分,满分20分)
    (·四川凉山)A
    Homeland Shopping Coupons
    Hours of Free Parking
    ▼ You will receive 2 hours of free parking if you spend $30 in our store. But if you spend $ 50 or more, you can get 8 hours of free parking and coupons. And you can get a surprise with a coupon in the following stores.
    20% Off
    ▼ Get a 20% Off on any book you buy at the Wonderland store. We have many books to choose from our store, including children’s books, novels, travel guides and hobbies. You’re sure to find something that you’ll enjoy.
    Buy One, Get One Free
    ▼ Buy one shirt or tie at David’s menswear, and get one more shirt or tie of the same value free.
    Free Soft Drinks
    ▼ Buy any meal for at least $ 8 at Tom’s Cafe, and receive a free soft drink. We serve the best hamburgers and snacks in the mall. Come in and try our delicious meals and our excellent service. You won’t be disappointed.
    Half-price Movie Tickets
    ▼ Buy any full-price movie ticket on weekdays, you can buy a second ticket for a friend for only half price, or a second ticket for free on your birthday! The latest movies are all here.
    Welcome to our store! Get more coupons! They are due in two weeks!
    Tel: 869352761

    58. How long can you park free at most if you pay the store $50?
    A. 2 hours. B. 4 hours. C. 6 hours. D. 8 hours.
    59. The shopping coupons include all of the following except in the passage.
    A. soft drinks B. movie tickets C. men’s shirts D. ladies’ dresses
    60. If Mike want to buy his son some cheaper books, he is supposed to go to .
    A. Wonderland store B. David’s menswear C. Tom’s Cafe D. the service desk
    61. When should Tom and his friend go to the latest movie if they want to get a half-price ticket?
    A. On Saturdays. B. On Sundays. C. On his birthday. D. On Tuesdays.
    62. What correct information can you get from the passage?
    A. You can get a free soft drink if you buy any meal at Tom’s Caf6.
    B. Buy one tie at David’s menswear, you may get one more tie of the same price.
    C. The shopping coupons are due in two months.
    D. You can e-mail or ring up the store.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:11. 购物
    词数:233


    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中作者主要就Homeland商场的购物优惠券做了说明。如购物满30美元可以免费停车2小时等等。
    【答案】DDADB
    【解析】
    58. D 推理判断题。根据Hours of Free Parking 这一段中的“But if you spend $ 50 or more, you can get 8 hours of free parking and coupons.”可知在商店花费50美元,最多可以免费停车8个小时。故选D。
    59. D 细节理解题。题干问的是选项中的哪一个是商品优惠券所不包括的,应用排除法。A. soft drinks在Free Soft Drinks这一段中提到了。B. movie tickets在Half-price Movie Tickets这一段提到了。C. men’s shirts在“Buy one shirt or tie at David’s menswear, and get one more shirt or tie of the same value free.”中提到了。只有D. ladies’ dresses文章中没有提到。故选D。
    60. A 细节理解题。根据题干中的关键词books,锁定答案在“Get a 20% off on any book you buy at the Wonderland store. We have many books to choose from our store, including children’s books”这句话中。这句话中恰好提到了选项A.Wonderland store。故选A。
    61. D 推理判断题。题干意为:Tom 和他朋友想看最新的电影,还想得到一张半价票的优惠,他们该什么时候去? 根据“Buy any full-price movie ticket on weekdays, you can buy a second ticket for a friend for only half price or a second ticket for free on your birthday!, ”中的关键词 on weekdays可知非周末来都可以在买全价票的时候为朋友买一张半价票。故选D。
    62. B 推理判断题。题干询问的是根据文章,选项中的哪个是正确的,可使用排除法。通过“Buy any meal for at least $ 8 at Tom’s Cafe, and receive a free soft drink.”可知A.中的“buy any meal”是错误的。通过“Get more coupons! They are due in two weeks!”可知C中的“in two months”是错误的。文中只提到了电话号码,没有提到e-mail可知D也是错误的。通过“Buy one shirt or tie at David’s menswear, and get one more shirt or tie of the same value free.”可知B是正确的。故选B。
    (·四川凉山)B
    At about 6 p.m. on Saturday, a forest fire broke out in a village in Mu Li, Liangshan. The local government acted quickly and 689 people were sent to put out the fire. Fire groups were fighting the fire on Sunday when a sudden change of wind direction caused “a huge fireball”. 27 firefighters and 3 locals lost their lives. Most of the firefighters were in their twenties and two of them were less than twenty, though several were older. Their death touched our hearts all over China. There is reason enough to regard them as heroes. President Xi Jinping, Premier Li Keqiang and many other leaders cared for the heroes and expressed condolence to the heroes’ families and friends.
    We should remember all the heroes and their spirit, bravery showed in fighting the fire. As the old saying goes: a nation is lost without its memories. Forest fires are common in spring, rules to prevent fires have come out in Liangshan. Many experts believe there are some reasons for forest fires. The first reason is weather change. Warmer and drier weather leads to dangerous fire conditions. Next, lightening is another reason. Dry grass and trees easily catch fire. Finally, hot winds add to the possibility of forest fires. The wind spreads a fire quickly. However, 90% of forest fires are caused by humans, according to a report. Forest fires can bum at over 900℃ and reach heights of more than 50 meters. Forest fires can move at speeds of up to 23 kilometers an hour, burning everything — trees, brush, homes, even people... Experts remind people to be careful during the holiday of Qingming, known as Tomb Sweeping Day. Millions of people travel to their homes during the holiday, so the risks of fires in mountains are high.
    In order to keep the heart-broken lesson in mind, we should stop fires from happening again.
    63. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
    A. All the firefighters who lost their lives were in their twenties.
    B. About 700 people were sent to put out the fire.
    C. A sudden change of wind direction led to “a huge fireball”.
    D. The death of the heroes touched our hearts around China.
    64. All of the following can cause forest fires except in the passage.
    A. weather change B. lightening and hot winds
    C. human behavior D. tomb Sweeping Day
    65. What does the underlined sentence mean in this passage?
    A. We should remember the reasons for forest fires, including the conditions from nature and humans.
    B. We should remember the heroes and their spirit, bravery showed in fighting the fire.
    C. We should remember the number of the heroes that lost their lives in fighting the fire.
    D. We should remember to be careful during the holiday of Qingming, known as Tomb Sweeping Day.
    66. What is the character of forest fires from the passage?
    A. Forest fires can bum at more than 900Tl and reach heights of over 50 meters.
    B. Forest fires can run at speeds of up to 23 kilometers an hour.
    C. Forest fires can burning everything-trees, brush, homes, even people.
    D. Both A, B and C.
    67. You can probably find this passage .
    A. in a news report B. in a fairy book
    C. in a story-book D. in a novel

    体裁:新闻报道
    话题:3. 周围的环境
    话题:48. 意外
    话题:72. 人与自然
    词数:319
    【主旨大意】本文是一则新闻报道,主要报道了凉山木里村发生的森林火灾,造成了惨痛的伤亡。文章还分析了森林火灾发生的原因,以及从这个惨痛的教训中我们应该吸取的经验,我们应该牢记这令人心碎的教训,我们应该阻止火灾再次发生。
    【答案】ADBDA
    【解析】
    63. A 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Most of the firefighters were in their twenties and two of them were less than twenty, though several were older. ”可知A选项中的“all”是不正确的。故选A。
    64. D 细节理解题。题干询问的是哪个不是引起森林火灾的原因。通过第二段中的“The first reason is weather change.”可知A天气变化是引起森林火灾的原因之一。通过“ Next, lightening is another reason. ”可知B项闪电和热风也是引起森林火灾的又一原因。通过“However, 90% of forest fires are caused by humans, according to a report.”可知C项人类的行为更是森林火灾的罪魁祸首。D项是清明节,通过“Experts remind people to be careful during the holiday of Qingming, known as Tomb Sweeping Day.”可知专家提醒清明节要小心火灾的发生,可它并不是造成火灾的原因。故选D。
    65. B 细节理解题。文中划线的句子“ a nation is lost without its memories”一个民族失去了记忆就会迷失,可知我们应该记住的是这些英雄和他们的精神。故选B。
    66. D 细节理解题。题干询问的是森林大火的特征,通过“Forest fires can bum at over 900X1 and reach heights of more than 50 meters. Forest fires can move at speeds of up to 23 kilometers an hour, burning everything—trees, brush, homes, even people... ”可知A、B、C三项都是正确的。故选D。
    67. A 推理判断题。此题考查的文章的出处。 a news report 新闻报道; a fairy book童话书;a story-book 故事书;a novel小说。故选A。

    第三部分:阅读理解(共两节;满分40分)
    第一节阅读所给材料,从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上 将该项涂黑。(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分)
    A
    Boys and girls, we have some interesting and fun things for you this term. Have a good time.
    English Club
    For the seventh-grade students
    Time: Tuesday afternoon and Friday evening
    Place: Room 301
    Tele: 77459312
    Math Exam
    For the ninth-grade students
    Time : on Monday,March 20th
    Place: Room 306
    PS: Top 10 will get a surprise
    A Talk
    For all students
    Time: 14:30 - 16:30,April 25th
    Place: in the school hall
    Topic: How to Learn English Well
    Singing Competition
    For the eighth-grade students
    Time : on Thursday,May 23rd
    Place: in the music room
    Tele: 58172352
    46. What activity will the school have on May 23rd?
    A. A singing competition. B. A math exam.
    C. A talk about how to learn English well. D. An English speech contest.
    47. Where will Tom, a ninth-grade student, probably be at 3:00 p. m. on April 25th?
    A. In Room 301. B. In Room 306.
    C. In the school hall. D. In the music room.
    48. How often do the English club members practice spoken English?
    A. Once a week. B. Twice a week.
    C. Three times a week. D. Four times a week.
    49. How many students will get a surprise after the math exam?
    A. 4. B. 10. C. 20. D. 306.
    50. Where may you see this notice?
    A. In a school. B. In a shop. C. In a hospital. D. In a restaurant.
    体裁:应用文
    话题:4.日常活动 话题:(14) 学校生活 通知
    话题:5. 学校 话题:(19) 学校活动
    词数:155
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章以通知的形式告知学生关于英语俱乐部、数学考试、报告会、歌唱比赛”等活动。
    【答案】46 - 50 ACBBA
    【解析】
    46. A 细节理解题。根据表格 中“Time : on Thursday, May 23rd ”可知学校将在5月23日举行唱歌比赛。故选A。
    47. C 细节理解题。根据表格 中“Time: 14:30 - 16:30, April 25th ”可知5月25日学校将在学校大厅举行一次报告会。故选C。
    48. B 细节理解题。根据表格 中“Time : Tuesday afternoon and Friday evening ”可知学校英语俱乐部成员练习口语英语每周两次。故选B。
    49. B 细节理解题。根据表格 中“PS: Top 10 will get a surprise”可知10名学生将在数学考试后得到一个惊喜。故选B。
    50. A 推理判断题。通知内容 “英语俱乐部、数学考试、报告会、歌唱比赛”等与学校生活有关。故选A。

    B(四川南充)
    You may often hear some myths (传言) about animals. For example, one dog year equals about seven human years, chameleons (变色龙) change color to match their environment. . . Today, let’s talk about birds. It is said that if you touch a baby bird, the parents will completely abandon (抛弃) it. Do you really believe it?
    In fact, most birds have a very poor sense of smell, so in most cases are unable to even notice the smell of humans on baby birds. Not only that, but most types of birds aren’t so quick to abandon their young when they sense danger. Some types will even do their best to protect their young when they are in danger.
    Indeed, in very few known cases, parent birds sometimes abandoned their nests from something touching their young, just because they noticed it by sight, not smell. When this happens, the parent birds usually won’t care, other than to be a little more careful than normal. Sometimes, they may temporarily ( 暂时地) abandon the nest in order to better watch whatever disturbed their nest comes back.
    What’s more, in most cases, even if the nest is destroyed by wind or something to that effect, you could create a new one and put all the baby birds back in it, and when the parents came back, they wouldn’t care their baby birds were in a different nest, so long as you put the new nest near where the old one was so they can find it.
    51. Which of the following is true?
    A. Birds have a very good sense of smell.
    B. A baby bird will die soon if it is touched by someone.
    C. Whatever disturbed the nest will never come back.
    D. Some birds will protect their babies when they are in danger.
    52. What does the underlined word in Paragraph 3 refer to?
    A. Their nest. B. Their baby.
    C. Some birds abandoning their nests. D. Something touching their young.
    53. The parent birds __________ if we make a new nest for baby birds to take the place of the old one.
    A. will never come back B. will worry about their babies
    C. won’t mind D. will take their babies away
    54. Which of the following shows the structure (结构)of the passage? (①=Paragraph 1(第一段),②=Paragraph 2…)





    A B C D
    55. What is the best title of this passage?
    A. Bird Truth B. Baby Birds C. Bird Nests D. Bird Smell
    体裁:说明文
    话题:20.自然话题:(68) 动物和植物
    话题:(72) 人与自然
    词数:270
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中讲述大多数种类的鸟在感觉到危险的时候不会那么快就抛弃它们的幼鸟,当他们处于危险时,有些甚至会尽最大努力保护他们的孩子。。
    【答案】51 -55 DDCBA
    【解析】
    51. D 细节理解题。根据第二段“Not only that, but most types of birds aren’t so quick to abandon their young when they sense danger. Some types will even do their best to protect their young when they are in danger. ”可知,有些鸟在危险时会保护它们的孩子。故选D。
    51. D 词义猜测题。根据第三段“母鸟有时会因为某些东西触碰幼鸟而放弃巢穴,仅仅因为它们是通过视觉而不是嗅觉注意到某些东西触碰幼鸟”可知,it指的是“某些东西触碰幼鸟”。
    53. C 细节理解题。根据“they wouldn’t care their baby birds were in a different nest”可知他们不在意他们的幼鸟在不同的窝。故选C。
    54. B文章结构题。通读全文知,第一段对传说中幼鸟受到触碰后,其父母会完全抛弃它的这一现象提出疑问; 第二至四段分别从三个方面阐述了幼鸟受到触碰后的真相。故选B。
    55. A 主旨大意题。通读全文知,文章阐述幼鸟受到触碰后的真相。故选A。

    C(四川南充)
    When the great library of Alexandria burned, the story goes, one book was saved. But it was not a valuable book, and a poor man got it.
    The book wasn’t very interesting, but between its pages there was something very interesting indeed. It was a thin strip of vellum (羊皮纸) on which was written the secret of the “Touchstone”. The touchstone was a small pebble (鹅卵石) that could turn any common metal into pure gold.
    The writing explained that it was lying among thousands and thousands of other pebbles that looked exactly like it. But the secret was this: The real stone would feel warm, while ordinary pebbles are cold.
    So the man sold his house, bought a tent, camped on the seashore, and began testing pebbles. He knew that if he picked up normal pebbles and threw them down again because they were cold, he might pick up the same pebbles hundreds of times. So, when he felt one that was cold, he threw it into the sea. He spent a whole day doing this but none of them was the touchstone. Yet he went on and on this way. Pick up a pebble. Cold-throw it into sea. Pick up another. Throw it into the sea. The days stretched into months and the months into years.
    One day, however, about midafternoon, he picked up a pebble and it was warm. He threw it into the sea before he realized what he had done. He was used to throwing each pebble into the sea as soon as he picked it up. So when the one he wanted came along, he still threw it away.
    So it is with opportunity (机会). Unless we are vigilant, it’s easy to fail to realize an opportunity when it is in hand and it’s just as easy to throw it away.
    56. According to the passage, the touchstone is a stone .
    A. that you can touch
    B. that can turn common metal into pure gold
    C. that can bring you thousands of pebbles
    D. that can bring you good luck
    57. The man threw the touchstone into the sea because __________.
    A. it was cold B. it was a normal pebble
    C. he was too tired to hold it D. he had formed a habit
    58. How did the man probably feel when he realized it was the touchstone?
    A. Excited. B. Moved. C. Interested. D. Regretted.
    59. W h a t ’s the meaning of the underlined word “ vigilant” in the last paragraph?
    A. Brave enough. B. Hard-working enough.
    C. Careful enough. D. Strong enough.
    60. What does the writer want to tell us?
    A. Opportunity knocks but once. B. Use it or lose it.
    C. Where there is a will, there is a way. D. Practice makes perfect.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题: 24 故事
    词数:321
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述当亚历山大图书馆被烧毁时,一本书被保存了下来。书中通过验证“试金石”的秘密的故事,告诉人们面对机会保持警惕,否则当机会掌握在手中时,很容易无法意识到它,也很容易把它扔掉。
    【答案】56 -60 BDDCA
    【解析】
    56. B 细节理解题。根据第二段“The touchstone was a small pebble (鹅卵石)that could turn any common metal into pure gold. ”可知试金石是一块可以把普通金属变成纯金的石子。故选B。
    57. D细节理解题。根据第五段“He was used to throwing each pebble into the sea as soon as he picked it up. ”可知那人把试金石扔进海里是因为他养成了一种习惯。故选D。
    58. D推理判断题。根据第四段“he might pick up the same pebbles hundreds of times. ”可知当他意识到它是试金石时会感到遗憾。故选D。
    59. C词义猜测题。根据下文“it’s easy to fail to realize an opportunity when it is in hand and it’s just as easy to throw it away. ”可知除非你足够细心,否则当机会掌握在手中时,我们很容易无法意识到它,也很容易把它扔掉。故选C。
    60. A主旨大意题。文章最后一段告诉我们机会只有一次。故选A。
    A. (四川自贡)
    Tickets must be pre-booked before coming to Cadbury World. To book Cadbury World tickets, please call 441213936004 or book online.

    Ticket options
    Book over the phone
    Book online
    Adults
    £17.00
    £16.15
    Children (aged 4-15 years)
    £12.50
    £11.88
    Family of 4 (no more than 2 adults)
    £51.00
    £48.44
    Family of 5 (no more than 2 adults)
    £61.00
    £57.95
    Senior Citizens (aged 60+)
    £12.85
    £12.21
    Students (with ID)
    £12.21
    £12.21
    Under 4 years
    Free
    Free
    46. How many ways are there to pre-book Cadbury World tickets?
    A. One. B. Two. C. Three
    47. How much should a family of 2 adults and 3 children pay if they book the tickets over the phone?
    A. £57.95. B.£51.00. C.£61.00.
    48. Bob is 61 years old. How much should he pay for a ticket at least?
    A. £12.21. B. £12.85. C.£16.15.
    49. What do students need to do when they visit Cadbury World?
    A. To go with their parents. B. To bring their ID cards. C. To wear their uniforms.
    50. Who can go to Cadbury World for free?
    A. Senior citizens. B. Students. C. Kids under 4.
    体裁:应用文
    话题:广告宣传类
    词数:85
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了去吉百利世界需要提前订票,主要介绍了通过电话订票和网上订票的价格。
    【答案】46-50BCABC
    【解析】
    46. B 细节理解题。从第一段To book Cadbury World tickets, please call 441213936004 or book online可知,订吉百利世界的票,可以通过打电话或网上订购两种方式,故选B。
    47. C 细节理解题。从表格第五行可知,不超过2个成人组成的5人家庭,打电话订票是£61.00。故2个成人,3个孩子组成的五人家庭打电话票价是£61.00,故选C。
    48. A 细节理解题。从表格第六行可知,超过60岁以上的老人打电话订票是£12.85,网上订票是£12.21,故Bob至少花£12.21。故选A。
    49. B 细节理解题。从表格第七行Students (with ID)可知,当学生参观百吉利世界是,需要带身份证,故选B。
    50. C 细节理解题。从表格第八行可知4岁以下的小孩可以免费,故选C。
    B. (四川自贡)
    Few students like homework, but it is an important part of middle school life in the UK.
    The UK has these rules for homework: Grades 7 and 8 (ages 11 to 13): 45 to 90 minutes per day; Grade 9 (ages 14 to 15): l to 2 hours a day.
    Today, many homework tasks are done on a computer. For example, preparing reports, using the Internet or doing online tasks. So schools are usually open before and after normal hours. In this way, students without computers or the Internet at home can use the schools' facilities(设备).
    Sometimes, students are given extended learning tasks. That means they need to do more research and analysis(分析). But however big a task is, teachers always give feedback(反馈) to help students find the areas where they can improve.
    Some schools send students home with home diaries. They advise parents to check on their children's progress. Sadly, not every parent takes much interest. In a survey of 1,000 students aged11 to 18, over 10 percent said that they did not have space at home to do homework. Almost 15 percent said their families did not support them enough.

    51. In the UK, which one of the following shouldn’t do homework for more than 90 minutes?
    A. Student of 12. B. A girl of 14. C. A boy of15.
    52. If a student doesn’t have a computer or the Internet, how can he finish his online homework?
    A. He doesn’t have to finish it.
    B. He can ask his teacher for help.
    C. He can finish it at school.
    53. The underlined word “extended” in Paragraph 4 probably means_______.
    A.扩展的 B.特别的 C.困难的
    54. Why do some schools send students home with home diaries?
    A. To advise students to do their homework in time.
    B. To advise parents to learn more about their children’s progress.
    C. To advise parents to help their children with their homework.
    55. Which part is the passage probably from in a newspaper?
    A. Education. B. Sports. C. Amusement.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:(14) 学校生活
    词数:202
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,主要讲述了在英国家庭作业是英国学校生活的重要组成部分,英国家庭作业的一些规则以及家庭作业的一些类别。很多家庭作业是在网上完成的,有时,学生有拓展学习任务,有些学校通过发放家庭日志的方式来建议家长们观察孩子的进步,但是有些家长并不是很感兴趣。
    【答案】51-55 ACABA
    【解析】
    51.A 细节理解题。从第二段Grades 7 and 8 (ages 11 to 13): 45 to 90 minutes per day知,年龄在11到13的学生,每天作业是45分钟到90分钟,故选A。
    52.C 细节理解题。从第三段In this way, students without computers or the Internet at home can use the schools' facilities(设备)知,家里没有电脑或网络的学生能够利用学校的设备来做家庭作业,故选C。
    53.A 词义猜测题。从划线部分后一句That means they need to do more research and analysis(分析).可知这意味着他们需要做更多的研究和分析,故这属于拓展学习任务,extended意为“扩展的”,故选A。
    54.B 细节理解题。从最后一段They advise parents to check on their children's progress.知家庭日志的目的是建议家长了解孩子们的进步,故选B。
    55.A 文章来源题。本文主要讲述了家庭作业的规则及一些类型,属于学校教育的范围。故选A。
    C. (四川自贡)
    One day, I walked into a stranger as he walked by me. “Oh, excuse me.”I said. He replied with a smile and said, “Please excuse me, too. I wasn't watching out for you." We apologized(道歉) and went our own ways.
    Later that day, when I was cooking, my daughter was standing too close to me. When I turned to reach for some milk, I nearly knocked her over. “Move out of the way.” I shouted. She walked away sadly. But I didn't feel like I had to apologize to her.
    While I was in bed that evening, my husband said to me, “Dealing with a stranger, you were polite, but with a daughter you love, you were unkind. Your daughter brought you some flowers that she picked herself this afternoon. You'll find them in the kitchen by the door. Have you seen the tears in her eyes?”
    I quietly went and knelt down by my daughter's bed. “Honey, I am so sorry.” I said, “Are these the flowers you picked for me? She said, “I found them by the tree. I picked them because they're pretty like you. I knew you'd like them, especially the blue ones.” I tearfully replied, “Sweetie, I’m really sorry for the way I acted today. I shouldn't have shouted at you.”“It's okay. I love you anyway." she said as she kissed me on my cheek.
    If we can be polite to strangers, why can’t we be kind to the ones we love?
    56. The author behaved(表现) _______towards the stranger after she walked into him.
    A. madly B. badly C. politely
    57. Why didn’t the author feel like apologizing to the daughter in Paragraph 2?
    A. Because she didn't realize she had hurt her daughter.
    B. Because she decided to apologize to her daughter later.
    C. Because her daughter didn't mind it.
    58. What is the husband's opinion in Paragraph 3?
    A. The author should look for the flowers.
    B. The author should be friendly to the daughter.
    C. The author shouldn't apologize to the stranger.
    59. What's the right order according to the story?
    a. The author shouted at the daughter.
    b. The husband gave the author advice.
    c. Her daughter picked flowers for the author.
    d. The author apologized to the daughter.
    A. a-b-c-d B. b-a-d-c C. c-a-b-d
    60. What's the best title for the passage?
    A. Be kind to loved ones. B. Don't shout at family members. C. Be polite to strangers.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:家庭生活
    词数:271
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了作者对别人很礼貌,却容易对自己爱的女儿大吼大叫,当作者在厨房做饭时,女儿站太太近,她转身时差点把女儿撞倒了,却大喊叫她走开,后来通过丈夫才知道女儿是摘了花送给她,想给她一个惊喜,知道后,作者去向女儿道歉,并说自己很爱她。
    【答案】56-60 CABCA
    【解析】
    56.C 细节理解题。 从第一段“Oh, excuse me.”I said. 及We apologized(道歉) 可推知,作者对陌生人的表现很礼貌,故选C。
    57.A 推理判断题。 从后文Have you seen the tears in her eyes?丈夫的提示女儿眼里含着泪,“我”的行为伤害到了女儿及“Honey, I am so sorry.”“我”向女儿的道歉可推知,“我”刚开始认为不用跟女儿道歉,是因为我认为我没有伤害到她,故选A。
    58.B推理判断题。从第三段but with a daughter you love, you were unkind. 及Have you seen the tears in her eyes?但是你对待你喜爱的女儿,你却不和善。没看到她的眼里含着泪吗?推知丈夫认为对女儿应该和善一些。故选B。
    59.C 事情排序题。 从文章第三段Your daughter brought you some flowers that she picked herself this afternoon.知女儿为我摘花是在这件事发生之前做的,故c排第一;从第二段“Move out of the way.” I shouted.知我冲女儿大喊是事情的开始,故a排第二;从第三段While I was in bed that evening, my husband said to me知,事情发生后,丈夫给我建议,故b排第三;从第四段 “Honey, I am so sorry.” I said知,我认识到自己的错误,向女儿道歉,故d排第四。故选C。
    60.A 标题归纳题。从最后一段知我们能对一个陌生人有礼貌,为什么不能对我们所爱的人和善一些呢?点明了本文的主旨,我们应该对我们所爱的人和善一些。故选A。
    (四川自贡) D
    If you look at the top of your phone, you’ll usually see a little symbol that says 3G or 4G. The “G” stands for the “generation”(代) of your mobile network. But the symbols will become things of the past after 5G networks fully arrive.
    On March 30, Shanghai vice-mayor Wu Qing made the first 5G video call on a Huawei Mate X Smartphone. Shanghai has also become the first city in China to start testing 5G networks.
    About 100 times faster than 4G networks, 5G will let people download and upload data (数据) faster than ever before. But 5G won’t just bring faster mobile internet. People can use it for many other things as well.
    For example, 5G will help to make self-driving cars safer. Today’s self-driving test cars have one problem—lag (延迟). When the car “sees” an obstacle(障碍物), it sends this information to a data center and receives instructions. However, it will be some time before it sends and receives this information. With this kind of lag, the cars might crash because they don’t receive instructions in time. With 5G, this lag will be greatly lowered, making the cars safer.
    5G could also be used to power the internet of things (IoT), that is, a large online network that connects all things and people. Fast internet speeds will be the key to developing this technology. The loT could be used in a lot of ways. For example, with IoT, your refrigerator could automatically (自动地) place an order online for eggs when it finds that there are no eggs left inside.
    61. Which city was 5G tested for the first time?
    A. Beijing. B. Shanghai. C. Shenzhen.
    62. What can we infer (推测) according to the passage?
    A. 5G is widely used in China now.
    B. 5G networks will make our lives more convenient.
    C. There are no symbols at the top of our phones.
    63. The writer used self-driving cars as an example to ________.
    A. explain how 5G’s fast speed can be helpful
    B. warn about the possible dangers of self-driving cars
    C. explain how self-driving cars work
    64. What is IoT according to the passage?
    A. A robot that can do housework.
    B. An online store where you can buy anything.
    C. A large online network that connects things and people.
    65. Which sentence is right according to the passage?
    A. 5G will help us buy eggs quickly.
    B. Robots can help us buy eggs online.
    C. Our refrigerator can order eggs online for us.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:发明与技术
    社会热点
    词数:293
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了5G网络。
    【答案】61-65 BBACC
    【解析】
    61. B 细节理解题。由第二段最后一句话Shanghai has also become the first city in China to start testing 5G networks.可知,上海是第一个开始测试5G网络的城市。故选B。
    62. B 推理判断题。短文第三、四、五段主要介绍了5G网络的作用,它不仅能带来更快的移动互联网,还可有助于提高无人驾驶汽车的安全性,还能为物联网提供电等,由此可推知5G网络让我们的生活更方便了,故选B。
    63. A 主旨大意题。作者在第四段中介绍到:5G网络可以使无人驾驶汽车发送信息以及接收指令更迅速,从而让无人驾驶汽车变得更安全。所以,作者以无人驾驶汽车为例是为了解释5G网络的快速度是如何起作用的。故选A。
    64. C 细节理解题。由最后一段第一句话5G could also be used to power the internet of things(IoT), that is, a large online network that connects all things and people.可知,物联网是连接所有事物和人的大型在线网络,故选C。
    65. C 细节理解题。由最后一段最后一句话中的with IoT, your refrigerator could automatically place an order online for eggs when it finds that there are no eggs left inside.可知,我们冰箱可以在网上为我们定购鸡蛋。故选C。
    四、(天津)阅读理解(本大题共15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读下面的材料,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
    (天津)A
    Dear Lucy,
    How are you? It has been a month since my family left Hong Kong for England and we are fine.
    England is very different from Hong Kong. The weather is terrible and it rains a lot. The buildings are funny. They are in rows and not high. I love them because the rooms are much larger. I’m having a wonderful time at my new school and my new home!
    Mum and Dad are happy with their new jobs. But my brother Jack doesn’t like moving to England because he misses his friends so much,
    I’ve made lots of new friends at school. My teachers are really nice too and my English has improved a lot. After school, we can take part in relaxing activities such as sport, watching films or playing computer games. There’s a park near the school where I often go with the other students at the weekend.
    We are travelling back to Hong Kong for the summer holiday. I will visit you and bring you a present!
    Write back soon!
    Love,
    Sandy
    46. Where did Sandy’s family live before?
    A. Hong Kong. B. Sydney. C. New York. D. London.
    47. Sandy loves the buildings in England because their rooms are _______.
    A. cheaper B. warmer C. newer D. larger
    48. How many people are there in Sandy’s family?
    A.2. B.4. C.6. D.8.
    49. Who does not like moving to England?
    A. Dad.   B. Mum. C. Jack.   D. Sandy.
    50. What is the letter mainly about?
    A. Sandy’s summer holiday. B. Sandy’s parents.
    C. Sandy’s new classmates.   D. Sandy’s new life.

    体裁: 应用文
    话题: 4. 日常活动
    词数:177
    【答案】46. A 47. D 48. B 49. C 50. D
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文,信中桑迪主要向朋友露西介绍了自己移居到英国以后的新生活。
    46. A 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“since my family left Hong Kong for England”可知,桑迪家以前住在香港。故选A。
    47. D 细节理解题。根据第二段倒数第二句“I love them because the rooms are much larger.”可知,这是因为英国大楼的房间更大。故选D。
    48. B 细节理解题。阅读短文可知,文中桑迪提到了她的父母和兄弟,由此可知她家可能有四个人。故选B。
    49. C 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“But my brother Jack doesn’t like moving to England”可知,桑迪的兄弟不喜欢移居到英国。故选C。
    50. D 主旨大意题。阅读短文可知,桑迪在信中主要介绍了自己移居到英国以后的新生活。故选D。

    (天津)B
    (天津)One day, Tom’s teacher, Miss Mak, held a class meeting. “There will be a flag day next Saturday. Does anyone want to join this meaningful event (活动)?” asked Miss Mak. Tom was interested in raising money for homeless children, but he was not brave enough to talk to the strangers, so he kept quiet in his seat.
    “Tom, you haven’t sold flags before,” said Miss Mak suddenly. “Would you like to have a try?” Tom was hesitant (犹豫的), but he finally nodded.
    On the flag day, Tom and Angela sold flags in a busy street. “Ex-cuse me. Could y-o-u pl-ea-se buy…?” said Angela softly to the first person she met. The man smiled and put a five-dollar coin into Angela’s collection bag. Then she said thanks and put a flag under his shoulder. “I did it!” said Angela happily. “It’s your turn now.”
    Feeling nervous, Tom began to shake. Soon, he saw a young lady walking towards him. The lady was smiling and holding a few coins in her hand. She asked, “Are you selling flags for Fund for the Homeless Children?” Tom’s face became red and said yes. Then the lady made the donation (捐赠) and Tom gave her a flag. “You made it!” laughed Angela.
    In the next couple of hours, Angela and Tom sold flags quickly and bravely. At last, their collection bags were so heavy that they had to hold them with both arms. They felt very proud.
    51. Why did Tom keep quiet in his seat?
    A. He had other plans.
    B. He didn’t like Miss Mak.
    C. He was not interested in the activity.
    D. He was not brave enough to talk to the strangers.
    52. When Miss Mak asked Tom to have a try, he finally _______.
    A. laughed B. nodded C. refused D. cried
    53. Where did Tom and Angela sell flags?
    A. In a busy street. B. In their school.
    C. In a tall building. D. In a small garden.
    54. How much did the first man pay Angela for the flag?
    A. Five dollars. B. Ten dollars. C. Fifteen dollars. D. Twenty dollars.
    55. How did Tom and Angela feel after they sold the flags?
    A. Bored. B. Shy. C. Confident. D. Sad.

    体裁: 记叙文
    话题: 25. 志愿活动
    词数:251
    【答案】51.D 52.B 53. A 54. A 55. C
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中主要讲述了汤姆和安吉拉在大街上售卖旗帜,筹集资金的故事。
    51. D 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句中“but he was not brave enough to talk to the strangers, so he kept quiet in his seat.”可知,这是因为他不够勇敢。故选D。
    52. B 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“Tom was hesitant (犹豫的), but he finally nodded.”可知,汤姆最后同意了。故选B。
    53. A 细节理解题。根据第三段首句“On the flag day, Tom and Angela sold flags in a busy street.”可知,他们在一个繁忙的大街上售卖旗帜。故选A。
    54. A 细节理解题。题干意为:第一个人付了多少钱买旗帜?根据第三段第三句“The man smiled and put a five-dollar coin into Angela’s collection bag.”可知,这个人付了五美元。故选A。
    55. C 推理判断题。根据短文最后一句“They felt very proud.”可知,卖完旗帜以后,他们感觉很骄傲。由此推之,他们感到自信。故选C。
    (天津)C
    (天津)There are many ways to help improve your health like eating healthy food, taking exercise and getting medical help. But the easiest and cheapest way to improve your health is just to sleep eight hours or more every night. The general sleeping rule is that the younger you are, the longer sleep you need. But regardless of (不管) age, some people need to sleep more while for some a few hours are enough.
    The problem with sleep is that more and more people in the world are not sleeping enough. According to the World Health Organization, over half the people in the world may be sleep-deprived. Having less sleep not only makes people feel tired but also causes accidents. In the United States alone, sleepy drivers cause at least 100,000 traffics accidents a year. Also sleep problems can cause medical problems such as high blood pressure (血压).
    Why are so many people sleep-deprived? Part of the reasons may be cultural. In the American culture, people put a higher value on work than on sleep. In fact, people who sleep a lot are usually seen as “lazy”. Also, you can sometimes hear some people say proudly that they don’t have much time to sleep, they only sleep four or five hours a night. It seems that the less you sleep, the more work you’ll do.
    How do we teach these people to learn the value of sleep? Perhaps they may listen to the advice of Dr. James Maas, an expert (专家) in sleep. He says, “Sleep is like a credit (信用) card. When you sleep less, you are only borrowing time. You always have to pay it back. The more hours you don’t sleep, the more hours you should sleep to ‘pay back’ the hours on your ‘sleep credit card’.”
    For those who value work more than sleep, they should listen to what a famous person once said, “Don’t think you will be doing less work because you sleep during the night. That is a foolish (愚蠢的) idea which is held by people who have no imagination. You will be able to do more.”
    56. According to the writer, the easiest and cheapest way to improve health is to _______.
    A. eat healthy food every day
    B. take exercise as much as possible
    C. get medical help whenever necessary
    D. sleep eight hours or more every night
    57. What does “sleep-deprived” mean in Paragraph 2?
    A. Having a good sleep. B. Excited about sleep.
    C. Having less sleep. D. Interested in sleep.
    58. According to Dr. James Maas, what is sleep like?
    A. An hour. B. A report.
    C. A credit card. D. A piece of paper.
    59. What do the words of the famous person mean in Paragraph 5?
    A. Sleeping during the night is foolish.
    B. Sleeping during the night is helpful.
    C. People have no courage.
    D. People always do less work.
    60. What is the best title of the passage?
    A. The Value of Sleep. B. The Value of Study
    C. The Ways of Eating Less. D. The Ways of Making Money
    体裁: 议论文
    话题: 13. 卫生与健康
    词数:370
    【答案】56. D 57. C 58. C 59. B 60.A
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文,文中主要论述了睡眠对于健康和工作的重要性。
    56. D 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“But the easiest and cheapest way to improve your health is just to sleep eight hours or more every night.”可知,作者认为最容易又最便宜的改善健康的方法是每天晚上睡八个小时或者更多。故选D。
    57. C 词义猜测题。根据上一句中关键词“are not sleeping enough”和下一句中“Having less sleep…”可知,本句指“根据世界健康组织,世界上超过一半的人可能睡眠不足。故选C。
    58. C 细节理解题。根据第四段第三句中“Sleep is like a credit (信用) card.”可知,他认为睡眠就像一张信用卡。故选C。
    59. B 句意理解题。根据名言中最后一句“You will be able to do more.”可知,这段名言认为睡眠是有帮助的。故选B。
    60. A 标题归纳题。阅读短文可知,本文主要论述了睡眠对于健康和工作的重要性,也就是睡眠的价值。故选A。
    (·浙江嘉兴) A
    Every year, more than 2600 children arrive in Britain. We ask some new arrivals what they like best about their new lives and what’s different from home.
    Jarek, Poland
    I don’t know anybody from Poland here, but I’m lucky because the English boy next door is very friendly and kind. We are in the same class! I like teachers here. At home, the teachers seem a bit strict and serious. There are a lot of rules, too. Here, teachers are patient and don’t give much homework. We students go out of school and buy pizza or burgers at lunchtime. We can’t do that in Poland.
    Daisy & Luck, the USA

    My sister and I like living here. It’s cool! My sister loves the British accent(口音) . Everybody here is very polite. But we don’t understand all your strange words—we say “yard” not “garden”, and “apartment” not “flat”. The food is better here. There’s Chinese, Indian and Thai. At home we eat too much fast food.
    Zinah, India
    It's too cold here! I hate doing sports, especially outside in winter. The teacher here is very serious about sports. I prefer science and maths. I love the maths class because the teacher is really funny, just like my maths teacher in India. The school is so big and some students seem unfriendly. I’m from a small village school. I think it’s hard to communicate with them.
    16. Among the above four children, _______ probably likes the new school life best.
    A. Luck B. Zinah C. Jarek D. Daisy
    17. In Zinah’s eyes, her maths teacher in India might be ________.
    A. cold B. strict C. patient D. humorous
    18. The passage is probably taken from ________..
    A. a travel magazine B. an education website
    C. a geography textbook D. a business newspaper

    题材:应用文
    话题:19. 语言学习
    话题:4. 日常生活

    词数:269
    【主旨大意】这是一篇应用文。讲述了四个孩子在英语学习的感想。
    16. C细节理解题。从第一个框的I like teachers here与 I’m lucky because the English boy next door is very friendly and kind. 可知,他是喜欢在英国学习的。故选C。
    17. D细节理解题。根据第二个框的 I love the maths class because the teacher is really funny, just like my maths teacher in India. 可知,她的数学老师很幽默。故选D。
    18. B文章出处题。本文主要讲述了四个孩子在英国学习的不同感受。所以可以从教育网站上看到这篇文章,故选B。

    (·浙江嘉兴) B
    Everyone faces difficulties in their life. Daniel Kish was born with a special eye illness and lost his eyesight before he was only 14 months old.
    Soon after, however, he started to do an amazing thing. He learned to make clicks(咔塔声) with his tongue to help him move around. Kish now moves about using sonar(声纳). He is so good at it that he can ride a bicycle by himself on public roads. And he started the organization World Access for the Blind (WAFTB) in 2000, teaching others how to use sonar. In the interview with Nathion Geographic, he explains how the sonar works.
    “When I make a click sound, it produces sound waves. These waves reflect(反射) off surfaces all around and return to my ears. My brain then deals with the sound and turns it into pictures in my mind. Each click is like a camera flash, which helps me make a 3—D picture of my surroundings for hundreds of feet. It’s like having a conservation with the environment.“
    Kish feels it is exciting to ride a bike using sonar, although he needs to click twice a second, much more than he usually does.“ It may sound a bit dangerous to move around the world in this way,” He says.“ But most people in the world live in fear of things that they imagine. I love hiking and mountain—biking. I go almost everywhere. And I’ve never had an accident and hurt myself.
    He is happy to be able to help more blind children to improve their life.“ We’ve served over 10,000 students in nearly 40 countries,” he tells the reporter,“ Many students are surprised how quickly results come. Seeing isn’t in the eyes. It’s in the mind.“
    19. Kish moves around using sonar because________.
    A. he is good at making clicks. B. it makes him “see” the world.
    C. He has a great interest in science D. it is important for him to keep healthy
    20. Which of the following is the right order showing how the sonar works?
    ① The sound waves reflect off surfaces.
    ② The person makes a clicking sound.
    ③ The brain turns the sound into pictures.
    ④ The sound waves reach the person’s ears.
    A. ①④③② B. ②①④③
    C. ①④ ②③ D. ②③ ①④
    21. What can we learn about World Access for the Blind (WAFTB) from the passage?
    A. It offers the blind free bicycles. B. It sells sonar products to the blind.
    C. It teaches the blind to use sonar. D. It helps the blind find more friends.
    22. The best title for the passage might be ________.
    A. Living without fear B. Travelling with the blind
    C. Hoping for the future D. Looking around the world
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事
    话题:26. inspiration
    词数:321
    【主旨大意】这是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了丹尼尔从小得了一种特殊的眼病,从而失去了视力。然而,他并没有放弃,他用声呐技术为盲人服务,让他们可以骑自行车,他还成立了一家杂志社《盲人世界指引》,为全世界的盲人服务。
    19. B细节理解题。从第二段 He is so good at it that he can ride a bicycle by himself on public roads. 可知,它用声纳来骑自行车,让他看见整个世界。故选B。
    20. B细节理解题。根据第三段可知,先是发出咔嗒声,然后声波反射回表面,进而到达耳朵里,最后大脑把声音变成了图片。故选B。
    21. C细节理解题。从第二段的And he started the organization World Access for the Blind(WAFTB) in 2000, teaching others how to use sonar. 可知,这个组织主要是教盲人如何使用声纳的。
    22. A主旨大意题。本文主要谈论的是丹尼尔成立了一组织,让盲人们不再生活于恐惧中。故选A。

    (·浙江嘉兴) C
    Fresh green grass. Hundreds of colorful wild flowers. Water running into little pools. Birds making their homes in boxes. The 9,500—square—metre Augustenborg Botanical Garden may look just like any other well—organized park but there’s a difference. It lies on the roofs(屋顶) of industrial and office buildings in the city of Malmo in Sweden.
    Green roofs are not a new invention. And now they are getting popular again. The common roofs of a modern city have endless black surfaces with no life or water. Perhaps that’s why a garden on a roof becomes such a perfect choice for more and more people.
    Green roofs are not just pretty. They also help to moderate the city temperature. The high temperatures on common roofs in the summer can make top floor flats uncomfortably hot. What is more, they play a part in making the cities hotter than the countryside around them, causing the“urban heat—island effect”. On a green roof, however, with its plants and water, temperatures change only a little, as they do in a park. This can greatly cut the costs of heating and cooling in the building below.
    Also, a green roof takes in rain water, and protects the city drainage(排水) system. ▲ And small animals and birds can make their homes on it. Thanks to this, the city may become part of nature, rather than something completely separates from it.
    While the cost of building such a roof can still be higher, it can be cheaper in the long term as a result of energy savings. And wouldn’t it be wonderful to be able to walk into a garden high above the city’s noise and traffic, whether you’re at school or in an office or just at home in a ten—floor block?

    23. With the example of Augustenborg Botanical Garden, the writer wants to explain _______.
    A. how wildlife is protected B. what a green roof is like
    C. how to organize a good park D. what to do with a spare roof
    24. The underlined word“ moderate” in Paragraph 3 is the closest in meaning to_______.
    A. raise B. check C. record D. control
    25. Which of the following is the best sentences to fill in the blank in Paragraph 4?
    A. A green roof is alive B. A green roof stops pollution
    C. A common roof is noisy D. A common roof increases the cost
    26. The purpose of the passage is to _______.
    A. discover the problems with green roofs B. introduce the change of green roofs.
    C. Show the amazing beauty of green roofs D. describe the advantages of green roofs

    题材:说明文
    话题:3. 周边环境
    词数:323

    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文。讲述了屋顶花园,它不是一个新的发明。它能让身处城市中的人看到一些绿色。它也能减少屋顶表面的温度。一个屋顶改变不了多少,但是聚少成多,那就不一样了。
    23. B细节理解题。从第一段的第二句 It lies on the roofs(屋顶) of industrial and office buildings in the city of Malmo in Sweden. 可知,它是指屋顶花园。
    24. D词义猜测题。从第三段On a green roof, however, with its plants and water, temperatures change only a little, as they do in a park. 他们可帮助控制温度。故选B。
    25. A句子填空题。从最后一段的两句And small animals and birds can make their homes on it. 可知,屋顶花园是有活力的,一些小动物与小鸟能够在这成家。故选A。
    26. D主旨大意题。本文主要谈论的是屋顶花园的一些优点,所以本文的目的也是这。故选D。

    (·浙江嘉兴) D
    Mark Zuckerberg, who starts the social network Facebook, often wears jeans and a T-shirt to work, including to important business meetings. Not everyone agrees with him. Some people say he doesn’t look serious his way.
    Harvard Business School researcher, Francesca Gino, has a different idea. While most people seem to think that dressing differently from those around you generally has a bad influence, she believes it can actually have a positive(积极的) effect. And she’s done experiments to support her idea. When her researchers wearing sportswear, visited the expensive shops in Italy, they were usually viewed as wealthier and more important people than those who were well-dressed in designer clothes.
    Do people always view less formal(正式的) clothing more positively? Researchers in France took their research out into the street, to the general public. The video they made shows an actor dresses in a well-cut suit and shiny shoes. While walking along the road, he begins to cough badly, stops to catch his breath and falls down.. Before he even calls for help, people rush to help him. In another video, the actor appears at the same crowded place and repeats the actions in exactly the same way. But this time, no one comes to help. What’s the difference? He’s wearing untidy clothes and looks like a homeless person. In a situation like this, the clothes you’re wearing could mean the difference between life and death.
    It seems that our clothing doesn’t only change the way others view us, but also the way we see ourselves. In an experiment testing students’ ability to pay attention to details(细节), the group wearing white lab coats did the best. Why? Researchers told them that they were wearing the doctor’s coats. The experiment didn’t show whether such influences would last long. More experiments are needed in the future before we decide to make the doctor’s coats a must of fashion.
    27. Mark Zuckerberg is not considered serious by some people because______.
    A. He does not listen to others’ advice. B. he sets up a network of video games. C. he wears jeans and a T-shirt to work D. he often plays jokes at business meetings.
    28. Which of the following is Gino’s opinion according to Paragraph 2?
    A. It is necessary to buy expensive clothes.
    B. Wearing less formal clothes is in fact good.
    C. It is bad to dress differently from people around you.
    D. Wearing sports clothes makes you look less important.
    29. In Paragraph 3, the writer proves(证明) his(her) opinion mainly_______.
    A. by giving reasons B. by using pictures
    C. by comparing facts D. by listening numbers
    30. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. What we wear makes a difference.
    B. Formal clothing makes a wise man..
    C. Our value depends on what we wear.
    D. Our clothing influences our characters.

    题材:议论文
    话题:1. 家人与亲友
    话题:7 情感
    词数:346

    【主旨大意】这是一篇议论文。文章介绍了扎克伯格穿着一件牛仔与T裇衫,引起了很多人的关注,有人说这不是在正规场合穿地。然后,哈佛大学一教授认为他有一定的积极意义,研究表明,服装对人很重要。研究同时表明,医生的服装最吸引人。
    27. C细节理解题。从第一段的第一句“often wears jeans and a T-shirt to work”可知,因为他穿着不得体,所以很多人认为他不严肃。故选C。
    28. B推理判断题。从第二段的 “believes it can actually have a positive effect.“可知,她相信好的穿着会有一个积极的影响,故选B。
    29. C文章例证题。本文通过作对较的方式,说明了一个穿着良好的演员与一个衣衫褴褛的演员的在大街上的不同境寓,。故选C。
    30. A主旨大意题。根据文章第三段的最后一句,“the clothes you’re wearing could mean the difference between life and death.“可知,我们所穿的不一样,产生的后果也不一样。故选A。

    (·浙江金华、丽水)A
    International Museum Day is coming.Here are some special museums that you must see.
    Sweet Museum,Russia
    Do you love candy? Don't miss the sweet world in Russia.You can find different kinds of sweet food here.But they are just models!Look,how big the lollipops(棒棒糖)are!People can ride on them.Want to taste the ice cream? Be careful-the ice-cream balls are lights!
    Museum of Failure,Sweden
    There are more than 100 failed products in the museum.Some of them come from the world's most successful companies,like the Newton computer from Apple.Maybe success stories are similar and kind of boring,but we can find interesting stories in failures and learn something from them.
    Cancun Underwater Museum, Mexico
    It is a secret garden under the sea.You can either dive(潜水)or take a glass boat into it. Down here, sea animals live around 400 sculptures(石膏像). Each sculpture tells a story and it's made of special material,which is good for the sea life..
    Museum of Broken Relationships, Croatia
    Some relationships end-with lovers, with dreams and with cities.This special museum has a collection of objects from people all over the world who want to lock their memories. Each of the objects shares a story of their past relationship.
    31.If you're interested in art under the sea,you may go to_______.
    A.Sweet Museum B.Cancun Underwater Museum
    C.Museum of Failure D.Museum of Broken Relationships
    32.According to the passage,which of the following is TURE?
    A.People can taste the candies on show in Sweet Museum.
    B.People learn about success stories in Museum of Failure.
    C.Objects in Museum of Broken Relationships have their stories.
    D.The material of sculptures in Cancun Underwater Museum is harmful.
    33.The passage is probably form the column(栏目)of______in a magazine.
    A.Culture B.Health C.Sports D.Food
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    博物馆
    词数
    201

    31—33 BCA

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。介绍了四个有特色的博物馆,分别是观赏糖果甜点、不合格产品、海洋动物和有故事的物品。
    31.B细节理解题。根据第三段第一句话“It is a secret garden under the sea.”可知,墨西哥坎昆水下雕塑博物馆是海底的一个秘密花园。故选B。
    32.C推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句“Each of the objects shares a story of their past relationship”可知,每一件物品都分享着它们过去关系的故事,每一件物品都有属于自己的故事。故选C。
    33. A 推理判断题。根据全文大意可知,本文介绍了四个特色博物馆,最适合出现在文化栏目。故选A。
    (·浙江金华、丽水)B
    It was Day 1 of our vacation on Cortes, a beautiful quiet island."iPhone, iPhone, iPhone, " my son kept moaning(呻吟). In front of him was a big window facing the blue ocean.And a cool gentle wind was coming in from the door.Clearly,he saw and felt none of it.
    Back at home, I'd soon give up and hand the phone over to him after five minutes of listening to this kind of moaning.
    But not here.Before we left, I had told my 10-year-old son the rule—no emails, no Facebook, no video games, and no iPhone.We came here to get away from them all. Here we were on our first day and already, he couldn't stand it.
    ___________I walked down the grass road to the beach and looked out to the sea.My 6-year-old daughter and my husband were drawing on pieces of wood.They were doing just fine.
    On Day 2, we spent the whole morning digging for shells(贝壳).This time,my son joined us.He collected shellfish and other sea treasures.When we got back to our little wood house, I gave my son a book, and put him on the lovely garden chair. It was almost dinner when he looked up.
    The next few days passed in peace.
    On Day 6, my son was lying beside me on the beach,watching the sun going down.He was playing with the sand. And there was something shining in his eyes. I realized how time slowed down for both of us. It was exactly what I wanted. Finally, we were able to sit quietly without thinking about screens, phone calls and e-mail.
    A week away from all the electronics and life is good.
    34.What is the special rule for the writer's vacation?
    A.They couldn't use their electronics.
    B.They must keep quiet and stay in the house.
    C.They had to spend their vacation on an island.
    D.They should collect as many shells as possible.
    35.Which of the following can be put in "________"in Paragraph 4?
    A.I felt really tired and went to bed.
    B.I closed the door and stayed with him.
    C.I just walked outside to leave him alone.
    D.I gave him his iPhone and let him stay inside.
    36.The change of the son's feelings can be described as______.
    A.angry—surprised—proud
    B.excited—peaceful—bored
    C.worried—angry—hopeful
    D.bored—peaceful—pleased
    37.The best title for the passage can be______.
    A.A Terrible Life on the Island.
    B.A Special iPhone for My Son
    C.A Fight between Mother and Son
    D.A Vacation Away from Electronics
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    10.节假日活动
    (30)节日与假日
    词数
    261

    34—37 ACDD

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。记述了作者一家想度过一个不去触碰电子产品的假期,他们成功了并且他们觉得这种生活是美好的。
    34.A细节理解题。根据第三段第一句话“Before we left, I had told my 10-year-old son the rule- no emails, no Facebook, no video games, and no iPhone. ”可知,在离开之前,母亲告诉她10岁的儿子一条规矩——不要发电子邮件,不要上Facebook,不要玩视频游戏,也不要用iPhone,这些都属于电子产品。故选A。
    35. C 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“ We came here to get away from them all”以及第四段第二句“I walked down the grass road to the beach”可知,作者为了摆脱他们,出门沿着草地步行到海边。故选C。
    36.D 细节理解题。根据全文大意,儿子一开始一直在呻吟,可以看出他很无聊;后面的几天过得很平静;第六天他的眼睛里闪着光,可以看出他可以远离电子产品并且很快乐。故选D。
    37.D 标题归纳题。根据倒数第二段最后一句“It was exactly what I wanted. Finally, we were able to sit quietly without thinking about screens, phone calls and e-mail.”可知,不去想屏幕、电话和电子邮件,远离电子产品这正是作者想要的;这也是作者旅行的目的。故选D。
    (·浙江金华、丽水)C
    In the park, you see a group of people, all looking up at the sky. Without thinking about is, you look upwards, too.Why? In the concert, someone begins to clap and suddenly the whole room joins in.You do, too. Why?
    Sometimes we feel we are acting correctly when we do the same as others. The more people follow an idea, the better or truer we think the idea is. It's the social proof(社会认同感)that works.
    The scientist Asch carried out an experiment. It shows how social proof can influence us.In a room,a man is shown Line 1, and next to it are three lines(A,B,C).A is longer,C is shorter and B is as long as Line 1.He must tell which of the three lines is as long as Line 1.When the man is alone,he gives the correct answer B.Then,five other men enter the room, and each of them gives the answer C as they were told to.Now the man changes his idea and gives the answer C.Asch got the same result many times among different subjects(实验对象).
    Why do we act like this? Well, in the past, following others was a way to keep from danger. Suppose that 5000 years age were hunting(打猎)with friends. Suddenly, they all ran away.What would you have done? Would you have stayed? No, you would have fun, too. We are descendants(后代)of those who copies others' action. It is so deeply planted in our mind that we still use it now.
    Social proof has special power.The advertising industry, for example,often makes use of it.So be careful whenever a company says its product is "the most popular".
    38.At the beginning of the passage, the writer leads in the topic by______.
    A.telling a story B.giving examples
    C.answering questions D.showing a map
    39.According to Paragraph 3,the experiment by Asch shows______.
    A.following others is always right
    B.social proof may change people's ideas
    C.it's difficult to carry out the experiment
    D.people can study better if they are alone
    40.The underlined word "It" in Paragraph 4 refers to______.
    A.running with others B.hunting with friends
    C.copying others' action D.doing something different
    41.According to the passage,we can infer(推断)that______.
    A.it's important to run with others anytime
    B.products in the advertisement are the best
    C.we mustn't copy others' action to keep safe
    D.we need to think twice before following others

    体裁
    议论文
    话题
    社会现象
    词数
    268

    38—41 BBCD

    【主旨大意】这是一篇议论文。主要介绍了什么是社会认同感及其产生的原因。
    38.B推理判断题。第一段举了公园仰望天空和音乐会鼓掌两个例子,以此引出文章主题。故选B。
    39.B推理判断题。根据第三段When the man is alone,he gives the correct answer B.及Now the man changes his idea and gives the answer C.可知,一个人时,给出正确答案是B,当五个人在一起时,给出答案是C,从而说明,社会认同感会改变一个人的想法。故选B。
    40.C词义猜测题。根据上句We are descendants(后代)of those who copies others' action.可推知,它(复制他人的行为)深深地植根于我们的心中。故选C。
    41.D推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句So be careful whenever a company says its product is "the most popular".可推知,跟随别人时要三思而后行。故选D。
    (·浙江金华、丽水)D
    On March 10,, eight-year-old Tani won the New York Chess Championship(纽约象棋冠军赛)of his age group. But the boy, who was homeless at the time, began learning the game less than a year ago.
    Tani and his family arrived in New York City from Africa in 2017.A church helped him enter the primary school, P.S. 116. Here the gifted boy was first introduced to chess by a part-time teacher Makofsky,owner of a chess club.Interested in the game,the seven-year-old asked his mother to allow him to join the club.Not able to afford the chess classes,she emailed Makofsky.To her surprise and joy, Makofsky agreed that Tani could learn it for free.
    Though the chess club helps, it's largely believed that Tani's success lies in his hard work.The boy practices the game for many hours a day on the floor with his board. Every Saturday, Tani goes to a free 3-hour class to improve his game skills.
    Not surprisingly,Tani's story, first reported by The New York Times, has brought him great support from the American public.Soon after the young boy won the New York Championship, Makofsky began a GoFundMe activity for Tani and his family so that he could continue hie chess journey.It raised $200,000 in just ten days,far more than they expected.And the money keeps coming.But the family donates(捐赠)most of the money to the church and to those poor families!
    Tani has also received offers from three famous private schools in New York.However,the family have politely refused all of them and chosen to continue Tani's education at P.S. 116.
    The young boy's story also caught the eye of Bill Clinton,the 42nd US President."Tani,you're an example of a winning spirit—in chess and in life.I'd love to meet you,"he said on his Facebook.
    While excited about his new life, Tani is ready to meet great challenges(挑战).He is busy preparing for the National Primary Championships.Winning the competition will bring the chess player closer to his dream of becoming the world's youngest chess grandmaster(大师).The record has been kept for 17 years by the Russian chess player Karjakin,who won the title at the age of 12.
    42.Tani began to learn chess at the age of______.
    A.seven B.eight C.nine D.twelve
    43.Paragraph 3 is mainly about_______.
    A.where Tani practises chess
    B.how hard Tani works at chess
    C.what Tain's mother does for him
    D.how much the chess club helps
    44.After winning the New York Championship,Tani_______.
    A.hoped to see Bill Clinton B.went to a famous private school
    C.became the richest boy in New York D.got much support from the society
    45.The writer mentions the Russian chess player Karjakin to______.
    A.call on young people to learn chess
    B.introduce his great achievements in chess
    C.show it's a big challenge for Tani to realize his dream
    D.tell people Tani has been the world's best chess player
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    29. 社会热点
    词数
    362

    42—45 ABDC

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。主要讲述八岁的Tani赢得纽约国际象棋冠军,社会各界给予许多支持。
    42.A细节理解题。根据第一段On March 10,,eight-year-old Tani won the New York Chess Championship(纽约象棋冠军赛)of his age group.But the boy,who was homeless at the time,began learning the game less than a year ago.可知,Tani八岁赢得纽约象棋冠军赛,一年前开始学习国际象棋,就是七岁开始学习国际象棋。故选A。
    43.B段落大意题。通读第三段内容可知,Tani每天在地板上用棋盘练习好几个小时的比赛。每个星期六,塔尼都要参加一个免费的3小时课程来提高他的比赛技能。主要讲Tani下国际象棋有多艰难。故选B。
    44.D推理判断题。根据文章内容可知,赢得纽约锦标赛后,Makofsky为Tani举行Gofundme活动筹钱,收到三所私立学校的录取通知书,还引起了美国总统的注意。可推知,Tani赢得纽约锦标赛后,得到社会各界的支持。故选D。
    45.C推理判断题(目的意图)。根据最后一段最后一句The record has been kept for 17 years by the Russian chess player Karjakin,who won the title at the age of 12.可知,Karjakin在十二岁获得冠军的记录保持了17年,这对Tani是巨大的挑战。故选C。
    (·浙江宁波) (A)
    Sing a Song of People
    by Lois Lenski

    Sing a Song of People
    Walking fast or slow;
    People the city
    Up and down they go.

    5 People on the sidewalk,
    People on the bus;
    People passing, passing,
    In back and front of us.

    People on the subway
    10 Underneath the ground.
    People riding taxis
    Round and round and round.

    People with their hats on,
    Going in the doors;
    15 People with umbrellas
    When it rains and pours.

    People in tall building
    And in stores below;
    Riding elevators
    20 Up and down they go.

    People walking singly,
    People in a crowd;
    People saying nothing,
    People talking loud.

    25 People laughing, smiling,
    Grumpy people too;
    People who just hurry
    And never look at you!

    Sing a song of people
    30 Who like to come and go;
    Sing of city people
    You see but never ▲ !

    16. The poem is about a _______ city.
    A. beautiful B. busy C. rainy D. small
    17. In Line 21, the word “singly” means _______.
    A. alone B. fast C. slowly D. quietly
    18. According to the poem, the best word for the blank is _______.
    A. borrow B. throw C. know D. allow

    体裁:诗歌
    话题:24. 诗歌
    话题:2. 家庭、朋友与周围的人
    词数
    143

    【答案】16—18 BAC
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一首诗歌,主要描写了在繁忙的城市中不同的人带给我们的感受。
    16. B 细节理解题。由竖线左边的People on the sidewalk, People on the bus, People passing, passing, with umbrellas及右边的in a crowd, saying nothing, just hurry等关键词可推知,城市里的人们在路上来去匆匆,过着高节奏的生活,展现在我们面前的是一座非常繁忙的城市。故选B。
    17. A 词义猜测题。分析第21—24行的句子结构可知,People walking singly与People in a crowd意义相对,People saying nothing与People talking loud意义相对,即saying nothing与talking loud意义相反,singly与crowd的意义相反或相对,故People walking singly表示“独自行走的人们”,所以singly在此应是“独自;单独”之意。故选A。
    18. C 推理判断题。通读全文可知,这首诗描绘了城市中人们每天的忙碌情况,大部分人都处在紧张的工作之中。由最后4行内容可推知,我们应该为那些喜欢来去匆匆的行人唱赞歌,但我们未必就真正了解我们自己所看到的实情。borrow借入;throw扔;know知道,了解;allow允许。故选C。

    (·浙江宁波) (B)
    Many people might think that if they had more money, then they would be happier in life. For example, people might look at what others have, like expensive clothes or nice cars, and wish they could have the same. But the things that money can buy can not bring happiness to a person for long.
    ① But is that really true? Studies have found that money can, in fact, make people happier. ② Instead, it’s giving money to others that makes people happy. ③ It could be buying a present for a friend or a family member. ④ It could be buying a homeless person food to eat. It could be giving money to a person in need. Just think about the last time you used your own money to do something for someone else. How did you feel? Whether it is a small large amount of money, people feel happier when they give. This is because making someone else happy makes the giver happy, too.
    This idea of connecting your happiness to the happiness of others is described as ubuntu in an African language. There is even a story about a man visiting Africa who asked some kids to race to a nearby tree. The first child to touch the tree would get a sweet treat. Surprisingly, all the children held hands and ran together. They all touched the tree at the same time. The man asked why they had done this. The children simply said they could only enjoy eating the treat if everyone had one.
    19. The writer says that buying things ______.
    A. can make people worried B. can make people nervous
    C. may lead to sadness for long D. may lead to happiness for a short time
    20. Where can we best put “But it’s not having money that brings happiness.” in Paragraph 2?
    A. ① B. ② C. ③ D. ④
    21. Why does the writer quote (引用) a story in Paragraph 3?
    A. To explain Africans like sweets. B. To show examples are not enough.
    C. To make the writer’s opinion clearer. D. To express happiness is from children.
    22. What does the writer try to tell us?
    A. Buying new things can make people happy.
    B. The key to happiness is making others happy.
    C. If you want to be happy, you can visit Africa.
    D. People who have a lot of money might not be happy.

    体裁:议论文
    话题:2. 家庭、朋友与周围的人
    话题:7. 情绪与情感
    话题:8. 人际交往
    话题:25. 志愿者服务与社会服务
    词数
    258

    【答案】19—22 DBCB
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,主要探讨了“钱怎样才能给人带来快乐”的问题。用钱能买到的东西只能给人带来短时的快乐,而帮助他人才能让人得到真正的快乐。快乐的钥匙就是让别人快乐。
    19. D 细节理解题。由第1段最后1句But the things that money can buy can not bring happiness to a person for long.可知,用钱能够买到的东西只能给人带来短时的快乐。故选D。
    20. B 推理判断题。分析第2段的句子结构可知,①后面的But is that really true?其实是一个承上启下的句子,即对第1段中的But the things that money can buy can not bring happiness to a person for long.表示怀疑,故①处不应该再使用任何句子进行过渡,可排除;②后面的句子Instead, it’s giving money to others that makes people happy.表示所描述的情况正好与第1段的结论相反,故②处应用表转折关系的句子与前句Studies have found that money can, in fact, make people happier.衔接,所以②处适合放置本句;③、④后面的句子都是对it’s giving money to others that makes people happy进行的进一步阐述,前后不具有转折关系,可排除。故选B。
    21. C 推理判断题。由第2段内容可知,作者对拿钱买快乐的现象进行了剖析,并认为用钱来帮助他人才是真正获得快乐的根本,并用孩子们比赛爬树的事例来进一步论证该论点,所以第3段的故事能使文章的主题更为清晰。故选C。
    22. B 推理判断题。通读全文可知,作者通过探讨“钱怎样才能给人带来快乐”的问题,从而得出“快乐的钥匙就是让别人快乐”这一主题。故选B。

    (·浙江宁波) (C)
    The year was 1859. America and England had already fought two wars. Now, they were at peace. But one day a pig got hungry. And it nearly caused another war between the two countries.
    The pig was owned by a British man who lived on a small island. The island was just off the western part of North America. Both England and the US said the island was theirs. Across the island from the British man lived some American farmers. Everyone on the island got along peacefully. But the peace ended the day the British man’s pig decided to eat some of an American farmer’s potatoes.
    One of the American farmers shot and killed the pig. Then the pig’s owner wanted $100 from the man who shot the animal. That was a lot of money, so the farmer refused to pay it. The British and Americans began to argue, and the situation got worse. The farmers asked the governor over the island at that time for help. He sent a group of soldiers to protect the farmers. The British answered by sending 2,000 soldiers. The British were on one side of the island, and the Americans were on the other. The problem that began with the pig was about to become a shooting war.
    When news of the problem reached Washington and London, both leaders were surprised. Neither country wanted another war. They sent some men to try to fix the problem. After a discussion, it was decided that each country would keep a small group of soldiers on the island. They would stay there until the two countries could decide who owned the island. Then the others would have to leave.
    Twelve years went by. Neither side wanted to give up the island, but they knew they had to do something. They asked the leader of Germany to help decide. After nearly a year of discussion, a decision was made. America would get the island.
    Finally, the Pig War was over and only one shot was fired. That was the shot that killed the pig!
    23. What caused the problem on the island according to the passage?
    A. An American shot a British man.
    B. A group of soldiers came to the island.
    C. British men destroyed an American’s farmland.
    D. A British man’s pig ate some potatoes of an American farmer’s.
    24. The underlined word “they” in Paragraph 4 refers to ______.
    A. the farmers B. the leaders C. the soldiers D. the Germans
    25. According to the passage, the real purpose of the two countries was ______.
    A. to own an island B. to kill a pig
    C. to get more money D. to start a war
    26. Which of the following might be the best title for the passage?
    A. The Pig Island B. The Pig War
    C. The Pig on the Island D. The Island War

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事
    话题:23. 历史与社会
    词数
    346

    【答案】23—26 DCAB
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,主要讲述了一头猪因偷吃土豆而差点引发一场战争的故事。
    23. D 细节理解题。由第2段最后1句But the peace ended the day the British man’s pig decided to eat some of an American farmer’s potatoes.可知,双方在岛上起摩擦的原因是一个英国人的猪跑出来吃了一个美国农民的土豆。故选D。
    24. C 推理判断题。由画线词they所在句子的前1句After a discussion, it was decided that each country would keep a small group of soldiers on the island.可知,一番讨论之后,双方决定共同派遣一小队士兵驻扎在岛上,这些士兵将一直待到双方解决小岛的归属问题为止,故代词they在此指的是驻岛的士兵。故选C。
    25. A 细节理解题。由第5段第2句Neither side wanted to give up the island, but they knew they had to do something.可知,英美双方的目的相同,都想拥有这座小岛。故选A。
    26. B 标题归纳题。通读全文可知,本文讲述了因一头猪偷吃土豆而差点引发一场战争的故事。由最后1段第2句Finally, the Pig War was over and only one shot was fired.可推知,B项“关于猪的战争”最符合文章主题。故选B。

    (·浙江宁波) (D)
    Big data (数据) is a lot of sets of information that are put together so they can be used by a computer program. The computer program looks for different kinds of answers or patterns in the data. Big data can have different kinds of information from many sources, such as information that comes from schools, social media sites, companies, and governments. One set of data can have people’s names and addresses. Another set can have what they like, where they go to school, and how much time they spend on the computer.
    Big data can be used in many ways. The government uses it to understand how many people travel on buses or trains. This information is then used to make bus or train systems better. Some schools use big data to understand which children may need extra help in class. The teacher can then give certain students more help or support so those students can succeed in school. Companies use big data, too. It helps them understand who buys their products. For example, one company uses weather data to see when people eat the most ice cream.
    Big data can be used for good reasons. Some hospitals use big data to predict if a baby who is born too early will get sick. The hospital can then take extra steps to take care of that baby so he or she does not get sick. Big data can also be used for bad reasons. It can be used to predict which kinds of people are likely to break the law or hurt others, even if they have not done anything wrong.
    How can big data be used for good and bad thing? It is because the computer programs used to look at big data and understand it are written by people. People think a certain way. Because they think a certain way, they build a model of those ideas. These ideas are then used to look at the data. Sometimes, these ideas are helpful for people or businesses. Other times, bad ideas can cause problems for certain groups of people.
    27. This reading is about ______.
    A. what big data is and how it is used
    B. what schools and hospitals people like
    C. where important data is collected and stored
    D. how big data is controlled by governments and companies
    28. One company uses weather information to ______.
    A. help children in need B. know when people will visit the hospital
    C. find out who rides the bus or train D. understand when people will need ice cream
    29. The main idea of Paragraph 3 is ______.
    A. big data can be used for good reasons
    B. we can use big data in a number of ways
    C. big data can be used for both good and bad reasons
    D. we can use big data to prevent babies from getting sick
    30. The overall tone (总基调) of this reading is ______.
    A. sad and personal B. personal and scientific
    C. informative but silly D. scientific and informative

    体裁:说明文
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术
    话题:18. 使用互联网
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数
    353

    【答案】27—30 ADCD
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了大数据的含义及其在各个行业中的具体应用。
    27. A 主旨大意题。通读全文可知,本文主要介绍了大数据的含义及其在日常生活中的应用问题,故A项“大数据是什么和它是如何被使用的”符合文章内容。故选A。
    28. D 细节理解题。由第2段最后1句For example, one company uses weather data to see when people eat the most ice cream.可知,有的公司使用有关天气信息的大数据来判断人们吃冰淇淋的时间。故选D。
    29. C 推理判断题。由第3段第1句Big data can be used for good reasons.及第4句Big data can also be used for bad reasons.可知,本段主要介绍了使用大数据的好与坏两个方面的因素。故选C。
    30. D 推理判断题。通读全文可知,本文主要介绍了大数据在实际生活中的应用,故本文属于科普、信息类的范畴,所以本文的总基调应是科学信息类文章。故选D。
    三、阅读理解(共15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
    (·浙江衢州) A

    31. Totally Wild Hotel is special because of ________.
    A. its high price B. its good breakfast
    C. the lovely giraffes D. the old buildings
    32. According to the text, people can ________ in Kenya.
    A. cheer on camels in Lamu Old Town
    B. have breakfast with zebras in Totally Wild Hotel
    C. see lions, zebras, elephants in East National Park
    D. watch the bright pink birds near Lake Nakuru
    33. ________ will most probably be interested in the text above.
    A. People who enjoy travelling B. Scientists who study birds
    C. Players who are good at running D. People who have a pain in the neck

    【答案】31—33 CDA

    体裁:
    广告
    话题:6. 旅游
    话题:20. 人与自然
    话题:21. 国家与民族
    词数
    190

    【主旨大意】本文是应用文的广告,主要介绍了非洲肯尼亚的情况以及其中一家名叫Totally Wild Hotel旅馆的特别之处。
    31. C 细节理解题。根据左边“WHY IT”S SPECIAL”的第二句That’s because of a giraffe might be at your hotel window. 可知答案。故选C。
    32. D 细节理解题。根据右下角Things to do in Kenya的第三个内容Bird-watch on the banks of Lake Nakuru, where hundreds of thousands of bright pink flamingos get together each year. 可知答案。故选D。
    33. A 推理判断题。该广告的右上角介绍了肯尼亚最爽的事情、右下角介绍了在肯尼亚可以做的事;广告的左边介绍了是肯尼亚的一家名叫Totally Wild Hotel旅馆的地理位置、价格以及它的特别之处,都与旅游有关。故选A。

    (·浙江衢州) B
    “Made in China” is having its moment now—and it’s a fashionable one.
    The story of Chinese fashion began in 2011 when Feiyue and Huili, both Chinese sports shoe brands(品牌), suddenly got international attention. Their products were seen all over the world. Chinese sportswear brand Li Ning was at the New York Fashion Week in September, 2018. They showed their new designs—sweaters and jackets with Chinese characters.
    Shaun Rein, managing director of China Market Research Group, said that the latest Chinese brands no longer catch customers’ eye by low price. He told CNN, “They are sure that they can go head to head with foreign brands.”
    Maybe it is because China’s young people are now more confident about their own culture. They don’t show immediate interest in western culture any more.
    “Today’s young people in China are crazy about Chinese cultural elements(元素),” Jin Qu, the manager of a clothing shopping website, said at a cultural festival in 2018. “They like these elements printed on their clothes, even the brand picture of Laoganma in China, which was once seen as outside of fashion. But now young people are proud of these Chinese symbols.”
    In fact, many stars in the West are now interested in Chinese cultural elements in fashion. Rihanna, a US singer, for example, wore a Chinese red dress to the 2015 Met Gala in New York. The dress was designed and made by Chinese designer Guo Pei.
    “We have to move from making to creating,” Chinese-American designer Aric Chen once told The New York Times. “We want to replace the words ‘Made in China’ with ‘Designed in China’.”
    34. The new designs of Li Ning Company in September, 2018 were ________.
    A. coats and scarves in Chinese red
    B. sweaters and jackets with English words
    C. coats and scarves with American symbols
    D. sweaters and jackets with Chinese characters
    35. The underlined word “They” in Paragraph 5 refers to ________.
    A. today’s young people in China
    B. the workers in Jin Qu’s shop
    C. some famous stars in the West
    D. Directors of some Chinese companies
    36. What can be the best title for the passage?
    A. Chinese Clothes Brands B. Sports in China
    C. Chinese Cultural Festival D. Designed in China
    37. The passage above may be taken from a(n) ________.
    A. newspaper B. guidebook C. novel D. ad

    【答案】34—37 DADA

    体裁:
    议论文
    话题:22. 发明与技术
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数
    276

    【主旨大意】本文是议论文。介绍了走出国门,走向世界的中国品牌正由“中国制造”转变为“中国创造”,极大地提高了我国的科技含量与我们的民族自豪感。
    34. D 细节理解题。由第二段的最后两句Their products were seen all over the world. Chinese sportswear brand Li Ning was at the New York Fashion Week in September, 2018. They showed their new designs—sweaters and jackets with Chinese characters.可知,李宁公司2018年9月的新设计是:带有汉字的毛衣和夹克。故选D。
    35. A 词义猜测题。根据第五段的第一句“Today’s young people in China are crazy about Chinese cultural elements(元素),” Jin Qu, the manager of a clothing shopping website, said at a cultural festival in 2018.可知,此处划线部分的单词they代指前句的“today’s young people in China”。故选A。
    36. D 最佳标题题。根据短文的最后一段“We have to move from making to creating,” Chinese-American designer Aric Chen once told The New York Times. “We want to replace the words ‘Made in China’ with ‘Designed in China’.”可知答案。故选D。
    37. A 文章出处题。本文主要介绍了“中国制造”正向“中国创造”转变,这种新观察、新观点多见于报纸,而非小说、广告或旅游指南册中。故选A。

    (·浙江衢州) C
    The world has a plastics problem. And not just with bottles. Straws(吸管), toothbrushes, toys—all kinds of plastics are placed in landfills. There are 5 billion tons of plastic waste in the world. Landfills have a large part of it. By 2050, they could have 13 billion tons.
    Much of plastic rubbish finds its way into the ocean. Scientists say 165 million tons of plastic pieces are floating around out there. And most plastic won’t disappear itself. It will remain in the ocean forever. Whales get caught in plastic fishing nets. Birds die because of eating plastic straws and bottle caps. It endangers ocean life. Plastic rubbish even ends up in the food we eat.
    Governments are realizing that recycling may not be enough. They are taking more actions. Though it is hard work, it is still a solvable problem. In Britain, people are not allowed to use plastic bags except in hospitals. Scotland and several coastal cities in the US stop people from using plastic straws as well. The US alone throws away some 500 million plastic straws a day. That’s enough to circle the Earth twice, “Saying no to a plastic straw is an easy way to make a big difference,” Diana Lofflin who started www.strawfree.org said. “Do we really want to pass on to our children a world harmed by plastic?”
    People have found some tasty ways to reduce waste. A company in India made the first-ever spoon that people can eat. You don’t have to eat the spoon. You can throw it away. It decomposes(分解) in just a few days. David Edwards, a scientist at Harvard University, designed an eatable bag which can protect the food or drink inside. It is a delicious replacement for plastic ones.
    38. According to the writer, birds die because they ________.
    A. eat bottle caps and straws B. get caught in fishing nets
    C. feed on ocean animals D. have the spoons in India
    39. The underlined word “endangers” in Paragraph 2 probably means ________.
    A. brings B. loses C. harms D. saves
    40. The purpose of the passage is mainly to ________.
    A. introduce some ways to recycle waste
    B. tell readers about the problem with plastics
    C. compare air pollution and plastic pollution
    D. describe how the US is reducing plastic waste
    41. From the passage, we can tell that the plastics problem _________.
    A. is too big for people to solve B. can be solved by recycling alone
    C. can be solved, but it won’t be easy D. will have to be solved by future scientists
    【答案】38—41 ACBC

    体裁:
    说明文
    话题:21. 环境保护
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数
    297

    【主旨大意】本文是说明文。文章先介绍了当今世界普遍存在塑料垃圾问题以及它的危害。然后介绍了各国政府已经意识到只是回收它可能还不够,他们正在采取更多行动,虽然这是一项艰苦的工作,但它仍然是一个可以解决的问题。最后也介绍了一些科学家也已经找到了一些解决塑料垃圾问题的好方法。
    38. A 细节理解题。由第二段的倒数第三句内容Birds die because of eating plastic straws and bottle caps.可知,鸟类是因为吃瓶盖和吸管而死亡。故选A。
    39. C 词义猜测题。根据第二段的中间的内容Whales get caught in plastic fishing nets. Birds die because of eating plastic straws and bottle caps. (鲸鱼被塑料渔网捕获。由于吃塑料吸管和瓶盖,鸟类死亡。)可知,该句意是:它危及海洋生物。因此该词应意为“危害”,故选C。
    40. B 主旨大意题。全文主要介绍了世界普遍存在的塑料垃圾问题以及人们的行动。因此这段文章的主要目的是告诉读者关于塑料的问题。故选B。
    41. C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段的第三句Though it is hard work, it is still a solvable problem.可知答案。故选C。

    (·浙江衢州) D
    Texting while driving is against the law in 47 states. But what about texting while walking? A 2018 study reported that more than 2,500 people in the US ended up in hospitals resulting from using a mobile device(设备) while walking.
    Hawaii passed a law making it illegal(违法的) to text or look down at a mobile device while crossing the street. It is the first state with a law like this. Do people think more places should accept such a law? The LA Times did a survey. Here are some replies they received.
    Rena Jose, 26, New York
    Which is more important, texting or safety? If you are looking at your phone while walking, you might not see a car come or traffic lights turn red. It can be very dangerous. For example, in Japan, one person fell into a lake and another got her leg stuck in a hole, because both had their mind on their phone. We should make texting while crossing the street illegal in more cities.
    Andy Selvam, 55, California
    People do many things that cause injury to themselves but are not illegal, such as climbing mountains, driving cars, swimming and so on. People might get hurt from texting and walking if they’re not paying attention. But I still think they should have a choice.
    Bob Madigan, 45, Oregon
    As humans, we can make our own decisions. I’m not saying it’s safe, but we don’t need the government to babysit us. If we want to learn to make smart decisions, the government needs to stop telling us what to do. After all, this is a free country.
    Andrew Black, 34, Alaska
    This law is a good idea—compare this protection with seat belts. If this law is passed all over the USA, people will be worried. But is there really a way to please everyone? This would not be for fun. It would be safe and good for all Americans.
    42. According to the passage, in ________, it is against the law if people text while crossing the street.
    A. Alaska B. California C. Hawaii D. New York
    43. The LA Times did the survey most probably to ________.
    A. win the hearts of more readers
    B. encourage more states to pass the law
    C. ask readers if they agree with texting while driving
    D. learn about people’s opinions on texting while walking
    44. In Rena’s reply, she showed the danger of texting while walking by ________.
    A. using numbers B. giving examples
    C. asking questions D. telling stories
    45. Which of the following is Andrew Black’s opinion?
    A. Texting is more important than safety.
    B. The law would help to keep Americans safe.
    C. It’s easy to please everyone when passing a law.
    D. Whether to text or not while walking is people’s own choice.

    【答案】42—45 CDBB

    体裁:
    议论文
    话题:2. 其他人
    话题:6. 个人兴趣
    话题:8. 人际交往
    话题:14. 安全与救护
    话题:18. 使用互联网
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数
    330

    【主旨大意】本文是议论文。主要介绍了美国的大部分州已经通过法律驾驶时发短信是违法的,而夏威夷又是第一个通过法律明确人在走路时收发短信也是违法的。本文是《洛杉矶时报》针对“人在走路时收发短信是否违法”的调查所收到的几篇回复。

    42. C 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句Hawaii passed a law making it illegal(违法的) to text or look down at a mobile device while crossing the street.可知答案。故选C。
    43. D 细节理解题。根据第二段的最后三句话Do people think more places should accept such a law? The LA Times did a survey. Here are some replies they received.可知答案。故选D。
    44. B 细节理解题。根据第一个回复的中间一句For example, in Japan, one person fell into a lake and another got her leg stuck in a hole,可知:在瑞纳的回复中,她通过列举了两个日本人因在走路时收发短信而受到伤害一事,表明了在行走时发短信的危险。故选B。
    45. B 主旨大意题。根据最后一个回复的最后一句It would be safe and good for all Americans.可知:Andrew Black的观点是:法律将有助于保护美国人的安全。故选C。
    A(浙江台州)
    STUDY HELP
    For many tests and exams, you are tested on your abilities to communicate successfully. In order to speak English fluently, you need to think in English. If you don’t, your speech will be slow and it won’t sound natural. Here are some things you can do to practice thinking in English.
    ●Look at objects around your home and school, and think of what they are called in English. Try to make a direct connection between the object and the English word.
    ●When you are out in a public place, practice describing the things and people you see in your mind. For example, think, “There is a man walking down the street He’s wearing a suit. I think he is going to work.” Try to think in English first, not in your first language.
    ●When you have to say something in English, think first and ask yourself,
    “What words and phrases do I know in English that I can use in this situation?” Try not to think in your first language and translate your ideas into English. If you do, you will get frustrated very quickly.
    Try these lips and you’ll soon find that you are thinking in English.
    31.The passage is most probably written to _________.
    A. students B. teachers C. parents D. reporter
    32.The writer gives some advice on how to _________.
    A. greet people in English B. practice thinking in English
    C. write an article in English D. improve English listening skills
    33.The passage above might be from the column(栏目)in a magazine.
    A. N e w s Co r n e r B. S t o r y G a r d e n
    C. La n g u a g e Wo r l d D. Te c h n o l o g y S q u a r e
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:5. 学校 (School)话题:(18) 学习科目
    话题:19. 语言学习话题:(66) 语言学习的策略
    词数:316
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了用英语思考的几个小窍门。
    【答案】31-33ABC
    【解析】
    31.A推理判断题。根据第一段内容“为了考试,需要用成功地用英文交流”,故符合学生。故选A。
    32.B细节理解题。根据第一段第一句“Here are some things you can do to practice thinking in English.”或最后一段可知,文章是在介绍如何用英语思考。故选B。
    33.C主旨大意题。通读全文可知,本文和学习英语有关。故选C。
    B(浙江台州)
    “I am going to the store, Uncle Moti,” Mina said. “Do you want to come along? You have not seen much of the neighborhood yet.”
    Uncle shook his head, “No, thank you,” He said, “It is just too loud and crowed for me. Everyone is always on the go, while I am used to the peace and quiet of our village. I feel afraid out there, like a frightened (害怕的) child.” Mina sat on the sofa next to her uncle. “Tell me about the village, Uncle Moti,” She said. “Would I like it there?”
    Uncle laughed. “Without a doubt, you would find it dull at first — the loudest sound is usually birdsong. The people I meet on the street are all people I know, and we stop and talk or go to the tea shop and have tea. There are not many shops, but the shopkeepers know all their customers. Everyone is friendly and has a smile for everyone else.”
    “Sounds really nice,”Mina said. “But I think maybe it is not different in every way. I really wish you would come with me, and I could show you why I say that” Uncle sighed and got up, saying, “All right, Mina. I will go.”
    Out on the street, cars zoomed by, some of them honking. Uncle looked very nervous at all the noise and activities, and Mina took his hand.
    “Look,” she said, “there is my friend Nate, and coming down the street is my teacher, Ms. Sanchez.” Mina waved to Nate, who wave back, and called hello to her teacher. Then she led her uncle down the steer to the store, where she greeted the shopkeeper. “Hi, Ms.Franklin, this is my uncle Moti, who has come here to live.”
    “Over here,” Mina took her uncle’s arm and led him across the street. A sign over a door read “Navid’s Tea Shop,” Uncle smiled. They went in and sat at a table. They ordered tea, and Uncle sighed happily.
    “Well, I see what you were trying to show me,” he said. “This neighborhood is your village. Now it will be mine too. It has friends, kind shopkeepers, birds, and even a tea shop...”
    34.At first, Uncle Moti didn't want to go out with Mina because .
    A.he missed his family in the village
    B.he felt very tired after a long journey
    C.he didn’t get used to the life in Mina's neighborhood
    D.people in Mina's neighborhood were unfriendly to him
    35. From the underlined sentences in the passage, we can infer (推断) t h a t Mina is a girl.
    A. Brave B. caring C. creative D. humorous
    36. The sentence “ ’’ in the passage shows that Mina's neighborhood and Uncle’s village are similar.
    A. I feel afraid out there, like a frightened child.
    B. You would find it dull at first — the loudest sound is usually birdsong.
    C. Out on the street, cars zoomed by, some of them honking.
    D. It has friend, kind shopkeepers, birds, and even a tea shop.
    37. The story suggests that Uncle Moti will probably __ later on.
    A.still feel frightened as before
    B.start to look for a job in a tea shop
    C.be willing to go out in Mina’s neighborhood
    D.tell people why he came to Mina’s neighborhood
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:3. 周围的环境
    话题:(12) 社区
    词数:316
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要介绍了Uncle Moti来到Mina的家生活,从害怕外出到感受到关爱,认识到社区与村庄的差别之处,真正体会到社区幸福生活的过程。
    【答案】34-37CBDC
    【解析】
    34. C细节理解题。根据第二段第四句话“while I am used to the peace and quiet of our village”可知,Uncle Moii习惯于自己平和安静的乡村生活,不习惯社区生活。故选C。
    35. B推理判断题。从两个划线句子可以看出,Uncle Moti和Mina出门后一直很紧张,Mina—直牵着叔叔的手,挽著叔叔手臂引导他过马路,从这些可以判断出Mina很关心Moti,所以Mina是一个关心他人的女孩。故选B。
    36. D细节理解题。根据最后一段“Now it will be mine too. It has friends, kind shopkeepers, birds, and even a tea shop...”可知Mina的社区里也有朋友、善良的售货员,甚至还有茶馆,和叔叔的村庄很是相似。故选D。
    37. C推理判断题。从事件发展逻辑顺序可知,Uncle Moti发现了社区与村庄的相似之处,所以他能习惯这儿的生活,不再害怕,乐意出门。故选C。

    C(浙江台州)
    Brooke wanted a dollhouse and some sugar cookies. So the 6-year- old asked Alexa to get them. Alexa wasn’t her mom or babysitter. It was a voice-activated home assistant powered by AI (人工智能). And it made Brooke’s wishes come true. A few days later, much to her parents’ surprise, a $ 170 dollhouse and four pounds of cookies showed up. They ate the cookies and gave away the dollhouse to a local hospital. And that’s not the end of the story. When a news reporter told the story of what happened on TV. Alexa devices (设备) in many listeners homes woke up and tried to order dollhouses!
    Alexa isn’t the only AI willing to serve you. Apple Homepod has Siri, Google Home has its Assistant, and the upcoming Galaxy Home device will have Bixby. People who have these devices use them mainly for listening to music, checking the weather, and setting timers. According to a report from The Information, nowadays voice shopping is rare. But many scientists predict a boom (增长) in voice shopping in the near future. Is that a good thing?
    .You can shout out an order as soon as you think of it, even if you are cooking, cleaning, or driving. In addition, people with disabilities who are unable to use a keyboard or mouse can shop without any help.
    But voice shopping has its disadvantages. Unwanted dollhouses aren’t the biggest problem. It’s usually very easy to cancel an order or return products. The thing that worries some people is that these assistants are always listening. They have to be able to respond when you want them. So they listen for “Alexa” or “OK Google” or another order. When they hear it, they start recording the conversation. Some have worried about what happens shopping habits? And what if someone hacks (入侵) the device? The CIA found a way to hack smart TVs to turn them into spies that listen all the time. Others could do the same with any smart device.
    What do you think? Are you ready to start voice shopping?
    38. From the passage, we know that Alexa____________.
    A. can look after the baby B. can cook delicious food
    C. is a toy doll sold online D. is one kind of AI device
    39. The underlined word “rare” in Paragraph 2 probably means__________.
    A. unusual B. expensive C. harmful D. impossible
    40. Which of the following is the best to fill in the “ ” in Paragraph 3?
    A. Convenience is the main advantage of voice shopping
    B. The cost of voice shopping is lower than other ways
    C. The popularity of voice shopping is increasing
    D. The technology of voice shopping needs improving
    41. Paragraph 4 mainly tells us that ________ when people try voice shopping.
    A. AI sometimes forgets people’s orders
    B. personal information might be hacked
    C. it’s difficult to cancel or return products
    D. the needs for products can’t be satisfied
    体裁:议论文
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术
    话题:(77) 科普知识
    话题:(79) 信息技术
    词数:355
    【主旨大意】这是一篇议论文。通过布鲁克想买一间玩具屋和一些甜点,通过人工智能语音激活的家庭助手完成的。引出了人们对声控购物的各种考虑和猜想,既提到人工智能购物的有利因素,也谈到其不利方面。
    【答案】38-41 DAAB
    【解析】
    38.D细节理解题。结合文章第一段,根据“Alexa wasn’t her mom or babysitter”,可排除选项A;Alexa帮助实现了 Brooke的希望,玩具厘和饼干出现(show up),但不一定是Alexa制作的,可排除选项B;根据“It was a voice-activated home assistant powered by AI”可知Alexa 是一种AI设备。故选D。
    39. A词义猜测题。根据下句“But many scientists predict a boom(增长) in voice shopping in the near future.”可知科学家预测这种声控购物方式将来会增加更多,可以推测出,目前这种购物方式是很罕见的。故选A。
    40. A推理判断题。根据第三段“You can shout out an order as soon as you think of it, even if you are cooking…”可知第三段主要讲述语音购物的便利性。故选A。
    41. B主旨大意题。根据第四段“…these assistants are always listening. They have to be able to respond when you want them.”不存在AI有时候忘记人们命令的情况,可排除A;根据第四段“It’s usually very easy to cancel an order or return products.”可排除C;根据第四段“The thing that worries some people is that these assistants are always listening.” 可知,很多人都担心声控购物时,个人信息会被窃取。故选B。
    D (浙江台州)
    Tourism (旅游业) is one of the world’s largest industries. Many countries depend heavily on tourism as an important part of their economy (经济), while other countries—such as some of the smaller Caribbean island nations -are almost completely dependent on tourism.
    Despite its economic advantages, tourism has disadvantages, too. While countries spend millions attracting tourists, they are also under the pressure that tourism brings.
    One of the biggest problems is environmental. The building of roads and hotels can quickly destroy those very beautiful places. Development on wetlands, for example, influences wildlife; forests disappear as they are cleared to make way for buildings and to provide fuel (燃料). In addition, the tourist industry also puts a huge pressure on water people need. In dry Mediterranean areas, tourists use almost twice as much water as local people when swimming in the pool.
    Tourism is also responsible for producing plenty of waste. Cruise ships in the Caribbean produce a lot of rubbish- more than 70, 000 tons each year. It even has an influence on places far away like the Himalayas, the world’s highest mountain, which has more than 100 tons of rubbish sitting on it.
    In spite of these problems, tourism can be good for communities and the environment. The park-entrance fees (费用) are paid for the protection of places of interest or the animals. What’s more, tourism brings people closer to nature, and can give them a better understanding of the environment and the result of destroying it. This leads to pressure on local governments to protect these beautiful areas, and can result in the protection of endangered plants and animals. Also, it can provide people with more opportunities to find jobs in the tourist industry.
    Although tourism has many advantages, it clearly has a bad influence as well. The challenge for local and national governments is to manage tourism so that communities can benefit economically, and yet at the same time, make sure that the tourist areas are kept for all to enjoy.
    42. Paragraph 3 and Paragraph 4 mainly talk about the ________ of tourism.
    A. disadvantages B. development C. importance D. survey
    43. The writer shows the waste problem is serious by ________.
    A. telling stories B. listing facts
    C. asking questions D. making comparisons
    44. According to Paragraph 5, which of the following are the advantages of tourism?
    ①The money from tourism is used to protect the environment.
    ②Tourism can help people better understand the local culture.
    ③People can get more chances to find jobs related to tourism.
    ④Humans and nature are becoming closer with the help of tourism.
    A.①②③ B.①②④ C.①③④ D.②③④
    45. The writer advises the government to________ at the end of the passage.
    A. attract more tourists B. care about the economy
    C. develop the tourist industry D. manage tourism well
    体裁:说明文
    话题:17. 旅游与交通 话题:(57) 旅行
    话题:21. 世界与环境 话题:(74) 环境保护
    词数:344
    【主旨大意】这是一篇议论文。旅游业作为世界上最大的产业之一,也是一些国家的经济发展的支柱产业。短文讨论了旅游业作为一把双刃剑和环境、经济、人类生活等方面存在的利弊关系。
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文。主要说明旅游业是世界上最大的产业,也是一些国家的经济发展的生命线。同时说明发展旅游业的利弊关系等。虽然对社会造成大量的垃圾,污染环境,但是也给人类带来很多好处和便利。
    【答案】42-45 ABCD
    【解析】
    42. A主旨大意题。根据第三段首句“One of the biggest problems is environmental.”和第四段首句“Tourism is also responsible for producing plenty of waste.”可知两段主要谈论旅游的缺点和不足”。故选A。
    43. B细节理解题。根据第四段“Cruise ships in the Caribbean produce a lot of rubbish- more than 70, 000 tons each year…” 可知作者通过列举事例来说明污染问题的严重性的。故选B。
    44. C归纳总结题。根据第五段“…can give them a better understanding of the environment and the result of destroying it.”可知旅游业不仅能帮助治理环境,给人们提供更多就业机会,还让人类更好地接近大自然。故选C。
    45. D细节理解题。根据最后一段“The challenge for local and national governments is to manage tourism…”可知,作者建议政府好好管理旅游业,以便于当地对经济发展,也要确保旅游地区一切更好。故选D。
    (·浙江温州) 三、阅读理解 (本题有15小题。第26—28小题,每小题1分;第29—39小题,每小题2分;第40小题5分。共30分)
    阅读下面短文,第26-39小题从所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项,第40小题在答题纸规定区域作答。
    (·浙江温州) A
    Hot dog is popular. It’s not a dog, but a cooked sausage in a long period of bread. Here are some stories and facts about it from English websites.
    HISTORY of Hot Dog
    The 1600s
    A German called Johann Georghehner created the “dachshund” sausage. “Dachshund” is a German small long thing dog.
    The 1860s
    The very first hot dog—the “dachshund” sausage in a roll—was sold by Germans in New York. It became popular in the US later.
    1871
    Charles Feltman, a German started the first Coney Island hot dog stand. It made hot dogs known to more people.
    1893
    Chris Von Der Ahe started the American tradition of eating hog dogs at baseball parks, making hot dogs more popular.
    1901
    A New York cartoonist, Tad Dorgan, saw the red hot “dachshund” sausages sold on streets. He wanted to draw a picture of it, but he wasn’t sure how to spell “dachshund”, so he simply wrote “Hot Dog”. It is widely believed how Hot Dog had its name.
    1949
    The first vegetarian hog dog came out.
    HOT DOG FUN FACTS
    World record for eating hot dogs: 73 in ten minutes
    Hot dogs were one of the first foods eaten on the moon.
    About 150 million hot dogs are eaten by Americans each July 4th.
    About 21 million hot dogs were sold at American baseball parks in 2010.
    New Yorkers eat more hot dogs than any other city population in the US.
    26.Americans started the tradition of eating hot dogs at baseball parks in_______.
    A. 1871 B. 1893 C. 1901 D. 1949
    27. It’s believed that the name “Hot Dog” was created by_______.
    A. Tad Dorgan B. Charles Feltman C. Chris Von Der Ahe D. Hohann Georghehner
    28. What can we know about hot dogs from the passage?
    A. New Yorkers like eating hot dogs most in the world.
    B. Germans eat about 150 million hot dogs each July 4th.
    C. A world record says someone ate 73 hot dogs in 10 minutes.
    D. About 21 million hot dogs were sold in America in the 1860s.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    食物
    词数
    242
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。是关于hot dog“热狗”这一食品的历史渊源和关于这一食品的一些有趣的事件。
    26.B细节理解题。以baseball parks为线索,可以找到1893这一年份。故选B。
    27.A细节理解题。Hot Dog这一名称的由来在1901年份栏可以找到这个名称的创造者是Tad Dorgan.故选A。
    28.C细节理解题。根据四个选项所表达的意义,可知C项“有人在10分钟内吃了73个热狗创造了世界纪录符合右栏第一项所表达的内容。A项错在扩大了范围,是“in the US.”而不是“in the world”;B项错在偷换了主语,是“Americans”而不是“Germans”;D项时间错误是“ in 2010”而不是“in the 1860s”。故选C。
    (·浙江温州) B
    Have you ever jumped on a trampoline? Today many people use it for exercise.
    Back in the 1980s, researchers found that jumping on a trampoline was a good way to help astronauts regain their strength. Actually, trampolining has many advantages. It helps bones* and muscles* grow and improves your balance by stimulating* the inner ear. It is especially useful for increasing flow of the lymphatic system, which helps your body get rid of harmful toxins. Trampolining has benefits similar to those of running, but without too much stress on knees and ankles.
    If you would like to start trampolining, you may first need to ask a doctor to make sure it’s a safe activity for you. It’s easy to find an inexpensive trampoline, but it should be well-made and strong enough to support your weight. To avoid accidents, some trampolines have a safety net around them. Remember: whenever you are on a trampoline, be careful not jump near the edge of it.
    Here are a few exercises for beginners:
    ·High Knee Lift. Raise one knee at a time. Lift your knee higher than you usually do when you are running.
    ·Star Jump. Jump into the air and spread your arms and legs into a star shape. As your gain more confidence, practice more difficult levels:
    ·Tuck Jump. At the top of your jump, bring the knees to the chest*, with the arms holding the legs.
    ·Pike Jump. Jump high, bring the legs up, and point the toes* forward. Touch your toes with hands.
    There are many more exercises you can try. Happy trampolining!
    29.According to the passage, what benefit can we get from trampolining?
    A. It helps with bone growth. B. It cures illnesses in our knees.
    C. It helps reduce stress on muscles. D. It prevents ears from being hurt.
    30.How can we do trampolining safely?
    A.Buy an expensive trampoline. B. Jump in the center of a trampoline.
    C.Choose a trampoline without a net. D. Lose weight before starting trampolining.
    31.Which picture shows Tuck Jump?

    32.This passage introduces________.
    A. an exercise to improve our fitness B.an exercise to gain self-confidence
    C. a way to keep balance when we jump D. a way to avoid accidents when exercising
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    文娱与体育
    词数
    263
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,叙述了蹦床运动作为一种锻炼方式对身体的好处和从事蹦床锻炼运动所要注意的问题。
    29.A细节理解题。短文第二段第三句话It helps bones and muscles grow...提示蹦床运动能促进骨骼增长。故选A。
    30.B细节理解题。第三段最后一句话Remember: whenever you are on a trampoline, be careful not jump near the edge of it.提示蹦床时不要靠近蹦床边缘即在蹦床中心是安全的。故选B。
    31.D细节理解题。Tuck Jump一栏的句子At the top of your jump, bring the knees to the chest, with the arms holding the legs.提示在跳到最高的高度时,要把膝盖圈到胸部,双臂抱腿。D的图片符合动作描述。故选D。
    32.A主旨大意题。短文第一段第二句话说明很多人把蹦床作为一种锻炼方式。故A项符合短文的主旨意义。其它各项都是仅仅描述蹦床运动的一方面。故选A。
    (·浙江温州) C
    Many objects in the universe are invisible*, but they send radio waves. The radio telescope* thus appeared, and it is considered one of the greatest inventions in the twentieth century. Reber built the world’s first radio telescope in 1937. Ryle and Hewish developed radio telescope systems for the location of weak radio sources, and they shared the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1974.
    A radio telescope is usually made up of:
    ◆One or more antennas to collect the radio waves. Most antennas are made in the shape of a dish to collect and reflect* the radio waves to the sub-reflector, in the same way as a curved mirror focuses visible light to one point.
    ◆A receiver and amplifier to receive the radio waves from the sub-reflector, and make these weak radio waves strong enough to be recorded and turned into electronic signal*. To make an amplifier sensitive enough, it is usually cooled to very low temperatures (e.g. as low as ―270℃).
    ◆A recorder to keep a record of the electronic signals. Most radio telescopes today keep the signals to the computer’s memory disk for astronomers to analyze later.
    Radio wavelengths are much longer than those of visible light, and the radio waves from deep space are always weak. To catch these waves, radio telescopes usually have huge antennas. The sizes of most antennas in use today are around 50 to 300 metres in diameter. The antenna of FAST in Guizhou, China, the latest and largest radio telescope in the world, is 500 metres in diameter, as large as the size of 30 football fields.
    To avoid interference, and keep the telescopes sensitive, radio telescopes are built in places where there are no human radio waves or electronic signals. For example, FAST is 5 kilometres away from the closest village and 25 kilometres away from the nearest town.
    Radio telescopes create pictures of the sky, not in visible light, but in radio waves. This is extremely useful, because there are objects that can’t be seen, objects that we wouldn’t even know were there without telescopes.
    33.Radio telescopes help collect ________ from the universe.
    A. light B. objects C. radio waves D. visible signals
    34. Most antennas of radio telescopes are made in the shape of dish to________.
    A. make the antennas strong enough B. increase the number of radio waves.
    C. turn radio waves into electronic signals D. focus radio waves on the sub-reflector. 35. The underlined word “Interference” in the passage refers to________.
    A. the noises made by villagers and animals
    B. the sounds from the radios and televisions
    C. the people who go to Guizhou to watch FAST work.
    D. the radio waves and electronic signals from humans
    36.What have we done with the help of radio telescopes?
    A. We have received pictures of deep space.
    B. We have discovered unknown lives in the universe.
    C. We have found some unknown objects in the universe.
    D. We have turned the radio waves from space into light.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    科普知识与现代技术
    词数
    350
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中主要介绍了射电望远镜相关信息。包括射电望远镜的发明历史和工作原理,对人类研究太空所做的贡献以及安装射电望远镜的位置选择等。也介绍了现今位于中国贵州的世界上的最大射电望远镜FAST。
    33.C细节理解题。短文第一和第二句话说明射电望远镜的产生的原因是宇宙中有些物体看不见,但发射无线电波。短文第二段第一句也说明射电望远镜的天线是用来收集无线电波。故选C。
    34.D细节理解题。短文第三段Most antennas are made in the shape of a dish to collect and reflect the radio waves to the sub-reflector中的collect and reflect to...说明把天线制成碟状是为了把无线电波聚焦到sub-reflector“副发射器”上。故选D。
    35.D推理判断题。倒数第二段第一句...keep the telescopes sensitive...“为了使射电望远镜敏感……”和下文远离人类用的无线电波和村庄、城镇等提示画线单词意为“干扰”,指来自人类的无线电波和点子信号的干扰。故选D。
    36.C细节理解题。短文开篇说明了射电望远镜发明的目的和意义,短文最后一段进一步说明射电望远镜所做的贡献是发现宇宙中不为所知但存在的物体。故选C。
    (·浙江温州) D
    I live in Mentone, a quiet, simple, restful place, where the rich never come. I met Theophile Magnan, a retired, rich, old man from Lyons yesterday, in the Hotel des Anglais. Theophile looked sad and dreamy, and didn’t talk with anybody else, which brought me back to the past.
    A long time ago, Francois Millet, Claude, Carl and I were young artists—very young artists—in fact.
    Yes, Francois Millet, the great French artist, was my friend.
    Millet wasn’t any greater than we were at that time. He didn’t have any fame, even in his own village. We were all poor though we had stacks and stacks of as good pictures as anybody in Europe painted. Once a person ever offered four francs* for Millet’s “Angelus”, which he intended to sell for eight.
    It was a fact in human history that a great artist would never be acknowledged* until after he starved and dead. His pictures climbed to high prices after his death.
    Then we made a decision that one of us must die, to save the others and himself.
    Millet was elected*— elected to die.
    During the next three months Millet painted with all his might, enlarged his stock all he could, not pictures, no! sketches, studies, parts of studies, fragments of studies, of course, with his cipher* on them. They were the things to be sold.
    Carl went to Paris to start the work of building up Millet’s name. Claude and I went to sell Millet’s small pictures and to build up his name as well.
    We made Millet a master. I always said to my customer, “I am a fool to sell a picture of Francois Millet’s at all, for he is not going to live three months, and when he dies his pictures can’t be had for love or money.” Claude and I took care to spread that little fact as far as we could.
    Carl made friends with the correspondents, and got Millet’s condition reported to England and all over the continent, and America, and everywhere.
    The sad end came at last, Millet died, not really. He became Theophile Magnan.
    The pictures went up. There’s a man in Paris today who owns seventy Millet pictures. He paid us two million francs for them. Do you still remember the “Angelus”? Carl sold it for twenty-two hundred francs. And as for the bushels of sketches and studies which Millet produced in the last six weeks, well, it would astonish you to know the figure we sell them at nowadays.
    We are no longer artists and Millet dead.
    37. Why did the four friends decide to elect one of them to die?
    A. They wanted to be rich. B. They wanted to be famous.
    C. They wanted to save money. D. They wanted to be respected
    38. Which of the following statements is TRUE about the passage?
    A. The writer lives a busy life in Mentone.
    B. Millet was finally made a famous artist.
    C. Millet painted best among the four friends.
    D. The story was written in memory of Millet.
    39. What made the four friends’ plan succeed?
    A. That they didn’t want to be artists any longer.
    B. That Millet’s pictures were sold at very high prices.
    C. People’s attitude towards the artists who were starving.
    D. People’s desire to own precious art works at low prices.
    40. Is Millet living or dead? Why? (请用约40词回答)
    ___________________▲__________________________.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    1.历史与社会
    2.著名人物
    词数
    430
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。人类历史上一个事实是有些艺术家直到贫困而死时才会被世人所关注和承认。然后其作品在死后价格一路飙升。短文叙述了四名迫于生计的画家选择其中一位Francois Millet(弗朗索瓦·米勒,19世纪法国伟大的现实主义画家)“死去”,然后在同伴的运作下使其极富盛名,再以高价卖出其作品。最后他们成功了,但感觉自己不再是画家,而他们选择的那位画家也真的“死了”。
    37.A细节理解题。短文第四段中的句子We were all poor...“我们都很穷……”和下文他们做出的决定可知这四位朋友是想有钱。故选A。
    38.B细节理解题。通过短文倒数第二段可知Millet的画作疯狂升值,可知Millet是最终“被成为了一名著名的画家”。其它各项的叙述都与短文内容不符。故选B。
    39.D推理判断题。结合短文内容,在艺术家去世后人们才开始疯狂想拥有其珍贵的作品,便于炒作。所以D项的叙述“人们渴望低价拥有珍贵的艺术品”符合短文意义。故选D。
    40.回答要点:
    文中作为画家的Millet在公众眼中已经死去。他隐姓埋名埋名,以Theophile Magnan的名字苟活于世间。他既不敢让公众知道他的过去,也不敢做他喜欢的事情。他虽富有,却不快乐。他深情忧伤、恍惚。他活着,他也死了。
    参考答案:
    ①Millet is living. In order to sell pictures at high prices, he pretended to be dead. He continues to live in the world with a new name Theophile Magnan. (30词)
    ②Millet is dead. There is no famous artist called Millet living in the world any longer. He only lives in people’s memory. Everything related to the artist Millet has become history. (31词)
    ③Millet is living. He just pretended to be dead and took a new name Theophile Magnan. To some extent, he is dead. There is no famous artist called Millet living in the world any longer. Everything related to the artist Millet has become history. (45词)
    A(重庆A卷)
    (重庆A卷)A young woman traveled and stayed in a hotel. All the room, in the hotel were singles(单人间). So she lived in a single room.
    Just when she was going to bed, there was a knock at the door. She had no friend in the city. So she was quite surprised but still opened the door.
    The man who was standing at the door looked a little nervous. “Oh! I’m sorry. I thought this was my room,” the man said and walked away in a hurry.
    The woman called the police at once. Soon, the man was caught. He was a thief(小偷)! But how did the woman know that?
    All the rooms in the hotel were singles. Who would knock at his own door if he was staying alone? Only a thief would do this. He wanted to see if anyone was inside before he broke into the room.
    41. A young woman traveled and stayed _______.
    A. in a hotel B. in a police office
    C. in a park D. in her friend’s home
    42. The man looked a little _______ when the woman opened the door.
    A. happy B. nervous C. mad D. relaxed
    43. He man knocked at the door to _______ .
    A. find his friend in the city B. stay alone
    C. see if anyone was inside D. call the police

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24 故事 智擒小偷
    词数:155
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了一位年轻女士在住宾馆时,机智地发现小偷,并报警抓住小偷的故事。
    【答案】41-43 ABC
    【解析】
    41. A 细节理解题。根据第一段首句“A young woman traveled and stayed in a hotel.”可知,他住在了一个宾馆里。故选A。
    42. B 细节理解题。根据第三段首句“The man who was standing at the door looked a little nervous.”可知,这个男人看起来有点紧张。故选B。
    43. C 细节理解题。根据短文最后一句“He wanted to see if anyone was inside before he broke into the room.”可知,这个男人敲门是为了看里面是否有人。故选C。
    B (重庆A卷)

    44. You can enjoy a film ______.
    A. in the school hall B. in Computer Room Four
    C. in Biology Lab Two D. in Science Center
    45. On Friday, ______ will tell you why we can't grow to be 3 meters.
    A. Mr. Wang B. Miss Yang C. Doctor Hu D. Mr. Zhu
    46. From 2.30 p. m. to 4:30 p.m. on Monday, you can ______.
    A. watch a film B. enjoy 3D-printed products
    C. listen to a talk D. experience what 5G is like
    47. The material above is probably ______.
    A. a notice B. a poem C. a map D. a diary

    体裁:应用文
    话题:1. 卫生与健康
    话题:22. 科普知识
    话题:22. 发明与技术
    词数:
    【主旨大意】本文是一则应用文,文中介绍了四则有关黑洞的电影,长高的秘密,5G技术和3D打印产品的通知。
    【答案】ACDC
    【解析】
    44. A 细节理解题。根据左上方通知中“Come and enjoy a film about black holes at 3 p.m. on Thursday in the school hall!”可知,在学校的大厅,你可以欣赏一部电影。故选A。
    45. C 细节理解题。根据左下方通知中“Why can’t we grow to be 3 meters? Speaker: Doctor Hu”可知,在周五,胡大夫将要告诉我们,我们为什么长不到三米高。故选C。
    46. D 细节理解题。根据右上方通知中“5G is coming! Come and experience what it is like! Time: 2:30 p.m.-4:30 p.m.”可知,在这个时间,你可以体验什么是5G。故选D。
    47. C 推理判断题。阅读材料可知,本文是四则有关黑洞的电影,长高的秘密,5G技术和3D打印产品的通知。故选C。
    C(重庆A卷)
    (重庆A卷)Cinyee Chiu, an artist from Taiwan, is always happy to try something new. Her amazing works won lots of prizes. Among them, “24 Solar Terms(节气)” is the most popular.
    Ancient Chinese divided a year into 24 parts according to the changes of the weather. It's the 24 solar terms. But not everyone knows them well. Cinyee Chiu put the 24 solar terms in picture to help people understand them better.
    Cinyee turned each solar term into an animal. But these animals are not just animals. You can also find seasonal fruits, vegetables or beautiful flowers on them.
    When spring comes, water gets warm and fish start to swim around. So Cinyee chose fish as a symbol of Start of Spring. Also, she drew spring vegetables, Chinese chives on the back of the fish.
    While Dew falls on about Sept. 8. It shows the beginning of the cool autumn. There are colorful leaves and cooler nights at this time of year. As the temperature falls, white dew (露珠) is often seen on the grass and trees at night. For White Dew, Cinyee chose a raccoon ——a small animal with thick hair. She drew white spots(小圆点) on the raccoon to show dew. And she used the dragon fruit show the rich colors in autumn.
    The young artist really gave the ancient Chinese culture a new look.
    48. The writer gave ______ examples to show Cinyee's “24 Solar Terms".
    A. two B. three C. four D. five
    49. From Paragraph 5, we know ______.
    A. a raccoon likes fish B. Start of Spring falls on about Dec. 8
    C White Dew show the end of the autumn D. Cinyee used white spots to show dew
    50. According to the passage. Picture ______ can’t be from Cinyee “24 Solar Terms”.

    51. The writer mainly wants to talk about _______.
    A. why Cinyee made herself known
    B. who divided a year into 24 parts
    C. how Cinyee showed the 24 solar terms
    D. what Start of Spring and White Dew mean

    体裁:说明文
    话题:21. 文化习俗
    词数:234
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中主要以破春和白露为例介绍了Cinyee是如何用图片来展示24节气的。
    【答案】ADDC
    【解析】
    48. A 细节理解题。题干意为:作者给了_______例子来展示Cinyee 的“24节气”。根据短文后两段描述可知,作者以破春和白露为例展示了Cinyee 是如何用图片来说明“24节气”的。故选A。
    49. D 细节理解题。根据本段倒数第二句“She drew white spots(小圆点) on the raccoon to show dew.”可知,Cinyee用白色的小圆点来表示露珠。故选D。
    50. D 推理判断题。阅读短文可知,Cinyee的“24节气”这本书主要是用图画来展示24个节气。而选项D只是一幅山水画,与节日无关,并且从图片结构来看,也明显不同于其它三个选项。故选D。
    51. C 主旨大意题。阅读短文可知,本文中作者主要谈论的是Cinyee如何用图片来展示24个节气的。故选C。
    D(重庆A卷)
    (重庆A卷)Fights at school sometimes happen. But how can you keep away from a fight? Here’s something you can do.
    Be calm(冷静). Sometimes, you feel so angry that you really want to teach somebody a lesson. But being angry can’t solve problems. Neither can a fight. Instead, it may bring you more problems. In the school, everyone involved(卷入) in a fight will be punished, no matter who started it. There are no winners in a fight.
    Shout loudly. If you know someone is coming up behind you to attack, turn toward the person with your hands up in front of your body and loudly say “stop”, before walking away. Loud voice can usually make the attacker calm down. If the person doesn't stop, cry for help by calling out the name of a teacher whose office is nearby.
    ____▲___ Your friend may ask you to join in a fight. Learn to say no. Helping him fight is not really helpful to him. If you really want to give him a hand, try to ask him to give it up. Also, you can tell him he gets involved in a fight, he may get hurt and be punished. Then, try to learn why he wants a fight and help him find a right way to deal with the problem.
    52. The underlined word “attack” in Paragraph 3 means “_______” in Chinese.
    A. 拥抱 B. 攻击 C. 阻止 D. 吸引
    53. Which of the following sentences can be put in the ____▲___?
    A. Face bravely. B. Join in a fight.
    C. Learn to refuse. D. Talk to someone.
    54. The passage is written to _______.
    A. help students keep away from fights B. warn students not to fight
    C. advises students to help each other D. encourage students to work hard
    55. The passage is written in a/an _______ tone(语气).
    A. sad B. angry C. serious D. crazy

    体裁:议论文
    话题:1. 学校生活
    话题:8. 人际交往
    词数:223
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中作者主要就如何远离打架提出了三点建议,保持冷静,大声喊以及学会拒绝。
    【答案】BCAC
    【解析】
    52. B 词义猜测题。联系下文“with your hands up in front of your body and loudly say ‘stop’(双手放在身前,大声说‘停’)”可知,此处指“如果你知道有人要在你身后袭击你”。故选B。
    53. C 推理判断题。根据下文关键句“Learn to say no.”可知,本段主题是要学会拒绝。故选C。
    54. A 写作目的题。阅读短文可知,本文作者主要就如何远离打架提出了几点建议。故选A。
    55. C 观点态度题。作者在本文中通过举例子,打比方等说明方法,就如何远离打架,向学生提出了三点建议。由此可知作者的语气是严肃的。故选C。
    E(重庆A卷)
    (重庆A卷)Imagine a world with no more wild animals: no elephants, no tigers or lions. To some people, that thought is too terrible for words. So they are doing something about it. Tiffany Soechting is one of them.
    Being among wild animals——feeding them and caring for them——is all Tiffany Soechting has wanted to do with her life. And that is exactly what she does!
    Soechting is the human "mother" to the 500 animals that live on her family wildlife farm in San Antonio. On the farm, she cares for animals from around the world. Soechting says she knows them all. However, two reticulated(网纹长颈鹿) take up a special place in her heart. Their population in the wild has become smaller by 80% in the last 15 years. “I’m so glad to get help from five wildlife researchers that took giraffe up to a higher level. All our hard work helps protect giraffes living in the wild.”
    Besides her animal caring, Soechting also holds monthly class, where she teaches school children about the animals.
    Soechting also opens the farm to the public. Visitors not only learn about the animals; they can also get close to them. And the animals are not against that. For them, people are part of their natural environment.
    The farm is part conservation(保护) area, part educational center and part animals park. As the animals walk peacefully around the grounds, it is easy for them to forget that San Antonio, a busy city, is just a few minutes away.
    56. “Soechting is the human ‘mother’ to the 500 animals” shows _______.
    A. she has already married and has some children
    B. the animals on the farm are taken good care of
    C. the animals can get along well with each other
    D. she teaches school children about animals well
    57. The structure of the passage may be _______.

    58. According to the passage, Soechting is _______.
    A. confident but lazy B. humorous and lovely
    C. wise but careless D. kind and hard-working
    59. The best tile of the passage may be “_______”
    A. How to Save Wild Animals B. Soechting and Her Wild Animals
    C. Two Reticulated Giraffes D. A World Without Wild Animals

    体裁:议论文
    话题:20. 动物与植物
    话题:23. 著名人物
    词数:260
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。文中主要讲述了Soechting致力于保护野生动物的故事。
    【答案】BDDB
    【解析】
    56. B 推理判断题。通过这句话可以看出Soechting把这些动物们当做了自己的孩子们来看待。由此可知,这些动物们得到了很好的照顾。故选B。
    57. D 篇章结构题。阅读短文可知,本文中作者在前两段先总地介绍Soechting在农场上照顾动物们;然后介绍Soechting在保护动物方面的一些具体行动,最后一段简单介绍这个农场的位置和社会意义。故选D。
    58. D 观点态度题。通过Soechting照顾动物可以看出她很善良。从她保护动物的具体行动可以看出她很勤劳。故选D。
    59. B 标题归纳题。本文主要讲述了Soechting致力于保护野生动物的故事,文章主体是Soechting和野生动物。故选B。
    (重庆B卷)IV. 阅读理解。(41—43每小题1分,44—59每小题2分,共35分)
    阅读下列材料,从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案,并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。
    (重庆B卷)A
    (重庆B卷)Mr. Brown was a writer. He wrote many books, and he thought they were quite good. He lived in the city. One morning, he went to a small town near the city to visit a friend. He went there by bus. When he got to the town, he saw a bookshop not far from the bus stop. As it was early, he decided to go in and have a look. There were many books in the shop. He was very happy that all the books in the shop were written by him. “Where are the other writers’ books?” he asked the man in the shop. The man looked up at him and answered, “Oh, they are all sold out.”
    41. Mr. Brown was a _____.
    A. teacher B. doctor C. writer D. farmer
    42. Mr. Brown went to the town to _____.
    A. visit his friend B. sell his books C. have a holiday D. buy a present
    43. All the books in the shop were written by Mr. Brown because _____.
    A. the man in the shop only liked his books
    B. the man in the shop was Mr. Brown’s friend
    C. his books were better than the other writers’
    D. the other writers’ books were all sold out

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事
    词数:121

    【答案】
    41—43 CAD
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。布朗先生是一位作家。一天他在书店中发现只有自己的书,为此感到很高兴。结果一问才知道,之所以没有其他书,是因为那些书都卖完了。
    41. C 细节理解题。根据短文首句“Mr. Brown was a writer.”可知,布朗先生是一位作家。故选C。
    42. A 细节理解题。根据短文第四句“One morning, he went to a small town near the city to visit a friend.”可知,他是去镇上拜访朋友。故选A。
    43. D 细节理解题。根据短文最后一句中“Oh, they are all sold out.”可知,书店中看不到其他书是因为这些书都卖完了。故选D。
    (重庆B卷)B
    (重庆B卷)More than 330 million visitors are expected to take part in the 19th National Science and Technology Week in China from May 19 to 26.
    During the science week, open days will be held to let people experience how science and technology have improved our lives. Around 50,000 scientists will enter schools and villages to educate and work together with local people.
    The science week this year is a big one because it will show China’s recent scientific achievements. And this year China will celebrate its 70th birthday. It’s an important year for the purpose of building a well-off society(小康社会) by 2020. Since there are still some poor areas in China, science and technology will be very helpful in their development.
    Reaching out to the world is also a best part of this year. Experts(专家) from 13 countries within the Belt and Road(一带一路) will take part in the science week and they will also work with the public.
    44. The 19th National Science and Technology Week will start on _____ in China.
    A. May 19 B. May 20 C. May 25 D. May 26
    45. Many scientists will enter schools and villages to _____.
    A. sell the latest products to local people
    B. learn more about the local environment
    C. collect money for their scientific research
    D. educate and work together with local people
    46. According to the passage, the science week this year will _____.
    A. send scientists out to the world B. show China’s recent scientific achievements
    C. see new schools built in villages D. improve the social abilities of Chinese people
    47. This passage is most probably _____.
    A. a piece of news B. a piece of advice C. a story D. a letter

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:22. 信息技术
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数:174

    【答案】
    44—47 ADBA
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,文中主要介绍了国家科技活动周开幕的消息以及今年科技活动周的活动内容等信息。
    44. A 细节理解题。根据第一段中最后一句中“from May 19 to 26”可知,这个科技活动周在五月十九日开始。故选A。
    45. D 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“Around 50,000 scientists will enter schools and villages to educate and work together with local people.”可知,他们为了去教育,并和当地人一起劳动。故选D。
    46. B 细节理解题。根据第三段首句“The science week this year is a big one because it will show China’s recent scientific achievements.”可知,这个科技活动周将要展示中国最新的科学成就。故选B。
    47. A 推理判断题。阅读短文可知,本文主要介绍了国家科技活动周开幕的消息。因此这可能是来自报纸的一则新闻。故选A。
    (重庆B卷)C
    (重庆B卷)When Tim was a boy, he met a girl named Rose. They became close friends because they both dreamt of going to Wonderland. They promised to each other that one day they would build a house there.
    Before long, they got married and moved to the old house where they first met. They lived a happy life there and decided to save money for their dream to Wonderland. But life wasn’t easy. Year after year, they always had to spend their fund on more pressing(迫切的) needs. Sadly, Wonderland remained a dream when Rose died.
    Living in the house alone, Tim missed Rose so much and would often think of the dream they once shared. One day, the 78-year-old man made up his mind. He bought thousands of balloons to help his house fly in the sky. Then he started, flying to Wonderland.
    On the journey, Tim met a child, Dan, and invited him in. Something exciting happened. Lucky, a talking dog, joined in. They fought against a bad man and saved Kris, a bird who couldn’t fly. With the help of the flying house, they continued their journey.
    In the end, Tim realized his dream. Together with his new friends, he landed his house at
    Wonderland.
    48. _____ was Tim’s wife.
    A. Lucky B. Kris C. Rose D. Dan
    49. The underlined word “fund” in Paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _____.
    A. life B. money C. house D. children
    50. The passage is written in the order of _____.
    A. space B. time C. feelings D. subjects
    51. The best title of the passage may be “_____”.
    A. Fly to Wonderland B. An Exciting Trip
    C. Share the Same Dream D. An old House

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事
    词数:214

    【答案】
    48—51 CBBA
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。短文主要讲述了蒂姆与妻子罗斯从小就梦想着能去仙境。可惜的是,直到罗斯去世也没能实现这个愿望。为了完成他们的梦想,蒂姆用气球将自己的房子打造成了一座可以飞的屋子,并在途中邂逅了男孩儿丹和一只会说话的狗,一只不会飞的鸟。最后,蒂姆实现了他们的梦想,在仙境上降落了。
    48. C 细节理解题。根据第一段“When Tim was a boy, he met a girl named Rose.”和第二段首句“Before long, they got married”可知,Rose是蒂姆的妻子。故选C。
    49. B 词义猜测题。联系前文“But life wasn’t easy.”可知,此处指“一年又一年,他们总是不得不把钱花在更迫切的需要上。”,故选B。
    50. B 篇章结构题。本文先介绍了蒂姆和罗斯的相遇—结婚—共同生活—实现梦想。因此文章是按照时间顺序来写的。故选B。
    51. A 标题归纳题。本文主要围绕蒂姆实现梦想的故事来写的,他们的梦想就是去仙境。因此选项A“飞向仙境”为本文最佳标题。故选A。

    (重庆B卷)D
    (重庆B卷)Isn’t spring a beautiful season? Flowers of all colors and shapes can be seen everywhere. They make our world look and smell better. So, it is no surprise that people love flowers! Well… except for one—dandelions(蒲公英)!
    In order to have a tidy garden, we try our best to kill all dandelions or dig them out—only to see these unwanted plants grow right back. But that’s not bad because we have good reasons to leave them alone.
    In fact, a 2014 study lists dandelions as one of the top 41 healthiest foods. Dandelions are full of vitamins(维生素) K, A, E and C. They have long been used as medicine.
    Another great thing about dandelions is that you can eat every part of them, either cooked or uncooked. You can also put the flowers or roots(根) in hot water to make dandelion tea. Great! Nothing goes to waste!
    Besides, dandelions are fun for kids! Pick the white top, close your eyes, make a wish and blow! If you blow all of it off in one breath, your wish will come true! This game is played all over the world.
    Still unwanted plants? Of course not! Dandelions are good for human health as well as our kitchen. They also provide kids with free toys! So next time when you are blowing them, blow harder—you’re helping this great plant grow in the wild, even if your own wish does not come true!
    52. The first paragraph is mainly to draw readers’ attention to _____.
    A. flowers B. colors C. shapes D. dandelions
    53. According to the passage, dandelions _____.
    A. have no flowers B. cannot be eaten
    C. are easy to kill D. are healthy plants
    54. By blowing dandelions, kids can most probably_____.
    A. kill them B. have fun C. make tea D. have everything
    55. If we put the passage into three parts, which of the following is the best?
    (①=Para. (自然段)1 ②=Para. 2 ③=Para. 3 ④=Para. 4 ⑤=Para. 5 ⑥=Para. 6 )
    A. ①②;③④⑤;⑥ B. ①②;③④;⑤⑥
    C. ①②③;④⑤;⑥ D. ①;②③;④⑤⑥

    体裁:说明文
    话题:20. 动物和植物
    词数:260

    【答案】
    52—55 DDBA
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中重点介绍了蒲公英给人们带来的一些好处,号召我们正确认识蒲公英。
    52. D 推理判断题。题干意为:第一段主要是引起读者对_______的注意。A项:花朵;B项:颜色;C项:外形;D项:蒲公英。根据第一段最后一句“So, it is no surprise that people love flowers! Well … except for one—dandelions(蒲公英)!”可知,本段主要就是为了引起读者对蒲公英的注意。故选D。
    53. D 细节理解题。题干意为:根据本文,蒲公英_______。A项:没有花;B项:不能吃;C项:容易被杀死;D项:是健康的植物。根据第三段首句“In fact, a 2014 study lists dandelions as one of the top 41 healthiest foods.”可知,蒲公英是最健康的41种食物之一。故选D。
    54. B 细节理解题。题干意为:通过吹蒲公英,孩子们最可能_______。A项:杀死它们;B项:得到乐趣;C项:沏茶;D项:拥有一切。根据短文第五段描述可知,通过吹蒲公英孩子们可以得到很多乐趣。故选B。
    55. A 篇章结构题。题干意为:如果我们把本文分成三部分,下面哪项是最好的?阅读短文可知,本文中作者在前两段介绍了人们对蒲公英的一些误解。三四五段介绍了蒲公英的一些好处。最后一段总结全文,呼应开头。故选A。
    (重庆B卷)E
    (重庆B卷)When “A Youthful Asia” came out at the Asian Culture Carnival(嘉年华), tears filled my eyes. It’s Zhang Yixing, the singer and dancer standing there for us young people in China, and the very one who stopped me from falling.
    Three years ago, my new school life began. As a junior boy from the countryside, I could
    hardly keep up. I tried, but still felt like an outsider. Nobody would pick me for teamwork. So I stayed in the corner, hanging my head low as if I didn’t care. There was a fear in me that all my school life would be colorless.
    Then on May 4, I saw “colorless” in Yixing’s book about his life. How could this be true for someone just named the youth idol(青年偶像)? I read the book again, smiling with the fun part of his childhood and touched by his promise to his mum.
    Something wet my eyes when he joked about his training years in Korea. He doubled his
    practice, pushing himself so hard as to be called “the trainee(练习生) like god”. He said it probably meant “the trainee like mad”.
    I might have tried, but not as hard as he did. “Whenever I feel I might be falling, I tell myself to hold on until I find my moment,” says Yixing. For me, this moment means a better self inside and a larger world outside. So I told myself I would also make a difference if I could hold on for a longer time.
    Luckily, every Youth Day after that, Yixing would be there on CCTV, encouraging me with his progress. When someone asked him what color his training life was, Yixing smiled, “It’s colorless. I don’t know what color effort is.”
    But effort pays. Now he’s standing at the Asian Culture Carnival, and I know he is looking forward to something even higher.
    56. When the writer just moved to the city, he _____.
    A. enjoyed his new school life B. had a hard time at his new school
    C. stood outside the classroom D. wanted to go back to the countryside
    57. Zhang Yixing was called “the trainee like god” because _____.
    A. he kept his promise to his mum B. he pushed everything away from him
    C. he was really good at telling jokes D. he spent so much time in practicing
    58. The writer mainly wants to tell us that _____.
    A. sometimes people choose to live a life without color
    B. we can make a difference if we work hard enough
    C. great effort can make you a great singer and dancer
    D. school life can be full of colors if we read more books
    59. We can infer(推断) that the writer _____.
    A. is ready for a trip around the world B. is learning to sing and dance
    C. is expecting a better future for himself D. is writing a book about himself

    体裁:议论文
    话题:26. 鼓舞
    词数:349

    【答案】
    56—59 BDBC
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。文中作者主要介绍了张艺兴通过努力练习,成为优秀的歌手和舞者的故事,这个故事给作者带来了很大的变化。以此来告诉我们:付出就会有所回报。
    56. B 细节理解题。根据第二段描述可知,作者刚来到城市时,他在学校过得很艰难。故选B。
    57. D 细节理解题。根据第四段第二句“He doubled his practice, pushing himself so hard as to be called ‘the trainee(练习生) like god ’.”可知,这是因为他花费了大量的时间练习。故选D。
    58. B 推理判断题。阅读短文可知,本文主要介绍了张艺兴努力练习,最后成为优秀的歌手和舞者的故事。故选B。
    59. C 推理判断题。通过作者对张艺兴事迹的介绍可以看出作者相信付出就会有所回报,因此他也对自己的未来充满了希望。故选C。
    第一节 阅读选择(共16小题,每小题2分,满分32分)
    阅读下面四篇材料,从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
    (·四川宜宾)A
    Four Animation Studios(动画工作室)
    1. Pixar Animation Studios
    Location: California, USA
    Pixar was bought by Steve Jobs in 1986. Later in 2006 it was bought by Disney. The studio has produced many successful animated films including: Toy Story Finding Nemo
    2. Walt Disney Animation Studios
    Location: California, USA
    Walt and Roy founded the Disney Brothers Cartoon Studio in 1923. After years, Disney Animation has become the most famous animation studio in the world. Its best-known films include:
    The Lion King Big Hero 6
    3. Dream Works Animation
    Location: California, USA
    In 1994, Steven, Jeffrey and David founded Dream Works. It now belongs to Universal Pictures. It has made films like:
    Shrek Kung Fu Panda
    4. Studio Ghibli
    Location: Tokyo, Japan
    Ghibli is one top animation studio in Japan. Eight in 15 top animated films produced in Japan are created by Ghibli. These works make it famous all over the world. You must have heard of the following films:
    Castle in the Sky My Neighbor Totoro
    41. Which is the best-known cartoon studio?
    A. Studio Ghibli. B. Dream Works Animation.
    C. Walt Disney Animation Studios. D. Pixar Animation Studios.
    42. Which movie is made by Dream Works?
    A. Toy Story. B. Kung Fu Panda. C. Castle in the Sky. D. The Lion King.
    43. Which statement about Ghibli is true?
    A. It is a part of Universal Pictures. B. Its logo is a kid sitting on the moon.
    C. It has made the most animated films. D. It is a very famous studio in Japan.
    44. The purpose of the writer’s writing the passage is to ______.
    A. tell us how cartoon movies are made B. give us information about some films
    C. introduce some famous cartoon studios D. encourage more readers to watch movies
    题材:说明文
    话题:28艺术
    词数:170
    【答案】 41. C 42. B 43. D 44. C
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了四个著名的动画工作室的相关信息。
    41. C 细节理解题。根据Disney Animation has become the most famous animation studio in the world.可知,华特迪士尼动画工作室是最著名的动画公司。
    42. B细节理解题。根据Dream Works Animation最后一行可知,《功夫熊猫》这个公司的作品。
    43. D 细节理解题。根据对Studio Ghibli的位置和所创作的作品的介绍可知,它是日本一家著名的动画公司。
    44. C 主旨大意题。作者在这篇文章中主要向我们介绍了世界上四个著名的动画工作室。
    (·四川宜宾)B
    “I will learn Chinese!” This idea jumped into my head. It was born of something deeper inside. The idea has changed my life completely. When other people asked me why, I often joked that I was inspired by the nice tank of goldfish in the Chinese restaurant my family frequented (频繁光顾) when I was young. In fact, I started studying it because I was always attracted to Chinese culture, and learning the language is the key to achieving my dream of travelling around China.
    I was lucky for many reasons. Back in 2010, Chinese was not as popular with foreigners as it is today. However, my family lent me strong support from my first year abroad in China. Even if they cannot see me often and miss me so much, I still have their support. I was also very fortunate that a Confucious Institute opened. I will always thank for its excellent staff and all the great people I met there.
    Ni hao! The word “hello” in Chinese was the first word I learned in my first Chinese class. After class I was filled with enthusiasm and couldn’t stop thinking about “ni hao” and all the new words yet to come. Not only were many more words and phrases waiting, but also the experiences I never expected.
    45. What caused the writer to study Chinese?
    A. His sudden idea. B. His interest in Chinese culture.
    C. His family’s influence on him. D. Chinese restaurant’s goldfish tank.
    46. The writer’s dream is to ________.
    A. learn the Chinese language B. change his life completely
    C. open a Chinese restaurant D. travel around China
    47. What is paragraph 2 mainly about?
    A. The support which he has got. B. The reason for his study in China.
    C. The advantages of his Chinese learning. D. The difficulty he has in studying Chinese.
    48. How did the writer feel about his first Chinese class?
    A. Satisfied. B. Disappointed. C. Excited. D. Worried.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:19语言学习
    (64)语言学习经历
    词数:222
    【答案】45. B 46. D 47. C 48. C
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。作者介绍了自己学习汉语的原因、优势及经历。
    45. B 细节理解题。根据第一段“…because I was always attracted to Chinese culture….”可知作者学习汉语,是因为对中国文化感兴趣。
    46. D 细节理解题。根据第一段“…to achieving my dream of travelling around China.”可知作者的梦想是环游中国。
    47. C 段落大意题。这段文章主要介绍了作者学习汉语的优势:家人的支持和孔子学院的开办。
    48. C 推理判断题。由最后一段“After class I was filled with enthusiasm and couldn’t stop…”可推断出作者在第一节汉语课后,非常兴奋。
    (·四川宜宾)C
    5G networks have been considered as one big thing for this century. They allow people to get faster services. Downloading information takes only seconds, instead of minutes.
    But no true 5G phones are able to be used now. It won’t work with 5G until such services are built. Users will need an adapter to bring in 5G signals. There’s completely no need for users to worry about the safety of 5G signals.
    Where will we probably see 5G first? The answer is in our living rooms. The speeds, about 20 times faster than the standard home Internet connection, are very likely to do wonders in our living rooms. Many users are tired of spending $100 or more monthly in booking cable (有线的) TV. They no more choose cable TV and begin to use streaming (在线播放) services connected to their broadband (宽带) service instead.
    Besides faster access, connectivity might get a little cheaper in future for users only if a complete 5G network is set up. However, the cost of programs and apps will go up. Meanwhile, users are in great need of ordering more monthly services. Comparatively speaking, users are likely to pay more for 5G services.
    So far now, it’s mainly used at home. …
    49. People can feel 5G’s advantage directly by its _____.
    A. surprising speed B. comparatively low cost
    C. powerful function D. convenient Internet connection
    50. Why are 5G phones not widely used today?
    A. Because services are limited.
    B. Because special equipment isn’t built yet.
    C. Because 5G signals are not strong enough.
    D. Because the safety of 5G signals is not for sure.
    51. What will the writer probably write about next?
    A. 5G’s role. B. 5G’s history. C. 5G’s influence. D. 5G’s development.
    52. Where does this passage probably come from?
    A. A story book. B. A science fiction. C. A popular science book. D. A research report.
    题材:说明文
    话题:22科普知识与现代技术
    (79)信息技术
    词数:222
    【答案】49. A 50. A 51. D 52. C
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了5G的发展和应用前景。
    49. A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中“They allow people to get faster services.”,5G可以提供更快捷的服务,更快的下载速度。可知,人们对5G技术的直接感受是它的速度。
    50. A 细节理解题。根据第二段中“It won’t work with 5G until such services are built.”可知,人们现在不能使用5G,是因为服务受限。
    51. D 推理判断题。上文主要介绍了5G技术的现在应用情况,接下来应当介绍5G的未来发展情况。
    52. C 推理判断题。这是一篇关于信息技术的科普文章,所以可能来自于一本流行的科技书籍。
    (·四川宜宾)D
    Britain was once covered by thick forests, home to many animals which no longer live here. There were wolves, bears and wild cattle with less than four million people. They lived in small villages protected by wooden walls from the animals outside.
    However, all this changed. Now Britain’s population has increased to 65 million. Three-quarters of Britain consists of fields, towns or cities. Although 25% of land is countryside, new methods of fanning mean that there are fewer birds and small animals than ever before.Britain is one of the few countries in the world without a large wild carnivore (食肉动物).
    Some people want to change this. Some say that Britain needs to become more natural again and suggest trees and plants that once grew in Britain should be allowed to grow again. They even say that large wild animals which have not lived in Britain should be helped to return and live wild. They call this “rewilding”.
    Not everyone agrees. In the last twenty years, over one million trees have been planted and there are plans for more —but wild animals? Some people ask if wolves will attack sheep or even humans. They are also angry that rewilding might mean an end to walking in the hills many people enjoy. So far, there are no wolves or bears in Britain’s forests —but soon there might be!
    53. Why does Britain have fewer wild animals?
    A. Their living conditions are destroyed by humans.
    B. They are being killed by their natural enemies.
    C. The number of large animals is increasing.
    D. People there don’t like wild animals.
    54. What does the underlined word “rewilding” probably mean?
    A. Protecting wild animals. B. Returning wild animals to Britain.
    C. Planting more green plants. D. Helping wild animals live better.
    55. What is the main idea of the last paragraph?
    A. Some people are against rewilding. B. People plan to plant more trees.
    C. Wild animals will be back to Britain. D. Wild animals do harm to humans.
    56. Which of the following can be the best title?
    A. Causing UK Greener B. Wolves Returning to UK
    C. Saving Wildlife in Britain D. Making Britain Wild again
    题材:说明文
    话题:20自然
    (72)人与自然
    词数:222
    【答案】53. A 54. B 55. A 56. D
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了过去英国人与野生动物的共处情况。现在人们致力于植树造林,恢复自然。但却有些人对此持不同的看法。
    53. A 推理判断题。根据文章第二段“Now Britain’s population has increased to 65 million. Three-quarters of Britain consists of fields, towns or cities.”可推断出:人类破坏了动物的生活环境。
    54. B 词义猜测题。根据第三段“large wild animals which have not lived in Britain should be helped to return and live wild.”可知rewilding表示“让野生动物回到英国”的意思。
    55. A 段落大意题。最后一段主要介绍了部分英国人对让野生动物回到英国持反对的态度。 
    56. D 主旨大意题。这篇文章主要介绍了英国人致力于让英国恢复自然的情况。 


    (浙江杭州)A
    The Coffee Pot Restaurant
    We’re looking for Saturday assistants (帮手) in our busy town centre restaurant. The job will include setting and clearing tables, serving customers and helping in the kitchen. We’re looking for polite and patient people who can work under pressure.

    Hours: 10:00 am — 4:00 pm including a half-hour lunch break.
    Pay: £5 an hour + lunch
    Film Extras Wanted
    Have you ever wanted to be in the movies? Are you interested in acting? We’re making a film in the local area during July and August and we’ll need several young people as extras (临时演员).
    We’re looking for active and social 14 — 18-year-olds.
    Pay: £50 a day + meals.
    Please include a recent photograph in your application.

    Newspaper Boys/Girls
    We’re looking for honest young people to deliver (投递) newspapers and magazines. We need one person for morning deliveries (7 — 8) and two people for evening deliveries (5 — 6). You must be at least 13 years old and have your own bicycle. For morning deliveries you need to be good at getting up early, too!
    Pay: £30 a week
    When you apply (申请), please say whether you prefer mornings or evenings.

    PART-TIME ASSISTANTS WANTED
    Shop’n’Save Supermarket needs two young people (14 — 18) for evening and weekend work. The job includes helping customers, putting things on the shelves, collecting trolleys, etc.

    Hours: 5 — 7 evenings or 10 —5 Saturdays and Sundays.
    Pay: £4 an hour and free lunch for weekend hours.

    16. To be a film extra, one has to be ______.
    A. polite and patient B. active and social
    C. honest and strong D. helpful and careful
    17. A part-time assistant at Shop’n’Save Supermarket needs to ______.
    A. set and clear tables B. provide a photo
    C. deliver newspaper s D. help customers
    18. If 13-year-old Tom is free from 5:00pm to 7:00 pm, which job can he apply for?
    A. A restaurant assistant. B. A film extra.
    C. A newspaper boy. D. A supermarket assistant.
    体裁:广告
    话题:(26) 社会行为
    词数:259
    【主旨大意】本文是一组广告,展示了四个海报,分别是:咖啡馆服务员、群众演员、报童、超市兼职服务员。
    16 . B 细节理解题。根据“Film Extras Wanted”中We’re looking for active and social 14 — 18-year-olds. 可知,群众演员的要求时必须积极和善于社交。故选B
    17. D 细节理解题。根据“PART-TIME ASSISTANTS WANTED”中The job includes helping customers 可知,超市的兼职服务员需要帮助顾客。故选D
    18. C 细节理解题。根据“Newspaper Boys/Girls”中We need one person for morning deliveries (7 — 8) and two people for evening deliveries (5 — 6). You must be at least 13 years old and have your own bicycle 可知,小报童的要求是最少13岁,工作时间时早上7点至8点、傍晚5点至6点,刚好适合Tom。故选C

    (浙江杭州)B
    This painting is called The Fighting Temeraire. Temeraire is the name of the big, old sailing ship that you can see on the left of the picture. People chose this picture to be the greatest painting in Britain.
    J. M. W. Turner painted it in 1839. It shows the old sailing ship, the Temeraire, on the River Thames near London. There’s a small tugboat pulling the old ship. It’s in fact taking the Temeraire on its last journey. The old ship is going to the breaker’s yard. In the background we can see the sun setting.
    The picture, however, is more than just a painting of two boats in the evening. The artist wanted to show the end of an era (时代). The time of the beautiful, old sailing ships is coming to an end. That’s why we see this happening at sunset. In the little, brown tugboat we can see the new industrial era starting. The tugboat is small and dark and it’s making a lot of smoke, but it’s very strong, because it’s pulling the much bigger ship.
    The painting shows a real event. Turner watched the Temeraire taking its last journey up the Thames, but he changed some of the details. He painted the old ship white and gold so that it looks like a ghost. In fact, the real ship was black and yellow. We also see the sun setting behind the ship, but in fact, the ship travelled towards the sunset. However, Turner wanted to show the sun setting on the time of the beautiful old sailing ships.
    Turner painted The Fighting Temeraire when he was quite old, so perhaps he wanted to show the sun setting on his own life, too. He loved the painting and he never sold it. You can see it today in the National Gallery in London.
    19. The Fighting Temeraire ______.
    A. is the name of a big sailing ship B. was thought the best painting in Britain
    C. shows two nice new ships D. was painted by a famous young artist
    20. The old ship was pulled to the yard ______.
    A. to be painted new B. to be repaired
    C. to be broken up D. to be sold
    21. What does the tugboat stand for according to the passage?
    A. The new industrial era. B. The beautiful old era.
    C. The painter’s own life. D. The white and gold ghost.
    22. What can we learn from the last two paragraphs?
    A. The color of the real sailing ship was white and gold.
    B. In the painting the sailing ship was going towards the sunset.
    C. Finally Turner sold this painting because he didn’t like it.
    D. Today the painting is kept in the National Gallery in London.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:(65) 语言与文化
    词数:324
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了英国最伟大的画The Fighting Temeraire(《战舰无畏号》)的内容以及这幅画的创作时间、历史背景、隐含寓意以及画家创作这幅画时他的人生状态。
    19. B 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句People chose this picture to be the greatest painting in Britain.可知人们选它为英国最伟大的画。故选B
    20. C 细节理解题。根据第二段最后两句It’s in fact taking the Temeraire on its last journey. The old ship is going to the breaker’s yard.可知:这是这艘大船的最后一次航行,它将要被拖去解体。故选C
    21. A 细节理解题。根据第三段中In the little, brown tugboat we can see the new industrial era starting. 可知,这个小小的拖船标志着新的工业时代的到来。故选A
    22. D 细节理解题。根据最后一段最后一句:You can see it today in the National Gallery in London. 今天在伦敦国家美术馆人们还可以看到它。故选D。

    (浙江杭州)C
    Smile Train is a charity (慈善团体) that helps the millions of children around the world, who suffer from a facial defect (缺陷). The defect happens when a baby’s top lip or mouth doesn’t form properly before birth. Eating and drinking is very difficult for these babies. The charity provides free operations, which give these children a new smile, and with it, new hope and a new beginning.
    Children with the defect need all the help. Although many sufferers are accepted by their families, sadly, others are not. In some countries, children with this defect are often abandoned at birth because their parents feel ashamed of them or cannot afford the operations. The good news is that the operation is not difficult. It takes less than an hour and costs the family nothing. The charity raises money and finds the right medical volunteers to perform the operations.
    A Smile Train doctor from the UK said, “Each child who has the operation is given a second chance at life. After years of staying at home, the children can finally go to school and be happy. Every year I perform hundreds of operations free of cost through Smile Train. Some of the stories I have heard are quite surprising. One newborn baby girl was found abandoned on a train. Luckily for her, she was found and adopted (收养) by a passenger. This lady then heard about Smile Train and brought the baby to our hospital. I did the operation and gave hope to the family. Experienced doctors like me share our skills with local doctors. In this way we make sure that these operations will always be available.”
    23. Smile Train is a charity which _____.
    A. provides food and medical care for poor children
    B. raises money for all the doctors working in the UK
    C. offers free medical help to children with the facial defect
    D. gives children without parents new hope and a new beginning
    24. The underlined word “abandoned” in Paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
    A. given up B. dressed up C. called up D. brought up
    25. What did the doctor from the UK think of his volunteer work?
    A. Dangerous. B. Surprising. C. Relaxing. D. Valuable.
    26. It can be inferred from the passage that ______.
    A. children with the facial defect are becoming more ashamed than before
    B. more doctors are trained to help children with the facial defect
    C. fewer baby boys with the facial defect are operated on than girls
    D. doctors in Smile Train are always well paid for doing the operations
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:(26) 社会行为
    词数:286
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,介绍了一个国际性慈善组织——Smile Train,义务帮助兔唇孩子重现笑容和希望。
    23. C 细节理解题。根据第一段中Smile Train is a charity (慈善团体) that helps the millions of children around the world, who suffer from a facial defect (缺陷). The charity provides free operations, ...可知,Smile Train是一个帮助全世界几百万的兔唇孩子提供免费手术,给他们带去新的微笑、希望和新的开始。故选C
    24. A 词义猜词题。根据该生词后面句子In some countries, children with this defect are often abandoned at birth because their parents feel ashamed of them or cannot afford the operations.可知,abandoned表示“弃、放弃”,故选A。
    25. D 推理判断题。根据最后一段中“Each child who has the operation is given a second chance at life...I did the operation and gave hope to the family”可知,这位医生认为自己的工作有价值,故选D
    26. B推理判断题。根据第三段中Experienced doctors like me share our skills with local doctors.可知,有更多的医生被培训出来。故选B。

    (浙江杭州) D
    If you go shopping in any toy store, you can see clearly the different games and toys for boys and girls: there are a lot of pink toys on one side of the store for girls; and dark-colored cars, guns, and soldiers for boys. Some big stores with toys may even have a pink floor for girls and a blue floor for boys. In fact, it is difficult to buy a toy for a girl that is not pink.
    Some people think that too much pink is bad for girls. Sue Palmer, writer of Toxic Childhood, is very worried that most girls over the age of three are crazy about the color. According to some scientists, this happens for two reasons. Firstly, most companies offer too many products in pink. Also, many parents think their little daughter looks cute in pink. Sue Palmer says that girls at this age cannot make proper decisions by themselves, but the pink can affect (影响) the choices and the decisions they will make in the future.
    Some parents are worried too — for example, Vanessa Holburn, thirty-two, who has two girls under the age of four. Their bedrooms are a sea of pink and Vanessa is not happy. “Pink says that you are soft and gentle. Blue says that you are strong and powerful. I want my daughters to be strong and powerful. I’m worried that pink will not help them with that,” she says.
    But not everyone thinks there’s something wrong with pink. Grayson Turner is a father of three girls and he isn’t worried at all. “People forget that things change all the time,” he says. “My girls used to love pink when they were little, but as they get older, they change.” Turner explains that his twelve-year-old daughter never wears pink clothes anymore. “This love of pink is just a fashion and all fashions change,” he adds. “It’s only since the 1940s that people have started dressing girls in pink — before that it was a color for boys.”
    27. Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage?

    A B C D
    28. The underlined word “that” in Paragraph 3 means ______.
    A. being soft and gentle B. being strong and powerful
    C. being gentle but powerful D. being cute and beautiful
    29. According to Grayson Turner, ______.
    A. parents needn’t worry about pink toys B. all little kids love the color pink
    C. pink has always been a color for girls D. his girls now prefer the color blue
    30. The purpose of this passage is to ______.
    A. explain why girls are crazy about the color pink
    B. make parents less worried about the color pink
    C. encourage girls to give up playing with pink toys
    D. show people’s different opinions about the color pink
    体裁:议论文
    话题:(10) 居室
    词数:339
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文,讨论了关于粉红色对女孩影响的不同观点。
    27. B 文章结构题。第一段为总起段,介绍商场里女孩的玩具总是粉色的,男孩的总是深色的,甚至商场的玩具区专门给女孩设计粉色地板,男孩蓝色地板。第二、三两段都是介绍人们及部分父母的担忧——担心太多的粉色会影响女孩的选择和性格。最后一段话锋一转,不是每个家长都觉得粉色有毛病。因此本文的结构应该是B
    28. B识别指代题。根据第三段中Blue says that you are strong and powerful.这位妈妈认为蓝色意味着坚强有力,担心粉色不会帮助女儿成为那样的人。故that指代“being strong and powerful”故选B。
    29. A 细节理解题。根据最后一段中“This love of pink is just a fashion and all fashions change.”可知,家长无需为粉色玩具担心,他以自己的女儿为例告诉大家人是会变的,时尚也会变的。故选A。
    30. D主旨大意题。根据文章四个段落中每个段落的主题句(每段第一句),可知:本文只是给出了人们对于粉色对于女孩影响的两种观点,并没有给出一个结论。因此选D。
    阅读下面四篇材料,然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
    (·浙江绍兴)A
    EXCITING NEW COMPETITION!
    Give your workplace a spring facelift!


    Living magazine is offering three prizes of between £10,000 and £50,000 to be spent on improving the school, college or office where you spend so many hours each day! If you win, the money will be yours to spend as you wish to make life more pleasant.
    Just think! You could spend it on any of the following:
    improving the look of the place (new wallpaper, tables or pictures).
    better study places (a computer room, a language laboratory or a small library).
    improving the outside area (making a garden or a car park for example).
    better sports places (a small gym or a swimming pool).
    To enter, all you have to do is to design:
    five ways you plan to spend the money if you win.
    what you want to include (for example, sofas in your new computer room).
    why these changes will make your workplace a better place to be!
    Email us your deign at livingmagazine@hotmail. com before June 16th.
    If you want to get more information, please contact us:
    Tel +323-647-4200 Fax +323-647-4245
    Don’t miss this great chance to improve your workplace!
    31.The text tells us that the new competition ________.
    A.can help you get good grades B.is organized by Living magazine
    C.allows only students to enter D.provides more than three prizes
    32.Those who want to enter the competition are supposed to ________.
    A.describe how to spend the prize B.mention the money they have
    C.hand in their designs after June 16th D.visit Living magazine in person
    33.What kind of writing is the text?
    A.An email. B.A diary. C.A note. D.A poster.
    体裁:应用文
    话题:宣传海报
    词数:195
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇号召参加设计大赛的海报。
    【答案】31—33 BAD
    31. B 细节理解题。文章第一句话Living magazine is offering three prizes of between £10,000 and £50,000…指出Living杂志提供了价值在£10,000至£50,000间的三个奖项,故选B。
    32. A 细节理解题。文章第三部分To enter, all you have to do is to design: five ways you plan to spend the money if you win.指出要参加这个比赛,如果赢了,要设计出五个花这笔钱的方法,故选A。
    33. D 主旨大意题。从本文的内容看,这是一篇号召参加设计大赛的海报,故选D。
    B
    A British man has learned the skills needed to perform Beijing Opera, making the audience (观众) enjoy his lively performance of the Monkey King.
    Ghaffar Pourazar, born in Iran, said he has been a big fan of Bruce Lee since he was a child and is full of interest about China. In 1993, he happened to watch Beijing Opera performed in London by professionals from Jingju Theatre Company of Beijing. Ghaffar said he fell in love with the beautiful voices, colorful costumes, excellent shows and so on. So after one year, he arrived in China alone and became a student of Beijing Opera at a Beijing school.
    At the age of 32, he had to learn with teenage students every day, starting from the most basic training of the legs and waist. At the time, he was mostly troubled by the dialogue in Beijing Opera. To him, it was the biggest obstacle. But he never gave up.
    Four years later, he began to learn to perform the Monkey King, a traditional character from the Chinese classic story Journey to the West. He said he arrived in the workroom an hour earlier than other performers and also bought books and CDs to better understand the character.
    Ghaffar today is not only good at speaking Beijing dialect (方言) but has also built a fame for Beijing Opera. He once got a top international prize for performing the Monkey King.
    To help more people enjoy Beijing Opera, Ghaffar often teaches the traditional art form in schools in the United States, Britain and other countries. When he found that the language was difficult to understand, he started to translate Beijing Opera song lyrics. Ghaffar led a group of actors to perform 66 times in a month and a half in the United States. He also led a 48-member team to perform in Malaysia. In the past 10 years, he has performed in more than 400 shows.
    34. In the year of 1994, Ghaffar began to ________.
    A. make friends with Bruce Lee B.take an interest in China
    C. learn Beijing Opera in Beijing D.act the part of the Monkey King
    35. The underlined word “obstacle” in Paragraph 3 probably means “_______”.
    A. chance B. problem C. topic D. dream
    36. It can be inferred from the passage that Ghaffar ________.
    A. is successful in performing Beijing Opera
    B. has written some books about Beijing Opera
    C. got a prize for translating Journey to the West
    D. doesn’t need any more members in his team
    37.The passage is most probably from the part of ________ in a newspaper.
    A. sports B. business C. culture D. education
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:中国文化
    词数:324
    【主旨大意】文章介绍了一个名叫Ghaffar英国人由喜欢京剧、学习京剧到在全世界推广京剧这种中国文化的故事。
    【答案】34—37 CBAC
    34. C 细节理解题。文章第二段In 1993, he happened to watch Beijing Opera performed in London ….Ghaffar said he fell in love with…. So after one year, he arrived in China… became a student of Beijing Opera at a Beijing school.指出1993年Ghaffar在伦敦偶然看了一次京剧表演就喜欢上了它,一年之后他来到中国京剧学校的一名学生,故选C。
    35. B 词义理解题。文章第三段he was mostly troubled by the dialogue in Beijing Opera以及he never gave up指出在理解京剧的对话上Ghaffar遇到了大问题,故选B。
    36. A 推理判断题。文章第五段He once got a top international prize for performing the Monkey King.指出Ghaffar曾获得美猴王表演的头等国际奖,可推知Ghaffar是一名成功的京剧表演者,故选A。
    37. C 主旨大意题。文章主要介绍了英国人Ghaffar对京剧的喜爱以及推广,强调了跨文化的交际与交流,故选C。
    C
    A zero-waste life is a lifestyle that hardly creates any rubbish. So, a zero-waste store is about providing a kind of everyday and pleasant-looking zero-waste products to help people start on a zero-waste life journey.
    “Zero waste” or “danshari” was first suggested by a French woman called Bea Johnson. Her idea is: live a life and try not to create any rubbish; use different kinds of ways to save the environment such as stopping the use of one-off objects; giving unwanted things to others or giving them away to organizations like the Red Cross.
    Yu Yuan, 27, is deeply interested in this idea. She and her boyfriend have lived in Beijing for many years. And earlier she used to buy things without thinking about them carefully until she saw a video about “zero waste”, in which a family of four placed the rubbish they produced every year in a jar (罐). After watching the video, Yu wanted to experience this zero-waste lifestyle with her boyfriend.
    A zero-waste life follows the 6 R rule—Refuse, Reduce, Reuse, Repair, Recycle and Rot. Over August October when Yu followed the rule of zero waste 6 R, she and he boyfriend Joe Harvey both produced only two cans of rubbish.
    Now, the couple have opened a small shop in Beijing, where they use wood products to take the place of plastic ones and cloth bags with environmentally friendly logos. Most products sold in the store can be reused. The store also has second-hand books and CDs/DVDs with ideas to make the best of the used things.
    “Those who once experienced the non-waste lifestyle have slowly changed their ideas,” says Yu. “The zero-waste lifestyle is not for ascetics (苦行僧). It is just around us at our finger-tips.” Yu expects some of her friends to join her on the road to zero waste.
    38.Bea Johnson suggests that people should ________.
    A.try to produce no rubbish in life B.share objects with others
    C.help their friends live comfortably D.work hard for the Red Cross
    39.We can see from the passage that Yu Yuan ________.
    A.offers plastic bags in her store B.is influenced by the 6 R rule
    C.often buys things she doesn’t need D.likes listening to CDs very much
    40.What Yu Yuan says in the last paragraph probably means that ________.
    A.lots of people doubt the zero-waste lifestyle
    B.she feels it hard to continue her lifestyle
    C.her friends have followed her lifestyle
    D.the zero-waste lifestyle is not difficult to live
    41.Which of the following is the best title for the passage ?
    A.Opening up a second-hand store B.Recycling waste
    C.Saving the environment D.Joining the couple
    体裁:事物介绍
    话题:环境保护
    词数:310
    【主旨大意】文章通过实例介绍了一种新型的生活方式——零浪费生活方式。零浪费”不是指没有任何垃圾,而是指在生活中尽量避免一些不必要垃圾的产生。零浪费生活提倡6R原则,即拒绝、减少、重复使用、维修保养、回收、分解。并鼓励大家少回收,少产生垃圾,从源头做到垃圾减量,而不只是依赖回收。
    【答案】38—41 ABDC
    38.A 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句中的try not to create any rubbish可知,约翰逊建议人们尽量避免一些不必要垃圾的产生。故选A。
    39.B 推理判断题。通读第四段可知,余元三个月只产生了两罐垃圾,故可推断余元是一个零浪费生活6R原则的践行者,也是受益者。故选B。
    40.D 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的 The zero-waste lifestyle is not for ascetics (苦行僧). It is just around us at our finger-tips“零浪费生活不是苦行僧似的生活,只是举手之劳而已”,故可推断零浪费生活不难过。故选D。
    41. C 主旨大意题。通读本文可知,为了保护环境人们应该在生活中尽量避免一些不必要垃圾的产生。答案C正合此意,故选C。
    D
    To help Japanese companies better deal with the increasing number of foreigners visiting the country, Panasonic has created a megaphone (扩音器) which is able to smartly translate Japanese into English, Chinese and Korean.
    Panasonic named the product “Megahonyuaku”. It is a term for the Japanese words for “megaphone” and “translate”, which actually makes a lot of sense because it’s a megaphone that can translate Japanese into several other languages in real time. When a user speaks Japanese into the megaphone, it recognizes (辨认) and translates what is being said immediately, and outputs the words in English, Chinese or Korean.
    It sounds amazing, and seeing it in action is wonderful, but Megahonyaku is not good enough. It cannot translate everything you say, as it only stores 300 common expressions, like “The train has been put off” or “Watch your step”. However, the Japanese company behind Megahonyaku promises to add new expressions regularly, which users can get on the Internet.
    The machine was designed to be used in places like transport stations, airports and places of interest, where quick and exact announcements are needed most. Around 30 Japanese organizations, including the police and guides, have been trying out Megahonyaku for about one year, but Panasonic says it will come onto the market on December 20th. Instead of selling these speech translators, Panasonic plans on renting (出租) them out for less than $ 183 a month on a three-year agreement, and offering users future improvements and necessary services.
    Panasonic has also said that it may add support for other languages, like Russian, depending on customers’ needs. Megahonyaku also includes a touch screen that allows users to choose the language they need their speech translated into.
    42.Panasonic has produced Megahonyaku so that _______.
    A.guides can translate Chinese into Japanese faster
    B.Japanese companies can receive foreigners better
    C.foreigners can talk with the Japanese freely
    D.the Japanese can learn other languages easily
    43.The third paragraph is mainly about the _______ of Megahonyaku.
    A.invention B.importance C.disadvantage D.history
    44.It can be learnt from Paragraph 4 that Megahonyaku ________.
    A.may be popular with the police B.is widely used in private homes
    C.will be sold on December 20th D.stores about 30 foreign languages
    45.According to the passage, Panasonic will ________ in the future.
    A.sell Megahonyaku to foreign visitors B.bring down the prize of Megahonyaku
    C.change the screen of Megahonyaku D.improve Megahonyaku regularly
    体裁:产品介绍
    话题:技术创新
    词数:289
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了日本松下推出的一款将翻译器和扩音器结合的设备 Megahonyaku,它可以直接将工作人员口述的日语转化为英文、中文和韩文。系统内置 300 个预设单词和短语并可以连接网络进行翻译。为了方便使用,在顶部还有一个巨大的触摸屏幕,可以让使用者进行触摸操作并选择所需要翻译的语言。
    42 B 细节理解题。根据第一段可知,为了解决日本日益涌入的大量游客的语言沟通问题,松下推出了集翻译和扩音于一体的一款设备Megahonyaku。故选B。
    43. C 推理判断题。通读第三段可知,该段主要讲的是Megahonyaku系统内置的预设单词和短语有限,即这款新设备的劣势。故选C。
    44.A 推理判断题。根据第四段第二句可知,Megahonyaku警察和导游们已经使用1年了,故可推知Megahonyaku可能深受警察的喜爱。故选A
    45. D 推理判断题。根据第三段最后一句可知,松下会定期加入新的单词和短语;又根据第四段最后一句可知,松下将出租Megahonyaku,并提供后期改进和跟踪服务。故可推知松下会定期改进Megahonyaku。故选D。
    (·四川遂宁)第三部分阅读理解(共20小题:每小题2分,满分40分)
    阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
    (·四川遂宁)A
    Tom is ten years old. He loves watching TV. But for one year, he didn't watch TV at all .What was the reason? Tom's parents said they would give him $600 if he didn't watch TV for a year. Tom's parents thought he watched TV too much.
    One day his mother read a story in a newspaper about a boy who didn't watch TV for a year. She showed the story to Tom. Tom liked the idea. He turned off the TV right away, and said, "It doesn't trouble me not to watch TV. I just want the money." At first, Tom's parents were very happy. Tom read books and newspapers, played outside, and played computer games, but soon he got bored.
    Every evening, he asked his parents, "What are we doing tonight? Sometimes his mother and father wished he would watch TV just for one evening. Tom always said, "No, it would cost me money!" Finally the year was over. Then Tom started watching his favorite TV shows all day again. Tom got the money from his parents. What did he plan to do with the s600?" I want to buy myself a TV set!" he said.
    51. Tom didn't watch TV for one year because _________.
    A. he wanted the money
    B. he wanted to study harder
    C. he wanted to learn from the boy
    D. he thought watching TV too much was bad
    52. "It doesn't trouble me not to watch TV" means "__________”
    A. It's no use watching TV.
    B. It's a waste of time watching TV.
    C. It's important for me to watch TV.
    D. It doesn't matter not to watch TV.
    53. Why did his parents promise to give him $600 if he didn't watch TV for a year?
    A. Because they were very rich.
    B. Because they wanted to play with him.
    C. Because they wanted him to buy a new TV.
    D. Because they didn't want him to watch TV too much.
    54. What didn’t Tom do instead of watching TV for one year?
    A. He played outside.
    B. He did his homework.
    C. He played computer games.
    D. He read books and newspapers.
    55. Tom's last words would most probably make his parents _______.
    A. Happy B. interested C. surprised D. excited
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:1.兴趣与爱好
    话题:2.家人和亲友
    词数:198



    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了Tom很喜欢看电视,父母许诺他如果他能一年不看电视就奖励他600美元。他真的做到了,一年没看电视!可一年后他又开始看最喜爱的电视节目!更搞笑的是,问他打算用600美元干什么?他的回答竟然是,给自己买一台电视!
    【答案】51-55 ADDBC
    【解析】
    51. A 推理判断题。根据第二段“It doesn't trouble me not to watch TV. I just want the money.”可知Tom一年不看电视是因为他想得到父母许诺的600美元。故选A。
    52. D 细节理解题。根据关键词“trouble”能推断题干表达的意思是“不看电视不会影响到我”。故选D。
    53. D 推理判断题。根据第一段最后一句话“Tom's parents thought he watched TV too much.”可知,父母不想让他看那么多的电视。故选D。
    54. B 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句话“Tom read books and newspapers, played outside, and played computer games,”可知,Tom没看电视的一年里,他读书看报,出去玩,打游戏。但没有提到做作业这一条。故选B。
    55. C 推理判断题。happy开心的;interested感兴趣的;surprised惊讶的;excited兴奋的。首先弄懂题意“Tom最后的话让他父母有何感想?”听到Tom要用600 美元买一台电视,父母会是什么反应呢?此题可以使用排除法。开心?感兴趣?兴奋?都不可能。最可能的反应是非常惊讶。故选C。

    (·四川遂宁)B

    (·四川遂宁) People are always trying to live a healthy life. You might have read so much on this topic. The following ideas may sound strange but they can really help you.
    Exercise when you are tired.
    After a long and tiring day of study exercising might not sound like a good idea, but it should. In fact, physical activities can provide you with the missing energy. Research shows that exercising for just 30 minutes can make you feel good!
    Write by hand to help the brain be active.
    Although writing something using a computer is faster, it is much better to remember the whole thing by writing it down by hand. When you read a handwritten text naturally it's easier for your brains to remember the information.
    Spare more time for yourself.
    By sparing the time for yourself and just being alone for a while, you can have a chance to think and get to know yourself better .And you wont behave impulsively (冲动地).
    Drink hot drinks on a hot day.
    What cools more on a hot summer morning, cold water or hot water? The study shows that the hot water does make people feel cooler, When you are drinking something hot, the body will feel the change in temperature and increase the perspiration (流汗), which helps you cool down!
    56. _______can make you feel good after a day's tiring study.
    A. Resting B. Exercising C. Eating D. Reading
    57. It's the best way to _______ if we want to remember a long passage.
    A. read it over B. read it aloud
    C. write it down by hand D. write it using a computer
    58. The third idea is mainly about ________.
    A. the advantages of being alone
    B. the importance of thinking
    C. the advantages of behaving well
    D. the importance of keeping healthy
    59. Why do we drink hot water on a hot day?
    A. Because it brings heat to our bodies.
    B. Because it is harmful to our bodies.
    C. Because it makes our bodies strong
    D. Because it takes heat away from our bodies
    60. The writer of the passage wants to tell us that _________.
    A .handwriting makes us smart
    B. hot drinks can make us uncomfortable
    C. being alone helps us know our friends better
    D. sometimes unusual ideas about health are helpful
    体裁:说明文
    话题:4.日常活动
    话题:4.科普知识
    词数:224



    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。关于如何过上健康的生活,作者给出了四条看着不那么靠谱的建议。但是它们真的管用。
    【答案】56-60 BCBDD
    【解析】
    56. B 细节理解题。根据第二段“Research shows that exercising for just 30 minutes can make you feel good!”可知关键词“exercising”在一天的劳累后能够使你感到很好。故选B。
    57. C 推理判断题。根据第三段“Although writing something using a computer is faster, it is much better to remember the whole thing by writing it down by hand.”可知把长文章记住的最佳途径是手写。故选C。
    58. A 主旨归纳题。根据关键句“Spare more time for yourself.”和下文的内容,可知本文介绍的是独处的好处。故选A。
    59. D 推理判断题。根据最后一段“When you are drinking something hot, the body will feel the change in temperature and increase the perspiration”可知,喝热饮能够加速流汗,和选项D带走热量,表达的是同一个含义。故选D。
    60. D 细节理解题。根据第一段的最后一句话“The following ideas may sound strange but they can really help you.”中的“strange”可知和D选项中的“unusual”表述的是同一个意思。故选D。

    (·四川遂宁)C

    (·四川遂宁) John Brown, an office worker, lives in Washington. He inherited $1,000,000 after his parents died. He didn't feel happy at all. His college friends were looking for their first jobs, but he didn't have to, John decided to keep living a simple life like everyone else. He didn't tell any of his friends and gave $100, 000 of his money to a charity that helped poor children. Today he is 36, and he still wears cheap clothes and drives a small car only, but he is much happier.
    So far, John has helped 15 children from poor countries all over the world, $200 a month for each. The child does not receive the money in cash(现金). The money is paid for the child's education, food, medical care and clothing. John receives a report each year on the child's progress. They can write to each other, but usually the children do not speak English.
    Once John went to meet a little girl he was helping in Africa. He said that the meeting was exciting. "When I met her, I felt very happy." he said. "I saw that the money was used for a very good plan. It brought me closer to the child in a way that only giving money cannot." "I want to do everything I can. I will go on helping those children in need." he added.
    61. John is a _________ life.
    A. poor B. simple C. hard D. rich
    62. What does the underlined word "inherited" mean in Chinese?
    A. 继承 B. 捡拾 C. 馈赠 D. 赚取
    63. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
    A. The child can receive the money in cash.
    B. John only helps the poor children in Africa.
    C. John has never seen the children he is helping.
    D. John has helped 15 children from different countries.
    64. Why did John think the meeting with the little girl was very exciting?
    A. Because the girl came from Africa.
    B. Because the girl could speak English.
    C. Because he saw the money was well used.
    D. Because he thought he had given money to the girl.
    65. Where can you probably read this passage?
    A. In a newspaper. B. In a science report. C. In a novel. D. In an ad.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:1.个人情况
    话题:8.人际交往
    词数:231



    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章介绍了来自华盛顿的John Brown从父母那里继承了100万美元。但他却把钱捐给了帮助贫困孩子的慈善机构。他资助的孩子遍布世界各地,看到钱能很好的发挥作用,他也很开心。
    【答案】61-65 BADCA
    【解析】
    61. B 推理判断题。根据第一段的“John decided to keep living a simple life like everyone else.”可知,John过着简单的生活。故选B。
    62. A 词意猜测题。根据第一段的“after his parents died.”可知他是继承了100万美元。故选A。
    63. D 细节理解题。根据第二段的“The child does not receive the money in cash(现金). ”可知A是错误的。根据第二段的第一句话“So far, John has helped 15 children from poor countries all over the world, $200 a month for each.”可知B是错误的,通过这句话也能得出D是正确的。根据最后一段第一句话“Once John went to meet a little girl he was helping in Africa. ”可知C是错误的。故选D。
    64. C 细节理解题。根据最后一段 “When I met her, I felt very happy.” he said. “I saw that the money was used for a very good plan.”可知,他见到小女孩如此的兴奋是因为看到钱很好的被使用了。故选C。
    65. A 推理判断题。此题考查文章的出处。可以采用排除法。In a newspaper 在报纸上;in a science report科学报道;in a novel小说上;in an ad广告上。文章讲述的是一件善事,最有可能出现在报纸上。故选A。

    (·四川遂宁)D

    (·四川遂宁) What is the sky? How high is it? What color is it? What birds can live above it? These questions are difficult to answer, aren't they? In fact, the sky has no color. Then why does the sky look blue?
    We know that there is air around the world. When planes fly, they need air to lift their wings. Planes can't fly very high. That is because the air gets thinner when they go higher. The same will happen to us if we go high enough. If we go up about 1, 200 kilometers from the earth, we'll find no air there. Some birds can fly into the sky as high as a plane, but they cannot fly or live without air.
    Looking up above us, you will see the blue sky with white clouds. It is usually light blue. The color would be bluer when you see on the top of a high mountain. And you will see fewer clouds in the sky between you and the sun. Sometimes the sky doesn't look blue. When the sun rises and falls, you will see red, orange and other colors in the sky, Such are the most beautiful moments of the day.
    Who can see the colors of the sky high above the earth? The astronauts! They can see those beautiful colors of the sky from the outer space. However, before flying into the outer space, they sit in a spaceship high above the earth and there is no air at all. The sky would be that dark and its color would be black.
    Now you may understand that we see colors because the air scatters (使散射) the sunlight. Light travels through the air. Without air there would be no colors.
    66. Planes can't fly as high as possible because __________.
    A. the sky is blue B. the wings are heavier
    C. the air becomes thinner D. the sky has no air
    67. When you stand on the top of a high mountain, you will see __________.
    A. more air B. fewer clouds C. more color D. redder skies
    68. In Suining, we might see many colors in the sky at about ________ during the day in summer.
    A.7: 00pm B.11:00pm C.1:00am D.3:00am
    69. The sky changes colors because __________.
    A. the sunlight has colors B. the air scatters the sunlight
    C. it's colorful itself D. the world is colorful
    70. Which is the best title (标题)?
    A. Why does the sky look blue?
    B. Why can't planes fly very high?
    C. why does the sky change colors?
    D. why can the astronauts see the colors of the sky
    体裁:说明文
    话题:20.自然
    话题:22.科普知识与现代技术
    词数:294



    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了天空本没有颜色,可为什么看起来却是蓝色的?
    【答案】66-70 CBABA
    【解析】
    66. C 细节理解题。根据第二段“Planes can't fly very high. That is because the air gets thinner when they go higher.”可知飞机不能想飞多高就飞多高的原因是高空中空气太稀薄,托不起飞机来。故选C。
    67. B 细节理解题。根据第三段“And you will see fewer clouds in the sky between you and the sun.”可知站在高山顶上,看到的云很少。故选B。
    68. A 推理判断题。根据第三段最后一句话“When the sun rises and falls, you will see red, orange and other colors in the sky, Such are the most beautiful moments of the day.”当日出和日落时候,能在天空中看到很多颜色。再看题干问的是夏天的遂宁,一天中的哪个时间能在天空中看到很多颜色。四个选项中只有A符合日落的时间。故选A。
    69. B 细节理解题。根据最后一段“Now you may understand that we see colors because the air scatters the sunlight ”可知,天空改变颜色的原因是由于空气散射了太阳光。故选B。
    70. A 主旨归纳题。根据第一段“In fact, the sky has no color. Then why does the sky look blue?”可知本文讨论的就是天空为什么看起来是蓝色的。故选A。
    第一节 阅读下面短文,根据短文内容,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案。(本题共11题,每小题2分,共计22分)
    (.四川达州) A
    Shanghai University of Engineering Science has become the first university in China to be covered by 5G net work, the university announced on Tuesday.
    Chinese mobile carried(运营商) are expected to spend 1.2 trillion yuan (US$176.5 billion) on 5G by 2025, 50 percent more than their total 4G investment(投资), Nomura said yesterday. Carriers including China Mobile.
    China Telecom and China Unicom, are expected to build over.9 million 5G base stations by 2025
    5G is a “game-changing” opportunity for carriers as they can explore new business like smart
    manufacturing, super high definition video and smart driving, instead of just being a "pipeline" for voice and data services.
    China will supply"temporary"5G licenses in several aimed cities this year. Consumers (消费者)will be able to use the first batch of 5G smart-phones and tablet computers in the second half.
    It's the first time that China's top industry regulator clarified the 5G industry timeline, especially the first appearance of 5G phones
    But 5G services will become accessible to normal consumers later than expected. More work
    needs to be done to make the 5G industry fully developed, which won’t happen until 2020, said UBS recently, New business projects and organizations, rather than normal consumers, will enjoy 5G services at first. The first batch of 5G services will be available be consumers in about 10 cities only.
    51. How much did Chinese mobile carriers spend on 4G?
    A. About 1.2 trillion yuan B. About US $ 176.5 million.
    C. About 0.8 trillion yuan D. About US $ 0.8 billion
    52. What does the underlined word “accessible" probably mean in Chinese?
    A.易获得的 B.困难的 C.让人理解的 D.费解的
    53. Which part of a newspaper may the article come from?
    A. Lifestyle. B. Health C. Education D. Technology
    54 What's the main idea of the article?
    A. Mobile carriers plan to spend much on 5G and it will come into our life soon.
    B. China will supply"temporary"5G licenses in several aimed cities this year.
    C. 5G services will become accessible to normal consumers later than expected.
    D. The first batch of 5G services will be available to consumers in about 10 cities only.
    题材
    说明文
    话题
    18. 通讯
    (63) 使用互联网
    22. 科普知识与现代技术(77) 科普知识
    词数
    235
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,阐述了中国移动5G网络已经铺开,不久的将来人们就会用上5G手机。
    【答案】51—54. DCDA
    【解析】
    51. D 细节理解题。从Chinese mobile carried are expected to spend 1.2 trillion yuan on (US$176.5 billion) 5G by 2025, 50 percent more than their total 4G investment,可知,4G网络的投资是5G的一半,故选D。
    52. C 词义猜测题。从后面normal consumers later than expected可知,后期会容易得到,由此推断,accessible容易获得,故选C。
    53. D 推理判断题。这篇文章主要谈及5G网络技术将要普及生活领域,属于技术范畴,故选D。
    54. A. 标题归纳题。阅读本文知,文章谈论的就是中国移动投入很多资金建造5G网络,不久人们就能用上5G网络。故选A。
    (.四川达州)B
    Thanks to the hybrid rice that was discovered by Yuan Longping, the hunger problem of thousands of Chinese people was mostly fixed in the 1980s.
    On Sept 8th, Yuan, together with two other scientists, won China’s 2018 Future Scientist Prize, for his continuous research on rice, Even on his 88th birthday on Sept 7th, he took part in the International Development Forum of Rice Production in Hunan province. Although he was recovering from an illness at the time, he was happy to talk to reporters about his latest work on seawater rice.
    Yuan has been researching on rice since he was at college. In 1964. he discovered a natural hybrid nice plant in Hainan. Since then, he has focused um developing high yield, hybrid nice varieties(多样性). In1973, he became the first to successfully cultivate(培育)a type of hybrid rice species in the world. With the hard work of Yuan’s group for about ten years, the production of the rice was increased (From 150kg per mu(亩)to 500kg per mu and more. )These varieties now take up about two thirds of China's rice crop, according to China News. So, it's no wonder that he’s known as the “Father of Hybrid Rice”
    And because of China’s Belt and Road(一带一路)initiative, Yuan’s hybrid rice is helping to
    solve food problems around the world Indeed, according to Xinhua News Agency, hybrid rice plants in Kenya produce four to five times more nice than the country’s usual rice plants.
    With a rising fame all over the world. Yuan gave a speech in English at the 9th Shandong High-level Talents Forum in Qingdao last year. His speech made him an internet sensation.
    Beginning with “I speak broken English", his 20-minute speech turned out to be a huge success, with barely any pauses or mistakes. The humble Yuan was simply being modest during his speech. According to an article in1999 by CNN, the scientist speaks both English and Russia fluently. “I never need an interpreter when I go overseas,” he hold the US news network.
    But in spite of his great knowledge. Yuan understands that even the wisest people should still
    be open to learn new things. “The farmers of the country possess rich experience in planting rice,” he told Xinhua. “We should learn from them.”
    55. Where was the International Development Forum of Rice Production held?
    A. Hainan B. Hunan C. Shandong D. Kenya
    56. Which is the main reason that Yuan Longping is known as the "Father of Hybrid Rice"?
    A. He has focused on developing high-yield, hybrid rice varieties.
    B. He was the first to successfully cultivate a type of hybrid rice species in the world.
    C. Because of Yuan’s group, the production of the rice was increased.
    D. Hybrid rice plants in Kenya produce four to five times more rice than the country’s rice plants.
    57. Yuan Longping can speak the following languages FXCFPT_______?
    A. Chinese B. English C. Russian D. French
    58. The passage is mainly about _____.
    A. Yuan Longping won China’s 2018 Future Science Prize.
    B. Yuan Longping’s hybrid rice is helping to solve food problems around the world.
    C. Yuan Longping got fame around the world.
    D. The character and contribution(贡献) of Yuan Longping.
    题材
    记叙文
    话题
    23. 历史与社会
    (81) 著名人物
    (82) 创业历史
    词数
    415
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,记述了杂交水稻之父袁隆平的事迹。
    【答案】55—58. BBDD
    【解析】
    55. B 细节理解题。文中提到he took part in the International Development Forum of Rice Production in Hunan province.故选B。
    56. B 细节理解题。文中提到the production of the rice was increased (From 150kg per mu to 500kg per mu and more. )These varieties now take up abouttwo thirds of China's rice crop,这就是他成为杂交水稻之父的原因,故选B。
    57. D 细节理解题。文中提到 the scientist speaks both English and Russia fluently.故选D。
    58. D 标题归纳题。 本文主要介绍了袁隆平的角色和贡献,故选D。

    (.四川达州)C
    Many environmental groups are warning that oceans of the world are in great danger. In the past 50 years, the number of water with zero oxygen(氧气) in the open ocean has increased more than four times. In the near coast water bodies including the river mouth and seas, low-oxygen areas have increased more than 10 times since 1950.
    Scientists discover that oxygen continues dropping even outside these zones as the Earth warms. To stop the drop, the world needs to control in both climate change and nutrient(养分) pollution.
    Oxygen is a must to life in the oceans. The drop in ocean oxygen is among the most serious effects of human activities on the Earth’s environment.
    This is the first time for the scientists to take such a deep look at the causes, results and how oxygen worldwide, in both the open ocean and the near coast waters. About half of the oxygen on Earth comes from the ocean. However, mixed effects of nutrient loading and climate change are greatly increasing the number and size of "dead zones" in the open ocean and the near coast waters, where oxygen is too low to support must sea life
    In the areas traditionally called “dead ones", like those in Chesapeake Bay and the Gulf of Mexico oxygen drops to levels so low that many animals have trouble in breathing and die. As fishes run away from these zones, their living areas become smaller and smaller, But the problem goes far beyond “dead tones". Even smaller oxygen drops can hold up the growth in animals and
    lead to disease or even death. Low oxygen also can cause the release of dangerous chemicals
    Although a few animals can grow well in dead zones, overall biodiversity(多样性) falls.
    59. How to stop the drop of ocean oxygen in the article?
    A. By controlling in both climate change and nutrient pollution around the world.
    B. By taking a deep look at the causes, results and solutions to low oxygen worldwide.
    C. By running away from these ones. for the living areas become smaller and smaller.
    D. By cutting down the number of animals in the oceans.
    60. Why are these waters called "dead zones" from the article?
    A. Because the oxygen in these areas is too low for most sea life to live.
    B. Because nutrient loading and climate change are greatly increasing.
    C. Because there are no animals living in these areas.
    D. Because low oxygen also can cause the release of dangerous chemicals.
    61. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the article?
    A. Only a few animals living in the sea need oxygen.
    B. Climate change can help cut down the dead zones.
    C. Fishes grow faster and better in low oxygen areas.
    D.Human activities have many serious effects on ocean environment.
    题材
    说明文
    话题
    21. 世界与环境 (74) 环境保护
    词数
    305
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,阐述了随着气候的变化,海洋、河流里的氧气也在下降,导致海洋里的生物死亡。
    【答案】59—61. AAD
    【解析】
    59.A 细节理解题。文中提到To stop the drop, the world needs to control in both climate change and nutrient pollution. 故选A。
    60.A. 细节理解题。文中提到the near coast waters, where oxygen is too low to support must sea 这就是导致死亡区域的原因,故选A。
    61.D 归纳判断题。 文中提到The drop in ocean oxygen is among the most serious effects of human activities on the Earth’s environment. 由此判断D是对的,故选D。
    (•山东烟台)A
    Some Fun and Interesting Facts

    ◆Do you think what color oranges are? The common answer to this question is "Orange". However, the first oranges from Southeast Asia were actually green. Up to mow, oranges in warmer areas like Vietnam and Thailand still stay green when they are fully grown.

    ◆There was a man named John Chapman who planted thousands of apple trees. But the apples on those trees were much more bitter (苦的) than the ones you'd find in the supermarket today. John didn't expect his apples to be eaten whole, but rather made into hard apple cider (苹果酒).

    ◆Like most four-legged animals,cats have five toes on the front paws (脚爪), but their back paws only have four toes. Scientists think the four-toe back paws might help them run faster. Do you know any other fun facts about cats?

    ◆Walt Disney might have been the first to put gloves on his characters,as the star Mickey Mouse in 1929’s The Opry House (《奥普里之屋》). Besides being easier to interest,there's another reason why Disney did so: “We didn’t want him to have mouse hands because he was supposed to be more human.” Disney once said.
    26. What does the underlined word “they” refer to?
    A. Warmer areas. B. Oranges in warmer areas.
    C. The first oranges D People from Vietnam and Thailand.
    27. John expected his apples to be ______.
    A. known by more people B. sold in the supermarket
    C. eaten only by himself D. made into hard apple cider
    28. How many toes does a normal cat have in total?
    A. Fourteen. B. Sixteen. C. Eighteen. D. Twenty.
    29. Disney put gloves on Mickey Mouse in order to ______.
    A. make him look more human B. protect his hands
    C. help him to run faster D. make him feel more comfortable
    30. Which is NOT a fact according to the information above?
    A. The first oranges weren't oranges.
    B. John's apples weren't sweet enough.
    C. Walt Disney put gloves on his characters to interest people.
    D. Cats have fewer toes on their front paws than the ones on their back paws.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术
    (77) 科普知识
    词数:215
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了生活中的一些小知识:绿橘子、苦苹果、猫的脚爪和米奇的手套。
    26.B【解析】细节理解题。句意:直到现在,在越南和泰国等气候温暖的地区,橘子成熟后仍然保持绿色。they指代温暖地区的橘子。故选B。
    27.D【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中末句John didn't expect his apples to be eaten whole, but rather made into hard apple cider (苹果酒).可知约翰让他的橘子制成苹果酒。故选D。
    28.C【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段中首句Like most four-legged animals,cats have five toes on the front paws (脚爪), but their back paws only have four toes. (像大多数四足动物一样。猫的前爪上有五个脚趾,但它们的后爪只有四个脚趾。) 可知正常的猫的脚爪数目是5×2+4×2=18。故选C。
    29.A【解析】细节理解题。根据第四段中倒数第二句We didn’t want him to have mouse hands because he was supposed to be more human.可知迪士尼给米老鼠戴上手套的目的是让它看起来更像人。故选A。
    30.D【解析】推理判断题。D项表述的含义“猫的前爪上的脚趾比后爪上的少。”与第三段中首句Like most four-legged animals,cats have five toes on the front paws (脚爪), but their back paws only have four toes. 含义不一致,故选D。
    (•山东烟台) B
    In 1987, a small company named Huawei was started in Shenzhen. After more than 30 years of development, the company has now beaten Apple and become the world’s second-largest maker of smartphones behind Korea’s Samsung. It has also become the world’s largest supplier (供应商) of 5G.
    But recently,Huawei faced some difficulties. The U.S. government ordered a ban (禁令) on its sales in America. American officials said Huawei gave information that it collected to the Chinese government. At the same time, the U.S. government planned to stop selling parts and services to Huawei, which was believed that Huawei’s business would be hurt.
    “We have never received such a request from the Chinese government and we have never tried to get into other systems to collect information.” Ren Zhengfei, Huawei’s founder and president said. “The ban from the U.S. would have little effect on our company. Huawei has enough ability to deal with the problems.” Ren added.
    In an interview several years ago, Ren Zhengfei said, “I started Huawei with only£4,000 at the beginning, but now it has become a $100 billion company. The experience was not as romantic (浪漫的) as you imagine.”
    Facing the ban of the U.S., Huawei is growing. Huawei’s smartphone sales around the world rose 50 percent compared to a year earlier in the first three months of . At the same time, sales from both Samsung and Apple fell. So far, Huawei has grown into the world’s largest telecommunication equipment (电信设备)supplier, selling in 170 countries. It may beat Samsung as the largest smartphone maker in the near future.
    31.Which company is the largest supplier of 5G in the world?
    A. Apple. B. Samsung. C. Huawei. D. Nokia.
    32.Why did the U.S. order a ban on Huawei?
    A. Huawei’s sales in a America were growing faster than Apple.
    B. Huawei refused to supply services to the U.S. government.
    C. They didn’t want Apple to sell parts and services to Huawei.
    D. They thought Huawei collected information for the Chinese government.
    33.From what Ren Zhengfei said, we can learn that Huawei ______.
    A. is deeply affected by the ban B. has got into the system of the U.S.
    C. can solve the problems they are facing D. is asked to supply information to China
    34.The underlined sentence in Paragraph 4 means________.
    A. Huawei’s developing experience was hard
    B. it is romantic to start a company with $4,000
    C. the romantic experience was a large amount of wealth
    D. people can understand Huawei’s developing experience easily
    35.What does the writer want to tell us in the last paragraph?
    A. Huawei will grow slowly. B. Huawei is full of hope.
    C. Huawei’s sales will be doubled. D. Huawei is the largest smartphone maker.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术
    (78) 发明与技术
    词数:281
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了华为公司不畏世界霸权,用知识和技术赢得了世界的认可。
    31. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段最后句It has also become the world’s largest supplier (供应商) of 5G. 可知华为公司是世界上最大的5G供应商。故选C。
    32. D 【解析】细节理解题,根据第二段第二句American officials said Huawei gave information that it collected to the Chinese government.可知美国政府对华为实施的禁令的原因是他们诬陷华为给中国政府收集信息。故选D。
    33. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段倒数第二句Huawei has enough ability to deal with the problems. 可知任正非相信华为公司完全能够解决目前的问题。故选C。
    34. A【解析】推理判断题。一家公司的资产从创业之初的£4,000 到 现在的$100 billion,其中的艰辛可想而知。故选A。
    35. B【解析】推理判断题。文章主要讲述了华为公司不畏美国的阻击,用知识和技术赢得了世界的认可。结合文章最后一句“It may beat Samsung as the largest smartphone maker in the near future.”可知作者想要给我们传递出“华为的未来充满希望”。故选B。
    (•山东烟台)C
    Qian Xuesen was born in Shanghai on December 11th, 1911. He is known as “the father of China’s space program” and “the king of the rocket”.
    When he was 24 years old, Qian went to America for further study. After graduation, he worked in America for a few years, where his working conditions were better. In the early 1950s, he heard New China had been founded (成立) and decided not to stay in America any longer. He succeeded in coming back to his motherland in 1955 though the American government tried to stop him.
    In 1956, Qian Xuesen suggested setting up a special organization, which later became the leading organization for China’s rocket and air travel programs. In June 1964, China successfully created its first medium rocket. Qian also played an important role in developing China’s first man-made satellite (卫星). On April 24, 1970, “Dongfanghong-I” was successfully sent into the air.
    In 1964, a young man wrote Qian Xuesen a letter and pointed out a mistake in his published article. Qian immediately answered the letter and encouraged the young man to write an article about the mistake.
    Zhu Yilin, who was said to be the last student of Qian Xuesen, once said, “I learned a lot of professional knowledge as well as the spirit and attitude that a scientist should have from Mr. Qian, especially his deep love for the motherland. Without that, he couldn’t have helped to develop science and technology when New China was badly in need of scientists for its development. Without that, he would not have made the great contribution(贡献)to rocket industry in the late 1950s and early 1960s when conditions in China were too hard.”
    Mr. Qian has been dead for ten years, but he will live in the memory of Chinese people forever.
    36. Why did Qian Xuesen go to America when he was young?
    A. To find a new job. B. To receive further study.
    C. To meet with his parents. D. To find better working conditions.
    37. When was China’s first medium rocket created?
    A. In 1955. B. In 1956. C. In 1964. D. In 1970.
    38. What does Paragraph 3 mainly tell us?
    A. The way Qian Xuesen tried to return to China.
    B. The reason why a special organization was set up.
    C. The role Qian Xuesen played in making the satellite.
    D. The contribution Qian Xuesen has made to China.
    39. In Zhu Yilin’s opinion, what made Qian Xuesen work hard for his motherland?
    A. His love for the motherland. B. His professional knowledge.
    C. His working experience. D. His anger towards America.
    40. We can learn from the passage that ______.
    A. Qian was not welcome in America in the 1950s
    B. the young man couldn’t understand Qian’s articles
    C. New China was in great need of scientists like Qian
    D. hard conditions made it easier to develop rocket industry

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:23. 历史与社会
    (81)著名人物
    词数:314
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了我国著名科学家钱学森的生平,特别是他在新中国成立后克服各种困难回到祖国,为国家的科技发展做出了杰出的贡献以及他的爱国精神。
    36.B【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段首句When he was 24 years old, Qian went to America for further study.可知钱学森去美国的目的是学习深造。故选B。
    37.C【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段第二句In June 1964, China successfully created its first medium rocket.可知中国是在1964年成功研制出中型火箭。故选C。
    38.D【解析】主旨大意题。阅读文章可知,本文主要讲钱学森对中国的贡献。故选D。
    39.A【解析】细节理解题。根据第五段第一句中的... especially his deep love for the motherland. 可知钱学森最令人敬佩之处是对祖国的热爱和忠诚,这也是他努力工作的动力。故选A。
    40.C【解析】推理判断题。A项与第二段第二句中“he worked in America for a few years, where his working conditions were better.”相矛盾,钱学森在美国并非不受欢迎;B项与第四段相矛盾,年轻人能够指出其中的错误所以他应该能理解钱学森的论文;D项意为“困难的条件让发展火箭工业更容易”是对文章第五段理解的偏差。由第五段倒数第二句中“New China was badly in need of scientists for its development”可知新中国急需像钱学森这样的人才。故选C。
    第一节 (山东聊城) 阅读下面短文,根据短文内容判断其后面所给句子的对错,并在答题卡上将所选的对应选项涂黑。选Right涂A,选Wrong涂B.
    Do you like animals? Do you want to work with them? If you answer is “yes”, you might be interested in the job of a vet.
    A vet is an animal doctor. There are over 60,000 vets in the US. Some take care of pets like dogs, cats and birds. Some care for farm animals like horses and cows. Some work in zoos and they work with elephants, tigers, lions, pandas and so on.
    It’s difficult to become a vet in the Us. Besides the love for animals, one has to study really hard. He must first finish college, and then go to the veterinary(兽医的) school for four years’ study. Working as a vet is not easy, either. They often work long hours, but many vets say that their job is exciting and fun.
    Jane is a vet working in New York. “I work 10 hours a day. It’s long? I just feel the time flies so fast when I’m working. I always think I have the best job ever,” she says.
    41.There are more than 60,000 vets in the US.
    A. Right. B. Wrong.
    42.Vets care for many kinds of animal.
    A. Right. B. Wrong.
    43.It’s easy to become a vet in the US.
    A. Right. B. Wrong.
    44.One can become a vet after he finishes college.
    A. Right. B. Wrong.
    45.Jane doesn’t think her working time is long.
    A. Right. B. Wrong.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    工作与职业
    词数
    188
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文,讲的是在美国有很多兽医,他们照顾很多种类的动物,成为兽医很难,需要先从大学毕业,然后去兽医学校学习4年,兽医的工作很繁重,但是很多兽医乐在其中。
    【答案】41-45 AABBA
    【解析】
    41. A 细节理解题。从第二段第二句There are over 60,000 vets in the US.可知美国大约有60,000兽医。故选A。
    42. A细节理解题。从第二段的第三、第四、第五句some take care of pets like dogs,
    cats and birds. Some care for farm animals like horses and cows. Some work in zoos and
    they work with elephants, tigers, lions, pandas and so on,可知,兽医需要照顾许多 种类的动物。故选A。
    43. B细节理解题。从第三段第一句It’s difficult to become a vet in the US可知,在美国成为兽医很难。故选B。
    44. B细节理解题。从第三段第三句He must first finish college, and then go to the veterinary(兽医的) school for four years’ study可知,一个人想成为兽医需要大学毕 业,还需要去兽医学校学习4年。故选B。
    45. A细节理解题。从最后一句 I just feel the time flies so fast when I’m working可知,Jane认为她在工作时时间过的很快。故选A。

    第二节 (山东聊城) 阅读下列短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个能回答所提问题或能完成所给句子的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
    A(山东聊城)
    Part-time(兼职的) jobs for students
    Babysitter(临时保姆) needed
    We need a babysitter to look after our two boys aged 5 and 7 after school from 4:30 pm to 6:30 pm, Monday to Friday.
    $100 a week.
    Call Vicky at 6783-4521.
    Rose Hotel part-time work
    We are looking for part-time workers to work in our hotel on Saturdays.
    Come in (8 am to 6 pm) or call Mina at 6123-8745(after 6 pm).
    Holiday job
    Do you want to make some money this summer? Can you speak another language?We need French, Spanish or German speakers to work in the City Museum shop from Tuesday to Saturday.
    Send your CV(简历) to citymuseum@shopjob.lkj.
    Newspaper delivery(递送)
    We need young people to deliver newspapers on Monday, Wednesday and Friday mornings. The newspaper delivery takes 30 minutes in the village of Clambrook. You must deliver the newspapers before 7:30 am and you must have your own bike.
    Interested? Ask for more information at Clanbrook post office.

    46. How much can a babysitter get for an hour?
    A. 5 dollars. B. 7 dollars. C. 10 dollars. D. 12 dollars.
    47.If you wants to get the job in Rose Hotel, she can call Mina at ______.
    A. 8 am. B. 10 am. C. 5 pm. D. 7 pm.
    48.What can we know about the holiday job?
    A. It doesn’t require any CV.
    B. It doesn’t provide an pay.
    C. If you have got it, you needn’t work on Monday.
    D. If you want to get it, you must speak three languages.
    49.If Harry takes the newspaper delivery job, he must ______.
    A. work three mornings a week
    B. use the bike of the post office
    C. finish the work before 7:00 am
    D. be interested in the newspapers
    50.The four pieces of information above may be found in the part of _______ in a newspaper.
    A. News B. Ad(广告) C. Sports D. Recreation(娱乐)

    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    广告
    词数
    168
    【主旨大意】这是一篇应用文,是四则应聘广告。
    【答案】46-50 CDCAB
    【解析】
    46. C 推理判断题。从Babysitter(临时保姆) needed第一段from 4:30pm to 6:30 pm, Monday to Friday与$100 a week可知,一天工作两个小时,一周工作5天,一周100美元,即一小时10美元。故选C。
    47. D细节理解题。从Rose Hotel part-time work第二段call Mina at 6123-8745(after 6 pm)可知在下午6点后可以给Mina打电话。故选D。
    48. C细节理解题。从Holiday job第三段 from Tuesday to Saturday可知,假期工只需要星期二到星 期六工作,星期一不用工作。故选C。
    49. A细节理解题。从Newspaper delivery(递送)第四段We need young people to deliver newspapers on Monday, Wednesday and Friday mornings可知,只需要在星期一、星期三、星期五这三天的早上送报纸。故选A。
    50. B推理判断题。从四个方框中内容可以知道,都是在招人、应聘,属于广告。故选B。
    B(山东聊城)
    I come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England. It is on the River Cam and has population of about 120,000. My home town is especially famous for its university. Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin. There are lots of old buildings and churches to visit. Students and tourists enjoy trips along the river by boat.
    Cambridge is 80 kilometres from London. London is in the south of England and it is on the River Thames. It has a population of about seven and a half million, so it is bigger and busier than Cambridge. It is about 2,000 years old, and it is famous for Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bridge.
    England itself is part of an island, and you are always near the sea. The small villages and beaches on the coast are popular for holidays. Tourists like the areas of low mountains and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills and pretty villages in the south. Everywhere in England, you will notice how green the countryside is.
    It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter. So come and see England any time of the year, but bring an umbrella with you. It rains a lot all year round. You will need it most days.
    51.Cambridge is ______.
    A. in the east of England B. in the south of England
    C. Con the River Thames D. far from the River Cam
    52.How many examples of famous people are mentioned in the passage?
    A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.
    53.What can we know about Cambridge and London?
    A. Cambridge is much busier than London.
    B. London is 2,000 kilometres from Cambridge.
    C. Cambridge has more famous buildings than London.
    D. London has a much bigger population than Cambridge.
    54.Tourists like _______ in the south of England.
    A. the churches. B. the low mountains
    C.the pretty villages D. the beautiful lakes
    55.It is _______ in England.
    A. very hot in summer B. very cold in winter
    C. not very cold in winter D. not rainy all year round
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    国家/城市
    词数
    222
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文,剑桥位于英国东面,有12万人口,有很多有名的人在这里学习,也有很多景点可以观赏;伦敦在英国南面,位于泰晤士河,有750万人口,比剑桥更繁忙更大,有2000年的历史;英国是岛的一部分,游客很喜欢去英国旅游。
    【答案】51-55 ABDCC
    【解析】
    51. A细节理解题。从第一段第一句I come from Cambridge, a beautiful city in the east of England可知,剑桥在英国东面。故选A。
    52. B细节理解题。从第一段第四句Many famous people studied here, such as Isaac Newton and Charles Darwin可知,只有两位名人被提到。故选B。
    53. D细节理解题。从第一段第二句It is on the River Cam and has population of about 120,000和第二段第三句It has a population of about seven and a half million可知,剑桥有12万人口,而伦敦有750 万人口。故选D.
    54. C细节理解题。从第三段第三句Tourists like the areas of low mountains and beautiful lakes in the north, and the hills and pretty villages in the south可知,游客喜欢位于英国南面的漂亮村庄。故选C。
    55. C细节理解题。从第四段第一句It is never very hot in summer or very cold in winter可 知,英国夏天不是很热,冬天不是很冷。故选C。
    C(山东聊城)
    Is a nearby neighbour better than a faraway cousin? An American lady, Anna Lane, believes it’s true. Her kind neighbours once helped her out when she was in a big trouble.
    Mrs Lane was living alone in a city in Texas, US. The woman in her 70s could do a lot of housework herself. However, she was too old to mow(裁剪) her lawn(草坪). Then a big trouble found her. She let the grass grow over 18 inches high and it broke the law in he city. As a result, she was in danger of paying lots of money or even going to prison! Luckily, he neighbours, the Adams brothers, heard the news about her on TV. They decided to do something to help. “We haven’t met her yet, but she’s 75 years old and she needs some help,” said Sam Adams, one of the boys. “That’s the least we could do.”
    The Adams brothers took their mowers(修建机) and came to Mrs Lane’s house to mow her lawn without telling her. Once they got started, other neighbours saw what was going on and joined in the effort.
    Together they worked hard in the sun and finished mowing the whole lawn in about two hours. When Mrs Lane saw what her neighbours did for her, she was surprised and moved to tears(感动得落泪). “I cannot believe this,” she said. “They were so kind to spend two hours helping me and I didn’t even know their names.” As for the Adams brothers, they said they would always be ready to help her.
    56. What can we know about Mrs Lane?
    A. She was 70 years old. B. She could not do her housework.
    C. She was living with her children. D. She could not cut the grass on the lawn.
    57. Mrs Lane was in danger of going to prison because ______.
    A. she broke the education law in he city
    B. the grass on her lawn was over 18 inches high
    C. the news about her on TV was made up by her
    D. she didn’t pay enough money to her neighbours
    58. Who mowed the lawn?
    A. The Adams brothers.
    B. Sam Adams and Mrs Lane
    C. The Adams brothers and Mrs Lane
    D. The Adams brothers and other neighbours
    59. Which of the following is true?
    A. The Adams brothers knew Mrs Lane very well.
    B. Mrs Lane knew some of her neighbours’ names.
    C. Mrs Lane didn’t expect her neighbours would help her.
    D. The Adams brothers used Mrs Lane’s mowers to cut the grass.
    60. The best title (题目) for the passage would be ______.
    A. Good neighbours B. A serious city law
    C. A beautiful garden D. Humorous brothers
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    周围的人
    词数
    294
    【主旨大意】这一篇记叙文,Mrs Lane因为年纪大了无法去除去她家草坪上已经长的很高的草,在她即将面临处罚时,她的邻居们一起好心的帮助了她。
    【答案】56-60 DBDCA
    【解析】
    56. D细节理解题。从第二段第三句she was too old to mow(裁剪) her lawn(草坪)可知,Mrs Lane 不能裁剪她的草坪。故选D。
    57. B细节理解题。从第二段第五句She let the grass grow over 18 inches high可知,她家 草坪的草已经长到了18英寸高。故选B。
    58. D细节理解题。从第二段第七句her neighbours, the Adams brothers, heard the news about her on TV. They decided to do something to help和第三段第二句other neighbours saw what was going on and joined in the effort可知,Adams brothers和其他的邻居都帮忙 整理草坪了。故选D。
    59. C推理判断题。从第四段“I cannot believe this,” she said. “They were so kind to spend two hours helping me and I didn’t even know their names.”可知,她无法相信她的这些连名字都不知道的邻居会花两个小时来来帮她,由此可推测,她之前没有期望过她的邻居会帮她,因此感到无法相信。故选C。
    60. A标题归纳题。阅读本文知,本文讲述了一些善良的邻居帮助Mrs Lane整理她的草 坪的事情。故选A。

    (·山东菏泽)A

    In the Warring States Period, the State of Qin had a fight with the State of Zhao, Zhao needed some talented people to ask for help from Chu. Then Mao Sui—the man who believed he was the right person for this task came and recommended (推荐) himself. And he made the king of Chu send the army to help successfully. Zhao was safe. From then on, Mao Sui became a well-known hero of the state.

    One day, Shang Yang put a thin wooden stick near the south gate of the capital of Qin. He promised to pay l0 gold pieces to anyone who could move it to the north gate. It was such a simple job that all the people thought Shang was joking. Then he added 40 more gold pieces. A man moved it and he really got 50 gold pieces. After that, the people of Qin believed Shang was a man of his word. So they all followed Shang’s new laws later.

    Wang Xizhi was one of the most famous calligraphers (书法家) during the Eastern Jin Dynasty of China. When he was very young, he practiced his art every day and never stopped.
    One day, Wang Xizhi wrote in wood for an engraver (雕刻师) to cut. Then the engraver found the ink had penetrated (渗透) one centimeter into the wood. Now “Ru Mu San Fen” is often used to describe sharp ideas or useful views.
    41. Where did Mao Sui come from according to this passage?
    A. The State of Qin.
    B. The State of Zhao.
    C. The State of Chu.
    42. Why did the people of Qin follow Shang Yang’s new law?
    A. They believed in Shang Yang.
    B. They were afraid of Shang Yang.
    C. Shang Yang gave them gold pieces.
    43. What is “Ru Mu San Fen” often used to describe now?
    A. A man of his word.
    B. Sharp ideas or useful views.
    C. A well-known hero of the state.
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    故事
    词数
    242
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章介绍了中国三个成语“毛遂自荐”、“立木取信”和“入木三分”的来历和含义。
    【答案】41-43CAB
    【解析】
    41. C 推理判断题。从表格第一栏“Zhao needed some talented people to ask for help from Chu. Then Mao Sui—the man who believed he was the right person for this task came and recommended himself.”知,赵国需要一些来自楚国的有志之士来帮助。此时,毛遂认为他就是那个有志之士并向赵国推荐了自己。由此推知,毛遂来自楚国。故选C。
    42. A 细节理解题。从表格第二栏“After that. the people of Qin believed Shang was a man of his word. So they all followed Shang’s new laws later.”知,从那以后,秦国人相信商鞅是一个信守诺言的人,于是他们后来就遵从商鞅的新的法规。故选A。
    43. B 细节理解题。从表格第三栏“Now “Ru Mu San Fen” is often used to describe sharp ideas or useful views.”知,现在“入木三分”常用来描述精准的想法和有用的观点。故选B。

    (·山东菏泽)B
    How do people find their ways? At first, people did it by looking at the sun, the moon and the stars. Later, we started to use the compass (指南针). Today, there are navigation satellite systems.
    A navigation satellite system uses groups of satellites. They send information to a receiver, such as your smart phones. Then they can find where you are.
    The earliest navigation system is the Global (全球的) Positioning System (GPS) of the United States. The US has put 24 satellites into space to make sure GPS can locate a person correctly and globally. Russia’s GLONASS and European Unions Galileo can also work globally.
    The Beidou Navigation Satellite System (BDS) is China’s homegrown navigation system. It was set up in 2000. With it, China became the third country to build a navigation system after the US and Russia.
    Beidou can find you wherever you are. It helps you go faster by finding shortcuts and using correct directions. When you are in trouble and call the police, they will know exactly where you are if you have a smart phone that uses Beidou.
    Today, there are more than 20 Beidou satellites above our heads. And the system is able to offer open services to the Asia-Pacific area.
    China plans to send more Beidou- satellites into space. Beidou-3’s position accuracy (精确度) is less than five meters. By 2020, the Beidou system will have 35 satellites and begin serving globally.
    44. How did people find their ways at first according to this passage?
    A. By looking at the sun, the moon, and stars.
    B. By using the navigation satellite systems.
    C. By looking at the compass.
    45. How many navigation satellite system are mentioned in the passage?
    A. Two B. Three C. Four
    46. What does the underlined word “locate” in the third paragraph mean?
    A 位于 B 设置 C 定位
    47. What do you know about the BeiDou system?
    A .It was set up before GPS
    B. It will begin serving globally by 2020.
    C. There are less than 20 BeiDou satellites today.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    信息技术
    词数
    241
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。由美国主导的导航系统GSP在全球广泛的使用着,它给人们出行提供了方便。现在欧洲和俄罗斯也有一个导航系统。中国北斗导航系统成为世界上第三个导航系统,即将给全世界提供服务。
    【答案】44-47ABCB
    【解析】
    44. A 细节理解题。从第一段“At first, people did it by looking at the sun, the moon and the stars.”知,在开始,人们通过看太阳、月亮和星星找路。故选A。
    45. B 总结归纳题。文章提及了美国的GPS、俄罗斯和欧洲合作的GLONASS和中国的BDS等三个导航系统。故选B。
    46. C 词义猜测题。根据常识并从划线词后面的信息“a person correctly and globally(在全球正确的找到一个人)”知,GPS系统能定位一个人。故选C。
    47. B 细节理解题。从文章描述知,北斗导航系统是继GPS和GLONASS导航系统后的第三个导航系统;从倒数第二段“Today, there are more than 20 Beidou satellites above our heads.”知,目前有超过20个北斗卫星在我们头顶上;从最后一段“By 2020, the Beidou system will have 35 satellites and begin serving globally.”知,到2020年为止,北斗系统将会拥有35颗卫星并提供全球服务。故选B。

    (·山东菏泽)C
    Writing is a much newer invention than talking. Nobody knows when people first began to talk, but so far as we know, they did not begin to write until seven or eight thousand years ago.

    In Egypt, Mesopotamia, and China, and later in Palestine and Greece, people began to make marks and pictures with sticks and sharp stoned from which others, or they themselves, later, could see what they had thought.
    These early records were the beginning of writing. The first writing was picture writing. Here are some early Chinese picture words. Can you see what they represent(代表)?

    Later Chinese writing is less like pictures than the earlier writing was, but we can see the picture in some of its words. For example:

    In picture writing, each picture represents a word; you need a different picture or mark for each word.
    In present-day Chinese writing most of the marks are not picture of anything, and a reader has to learn how the Chinese write about two thousand of these words before being able to read a newspaper.
    With some of these marks you may be able to see what the idea is. For example:
    The sun and the moon. Its meanings are :”bright” and “open”.
    A man and two marks. One of the meanings is “humanity”.
    48. When did people begin to write?
    A Seven or eight hundred years ago.
    B. Before people first began to talk.
    C. Seven or eight thousand years ago.
    49. Which of the following is the earliest Chinese picture word?

    50. What does the in the passage mean?
    A.Day and night B. Bright and open C. Humanity
    51. What’s the passage mainly about?
    A. The history of Chinese writing.
    B. When Chinese people began to write.
    C. How the Chinese began to talk.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    语言
    词数
    217
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。没人知道人类是什么时候开始说话的,但人类对文字的书写却有据可查。早期的汉字是图片文字,后来逐渐演变成图片和表意相结合的形式,最后演变到现代的表意文字。
    【答案】48-51AABA
    【解析】
    48. C 细节理解题。从第一段“but so far as we know, they did not begin to write until seven or eight thousand years ago.”知,据我们所知,人们直到七、八千年前才开始写。故选C。
    49. A 总结归纳题。从第三段“The first writing was picture writing.”知,早期汉字书写就是用图片表达。然后从该段下面列举的文字知,A是最早期的汉语图片文字。故选A。
    50. B 细节理解题。从倒数第二段“The sun and the moon. Its meanings are :”bright” and “open”.”知,太阳和月亮是“明”,而“明”的意思是:明亮和张开。故选B。
    61. A 主旨大意题。阅读文章知,本文从汉字的早期图片书写形式谈到后来的图片和表意相结合的形式,到现在演变成表意文字。谈论的是汉语书写的历史。故选A。

    (·山东菏泽)D
    Delivering a better life
    By YANG FEIYUE ︳China Daily ︳Updated:-03-30 10:42
    A father who was disabled at work and abandoned(抛弃) by his wife brings his daughter on his takeout routes.
    The 39-year-old man from Yunnan Province lost his mother when he was a teenager. He experienced a serious accident in 2012. And his wife abandoned him and their daughter three years ago.
    But Li Bangyong didn’t give up.
    He has managed to support himself and his girl by delivering takeout over the past two years.
    Li moved to Jiaxing, Zhejiang Province to find a job but lost it after a machine crushed (压碎) his right hand.
    He started delivering food with his baby last year. He put a safety chair on his e-bike. His girl wears a special coat to protect against sunlight and a quilt to keep warm. He works this way from 7:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m., with only a 10-minute lunch break. He feeds his girl bread when she cries and slows down when she falls asleep. Li always carries her when he takes the food to customers’ doors, although he often has to climb many stairs.
    He faces hardship but finds comfort in his work.
    And many people have offered support to Li after reading his story.
    52. Who reported the news?
    A. Yang Feiyue. B. Li Bangyong. C. Wang Zhenyu.
    53. How long does Li Bangyong usually work every day?
    A. About 8 hours. B. About 10 hours. C. About 12 hours.
    54.Why does Li’s girl walk around during a break?
    A. To deliver takeout. B. To relax her legs. C. To protect against sunlight.
    55.Where does this passage probably come from?
    A. A guide book. B. A TV program. C. A website.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    故事
    词数
    191
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。云南省的29岁的男人在遭遇事故和家庭变故之后,毅然决然地带着自己的小女儿踏上了自立自强之路。为了生存,他历经千辛万苦带着女儿送外卖。他的故事感到了很多人,人们纷纷对他们表达了支持。
    【答案】52-55ACBC
    【解析】
    52. A 细节理解题。从文章标题下面“By YANG FEIYUE”知,本文是由Yang Feiyue报道的。故选A。
    53. C 推理计算题。从倒数第三段“He works this way from 7:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m”知,Li Bangyong每天从早上7点30分工作到晚上7点30分。据此计算知,他每天工作12小时。故选C。
    54. B 细节理解题。从第二幅图片下的文字“Li’s girl walks around to relax her legs during a break.”知,Li的女儿在短暂休息期间就在周围走走,以放松她的腿。故选B。
    55. C 推理判断题。本文作者报道了一个父亲的故事,并从本报道开头的“China Daily ︳Updated:-03-30 10:42”知,本文来自一个网站。故选C。
    A(江苏宿迁)
    Tony is a student aged 15. He and his parents are going to travel around Beijing this summer. Below is some information that the have got.

    The Palace Museum
    Opening hours:
    Tuesday-Sunday 8:30 -17:00
    (Monday Closed)
    Admission: adult: ¥60
    student : ¥20
    child (under 6): free

    The Summer Palace
    Opening hours:
    Monday-Sunday 6:30 -18:00
    Admission: adult: ¥30
    student : ¥15
    child (under 6): free

    The Badaling Great Wall
    Opening hours:
    Monday-Sunday 6:00 -19:30
    Admission: adult: ¥40
    student : ¥20
    child (under 6): free

    Beijing Zoo
    Opening hours:
    Monday-Sunday 7:30 -18:00
    Admission: adult: ¥15
    student : ¥7.5
    child (under 6): free
    31. Tony interested in animals, so he can go to ____________ for fun.
    A. The Palace Museum B. Beijing Zoo
    C. the Summer Palace D. the Badling Great Wall
    32. Tony and his parents can’t go to visit the Palace Museum on _____________.
    A. Monday B. Tuesday C. Saturday D. Sunday
    33. How much will Tony and his parents pay if they visit the Summer Palace and the Badling Great Wall?
    A. ¥105 B. ¥140 C. ¥175 D. ¥210
    题材:记叙文
    话题:6 旅游/ 旅行
    词数:90
    A【主旨大意】本文是一篇表格应用文。文章通过表格的形式对北京的旅行景点进行了介绍,展示了不同景点开放的时间、价格,供人们在旅行之前进行选择。
    31. B 细节理解题。由前句“对动物感兴趣”可知,表格中有“北京动物园”。故选B。
    32. A 细节理解题。由表格“Monday closed”可知“颐和园星期一是不开放的”。故选A。
    33. C 数字运算题。由问题可知,参观“颐和园和八达岭长城”是两个成年人,一个学生,因此去颐和园需75元,去八达岭长城需100元,共175元。故选C。
    B(江苏宿迁)
    Sun bears(马来熊)are the smallest of the world’s eight bears species(物种). They have a black coat and a white or golden colour on their bodies. Their homes are in the tropical(热带雨林)of Southeast Asia. They live in trees and eat both plants and animals. They can grow to be 1.4 metres in height and 65 kilograms in weight. They usually live alone and are happy to spend most of their time by themselves.
    Scientists studied sun bears in the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Center. They found that although sun bears live alone, they have developed a surprising social skill. They can copy (模仿) other sun bear’s facial expression (面部表情) as a form of communication. They can even copy exact muscular (肌肉的) movements that other sun bears make- such as making a face.
    The ability to copy facial expressions is found in humans, gorilla’s (大猩猩), some monkeys and some other animals. But until now, only humans and gorillas have the ability to exactly copy facial expressions. However, scientists found that sun bears can copy facial expression as well as humans and gorillas. This surprised them because sun bears are alone and they have no close relationship with human beings.
    Although they live alone in the wild, the sun bears in the study often played gently with each other. Sometimes they played with faster actions as hitting and biting. Scientists are still not sure what messages the sun bears were sending to one another.
    34. According to the passage, where do sun bears usually live?
    A. In caves. B. In trees. C. By the river. D. On the ice.
    35. From the passage, we can learn something about sun bears EXCEPT that _______________.
    A. they like to live alone in the wild and only eat animals
    B. they can copy other sun bears’ facial expressions for communications
    C. they can copy exact muscular movements of other sun bears
    D. they have no close relationship with human beings
    36. Which of the following might be the best title for the passage?
    A. A warm home on the earth B. A brave animal in the forest
    C. A new friend of human beings D. A surprising skill of sun bears
    题材:说明文
    话题:20 动物
    话题:27 生活技能
    词数:280
    B【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了马来熊的相关信息。马来熊是世界八种熊类中体型最小的。它们一般独自生活,喜欢独自度过大多数时间,但是科学家最近发现,它们演化出了一种惊人的社交技巧,它们会模仿或者说复制其他熊的面部表情,以此作为一种交流方式。
    34. B 细节理解题。由文中They live in trees可知马来熊生活在树上。故选B。
    35. A 推理判断题。由文中eat both plants and animals可知马来熊只吃动物是错误的。故选A。
    36. D 主旨大意题。文章主要说明了马来熊会模仿或者说复制其他熊的面部表情,以此作为一种交流方式,这就是马来熊的一种特殊技能。故选D。

    C(江苏宿迁)
    Technology is developing fast and it has become an important part of our life. Then what will the world be like in the future?
    3-D food will be both delicious and nutritious(有营养的). We can use 3-D printers to print some basic materials. ① And we can go further. Scientists belive that we just need to turn on a printer in the kitchen and then we can enjoy our favourite food whenever we like.
    ② 5G network will allow many more people to get information. Big companies like China Mobile and China Unicom will start to offer 5G. It is said that promises download speeds 10 to 20 times faster than 4G. For example, we can download a film within just 1 second. But with a 4G network, it takes a few minutes. There will be much bandwidth (带宽) and we can get unlimited (无限的) information.
    Underwater cities will provide more space. The earth is becoming more and more crowded. We may turn to underwater homes, which will be built as low as 15 of the sea can be used to provide power for the homes.
    ③ For us common people on the earth, the dream of travelling around space will come true. In the coming years, spacecraft will be as popular as buses, trains and planes. We can leave our home and enter space to take an adventure (冒险). And even we will get used to living there.
    A robot will be a part of life. Robots can do many of the same things as we humans do like driving cars. But they will be used in other areas as well. They will be able to think. They can tell the difference between right and wrong. They can feel ④ In a word, just as Jules Verne said, ”Anything one man can imagine, other men can make real.”
    37. According to the passage, which of the following statements about the future world is TRUE?
    A. 3-D food will be easy to make but won’t taste good.
    B. With 5G, users will get only a little information.
    C. Underwater cities will provide more living space.
    D. A robot will do everything for us as human beings.
    38. Where can the sentence “Space tour will be a piece of cake.” Be put?
    A. ① B. ② C. ③ D. ④
    39. What can we infer (推断) from the passage?
    A. people will live a hard life in the future.
    B. Technology will make our future better.
    C. People will have no real friend in the future.
    D. Technology will make no difference to our future.
    40. Where does the passage probably come from?
    A. A storybook. B. A film poster.
    C. A travel guide. D. A science magazine.
    题材:说明文
    话题:9. 未来
    话题:18. 通讯
    话题:22. 发明与技术
    词数:325
    C【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。短文展望了科技对我们未来生活的影响,包括3D打印食品技术、5G网络技术、水下城市、太空旅游和以及机器人技术等。
    37. C 细节理解题。由文中Underwater cities will provide more space.可知选项C是正确的。故选C。
    38. C 推理判断题。由Space tour will be a piece of cake“太空旅行是很轻松的事”可知第③空格处是关于太空内容的。故选C。
    39. B 推理判断题。文章主要讲述了科学技术带来的改变,因此可推断科学技术能让我们的将来变得更好。故选B。
    40. D 主旨大意题。文章内容主要是关于科学技术发展方面的内容,因此这篇文章可能来自于科学杂志。故选D。

    D(江苏宿迁)
    Mr. and Mrs. March lived together with their four daughters. Amy was very shy. Beth loved being at home. Meg looked very pretty. Jo was tall and thin and she was a tomboy.. Their home was always busy and full of noise and people. Next to them lived old Mr. Laurence and his grandson, Laurie. They lived in a very large and comfortable house. But it was a house without life.
    One day, Joe saw Laurie standing at an upstairs window in his house and looking down at their garden. Jo’s sisters were playing in the snow there. They were throwing snowballs and having a lot of fun. But Laurie’s face was very sad.
    “Poor boy!” Jo thought. “He’s all alone. He needs some friends.” She couldn’t stop thinking about him. She wanted to go and see him, but how could she go to the house without an invitation?
    Then one snowy afternoon, she saw Laurie’s grandpa go out. This gave her an idea. She took a broom from the kitchen.
    “What are you going to do, Jo?” asked her sister Meg.
    “To clear the garden path.” Answered Jo.
    When Laurie saw Jo from the window, a big smile changed his pale, sad face.
    Jo laughed and shouted, ”How are you? Are you ill?”
    Laurie opened the window and said,” I’m better now, thank you. I had a bad cold and had to stay inside for a week”.
    “I’m sorry,” said Jo. “Are you bored?”
    “Yes, very.” he replied.
    “Don’t your friends come to visit you?”
    “No. But I don’t want to see anybody. Boys are noisy and they give me a headache.”
    “Girls are quiet.”
    “I don’t know any girls.”
    “You know us.”
    “That’s true! Can you come and visit me?” cried Laurie.
    “ I’m not quiet, but I’d like to come,” replied Jo. “I must ask Mother first.” She ran back into her house.
    A few minutes later, she returned and rang the bell on the door of laurie’s house. A servant took her upstairs.
    “Here I am!” she said brightly. “Mother sends her love and my sisters gave me this blancmange (牛奶冻) for you.”
    “That looks delicious,” Laurie said. He was very happy to see Jo.
    Jo looked around. There were lots of books on the shelves.
    “A nice room!” she said. “I can read to you if you like.”
    “No, let’s talk,” replied Laurie.
    “All right,” said Jo, “I can talk for hours. My sisters say I never know when to stop.”
    “You have three sisters-Amy, Beth and Meg.” Laurie continued.
    “How do you know this?” Jo was surprised.
    “You call each other’s names when you are in the garden. Sometimes I can see you all around the table with your mother. She has a very kind face. I like looking at her. I haven’t got a mother.”
    Jo felt sad when she heard this.
    “Why don’t you come and visit us?” she said, “It isn’t good for you to stay in this house all the time.”
    “Thank you. I’d like to come very much.” Said Laurie.
    “We know all our neighbours except you.” Jo said, “ I’m glad we’re friends now.”
    She told him about all the interesting things in her life. She said,” Besides(除了……之外) plays, I also love books.” Laurie loved books too, and offered to show her the library in the house. The library was a wonderful room. Jo loved it.
    “Wow!” she said, “All those books!”
    Laurie said, “A person needs more than books.”
    (Adapted from Little Women)
    41. From the first paragraph, we know ________________.
    A. Jo’s family had five members B. Jo ad Laurie were neighbours
    C. Laurie and his grandpa were busy D. the four sisters had the same hobby
    42. Jo wanted to visit Laurie because _________________.
    A. she wanted to visit his large house
    B. Laurie invited her to play with snowballs
    C. she felt he was lonely and needed friends
    D. Laurie was seriously ill and needed her care
    43. What might be the correct order of what happened in the story?
    a. Jo saw Laurie standing at an upstairs window in his house.
    b. Jo and Laurie were having a talk happily at Laurie’s home.
    c. Jo wanted to Laurie’s home after telling her mother.
    d. Jo couldn’t stop thinking about Laurie.
    A. a-b-c-d B. b-a-c-d C. b-d—a-c D. a-d-c-b
    44. Which words can best describe Jo and her sisters?
    A. Kind and friendly B. Generous but rude
    C. Quiet and smart D. Funny but carless
    45. What does Laurie mean by saying “A person needs more than books.”?
    A. People need to stay in their own houses.
    B. People should learn much more from the books.
    C. People need love and friendship besides books.
    D. People should relax themselves besides reading
    题材:小说
    话题:4. 家庭生活
    话题:24. 小说
    话题:26. 鼓舞 (inspiration)
    词数:710
    【主旨大意】本文节选自小说《小妇人》。小说主要叙述了马奇夫妇有四个女儿,她们是艾米、贝恩、梅和乔。四姐妹不仅有漂亮的容貌,更有一颗善良的心。他们快乐的生活场景吸引了邻居劳伦斯老先生的孙子劳里,他和爷爷一起生活很孤独。短文主要描述了乔和劳里结识的过程和对白。
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇小说《小妇人》。小说主要叙述了马奇夫妇有四个女儿,她们是艾米、贝恩、梅和乔。四姐妹不仅有漂亮的容貌,更有一颗善良的心。劳里是劳伦斯老先生的孙子,是一位善良又不乏调皮的少年,是马奇家四姐妹的好朋友,和乔特别投缘。

    【答案】 41-45 BCDAC
    【解析】
    41. B 细节理解题。由文中“Next to them lived old Mr. Laurence and his grandson, Laurie”知,乔与劳里是邻居。故选B。
    42. C 细节理解题。由文中的第三段“He’s all alone. He needs some friends.”可知,乔想拜访劳里是因为她觉得劳里很孤独,需要朋友。故选C。
    43. D 篇章结构题。由文中第二段“One day, Joe saw Laurie standing at an upstairs window in his house ”可知,起初乔看到劳里站在自家楼上的窗户边;其次从第三段“She couldn’t stop thinking about him.”可知,乔是一直想着他;接着从文中“ I’m not quiet, but I’d like to come,” replied Jo. “I must ask Mother first.” 可知,乔在告诉妈妈之后想去劳里的家;最后从文中“A few minutes later, she returned and rang the bell on the door of laurie’s house.”可知,他们见面之后非常开心。
    44. A 归纳总结题。从文章大意可知,四姐妹都有着一颗善良的心,因此最能描述的词是“善良和友好”。故选A。
    45. C 主旨大意题。由文章最后可知,一个人需要的不仅是书,更需要的是爱和友谊。故选C。
    A(江苏苏州)
    School holiday activities at the library

    Activity
    When
    Cost
    Who
    Cartooning with Eva Leung
    Tuesday 7 June, 9-11 a.m.
    ﹩3.00 to cover the cost of art paper and pencils
    5 to 8-year-olds

    Activity
    When
    Cost
    Who
    Cartooning with Eva Leung
    Wednesday 8 June, 9-11 a.m.
    $3.00 to cover the cost of art paper and pencils
    9 to 10-year-olds
    Eva Leung is famous for her cartoons published regularly in KIDStime magazine.

    Activity
    When
    Cost
    Who
    Kite-making
    Wednesday 8 June, 2-4 p.m.
    $3.00 to cover the cost of paper, string and other materials
    5 to 10-year-olds

    Activity
    When
    Cost
    Who
    Kite-making
    Thursday 9 June, 2-4 p.m.
    $3.00 to cover the cost of paper, string and other materials
    5 to 10-year-olds
    21. Who is this poster for?
    A. Cartoonists. B. Librarians. C. Writers. D. Children.
    22. On which day are there two different activities?
    A. Monday. B. Tuesday. C. Wednesday. D. Thursday.
    23. Why are there two cartooning classes on the program?
    A. Because the classes are for different age groups.
    B. Because more time is needed to learn cartooning
    C. Because there is a strict limit on numbers for each class.
    D. Because some children might want to do both the classes.
    题材:应用文
    话题:5 学校活动
    话题:10 节假日活动
    词数:119
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了在图书馆举办的四个学校假期活动。
    【答案】21-23 DCA
    21. D 推理判断题。根据表格中Who的四个内容:5 to 8-year-olds,9 to 10-year-olds,5 to 10-year-olds,5 to 10-year-olds可以推知,这些活动是为了孩子们准备的,因此这个是针对孩子们的海报,故选D。
    22. C 细节理解题。活动Cartooning with Eva Leung和Kite-making都是在周三,因此周三安排有两个不同的活动,故选C。
    23. A推理判断题。根据Cartooning with Eva Leung表格中的5 to 8-year-olds和9 to 10-year-olds可以推断出,两节卡通课针对的年龄段不同,所以安排了两节课,故选A。
    B(江苏苏州)
    People all over the world eat eggs. Most of the eggs we eat come from hens. Eggs are easy to cook. They can be cooked in lots of ways such as fried or hard-boiled. Eggs can be used with other things to make cakes and ice-cream.

    The fresh test
    Put your egg in a pan of water and use the guide below to find out how old your egg is.

    Sinks(下沉)to the bottom of the pan and stays there 3-6 days old
    Sinks, but floats at an angle(角度) Just over 1 week old
    Sinks, and then stands on end About 2 weeks old
    Floats on top or just under the surface Over 2 weeks old
    Eggs last a long time. You can keep them for about four weeks in your fridge.
    24. According to Paragraph 1, cakes and ice-cream are mentioned to describe ____________.
    A. the birth of chickens B. the difference between them
    C. the use of eggs D. the way of keeping them
    25. What makes a yolk dark orange?
    A. The hen's food. B. The colour of the shell.
    C. The age of the egg. D. The vitamins in the egg.
    26. What does the table above show?
    A. How heavy an egg can be. B. How long to cook an egg in a pan.
    C. How to make an egg sink. D. How to check the age of an egg.
    题材:说明文
    话题:22. 科普知识

    词数:169
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了鸡蛋的组成部分和各部门的特征,并通过新鲜度的测验来判断一个鸡蛋存放的时间。
    【答案】24-26 CAD
    24. C 推理判断题。根据第一段第二句“Eggs are easy to cook.”和最后一句“Eggs can be used with other things to make cakes and ice-cream.”可以推断出,本段中提到蛋糕和冰激凌是为了说用鸡蛋能用来烹饪,即介绍鸡蛋的用途,故选C。
    25. A 细节理解题。根据图片Yolk部分中的“The color depends on what the hen eats”可知,母鸡吃的食物决定了蛋黄的颜色,故选A。
    26. D 主旨大意题。根据表格的标题“The fresh text”和第一句中“… to find out how old your egg is.”可知,这个表格中的内容主要是告诉大家怎么检测鸡蛋存放了多久,故选D。
    C(江苏苏州)
    Every day there is less and less space on Earth for rubbish. Yet every day we make more and more rubbish. What can we do? We can recycle some of our rubbish. Recycling means that the rubbish will be made into something that can be used again.
    Recycling helps Earth. And it saves space in rubbish dumps. Half of everything that we put into landfills could be recycled instead. In fact, most things made of paper, metal, glass and plastic can be recycled.
    Paper can be broken into small pieces and made into new paper. Steel and aluminum cans(金属罐)can be melted down(熔化)and made into new cans. The same is true of glass bottles. This can be done over and over again. Recycling doesn't take as much energy as making these things the first time. So we can use less of Earth's fuel resources.
    Plastic can be melted down, too. Then it can be formed into park benches, playgrounds and so on. Some people call plastic the "wood" of the future. Things made of plastic will last about 400 years—even if they stay outside in the weather. No wood can do that!

    27. The underlined word "landfills" in Paragraph 2 probably means _____________.
    A. bench factories B. places for rubbish
    C. green mountains D. recycling centers
    28. According to the passage, what happens last to the can?
    A. The can is put into a recycling bin. B. The can is melted down and reused.
    C. A steel can gets filled with corn. D. A person uses the corn in the can.
    29. What is the main idea of the passage?
    A. Cans should be melted down.
    B. Old newspapers can be reused.
    C. We can build benches that last 400 years.
    D. We should recycle everything that we can.
    题材:说明文
    话题:21 环境保护
    词数:202
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了什么是回收利用及回收利用的重要性,描述了一些像纸、塑料这些可回收物品的回收利用的过程。
    【答案】27-29 BBD
    27. B 词义猜测题。根据上一句中的“rubbish dumps”并结合语境可知,此处指“堆积在垃圾处理厂的一般东西都能被回收”,故landfills指“废物填埋地”,故选B。
    28. B 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“Steel and aluminum cans can be melted down and made into new cans.”可知,钢罐和铝罐可以熔化并被制成新的金属罐,故金属罐最后会被熔化并重新利用,故选B。
    29. D 主旨大意题。根据第一段和第二段中的“We can recycle some of our rubbish.”和“Recycling helps Earth.”并结合文章中对回收利用的具体介绍可知,本文的主旨是我们应该回收利用一切我们能回收的东西。
    D(江苏苏州)
    Athletics vs. Gardening
    The students of Southside School were asked to give their opinions about whether the school should run an athletic program or start a vegetable garden.
    An athletic program is much better than gardening. How are we ever going to win anything at the Inter-School Athletics without proper training? At the moment, we only do athletics for one term and the teachers train us. We need experts(专家)to teach us things like throwing and high jump.
    I know lots of kids say they're not interested in competitions, but that's because they've never won anything. If they got better training and started winning things, they'd soon change their minds.
    People always say kids don't get enough exercise. Just because you do gardening outdoors doesn't make it exercise, so I don't see how it matters.
    Athletics is much better for fitness and lots of kids can have a go at the same tine. I don't think there would be enough jobs for everyone in a garden.
    In fact, I think a garden is a really bad idea. I don't know why we're even considering it.
    Liz, Grade 8

    I think a vegetable garden is a great idea. We already do hours of sport, including athletics. And not everyone likes sport.
    Gardening is a great way to get exercise without worrying about whether you're any good at it, or whether you're going to win. And you really do gel exercise when you garden. There's digging, weeding and watering. Even picking things can be hard work —pumpkins aren't light you know!
    There are lots of kids around here who don't have gardens so they can’t grow things even they want to. If you really want to do more sport, you can join a club.
    And think about it: What helps you to be good at sport? You need to eat lots of fruit and vegetables. If we learn to cook all the things we grow, the garden will keep us all fit and healthy and then we’ll be better at sport.
    Sam, Grade 8

    30. Which of these points do Liz and Sam both make?
    A. Kids should take exercise. B. Kids should eat vegetables.
    C. Kids should try to win more. D. Kids should be outside more.
    31, What is one reason Liz gives for saying "a garden is a really bad idea"?
    A. Some students don't like getting dirty.
    B. Some students don't enjoy being outside.
    C. Some students already know how to garden.
    D. Some students may have no chance to garden.
    32. Why does Sam say, "And think about it.: what helps you to be good at sport?"
    A. To change the subject. B. To introduce his next reason.
    C. To support Liz's idea. D. To find an answer to the question.
    题材:议论文
    话题:4 学校生活
    话题:5 学校活动
    词数:348
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。文章主要讨论了Liz和Sam关于他们学校应该开展运动项目还是创建蔬菜园的观点。Liz认为学生们锻炼的时间不够,运动有助于健康;Sam认为种植蔬菜是很好的锻炼方式,学生们种出来的蔬菜还有利于健康。
    【答案】30-32 ADB
    30. A 推理判断题。根据第一个表格第三段的内容可推知,Liz认为学生们应该锻炼;根据第二个表格第二段的内容可推知,Sam认为学生们应该锻炼,故选A。
    31. D 推理判断题。根据第一个表格第四段最后一句“I don’t think there would be enough jobs for everyone in a garden.”可以推知,Liz认为种植园的想法不好的一个原因是一些学生可能没有机会去种植蔬菜。
    32. B 推理判断题。画线句子后面针对“如何擅长体育运动”提出了具体的解释,所以本句是为了引出Sam赞同创建种植园的一个理由,即“种植活动帮助学生们更擅长体育运动”。
    (湖南岳阳) B) 选择答案 阅读下列材料,从A、B、C三个选项中,选出最佳选项回答问题或完成句子。
    (湖南岳阳) A
    ABC Shopping Center
    5F
    Wanda Cinema
    4F
    Bookstore
    Babies’ clothes
    Bag shop
    3F
    Men’s clothes
    Children’s Amusement Park
    2F
    Shoe store
    Women’s clothes
    1F
    KFC
    Supermarket
    Restroom
    46. If you want to buy a book, you will go to the ______ floor.
    A. third B. fourth C. fifth
    47. What is between KFC and the restroom?
    A. Wanda Cinema. B. The shoe store. C. The supermarket.
    体裁:图表
    话题:(34) 选择
    词数:32
    【主旨大意】本文是一个图表。介绍了ABC购物中心各个楼层中商店的分布情况。
    【答案】46~47 BC
    【解析】
    46. B细节理解题。根据表格中第三行,“4F, Bookstore”,可知在第四层可买到书,故选B。
    47. C细节理解题。根据表格中最后一行,可知在“KFC”和“Restroom”之间的是“Supermarket”,故选C。

    (湖南岳阳) B
    Welcome to Sanhe Airport
    From
    To
    Departs
    (出发)
    Arrives
    Flights
    (航班)
    Prices
    Yueyang
    Chengdu
    16:00
    18:00
    EU6672
    ¥1138
    Xi’an
    Yueyang
    13:05
    14:40
    GS7686
    ¥1320
    Kunming
    Yueyang
    18:40
    21:00
    HD1035
    ¥1310
    48. It takes ______ to fly to Chengdu from Yueyang.
    A. an hour B. two hours C. three hours
    49. You can take ______ from Xi’an to Yueyang.
    A. EU6672 B. GS7686 C. HD1035
    50. How much is the air ticket from Kunming to Yueyang?
    A. ¥1310 B. ¥1320 C. ¥1138
    体裁:图表
    话题:(34) 选择
    词数:32
    【主旨大意】本文是一个图表。介绍了三河机场有关航班出发与到达时间、地点、航班号以及价钱。
    【答案】48~50 BBA
    【解析】
    48. B细节理解题。根据表格第三行可知,16:00出发,18:00到达,要飞行两个小时,故选B。
    49. B细节理解题。根据表格第四行可知,从西安到岳阳的航班为GS7686,故选B。
    50. A细节理解题。根据表格第五行可知,从昆明到岳阳的航班价钱为¥1310,故选A。
    A
    (·湖南娄底) Do you want to make our city a better place? Join us and volunteer together!

    Planting trees
    Planting trees is a great way to make the air fresher and make our city greener. If you’re over 12 years old, come and help us to plant more trees in Zhushan Park. Let’s meet at the east gate of the park at 8:30 a.m. this Saturday. You’d better wear sports shoes.

    Repainting walls
    The buildings covered with graffiti (涂鸦) are terrible. This Sunday, we are going to repaint the walls of Lianbin Street and make them clean again. Anyone who is over ten can join us. Please arrive at No. 18, Lianbin Street at 9:30 a.m. You needn’t bring any tools. Just remember to wear old clothes!

    Collecting rubbish
    You can hang out with your friends in the park and clean up our city parks at the same time! We are going to collect rubbish at Louxing Square from 9:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. next Saturday. No matter how old you are, come and join us! Anyone who collects the most rubbish can get a gift for fun.
    36. According to the passage, you can’t volunteer to if you are ten.
    A. plant trees B. repaint walls C. collect rubbish
    37. Volunteers need to if they plan to repaint walls according to the passage.
    A. bring painting tools B. wear old clothes C. know how to paint
    38. Where will volunteers collect rubbish next Saturday?
    A. In Zhushan Park. B. On Luanbin Street. C. At Louxing Square.
    39. Volunteers who want to collect rubbish should meet at Louxing Square .
    A. At 8:30 a.m. this Saturday
    B. At 9:30 a.m. this Saturday
    C. At 9:30 a.m. next Saturday
    40. According to the passage, we can know that .
    A. we can plant trees to improve the environment
    B. we can make buildings cool and interesting with graffiti
    C. anyone can get a gift if he or she helps to collect rubbish
    题材:应用文
    话题:3. (12) 社区活动
    话题:4. (15) 周末活动
    词数:189
    【主旨大意】这是一篇应用文,是三个招募志愿者的广告,分别介绍了活动的时间、地点以及活动的注意事项。
    【答案】36-40ABCCA
    【解析】
    36. A细节理解题。根据第一份广告中“If you’re over 12 years old, come and help us to plant more trees in Zhushan Park.”可知,参加植树活动必须在12岁以上,故选A。
    37. B 细节考查题。根据第二份广告的最后一句话“Just remember to wear old clothes!”可知,志愿者需要穿旧衣服,故选B。
    38. C 细节考查题。根据第三份广告中“We are going to collect rubbish at Louxing Square from 9:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. next Saturday.”可知,志愿者将在楼兴广场捡垃圾,故选C。
    39. C细节考查题。根据第三份广告中“We are going to collect rubbish at Louxing Square from 9:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. next Saturday.”可知,志愿者在下周六上午9:30集合,故选C。
    40. A 判断推理题。根据第一份广告的第一句话“Planting trees is a great way to make the air fresher and make our city greener.”可知,我们可以种树来改善环境,故选A。
    B
    (·湖南娄底) Amy told her mother she wasn’t feeling well yesterday morning. She said she had a stomachache, a high fever, and a sore throat.
    The mother thought that she had caught a bad cold and became very worried, so she drove her to Centre Hospital right away.
    They got to the doctor’s waiting room at 8:20. There were too many patients, so they had to wait there. At 11:20, Amy finally saw the doctor. The doctor asked her a few questions and began to check her. He listened to her breathing and took her temperature. After finishing her check-up, the doctor was sure that she was quite sick, although he still couldn’t make sure what was wrong with her. There were more tests that he could do to find out her illness, but at first, he decided to just ask her about her symptoms (症状) to see if he could get a better diagnosis (诊断).
    The doctor asked, “Young lady, what is troubling you the most right now?”
    The little girl answered, “What’s troubling me the most? It’s my elder brother Johnny. He is always breaking my toys and sometimes beats me!”
    41. What’s wrong with Amy yesterday morning?
    A. She had a toothache. B. She had a sore back. C. She didn’t feel well.
    42. How did Amy go to Centre Hospital?
    A. By car. B. By bus. C. By taxi.
    43. How long did Amy wait in the doctor’s waiting room?
    A. One hours. B. Two hours. C. Three hours.
    44. Which of the following is NOT true?
    A. Amy’s mother took her to hospital.
    B. The doctor could make sure what’s wrong with Amy after checking her.
    C. The doctor wanted to ask Amy about her symptoms before doing more tests.
    45. What can we infer (推断) from the passage?
    A. The doctor was sure that Amy was quite sick.
    B. Amy didn’t really understand the doctor’s question.
    C. Amy’s brother was always breaking her toys and sometimes beat her.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:13. 卫生与健康
    话题:24. (82) 故事
    词数:197
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。艾米告诉她妈妈她昨天早上不舒服。她说她胃痛、高烧、喉咙痛。母亲以为她得了重感冒,很担心,于是马上开车送她到中心医院。他们8:20到达医生的候诊室。病人太多了,所以他们不得不在那里等候。11:20,艾米终于看上医生了。医生问了她几个问题,开始给她做检查,听呼吸,量体温。完成检查后,医生确信她病得很重,尽管他仍然不能确定她到底怎么了。他需要做更多的检查来找出她的病情。但一开始,他决定问她的症状,看看他是否能得到一个更好的诊断。医生问她现在最困扰她的是什么?艾米回答说,最让她烦恼的是她哥哥约翰尼总是弄坏她的玩具,有时还打她。
    【答案】41-45 CACBB
    【解析】
    41. C细节理解题。根据短文第一段第一句话“Amy told her mother she wasn’t feeling well yesterday morning.”可知,她昨天早上不舒服,胃痛、高烧、喉咙痛,而B项只是其中之一。故选C。
    42. A 细节考查题。根据短文第二段后半部分“so she drove her to Centre Hospital right away”可知,是她的妈妈开车送她去医院的,故选A。
    43. C 细节考查题。根据短文第三段中“They got to the doctor’s waiting room at 8:20.”和后面的“At 11:20, Amy finally saw the doctor.”可知,她们等候了三个小时,故选C。
    44. B 细节考查题。根据短文第三段中“After finishing her check-up, the doctor was sure that she was quite sick, although he still couldn’t make sure what was wrong with her.”可知,检查完后,医生确信她病得很重,但他仍然不能确定她到底怎么了。故选B。
    45. B 判断推理题。根据短文最后一段艾米说的话可知,艾米没有真正理解医生问她的问题的意思,故选B。
    C
    (·湖南娄底) China and Western countries have something different in cultures about certain animals, but when it comes to pigs, we have the same idea — pigs are ugly, lazy and stupid.
    Just look at some Chinese sayings such as “Boiling a dead pig” and “A pig looking in the mirror is still a pig.” And in English, there are some expressions like “Eating like a pig” and “Pigs might fly.” None of them are complimentary.
    However, pigs have some good qualities (品质). They are even as smart as dogs and elephants. They have good memories. And they know whether people treat them well or not.
    A UK cartoon, Peppa Pig is a most popular cartoon. The four members in the pig family teach children from all around the world about love, friendship and the value of family. And a Chinese cartoon film, the Adventures of Mc Dull, is also very famous. In the cartoon, the little pig, Mc Dull, has a heart of gold and always works hard towards his dreams. Most people want quick success, but Mc Dull is slow and patient, and not afraid of failing again and again.
    Maybe when we talk about pigs next time, we should think of their good qualities.
    46. China and western countries have in cultures according to the passage.
    A. the same idea towards pigs
    B. different ideas towards pigs
    C. the same idea towards all the animals
    47. What does the underlined word “complimentary” mean in Chinese?
    A. 固执的 B. 赞美的 C. 负面的
    48. From the third paragraph, we can learn that .
    A. pigs have bad memories.
    B. pigs don’t know who treats them well.
    C. pigs are as clever as dogs and elephants.
    49. The writer gives the two examples of cartoons in the passage to show .
    A. pigs have good qualities
    B. the two cartoons are well-known
    C. both Chinese and English children like pigs
    50. What’s the best title of the passage?
    A. Opinions on Pigs
    B. Opinions on Animals
    C. Opinions on Cartoons
    题材::说明文
    话题:19. 语言与文化
    话题:20. 自然
    话题:21. (76) 文化习俗
    词数:207
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文。中国和西方国家关于动物文化方面有着不同的见解,但是当涉及到猪时,却有同样的看法——猪是丑陋的、懒惰的和愚蠢的。看看一些中国谚语,如“死猪不怕开水烫”和“照镜子看猪还是猪”。在英语中,有一些表达方式,如“吃得像猪”和“猪可能会飞”。这些都不是赞美的话。然而,猪也有一些好的品质。他们甚至像狗和大象一样聪明。他们有很好的记忆。他们知道人们是否善待他们。英国卡通片《小猪佩奇》是一个最流行的卡通片。猪家庭的四个成员向来自世界各地的孩子传授爱、友谊和家庭的价值。而一部中国动画片《麦兜历险记》也非常有名。在片中,小猪麦兜有一颗金子般的心,总是努力实现自己的梦想。大多数人希望快速成功,但麦兜反应缓慢却有耐心,不怕一次又一次地失败。也许下次我们谈论猪的时候,我们应该想想它们的好品质。
    【答案】46-50ABCA
    【解析】
    46. A细节考查题。根据短文第一段后半句 “but when it comes to pigs, we have the same idea — pigs are ugly, lazy and stupid.”可知,故选A。
    47. B 词义猜测题。根据短文第二段中所例举的四个例子可知,这些例子没有一个是用来赞美猪的,故选B。
    48. C 细节考查题。根据短文第三段中“They are even as smart as dogs and elephants.”可知,故选C。
    49. A 判断推理题。根据短文第四段中“The four members in the pig family teach children from all around the world about love, friendship and the value of family.”和“Mc Dull, has a heart of gold and always works hard towards his dreams. …, but Mc Dull is slow and patient, and not afraid of failing again and again.”可知,猪具有良好的品质,故选A。
    50. A 主旨归纳题。短文通篇讲述了中西方文化中关于猪的不同看法,故选A。
    (浙江湖州)三、阅读理解(本题有15小题,共23分。其中31-37小题每题1分,38- 45小题每题2分)
    阅读下面短文,从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
    (浙江湖州)A
    Summer
    culture
    "What is your teen doing this summer?"
    Welcome a student from France or Spain into your family!
    Host a student from Spain or France and experience his/her life and culture.
    Exchange students from Spain and France are looking for welcoming,warm,fun and loving hosts who
    will share life and culture with them for a few weeks in June,July and August.
    Stays can be from 3 to 6 weeks.
    What to do with your exchange student:
    Movies/Museums/Beach/Cooking/Baking/Community projects/
    Volunteering/Hanging out/Shopping/Disneyland/
    anything you can think of…
    Requirements to host:
    Loving,active,outgoing family
    One stay-at-home,or part-time host parent
    Teen in the home within 4 years of age of the exchange student
    Willing to take students to places of interest once a week
    (maybe visiting them next summer at their home countries)
    If you are interested and would like more information,please contact:
    Shirley Wentzell 909-918-6715
    Email:Shirley@uceus.com
    31.Exchange students from France or Spain will possibly stay for__▲___in host families.
    A.10 days B.5 weeks C.2 months D.1 year
    32.According to the passage,we can learn that___▲____.
    A.exchange students will come back next summer
    B.exchange students have to cook dinners by themselves
    C.parents in a host family should have full-time jobs
    D.teens in host families can experience different cultures
    33.The text above is probably a __▲___.
    A.letter B.notice C.poster D.diary
    体裁:应用文
    话题:10 节日与假日
    词数:143
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇海报。呼吁人们作为寄宿家庭来迎接来自法国或西班牙的交换生。
    【答案】31~33 BDC
    31.B 细节理解题。题干意为:来自法国或西班牙的交换生可能会停留在寄宿家庭_____。根据文中“Stays can be from 3 to 6 weeks”可知,入住时间为3至6周。故选B。
    32. D 细节理解题。题干意为:根据全文,我们可以知道_____。根据文中“Exchange students from Spain and France are looking for welcoming warm, fun and loving hosts who will share life and culture with them ”可知,交换生正在寻找可以与他们分享生活和文化的主人,寄宿家庭的青少年可以体验不同的文化。故选D。
    33.C推理判断题。题干意为:这篇文本可能是_____。根据文中“Welcome a student from France or Spain into your family.”以及文末的联系方式可知,本篇在呼吁人们欢迎来自法国或西班牙的学生加入自己的家庭,可能是海报。故选C。
    (浙江湖州)B
    By Anna Matteo
    28 January,
    A 3-year-old who was lost in the woods for two days is now safe at home with his family.But Casey Hathaway told his rescuers(救援者)that he was not alone in the rainy,freezing cold woods.He said he was with a friend—a bear.
    The child went missing on January 22 while playing with friends near his grandmother's house in North Carolina.When the other children returned but Casey did not,the family searched the area for almost an hour before calling the police.
    Police formed a search team to look for the young boy in the nearby woods.But two days went by and—no Casey.
    Then on January 24,someone called the police saying he heard a child crying in the woods.Police followed up on the information and found Casey at about 9:30 that night.He was in good health.
    Casey told the rescuers he had hung out with a black bear for two days,a bear he called his "friend".
    The police officer Chip Hughes spoke with reporters from several news agencies.He said Casey did not say how she could survive in the woods for two days in the cold,rainy weather."However."the police officer said,"he did say he had a friend in the woods that was a bear with him."
    Hundreds of people helped in the search and rescue efforts,including some 600 volunteers,police and members of the army.Doctors at the medical center gave Casey some examination.He was then sent to his family on January 25.
    His mother talked with reporters and thanked everyone who joined the search for her son."We just want to tell everyone that we're very thankful that you took the time out to search for Casey."said his mother."He is up and talking.He's already asked to watch cartoons."
    34.Who stayed with Casey in the woods during the two days?
    A.A bear. B.The police. C.His mother. D.The volunteers.
    35.The underlined word "survive" in Paragraph 6 probably means "___▲____".
    A.give up B.get lost C.fall asleep D.remain alive
    36.What is the correct in which these happen?
    a.Someone heard a child crying. b.The family started to look for Casey.
    c.Casey played with his friends. d.The police found Casey was in good health.
    A.b-c-a-d B.b-c-d-a C.c-b-a-d D.c-b-d-a
    37.After Casey was sent back home,he was __▲____.
    A.scared B.nervous C.relaxed D.surprised
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24故事
    词数:296

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。叙述了一个三岁男孩凯西被困在寒冷多雨的森林两天后被救出的故事。
    【答案】34~37 ADCC
    【解析】
    34.A 细节理解题。题干意为:两天里谁和凯西住在树林里?根据第一段最后一句“ He said he was with a friend—a bear”可知,他和一只熊在一起。故选A。
    35. D 词义猜测题。题干意为:第六段中带下划线的“survive”一词可能意为_____。根据本句句意可知,这个森林是寒冷多雨的,而且凯西是和一只熊在一起,是存在安全隐患的,所以人们比较关心凯西是如何活下来的。give up放弃;get lost迷路;fall asleep入睡;remain alive活着。故选D。
    36.C段落排序题。题干意为:这些发生的正确顺序是什么?根据第二三四段可知,凯西和他的朋友们玩耍后没有回家,他的家人就开始找凯西,在两天后有人听到一个孩子在哭,警方跟踪了这一消息并发现凯西。故选C。
    37.C 推理判断题。题干意为:凯西被送回家后,他是_____。根据最后一段最后一句“He is up and talking. He's already asked to watch cartoons”可知,在凯西被送回家后,他起床说话了并要求看卡通片了,说明凯西的内心已经放轻松了。故选C。

    (浙江湖州)C
    A myth is something that is not correct,but many people believe.There are a lot of myths about the human brain.
    One of the biggest myths is that we only use 10 percent of our brains.The next part of the myth is that if we can learn to use the rest of our brains,then we'll be much smarter.People say this all the time,but it's absolutely not true!The truth is that although we don't know everything about the human brain,we know that each part of it has an important function(功能).Modern scientists think the "10 percent myth" ridiculous(荒谬的).
    The other most popular myth is about being "right brained" or "left brained".According to this myth,people who use the right side of their brains are more artistic and creative.People who use the left side of their brains are better at math and science.This is as popular as the 10 percent myth,and it's also wrong.In 2013,a study at an American university examined the right brain and left brain myth.According to the study,we use both sides of our brains equally(相等地).
    It's true that we use different parts of our brains for different things.We use our left side for language more,and our right side when we need to pay attention.But there is no evidence(证据)that creative people use the right side more,or that scientific people use the left side more.
    We've talked about myths,so let's look at a few interesting facts about the brain.First of all,the brain feels no pain.Second,about 75 percent of the brain is made of water.It's also the fattest organ in your body.Here's another interesting fact about the brain.Around the time you turn 18 years old,it stops growing.
    38.The underlined word "This" in Paragraph 3 refers to___▲____.
    A.the left brain myth B.the right brain and left brain myth
    C.the use of human brains D.the study of an American university
    39.According to the facts mentioned in the passage,__▲____may use the left brain more.
    A.Robert,who is learning English B.Kate,who is drawing pictures
    C.Jenny,who is designing clothes D.Jacob,who is doing research
    40.Which of the following is TRUE about the human brain?
    A.It is growing all life long. B.The right side is used more by artists.
    C.Some parts of it are not used at all. D.Three quarters of it is made of water
    41.The passage mainly tells about___▲____.
    A.the growing of the brain B.different functions of the brain
    C.right brain and left brain D.myths and facts about the brain.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:22. 科普知识
    词数:294
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍有关大脑的两种荒谬认识和一些事实。
    【答案】38~41 BADD
    38.B指代猜测题。题干意为:第三段画线单词“This”指代_______。根据第二段第一句The other most popular myth is about being "right brained" or "left brained".可推知,左大脑和右大脑的错误认识和“10 percent myth”荒谬一样流行。故选B。
    39.A推理判断题。题干意为:根据文中提到的事实,_______可能用左脑多些。根据第三段第二句We use our left side for language more…可知,学习英语的Robert可能用左脑多些,故选A。
    40.D细节理解题。题干意为:关于人类的大脑,下列哪项说法是正确的?根据最后一段第三句Second,about 75 percent of the brain is made of water.可知,我们的大脑的四分之三都是水。故选D。
    41.D主旨大意题。题干意为:文章主要告诉_______。通读全文内容可知,第二三段介绍大脑的两种错误认识(10 percent myth和the right brain and left brain myth),最后一段介绍大脑的有趣事实。可推知,本文主要介绍关于大脑的谬论和事实。故选D。
    IV. 阅读理解(共10小题;每小题2分,满分20分)
    (甘肃武威、白银)A
    阅读以下字典中的词条,根据其内容判断其后各个小题正、误。正确的选A,错误的选B。
    accept BrE /əkˈsept/; AmE /əkˈsɛpt/
    (verb)
    To say “yes” to an offer, invitation, etc.
    He asked me to marry him and I accepted.
    dormitory BrE /ˈdɔːmɪtəri/; AmE
    /'dɔrmətɔri/ (noun)
    Plural dormitories
    1. a place where many people sleep
    2. US: a big building at a university where students live
    (UK: hall of residence)
    I know John. He lives in my dormitory at
    University.
    teaching assistant (noun)
    a person who works to help a university teacher in a classroom
    The teaching assistant has the exams for you at the end of class.
    upwards BrE /'ʌpwɚdz/ AmE /'ʌpwɚrdz/(adverb)
    1. towards a higher place or position
    OPPdownwards
    Place your hands on the table with the palms facing upwards.
    2. increasing to a higher level OPPdownwards
    Prices are moving upwards again.

    1. The word “accept” is a verb.
    2. “dormitory” means “a big building at a university where students live” in British English.
    3. A teaching assistant is a person who teaches you most of the knowledge about a subject.
    4. The opposite of “upwards” is “downwards”.
    5. We can get the word spelling, parts of speech, pronunciation, meaning and some sentences in the dictionary.

    体裁:说明文
    话题:语言与文化
    词数:126
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。作者摘取了某英语词典里的部分内容,对某些词、短语和惯用语的发音、词性、用法做了注释。
    【答案】1—5 ABBAA
    【解析】
    1. A 细节理解题。根据词条accept下方所注词性verb可知,该判断正确。故选A。
    2. B 细节理解题。根据词条dormitory下方对该词在英国英语里面的意义所做注解(UK: hall of residence)可知,在英国dormitory指“学生寝室”。故选B。
    3. B 推理判断题。根据teaching assistant下方所做注解a person who works to help a university teacher in a classroom可知,teaching assistant是大学课堂里帮助授课教师进行教学的工作人员,而不是“讲授主要课程的老师”,由此推断该题判断错误。故选B。
    可知加布里埃尔的第一个理发店开设在秘鲁圣伊西德罗而不是在布宜诺斯艾利斯。故选B。
    4. A 细节理解题。根据upwards 词条下方所注“OPP downwards”可知,downwards是其反义词,该题判断正确。故选A。
    5. A综合判断题。本题所列the word spelling, parts of speech, pronunciation, meaning and some sentences 共5项,均能在该词典中找到,表述正确,故选A。


    (甘肃武威、白银)B
    阅读诗歌,根据其内容回答其后各个小题。
    Clouds
    On a beautiful spring afternoon,
    I relax—and lie down
    On the soft green grass,
    Breathing in the fresh smell that I can feel all around.

    Word Bank:
    breathe v.呼吸
    fluffy adj.松软的
    cotton candy 棉花糖
    castle n.城堡
    Marshmallow bricks
    棉花软糖似的砖块
    pillow n. 枕头

    My attention is taken up to the clouds.
    For up there in the bright blue sky
    Is a fluffy white world of cotton candy animals
    And castles built with marshmallow bricks.
    But I must be creative and take the time

    To bring this world into focus,
    So I take a breath,
    And squint my eyes just a little bit.
    And before I know it—there they are—A big bear
    Soft as a pillow, quietly curls up to sleep,
    As a tiny, cotton ball mouse
    Jumps out from a lion’s house.
    What a treat to spend my afternoon
    With these newly found friends moving by!
    6. When is the speaker watching clouds in the poem?
    A. In the morning. B. At noon.
    C. In the afternoon. D. At night.
    7. The speaker in the poem is __________.
    A. on his bed B. on the grass C. on the street D. on the beach
    8. Which word best describes the speaker in the poem?
    A. Busy. B. Tired. C. Peaceful. D. Bored.
    9. The underlined part “squint my eyes just a little bit.”in the poem probably means________.
    A. close my eyes a little bit and try to see things clearly
    B. open my eyes widely
    C. shut my eyes to avoid seeing something unpleasant
    D. make my eyes full of tears
    10. The writer wrote this poem to _________.
    A. show the readers where to watch clouds
    B. teach the readers about cloud shapes
    C. explain to the readers how clouds can change
    D. tell the readers about his cloud watching
    体裁:诗歌
    话题:人与自然
    词数:166
    【主旨大意】本文是一首诗歌。作者描述了在一个美丽的春天的午后,悠闲地躺在草地上,看到蓝天上的白云随着作者的想象变幻出各种动物与情景。作者有感而发,作成此诗。
    【答案】6—10 CBCAD
    【解析】
    6. C 细节理解题。根据诗歌第一行On a beautiful spring afternoon,
    I relax...可知,该诗所描述的事件发生的时间为下午。故选C。
    7. B 细节理解题。根据诗歌第二、三行and lie down On the soft green grass,关键词 grass可知,on the grass 正确。故选B。
    8. C 推理判断题。诗歌描述了作者在一个春天的下午,躺在草地上放松自己的感受。根据Breathing in the fresh smell that I can feel all around.可感知作者的心情很好;根据My attention is taken up to the clouds. For up there in the bright blue sky... 可知作者思绪飘飞,寄情于蓝天白云:在作者的眼里,白云朵朵,随心所变。诗歌末尾作者感慨:What a treat to spend my afternoon;With these newly found friends moving by!综上可知,作者度过了一个peaceful afternoon。故选C。
    9. A 句意理解题。诗歌在此前说明了目的:To bring this world into focus,为此目的做了两个动作:take a breath和squint my eyes,均为把天上的景象看得真切,“稍微眯一下眼睛”故squint my eyes just a little bit.和选项A“把我的眼睛闭上一点,试着看清事物。”意思一致。故选A。
    10. D主旨大意题。本文为诗歌,所写所感均来自作者内心与所处自然之间的交流与感悟,作者通过该诗向读者描述了自己的所见所感。故选D。
    III. 阅读技能(两个部分,共20小题,满分40分)
    第一节 阅读选择 阅读短文或图表,从每题所给的A,B,C三个选项中,选出最佳答案回答问题或完成句子。(共15小题,每小题2分,满分30分)
    (·湖南怀化)A.
    Cook Wanted
    Cook for busy restaurants some evening and weekend work.
    All meals are free.
    Call 2380800
    House for Sale
    ¥240,000, built in 2010
    The house with 3 bedrooms, a bathroom, a living room, a kitchen. It’s on the south side of the city.
    Joan’s Special Concert
    Time: 3:00 pm, July 3,
    Place: People’s Hall
    Ticket Prices:
    ¥80 for adults
    ¥40 for students
    41. If you want to be a cook, you may call ______.
    A.2380800 B.2765893 C.2388800
    42.If you buy the house, you _______
    A. will pay 220,000 yuan for it.
    B. will have two bedrooms.
    C. may live on the south side of the city.
    43. Tim and Bill are middle school students, how much will they pay when they go to the concert?
    A.¥40. B.¥60. C.¥80.
    题材:应用文
    话题:广告宣传类
    词数:70
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文,介绍了厨师招聘,房屋购买和去特殊音乐会的广告。
    【答案】41-43 ACC
    【解析】
    41.A 细节理解题。从第一个表格Cook Wanted 中Call 2380800可知,你想成为厨师,你可以拨打2380800,故选A。
    42.C 细节理解题。从第二个表格It’s on the south side of the city.可知,房子可能位于城市的南边。
    43.C 细节理解题。从第三个表格¥40 for students可知,Tim 和Bill两个中学生故是¥40*2=¥80,故选C。
    (·湖南怀化)B.
    These years, Chinese traditional culture, as Sinology (国学), has become more popular. It is reported that many schools have courses of Sinology. Students are interested in them and often read the classical works by Chinese ancient educators, like Confucius (孔子) .
    Why do we study Sinology? Here are two main reasons: First, it is the essence (精髓)of Chinese civilization (文明) with more than 5000 years. Second, Sinology can contribute(做贡献) to a harmonious (和谐的) society.
    All Chinese people should inherit (继承) the advantages of Sinology. It's necessary for us to introduce Sinology to the world. As middle school students, we should realize the importance of studying traditional culture, such as reading classical books, practicing Chinese handwriting and painting. We should also remember and celebrate our own festivals, like the Spring Festival, the Dragon Boat Festival and so on.
    44. Who was Confucius?
    A. An ancient educator. B. An ancient worker. C. An ancient scientist.
    45. How many main reasons of studying Sinology are mentioned(提到) in this passage?
    A One. B. Two. C. Three.
    46. From this passage, we know that________.
    A. Sinology has become less popular these year.
    B. The Spring Festival isn't a Chinese traditional festival.
    C. Sinology can contribute to our society.
    47. What is the article about?
    A. Handwriting. B. Festival. C. Sinology.
    题材:议论文
    话题:学习科目
    词数:159
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。主要介绍了国学在当今很受欢迎及学习国学的原因,最后表达了个人的观点。
    【答案】44-47ABCC
    【解析】
    44. A 细节理解题。从第一段最后一句Chinese ancient educators, like Confucius (孔子)可知,孔子是古代的教育家,故选A。
    45. B 细节理解题。从第二段第二句Here are two main reasons知主要原因有两个,故选B。
    46. C 细节理解题。从第二段最后一句Sinology can contribute(做贡献) to a harmonious (和谐的) society.知,国学能够为我们的社会和谐做贡献,故选C。
    47. C 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了国学在当今很受欢迎,学习国学的原因,应该如何去做,故围绕国学这个话题展开的,故选C。
    (·湖南怀化)C
    Flu(流感)easily spreads from one person to another. If you are weak, you probably catch flu easily. Do you know how you can avoid flu? Here are some suggestions:
    Keep in good health
    You can eat everything you want but make sure that your diet is healthy. The healthier you are, the better it is for you to avoid any type of illness around. Most doctors suggest drinking lot of fresh fruit juice and water is helpful to avoid flu.
    Stay away from people with flu
    If a member of family or a friend has flu, stay away from him / her until he / she is well. Flu is very communicable. If you stay with the person with flu, you can catch flu easily. Wear a mask(口罩)and avoid using things that the person with flu is using.
    Exercise
    Exercising will make you stronger,which means a stronger immune system(免疫系统),too. Exercise often so that your body will keep healthy. It doesn’t matter what kind of exercise it is.
    Be happy
    Happy people are healthy people. Their life isn’t stressed out, so they may be safe from illness. If you are unhappy, you will easily get sick.
    Avoiding the flu is easy. Just boost(增强)your immune system and it will take care of the rest.
    48. How many suggestions of avoiding flu are talked about in the passage?
    A. Three B. Four C. Five
    49. The underlined word “communicable”means “ ”.
    A. 无效的 B. 致命的 C. 传染的
    50. What should we do to stay away from people with flu?
    A. Exercise often B. Eat junk food C. Wear a mask
    51. What’s the best title(标题)of this passage?
    A. How to avoid flu. B. How to keep in good health. C. How to exercise.
    题材:说明文
    话题:健康生活
    词数:243
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,本文介绍了避免流感的几条建议:保持好的健康,远离患流感的人,加强锻炼,保持快乐的心情。
    【答案】48-51 ACCA
    【解析】
    48. A 细节理解题。阅读文章中的黑体标题可知这篇短文谈论的避免流感的建议共三条,故选A。
    49. C 词义猜测题。根据上句If a member of family or a friend has flu, stay away from him / her until he / she is well. “如果一个家庭成员或者一个朋友患有流感,远离他或她直到他或她康复为止”和下句If you stay with the person with flu, you can catch flu easily. “如果你与患流感的人在一起,你就会很容易患上流感”可推知流感是很容易传染的,故选C。
    50. C 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句Wear a mask(口罩)and avoid using things that the person with flu is using.可知,远离患流感的人我们应当戴上口罩,故选C。
    51. A 主旨大意题。根据文章第一段中的Do you know how you can avoid flu?可知这篇短文主要介绍如何避免流感的问题,故选A。
    (·湖南怀化)D
    Jin Yong is the pen name of Zha Liangyong. He was born on February 6th, 1924 in Zhejiang and he started to write his first Kungfu novel when he was 31 years old. He wrote 15 novels in his life. Many novels are very popular, such as Demi-Gods and Semi-Devils,《天龙八部》and The Smiling Proud Wanderer《笑傲江湖》.
    Because of the Chinese culture and his literary (文学) talent, his novels won big success. They were sold all over the world and translated into over 50 languages. Many novels were made into movies, TV plays and games. It is said that wherever Chinese may be, Jin Yong’s novels may be.
    Jin Yong died on October 31st, 2018. It is a great lose to Chinese. All Chinese people miss him forever.
    52. When was Jin Yong born?
    A. On February 16th, 1924.
    B. On October 31st, 2018.
    C. On February 16th, 1924.
    53. Which of the following is not Jin Yong’s novel?
    A. Journey to the West.
    B. Demi-Gods and Semi-Devils
    C. The Smiling Proud Wanderer
    54. How old was Jin Yong when he died?
    A. 84 B.90 C. 94
    55. Which is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. Jin Yong began to write his first Kungfu novel when he was 21 years old.
    B. Jin Yong’s novels were translated into over 15 languages.
    C. Jin Yong’s death is a great lose to Chinese people.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:著名人物
    词数:140
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要介绍了金庸先生的生平。从文章中我们可以知道金庸先生生于1924年的浙江,他在31岁的时候开始写武侠小说,从此享誉世界。是中国武侠小说史上的泰斗。可惜的是金庸先生在2018年去世了。所有的中国人都会永远的怀念他。
    【答案】52-55 CACC
    【解析】
    52. C细节理解题。从第一段第二句He was born on February 6th 1924 in Zhejiang可知选C。
    53. A 细节理解题。从第一段最后一句Many, novels are very popular, such as Demi-Gods and Semi-Devils (《天龙八部》) and The Smiling Proud Wanderer (《笑傲江湖》),可知选A。
    54. C细节理解题。根据第一段以及最后一段,简单计算2018-1924=94,可知选C。
    55. C细节理解题。根据第一段第二句可知金庸先生是在31岁开始写小说的,A错。根据第二段第二句可知,金庸先生的小说被翻译成50种语言,故B错。根据最后一段可知,答案选C。

    (2018·四川绵阳)第一节: 阅读理解 (共20小题,每小题2分,满分40分)
    阅读下面短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中, 选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
    A
    Sitting among the cheering fans of the Chinese Women's Volleyball Team in Rio de Janeiro, a Polish fan caught a lot of attention. It is not because he is not Chinese, but because he has followed the team closely from the very beginning.
    The 60-year-old Jozef fell in love with the Chinese Women's Volleyball Team at the first sight when he watched the girls at the London Olympics on TV in 2012. The Polish man was crazy about the performances of the young team, especially by its core player Hui Ruogi. Before that Jozef was a loyal fan of his home team -the Polish men's volleyball.
    Since then, Jozef has become crazy about the team and has kept track of almost all their international competitions. Back in the 2013 Montreux Volley Masters of Switzerland, the Polish man, for the first time, came to cheer up for the team on site. He also drove all the way from Poland to Italy to lend support for the girls during the 2014 Women's World volleyball Championship.
    The hardcore fan traveled hundreds of miles from Poland to Brazil, and booked tickets for all matches of the Chinese Women's Volleyball This time, Jozef was interviewed by TV and has been recognized by not just fans, but millions of Chinese TV audience.
    The“Polish grandpa”was a nickname given by Chinese volleyball fans. He has 18,000 followers on Sina Weibo, China’s answer to Twitter, where Jozef has been sharing his obsession with Chinese Internet users since 2013.
    21. Why did Jozef get much attention?
    A. He was interviewed by Chinese TV.
    B. He is a famous and loyal Polish fan
    C. He has supported the Chinese team from the start
    D. He was sitting among the fans of the Chinese team
    22. When did Jozef first become interested in the Chinese Women's Volleyball Team?
    A. In 2012. B. In 2013. C. In 2014. D. In 2015.
    23. How did Jozef come to Italy to support the Chinese Women's Volleyball Team?
    A. By car. B. By bus. C. By bike. D. By plane.
    24.What can we learn from the passage?
    A Jozef has already had millions of fans in Poland.
    B. Jozef has been a fan of his home team since 2012.
    C Jozef first cheered up for the Chinese team on site in 2014.
    D. Jozef has followed most of the international matches of the Chinese team.
    25.What has Jozef been doing on Sina Weibo?
    A. Giving support to the Polish team.
    B. Sharing his love for the Chinese team.
    C. Answering questions about playing volleyball.
    D. Booking tickets for matches of the Chinese team.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:24 故事 热爱中国女排
    词数:253
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了一位中国女排的忠实粉丝,自从2012年观看女排姑娘们的比赛后一直热爱、追随中国女排的感人故事。
    【答案】21-25 CAADB
    【解析】
    21.C 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句中的“… , but because he has followed the team closely from the very beginning.”可知,自从开始他就一直追随、支持中国女排。故选C。
    22.A 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句“The 60-year-old Jozef fell in love with the Chinese Women's Volleyball Team at the first sight when he watched the girls at the London Olympics on TV in 2012.”可知,自从2012年伦敦奥运会Jozef开始对中国女排关注。故选A。
    23.A 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句“He also drove all the way from Poland to Italy to lend support for the girls during the 2014 Women's World volleyball Championship.”可知,Jozef开车从波兰来到意大利为中国女排加油助威。故选A。
    24.D 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句“Since then, Jozef has become crazy about the team and has kept track of almost all their international competitions.”可知,Jozef已经关注了中国女排的大部分国际比赛。故选D。D项中的follow相当于此句中的keep track of“了解,关注”。
    25.B 细节理解题。根据短文最后一句“He has 18,000 followers on Sina Weibo, Chinas answer to Twitter, where Jozef has been sharing his obsession with Chinese Internet users since 2013.”可知,Jozef在新浪微博上分享了他对中国女排的热爱。故选B。

    (2018·四川绵阳)B
    Zumba For kids
    IWA KidzVenture Club Event
    Enrol your kids for fun dance party set to hip-hop,salsa(萨尔萨舞) and more…
    Achieve confidence building, teamwork,leadership, memory and creativity while learning difficult rhythms around the world.
    For Whom: Kids of age 5-10 years
    When: 5 June 4-5pm
    Where: A & J Creative Danceworld 18 cross street
    What to Wear: Sportswear with socks sports & shoes, water bottles
    FREE Event. For Few IWA Members’ Kids
    Contact Free tickets@ iwasingapore. org/ events for Free Tickets No Later Than 29 May Admission
    $3 Per Person;
    $2.5 Per Person for a Group of 4 & More;
    $2.3 Per Person for a Group of 10 & More.
    Interested? Register@ iwasingapore. org/events or
    Fill out an application(申请表)on site or
    Call at 66413982
    Questions? Questions@ iwasingapore. org/events


    26. Who can join in the club event?
    A. Daner lovers. B. Hip-hop stars.
    C. Kids aged 5-10. D. Parents interested in the club event.
    27. Where is the club?
    A. In Singapore. B In UK. C. In China. D In Australia.
    28. A group of 10 kids will go to the club with a free ticket, they should pay ________ in total.
    A.$ 27 B.$ 22.5 C.$ 20.7 D. $ 20
    29.How can you join in the club event?
    A.Fill in an application online.
    B.Mail to Register@iwasingapore.org/events.
    C.Mail to Questions@iwasingapore.org/events.
    D.Mail to Free tickets@iwasingapore.org/events.
    30.Which one is TRUE according to the ad.?
    A. Kids may wear casual clothes to the club event.
    B. If you want to get more information, call at 66413982.
    C. IWA Members’ kids do not have to pay for the club event.
    D. Through the club event, kids may learn to cooperate with others.
    题材:应用文
    话题:16 文娱与体育 招生广告
    词数:144
    【主旨大意】本文是一则招生广告。文中介绍了IWA KidzVenture Club招收学员的信息,包含学习项目、招生年龄、细节要求及申请、答疑等。
    【答案】26-30 CACBD
    【解析】
    26.C 细节理解题。根据文中信息“For Whom: Kids of age 5-10 years”可知,5到10岁的孩子可以参加这个俱乐部项目。故选C。
    27.A 推理判断题。根据文中几处信息“Contact Free tickets@ iwasingapore. org/ events”“Register@ iwasingapore. org/events”“Questions@ iwasingapore. org/events”可推知,这个俱乐部在新加坡(Singapore)。故选A。
    28.B 数字计算题。用去一张免费票,还剩下9个孩子,再根据Admission中的信息“$2.5 Per Person for a Group of 4 & More”可知,2.5*9=22.5美元。故选B。
    29.B 细节理解题。根据Interested? 中的信息“Register@ iwasingapore. org/events or Fill out an application(申请表)on site or Call at 66413982”可知,如果感兴趣的话,可以向Register@ iwasingapore. org/events发送邮件,也可以现场填写申请表,还可以拨打电话66413982。故选B。
    30.D 细节理解题。根据文中信息“Achieve confidence building, teamwork,leadership, memory and creativity while learning difficult rhythms around the world.”可知,孩子通过参加此俱乐部活动,可以建立自信、实现合作、领导、记忆和创造等。故选D。D项中的cooperate with相当于此句中的teamwork“合作,协作,配合”。

    (2018·四川绵阳)C
    Last weekend, I took Lucy to a park, where she discovered a track with large bumps(凸块)and sharp turns. At first,I thought Lucy was able to ride her bike along the track, but she quickly found that her bike was too low to the ground and kept getting stuck on top of the bumps.
    Lucy looked at me with fear because she was still a biking newbie. I tried to encourage her too,but really, I was thinking—this is going to be a disaster. Not because I thought she would get hurt. More because I thought she wouldn’t be able to pick up enough speed to balance, then get really discouraged, and give up quickly. I imagined her throwing her bicycle to the ground and then crying all the way home.
    But I was only half right. Lucy did have a lot of trouble riding the bike. She couldn't find her balance. She fell many times. At one point, she almost started crying because younger kids were getting angry that she was slowing everyone else down. But she did not give up. She kept picking herself up and trying again. She even took the bike off the track and into the main park to practice pushing off and picking up speed on a flat ground. When she felt more confident, she came back. Then she did it over and over again until she finally reached her goal of going around the whole track without falling once. Then she didn’t want to leave and everyone was cheering her on.
    This was not a day that ended in a disaster. It was a day when Lucy learned that perseverance pays off.
    31. Why was Lucy taken to the park last weekend?
    A. To play with other kids.
    B. To discover a track for fun.
    C. To find her speed was too slow.
    D. To ride her bike along the track.
    32. What does the underlined sentence probably mean in Paragraph 2?
    A. Lucy would get hurt and cry all the way home.
    B. Lucy would fear to ride the bike and get discouraged.
    C. Lucy would lose balance and slow the younger kids down.
    D. Lucy would have trouble riding the bike and give up soon.
    33.What did Lucy take the bike into the main park for?
    A. Being cheered on by everyone.
    B. Getting practice in an easier way.
    C. Feeling more confident and coming back.
    D. Reaching her goal of riding the bike at once.
    34.Which one is the right order of the events?
    a. Lucy fell and got up lots of times.
    b. Lucy picked up speed on a flat ground.
    c. Lucy found her bike was too low for the bumps.
    d. Lucy rode her bike around the whole track without falling once.
    A.a-b-c-d. B.c-b-a-d. C.c-a-b-d. D.a-c-b-d.
    35. What is the best title of the passage?
    A. Playing in the Park Is Fun
    B. Perseverance Pays off
    C. Don't Be Afraid of Falling
    D. Riding Bikes Is Art
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24故事 坚持骑完整条跑道
    词数:287
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中通过叙述Lucy克服恐惧、战胜困难最终成功骑完整条跑道的故事,说明了坚持、不言放弃的重要性。
    【答案】31-35 DDBCB
    【解析】
    31.D 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Last weekend, I took Lucy to a park, where she discovered a track ... At first,I thought Lucy was able to ride her bike along the track,…”可知,Lucy来公园是为了沿跑道练习骑自行车。故选D。
    32.D 句意理解题。根据下划线后的句子“Not because I thought she would get hurt. More because I thought she wouldn’t be able to pick up enough speed to balance, then get really discouraged, and give up quickly.”可知,此处是担心Lucy骑自行车时会遇到很多困难,不久会选择放弃。故选D。
    33.B 推理判断题。根据第三段倒数第四句“She even took the bike off the track and into the main park to practice pushing off and picking up speed on a flat ground.”可知,Lucy骑进中心公园是为了在平坦的地面上练习出发、加速等动作。故选B。
    34.C 事件排序题。c项在第一段最后一句;a项在第三段第三句;b项在第三段第七句;d项在第三段第九句。由此可知,应选C。
    35.B 标题归纳题。通读全文可知,本文主要讲述了Lucy面对困难不言放弃,最终经过努力,坚持到底,战胜困难走向成功的故事,进而说明了坚持的重要性。故选B。
    (2018·四川绵阳)D
    Chinese companies lead in global 5G patent applications(专利应用) with Huawei taking the crown,according to a report by IPlytics, an authorized patent data company. Three companies from China were included in the top 10 list of 5G Standards-Essential Patents (SEPs) family owners. Huawei ranked first. ZET Corp. and China Academy of Telecommunications Technology(CATT) grabbed fifth and ninth places, respectively.
    Chinese companies topped the list for most 5G SEPs applications in communication systems by the end of April , accounting for 34 percent of the world's total. Chinese tech giant Huawei has taken a leading role by owning 15 percent of SEPs, according to the report Who Is leading the 5G Patent Race?
    5G SEPs are patents that any company will have to use when carrying out 5G technology and no one can avoid them.
    Different from 3G and 4G technologies,5G technology will influence various industries and encourage the appearance of many new products, services and industries.
    The automotive sector will most likely be one of the first industries to depend on 5G, which will connect vehicles to other vehicles, roadsides, traffic lights, buildings and the Internet, according to the report,
    “It is 5G that is going to be a huge jump forward for communication systems because only with 5G’s higher bandwidth can a number of applications be more advanced(尖端的) and used by most consumers, ”said Nicole Peng, senior director of the market research company Canalys.
    As 5G technology has combined various industries and technologies, the number of 5G SEPs rose to more than 60, 000 globally by the end of April , the report said.
    36. What does“taking the crown”probably mean in Paragraph 1?
    A.becoming the next king
    B.finishing the task better
    C.being in the first place
    D.wearing the hat of the king
    37. Which one was NOT on the top 10 list of 5G SEPs?
    A. Canalys. B. Huawei. C. ZET Corp. D. CATT.
    38.What is the main idea of the first two paragraphs?
    A. No companies can avoid 5G SEPs.
    B. IPlytics is an important data company.
    C. Chinese companies lead the 5G patent race.
    D. China owned 34% of the world's 5G SEPs applications.
    39.What does Nicole Peng think of 5G?
    A.Various industries will be helpful for 5G a lot.
    B.Many applications will make 5G more advanced.
    C.5G will be used by many most advanced consumers.
    D.5G will make great progress in communication systems.
    40.What can you get out of the passage?
    A.5G will be first used by the industry of the automotive sector.
    B.Various industries and farming will be mostly influenced by 5G.
    C.5G will motivate many new products,services, and industries to appear.
    D.More than 6 thousand 5G SEPs had been used by the end of April .
    题材:说明文
    话题:22.科普知识与现代技术 5G技术
    词数:279
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。短文主要论述了5G技术的现状以及未来应用的前景。
    【答案】36-40 CACDC
    【解析】
    36.C 词义猜测题。根据第一段,尤其是倒数第二句“Huawei ranked first.”可知,此处是“处在第一位”之意。故选C。crown“王冠”。
    37.A 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Three companies from China were included in the top 10 list of 5G Standards-Essential Patents (SEPs) family owners. Huawei ranked first. ZET Corp. and China Academy of Telecommunications Technology(CATT) grabbed fifth and ninth places, respectively.”可知,B、C、D三项均在列,由此可排除A项。故选A。
    38.C 段落大意题。根据第一段中的“Three companies from China were included in the top 10 list of 5G Standards-Essential Patents (SEPs) family owners. Huawei ranked first…”和第二段中的“Chinese companies topped the list for most 5G SEPs applications in communication systems by the end of April , accounting for 34 percent of the world's total. Chinese tech giant Huawei has taken a leading role by owning 15 percent of SEPs…”可知,中国公司在5G专利技术方面处于领导地位。故选C。
    39.D 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的“It is 5G that is going to be a huge jump forward for communication systems…”可知,5G技术将会在信息交流方面取得很大进步。故选D。
    40.C 标题归纳题。根据第四段中的“…5G technology will influence various industries and encourage the appearance of many new products, services and industries. ”可知,5G技术将会激发更多新产品、新服务、新产业的出现。故选C。
    Ⅳ. 阅读理解1(每小题2分,共20分)
    (甘肃天水)A
    Job interviews(面试)can be very different from country to country.An interviewer's "body language" and questions,and the form of an interview are not the same around the world.
    If you're at a job interview in Japan,don't look directly into the eyes of the interviewer.It is considered impolite.But if you're at an interview in the U.S.,you should make eye contact(交流)with the interviewer.If you don't,the interviewer may think you are not sure about your ability.
    In the U.S. and some other countries,interviewers aren't supposed to ask questions about family and personal information.In most countries,however,personal questions are very common during job interviews.
    In Germany,your interview might begin with a very short conversation followed by a formal(正式的)interview.In Mexico and many other countries,the whole interview might not be formal.
    51.In Japan,looking directly into the eye of the interviewer is ______.
    A.boring B.impolite C.humorous D.dangerous
    52.What is suggested at an interview in the U.S. according to the text?
    A.Sitting by the interviewer. B.Making eye contact.
    C.Talking about family background. D.Asking personal information.
    53.In _____,a short talk usually begins before a formal interview.
    A.Japan B.the U.S. C.Germany D.Mexico
    54.In which part of a magazine can we read the text?
    A.Culture. B.Geography. C.Science. D.Sports.
    55.What's the best title of the passage?
    A.Job Interviews in Japan B.Job Interviews in the U.S.
    C.Job Interviews in Germany D.Job Interviews in Different Countries
    题材:说明文
    话题:8 社会行为
    话题:19 语言与文化
    词数:138
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。不同国家面试官的表现和问话内容会有不同,所以应试者在应试时的反应也因处在不同的国家而不同。
    【答案】51~55 BBCAD
    【解析】
    51. B【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:在日本,直视面试官的眼睛是________。从第二段
    If you’re at a job interview in Japan, don’t look directly into the eyes of the interviewer. It is
    considered impolite.知,在日本直视面试官是没有礼貌的。故选B。
    52. B【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:根据短文,在美国面试时有什么建议?从第二段But if you’re at an interview in the US, you should make eye contact with the interviewer.知,在美国面试时,应与面试官有眼睛交流。故选B。
    53. C【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:在_______,简短的谈话通常在正式面试前开始。从
    第四段In Germany, your interview might begin with a very short conversation followed by a
    formal interview.知,在德国在正式面试之前或许有个简短的对话作为开场。故选C。
    54. A【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:我们能在杂志的哪一部分读到文章?通读全文内容,这篇文章主要谈及不同的国家人面试的方式不同,这应该属于文化话题。故选C。
    55.D【解析】主旨大意题。题干意为:本文最好的标题是什么?通读全文内容,根据第一段第一句Job interviews(面试)can be very different from country to country.可知,本文主要介绍不同国家的面试文化。故选D。
    (甘肃天水)B
    Mr. Smith is telling two funny stories of his police work.
    Story A
    I remember catching a "thief" in a clothes shop once.It was strange.The man was hiding a yellow sweater inside his coat.I thought he had stolen it,so I caught him.We found later that his wife gave him the sweater for his birthday,but he hated it.He just wanted to return it to the shop for money,but he didn't want his wife to see him!We soon let him go.
    Story B
    Another day,a man called Bob went into a bank on Sixth Street.He wrote on the back of an envelope,"Give me the money!Or I'll kill you."and gave it to the bank clerk.She gave him $100,000 and the man ran away.Then we received a phone call from the bank clerk.She told us to go to the man's house in Candy Town and get him.We caught him as soon as he got out of the elevator.He couldn't believe that we found him so quickly.We told him that his name and address were on the front of the envelope he used!
    56.What does Mr. Smith do?
    A.A policeman. B.A bank clerk. C.A thief. D.A teacher.
    57.Mr. Smith caught the man in the clothes shop ______.
    A.by exchange B.by chance C.by mistake D.by accident
    58.Why did the man want to return the sweater to the shop?
    A.Because he didn't want his wife to see it.
    B.Because he hated it.
    C.Because he liked money more than the sweater.
    D.Because he liked money best.
    59.Bob was caught so quickly because______.
    A.the police had guns
    B.he received a phone call from the bank clerk
    C.the police waited for him outside the elevator
    D.his address was found on the envelope he used
    60.What do you think of Bob?
    A.He is brave. B.He is careful.
    C.He is careless. D.He is clever.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24 故事
    词数:179
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。这篇短文主要讲述了两个发生在警察身上的故事:第一则是警察错误的把一个换毛衣的人当成了贼;第二则是一个粗心的小偷,把自己的地址和姓名留在了信封上,导致自己很快被抓。
    【答案】56~60 ACBDC
    【解析】
    56.A【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:史密斯先生做什么工作?根据第一段Mr. Smith is telling two funny stories of his police work.可知,史密斯先生是个警察。故选A。
    57.C【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:史密斯先生在服装店_______抓住了那个人。根据第一个小故事描述,可知这个人并不是真的贼,故选C。
    58.B【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:那人为什么要把毛衣还给商店?根据第二段but he hated it. He just wanted to return it to the shop for money可知是因为这个人不喜欢这件毛衣,想用这件毛衣换钱。故选B。
    59.D【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:Bob因为_______很快被抓住。根据第三段最后一句We told him that the front of the envelope he used had his name and address on it!  描述,可知是因为他用的信封上有他的名字和地址。故选D。
    60.C【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:你觉得鲍勃怎么样?根据第二个小故事描述可知鲍勃是个粗心的贼,竟然是用带有自己名字和地址的信封作案,故选C。
    (·湖南株洲)A

    41. How many times should the basketball players eat fruit?
    A. Two. B. Three. C. Four.
    42. This picture mainly introduces the ways of ________.
    A. becoming strong B. training C. eating
    题材:应用文
    话题:饮食
    词数:60
    【主旨大意】本文主要讲解篮球运动员睡眠、训练和饮食规则。
    【答案】41-42 CA
    【解析】
    41.C 细节理解题。根据第四点Eat fruit four times a day.可知一天吃四次水果,故选C。
    42.A 主旨大意题。文章主要讲述的是篮球运动员的睡眠时间、训练时间以及饮食要求,这些主要都是变强壮的方式,训练和饮食都太片面。故选A。
    (·湖南株洲)B
    Kinds
    full time
    study on the internet
    Students
    of all ages
    a gap year before college study
    Buildings
    environment friendly
    run by AI
    Courses
    over 30 courses to choose from
    More than 10 languages
    Teachers
    with doctor’s degree
    AI robots
    Exams
    all sides
    Different kinds
    (43,44 45题表)
    43. What can students get before college study?
    A. 30 courses. B. Al robots. C. A gap year.
    44. How many points does the form mention?.
    A.4. B.6. C.19.
    45. What can be the best title for the form?
    A. Future Schools of China B. Future Exams of China C. Future Students of China
    题材:说明文
    话题:学校
    词数:47
    【主旨大意】本文主要介绍中国未来学校的种类、学生、建筑物、课程老师和考试。
    【答案】43-45 CBA
    【解析】
    43.C 细节理解题。根据表格第三行第三栏a gap year before college yer可知答案选C。
    44.B 细节理解题。根据表格第一栏可知本文讲述了kinds、students、buildings、courses、teachers和exams等六个方面,故选B。
    45.A 主旨大意题。根据表格第一栏可知讲了种类、学生、建筑物、课程老师和考试都与学校有关,而B考试C学生都过片面,故选A。
    (·湖南株洲)C
    Protecting the earth is like protecting our eyes. People's attention to recycling is increasing. From recycling plastic bags to using environment friendly products, there are many developments to be seen in almost every corner of the world.
    Sweden is a worldwide leader in recycling. They open world's first mall for repaired and recycled goods.It's called ReTuna, a two-story building in Eskilstuna, Sweden, about 70 miles west of Stockholm. The clever thing about this mall is its position. It's right next to the city's recycling centre. So a stream of ears is already coming to drop off unwanted household things. This produces a supply of things for the shops. There are 14 special shops. When goods arrive, a team sorts everything into categories (类别) . The mall only sells goods that are recycled or “upcycled”, meaning unwanted things broken down and reinvented as something new. By doing so, 50 new jobs were created in repair and retail (零售) .
    “You can come and just do sustainable shopping and Sweden loves it. And the world loves it, ” said Anna Bergstrom, the manager of the ReTuna Mall. “I think it’s fun to find something that people have used, and we can use further," said Cato Limas, a ReTuna customer(顾客). “If you look at the things they're selling here, they're almost new. So actually, why do you need. to buy new things?"
    These unwanted things found new homes. In 2018, the mall sold second-hand goods worth $1.3million.
    46. The Sweden's first mall for repaired and recycled goods is __________.
    A. ReTuna B. Eskilstuna C. Anna Bergstrom
    47. How many new jobs were created in repair and retail?
    A.14. B.50. C. 70.
    48. What does the underlined word “sustainable” in Paragraph 3 mean?
    A. Lucky. B. Private. C. Environment friendly.
    49. Who is Cato Limas?
    A. A manager. B. A customer. C. A driver.
    50. The passage mainly talks about __________.
    A. shopping is Sweden
    B. making more energy
    C. the mall selling second-hand goods
    题材:说明文
    话题:世界与环境
    词数:262
    【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了世界第一家修理和回收商品的商场ReTuna。这个商场是瑞典爱斯基摩纳的一座两层建筑,位于斯德哥尔摩以西约70英里处,在城市的回收中心旁。购物中心只出售可回收或“升级”的商品,通过这样做,创造了50个新的就业机会。2018年,该购物中心出售了价值130万美元的二手商品。
    【答案】46-50 ABCBC
    【解析】
    46.A 细节理解题。根据第二段的“They open world's first mall for repaired and recycled goods. It's called ReTuna”.可知世界第一家修理和回收商品的商场是ReTuna。
    47.B 细节理解题。根据第二段“By doing so, 50 new jobs were created in repair and retail (零售) .”可知创造了50个新的就业机会。
    48.C 词义猜测题。Lucky幸运的;Private私人的;Environment friendly.环保;根据第二段第一句 “Sweden is a worldwide leader in recycling.”和本句“You can come and just do sustainable shopping and Sweden loves it. ”可知瑞典是全球回收领域的领导者。你可以来这里进行可持续购物,瑞典很喜欢,与环保有关,故选C。
    49.B 细节理解题。根据第三段“Cato Limas, a ReTuna customer(顾客)”可知Cato Limas是一个顾客,故选B。
    50.C 主旨大意题。A在瑞典购物;B产生更多能量;C出售二手产品的商场。本文主要介绍世界第一家修理和回收商品的商场ReTuna,故选C。
    (·湖南株洲)D
    The United Kingdom, officially known as the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
    Ireland, is a state located. at north-west Europe. The United Kingdom has four countries: England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.
    It is one of the most powerful, and richest countries in the world. It is an amazing piece of' land that is rich in history and facts, some of which are yet to be discovered. From the natural beauty to the people, technological advancement (科技进步) and sports, no one can ever have enough of the UK. To learn more about the country, you should read the facts below,
    The English drink the most tea in the world. They drink over 163 million cups of tea daily, about 20 times the number of cups drunk by Americans.
    Although Britain has been involved in many wars lasting for many years, it has also been involved in the shortest war. The Anglo- Zanzibar War fought in 1896 lasted only 45 minutes, just the time for a class.
    The UK has the highest rate (比率) of being very fat in the world. Almost 25% of the British adults are very fat.
    The UK has the third-highest rate of heart disease in Europe. It ranks (排位) just below Ireland and Finland.
    Of all countries that celebrate Independence Day, 58 are independent of the UK, the highest by any country.
    Almost 25% of all women in the UK were named Mary in 1811.
    According to history, the London Bridge had indeed fallen down according to the old rhyme, when the Saxons had torn it down using ropes and boats. The Thames has over 200 bridges and tunnels along its course.
    51. The first paragraph introduces the ______ of the UK.
    A. people B. countries C. weather
    52. What do the English drink the most?
    A. Coffee. B. Cola. C. Tea.
    53. When did the Anglo-Zanzibar War happen?
    A. In 1896. B. In 1811. C. In 1800.
    54. What did the writer use most to tell the truth?
    A. Stories. B. Examples. C. Numbers.
    55. What can be the best title of the passage?
    A. The Culture of the UK B. The Fun Facts of the UK C. The Science of the UK
    题材:说明文
    话题:世界与环境
    词数:289
    【主旨大意】本文主要介绍英国的一些事实,例如:英国人爱喝茶,卷入最短战争,失业率;心脏病发病率,伦敦桥的倒塌等等。
    【答案】51-55 BCACB
    【解析】
    51. B 细节理解题。people人们,country国家,weather天气;第一段主要介绍英国由英格兰、苏格兰、威尔士和北爱尔兰构成,故选B。
    52.C 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句“The English drink the most tea in the world.”英国人是世界上喝茶喝得最多的可知英国人爱喝茶,故选C。
    53.A 细节理解题。根据第四段“The Anglo- Zanzibar War fought in 1896 lasted only 45 minutes”可知战争爆发于1896年故选A。
    54.C 细节理解题。根据“They drink over 163 million cups of tea daily” “Almost 25% of the British adults are very fat.”“Almost 25% of all women in the UK were named Mary in 1811.”每个事实运用了数字故选C。
    55.B 主旨大意题。从第二段最后一句“To learn more about the country, you should read the facts below”及下文可知文章主要介绍一些英国的事实,故选B。
    (·湖南株洲)E
    The 2030 Agenda says that ending poverty in all its forms, including extreme poverty( 极度贫困), is the greatest task. Because 1.4 billion people in developing countries live on less than $1.25 a day. Another 842 million people, or one in eight people, do not have enough to eat today.
    The good news is that there are ways to end poverty.
    Creating jobs, both in the United States and abroad, is a great way to deal with poverty. When people have jobs, they have money, and when people have money, they can more easily get themselves out of poverty. The U.N. says that “For the poor, labor is often the only thing they can use to improve their well-being.”
    The education of girls and women impacts (影响) the rest of the societies. A woman's degree of education is linked to the age at which she marries and has children, to her health and diseases. Educating girls and women can end poverty in developing nations, as well as in the United States.
    The United States hasn’t raised the lowest pay since 2007. Because of this, right now, “A full-time worker with two children getting the lowest pay will still raise his or her family in poverty.” And this is a problem in almost every other country, especially in developing nations. Raising the lowest pay could possibly increase the health and well-being of millions.
    The president of the World Bank, Jim Yong Kim, says that he believes “health care covering in all countries can help achieve a goal of ending extreme poverty by 2030." He says that health care could end poverty. Because about 100 million people are pushed into extreme poverty every year by having to spend money on health problems, and health problems push about another I50 million into very serious hardship.
    These ways to end poverty show that while there is a difficult road ahead, there is a practical path forward.
    56. How many people do not have enough to eat today?
    A.100 million. B.150 million. C.842 million.
    57. What is the only thing the poor can use to improve their well-being?
    A. Creating. B. Labor. C. Studying.
    58. The fourth paragraph mainly tells us _______________.
    A. the importance of educating girls and women
    B. the ways of educating girls and women
    C. the time of educating girls and women
    59. Who is Jim Yong Kim?
    A. The President of the U.N.
    B. The president of the World Bank.
    C. The President of the United States.
    60. How many ways to end poverty are mentioned?
    A.4. B.6. C.7.
    题材:议论文
    话题:社会热点
    词数:335
    【主旨大意】本文讨论消除贫穷的方法。文章指出了创造就业机会,教育女孩和妇女,提高最低工资,覆盖所有国家的医疗保健的好方法,然而这些结束贫困的方法表明,虽然前面有一条艰难的道路,但前面有一条切实可行的道路。
    【答案】56-60 CBABA
    【解析】
    56.C 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“Another 842 million people, or one in eight people, do not have enough to eat today.”还有8亿4千2百万的人或八个人中就有一个人如今不能吃饱,故选C。
    57.B 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句“For the poor, labor is often the only thing they can use to improve their well-being.”可知对穷人来说,劳动往往是他们唯一可以用来改善他们幸福东西。
    58.A 主旨大意题。A教育女孩和妇女的重要性B教育女孩和妇女的方式C教育教育女孩和妇女的时间,第四段第一句主要讲述女孩和妇女的教育对社会也有影响和最后一句教育女孩和妇女可以结束发展中国家以及美国的贫困。可知主要告诉我们教育女孩和妇女的重要性,故选A。
    59.B 细节理解题。根据第六段第一句“The president of the World Bank, Jim Yong Kim”可知Jim Yong Kim是世界银行行长,故选B。
    60.A 细节理解题。文章中提出了创造就业,教育女孩和妇女,提高最低工资,覆盖所有国家的医疗保健这4种方法,故选A。

    (湖南常德)阅读下面的材料,从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出最佳选项回答问题或完成句子。
    (湖南常德)A
    I was jogging with my dog this morning when I saw John at a street corner. He was sitting on a bike with one of his feet on the ground. "He's waiting for someone, "I thought. John and I were both in the ninth grade. He was a basketball player on our school team and was very popular with many girls. But I never talked to him before. He was not my type.
    John saw me, too. He smiled. For a moment I thought he was smiling at someone else. But he was not. “Hi, Mary,” he said to me. “You have a cute little dog.” I smiled but did not say anything, because I did not know what to say. “I'm here waiting for you. Would you…would you like to go to the movies with me? ” he asked. I was very surprised. I never thought he would do this, and I never thought about going out with him.
    I said “No”, of course. But he seemed nice and friendly. Maybe I would go to watch him play basketball someday.
    21. What was John doing on the street when Mary saw him?
    A. Talking to a girl. B. Jogging C. Riding a bicycle
    22. What does the underlined word “this” mean in the second paragraph?
    jog 慢跑
    type 类型
    A. Asking Mary to go to a movie.
    B. Playing basketball with Mary.
    C Being surprised to see Mary.
    23. What do we know about John and Mary?
    A. They both enjoy jogging in the morning.
    B. They like each other very much.
    C. They are in the same school.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:2 其他人
    话题:5. 学校人员
    词数:273
    【主旨大意】本篇是一篇记述文。讲述作者Mary,早上和他的狗慢跑时。遇到了爱打篮球的约翰, 两人平时不熟,但是约翰却邀请作者一起去看电影,但是作者拒绝了他。
    【答案】C A C
    【解析】
    21. C 细节理解题。根据第一段“when I saw John at the street corner he was sitting on the with one of his feet on the ground”可知当Mary看到John的时候,John正在骑单车。故选C。
    22. A。推理判断题。根据第三段“would you like to go to the movies with me”可知this指的是邀请作者去看电影。故选A。
    23. C细节理解题。根据第一段“John and I were both in the ninth grade. He was a basketball player on our school team”可知作者和John是在同一所学校。故选c。


    (湖南常德)B
    Stanley was a person who loved singing to himself in the bath. One cold winter night, he went into the bathroom to have a hot bath. He took off his clothes and turned on the tap, but there was no hot water-the water from the tap was cold!
    Stanley didn't know what was wrong, but he finally decided to take a bath without hot water. He started to sing as usual, one song after another. Stanley was surprised that the water felt warm this way. So he kept singing, louder and louder, until he finished his bath.
    The next morning when Stanley was going to work, he saw a piece of paper on his door:
    please do not sing so loud! Every time you sing, I get a headache, and my baby cries.
    the poor mother next door

    24. What did Stanley like to do when he had a bath?
    A. He likes dancing. B. He likes singing. C. He likes whistling.
    25. What season was it in when the story about Stanley happened?
    A. In spring. B. In summer. C. In winter.
    26. What can we tell Stanley would do next time when he had a bath?
    A. He would not sing aloud again.
    B. He would cry at the top of his voice.
    C. He would keep on singing with a loud voice.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:1.兴趣爱好
    词数:225
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了Stanley喜欢在洗澡时唱歌。一个寒冷的冬天,他洗澡时发现没有热水。于是他放声歌唱,用冷水洗完澡。第二天在他工作出门时看到了被他的歌声打扰的邻居贴在门上的便条。
    【答案】B C A
    【解析】
    24. B 细节题。根据第一段“Stanley was a person who loved sing in to himself in the”可知Stanley,洗澡的时候喜欢唱歌。故选B。
    25. C细节题。根据第一段“one cold winter nigh the went into the  bath room to have a hot bath”可知事情发生在冬天。故选C。
    26.  A推理判断题。根据文章最后 Stanley收到了邻居的便条,请求她不要再唱歌。可以推测,他不会再唱歌。故选A。


    (湖南常德)C
    We all do it. We all need it. Most of us need to do it for seven to nine hours a night. It is of course sleep. Many scientists believe that an average adult should get eight hours sleep per night. However, some people can live without feeling sleepy after as little as six hours of sleep. Yet, other people need about ten hours a night. Newborn babies usually sleep between 14 to 17 hours a day. Usually they only stay awake for one to three hours.
    average 平均
    mammal 哺乳动物
    hormone荷尔蒙
    Do you take a nap in the day? Some adults and children need to nap. This just depends on the person. One thing scientists have learned is that man is the only mammal that stops himself from going to sleep This can be bad for our bodies in many ways. Scientists believe not sleeping enough can make us eat more and put on weight. That's right! A hormone called leptin falls when we don't sleep enough and this makes us hungrier. Hopefully you are a good sleeper and get a good night's rest tonight!
    27. Most people need to sleep for _______ per night.
    A. 6 hours B.8 hours C.10 hours
    28. What does the underlined word “nap” mean in Chinese?
    A.打盹 B.深睡眠 C.加餐
    29. What can we tell according to the passage?
    A. Enough sleep can make us eat more.
    B. A dog can stop itself from going to sleep.
    C. A hormone goes down when we haven't enough sleep.
    题材:说明文
    话题:
    词数:267
    【主旨大意】本文主要说明了我们都需要睡眠。不同的人需要睡眠时间不同。睡眠不足可以引起一系列问题。
    【答案】B A C
    【解析】
    27. B 细节题。根据第一段“most of us need to do it for  seven to nine hours a night.”可知大多数人每天晚上需要睡眠7至9小时。故选B。
    28. A 词义猜测题。根据文章第二段“在白天你需要take a nap吗?some adults and children need to nap.”可知。在白天,一些成年人和孩子所需要的是打盹而不是深度睡眠。故选A。
    29. C推理判断题。文章最后一段“a hormone called Latin falls when we don't sleep enough  and this makes us hungrier. ”根据关键词falls可知:当我们没有足够睡眠时,荷尔蒙会降低。故选C。

    (湖南常德)D
    Kelly is a very special student in my class. Her father is an American, and her mother is a Chinese from Hong Kong. Kelly was born in New York and finished elementary school there. Then the family decided to move to Taiwan because Kelly’ s father found a new job in Taipei. Kelly could speak only English, but her parents did not send her to a special school for foreign children. They wanted her to study in a regular junior high school and to make friends with the local students.
    Kelly has to work very hard at school. English is easy for her, of course. Math is OK, too. But Chinese and history are big headaches for her because she cannot read the books in Chinese. She often comes to me, her English teacher, to ask questions about Chinese and history. She is trying very hard, and I believe she will do well in Taiwan.
    30. Who wrote the two paragraphs?
    A. Kelly herself. B. Kelly's teacher. C. Kelly's mother.
    31. Why did Kelly's family move to Taiwan?
    A. Kelly's father changed his job
    B. Kelly' s parents had many friends in Taiwan.
    C. Kelly's mother needed to learn Chinese to do business.
    32. What are Kelly' s difficult subjects?
    A. English and math.
    B. P.E. and art.
    C. Chinese and history.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:5 周围的人,学校生活
    词数:222
    【主旨大意】文章讲述出生在美国的学生Kelly跟随着父母来到台北,进入到一所普通初中学习。他在学习中非常刻苦,有擅长也有薄弱的科目。
    【答案】B A C
    【解析】
    30.  B  细节理解题。根据文章第二段“She often comes to me,her English teacher, to ask questions about Chinese and history. ”可知是作者的老师写的这两段话。故选B。
    31. A 细节理解题。 根据第一段“Then the family decided to move to Taiwan because Kelly's father found a new job in Taipei. ”可知是Kelly的爸爸在台北找了一份新工作,所以她来到台北。故选A。
    32.  C 细节理解题。根据文章第二段“But Chinese and history are big headaches for her because she cannot read the books in Chinese. ”可知她有困难的科目是汉语和历史。故选C。
    (湖南常德)E
    △When is the spring season?
    Spring is the season succeeding winter and preceding summer. Spring refers to the season as well as to ideas of rebirth rejuvenation, renewal, resurrection, and regrowth. During spring an important celebration takes place: Easter Day. It varies between March 22 and April 25 in Western tradition, and between April 4 and May 8 in Eastern Christianity.
    △What happens in spring?
    Spring is a time when flowers bloom and trees begin to grow and reproduce. The days grow longer and the temperature in most areas becomes more temperate. You can also contemplate the melting of ice and thawing of the ground. The weather during this period becomes much sunnier while hibernating animals begin to come out of hibernation.
    △What to do during the spring season?
    There are so many things to do to enjoy spring:
    ☆Plan a holiday and make a trip. Vacations aren't just for summer anymore!
    ☆Take a walk in a field of flowers.
    ☆Meditate: Contemplate and reflect on the beauty of nature. Forget the worries of
    every day life and empty the mind. Concentrate on the sounds and the scent of nature.
    ☆Spot the things you want to change in your life. Spring is a time for rebirth.
    vary 变化
    Christianity 基督教
    bloom 开花
    temperate 温和的
    contemplate 关注
    melt 融化
    hibernate 冬眠
    meditate 沉思
    scent 芳香









    33. In spring _______ .
    A. the weather becomes much worse
    B. the temperature in most areas becomes wilder
    C. flowers bloom and trees begin to grow and reproduce
    34. How many tips are given to enjoy the spring?
    A.3 B.4 C.5
    35. What's the best title of the whole passage?
    A Spring
    B. Enjoy Spring
    C. Spring-the Best Season
    36. Which “spring” in the following sentences has the same meaning as in the passage?
    A. The plant flowers fruitlessly every spring.
    B. They stopped by a spring to refresh themselves.
    C. When people or animals spring, they jump upwards or forwards suddenly or quickly.
    题材:说明文
    话题:20 季节
    词数:339
    【主旨大意】文章主要从三个方面介绍了春天:春天是在什么时候?春天会发生什么?春天可以做什么?
    【答案】C B A A
    【解析】
    33. C 细节题。根据文章第二段“Spring is a time when flowers bloom and trees begin to grow and reproduce. ”可知春天是花草树木生长复苏的季节。故选C。
    34. B  归纳总结题。根据文章第三段“There are so many things to do to enjoy spring: ” 可知下文介绍了四条享受春天的建议。故选B。
    35. A 主旨大意题。文章从三个方面介绍了春天。并没有谈到春天是最好的季节,享受春天也只是文章的一个方面。故选A。
    36. A 推理判断题。 A选项The plant flowers fruitlessly every spring.意为:这种植物每年春天开花结果。,spring意为“春天”;B选项They stopped by a spring to refresh themselves.意为:他们在泉水边停下来休息。spring意为“泉水”;C选项When people or animals spring, they jump upwards or forwards suddenly or quickly.意为:当人或动物跳跃时,他们突然或快速地向上或向前跳跃。spring意为“跳跃”。文章spring意为“春天”,结合句意和词性可知选A。
    (湖南常德)F
    New Year's Eve
    New Year’s Eve, also called Old Year's Night, is celebrated on December 31st, the final day of the year. It is celebrated all over the world with parties and social gathering with usually a lot of fireworks and noise.
    In the United States of America, New York is the place where this celebration is
    associated with. People gather in the Times Square just before midnight in the last minute of the countdown to see the “ball dropping”.
    The celebration is also associated with parties in other parts of the world. In France, for instance, the celebration is called le Réveillon. Special food is prepared accompanied with champagne. People also go to the Eiffel Tower in Paris to see fireworks display. In Japan, people traditionally clean their home. Buddhist temple bells are rung 108 times at midnight. In Brazil, the beach of Copacabana is considered by many to be the place of the most beautiful fireworks show in the world
    On New Year’s Eve, people commit themselves with resolutions. These are made to reform a habit and should go into effect and remain until fulfillment.
    37. When is New Year’s Eve celebrated?
    A. On December 30th B. On January 1st C. On December 31st.
    38. What is le réveillon?
    A. A kind of celebration. B. A kind of food. C. A kind of display.
    39. How many countries are mentioned in the passage to celebrate New Year’s Eve?
    A. Three. B. Four. C. Five.
    40. In the last paragraph, “ These” refers to ______.
    A. People B. Resolutions C. Habits
    题材:说明文
    话题:10. 节日与假日
    词数:262
    【主旨大意】这是一篇。说明文。文章主要介绍了“New year's Eve。新年前夕指12月31日晚上。世界各国举行party或者聚会进行庆祝。文章列举了美国,法国,日本,巴西,等四个国家的庆祝方式。
    【答案】 C A B B
    【解析】
    37.C  细节题。根据文章第一段“New year's Eve is also called  Old Year's Night ,is celebrated on December thirty first”可是new years eve,是在12月31日。故选C。
    38. A 细节题 根据文章第三段“In France, for instance, the celebration is called le Réveillon.”可知是一种庆祝方式,故选A。
    39.  B 总结归纳题。文章第二、三段列举了,美国,法国,日本,巴西,等四国的庆祝方式。故选B.
    40.  B 推理判断题。根据最后一段”在新年前夕,人们用下决心的方式对自己作出承诺。这些决心让人们改进习惯并付诸于行动。故选B。
    第一节短文理解
    阅读下面A、B、C从三篇短文,根据短文内容从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
    A(四川眉山)
    King's College Summer School is an annual (每年的) training program for all the middle
    school students who want to improve their English. Courses are given by the teachers of King's
    College and other colleges in New York. Trips to museums and culture centers are also organized.
    This year's summer school will be from July 25 to August 15. More information is as follows:
    Application (申请) date
    ●Students in New York should send their applications before April 18,
    ●Students of other cities should send their applications before April 16,
    ● Foreign students should send their applications before April 10,
    Courses
      ●English Language
    Spoken English: 22 hours
    Reading and Writing: 10 hours
      ●American History: 16 hours
      ●American Culture: 16 hours
    Steps
     ●A letter of self-introduction
    ●A letter of recommendation(推荐) from a teacher
    ●The letters should be written in English with all the necessary information.
    Cost
      ●Daily lessons: $200
      ●Sports and activities: $100
      ●Travels: $200
      ●Hotel service: $400
    ●You may choose to live with your friends or relatives in the same city.
    Please write to: Thompson, Sanders
    1026 King' s Street
    New York, NY 10016, USA
    E-mail: KC-Summer-School@ hotmail. com

    51. You can most probably read the article in ____________.
    A. a newspaper B. a travel guide C. a textbook D. a telephone book
    52. According to the article, who will give the courses?
    A. The teachers of King’s College and the middle schools in America.
    B. The teachers of Summer School and other colleges in the United States.
    C. The teachers of the middle schools and Summer School in New York.
    D. The teachers of King’s College and other colleges in New York.
    53. When should foreign students send their applications?
    A. Before April 10, B. Before June 1,
    C. Before April 16, D. Before July 15,
    54. If you want to live with your friends in New York, you will have to pay the school ________.
    A. $300 B. $400 C. $500 D. $900
    55.Which of the following is TRUE about King’s College Summer School?
    A. Only top students can take part in the program.
    B. Visits to museums and culture centers are part of the program.
    C. King’s College Summer School is not organized every year.
    D. You can get in touch with the school by telephone or by e-mail.
    题材:应用文
    话题: 5.学校 (19) 学校活动
    6.个人兴趣 (21) 爱好
    词数:213
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。本文介绍了由国王大学暑假班举办的针对中学生进行培训的项目,目的在于提高学生的英语水平,包括申请日期,步骤,课程,费用等内容。
    【答案】51-55ADACB
    【解析】
    51. A 推理判断题。由本文是暑期培训班举行的培训项目可知,你最有可能在报纸上看到这篇文章。故选A。
    52.D 细节理解题。根据短文Courses are given by the teachers of King's College and other colleges in New York.可知King'学院和纽约其他学院的教师将提供课程。故选D。
    53.A 细节理解题。由表格“Foreign students should send their applications before April 10, ”可知外国留学生应该在4月10日之前发送他们的申请。故选A。
    54.C 细节理解题。由表格中有关费用的标准:Daily lessons: $200;Sports and activities: $100;Travels: $200; Hotel service: $400。因为住在朋友家里,所以免去了宾馆的费用$400,需要上交$500。故选C。
    55.B 推理判断题。根据文中Trips to museums and culture centers are also organized. 可知去博物馆和文化中心参观是培训项目的一部分。故选B。

    B(四川眉山)
    Few words are spoken more often every day on the streets of Britain than “I’m sorry”. This phrase has become such a common response (反应) that it has taken on a lot of meanings.
    Saying “Sorry” means to apologize(道歉). This is simple and easy to understand. We learn it both as native speaker and as a student of foreign languages.
    But in Britain, it takes on another meaning. It is a cultural expression. Imagine this: a man walks down the street, looking down at his phone. A woman is walking in the opposite direction, towards the man. She sees him, but she can’t get out of the way in time. The man bumps (碰撞) into the woman. Who should say sorry? Naturally, the man should say sorry, because it was he who wasn’t looking where he was going. Yet in Britain, it is common for both to apologize.
    It is known that British people, like most people, do not enjoy conflict (冲突). So to quickly calm the situation, British people will apologize to each other.
    Other times it may sound funny to hear “sorry”. Some of my friends say it at restaurants, as they ask the waiter: “Sorry, but can I order another drink?” It is not to apologize, but just to express that we need the waiter. In Britain, sorry doesn’t always mean exactly what you think.
    56. According to the passage, “saying sorry” is a cultural expression in_______..
    A.the USA B. the UK C. the WWF D. the UN
    57. What does the underlined phrases “take on” mean in Paragraph 1?
    A.从事 B. 雇佣 C. 呈现 D. 拿起
    58. The example in the third paragraph is used to ________.
    A. describe a situation that people should avoid
    B. describe how “sorry” has another meaning in Britain
    C. explain why people should say sorry to each other
    D. show how polite British people are
    59. The restaurant example shows that “sorry” can be used to ___________.
    A. apologize B. calm a situation down
    C. explain what you’re thinking about D. ask a waiter to bring something
    60. What might be a good title for the passage?
    A. “I’m sorry” is More Than just an Apology. B. Traditional British Manners.
    C. How to Beat Catch Others’ Attention. D. Finding a Way of a Difficult Situation.

    题材:议论文
    话题:8. 人际交往 (26) 社会行为
    词数:240
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。主要讲述在英国说“对不起”的不同含义。它不仅仅是道歉的意思,有时还表达我们需要帮助的意思。
    【答案】56-60BCBDA
    【解析】
    56.B 细节理解题。由But in Britain, it takes on another meaning. It is a cultural expression.可知“说对不起”在英国是一种文化表达。故选B。
    57.C 词义猜测题。由第二段首句“Saying “Sorry” means to apologize.”和第三段首句“But in Britain, it takes on another meaning.”可知“说对不起”呈现(表现)出很多含义。take on意为“呈现(表现)”。故选C。
    58.B 理解判断题。第三段中的例子“在大街上,不小心撞到对方时,两人都说对不起”说明“说对不起”的不同的含义。故选B。
    59.D 推理判断题。结合句子It is not to apologize, but just to express that we need the waiter可知,在饭店 “说对不起”是要求服务员带东西过来。故选D。
    60.A结合短文内容可知,本文主要讲述“对不起”除道歉之外的其他含义。故选A。
    C (四川眉山)
    Earlier this year, China achieved a new milestone (里程碑) in space exploration (探索). On Jan 3, Chang’e 4 became the first space probe (探测器) in history to land on the far side of the moon. People’s Daily reported.
    From Earth, we can only see one side of the moon. The other side has been a mystery. Scientists have long wondered what has on this side of the moon.
    Chang’ e 4 has sent back photos of the far side of the moon. It is also used to carry out experiments, such as growing seeds in a low-gravity (低重力) environment. The date (数据) collected from these experiments could be used to help us build a base on the moon in the future.
    The success of the Chang’ e 4 mission (任务) is a main achievement for China’s space program. It marks a new stage in China’s deep space exploration, said Wu Yanhua, head of China National Space Administration.
    China launched (启动) its lunar (月球的) exploration program in 2004, naming it Chang’e. Chinese scientists set three goals - “orbiting (环绕运行), landing and sample (样本) returning”- referring to launching probes that could circle around the moon, touch down on its surface and bring lunar materials back to Earth.
    Chang’ e 4 has realized the goal of landing. The third will be achieved during the Chang’ e 5 mission, which is set to take place before the end of this year, China Daily reported.
    Following the success of the Chang’ e missions. Chinese scientists are looking even farther into our solar system (太阳系). China’s first Mars (火星) mission is expected to be carried out by 2020 Wu said.
    61.What is the data collected from these experiments used to do?
    A. Help us build a base on the earth. B. Help us build a base on the moon.
    B. Help us build a base on Mars. D. Help us build a base on Venus (金星).
    62.What has Chang’ e 4 done so far?
    a.It has landed on the far side of the moon.
    b. It has taken photos of the far side of the moon.
    c. It has carried out experiments on the moon.
    d. It has built a base on the moon.
    A. abc B. bcd C. acd D. abd
    63. What does the underlined word “It” refer to in Paragraph 4?
    A. A base on the moon in the future. B. The Chang’e 4 probe.
    C. The success of the Chang’e 4 mission. D. China’s space program.
    64. What is Chang’ e 5 expected to do?
    A. Circle around the moon. B. Land on the surface of the moon.
    C. Bring lunar materials back to Earth. D. Send people to the moon.
    65. What can we infer (推断) from the passage?
    A. Chang’ e 4 has discovered the secrets of the far side of the moon.
    B. China’s space exploration program started 15 years ago.
    C. Chang’ e 5 will be China’s last lunar exploration program.
    D. China has not launched any apace probes to Mars so far.

    题材:说明文
    话题: 22. 科普知识与现代技术 (77) 科普知识
    词数:238
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。本文主要讲述年1月3号,嫦娥-4号成功在月亮背面登陆,进一步帮助人们对月亮的认识,也是中国太空探索进入一个新阶段。也为在2020年以前完成火星计划的登陆计划。
    【答案】61-65BACCD
    【解析】
    61.B 细节理解题。由The date (数据) collected from these experiments could be used to help us build a base on the moon in the future. 可知从这些实验中收集的数据是用来帮助我们在火星上建立一个基地。故选B。
    62. A 细节理解题。根据第三段对嫦娥-4号在月球上所做的事情了解,我们知道:将来会在月球上建立一个探测基地。故选A。
    63. C 词义猜测题。根据上句意思可知,嫦娥-4号的成功是中国太空探索里程碑的一大成就,它为中国太空探索进入一个新阶段。故it指代嫦娥-4号登月的成功。故选C。
    64. C 细节理解题。根据第5、6段内容可知,嫦娥-4号已经登月成功和绕月飞行,第三个目标由嫦娥-5号来完成;且第三个目标就是取回月球上的物质样本。故选C。
    65. D 推理判断题。由China’s first Mars (火星) mission is expected to be carried out by 2020 Wu said.可知中国对火星探索计划还没有启动。故选D。
    三、阅读下列短文,根据短文内容,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选择最佳选项。(共26分,每小题2分)
    (•北京)A
    Experiencing China
    Mike, Canada
    I spent three months with my host family(接待家庭) in China. It was a lifetime experience. I was able to experience Chinese living and culture from basic Tai Chi to Beijing Opera. I even visited a famous traditional Chinese medicine hospital. Now I have a better understanding of Chinese culture.

    Joanna, Australia
    I stayed with my host family for five months. My host mother is a Chinese teacher and she is really warm-hearted. With her help my Chinese has improved a lot. And I have got used to a new culture. My favorite part of the experience was sharing my feelings in China with her.

    Bill, America
    My host mother is a wonderful cook! She makes me all kinds of traditional Chinese dishes. They are tasty and I like them very much. Just like me,my host parents love to learn about different cultures. They often ask me questions about life in America.

    Cindy, Germany
    Recently I took part in a program to study Chinese. I lived with a host family in China for six months. My host sister is a really hardworking student. It was amazing to see how she made progress in English. And a close relationship has developed between us.
    21. Who visited a traditional Chinese medicine hospital?
    A. Mike. B. Joanna. C. Bill. D. Cindy.
    22. How long did Joanna stay with her host family in China?
    A. Three months. B. Four months.
    C. Five months. D. Six months.
    23. Cindy thinks her host sister is .
    A. a wonderful cook B. a responsible doctor
    C. a warm-hearted teacher D. a hardworking student

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    合作与交流;国家与民族
    词数
    205

    【主旨大意】四个外国孩子分别讲述了他们在中国的不同的经历和体验。
    【答案】21---23 ACD
    【解析】
    21. A 细节理解题。根据第一框中的“I even visited a famous traditional Chinese medicine hospital.”可知,是Mike参观了一家著名的中医院。故选A。
    22. C 细节理解题。根据第三框中的“I stayed with my host family for five months.”可知Joanna在寄宿家庭呆了5个月。故选C。
    23. D 细节理解题。根据最后一框中的“My host sister is a really hardworking student.”可知,Cindy认为她的寄宿家庭的姐姐是一个勤奋的学生。故选D。

    (•北京)B
    Blue Lightning
    Sally loved cars more than anything else. This spring she thought of building a go-kart to enter for the Go-Go Race. So she asked her dad for help.
    “Well,” he said. “How about this: you do some research first and then come back to me with a design.”
    A week later, Sally brought her notes and drawings to Dad. She named her go-kart “Blue Lightning”. Dad looked over her work, thinking. “Well, that’s interesting,” he said. “Have a try. Just build Blue Lightning as you’ve designed.”
    Over three weekends of hard work, Sally turned her design into a real, working go-kart and painted it light blue. Dad asked her to take it for a test drive. Sally agreed.
    After she did that, Sally drove back to Dad. “Well,” she said. “Now I know why you wanted me to have a test drive.”
    “Oh, do you?” he said. “Please share.”
    “When I drove fast, there was a lot of pushback,” she said. “I think it’s because of the lightning bolt (闪电) shape.”
    “Very good!” Dad said. 
    “So, why didn’t you tell me about that problem in the first place?” Sally asked.
    Dad laughed. “Where’s the fun in that? If you give a man a fish, he’ll eat for a day. But if you teach a man to fish, he’ll eat for a lifetime.”
    Sally said, “I see. Anyway, designing is half the fun!”
    Dad smiled. “Good. Sometimes, learning happens during the process. We learn how to do something right by doing it a few times first and making mistakes along the way.”
    That encouraged Sally and she worked even harder. When she showed Dad her new go-kart, he nodded with pride.
    Finally came the race. Sally wasn’t worried about whether she would win—in her mind, she had already won, by building something better than ever before.
    24. Sally thought of building a go-kart to .
    A. practice driving B. enter for a race
    C. play with friends D. do some research
    25. What did Sally’s dad ask her to do after she built the go-kart?
    A. To have a test drive. B. To take a good rest.
    C. To give it a cool name. D. To paint it light blue.
    26. Sally’s story mainly tells us that .
    A. winning a race is important
    B. fishing brings us a lot of fun
    C. driving experience is necessary
    D. learning happens during the process

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    故事
    词数
    308
    【主旨大意】本文讲述了萨利制作微型赛车参加比赛的故事。在这个过程中,爸爸并没有直接帮助她,而是鼓励她在过程中学习,从失败中学习,最后萨利能坦然地面对比赛了,因为在准备比赛的过程中,已经学到了很多。
    【答案】24---26 BAD
    【解析】
    24. B 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“This spring she thought of building a go-kart to enter for the Go-Go Race.”可知,Sally 想制作微型赛车是为了参加比赛。故选B。
    25. A 细节理解题。根据文章中的“Over three weekends of hard work, Sally turned her design into a real, working go-kart and painted it light blue. Dad asked her to take it for a test drive.”可知,做好这个微型赛车后,她爸爸让她做一次试驾。故选A。
    26. D 主旨大意题。通过萨利的这个故事,作者告诉我们从错误中学习,在过程中学习。故选D。

    (•北京)C
    Sometimes it seems that time is flying. Perhaps it doesn’t need to feel this way. Our experience of time can be possibly changed. By understanding the psychological (心理学的) processes behind our different experiences of time, we might be able to slow down time a little.
    One basic law of psychological time is that time seems to slow down when we’re exposed(接触) to new environments and experiences. The law is caused by the relationship between our experience of time and the amount of information our minds process. The more information our minds take in, the slower time seems to pass.
    It follows, then, that we have different experiences of time in different situations. In some situations, our life is full of new experiences. Our minds process a lot of information and time seems to slow down. In other situations, we have fewer new experiences and the world around us becomes more and more familiar(熟悉的). We become insensitive to our experience, which means we process less information, and time seems to speed up.
    How can we slow down time? Here are two suggestions.
    Firstly, since we know that familiarity makes time pass faster, we can expose ourselves to as many new experiences as possible. We can give ourselves new challenges, meet new people, and expose our minds to new information, hobbies and skills. This will increase the amount of information our minds process and expand (增加) our experience of time.
    Secondly, and perhaps most effectively, we can give our whole attention to an experience-to what we are seeing, feeling, tasting, smelling or hearing. This means living through our senses rather than through our thoughts. For example, on the way home, focus your attention outside of yourself, instead of thinking about the problems you have to deal with. Look at the sky, or at the buildings you pass, traveling among them. This open attitude to your experiences helps take in more information and also has a time-expanding effect.
    To a certain degree, we can understand and control our experience of time passing. It’s possible for us to slow down time by expanding our experience of time.
    27. According to the writer, we can expand our experience of time by .
    A. going to bed on time B. traveling to new places
    C. having dinner as usual D. printing the same materials
    28. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. Being familiar with the world around helps us get more information.
    B. Understanding psychological time makes life pass more quickly.
    C. We can take in more information by living through our senses.
    D. We should build a stronger relationship between time and us.
    29. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?
    A. Slow Down Time B. Only Time Will Tell
    C. Race Against Time D. Time Will Not Come Twice

    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    科普知识
    词数
    357
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了让时间变慢的情况,如果接触新环境、新体验,时间就会变慢,如果在熟悉的环境中,时间就会变快;还给出了让时间变慢的两条建议。
    【答案】27---29 BCA
    【解析】
    27. B 推理判断题。根据第五段的内容可知,为了让时间变慢,我们可以让自己接触尽可能多的新体验。四个选项中,只有B项:去新地方旅游是新体验。故选B。
    28. C 推理判断题。根据第六段中的“This open attitude to your experiences helps take in more information”可知,其中的“this open attitude to your experience”就是指关注我们看到的、感受到的、品尝到的、闻到的和听到的,因此通过感官生活可以让我们吸收更多信息。
    29. A 主旨大意题。短文主要介绍了我们可以让时间变慢,如果接触新环境、新体验,时间就会变慢,如果在熟悉的环境中,时间就会变快;还给出了让时间变慢的两条建议。故选A。
    (•北京)D
    How Much Can We Afford to Forget?
    In 2018, Science magazine asked some young scientists what schools should teach students. Most said students should spend less time memorizing facts and have more space for creative activities. As the Internet grows more powerful, students can access (获得) knowledge easily. Why should they be required to carry so much of it around in their heads?

    Civilizations(文明)develop through forgetting life skills that were once necessary. In the Agricultural(农业的)Age, a farmer could afford to forget hunting skills. When societies industrialized, the knowledge of farming could be safe to forget. Nowadays, smart machines give us access to most human knowledge. It seems that we no longer need to remember most things. Does it matter?
    Researchers have recognized several problems that may happen. For one, human beings have biases(偏见),and smart machines are likely to increase our biases. Many people believe smart machines are necessarily correct and objective, but machines are trained through a repeated testing and scoring process.In the process, human beings still decide on the correct answers.
    Another problem relates to the ease of accessing information. When there were no computers, efforts were required to get knowledge from other people, or go to the library. We know what knowledge lies in other brains or books, and what lies in our heads. But today, the Internet gives us the information we need quickly. This can lead to the mistaken belief—the knowledge we found was part of what we knew all along.
    In a new civilization rich in machine intelligence, we have easy access to smart memory networks where information is stored. But dependency on a network suggests possibilities of being harmed easily. The collapse of any of the networks of relations our well-being(健康)depends upon, such as food and energy, would produce terrible results. Without food we get hungry; without energy we feel cold. And it is through widespread loss of memory that civilizations are at risk of falling into a dark age.
    We forget old ways to free up time and space for new skills.As long as the older forms of knowledge are stored somewhere in our networks, and can be found when we need them, perhaps they’re not really forgotten. Still, as time goes on, we gradually but unquestionably become strangers to future people.
    30·Why are smart machines likely to increase our biases?
    A .Because they go off course in testing and scoring.
    B .Because we control the training process on them.
    C .Because we offer them too much information.
    D .Because they overuse the provided answers.
    31 .The ease of accessing information from the Internet ________·
    A. frees us from making efforts to learn new skills
    B. prevents civilizations from being lost at a high speed
    C. misleads us into thinking we already knew the knowledge
    D. separates the facts we have from those in the smart machines
    32.The word “collapse” in Paragraph 5 probably means “_______”.
    A. a sudden failure B. the basic rule
    C. a disappointing start D. the gradual development
    33.What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage?
    A .To question about the standards of information storage.
    B .To discuss our problems of communication with machines.
    C .To stress the importance of improving our memorizing ability.
    D .To remind us of the risk of depending on machines to remember.
    题材:议论文
    话题:22. 信息技术

    词数:377
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。现在我们可以随时从网络上获取我们需要的知识,我们好像不需要再记忆一些东西,而是需要一些空间去从事创造性的活动,人类文明也是一个不断遗忘的演化。但这样也存在一些隐患:网上的知识一定准确吗?如果网络瘫痪将会带来严重的后果。
    【答案】30---33 BCAD
    【解析】
    30. B 推理判断题。根据第三段的内容:人类存在偏见,智能机器很可能增加这种偏见,因为技能机器要经过不断的测试的训练,这个过程中人类仍然决定着正确答案,由此判断智能机器增加偏见是因为人类控制着训练的过程。故选B。
    31. C 推理判断题。根据第四段的“This can lead to the mistaken belief-the knowledge we found was part of what we knew all along.”可知,很容易的获取知识可能导致错误的信念——我们发现的知识是我们一直都知道的一部分。故选C。
    32. A 词义猜测题。根据前句可知,对网络的依赖意味着很容易受到伤害。因此如果网络突然崩塌,将会产生很糟糕的后果,故collapse意为“突然瘫痪、崩塌”,符合句意,故选A。
    33. D 主旨大意题。本文论述了虽然我们可以随时从网络上查到需要的知识,好像不用去记忆一些知识了,但是网上的知识也不一定准确,而且如果网络瘫痪,我们将会回到无知的黑暗时代,提醒我们不要过于依赖网络。故选D。
    阅读下而四篇语言材料,然后按文后要求做题。
    (河南)A


    Do you feel bored with the upcoming summer? We asked parents for ideas for things that teens can do and here are some suggestions for fun activities for you to do in the summer.
    #1
    Visit older family members and interview them about the past of your family. You could use a smartphone to record some of the conversation. Things to ask about:
    ●What did you eat?
    ●Who was your favorite family member?
    ●What did you do to make yourself happy?
    ●What was it like when you were a teenager?
    #2
    Not only will you make your parents really happy, but you will find all those lost CDs/books/socks that are hidden under the bed.
    You can now have a yard sale for the things you no longer want, and make yourself some pocket money at the same time.
    #3
    Put together a memory book. It could be about primary or junior school since you’re heading to high school:
    ●friends made ●best memories
    ●favorite teachers ● favorite subjects
    ●hopes/feelings about going to high school, etc.
    #4
    Get down and work on the farm and have a bit of fun. You never know you might love driving tractors and feeding cows and horses. If nothing else, it will give you a good taste of what a hard life farming is.

    根据材料内容选择最佳答案。
    46.Which may not be a good question for the interview in #1?
    A. What did you do for fun?
    B. How did you go to school?
    C. What were your parents like?
    D. What’s the plan for your future?
    47.Which is suggested in #2?
    A. Throwing away what you’ve found.
    B. Selling something that is not needed.
    C. Asking your parents for pocket money.
    D. Using CDs that you’ve found as presents.
    48.What is the proper title for #1, #2, #3 and #4 separately?
    a. Clear out Your Room b. Create a Memory Book
    c. Help on a Nearby Farm d. Discover Family History
    A.a-d-b-c B. d-a-b-c C. d-b-a-c D. c-a-b-d
    49.What can working on a farm bring to you?
    A. Your love for country music. B. The interest in your future job.
    C. The experience of farm work. D. The fun of sharing with friends.
    50.Who is the text written for?
    A. Teens. B. Teachers. C. Parents. D. Farmers.
    题材:应用文
    话题:6 娱乐活动
    词数:226
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文中主要介绍了一个网站发布的4个适合青少年的夏季的有趣活动。
    【答案】46-50 DBBCA
    【解析】
    46. D 推理判断题。根据#1中的“Visit older family members and interview them about the past of your family.”可知,#1主要是询问年长的家庭成员关于你家庭的过去,A、B、C三项都是关于过去的问题,D项(你对你的未来的计划是什么?)是关于未来的问题,故选D。
    47. B 细节理解题。根据#2中的“You can now have a yard sale for the things you no longer want, and make yourself some pocket money at the same time.”可知,在#2中建议你在庭院拍卖会把你不再想要的东西卖了,故选B。
    48. B 主旨大意题。根据#1中的“Visit older family members and interview them about the past of your family”可知,本部分是关于家庭的历史的,故d适合做本部分的标题;根据#2中的“You can now have a yard sale for the things you no longer want, and make yourself some pocket money at the same time.”可知,本部分主要讲述在庭院拍卖会卖掉不需要的东西,故a适合做本部分的标题;根据#3中的“Put together a memory book. It could be about primary or junior school since you’re heading to high school...”可知,本部分主要讲述创建纪念册的,故b适合做本部分的标题;根据#4中的“Get down and work on the farm and have a bit of fun.”可知,本部分主要讲述在农场帮忙的,故c适合做本部分的标题,故选B。
    49. C 细节理解题。根据#4中的“If nothing else, it will give you a good taste of what a hard life farming is.”可知,在农场工作可以让你体会到干农活的艰辛,故选C。
    50. A细节理解题。根据网站中的小标题“Fun activities for teens to do in the summer”可知,这些活动适合青少年,因此这篇文章是为青少年写的,故选A。
    (河南)B
    Clara Daly was sitting on an Alaska Airlines flight from Boston to Los Angeles when she heard a worried voice over the loudspeaker: “Does anyone on board know American Sign Language?”
    Clara, 15 at the time, pressed the call button. An air hostess came by and explained the situation. “We have a passenger on the plane who’s blind and deaf,” she said. The passenger seemed to want something, but he was traveling alone and the air hostesses couldn’t understand what he needed.
    Clara had been studying ASL for the past year to help blind and deaf people and she knew she’d be able to finger spell into the man’s palm. So she rose from her seat, walked toward the front of the plane, and knelt by the seat of Tim Cook, then 64. Gently taking his hand, she signed, “How are you? Are you OK?” Cook asked for some water.
    When it arrived, Clara returned to her seat. She came by again a bit later because he wanted to know the time. On her third visit, she stopped and stayed for a while.
    “He didn’t need anything. He was lonely and wanted to talk,” Clara said.
    So for the next hour, she talked about her family and her plans for the future. Cook told Clara how he had become blind over time and shared stories of his days as a traveling salesman. Even though he couldn’t see her,she “looked attentively at his face with such kindness,” a passenger reported.
    “Clara was amazing,” an air hostess told Alaska Airlines in an interview. “You could tell Cook was very excited to have someone he could speak to, and she was such an angel.”
    Cook’s reply: “Best trip I’ve ever had.” ^
    根据材料内容选择最佳答案
    51.What was the air hostesses’ problem?
    A. They had a very difficult passenger.
    B. They couldn’t understand the passenger.
    C. They didn’t know the passenger’s name.
    D.They didn’t have what the passenger wanted.
    52.Why did Clara Daly believe she could help?
    A. Because she happened to learn some ASL.
    B. Because she had helped people like Cook.
    C. Because she thought she might know Cook.
    D.Because her grandfather had the same problem.
    53.Into which did Clara Daly finger spell with Tim Cook?

    A B C D
    54.Why did Tim Cook keep asking for service?
    A. Because he was hungry and thirsty.
    B. Because he needed someone to talk to.
    C. Because he was afraid of taking planes.
    D. Because he was interested in Clara’s story.
    55.Which of the following words best describe Clara Daly?
    A. Brave and clever. B. Beautiful and lovely.
    C. Patient and caring. D. Outgoing and friendly.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:14 意外
    词数:296
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中主要讲述了15岁的Clara在飞机上用自己学过的美国手势语帮助失明Cook的聋哑人的故事。
    【答案】51-55 BAABC
    【解析】
    51. B 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“The passenger seemed to want something, but he was traveling alone and the air hostesses couldn’t understand what he needed.”可知,这个乘客似乎想要什么,但他独自旅行,空姐不明白他需要什么,故选B。
    52. A 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句“Clara had been studying ASL for the past year to help blind and deaf people ...”可知,Clara在过去的一年里一直在学习美国手语,以帮助失明的盲人,因此她相信她能帮助这个乘客,故选A。
    53. A 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句中的“... and she knew she’d be able to finger spell into the man’s palm.”可知,Clara能用手指把拼写在Cook的手掌上,故选A。
    54. B 细节理解题。根据第五段Clara说的话“He didn’t need anything. He was lonely and wanted to talk ...”可知,Cook不断要求提供服务是因为他很寂寞,想和人说话,故选B。
    55. C 推理判断题。根据第四段“When it arrived, Clara returned to her seat. She came by again a bit later... On her third visit, she stopped and stayed for a while.”可以推断出,Clara不厌其烦地帮助Cook,她是个有耐心的人;根据倒数第三段中的“Even though he couldn’t see her, she ‘looked attentively at his face with such kindness,’ a passenger reported.”可以推断出,Clara很体贴人,选C。
    (河南)C
    Thousands of years ago, Britain was covered by thick forests, home to many animals which no longer live in the United Kingdom. There were wolves and bears, many different kinds of deer and large wild cows. There were less than four million people. They lived in small villages protected by wooden walls from the animals outside.
    All this has changed, of course. Now the population of the United Kingdom has increased to sixty-five million. Three-quarters of Britain is covered with fields, towns or cities. Although 25 percent of land is countryside, new methods of farming mean that there are fewer birds and small animals living in fields than ever before. The United Kingdom is one of the few countries in the world that does not have a large wild animal that eats meat. In Scotland there are only 400 wildcats, but these are much smaller than wolves. Some people would like to change things, however! Some organizations and writers say that Britain needs to become more natural again. They suggest that trees and plants that grew in the UK before towns and cities were built should be allowed to grow again. They even say that large wild animals which have not lived in the UK should be helped to return and live wild. They call this “rewilding”.
    Not everyone agrees. In the last twenty years, over one million trees which at first grew in Scotland have been planted and there are plans for more — but wild animals? Some people ask if wolves will attack sheep or even humans. They are also angry that rewilding might mean an end to walking in the hills which so many people enjoy. So far there are no wolves or bears in Britain’s forests — but soon there might be!
    根据材料内容选择最佳答案。
    56.What was the population of the UK thousands of years ago?
    A. About 25 million. B. Over 65 million.
    C. More than 61 million. D. Not more than four million.
    57.Why are there fewer birds and small animals in fields in the UK?
    A. Because more trees have been planted.
    B. Because there are more large wild animals.
    C. Because pollution is much worse than before.
    D. Because people use new methods of farming.
    58. Which paragraph gives opinions from “rewilding” supporters?
    A. Paragraph 1. B. Paragraph 2. C. Paragraph 3. D. Paragraph 4.
    59.What are some people against?
    A. Living closer to nature.
    B. Planting more and more trees.
    C. Helping large wild animals return.
    D. Building more villages and towns.
    60.What’s the best title for the text?
    A. Making Britain wild again
    B. A trip to wild Britain
    C. An introduction to Britain
    D. Protecting the environment
    题材:说明文
    话题:20 自然
    21 环境保护
    词数:305
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。英国现在野生动物与之前相比少了很多,一些人认为英国需要变得更贴近自然一些,他们想让大型野生动物重回英国并在野外生活,有些人却不同意,他们认为这样会影响到人类。
    【答案】56-60 DDCCA
    【解析】
    56. D 细节理解题。根据第一段倒数第二句“There were less than four million people.”可知,几千年前,英国的人口不到4百万,故选D。
    57. D 细节理解题。根据第二段第四句“Although 25 percent of land is countryside, new methods of farming mean that there are fewer birds and small animals living in fields than ever before.”人们使用的新的耕作方法使在英国的田地里的鸟类和小动物变得很少,故选D。
    58. C 推理判断题。根据第三段中“Some people would like to change things ... They call this ‘rewilding’.”可以推知,本段主要阐述了“再野生化”支持者的观点,故选C。
    59. C 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的“In the last twenty years, over one million trees which at first grew in Scotland have been planted and there are plans for more — but wild animals?”和下文描述“野生动物会袭击山羊和人类并影响人们在山中散步”可以推断出,一些人反对让大型野生动物回归英国,故选C。
    60. A 主旨大意题。通读全文,特别是关键词“rewilding”可知,本文主要是介绍英国的“再野生化”缘由和不同人的看法,故A项适合做本文的标题。
    B(甘肃兰州)
    (甘肃兰州) Recently, a video story has spread among people.
    James Anthony has cleaned the halls of Hickerson Primary School for 15 years. Although he is deaf, he never complains (抱怨). Instead, he greets every child and teacher with smile. Teachers and children love him very much and call him Mr. James.
    On the day Anthony turned 60, the school wanted to give him a very special surprise. That day when Anthony walked into a classroom, a group of children started to sign (打手势) and sing “Happy Birthday” to him. Anthony started smiling as usual. Then his jaw (下巴) dropped open and he laughed for joy as he realized what was going on. A few teachers led the kids through the whole song as Anthony watched. A wide smile was on his face. As they finished, tears came out from his eyes.
    Scott, secretary (秘书) of the school said, “The children love and respect Mr. James. They give him high fives in the halls, and he even teaches them sign language. Today he has put smiles on faces all around the world."
    56. James Anthony is _____ at Hickerson Primary School.
    A. a cleaner B. a student C. a secretary D. a guard
    57. When did James Anthony get a special surprise?
    A. On his fifteenth birthday.
    B. On his fiftieth birthday.
    C. On his sixtieth birthday.
    D. On his sixteenth birthday.
    58. Why did James Anthony cry when the kids and teachers finished singing the song?
    A. Because he lost his job.
    B. Because he was deeply moved.
    C. Because the kids didn't like him.
    D. Because he couldn't hear the kids.
    59. According to Scott, we can learn that ____.
    A. Anthony used to be a good teacher
    B. the kids love and respect Mr. James
    C the kids often help Anthony clean the halls
    D. Anthony always greets the kids and teachers by singing songs
    60. What may be the best title for the passage?
    A A Famous Teacher B. Lovely Kids
    C. A Special Birthday Gift D. An American School
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:1. 学校生活
    话题:4. 日常生活
    话题:7. 情感
    词数:192
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述的是聋人校工James Anthony任劳任怨为学校打扫礼堂15年,从而获得了学校师生们的爱戴的故事。
    【答案】ACBBC
    【解析】
    56. A 细节理解题。联系文中“James Anthony has cleaned the halls of Hickerson Primary School for 15 years.”可知,此处指“James Anthony已经为学校打扫礼堂15年了”,所以他是一名清洁工。故选A。
    57. C 细节理解题。联系文中“On the day Anthony turned 60,the school wanted to give him a very special surprise”可知,这个生日惊喜发生在James Anthony60岁生日的时候。故选C。
    58. B 推理判断题。联系文中“a group of children started to sign (打手势) and sing “Happy Birthday” to him”和“Then his jaw (下巴) dropped open and he laughed for joy as he realized what was going on”,可推测,孩子们通过手势语祝福他生日快乐,他也意识到大家给他的惊喜了,所以,他的哭是因为感动。故答案选B。
    59. B 细节理解题。根据Scott的话“The children love and respect Mr. James.”,可知,孩子们喜爱并尊敬James Anthony。故答案选B。
    60. C 标题判断题。通读全文可知,文章重点描述了学校给James Anthony的惊喜生日派对,故标题应该是A Special Birthday Gift,答案选C。

    C (甘肃兰州)

    (甘肃兰州)At 8,844,43 meters high, Mount Qomolangma is the tallest mountain on Earth. While it is famous for its beautiful views, parts of the mountain are facing a problem: rubbish. Every year, thousands of visitors throw away tons of rubbish, such as bottles and plastic bags.
    According to the UN, over 140 tons of rubbish has been left on the mountain. To reduce rubbish, China is limiting (限制) the number of people who are allowed to climb up the north side of the mountain. Only 300 people will be allowed to climb it, and only during spring.
    Local people cleaned the mountain last year, removing rubbish at a height of 5,200 meters. They collected about 8.4 metric tons (公吨) of rubbish.
    This year, the local government plans to spend 4 million yuan on a new clean-up activity. The local government is also setting up stations to sort (分类), recycle and break down rubbish collected from the mountain. A group of artist will also try to turn the rubbish into art works. They will show these works of art to remind people not to leave rubbish when climbing the mountain.
    61. What problem are parts of Mount Qomolangma facing?
    A. Air pollution.
    B. Rubbish.
    C. Noise.
    D. Water pollution.
    62. How many people will be allowed to climb up the north side of the mountain during spring?
    A.140. B. 5,200. C. 4 million. D. 300.
    63. The underlined word “removing” in Paragraph3 probably means ____.
    A. using up
    B. making better
    C. putting on
    D. taking away
    64. The artists will show their art works in order to ____.
    A. teach people to make works of art
    B. help people to know about Qomolangma
    C. encourage people to clean up Qomolangma
    D. remind people not to throw rubbish on Qomolangma
    65. What kind of writing is this?
    A. A notice.
    B. News.
    C. A story.
    D. An advertisement.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:6. 旅游
    话题:21. 环境保护
    话题:新闻报道
    词数:196
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中讲述的是珠峰目前面临的最大问题是到处丢的垃圾。以及针对这一问题人们采取的措施。
    【答案】BDDDB
    【解析】
    61. B 细节理解题。联系文中“parts of the mountain are facing a problem: rubbish”,可知珠穆朗玛峰现在面临的问题是垃圾污染。故答案选B。
    62. D 细节理解题。联系文中“To reduce rubbish, China is limiting (限制) the number of people who are allowed to climb up the north side of the mountain. Only 300 people will be allowed to climb it, and only during spring.”可知,中国为了减少垃圾,限制春季登北面山的人数为300人。故答案选D。
    63. D 词义猜测题。联系文中“Local people cleaned the mountain last year”和“They collected about 8.4 metric tons (公吨) of rubbish”可知,当地人要上山去清理垃圾,那么removing的意思就是“带走take away”,答案选D。
    64. D 细节理解题。联系文中“A group of artist will also try to turn the rubbish into art works. They will show these works of art to remind people not to leave rubbish when climbing the mountain.”可知,艺术家们通过自己的绘画作品提醒人们在攀登珠峰的时候,不要丢弃垃圾。故答案选D。
    65. B 体裁判断题。通读全文,可知,这是一篇对于珠峰现在面临的环境污染问题的一个新闻报道,故答案选B。
    (A)(·广东广州)
    An elephant and a crocodile were once standing beside a 
    river. They were disputing which was the better animal.
    “Look at my strength,” said the elephant. “I can pull up a tree, 
    roots and all, with my trunk.”
    “Ah! But your skin is not nearly so thick as mine,” replied the crocodile. “No knife or tooth can cut through it.” 
      Just as they were coming to blows, a lion happened to pass.
    “My dear friends!” said the King of all animals, going up to them.” Let me know the cause of
    your disagreement.”
    “Will you kindly tell us which is the better animal?” cried both at once.
    “Certainly,” said the lion, pointing across the river. “Do you see the soldier’s metal hat on 
    that wall?”
    “Yes!” replied the beasts.
    “Well, then,” continued the lion, ”go and get it, and bring it to me, and I shall be able then to decide between you.”
    Upon hearing this, off they started. The crocodile, being used to the water, reached the opposite side of the river first, and was soon standing beside the wall.
    Here he waited till the elephant came up. The elephant, seeing that the crocodile had no way of reaching their goal, raised his long trunk, and took down the hat quite easily.
    They then made their way together back again across the river. The elephant was trying to 
    keep up with the fast-moving crocodile in the water and became careless. When he was forced to
    turn sharply to avoid a floating tree branch, the elephant dropped the hat and it fell to the river 
    bottom. The crocodile noticed the accident, so down he dived, and brought it up in his huge 
    mouth. They then returned, and the crocodile laid the metal hat at the lion’s feet. The King took 
    it up, and turning to the elephant, said: 
    “You, because of your size and trunk, were able to reach the hat on the wall but, having lost it, you were unable to get it back. And you,” said the lion to the crocodile, “although unable to reach the hat, were able to dive for it and save it. You are both wise and able in your own ways. One is 
    no better than the other.”
    26. The underlined word “disputing” in Paragraph 1 means .      
    A. playing   B. quarrelling   C. complaining   D. deciding
    27. What did the crocodile think was best about himself?
    A. His big mouth.   B. His strong skin.
    C. His swimming skill.   D. His dangerous teeth.
    28. How did the lion deal with the animals' disagreement?
    A. He ordered them to fight. B. He made a quick decision.
    C. He suggested a competition. D. He asked them to describe themselves.
    29. What caused the elephant to drop the hat?
    A. The hat got wet in the river.
    B. He hit a floating tree branch.
    C. He was trying to swim too fast.
    D. He wanted to fight the crocodile.
    30. How were the elephant and the crocodile able to complete their task?
    A. By working together.
    B. By planning carefully.
    C. By sharing their ideas.
    D. By listening to the lion.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24 故事 大象和鳄鱼谁更厉害
    词数:378
    【主旨大意】本文是记叙文。大象和鳄鱼都觉得自己比较厉害,森林之王狮子看见后,让他们去把河对面的墙上的帽子拿过来给他,以此决定谁就更厉害,在大象和鳄鱼的共同努力下,才完成了这项任务,狮子认为他们两个都比较厉害。
    【答案】26-30 BBCCA
    【解析】
    26. B 词义猜测题。play玩耍;quarrel争吵;complain抱怨;decide决定。根据后面大象和狮子争辩的内容及第四段中的“disagreement”可知,他们在为“谁是更厉害的动物”这个问题而争吵,故dispute表示“争吵”,故选B。
    27. B 细节理解题。根据第三段中的“But your skin is not nearly so thick as mine... No knife or tooth can cut through it.”可知,鳄鱼觉得他厚实的皮肤连小刀和牙齿无法切断,故他对他自己强硬的皮肤最满意,故选B。
    28. C 推理判断题。根据第五段和第七段中的“... go and get it, and bring it to me, and I shall be able then to decide between you.”可知,狮子让大象和鳄鱼去把河对面的墙上的帽子拿过来给他,以这种比赛的形式决定谁更厉害,故选C。
    29. C 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的“The elephant was trying to keep up with the fast-moving crocodile in the water and become careless. When he was forced to turn sharply to avoid a floating tree branch, the elephant dropped the hat and it fell to the river bottom.”可知,大象在水中试图跟上快速移动的鳄鱼,而变得不小心了,当他被迫急转弯以避开漂浮的树枝时,它把帽子掉了下来。由此可知,大象是因为试图游得太快,才把帽子弄掉的。
    30. A 推理判断题。文章中讲到大象因为体型和象鼻能够到墙上的帽子,但它因为不小心把帽子跳到了河底,鳄鱼潜入水中把帽子捡起,放在了狮子的脚上,最后一段狮子也讲述了大象和鳄鱼是怎么用自己的方式来共同完成这样任务的,由此可知,他们是通过合作来完成这项任务的,故选A。
    (B)(·广东广州)
    They say that "travel is the best teacher"and there is no better example of this idea than the Ming dynasty travel writer and geographer Xu Xiake(1587-1641). His book The Travel Notes of XuXiake, not only encouraged a love of travelling among Chinese people but provided important scientific information about the country's land and geography.
    Born into a wealthy Jiangyin family, Xu became interested in books about different places at an early age and wanted to travel. When he was 18, however, Xu's father died and so, it seemed, did his travelling dreams. He now was responsible for the family farm and taking care of his 60-year-old mother as tradition required.
    But his mother had different ideas. Understanding her sons love of travel and valuing the knowledge he could get from such experiences, this modern-thinking woman refused to keep her son at home. She agreed that Xu could travel for three months every year, when there was less farm work.
    So at the age of twenty and with his mother’s support, Xu set off for the first time, leaving behind not only his mother but his new wife as well. He would repeat this goodbye each year for most of the next 30 years. During this time, he travelled throughout the Ming kingdom, carefully studying the lands he passed through and recording his experiences and many discoveries in a diary. This diary, which once had over 500,000 words, would eventually become The Travel Notes of XuXiake.
    Although rich, Xu avoided comfortable travel, preferring to go almost everywhere on foot. This way he could research the environment in detail and get a true picture of the natural world. Many of his trips were to hard-to-reach mountain areas, and through wild forests where few people lived.
    His willingness to face hardships came at a cost however. Progress was slow and firing and he was frequently sick, robbed and beaten during his journeys.
    Sadly Xu became seriously ill during his last and longest journey, a 4-year trip through the southwest of China. He died in 1641. soon after returning to his hometown for the last time. When his diary was finally printed years after his death, much of it had been destroyed or lost. Although incomplete, it still made Xu a travelling legend around the world.

    31. What is the passage mainly about?
    A. The general details of Xu Xiake's life story.
    B. The difficulties Xu Xiake faced in his travels.
    C. The Important discoveries made by Xu Xiake.
    D. Тhе іnfluеnсе оf Хu'ѕ bооk Тhе Тrаvеl Nоtеѕ оf Хи Хіаkе.
    32. Which of the following best describes Xu's mother?
    A. Strict but interesting.
    B. Kind but uneducated.
    C. Helpful and hardworking.
    D. Supportive and open-minded.
    33. Why did Xu prefer walking during his travels?
    A. It gave him the chance to meet different kinds of people.
    B. It helped him to save money and travel for a longer time.
    C. It allowed him to see and study the environment in detail.
    D. It was the only way to reach the places he was interested in.
    34. Whаt іѕ truе аbоut Хu'ѕ bооk Тhе Тrаvеl Nоtеѕ оf Хи Хіаkе?
    A. It was only made public after Xu died.
      B. It made Xu very famous during his lifetime.
    C. It was the first travel book ever written in China.
    D. It was mainly about the different people of China.
    35. What is the correct order for the following events from Xu's life?
    a. He went on his first journey
    b. His book was finally printed
    c. He returned to his hometown for the last time.
    d. He developed an interest in books about other places.
    e. He started managing the family farm after his father died.
      A. a-e-d-c-b .   B. d-e-a-c-b   C. d-e-a-b-c   D. e-d-a-b-c

    题材:人物传记
    话题:17 旅行
    话题:23 著名人物
    词数:382
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇人物传记。文中主要讲述了游记作家和地理学家徐霞客生平的经历。他18岁时丧夫,不得不照顾自己的母亲,开明的母亲支持他实现自己旅行的梦想,他把自己的所见所闻都记录在日记上,最后整理成《徐霞客游记》,这本书具有深远的影响。
    【答案】31-35 ADCAB
    【解析】
    31. A 主旨大意题。第五段叙述了徐霞客旅游时面临的问难,第一段叙述了徐霞客的《徐霞客游记》的影响,故A、D两项不是本文的的主要内容;文章没有详细介绍徐霞客的重要发现,只是整体概括了他一生中的一些重要细节。故选A。
    32. D 推理判断题。根据第三段中的“Understanding her son’s love of travel and valuing the knowledge he could get from such experiences, this modern-thinking women refused to keep her son at home.”可以推断出,徐霞客的妈妈和支持他也很开明。
    33. C 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的“This way he could research the environment in detail and get a true picture of the natural world.”可知,徐霞客旅游时更喜欢步行,这样他就可以对环境进行详细的研究,从而对自然世界有一个真实的了解,故选C。
    34. A 细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“When his diary was finally printed years after his death, much of it had been destroyed or lost. Although incomplete, it still made Xu a travelling legend around the world.”可知,由徐霞客的日记整理成的书籍《徐霞客游记》在他死后几年才出版,它使徐成为世界各地的旅游传奇,故选A。
    35. B 推理判断题。根据第二段中的“Born into a wealthy Jiangyin family, Xu became interested in books about different places at an early age and wanted to travel.”可知,徐霞客很小的时候就对其他地方的图书感兴趣;根据第二段中的“When he was 18, however. Xu’s father died and so, it seemed, did his travelling dreams. He now was responsible for the family farm and taking care of his 60-year-old mother as tradition required.”可知,徐霞客18岁父亲去世后他开始管理家庭农场;根据第三段第一句“So at the age of twenty and with his mother's support, Xu set off for the first time, leaving behind not only his mother but his new wife as well.”可知,徐霞客20岁时开始自己的第一次旅行;根据最后一段中的“He died in 1641, soon after returning to his hometown for the last time.”可知,1641年徐霞客生前最后一次回到他的故乡;根据最后一段中的“When his diary was finally printed years after his death …”可知,徐霞客死后他的书才被印刷。

    (C)(·广东广州)
    Should Museum Entry Be Free?
    With International Museum Day coming up, today we are asking readers:
    Should museums be free or should people have to pay for a ticket? Let us know your view.
    Comments:
    Museums are not only there for enjoyment; they are education. This is why they must be free.
    While museums need a huge amount of money to operate, let the wealthy pay for it. The idea of a
    person or child interested in art not being able to view it because of cost is wrong.
    Krista Chen (US)-Age 15

    Free entry does not attract people or encourage them to appreciate art. Generally people respect things that are difficult or costly to get Museums should require regular visitors to pay a fee, but provide free tickets as prizes for high-achieving students who can appreciate them more.
    Fred Smith (New Zealand)-Age 14

    Museums teach people about their past. This is part of our shared culture that should be available to everyone, rich or poor. People should never be asked to pay an entrance fee.
    Rob Sanchez (Australia)-Age 17

    There are no simple answers. Low ticket prices could help museums stay open. But companies and businessmen should also provide museums with more money and other support. They have a social responsibility too.
    Amber White (UK)-Age 16
          
    I think museums and art galleries should all be free to the public. I do, however, think twice a year the museums should organize money-raising events to help pay for the cost of staying open.
          Li Mishao (China)-Age 15

    36. How many readers support the idea of free museums?
    A.2    B.3   C.4   D.5
    37. Who suggests museums should regularly hold special events to collect money?
          A. Krista Chen.   B. Fred Smith.   C. Rob Sanchez.   D. Li Mishao.
    38. Why does Fred Smith believe that free tickets should be given to high-achieving students?
          A. Students will then study harder.
          B. Museums win attract more visitors.
          C. Museums can make themselves more famous.
          D. These students can better appreciate museums.
    39. Which of the following does Amber White agree with?
    A. Businesses should offer museums more help.
    B. People should only pay what they can afford.
    C. Free entry doesn't encourage visitors to museums.
    D. Everybody should have a chance to visit museums.
    40. What can we know about the website?
           A. It's quite a new website.
    B. It was started in Australia.
           C. It's generally for young readers.
    D. It mainly discusses scientific topics.
    题材:应用文
    话题:29 社会热点
    词数:259
    【主旨大意】本文一篇应用文。国际博物馆日即将来临时,一家青少年网站关于“博物馆应该免费开放还是向大众收费”问题征询了部分网站读者的意见。
    【答案】36-40 BDDAC
    【解析】
    36. B推理判断题。根据Krista Chen的观点中的“Museums are not only there for enjoyment; they are education. This is why they must be free.”,Rob Sanchez观点中的“This is part of our shared culture that should be available to everyone, rich or poor People should never be asked to pay an entrance fee.”及Li Mishao观点中的“I think museums and art galleries should all be free to the public.”可知,这三个人都认为博物馆应该免费开放,故选B。
    37. D 细节理解题。根据Li Mishao观点中的“I do, however, think twice a year the museums should organize money-raising events to help pay for the cost of staying open.”可知,Li Mishao认为博物馆应该定期组织筹款活动。
    38. D 细节理解题。根据Fred Smith观点中的“Museums should require regular visitors to pay a fee, but provide free tickets as prizes for high-achieving students who can appreciate them more.”可知,Fred Smith认为博物馆应该为高成就的学生提供免费门票作为奖励,是因为他们能够更好地欣赏博物馆。
    39. A 细节理解题。根据Amber White观点中的“But companies and businessmen should also provide museums with more money and other support.”可知,Amber White认为企业和商人也应该为博物馆提供更多的资金和其他支持,故选A。
    40. C 推理判断题。根据网站的名称Youth News和网站几个读者的年龄可以推断出,这是一个青少年网站,故选C。
    (D)(·广东广州)
    While the start of a new school year is always exciting, this year was even more so for some students at White Cloud Primary School. They became the world's. first kids to be taught by an electronic teacher. This electronic teacher is not a human-like robot walking around the classroom.
    Instead, he is a computer-created head that appears, when needed, on students' computer or phone screens. His name is Bill.
         Created by technology company Smart Machines, Bill is able to show human-like behavior. He is designed to teach a special program about environmental-friendly power created by the sun and wind. This program, started in 2005, used to be taught by human teachers.
          Just like human teachers, Bill is able to immediately respond to the student's questions and opinions about the topic. Thanks to computer cameras, he is also able to see and react to students' exchange helps get the student's attention. More importantly, it allows the program developers to improve Bill's behavior and knowledge base when needed.
          The program has been a great success, according to Smart Machines spokesman Robert Frost.Frost says, “What is interesting to me is the children's reaction to Bill. He really captures their attention.” Frost thinks kids don't find the experience of being taught by smart machines as strange as older people because they have grown up in a time of computers and smart phones.
    It is doubtful, however, that human educators will lose their jobs to Bill any time soon. For 
    one, this talking head's knowledge base is not large. More importantly, even the smartest computer programs can't guess and react to all the unexpected situations that educators face daily. Bill's 
    future might be as “a personal tutor”, providing kids with one-on-one help for different subjects 
    and topics.
    41. What is Bill?
           A. A human-like robot.
           B. A kind of computer game.
    C. A computer recording tool.
           D. A computer- created talking head.
    42. How does the two- way exchange help the program developers?
      A. It lets them correct students' mistakes.
    B. It allows Bill to respond more quickly.
    C. It helps them know how to improve Bill.
    D. It helps them study students' body language.
    43. The underlined word "they" in Paragraph 4 refers to .
           A. kids
           B. older people
    C. smart machines
           D. program developers
    44 What is Bill NOT good at doing?
           A. Attracting students' attention.
    B. Understanding body language.
    C. Responding to students questions.
    D. Dealing with unexpected situations.
    45. How might Bill be used in the future according to the last paragraph?
          A. To work as human classroom teachers.
          B. To encourage students' interest in computers.
          C. To give students personal help with different subjects.
          D. To watch over the behavior of the students in the classroom.
    题材:说明文
    话题:4 学校生活
    9 未来
    22 发明与技术
    词数:308
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中主要介绍了白云小学今年引进的电子老师。这些孩子们将成为第一批被电子老师授课的学生,这位电子老师不是一个像人一样在教室里走动的机器人,而是一个电脑生成的头像,当需要时,它会出现在学生的电脑或电话屏幕上。
    【答案】41~45 DCADC
    【解析】
    41. D 细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Instead, he is a computer-created head that appears, when needed, on students computer or phone screens.”可知,Bill是一个电脑生成的可以说话的头像。
    42. C 细节理解题。根据第三段倒数第一句“More importantly, it allows the program developers to improve Bills behavior and knowledge base when needed.”可知,这种双向交换它允许程序开发人员在需要时改进Bill的行为和知识库,故选C。
    43. A 单词指代题。句意:弗罗斯特认为孩子们不会像老年人一样觉得被智能机器教的经历很奇怪,因为他们是在电脑和智能手机时代长大的。此处they指代前面的主语kids,故选A。
    44. D 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的“More importantly, even the smartest computer programs can't guess and react to all the unexpected situations that educators face daily.”可知,是最聪明的计算机程序也无法对教育工作者每天面对的所有意外情况作出猜测和反应,由此可知,Bill也不擅长应对意外情况。
    45. C 推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句“Bills future might be as a ‘personal tutor’, providing kids with one-on-one help for different subjects and topics.”可知,Bill未来可能会成为一名“私人老师”,为孩子们提供一对一的帮助,帮助他们学习不同的学科和主题,由此可知,Bill未来会帮助学生学习不同的学科。
    (·广东深圳)A
    Sending packets, shopping for everyday goods and even building a house, these are new skills that new robots show at the World Robot Exhibition.

    RoBohoN

    Scientists are recommending the latest talking robots. They can be highly intelligent in their responses. RoBohoN, just 10cm tall, makes a lively description of the Great Wall and the Palace Museum. It can speak Chinese, English or any other language you like.
    Human Support

    This robot stands at 1m tall and looks like a container with arms. It provides much support to different places and keeps in touch with the outside world through the Internet.
    HRP-5P

    As world cities continue developing, there are building sites everywhere, but there aren’t enough people to build them. HRP-5P looks like a strong builder stands at 1.8m tall and weighs 101 kg. It is created to carry out the heavy building tasks.
    CarriRo

    CarriRo, in the shape of a toy bus, has friendly “eyes” on its front. It works as a postman and sends packages by rolling around the streets. It has a GPS to travel. The person who receives the package is sent a code to the smart phone to open the CarriRo and get the package.
    26. How tall is the RoBohoN?
    A. 0.1 meter B. 1 meter C. 1.8 meters D. 101 meters
    27. Which robot is the best helper to the old people’s homes?
    A. RoBohoN B. Human Support Robot
    C. HRP-5P D. CartiRo
    28. How does the owner of the package open the CarriRo?
    A. by working as a postman B. by rolling around the street
    C. by following the GPS D. by using the code
    29. In which part of a newspaper can we find this passage?
    A. culture B. sports C. science D. people
    题材:应用文
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术
    (78) 发明与技术
    词数:203
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章以表格的形式介绍了在世界机器人展览会上,四种不同的新款机器人。
    【答案】26-29 ABDC
    【解析】
    26. A 细节理解题。根据文章中RoBohoN, just 10cm tall,换算以后应该选择0.1m。
    27. B推理判断题。表格一Scientists are recommending the latest talking robots.说明RoBohoN
    是一款说话机器人;表格二It provides much support to different places and keeps in touch with the outside world through the Internet.说明Human Support是一款既可以携带重物,也可以与外界联系的机器人;表格三It is created to carry out the heavy building tasks.说明HRP-5P是一款做繁重建筑任务的机器人;表格四It works as a postman and sends packages by rolling around the streets.说明CarriRo是一款当邮递员用的机器人。综合考虑选B。
    28. D 细节理解题。根据文章中的The person who receives the package is sent a code to the smart phone to open the CarriRo and get the package.描述推知,此类机器人需要发送密码才能取到包裏。
    29. C 推理判断题。全文都在讲机器人,所以是报纸的科学版块中能看到。
    (·广东深圳)B
    Alice Lee is a high school student studying at a private school. She is doing some voluntary work at an after-school program to help students from poor families.
    On the first day of her work, she noticed that many kids were lining up for free sandwiches and fruits. She was surprised. One of the organizers explains that many of these students don’t get enough to eat at home. So a school lunch or an after-meal might be the most food they would get all the day. She has also been told that some hungry kids can receive free lunches, but others are only allowed reduced-price meals, and those students family have to pay for the part of their food.
    Lee was shocked, she decided to offer help to those who are suffering from hunger, “I want other kids to understand that if you see a problem, you don’t have to wait to be an adult to fix it,” says Lee. She and a group of friends are using their programme skill to create a new app called Food of Thought, which will allow parents, students, and even kind-hearted strangers to donate money to lunch accounts for students in a nearby school.
    30. What did Alice Lee see on the first day of her volunteer work?
    A. Children lining up for free food. B. Children buying sandwiches and fruit.
    C. Children learning cooking instructions. D Children doing voluntary work.
    31. Who should pay for the half-priced food?
    A. all the hungry children B. kind-hearted strangers
    C. some poor families D. primary school students
    32. What was she doing to help the poor kids?
    A. She taught them for free. B. She opened a lunch account.
    C. She developed an app to help them. D. She offered free food.
    33. What’s the main idea of this passage?
    A. A local school is providing free food for students.
    B. A girl is helping poor kids out of hunger.
    C. An app will be tested in a school this fall.
    D. A group of good friends are working at a school.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:25. 慈善,志愿服务和社会组织
    词数:207
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了女孩 Alice Lee在志愿者活动中见到了饱受饥饿折磨的孩子,然后和朋友们开发了一款app,用于解决儿童饥饿问题。
    【答案】30-33 ACCB
    【解析】
    30. A 细节理解题。文章第二段第一句提到 “on the first day of her work, she noticed that many kids were lining up for free sandwiches and fruits” 她看到很多学生排队“line up”领取免费的三明治和水果,故答案为A。
    31. C 细节理解题。文章第二段最后一句 but 后面“but others are only allowed reduced-price meals and those students’ family have to pay for the part of their food.”提到一些学生可以获得免费食物,另一些则只能获得减价食品,而他们的家庭需要支付这些食品的部分价格, 故答案为C。
    32.C 推理判断题。文章第三段第三行提到 “She and a group of friends are using their programme skill to create a new app…” 她和一群朋友利用他们的编程技能开发了一个新的 app。故答案为 C。
    33. B 主旨大意题。根据全文可知,讲述了女孩 Alice Lee在志愿者活动中见到了饱受饥饿折磨的孩子,然后和朋友们开发了一款app,用于解决儿童饥饿问题。故选B。

    (·广东深圳)E
    When Justin Tong was a child, other kids felt sorry for him. His parents always had him doing lots of housework such as carrying out the rubbish and sending newspapers. But when he grew up, he was better off than his childhood friends and lived a happier and healthier life.
    This is the finding of a 40-year study that followed the lives of 456 children in London. It showed that the children who had worked hard in childhood had a richer and a happier future. “Children who worked in the home or community gained competence (能力) and came to feel they were worthwhile members of society.” said Damiel Brown,the psychologist (心理学家) who made the discovery. “And because they felt good about themselves, others felt good about them.”
    Brown’s study followed these children in great detail. Interviews were repeated at ages 25, 31 and 47. Under Brown, the researchers compared the children’s mental-health scores with their childhood-activity scores. Points were awarded for part-time jobs, housework, effort in school, and ability to deal with problems.
    Working—at any age—is important Childhood activities help a child develop responsibility independence, confidence and competence—the underpinnings (基础) of emotional health. They also help him understand that people must cooperate and work toward common goals. The most competent adults are those who know how to do this.
    Yet work isn’t everything. As Tolstoy once said, “One can live magnificently in this world if one knows how to work and how to love, to work for the person one loves and to love one’s work.”
    42. What do we know about Justin Tong?
    A. He enjoyed a happy life.
    B. He felt sorry for the other kids.
    C. He always sold newspapers.
    D. He seldom collected rubbish.
    43. Who will probably succeed in the future according to Paragraph 2?
    A. Children who enjoy happier and richer lives.
    B. Children who work in the home or community.
    C. Children who take part in Daniel Brown’s study.
    D. Children who feel good about people around them.
    44. How did Brown follow the children in his study?
    A. By giving housework and praise.
    B. By interviewing and giving scores.
    C. By setting goals and showing love.
    D. By solving problems and testing them.
    45. What’s the purpose of the passage?
    A. To talk about an interesting study.
    B. To introduce Justin Tong’s success.
    C. To tell us about childhood activities.
    D. To encourage children to work hard.
    题材:说明文
    话题:8. 人际交往
    (26) 社会行为
    词数:286
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文。Justin Tong因为小时候总是被爸妈叫去做运垃圾和送报纸等家务,最后比他的伙伴都成功。通过Justin的例子,结合专家Daniel Brown的一个做了几十年的调查,通过采访和给一些孩子打分,发现童年时期帮助做一些家务的孩子长大后会更快乐,更成功。
    【答案】42-45 ABBD
    【解析】
    42. A 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句话“he was better off…and lived a happier and healthier life”可知,答案选择 A。
    43. B 细节理解题。根据第二段“It showed children who had worked hard in childhood had a richer and a happier future.”和之后的“Children who worked in the home or community competence … feel they were worthwhile”,可知答案选择B。
    44. B 细节理解题。根据第三段第一行和第三行, “Interviews were repeated at ages 25, 31 and 47.”和“Under Brown, the researchers compared the children’s mental-health scores with their childhood-activity scores.”可知答案选择B。
    45. D 主旨大意题。本文不论是Justin Tong的例子,还是Daniel Brown的调查结果都是旨在说明做家务,努力工作,会使得孩子长大后更快乐,更成功。
    (·广东)A
    Bullying (欺凌) can happen to anyone. A great many children around the world are bullied every year, but there are things that can be done to help.
    What is bullying?
    Bullying is when someone makes you feel bad or hurts you again and again. Bullying can happen at school, out of school and online. Bullying includes:
    ·calling people mean (恶意的) names
    ·laughing at people
    ·telling lies about people
    ·taking someone’s things without permission(允许)
    ·not letting someone play in a group
    ·hitting people.
    What is cyberbullying?
    Cyberbullying includes:
    ·sending bad messages online
    ·sharing photos online without permission
    ·not letting someone be part of an online group
    ·spreading lies online.
    What can you do?
    If someone is not kind to you, tell an adult that you know and like. For example, talk to a parent or a teacher.
    If you get bad messages, don’t reply. You should save them and give them to your teacher, your family, or the police. Ask an adult for help. Don’t share something before you make sure it is true. That will help stop the cyberbullying.
    Talk to your parents or teacher or an adult if you are bullying or if you are worried about a friend.
    Say sorry if you are not kind to someone. You can write a message or talk to the person. And always remember: think about how to be kind in the future.

    For more information, visit our home page at www. kidsworld. com.
    56. According to the passage, the following are bullying EXCEPT______.
    A. calling people mean names B. hitting people
    C. telling lies about people D. laughing with people
    57. Cyberbullying means bullying ______.
    A. at school B. at home C. on the street D. on the Internet
    58. When you get bad messages online, you should ______.
    A. share them with friends B. give them to your teacher
    C. reply to them at once D. keep them as your secrets
    59. If you are not kind to someone, you should ______.
    A. say sorry to him B. talk about it in public
    C. ask your parents to say sorry D. feel sad and keep quiet
    60. This passage is mainly written for ______.
    A. teachers B. parents C. children D. the police
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    社会行为
    词数
    245
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章对现实欺凌和在线欺凌进行了解释和界定,并给出了如何应对欺凌的一些方法。
    【答案】56-60 DDBAC
    【解析】
    56. D 细节理解题。从What is bullying?部分下的信息知,欺凌包括:给别人取恶意的名字、嘲笑别人、说别人的谎话、未经允许拿别人的东西、不让别人参与小组活动和袭击别人等。由此知,“与别人一起笑”不属于欺凌现象。故选D。
    57. D 总结归纳题。从What is cyberbullying?部分下四条信息内容知,每条信息都涉及了on line(在线)。由此知,cyberbullying意思就是指“在线欺凌”。故选D。
    58. B 细节理解题。从What can you do?部分下信息“If you get bad messages, don’t reply. You should save them and give them to your teacher, your family, or the police.”知,如果你收到不良的信息,不要回复。你应该告诉你的老师、家人或警察。故选B。
    59. A 细节理解题。从What can you do?部分下信息“Say sorry if you are not kind to someone.”知,如果你对别人不友好,你要向人家道歉。故选A。
    60. C 推理判断题。本文主要是对现实欺凌和在线欺凌进行了解释和界定,并给孩子提出了如何应对欺凌的一些方法。由此推知,这篇文章是写给孩子的。故选C。

    (·广东)B
    In our daily life, robots are often found to do work that is too dangerous, boring, difficult, or dirty. And we often see kids play with toy robots.
    But what exactly is a robot? There are some important characteristics (特征) that a robot must have. These characteristics might help you to decide what is and what is not a robot. It will also help you to decide what you will need to build into a machine before it can be considered as a robot. A robot has these important characteristics:
    Sensing First of all, your robot would have to be able to sense the environment around it. Give your robot sensors (传感器): light sensors (eyes), touch sensors (hands), chemical sensors (nose). hearing sensors (ears) and taste sensors (tongue).
    Movement A robot needs to be able to move around its environment. It can move on wheels, walk on legs or be driven by small engines (发动机). A robot can move either the whole body or just parts of it.
    Energy A robot needs to be able to power itself. Some robots might power itself with sunlight, some might with electricity, while others with the battery (电池). The way your robot gets its energy will depend on what your robot needs to do.
    Intelligence A robot needs some kind of “smarts”. A programmer is the person who gives the robot its “smarts”. The robot will have to have a certain way to receive the program so that it knows what it is to do
    61. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 is about ______.
    A. the toy B. the characteristic C. the machine D. the engine
    62. The chemical sensors may help a robot to ______.
    A. see B. catch C. hear D. smell
    63. In how many ways can a robot power itself according to the passage?
    A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.
    64. The Chinese meaning of “Intelligence” in the last paragraph is ______.
    A. 能源 B. 勤奋 C. 智能 D.外观
    65. What’s the main purpose of the passage?
    A. To help people understand what a robot is.
    B. To tell what a robot can do in our life.
    C. To describe the movement of a robot.
    D. To introduce the history of robots.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    科普知识
    词数
    256
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了机器人的一些重要特征,包括感觉、运动、能力和智力等。
    【答案】61-65CDBCA
    【解析】
    61. C 信息指代题。理解划线单词所在句意思:这也会在一台机器能被考虑作为一个机器人之前帮助你决定你将需要什么东西建造成一台这样的机器。由此知,这里用it指代前面的machine。故选C。
    62. D 推理判断题。从第三段“chemical sensors (nose)”知,chemical sensors与nose即“鼻子”有关。由此知,chemical sensors或许可以帮助机器人闻到某东西的气味。故选D。
    53. B 总结归纳题。从第五段Energy部分下的信息知,文章谈到了机器人的能量来自太阳光、电能、电池等三种渠道。故选B。
    64. C 词义猜测题。阅读Intelligence部分下的信息知,一个机器人需要一个程序编辑人员赋予某种“智能”。由此推知,Intelligence意思为“智能”。故选C。
    65. A 观点态度题。文章从Sensing, Movement, Energy和Intelligence等四个方面介绍了一个机器人的特征。其目的肯定是想帮助人们理解机器人是什么。故选A。
    A(河北)
    (河北)Your English teacher has introduced a play to your class. Read and play.
    Characters: Benny, student, 14 years old
    Peter, student, 15 years old
    Susie, student, 14 years old
    Grace, student, 14 years old
    Time: One Sunday afternoon in autumn
    Place: Sunny Park
    (The four teenagers have just finished the picnic. They are tidying up.)
    Benny: Wow! That was a great picnic. I’m so full that I can hardly move.
    Grace: That’s no excuse for not tidying up, Benny. Come over here and help me pack up the leftover
    food. Peter, can you put out the fire, please? And clean up the place.
    Peter: (Speaking unhappily to himself) How can I always get the dirty and difficult jobs? It’s not fair.
    (Peter throws a bit of water on the fire. Then he picks up the ashes (灰烬) with an old newspaper and wants to throw them into the long grass.)
    Susie: (Sounding surprised) What are you doing, Peter? That’s d…
    Peter: Whoops … the paper has caught fire.
    Susie: And the grass … Benny, Grace, help! help!
    (Benny and Grace come over quickly. They help put out the fire completely.)
    Peter: Oh, no. What have I done?
    Grace: You know that we should do everything carefully, don’t you?
    Peter: (With his head in his hands) Yes. What have I done? What have I done?
    46. How does Peter feel about his jobs?
    A. Clean and easy. B. Dirty and difficult.
    C. Great and interesting. D. Noisy and harmful.
    47. What word do you think Susie would say in the sentence “That’s d…”?
    A. dirty B. difficult C. delicious D. dangerous
    48. Which of the following sentence is true?
    A. There are five people in the play. B. Peter’s carelessness causes the fire.
    C. They have a picnic in the morning. D. Benny refuses to help others tidy up.

    体裁:应用文
    话题:16. 短剧
    话题:14. 安全与救护
    话题:4. 周末活动
    词数:238
    【答案】46-47 BDB
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一个剧本,主要描述了Penny,Peter,Susie和Grace四个人在野餐后,打扫场地,彼得不小心引起火灾的片段。
    46. B 细节理解题。根据Peter说的话中“How can I always get the dirty and difficult jobs?”可知,他感觉自己的工作又脏又难。故选B。
    47. D 推理判断题。根据前文“Then he picks up the ashes(灰烬) with an old newspaper”可知,彼得用报纸去装燃烧的灰烬。再根据下文“Whoops … the paper has caught fire.”可知,旧报纸引起了火灾。因此她说的应该是“那是危险的”。故选D。
    48. B 细节理解题。阅读剧本可知,本剧中一共有Penny,Peter,Susie和Grace四个人,因此A项与短文不符;联系47小题分析可知,彼得的粗心引起了火灾,B项与短文描述一致;根据剧本中的时间信息“Time: One Sunday afternoon in autumn”可知,他们是在下午野餐,因此C项与短文不符;剧本中本尼的话“Wow! That was a great picnic. I’m so full that I can hardly move.”不足以说明他拒绝帮助别人打扫,因此D项与短文描述不符。故选B。

    B(河北)
    (河北)Tony, a nine-year-old kid, is sitting at his desk when suddenly he wets (尿湿) his pants. He thinks his heart is going to stop because he cannot possibly know how this happened. It has never happened before. He knows the after-effect(后果)—When the boys find out, he will never hear the end of it. When the girls find out, they’ll never speak to him again as long as he lives.
    Tony puts his hand down and says to himself, “Oh, no. What can I do? I need help now!”
    He looks up and notices the teacher coming, with a look in her eyes that says he has been discovered.
    As the teacher is walking to him, a classmate named Emily is carrying a glass that is full of water. Emily falls down in front of the teacher and drops the glass of water in Tony’s pants. Tony seems to be angry, but all the while he is saying to himself, “Thank you, Dear! Thank you, Dear!”
    Now all of a sudden, instead of being the person that everyone laughs at, Tony is the person of sympathy(同情). The person that everyone laughs at should be him, but now is Emily.
    She tries to help, but they tell her, “You’ve done enough, you stupid!”
    At the end of the day, as they are waiting for the bus, Tony walks over to Emily and says in a low voice, “You did that on purpose, didn’t you?”
    Emily says back in a quiet voice, “I wet my pants once, too.”
    49. What does Tony think the other boys will do if they find out the fact?
    A. They’ll laugh at him. B. They’ll tell the teacher about it.
    C. They’ll try to help him. D. They’ll never speak to him again.
    50. Which is right according to the passage?
    A. Emily drops the water on purpose. B. Tony is really angry with Emily.
    C. Tony and Emily don’t go home by bus. D. Tony and Emily aren’t classmates.
    51. We know that Emily is a ______ girl from the passage.
    A. careless and shy B. quiet and bright
    C. stupid and helpless D. kind and smart

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事
    话题:2. 其他人
    词数:263
    【答案】49-51 AAD
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了九岁的男孩托尼突然尿了裤子,怕被别人发现,正在尴尬之际,有过同样经历的女孩艾米丽失手把水撒在了他的裤子上,帮托尼避免了被发现的尴尬,最终得到了同学们的同情和帮助。
    49. A 细节理解题。根据第一段倒数第二句“When the boys find out, he will never hear the end of it.”可知,这些男孩会嘲笑他。故选A。
    50. A 细节理解题。根据短文后两段描述可知,艾米丽是故意的。故选A。
    51. D 推理判断题。阅读短文可知,艾米丽帮助了托尼,而又没被别人发现。由此可知,她是一个善良又聪明的女孩。故选D。

    C(河北)

    School Activity: the “Exercise Month”


    A number of important school activities are coming up, and the biggest one is the “Exercise Month”.
    What is our aim(目的)?
    The “Exercise Month” is organised by the Youth Sports Club. The main aim of the activity is to improve our school members’ knowledge about the importance of exercise.
    What are our activities?
    The “Exercise Month” will take place from 15 December to 15 January. During this month, a lot of activities will be held to show the importance of exercise.
    l Writing Competition The topic of the writing competition is “Exercise and Me”. The length of the writing is 500 words for this competition.
    l Talk The talk will be given on 18 December. The speaker will be Dr Chiu from St Stephen’s Hospital. He will then answer our members’ questions about exercise.
    l Exhibition (展览) The exhibition will be held from 19 December to 3 January in our school hall. The history of different kinds of exercise, and the winning and excellent writings from the competition will be on show.
    l After school Exercise Classes The after-school exercise classes will run from 18 December to 14 January. In these classes, experienced coaches from the local exercise clubs will train our school members after school. They will also help our school members to make practical exercise plans.

    52. What is the passage mainly about?
    A. The aim of the school activities. B. The different kinds of school classes.
    C. The introduction about Exercise Month. D. The school members’ Youth Sports Club.
    53. What is the topic of the writing competition?
    A. Exercise and Me. B. A School Activity.
    C. Practical Exercise Plans. D. After-school Classes.
    54. When will the after-school exercise classes start?
    A. On 15 December. B. On 18 December. C. On 14 January. D. On 15 January.
    55. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. The local exercise club has a long history.
    B. Dr Chiu will train the members after school.
    C. The coaches will answer the members’ questions.
    D. Some writings from the competition will be on show.

    体裁:应用文
    话题:4. 学校生活
    话题:9. 计划与安排
    词数:227
    【答案】52-55 CABD
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文,文中主要介绍了学校运动月的活动目的和活动内容。
    52. C 主旨大意题。阅读短文可知,本文主要介绍了学校运动月的活动目的和活动内容。故选C。
    53. A 细节理解题。根据第一项活动“Writing Competition”中的“The topic of the writing competition is ‘Exercise and Me’.”描述可知,写作比赛的主题是运动与我。故选A。
    54. B 细节理解题。根据第三项活动内容“After school Exercise Classes”中的“The after-school exercise classes will run from 18 December to 14 January.”可知,课外活动课从12月18日到1月14日。因此开始时间是11月18日。故选B。
    55. D 细节理解题。根据第二项活动“Exhibition”中的“and the winning and excellent writings from the competition will be on show.”可知,将有来自写作比赛的作品将会被展出。故选D。
    D(河北)
    (河北)What are you holding in your hand while you are taking the examination? Right. A pen.
    Though it is small, the pen has changed the history, improved the trade of countries, recorded events, carried news, and done far more work for human beings than all other tools.
    Progress without it would have been almost impossible. The invention of the wheel, the introduction of steam engine(蒸汽机), the use of electricity, all these have changed the lives of millions of people, but the pen has done more. It has taken away mountains, and it has prepared the way for all progress and development of the society.
    In the past the pen did all the work if you wanted to keep any writing for some time. The lawyers took up their pens and wrote the law of the country from the days when papyrus(纸莎草纸) was first used. The most famous letters in the world were written with a pen. It was with a pen that the greatest thinkers of all time wrote down their thoughts.
    The pen is very utilitarian. We cannot sign a bill or write a letter or buy a house without our pen. An agreement is worthless till our name is written with a pen. The writers encourage the world with it. The students take their examinations with it as well.
    Our coming into the world is recorded with a pen. Before we have been at school, our name is written on the name list with a pen. We cannot be married till we have signed. A pen records the important events in our life.
    Let us remember that we hold in our hand the most powerful instrument which man owns. The pen is a magic tool. Whenever you use it, enjoy it.
    56. What’s is the writer trying to do in this passage?
    A. Describe what a pen looks like. B. Introduce the history of the pen.
    C. Advise people to prepare a new pen. D. Show the importance of the pen.
    57. The word “mountains” in the third paragraph refers to(指代) “something to ________”.
    A. explain the use of electricity B. lower the students’ scores
    C. stop the social development D. change the law of the country
    58. The lawyers started to write the law of the country _______.
    A. before their thoughts were changed B. when papyrus was first used
    C. as soon as they recorded their names D. after they took an important exam
    59. The underlined word “utilitarian” in the passage means “______”.
    A. cheap B. boring C. special D. useful
    60. What is the best title for this passage?
    A. A Powerful Tool B. An Important Law
    C. A Valuable Record D. An Exciting Event

    体裁:说明文
    话题:22. 发明与技术
    话题:23. 历史与社会
    词数:302
    【答案】56-60 DCBDA
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中主要论述了钢笔在人类生活中的重要作用。
    56. D 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述的是钢笔在人类生活中的重要作用。故选D。
    57. C 词义猜测题。联系下文“it has prepared the way for all progress and development of the society”可知,这个单词指的是“阻碍社会发展的事物”。故选C。
    58. B 细节理解题。根据第四段第二句“The lawyers took up their pens and wrote the law of the country from the day when papyrus(纸莎草纸) was first used.”可知,当纸莎草纸最初被使用时律师就开始书写国家的法律。故选B。
    59. D 词义猜测题。本段主要接受了钢笔在签账单,写信,签协议,作家写作和学生考试中的作用。因此这个单词意思是“有用的”。故选D。
    60. A 标题归纳题。阅读短文可知,本文主要讲述的是钢笔在人类生活中的重要作用,说明了钢笔是一个强大的工具。故选A。
    A(·湖北鄂州)
    The Latest Books
    My ABCs
    by: Disney Book Group
    Released: April 3, 2018
    Pages: 14
    Age Range: 0 – 2
    Santa Bruce
    by: Ryan T. Higgins
    Released: September 4, 2018
    Pages: 48
    Age Range: 3 – 5
    Solo: Star Wars
    by: Lucasfilm Press
    Released: September 4, 2018
    Pages: 32
    Age Range: 6 – 8
    Magic Book: Spells
    by: Amber Benson, Daron Nefcy
    Dominic Bisignano
    Released: September 11, 2018
    Pages: 288
    Age Range: 9 – 12
    46. If Tom is 3 years old, he can choose to read.
    A. Magic Book: Spells B. Solo: Star Wars
    C. Santa Bruce D. My ABCs
    47. Who wrote “Solo: Star Wars”?
    A. Amber Benson. B. Lucasfilm Press.
    C. Ryan T. Higgins. D. Disney Book Group.
    48. Which book has the most pages?
    A. My ABCs. B. Santa Bruce.
    C. Solo: Star Wars. D. Magic Book: Spells.
    49. What is true about My ABCs?
    A. It was written by Ryan T. Higgins. B. It has thirty-two pages.
    C. A 6-year-old girl can read it. D. It came out on April 3, 2018.
    50. The passage may be .
    A. a story B. an advertisement C. a novel D. a poem
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    1.爱好 2.书籍
    词数
    72
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇图表式应用文。文章主要介绍了My ABCs、Santa Bruce、Solo: Star Wars、Magic Book: Spells四本图书的作者、出版日期、页码及适合阅读群体的年龄段等相关信息。
    【答案】46—50 CBDDB
    【解析】
    46. C 细节理解题。根据题目要求:Tom三岁了,应该选择的书目是...,对照每个表格最后一行的信息判断,故选C。
    47.B 细节理解题。根据题目要求查出 “Solo: Star Wars”这本书的作者,对照每个表格先找出这本书在第三个表格,再从表格中第二行找出作者。故选B。
    48.D 细节理解题。根据题目要求找出哪本书的页码最多?对照每个表格倒数第二行的信息。故选D。
    49.D 细节理解题。题目要求从ABCD四个选项中找出关于“ My ABCs”这本书的正确信息。仔细阅读第一个表格,对照四个选项,A项应该是It was written by Disney Book Group; B项应该是It has 14 pages;C项应该是A two-year-old girl can read it。故选D。
    50.B推理判断题。根据表格信息得知,本文是介绍了四本最近出版的书的相关信息,对照选项判断应该是一则广告,而不可能是故事、小说或诗。 故选B。

    B(·湖北鄂州)
    For Miller, an 80-year-old man, it’s a chance of a lifetime. Miller is a part of a group of around 60 Germans who are on a bus journey along the ancient Silk Road.
    About this journey, he says:“I have been deeply interested in the Silk Road since I was a child. But now I finally have a chance to experience it.”
    The two-month bus journey will take the group through Germany, Russia and other 4 European countries. They will then enter China from the country’s western part. It will be an unforgettable memory for them.
    Nearly half of the 13,000-kilometer trip will be inside China. From Xinjiang in the west to Shanghai in the east, the German visitors will see more than 20 Chinese cities. “We have managed the trip of the Silk Road for around 10 years. An increasing number of people, not only from German-speaking countries, have been joining us.” Says Liu Guoqiang from China Tours.
    Almost 26 million foreigners traveled to China in 2015, and about 5 million of them were from Europe. Beijing, Xi’an, Shanghai and the Yangtze River are traditional Chinese travel destinations for European tourists. Speaking of where he wants to go, Miller says: “Compared with modern cities, the culture in western China attracts me more.”
    As Shi Xiang, head of China Tours says “Being a new brand to attract foreign visitors, the Silk Road is good for people to know more about China, especially the northwestern part of the country.”
    51. How will the group of around 60 Germans have the tour?
    A. By plane. B. By bus. C. On foot. D. By train.
    52. Where will the German group enter China?
    A. From Beijing. B. From the western part of China.
    C. From the eastern part of China. D. From Shanghai.
    53. The underlined word “destinations” in the fifth paragraph means .
    A. 标志 B. 道路 C. 品牌 D. 目的地
    54. According to the passage, how long has China Tours managed the trip?
    A. For 20 years. B. For 5 years.
    C. For 10 years. D. For 26 months.
    55. Which is the best title for the passage?
    A. Silk Road: An old brand to attract Chinese.
    B. Silk Road: A new way to learn about China.
    C. Silk Road: A better chance to see modern cities.
    D. Silk Road: A fashionable way to buy silk.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    旅行
    词数
    249
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中主要讲述了以Miller为代表的,由60人组成的对古代丝绸之路的巴士之旅以及丝绸之路的相关信息,说明丝绸之路正重新发挥它的作用,成为吸引外国游客的新品牌。
    【答案】51—55 BBDCB
    【解析】
    51.B 细节理解题。根据题目要求:60个德国人组成的旅行团如何进行旅行,查找文中信息,由第一段第二句中“60 Germans who are on a bus journey”可知,他们是巴士旅行。故选B。
    52.B 细节理解题。由第三段第二句“They will then enter China from the country’s western part. ”可知,他们将从中国西部进入中国。故选B。
    53.D词义猜测题。 根据前面提到的众多地点“Beijing, Xi’an, Shanghai and the Yangtze River”结合选项推测,这些地点对于外国游客来说是传统的旅行地点。故选D。
    54.C 细节理解题。由第四段第三句“We have managed the trip of the Silk Road for around 10 years.”可知,这项丝绸之旅已经谋划了近10年了。故选C。
    55.B 主旨大意题。综合本文内容可知,丝绸之路已经再次发挥出它的作用,成为新的旅游品牌,成为外国游客了解中国的新方式。故选B。
    (湖北荆门) A
    Canada shares the longest international border(边境) in the world with the USA, which is 8,891 km long. The longest part of the border is shared with the US state, Alaska, and it is about 2,475 km long. Here is more information about Canada.
    Geography.
    ★the largest waterfalls, Niagara Falls
    ★the second biggest country in the world, after Russia
    ★the highest mountain, the Mount Logan with a height of 5, 959m
    ★the longest river, the McKenzie River in the northwest, 4,241 km long
    ★a large country with a small population
    Attractions for kids
    ★going boating in the national parks, enjoying skiing, snow-boarding and other winter fun activities in the mountains
    ★outdoor activities: riding, climbing and ice-skating in Toronto, Vancouver and so on
    ★interesting museums and wonderful city parks
    21. How long is the longest border that Canada shares with Alaska?
    A. 8,891 km. B. 2,475 km. C. 4,241 km. D. 5,959m.
    22. The largest country in the world is ______.
    A. China B. Canada C. the USA D. Russia
    23. Which of the following statements is true?
    A. The height of the Mount Logan is 5,959 kilometers.
    B. The McKenzie River lies in the northeast of Canada.
    C. Canada is a large country which has a small population.
    D. Kids can’t go ice-skating in Vancouver.

    题材:说明文
    话题:(73) 国家与民族 (Countries and nationalities)
    词数:130
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。短文介绍了有关加拿大地理方面的信息以及孩子们可以游玩的景点。
    【答案】21~23 BDC
    【解析】
    21. B 细节理解题。根据“The longest part of the border is shared with the US state, Alaska, and it is about 2,475 km long.( 边境最长的部分与美国阿拉斯加州接壤,大约2475公里长。)”,故选B。
    22. D 细节理解题。根据表格中“the second biggest country in the world, after Russia(世界上第二大国家,仅次于俄罗斯)”,说明俄罗斯为世界上最大的国家,故选D。
    23. C 细节理解题。根据表格中“a large country with a small population(一个人口少的大国)”,故选C。根据“the highest mountain, the Mount Logan with a height of 5, 959m(最高峰洛根山,海拔5959米)”可知A项为米而非公里;根据“the longest river, the McKenzie River in the northwest, 4,241 km long (最长的河流,西北部的麦肯齐河,长4,241公里)”可知麦肯齐河位于西北部而不是东北部;根据“outdoor activities: riding, climbing and ice-skating in Toronto, Vancouver and so on (户外活动:在多伦多、温哥华等地骑马、登山、滑冰等)”可知D项不是can’t。

    (湖北荆门) B
    Terry Fox was only seventeen when he got a cancer (癌症). He must have felt hopeless when the doctor said his right leg would have to be cut off 6 inches above the knee.
    But to everyone’s surprise, Terry Fox made up his mind to become a long-distance runner and do something about the cancer. What a dream!
    Although it seemed impossible. Terry decided to run across the whole country. He hoped to raise one million dollars for cancer research. Few believed he would make it. Anyway, on April 12, 1980, Terry Fox began his Marathon of Hope. For the first days of his marathon, Terry Fox was alone. He started running at 4:30 am. Day by day, people began to realize that something big was happening on the lonely road. As people saw Terry, they stopped and donated (捐赠) money for cancer research.
    However, his health took a rapid turn for the worse several months later. He had to give up his marathon on September 1, 1980. Terry died three months later, at the age of 22. In his short life, he raised $24 million for cancer research—one dollar for each person in his motherland.
    Since his death, the yearly Terry Fox Run, first held in 1981, has grown to be the world’s largest one-day fundraiser(筹资活动) for cancer research.
    24. What does the underlined sentence in Paragraph 2 mean?
    A. The dream was very strange. B. It was such a silly dream.
    C. The dream was easy to achieve. D. It was almost an impossible dream.
    25. Terry gave up his marathon in 1980 because ______.
    A. he found it too tiring B. nobody supported him.
    C. he was too sick to continue. D. he raised enough money.
    26. When did Terry Fox get a cancer?
    A. In 1975. B. In 1980. C. In 1981. D. In 1958.
    27. What is the writer’s purpose in writing the passage?
    A. To tell us when Terry Fox Run was first held.
    B. To tell us not to give up when facing difficulties.
    C. To advise us to donate money for cancer research.
    D. To call on us to take part in Marathon of Hope.

    题材:记叙文
    话题: (82) 故事 (Stories)
    词数:232
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了癌症患者特里·福克斯的励志故事。特里·福克斯得了癌症,但他并没有感到绝望,而是实现他的梦想:跑希望马拉松,为癌症研究筹款。并在他去世前筹得2,400万美元。
    【答案】24~27 DCAB
    【解析】
    24. D句意理解题。根据前一句“But to everyone’s surprise, Terry Fox made up his mind to become a long-distance runner and do something about the cancer.( 但令所有人惊讶的是,特里·福克斯下定决心要成为一名长跑运动员,为治疗癌症做点什么。)”以及后一句“Although it seemed impossible. (虽然这似乎是不可能的。)”可知此感叹句感叹的是几乎不可能的梦想,故选D。
    25. C细节理解题。根据“However, his health took a rapid turn for the worse several months later. He had to give up his marathon on September 1, 1980.( 然而,几个月后,他的健康状况迅速恶化。1980年9月1日,他不得不放弃马拉松。)”,故选C。
    26. A推理判断题。根据“Terry Fox was only seventeen when he got a cancer (癌症).( 特里福克斯只有十七岁当他得了癌症(癌症)。)”以及“He had to give up his marathon on September 1, 1980. Terry died three months later, at the age of 22.( 1980年9月1日,他不得不放弃马拉松。三个月后,特里去世了,享年22岁。)”,17岁得了癌症,22岁去世时是1980年12月1日,1980-(22-17)=1975,故选A。
    27. B主旨大意题。通读全文可知:特里·福克斯得了癌症后并没有绝望,而是努力实现自己的梦想。教育我们面对困难不言弃的精神,故选B。

    (湖北荆门) C
    In the eyes of many foreigners, Chinese are the best hosts and the worst guests in the world. And western hosts sometimes look rude(粗鲁的) in the eyes of Chinese guests. It is because the guest-host relationship in China is quite different from that in some western countries.
    In China, guests are almost like gods. Whenever I enter a Chinese friend’s home, there is always fruit on the table for me, and some is quick to bring me a cup of tea or water. In the west, generally the guest is not a god. Acting according to the host's way of doing things is usual behavior for a guest.
    My wife’s mother, a very kind Chinese lady, doesn't smoke. When I see some of her guests smoking in her house, as non-smoker, I feel unhappy, Usually, I want to stop them directly, but I must realize that in China, to be a good host, she must not do that.
    In most North American homes, if you are a guest, and the hosts are not smokers, you should not smoke in their house. At the very least, you should ask, "Is it OK if I smoke?” But don’t be surprised if they say “No, you can't smoke.” In my culture, if you smoke in their house, you are a bad guest, but if they don’t allow you to smoke in their house, they are not rude hosts.
    In a word, no matter where you are, the best way to be a good guest is to adapt to(适应) the habits of your hosts.
    28. When a western guest visits a Chinese family, he often ______.
    A. buys some fruit B. brings a cup of tea C. smokes D. feels like a god
    29. What will the writer probably say if a guest wants to smoke in his house?
    A. Let's smoke together. B. Sorry, you can’t smoke here.
    C. Smoking is a bad habit. D. It’ s OK if you smoke here.
    30. What can be learned from the passage?
    A. A friend in need is a friend indeed. B. Where there is a will, there is a way.
    C. When in Rome, do as the Romans do. D. Actions speak louder than words.
    31. What is the best title of the passage?
    A. The Best Hosts
    B. The Best Guests
    C. Different Cultures in Different Countries
    D. Different Guest-host Relationships in Different Cultures

    题材:记叙文
    话题:(76) 文化习俗
    词数:264
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了中国和西方国家的文化习俗差异。客人到中国朋友家收到热情招待,而到西方朋友家则需按主人的行事方式。中国人自己不吸烟但能忍受客人在自己家里吸烟,而北美则不行。
    【答案】28~31 DBCD
    【解析】
    28. D 细节理解题。根据“In China, guests are almost like gods.(在中国,客人就像神一样。)”,故选D。
    29. B 细节理解题。根据“When I see some of her guests smoking in her house, as non-smoker, I feel unhappy, Usually, I want to stop them directly,( 当我看到她的一些客人在她的房子里吸烟,作为一个不吸烟的人,我感到不开心,通常,我想直接阻止他们,)”,故选B。
    30. C 推理判断题。根据短文最后一节“In a word, no matter where you are, the best way to be a good guest is to adapt to(适应) the habits of your hosts.( 总之,不管你在哪里,做一个好客人的最好方法就是适应主人的习惯。)”可知:无论东西方文化有说明差异,但都应该适应主人的习惯,即入乡随俗。故选C。
    31. D 文章标题题。短文讲述的是东西方的不同主客关系。故选D。

    (湖北荆门) D
    What does it take to graduate from university? Some papers or high scores in exams? Well, these are not enough if you are a student at Tsinghua University.
    According to a new rule of the university, students must prove(证明) themselves in the swimming pool. They need to pass a swimming test of at least 50 meters, and those who fail the test will be required to take a swimming course throughout their school years. By the time they graduate, they will have known how to swim; otherwise they can't graduate with their bachelor's degrees(学士学位).
    The news made waves in Chinese social media (媒体). Some people praised the university for requiring a necessary skill that can save lives, and they also believed that the rule would help improve students' health. However, others questioned if it was fair to expect those who come from inland cities(内陆城市) to be able to swim
    In fact, this is not a new rule. Tsinghua University first made swimming a requirement in1919 but later gave it up because the number of students became too large and there were not enough swimming pools in the school for them to learn swimming.
    Anyway, it is still good news that Chinese students' health has become more and more valued. Why not just take this chance to lean one more life-saving ability?
    32. According to the passage, what does it take for a student to graduate from Tsinghua university?
    A. Some papers. B. High scores in exams.
    C. Passing a swimming test. D. All of the above.
    33. The underlined phrase "made waves" in Paragraph 3 most probably means ______.
    A. caused a heated discussion B. spread widely
    C. made a requirement D. proved the rule
    34. Why did Tsinghua University once give up the rule?
    ① Because many students failed the swimming test.
    ② Because some people disagreed with the rule.
    ③ Because there were too many students.
    ④ Because there were not enough swimming pools.
    A.①② B.②③ C.③④ D. ①④
    35. What is the passage mainly about?
    A. Different people hold different opinions about a new rule.
    B. Tsinghua University has made a new rule of graduation.
    C. Chinese students' health should be more and more valued.
    D. There is a new chance to lean another life-saving ability.

    题材:议论文
    话题:(18) 学习科目 (School subjects)
    词数:237
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。短文讲述了清华大学要取得学士学位就必须通过游泳测试。这引起了媒体的热议:一些人认为有助于改善学生的健康,一些人质疑相对与来自内陆的学生的公平性。
    【答案】32~35 DACB
    【解析】
    32. D 细节理解题。根据短文第一段“What does it take to graduate from university? Some papers or high scores in exams? Well, these are not enough if you are a student at Tsinghua University.( 从大学毕业需要什么?一些论文或考试高分?如果你是清华大学的学生,这些还不够。)”以及“According to a new rule of the university, students must prove(证明) themselves in the swimming pool.( 根据一项新的大学,学生必须在游泳池中证明(证明)自己。他们需要通过至少50米的游泳测试)”,故选D。
    33. A 词义猜测题。根据本句后面的“Some people praised…, However, others questioned…(一些人赞扬……,然而,其他人质疑……)”,可推断这消息在媒体上引起热议。故选A。
    34. C 细节理解题。根据文中“but later gave it up because the number of students became too large and there were not enough swimming pools in the school for them to learn swimming.( 但后来由于学生人数过多,学校里没有足够的游泳池供他们学习游泳而放弃了这项要求。)”,故选C。
    35. B 主旨大意题。通读全文可知,文章主要介绍了清华大学的一项新的毕业规则。故选B。
    (湖北咸宁)A
    In ancient times, there was a king who loved flowers. His palace was always decorated with beautiful orchids ( 兰花) and other flowers. As the king grew older, he knew that one day he would have to give up his throne (王位). So he had to find someone to rule the country.
    The other day, the king had an idea. He asked his servants to travel to every part of the country and give every citizen a single orchid seed (种子). He then announced that the person who grew the most beautiful orchid would take his throne.
    Everyone in the country then got their own seed. One young man named David was especially excited about the news, because he had experience in growing flowers himself.
    David planted his seed in a pot and put it in a place where it would get lots of sunlight. He watered it carefully every day. But as hard as he tried, his flower simply would not grow.
    Finally, it was time for everyone to give their flowers to the king. David took his empty pot to the palace. “Your Majesty (尊敬的陛下), I am sorry to say that I could not grow an orchid. But I hope you can see that I tried my best,” he said.
    The king was moved by David’s honesty. Although he did not choose David as the new king, he gave David a job as a royal court judge (法官). He believed that David’s honesty would make him the right person to make sure the justice (公正) in the country.
    51. According to the king’s order, who could be the next king?
    A. The man who was the smartest.
    B. The man who was the most honest.
    C. The man who could plant the best seed.
    D. The man who could grow the most beautiful orchid.
    52. What do we know about David?
    A. He told a joke to the king. B. He failed to grow the king’s orchid.
    C. He was good at growing orchids. D. He was chosen to be the next king.
    53. What does he underlined word “it” refer to in Paragraph 4?
    A. The pot. B. His flower. C. The seed. D. The sunlight.
    54. What can we learn from the story?
    A. David was the only winner in the end.
    B. It is stupid of the king to choose David as a judge.
    C. It is impolite of David to give an empty pot to the palace.
    D. The king believed honesty was very important for a judge.
    55. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
    A. Honesty is the Best Policy B. How to Grow Orchids
    C. Flowers are the Best Gifts D. It’s Very Easy to Grow Orchids
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事
    词数:280
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了古代有一位国王喜欢花,给每个公民一颗兰花种子。然后他宣布种植最美丽兰花的人将继承王位。一个叫大卫的年轻人给国王说很抱歉我不能种兰花。但我希望你能看到我尽力了,他的真诚打动了国王,给了大卫一份宫廷法官的工作,使他成为确保国家法律公正的合适人选。
    【答案】51-55. DBCDA
    【解析】
    51. D 推理判断题。根据第一段 “He then announced that the person who grew the most beautiful orchid would take his throne.”可以推断,谁种植兰花最好的人谁继承王位,即成为下一个国王。故选D。
    52. B 细节理解题。根据第四段“He watered it carefully every day. But as hard as he tried, his flower simply would not grow.”可知,他没有种好国王的兰花。故选B。
    53. C 词义猜测题。根据短文前后意思“大卫把种子种在盆里,放在阳光充足的地方。他每天小心地给它浇水。他努力,但他的花没有长出来。”指给种子浇水。故选C。
    54. D推理判断题。阅读全文,大卫的诚实感动了国王,让其当法官。推理“诚实对法官来说非常重要。”D. The king believed honesty was very important for a judge. 国王认为诚实对法官来说非常重要。其他与语境不符。故选D。
    55. A主旨大意题。通读全文,可知文章主要讲述了诚实的大卫最后当了法官,说明诚实最重要。A. Honesty is the Best Policy诚实是原则,B. How to Grow Orchids如何种植兰花,C. Flowers are the Best Gifts花是最好的礼物,D. It’s Very Easy to Grow Orchids兰花很容易种植。答案A正合此意,故选A。
    (湖北咸宁) B
    The year 2022 will be a big year for sports in China. That’s because it will hold not only the 24th Winter Olympics in Beijing, but also the 19th Asian Games in Hangzhou.
    On Aug. 6th, 2018, the official emblem (会徽) for the Hangzhou Asian Games was released (发布). The city won the hosting rights for the 2022 Asian Games in 2015. It will be the third Chinese city to host the Asian Games after Beijing and Guangzhou in 1990 and 2010.
    First held in 1951, the Asian Games is the largest multi-sport event in Asia. It also means a lot to China. The Beijing Asian Games was the first large international sports event to be hosted by China, China News Service reported.
    To make the Games a great success, Chinese people worked hard to prepare. Beijing built a great number of roads and gyms, including the famous Beijing Olympic Sports Center and Asian Games Village. The Games helped the world see China and its achievements. Since then, China has improved its global image (国际形象), China Youth Daily reported.
    For the 2022 Asian Games, Hangzhou has already started building 33 sports venues (场馆), according to China Youth Daily. The themes of the Hangzhou Asian Games are “green, smart, economical (节俭) and civilized”. All the Games’ buildings will be environmentally friendly.
    56. Which city will host the 2022 Asian Games?
    A. Hangzhou. B. Guangzhou. C. Shanghai. D. Beijing.
    57. What does the underlined word “themes” mean in the last paragraph?
    A. 总义 B. 主题 C. 内涵 D. 标题
    58. According to the passage, how did the Beijing Asian Games influence China?
    A. It improved China’s economy (经济).
    B. It helped China attract more tourists.
    C. built a lot of roads and gyms.
    D. It helped the world see China and its achievements.
    59. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
    A. The first Asian Games was held in 1951.
    B. Beijing will hold the 24th Winter Olympics in 2022.
    C. China has already hosted the Asian Games three times.
    D. All the 19th Asian Games’ buildings will be environmentally friendly.
    60. What is the main idea of the passage?
    A. How to prepare for the Asian Games.
    B. The development of the Asian Games in China.
    C. Why China wants to host the 19th Asian Games.
    D. How the 19th Asian Gaines emblem was designed.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:16. 体育与赛事
    词数:237
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了2022年亚运会在杭州举行以及亚运会在中国的发展。
    【答案】56-60 ABDCB
    【解析】
    56. A 细节理解题。根据第二段第一、二句On Aug. 6th, 2018, the official emblem (会徽) for the Hangzhou Asian Games was released (发布). The city won the hosting rights for the 2022 Asian Games in 2015.可知,杭州将举办2022年亚运会。故选A。
    57. B 词义猜测题。根据最后一段中的green, smart, economical (节俭) and civilized可知,“绿色、智能、节俭和文明”这些理念应该是杭州亚运会的举办“宗旨和主题”。故推断画线词意为“主题”。故选B。
    58. D 细节理解题。根据第四段中的The Games helped the world see China and its achievements.可知,北京亚运会有助于世界了解中国和它的发展成就,故选D。
    59. C 推理判断题。根据短文内容可知A“第一届亚运会在1951年举行”是正确的;B“北京将在2022年举办24届冬季奥运会”是正确的;C“中国已经举办三次亚运会了”是错误的,已经举办了两次;D“所有第19届亚运会的建筑都将是环保的。”是正确的。故选C。
    60. B 主旨大意题。通读原文可知:短文内容主要介绍亚运会在中国的发展。故选B。
    (·湖北襄阳)A
    Four students are talking about May Day Holiday.
    Li Yufang: I went to Xiangyang with my cousin. We visited the ancient city of Xiangyang. We ate the most famous Xiangyang Beef Noodles. Xiangyang is a beautiful city with the history of more than 2, 800 years. I like it very much. We stayed there for two days.
    Zhang Xin: My parents took me to Beijing by plane. We visited the Great Wall, the Birds Nest and the Palace Museum. We had planned to visit the Beijing Expo, but the tickets were too difficult to buy. My parents said they would take me there this summer.
    Liu Liang: My uncle and aunt work in Shanghai. I took a train to visit them with my sister. They took us to Shanghai Disneyland. It opened on June 16th, 2016. It is the sixth Disney theme (主题) park in the world. It is different from the others.
    Wang Lan: My father drove me to Hainan Province. It's in the south part of our country. The weather there is pretty good. We stayed in Haikou for a short rest and
    then we drove on to Sanya. There, we found many beautiful beaches.
    51. Li Yufang visited Xiangyang with her _______ on May Day Holiday.
    A. father B. uncle C. cousin D. sister
    52. Liu Liang's uncle and aunt work in _______.
    A. Xiangyang B. Beijing C. Shanghai D. Haikou
    53. Zhang Xin couldn't visit ______ with his parents during the holiday.
    A. the Great Wall B. the Palace Museum
    C. the Bird's Nest D. the Beijing Expo
    54. Wang Lan went to Sanya _______.
    A. by car B. by ship C. by train D. by plane
    55. Choose the TRUE sentence of the following according to the passage.
    A. Li Yufang stayed in Xiangyang for three days.
    B. Wang Lan’s father drove her to Sanya without rest.
    C. Liu Liang and her sister went to visit their parents by train.
    D. Zhang Xin will go to Beijing again with his parents this summer.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:10.节假日活动
    词数:200
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,讲述了四个学生的五一假日活动。
    【答案】51-55 CCDAD
    【解析】
    51. C 细节理解题。根据第二段的Li Yufang: I went to Xiangyang with my cousin.可知,李玉芳和表弟去了襄阳。故选C。
    52. C 细节理解题。根据第四段的Liu Liang: My uncle and aunt work in Shanghai.可知,刘亮的叔叔和婶婶在上海工作。故选C。
    53. D 细节理解题。根据第三段的We had planned to visit the Beijing Expo, but the tickets were too difficult to buy. My parents said they would take me there this summer.可知,张鑫没有游览the Beijing Expo。故选D。
    54. A 细节理解题。根据最后一段的We stayed in Haikou for a short rest and
    then we drove on to Sanya.可知,王岚是乘小汽车去的三亚。故选A。
    55. D 推理判断题。根据第二段的Li Yufang: I went to Xiangyang with my cousin.和We stayed there for two days.推知李玉芳在襄阳待了两天,故A项错误。根据最后一段的We stayed in Haikou for a short rest and then we drove on to Sanya.可知王岚的父亲休息之后驾车去的三亚,故B项错误。根据第4段的Liu Liang: My uncle and aunt work in Shanghai. I took a train to visit them with my sister.可知刘亮和妹妹乘火车去上海看望叔叔和婶婶,故C项错误。根据第三段的We had planned to visit the Beijing Expo, but the tickets were too difficult to buy. My parents said they would take me there this summer.可知,张鑫今年夏天要游览the Beijing Expo。故选D。
    (·湖北襄阳)B
    As the taxi leaves, my father stands at the living room window looking out, watching me move off into the darkness, at 4:30 a.m. His grey hair is untidy from sleeping.
    Moments ago, he got up to carry my bag for me and went into the cold open air.
    He thanked me for a daughter's cooking and for having traveled so far to spend the holiday with him. I told him that I worried about he would feel lonely again in the empty house.
    “I have my plans," he said, in the moments before I walked out the door.
    When I arrived 10 days ago, I felt it was quiet and lifeless in the house. Then my brothers and I came and filled the rooms. But, now, they're gone; I am the last to leave.
    As the taxi began to move, I watched the lights go off, but my father didn't leave, Even though he couldn’t see me in the dark, he stood by the window watching, beside the tree. It was a fresh tree. He buys one every year for the new year.
    The life is hard for my father: my mother died years ago, and now his children are far from home, our selfish choices taking us from one end of the country to the other. The life of the tree, cut for Christmas, is short; my father’s is long and strong. But both of them are tall and straight.
    I leave behind two trees: one with silver-grey hair, the other still freshly green.
    56. The father walked out the door without ______ in the morning.
    A. making his hair tidy B. seeing his daughter
    C. carrying the bag D. saying a word
    57. The writer worried about her father because _______.
    A. he never felt lonely B. he'd live alone again
    C. he had nothing in the house D. he is too old to look after himself
    58. From the fifth paragraph we know the writer ________.
    A. didn't leave until her brothers left B. decided to stay with her father
    C. was one of the father's two children D. left her father before her brothers
    59. The underlined word “selfish" in the passage means _______ in Chinese.
    A. 随意的 B. 错误的 C.自私的 D. 慎重的
    60. The best title for this passage should be _______.
    A. The Tree Cut for the New Year B. The Lonely Father Lives Alone
    C. The Children Who Have No Mother D. The Great Father in My Heart
    题材:记叙文
    话题:2.家庭、朋友与周围的人
    话题:24. 故事
    词数: 242
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中,作者用细腻的笔触描写了父女离别时的不舍之情。作者离开时,父亲孤独的身影让她产生了一种抛弃父亲的感受。
    【答案】56-60 ABACD
    【解析】
    56. A 细节理解题。根据第一段的句子His grey hair is untidy from sleeping.,他的银色头发因睡觉而蓬乱,可知父亲出门,头发凌乱。故选A。
    57. B细节理解题。根据第三段的I told him that I worried about he would feel lonely again in the empty house. 我告诉他,我担心在空房子里,他会再次陷入孤独中。可知作者担心父亲会再次陷入孤独中。故选B。
    58. A推理判断题。根据第五段的句子Then my brothers and I came and filled the rooms. But, now, they're gone; I am the last to leave.推知作者是在继哥哥们离开之后,最后一个离开家的。故选A。
    59. C词义猜测题。根据倒数第二段的句子The life is hard for my father: my mother died years ago, and now his children are far from home, our selfish choices taking us from one end of the country to the other.可知,selfish在此处的意思是“自私的”。故选C。
    60. D主旨大意题。通读整篇文章,我们可以感受到父亲对孩子们离别时的不舍之情,但是出于对孩子们的前途考虑,还是放手让孩子去闯荡,不表露出自己的孤独而牵绊孩子,伟大的父爱尽收眼底。故选D。
    (·湖北襄阳)C
    When I saw Ronny for the first time, he looked like other kids in the first-grade classroom where I volunteered as a Reading Mom. However, he usually arrived at school wearing old clothes.
    On the day when it was Ronny's turn to read, he sat very close to me. I watched his fingers move slowly under each letter as he tried to speak out “Bud the Sub”. It sounded more like “Baw Daw Saw" when he said it because of his difficulty with the alphabet (字母).
    The year passed quickly and Ronny had made some progress but he was still below the level of grade. A few weeks before the school year ended, I held an award (颁奖) ceremony. I had gifts and certificates (证书) for everyone. It took me a while to think about which Ronny fit; I believed the gift could cheer him up. I finally decided on “The Most Progressive Reader”. I showed his certificate and a book.
    A few days later, I saw Ronny reading the book when I went back to the school. His teacher said, “He hasn’t put that book down. That's the first book he's ever owned."
    Fighting back tears (眼泪), I came near Ronny and asked, “Will you read me your book, Ronny?” He nodded.
    And then, for the next few minutes, he read to me more smoothly than I'd ever thought. When he finished reading, Ronny closed his book and said, “Good book."
    At that moment, I knew I should do what an author (作家) had done — care children and make them excellent.
    61. The writer found that there was something wrong with Ronny's ______.
    A. eyes B. talent C. pronunciation D. fingers
    62. The writer praised Ronny at the end of the school year because ______ in the class.
    A. he tried to do better B. he could read the alphabet best
    C. he was above the level of grade D. he did as well as the other students
    63. The underlined phrase “fighting back (tears)" in the fifth paragraph means ______.
    A. beginning to cry silently B. turning back to cry loudly
    C. being filled with sad tears D. trying hard not to show the feeling
    64. The writer was moved so deeply that she wanted to _______.
    A. help more children become successful
    B. take care of Ronny all the time
    C. teach children in the school as a teacher
    D. write more novels for children
    65. Choose the main idea of this article.
    A. Many children aren’t cared in some schools.
    B. Children should be encouraged in their study.
    C. Most children like to read if they have good books.
    D. All the authors can be good teachers in primary schools.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:2.家庭、朋友与周围的人
    话题:24. 故事
    词数:277
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了作者通过帮助说话有困难的孩子提高阅读,深刻认识到作家所写的东西对别人影响很大,因此要认真对待自己的写作。
    【答案】61-65 CADAB
    【解析】
    61. C细节理解题。根据文章第二段的I watched his fingers move slowly under each letter as he tried to speak out “Bud the Sub”. It sounded more like “Baw Daw Saw" when he said it because of his difficulty with the alphabet (字母). 可知Ronny发音有问题。故选C。
    62. A根据第三段的句子The year passed quickly and Ronny had made some progress but he was still below the level of grade.推知,一年过去了Ronny的水平虽然还在年级中等水平之下,但是有了一些进步,表明Ronny在尽力表现自己,力争进步。故选A。
    63. D 推理判断题。联系第五段后面的句子I came near Ronny and asked, “Will you read me your book, Ronny? (我走近Ronny问他,“Ronny, 你愿意把你的书读给我听吗?”)推知前面作者控制着自己的感情,没让泪水流下来。故选D。
    64. A 推理判断题。根据最后一段的句子At that moment, I knew I should do what an author (作家) had done — care children and make them excellent. 那一刻,我懂得了作家应该做的事情,关爱孩子,帮他们变得优秀。可知选A。
    65. B 主旨大意题。通读文章我们可知,Ronny在作者的关爱和鼓励下,一点一点在进步。文章末尾提到,作家所做的事情是关爱孩子,帮他们进步。由此推断文章的主要意思是:应该多加鼓励孩子。故选B。
    A(湖北孝感)
    Welcome to the HuangshanTaiping Cableway(索道)! This is Asia's longest – and China's biggest-tourist cableway! Each cable car can carry 100 passengers and one staff worker. The cableway is 3,709 meters long.
    The ride takes about eight minutes.
    Here are things you mast know before you take our cable car.
    l Please obey the rules. Wait in a line for tickets, security check and entry.
    l You must show your ticket to enter the passenger hall and take the cable car.
    l People who have serious illnesses should not take the cable car.
    l Don't use your mobile phone while you are in the cable car. Keep your head an hands inside the car. For the cable car may shake during the ride, please hold the handrail(扶手)firmly.
    l If anything goes wrong, please keep calm. Ask the staff worker for help.
    l Please bring your personal belongings with you before your leave the cable car. Don’t step out of the car until it stops completely.
    l You are not allowed to carry flammable, explosive or other dangerous things into the cable car.
    Please call our staff when you need help. Our service number is 0559-08551818.
    Thank you very much for your cooperation.
    56. Each cable car can carry __________people in total.
    A. 100 B. 101 C. 110 D. 113
    57. Before travellers enter the passenger hall, they must ________.
    A. take a photo B. show their tickets
    C. hand in their mobile phones D. take a physical examination
    58. According to the passage, flammable and explosive things are______________.
    A. expensive B. cheap C. delicious D. dangerous
    59. Passengers should hold the handrail firmly because ________during the ride.
    A. the cable car runs too fast B. the cable car may be broken
    C. the cable car may shake D. the cable car is often crowded
    60. The passage above may be_________________.
    A. a notice B. a report C. a piece of news D. a story
    题材:应用文
    话题:14安全守则
    词数:210
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。讲述了到黄山乘坐索道应该注意的一些问题。
    【答案】56-60 BBDCA
    【解析】
    56. B 细节理解题。根据第一段“Each cable car can carry 100 passengers and one staff worker.”可知,每台缆车总共能装载101个人。故选B。
    57. B 细节理解题。根据第二个注意点“You must show your ticket to enter the passenger hall and take the cable car.”可知,在进入乘客大厅乘坐缆车之前,必须出示你的票。故选B。
    58. D 细节理解题。根据最后一个注意点“You are not allowed to carry flammable, explosive or other dangerous things into the cable car.”可知,易燃易爆东西是危险的。故选D。
    59. C 细节理解题。根据第四个注意点“For the cable car may shake during the ride, please hold the handrail(扶手)firmly.”(这个句子应该把for……ride放在后面)可知,要紧紧抓住扶手是因为缆车在运行中可能会摇晃。故选C。
    60. A 推理判断题。四个选项的意思分别是通告、报告、消息、故事,而这篇文章讲述的是在黄山乘坐索道应该注意的一些问题,故选A。
    B(·湖北孝感)
    My father died when I was five. It was hard on us all. My brother, who is eight years older than me, began to take care of my mother and me.
    He took on more responsibilities than expected. I remember he made sure the rubbish was taken out, and the yard was cleaned. He did on his own, without being told to do so.
    Because of my father's death, mom had to get a full time job. Brother would get me up for school and make me breakfast. While I was eating, he would lay out my clothes, ,make my bed, and gather my school books up.
    Hand in hand we would walk to the bus stop. As we waited, he would play games my father used to play with me. When we returned from school, we were alone for about half an hour, until mom was home from work. Before I did my homework, he would sit me down with three cookies and a glass of milk. Then he would prepare something for mom to cook dinner.
    Mom would greet us with a hug and kiss. This was our time to have some fun outside. This was my brother's time to be a kid.
    One Saturday in June several years later, my mother and I were at a store where the Father's Day cards were sold. I stared at the cards. Mom said, "Cindy, I know this is hard time for you."
    "No, mom. That's not it. Why don't they have Brother's Day cards?"
    She smiled, "You're right, your brother has exactly been a father to you. Go ahead to choose
    a card."
    I did so, and on Father's Day, my mother and I sat my brother down and gave him the card.
    As he read it, I saw the tears in his eyes. Mom said, "Son, your father is proud of you, seeing that he raised a good man, and that you do your best to fill his shoes. We love you and thank you."
    61. Who asked the brother to take on more responsibilities?
    A. The father. B. The mother. C. He himself. D. Cindy.
    62. What did the brother do for the whole family?
    ① He got Cindy up for school. ② He prepared for dinner.
    ③ He did the dishes every day. ④ He gathered up Cindy’s books.
    ⑤ He played games with Cindy. ⑥ He helped Cindy with the homework.
    A. ①②③④ B. ①②④⑤ C. ①③④⑤ D. ②③⑤⑥
    63. Cindy’s brother returned to be a kid when ______________.
    A. he played games with her at the bus stop.
    B. they stayed home alone waiting for mom.
    C. he offered delicious cookies and milk.
    D. they had fun outside after mom came back.
    64. While reading the card, Cindy's brother felt ________________.
    A. down B. embarrassed C. moved D. angry
    65. What's the best title for the passage?.
    A. My Childhood B. My Second Father C. A Valuable Card D. A Careful Brother
    题材:记叙文
    话题:2. 家人和亲友
    词数:337
    【主旨大意】本文是一则记叙文。父亲去世后,懂事的哥哥主动承担起照顾母亲和弟弟的责任,母亲为儿子感到自豪,弟弟也非常感恩哥哥。
    【答案】61-65 CBDCB
    【解析】
    61. C 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“He did on his own, without being told to do so.”可知,哥哥承担起家里更多的责任,不是被告知的,而是自己主动的。故选A。
    62. B 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“Brother would get me up for school and make me breakfast.”可知,①和②都是对的;根据第三段最后一句“…, and gather my school books up.”可知,④是对的;根据第四段第二句“As we waited, he would play games my father used to play with me.”可知,⑤是正确的。故选B。
    63. D 细节理解题。根据第五段后两句“This was our time to have some fun outside. This was my brother's time to be a kid.”可知,两个孩子出去玩的时候,哥哥才又像个孩子。故选D。
    64. C 细节理解题。根据最后一段“As he read it, I saw the tears in his eyes.”可知,哥哥看到卡片的时候非常感动。故选C。
    65. B 主旨大意题。文章讲述了一个在爸爸去世之后,承担起家庭的责任,照顾弟弟和母亲的故事,这个哥哥就像是弟弟的第二个父亲一样。故选B。

    C(·湖北孝感)
    Last night, a school night, my 11-year-old son's baseball team played a game that lasted until 9:30. By the time we got home and he had a quick dinner and shower, it was 10:30-an hour and a half later than a child who gets up at 6:30 should be going to bed. We love baseball. My son is having fun, getting exercise, and learning patience, teamwork and sports spirit. But the truth is that the game also influences his sleep.
    As parents, we want good things for our children. We want them to be healthy both in body and in mind. To this end , we look for ways to help our kids grow and develop. We help them with
    their homework. We sign them up for dance, soccer and baseball. We encourage our kids to take
    honors courses(培优课程)or to have after-school jobs. And we praise them for hard-earned
    success and achievements.
    However, the irony is that all of these activities and responsibilities that we are giving our children to make their lives colorful could be badly influencing their health and taking happiness away. Activities, responsibilities, and goals are good. But if we want our kids to realize their full physical, learning and social ability, sleep is important. We have to start taking sleep seriously.
    Parents make bedtime routines and carry out(执行)strict rules about nighttime. But in fact, these measures(措施)aren't enough because getting our kids, enough sleep isn't just about carrying out stricter bedtime. It actually requires more than that. In order to ensure our kids get the sleep they need, both parents and schools should make an effort.
    66. From the passage we know the writer's son ________
    A. isn't good at sports B. wastes time every night
    C. can't get enough sleep D. always hangs out with friends
    67. What does the underlined word "irony" mean in Chinese?
    A. 光荣 B.骄傲 C. 讽刺 D. 公正
    68. What does the writer think of taking honors courses at last?
    A. Boring. B. Unnecessary. C. Interesting. D. Enjoyable.
    69. How can we make sure kids get enough sleep according to the writer?
    A. By making the children's lives colorful.
    B. By refusing all the after-school activities.
    C. By carrying out strict rules about bedtime.
    D. By making an effort from parents and schools.
    70. What would the writer probably talk about in the following paragraph?
    A. Advice on how to sleep well. B. Ways of changing kids’ education.
    C. The importance of sleeping well. D. Measures parents and schools should take
    题材:议论文
    话题:4. 家庭生活
    词数:286
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。在作者看来,比起让孩子参加包括培优班在内的各种活动来,保证孩子的睡眠时间更为重要。
    【答案】66-70 CCBDD
    【解析】
    66. C 推理判断题。根据第二段第一句“…it was 10:30-an hour and a half later than a child who gets up at 6:30 should be going to bed.”可知,作者的儿子睡觉的时间晚了一个半小时,由此判断,应该睡眠不足。故选C。
    67. C 词义猜测题。划线词所在句子“However, the irony is that all of these activities and responsibilities that we are giving our children to make their lives colorful could be badly influencing their health and taking happiness away.”句意为:然而,……的是,所有的这些活动,以及我们为了使孩子们的生活丰富多彩而赋予他们的责任,却可能会严重影响他们的健康并带走幸福。家长所付出的与实际的结果有可能是背道而驰的,这是“具有讽刺意义的事情”。故选C。
    68. B 推理判断题。第三段第一句“However, the irony is that all of these activities and responsibilities that we are giving our children to make their lives colorful could be badly influencing their health and taking happiness away.”句意为:然而,具有讽刺意义的是,所有的这些活动,以及我们为了使孩子们的生活丰富多彩而赋予他们的责任,却可能会严重影响他们的健康并带走幸福。由此可知,作者对于参加培优课一类的事情,感觉没有什么必要。故选B。
    69. D 细节理解题。根据文章最后一句话“In order to ensure our kids get the sleep they need, both parents and schools should make an effort.”可知,要保证孩子得到充足的睡眠,家长和学校都要努力。故选D。
    70. D 推理判断题。根据文章最后一句话“In order to ensure our kids get the sleep they need, both parents and schools should make an effort.”可以推知,在下一段中,作者会讲述为了保证孩子有足够的睡眠,家长和学校应该采取什么措施。故选D。
    (·湖北宜昌) A
    Sore necks are very common these days. How to avoid a sore neck? Here are the things you should know.
    ●Take precaution(预防措施) after an unusual activity. Many people report having a pain in their necks after doing something that they don’t often do, such as a new exercise or packing and moving.
    If you know you’ve done something that puts you a risk, massage (按摩)your neck, do it with
    different exercises and take a warm bath before bed.
    ●Make sure your workstation is correct. If you work long hours at a desk, you may want to make sure that your work environment is set up to be the most relaxing. Make sure that your body is being treated right.
    Keep your feet on the floor. This will often depend on how high your chair is, so adjust (调整) it in time to achieve good results.
    ●Change your posture often. Sitting in one position for long periods of time is not healthy. Sit with your back alive. Make it into a usual way. Your body will feel better and your mind will feel more relaxed.
    66. In Paragraph 5, the underlined word “it” refers to (指) _________.
    A. the desk B. the chair C. your neck D. your body
    67. The underlined word “posture” in Paragraph 6 probably means “___________” in Chinese.
    A. 姿势 B. 方向 C.方式 D.状态
    68. ___________ can avoid a sore back according to the passage.
    A. Making your work environment be quiet
    B. Sitting with back straight for a moment
    C. Packing and moving for a long time
    D. Exercising often like swimming or running
    69. After doing something unusual, you may do the following things except __________.
    A. doing it with different exercises B. massaging your neck
    C. taking a warm bath before bed D. looking at your phone for too long
    70. This passage mainly tells us _________.
    A. how to do exercise well B. exercising often is good for people
    C. how to avoid a sore neck D. being healthy is the most important


    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    脖子酸痛
    词数
    197
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,作者针对脖子酸痛症状及其预防和治疗方式做了建议。
    【答案】66-70 BADDC
    【解析】66. B 语境理解题。由前文语境how high you chair is可知此处谈论的是chair,故选B。
    67. A 词义猜测题。根据下文Sitting in one position for long periods of time is not healthy可知,此处谈论的是坐的位置,作者建议经常改变姿势,以减轻身体的疲劳。故选A。
    68. D 细节理解题。作者共提出四条建议,第四条符合题意。故选D。
    69. D 细节理解题。作者在所提建议的第一条提到:当你做了不常做的运动而感到脖子酸痛的时候,可以1. message your neck,2.do different exercises,3. take a warm bath before bed.,其中没有建议looking at your phone for too long。故选D。
    70. C 主旨大意题。由本文主题句Sore necks are very common these days. How to avoid a sore neck? Here are the things you should know. 可知,作者谈论的是how to avoid a sore neck?故选C。

    (·湖北宜昌)B
    The first time my wife Linda gave birth was in a hospital.
    When Linda got pregnant (怀孕) for the second time, we wanted a home birth, not just for ourselves, but for our daughter. We are very open with our daughter. We want to teach her respect and awe (敬畏) for the things of bodies. So she was part of the process from the very beginning.
    In the morning the midwives came just as Linda was climbing into the birth tub(盆). Our daughter offered her mom water and food while she rested. When she found the noise and activity of birth, she was too nervous to stay long, so she spent a few minutes next to the tub, then went into another room to play. The midwives called her back in time to see her brother come into the world. As Linda pulled our tiny newborn son up, our daughter and I rushed to her side, all four of us hugging and crying and very excited.
    That night, and many times since then, our daughter said, “I’m so proud of Mom for having a baby.” She has seen and admired the effort it takes to bring a new person into the world. It’s a part of her life, something that can happen in the same room where she colors and watched movies.
    It was crucial that our daughter was part of that experience, not just for her, but for Linda and me as well. Everything we wanted for her - trusted care providers; a very familiar environment; continuing support; good food-were things we needed but didn’t have the first time Linda gave birth. We crossed this threshold (门槛) together, as a family, and it was messy and scary and painful and unusual and mysterious and really perfect.
    71. The writer of this passage is probably ____________.
    A. a father B. a mother C. a daughter D. a son
    72. What does the underlined word “midwives” probably mean ___________.
    A. carefully hardworking cooks B. specially trained nurses
    C. truly talented singers D. very friendly drives
    73. From the last paragraph, we can see in fact the writer _____________.
    A. didn’t want her wife Linda to give birth in the family
    B. didn’t want their family to cross the threshold together
    C. thought it was crucial that their daughter was not part of the experience
    D. wanted her daughter to know that she was trusted and needed in the family
    74. According to the passage we can see __________.
    A. the writer’s first child is a son
    B. there are five people in the writer’s family now
    C. the writer’s daughter saw her brother come into the world
    D. the writer wanted a home birth, only just for their daughter
    75. Which is the best title (标题) for this passage?
    A. My First Child Was Born in a Hospital.
    B. The Second Child in My Happy Family.
    C. A Messy and Painful and Unusual Family.
    D. Why Did We Choose a Home Birth for Our Second Child?

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    家人和亲友
    词数
    316
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,作者通过让自己的女儿见证小弟弟在家里的诞生来体验生命的过程和亲情。
    【答案】71-75 ABDCD
    【解析】71. A 细节理解题。由首句The first time my wife Linda gave birth was in a hospital.
    可知作者是丈夫和父亲。故选A。
    72. B 词义猜测题。根据本文第二行语境we wanted a home birth可推断,作者一家是要把接生员请到家里来给新生儿接生,由此可知midwife意为“接生员”。故选B。
    73. D 主旨大意题。本段主题句为It was crucial that our daughter was part of that experience, not just for her, but for Linda and me as well.,关键词为our daughter was part of that experience,其意义与D项关键词 she was trusted and needed in the family相符合。故选D。
    74. C 细节理解题。由第三段语境The midwives called her back in time to see her brother come into the world. 可知,作者女儿见证了小弟弟来到人世。故选C。
    75. D 主旨大意题。由本文主题句When Linda got pregnant for the second time, we wanted a home birth, not just for ourselves, but for our daughter. 可知,作者一家决定在家里生产,有他们自己的深刻的理解和打算,全文夹叙夹议,把在家里生产这件事的意义阐述的很清楚。故选D。
    (湖南郴州)A
    阅读下面的图表,完成41〜42小题。
    Shopping Guide in Jixiang Hypermarket



    5F
    Restaurant, Tea house, Coffee house, Cinema
    4F
    Children’s clothing, Children’s pleasure ground
    3F
    Men’s clothing,Sports clothing
    2F
    Women’s clothing
    1F
    Fruits, vegetables, meat, eggs, drinks, cooked food, etc.
    Business hours:
    Weekdays: 8:00 a.m. — 9:30 p.m.
    Weekends: 8:30 a.m.— 10:00 p.m.
    41. You can buy a shirt for your father on ________.
    A. the third floor B. the fourth floor C. the fifth floor
    42. According to the guide, you can go shopping at________ on weekends.
    A. 8:00 a.m. B. 9:30 p.m. C. 10:30 p.m.

    体裁:应用文
    话题:(34) 选择(Selecting)
    词数:57

    【主旨大意】这是一份吉祥超市的导购图。
    【答案】41-42 AB
    【解析】
    41.A 细节理解题 由表中的第四行“Men’s clothing”可知,男人的服装在三楼或三层,故选A。
    42.B 细节理解题 由表中的“ Business hours:Weekends: 8:30 a.m.— 10:00 p.m.”可知,周末购物的时间应该在上午8:30到晚上的10:00,故选B。

    阅读下面的图表,完成43〜45小题。

    Huawei has announced today that smartphone sales abroad in 2018 have reached over 200 million units. In recent months the company has become the No. 2 supplier (供应商)of smartphones, ahead of Apple and behind Samsung, marking a great progress Huawei has made since it entered this market eight years ago.

    An extended version of the Fuxing bullet train will be fitted with the automatic train operation system (列车自动控制系统). With a design speed of 350 kilometers per hour, the new train is 439.8 meters long, with 17 carriages (火车车厢)that can carry 1283 passengers.

    The world’s first 5G-enabled railway station is on its way! The Shanghai Hongqiao Railway Station is the first railway station built upon the 5G digital (数字的)indoor system, with China Mobile and Huawei launching (发射)the network’s system there.
    43. In recent months, which company has become the No. 2 supplier of smartphones?
    A. Samsung. B. Huawei. C. Apple.
    44. An extended version of the Fuxing bullet train can reach the speed of ________.
    A. 350 kilometers per hour B. 200 kilometers per hour
    C. 128 kilometers per hour
    45. _______ will be the world’s first 5G-enabled railway station.
    A. Beijing Railway Station
    B. Shenzhen Railway Station
    C. The Shanghai Hongqiao Railway Station

    体裁:说明文
    话题:(77) 科普知识 (Popular science)
    词数:160
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了华为公司、复兴号动车以及世界第一个5G基站
    等情况。
    【答案】43-45 BAC
    【解析】
    43.B 由表中的第一行“Huawei has announced today that smartphone sales abroad in 2018 have reached over 200 million units. In recent months the company has become the No. 2 supplier (供应商)of smartphones, ahead of Apple and behind Samsung”可知,华为成为智能手机第二大供应商,故选B。
    44.A 由表中的第二行“ An extended version of the Fuxing bullet train will be fitted with the automatic train operation system (列车自动控制系统). With a design speed of 350 kilometers per hour, ”可知,该动车设计时速达350公里/小时,故选A。
    45.C 由表中的第三行“ The Shanghai Hongqiao Railway Station is the first railway station built upon the 5G digital (数字的)indoor system”可知,第一个5G基站建在上海虹桥火车站,故选C。

    (湖南郴州)B
    A father and his son went to a kite-flying festival. The son was full of joy when he saw the sky filled with colorful kites. He wanted to fly a kite, too. The father then bought a kite for him.
    The son started to fly the kite. Soon, his kite was high up in the sky. After a while, he said, “Father, it seems that the string (线) is stopping the kite from flying higher. If we cut it, the kite will be free and fly even higher. Can we cut it?” The father cut the string. The kite started to go higher. This made the little boy happy.
    But then, slowly, the kite started to come down. And finally it fell to the ground. The son was surprised to see this. He asked his father, “I thought that after cutting the string, the kite would fly higher. Why did it fall down?”
    The father explained, “The string was not stopping the kite from going higher, but was helping it stay in the sky. You helped the kite go up in the right direction using the string. But when you cut the string, it could no longer support the kite.”
    Sometimes, we may feel like there are certain things that are holding us back (阻碍) and stopping us growing. But in fact, these might be the things that support us the most.
    46. How did the boy feel when he saw the colorful kites?
    A. Strange. B. Happy. C. Relaxed.
    47. When the son started to fly the kite, ________.
    A. it could not fly 43B. it stopped in the sky C. it was high up in the sky
    48. The son wanted to cut the string because________.
    A. he preferred to use a longer one
    B. he thought the kite would fly higher
    C. he found the string was not strong
    49. According to the passage, what happened to the kite after the string was cut?
    A. It fell to the ground in the end.
    B. It fell down at once.
    C. It became broken suddenly.
    50. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. The things that hold us back can also support us.
    B. We can fly kites in our free time with our parents.
    C. Flying kites can make people healthy.

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:4. 日常活动 (Daily routines)
    词数:243

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了一位父亲和他儿子去参加风筝节的故事。作者最后告诉我们,有时我们会觉得有些事情阻碍了我们的成长,但事实上,这些困难是最能支持我们的东西。
    【答案】46-50 BCBAA
    【解析】
    46. B细节理解题。根据短文第一段第二句“The son was full of joy when he saw the sky filled with colorful kites.”可知,这个小男孩是非常高兴的。故选B。
    47. C细节理解题。根据短文第二段第一、二句“The son started to fly the kite. Soon, his kite was high up in the sky. ”可知,风筝很快升入高高的空中了,故选C。
    48. B细节理解题。由短文第二段第三、四句“Father, it seems that the string (线) is stopping the kite from flying higher. If we cut it, the kite will be free and fly even higher. ”可知,这个男孩是想让风筝飞得更高。故选B。
    49. A细节理解题。由第三段第二句“And finally it fell to the ground. ”可知,风筝最终掉到地上,故选A。
    50. A推理判断题。由短文最后一段“ Sometimes, we may feel like there are certain things that are holding us back (阻碍) and stopping us growing. But in fact, these might be the things that support us the most.”可推知,有些事情是阻碍了我们的成长,但事实上却最能支持我们。故选A。

    (湖南郴州)C
    In today's world, almost everyone knows that air pollution and water pollution are harmful to people’s health. However, not all the people know that noise is also a kind of pollution, and that is harmful to human health, too.
    People who work and live under noisy conditions usually become deaf. Today, scientists believe that 10% of the workers in Britain are becoming deaf because of the noise where they work. Many of the workers who print newspapers and who weave cloth (织布) become deaf. Plenty of people living near airports also become deaf. Recently it was discovered that many teenagers in America could hear no better than 65-year-old persons, because these young people like to listen to pop music and most of pop music is a kind of noise. Besides, noise which is produced by jet planes or machines will make people’s life difficult and unpleasant. It can make people ill or even drive them mad.
    It is said that a continuous noise of more than 85 decibels (分贝) can cause deafness. Now the governments in many countries have made laws to control noise and make it less than 85 decibels.
    In China, the government is trying to solve not only air and water pollution problems but also noise pollution problems.
    51. Scientists believe 10% of the workers ________ are becoming deaf because of their noisy workplaces.
    A. in America B. in China C. in Britain
    52. _______will probably become deaf.
    A. Workers who print newspapers
    B. People who live far from airports
    C. Students who like listening to soft music
    53. According to the passage, noise from jet planes or machines can________.
    A. make people sleepy B. drive people mad C. cause people to die
    54. The underlined word “continuous” means________ in Chinese.
    A. 正常的 B. 持续的 C. 清晰的
    55. What’s the best title of this passage?
    A. Air Pollution B. Water Pollution C. Noise Pollution

    体裁:说明文
    话题:13. 卫生与健康(Hygiene and health)
    21. 世界与环境(The world and the environment)
    词数:243

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要描写了噪音对身体有害以及各个国家的噪音污染情况。英国10%的工人正在变聋是因为他们在吵闹的地方工作,美国的青少年据说听力很差,是因为他们喜欢听流行音乐以及中国政府正在减少空气、水和噪音污染。
    【答案】51-55 CABBC
    【解析】
    51. C细节理解题。根据短文第二段第二句“Today, scientists believe that 10% of the workers in Britain are becoming deaf because of the noise where they work.”可知,在吵闹的地方工作10%的工人正在变聋是在英国。故选C。
    52. A细节理解题。根据短文第二段第三句“Many of the workers who print newspapers and who weave cloth (织布) become deaf. ”可知,印刷工人有可能变聋,故选A。
    53. B细节理解题。由短文第二段倒数第一、二句“Besides, noise which is produced by jet planes or machines will make people’s life difficult and unpleasant. It can make people ill or even drive them mad.”可知,飞机或机器产生的噪音会使人变疯。故选B。
    54. B词义猜测题。由常识可知,超过85分贝的噪音持续的影响才会让人变聋,故选B。
    55. C推理判断题。由短文第一段第二句“However, not all the people know that noise is also a kind of pollution, and that is harmful to human health, too.”以及最后一段“In China, the government is trying to solve not only air and water pollution problems but also noise pollution problems.
    ”可推知,全文都是在谈噪音污染。故选C。
    (湖南湘西)第二节 阅读选择 根据短文内容,选择正确的答案(共5小题,计10分)
    One day, a little monkey and a little fox went out to play. They saw an apple tree on the other side of the river. There were many big and red apples on it. But there was no bridge over the river. The monkey thought hard and had an idea. They pulled down a tree and put it over the river as a bridge.
    The monkey said, “My old friend, you go there first.” But after the fox went to the other side, he kicked (踢) the tree into the river and ran to the apple tree. “How can I get there without the tree?” cried the monkey. The fox laughed and said, “You just stand there and watch me eating the apples.” The monkey was very angry.
    Suddenly it began to rain. The water level(水位) in the river rose (上涨) and the tree flew away with the water. “You can eat all the apples. But you can’t come back,” shouted the monkey. The fox stopped eating and looked at the monkey sadly.
    66. What did the monkey and the fox see on the other side of the river?
    A. A bridge. B. An apple tree. C. A boat.
    67. Who thought hard and had an idea?
    A. The monkey. B. The fox. C. Both of them.
    68. What did they put over the river as a bridge?
    A. A tree. B. An apple. C. A monkey.
    69. Why was the fox sad at last?
    A. Because he was angry with the monkey. B. Because he couldn’t come back.
    C. Because he couldn’t eat apples.
    70. What does the story tell us according to the passage?
    A. The fox shouldn’t go first. B. The monkey could eat apples first.
    C. One shouldn’t care only about himself.

    体裁
    寓言故事
    话题 24 故事
    词数
    179
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇寓言故事,主要讲述了猴子和狐狸过河吃苹果的故事。狐狸过了河后把作为桥的树踢到了河里,想要独自一人吃苹果。这时下雨后水位上涨,冲走了树,狐狸回不来了。故事告诉人们凡事不能只考虑自己,也要想着别人,要学会与人分享。
    【答案】66—70 BAABC
    【解析】
    66. B 细节理解题。根据第一段中“They saw an apple tree on the other side of the river.”一句可知,这只猴子和狐狸看到了小河另一边的一棵苹果树。故选B。
    67. A 细节理解题。根据第一段中“The monkey thought hard and had an idea.”一句可知,这只猴子想出了一个好主意。故选A。
    68. A 细节理解题。根据第二段中“They pulled down a tree and put it over the river as a bridge.” 一句可知,它们在河上放了一棵树。故选A。
    69. B 推理判断题。根据第三段中“The water level in the river rose and the tree flew away with the water.”一句可推知,放在河上的这棵树被水冲走了,所以这只狐狸不能回来了,因此它很伤心。故选B。
    70. C 主旨大意题。通读本故事可知,告诉人们凡事不能只考虑自己,也要为别人着想,要学会与人分享。故选C。
    (湖南湘西)第三节 阅读选择 根据表格内容,选择正确的答案(共5小题,计10分)

    For Rent

    Family house, 3 bedrooms and 2 bathrooms, 2,000 yuan. Call 0743-8788345
    Single apartment (单身公寓) for girls, an excellent living room with a bedroom and a bathroom.1,200 yuan a month. Call 0743-8788345.

    Lost

    A black bag with a mobile phone and some important books was lost in a taxi. If you find it, you can call 15908884532.
    A black wallet with a lot of cash was lost near Green Park. If you find it, please call 13908883210.

    Help Wanted

    If you are free to look after two boys from July to September, please call 0743-8888571.
    KFC restaurant needs some part-time waiters. If you are free in the evening, call 0743-888885.
    71. Fangfang wants a room for herself, how much should she pay?
    A. 99 yuan B. 1,200 yuan C. 2,000 yuan
    72. Mr Peng is a driver. He found a black bag with a mobile phone and some important books in his taxi yesterday. I think he should call ______.
    A. 13908883210 B. 0743-8788345 C. 15908884532
    73. From the passage, we can know ______.
    A. if you are free from July to September, you can take care of two boys
    B. the Zhangs can rent a single apartment to live
    C. if Mr. Tian found a black wallet, he can call 15908884532
    74. If you want a part-time job, you will read_____
    A. Help Wanted B. Lost C. For Rent
    75. This passage is probably from________.
    A. a novel B. a book C. a newspaper
    体裁
    应用文
    话题 广告
    词数
    105
    【主旨大意】本文是一则应用文,主要介绍了房屋租赁、失物招领和急需帮助三则宣传广告的情况。
    【答案】71—75 BCAAC
    【解析】
    71. B 细节理解题。根据表格一中“Single apartment for girls, ...1,200 yuan a month.”一句可知,租一间女生单身公寓,每月需交1200元租金。故选B。
    72. C 细节理解题。根据表格二中“A black bag with a mobile phone and some important books was lost in a taxi. If you find it, you can call 15908884532.”一句可知,若捡到带有手机和重要书本的黑包,需拨打电话15908884532联系。故选C。
    73. A 细节理解题。根据表格三中“If you are free to look after two boys from July to September, please call 0743-888571.”一句可知,七月份至九月份有时间的话可以照顾两个男孩。A项表述是正确的。
    74. A 细节理解题。根据表格三中“KFC restaurant needs some part-time waiters.”可知,若想找一份兼职工作可以阅读广告Help Wanted,咨询相关内容。故选A。
    75. C 推理判断题。通读全文可知,本文是有关房屋租赁、失物招领和急需帮助的三个宣传广告,最有可能节选自报纸。故选C。

    A (•湖南益阳)
    Found :
    Some keys and a red box are in Classroom I. There is an eraser and a blue watch in the box. Are they yours? Call Laura at 356-7788.
    Art Club
    Have nothing to do after work? Why not come to our club and learn to draw? It's fun. You can also make friends here. Call Sally at 345-1258
    Time: 6:00 p.m.-8:00 p.m., (from Monday to Friday)
    Teachers Wanted
    Are you a teacher? Are you good with children? Can you volunteer to help them with English on weekends? Come to Xinhua School. Call Robert at 378-5378.
    Helping Drive
    Can't drive after drinking? I can help you. I will drive you home and keep you safe. I'm a good driver. And I know the city well. Call Bob at 5493582 at any time,

    41. What color is the watch in the box?
    A. Orange B. Blue. C. Red.
    42. If Amy wants to learn to draw, can help her,
    A. Laura B. Sally C. Robert
    43. People can go to the art club on .
    A. Friday evening B. Saturday evening C. Sunday evening
    44. If you want to be a teacher in Xinhua School, you can call_ .
    A. 3567788 B.345-1258 C. 378-5378
    45. Who may call Bob?
    A .A person who drinks
    B. A person who wants to make friends.
    C. A person who helps children with their English.
    题材:应用文
    话题:4 日常生活
    词数:133
    【主旨大意】这是四则公告:失物招领、美术社团、招聘老师和代驾。
    【答案】46—49. BBACA
    【解析】
    41. B 细节理解题。根据第一个表格中的“There is an eraser and a blue watch in the box.”可知,可知手表是蓝色的。故选B。
    42. B 细节理解题。根据第二个表格中的“Call Sally at345-1258”可知,应该给Sally打电话。故选B。
    43. A 细节理解题。根据第二个表格的“Time: 6:00 p.m.-8:00 p.m., (from Monday to Friday)”可知,从周一到周五都可以,故选A。
    44. C 细节理解题。根据第三个表格的“Call Robert at 378-5378.”可知,要拨打的号码是378-5378。故选C。
    45. A 细节理解题。根据第四个表格的“Can't drive after drinking?”可知,喝了酒不能开车的人可能给鲍勃打电话。故选A。
    B (•湖南益阳)
    Ten years ago, I lost my job in Hangzhou. I had to move to Shanghai to fnd another job. I left my wife and children behind. Í missed them very much, so I went home on weekends to see them.
    A few days after New Year's Day, I drove my old car back to Hangzhou. On the way, my car broke down(发生故障). It was so cold and I didn't know what to do. Suddenly, a young man drove up. He tried his best to help me repair the car. He soon got it started.
    I was so thankful that I gave him all the money in my purse, but he refused. Then I got to know that he helped the drivers in trouble on the road every weekend, What a kind man! How lucky I was to meet him in my life!
    Many years later, I still often remember that great man
    46. Why did the writer move to Shanghai ten years ago?
    A To find another job. B. To live with his family. C. To help the young man.
    47. How did the writer go back to Hangzhou a few days after New Year"s Day?
    A. By bus. B. By train C. By car.
    48. The writer met the kind man most probably on a day__ .
    A. in January B. in May C. in July
    49. What did the young man help the writer do?
    A. Drive the car. B. Repair the car. C. Move to Shanghai.
    50. What's the writer's attitude (态度) to the young man?
    A. Angry. B. Worried. C. Thankful
    题材:记叙文
    话题:3. 周围人
    话题:24. 故事
    词数:151
    【主旨大意】这是一篇记叙文,作者在十年前回家的路上得到一个年轻人的无私帮助,至今都对他心存感激。
    【答案】ACABC
    【解析】
    46. A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的“I had to move to Shanghai to fnd another job.”可知, 作者去上海是为了找工作。故选A。
    47. C 细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句“A few days after New Year's Day, I drove my old car back to Hangzhou.”可知,作者开车回杭州。
    48. A 推理判断题。根据第二段的第一句“A few days after New Year's Day, I drove my old car back to Hangzhou.”可知,作者是在新年后的几天回的杭州,在回杭州的路上遇到了这个好人,因此判断是在一月份。
    49. B 细节理解题。根据第二段的“He tried his best to help me repair the car.”可知,这个年轻人帮他修了车。故选B。
    50. C 推理判断题。这个年轻人帮作者修好车,又拒绝了作者的钱,作者说他很幸运遇到了这样的好人,因此判断,作者对她心存感激。故选C。
    C(•湖南益阳)
    Dust storms(沙尘暴) appear when strong wind blows sand and dirt from a dry surface. Strong dust storms may cause deaths, so you should know how to protect yourself from dust storms when you meet them.
    Be careful of dust storm warnings
    Dust storms probably happen on hot summer days, and it’s not safe for people to travel during this period. So you should listen to the local TV or radio before travelling, and consider changing or giving up your trip if dust storms are predicted(预测).
    Be prepared
    If you are in a place where storms happen often, carry a mask(面具)to keep dust and dirt away from your face, and a pair of glasses to protect your eyes.
    Stay inside
    Do not move around when a dust storm comes, as you will not be able to see hidden (隐藏的)dangers. So if you are in a house, don't go out and just stay inside.
    Protect yourself from flying objects
    Cover your body as much as possible in a dust storm. A strong wind of dust storms can carry heavy objects, so you should try to stay low, and close to the ground, and protect your head with your arms or a backpack.
    51. What should you do before you travel according to the passage?
    A. Pack your backpack. B. Bring some money with you.
    C. Listen to the local TV or radio,
    52. We can learn from the passage that_ _.
    A. it is safe to travel on hot summer days
    B. people should stay inside when a dust storm comes.
    C. a strong wind of dust storms can't carry heavy objects
    53. Which of the following may NOT be needed when you meet a dust storm?
    A. A knife. B. A mask. C. A pair of glasses.
    54. The underlined word “dirt” mentioned in the first paragraph means________.
    A. 烂泥 B.尘土 C.丑闻
    55. What’s the main idea of this passage?
    A. How to predict dust storms. B. How to reduce (减少)dust storms.
    C. How to protect yourself from dust storms.
    题材:应用文
    话题:14.安全守则
    词数:203
    【主旨大意】本文介绍了如何在沙尘暴中保护自己。
    【答案】CBABC
    【解析】
    51. C 细节理解题。根据第二段的“So you should listen to the local TV or radio before travelling,”可知,本文建议在旅游前听听本地的电视或收音机,看有没有沙尘暴。故选C。
    52. B 细节理解题。根据第四段的“So if you are in a house, don't go out and just stay inside.”可知,本文建议遇到沙尘暴时人们应该待在屋里。故选B。
    53. A 细节理解题。根据第三段的“carry a mask(面具)to keep dust and dirt away from your face, and a pair of glasses to protect your eyes.”可知,遇到沙尘暴时需要一个面具和一副眼镜,但没有刀子。故选A。
    54. B 词义推测题。当大风从干燥的地面上刮起沙子和尘土时,沙尘暴就出现了,因此dirt在此意为“尘土”。故选B。
    55. C 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了在沙尘暴中如何保护自己,故选C。
    第一节 图表理解 阅读下列图表,从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出最佳选项回答问题或完成句子。 (共5小题,计10分)
    (湖南长沙)A
    The Yum Restaurant
    ◆Starters

    ◆Drinks

    All starters are served with bread and butter.


    Tomato soup
    $2.00
    Hot tea
    $1.29
    Chicken salad
    $3.00
    Milk shake
    $3.19
    Tomato salad
    $2.90
    Cream coffee
    $2.25
    Main course (主食)

    Desserts (甜点)



    Lunchtime only

    Hot dogs
    $3.85
    Chocolate cake
    $2.25
    Hamburgers
    $6.90
    Cheese and biscuits
    $2.50
    Sandwiches
    $5.90
    Fruit salad and cream
    $2.25
    French fries
    $3.70
    Ice cream
    $2.95


    (choose from chocolate, coffee, or banana)
    Lunch served 12:30-2:30p.m./ Dinner served 6:00-9:00
    41. The Yum Restaurant stays open for ________ in total.
    A. two hours B. three hours C. five hours
    42. From the menu above, we know that _________.
    A. Bread and butter goes with starters
    B. There are four kinds of different ice cream
    C. The desserts are available for both lunch and dinner
    体裁
    应用文
    话题12
    菜单
    词数
    83
    【主旨大意】本文介绍The Yum Restaurant的食品和价格。
    【答案】41-42 CA
    41.C 细节理解题 根据最后一句话Lunch served 12:30-2:30p.m./ Dinner served 6:00-9:00可知餐厅总共营业5个小时,故选C。
    41. A 细节理解题 根据All starters are served with bread and butter.可知面包和黄油跟第一道菜一起,A正确的;根据choose from chocolate, coffee, or banana可知冰激淋三种口味,B不正确;根据Lunchtime only可知甜点只在午餐时间提供,C不正确,故选A。
    (湖南长沙)B
    LAUGH YOUR HEAD OFF!!!
    If you are a huge fan of stand-up comedy (脱口秀), you’ll have an amazing afternoon at EZ Comedy Club!
    The greatest live show ever is coming to town!
    Do you want to be part of the live audience (观众)?
    Recording Time
    Friday, July 12th,
    Recording Location (位置)
    361, 3rd Ave, New Haven, CT
    How to join the audience?
    Please email us the following information at:
    czccaudience@yahoo.com
    Name, ID number, phone number, one recent photo.
    PS: Please check your inbox for our email.
    Please show this email to the ticket office.
    43. If you are accepted as part of the audience by EZ Comedy Club, you can _____.
    A. perform there
    B.watch a live show
    C. Record your own comedies
    44. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the poster (海报)?
    A. The host of the show.
    B. The way to join the audience.
    C. Recording time and location.
    45. We can infer (推断)from the poster that the show could be ______.
    A. very serious
    B. quite funny
    C. kind of boring
    体裁
    应用文
    话题16
    文娱与体育
    词数
    109
    【主旨大意】本文介绍一场脱口秀的时间地点及参与方式等。
    【答案】43-45 BAB
    43. B 细节理解题 根据“Do you want to be part of the live audience”上面一句可以推出,成为“live audience (现场观众)”就可以“现场看节目”,故选B。
    44. A细节理解题 根据czccaudience@yahoo.com可知参与方式,根据Recording Time Friday, July 12th, Recording Location (位置)361,3rd Ave, New Haven, CT可知时间和地点,故选A。
    45. B 推理判断题 根据第一句“If you are a huge fan of stand-up comedy (脱口秀), you’ll have an amazing afternoon at EZ Comedy Club!”可推断出,这个节目很有趣。
    第二节 短文理解 阅读下列短文,从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出最佳选项回答问题或完成句子。 (共10小题, 计20分)
    (湖南长沙)A
    Recently, a junior high school sent several students back
    home because they broke the school uniform (校服) rules.
    Should students wear school uniforms? The Young World
    magazine held a discussion on this topic (话题).
    Kennedy: The school uniform is very important, because
    it always reminds me that I am supposed to go out of my way
    to study hard. It also helps prevent school bullying (欺凌).
    If everyone wears the same clothes, it is impossible to laugh
    at other people’s clothing.
    Manson: The uniform has to be earned (获得) through efforts. Students should start school with no uniforms. As they make progress at school, they start wearing it. I always think children need to be proud of their school. The uniform is important for that. So, make students earn it! If they don’t perform well, they should not be allowed to get one.
    Moorhead: In my opinion, kids don’t have to wear uniforms. There should be more choices open to kids in education. They ought to develop their own independence and just be themselves. Their personalities would be expressed through their own clothes at school. And different dress could be one way of showing their understanding of beauty. Besides, they make the school lively and colorful.
    Patrick: I can see the advantages of wearing school uniforms. They play a very important role in managing schools. However, a school should not depend heavily on uniforms to improve students’ behaviors. Teaching them how to express themselves with confidence (自信) is more important.
    46. What does the writer mean to do in Paragraph 1?
    A. Present an opinion on a subject.
    B. Introduce a topic for discussion.
    C. Provide a way to solve problems.
    47. What is Kennedy in the second paragraph?
    A. A student. B. A teacher. C. A parent.
    48. In Manson’s opinion, ________.
    A. students have the right to get school uniforms for free
    B. students should be encouraged to earn school uniforms
    C. students performing well needn’t wear school uniform
    49. According to Patrick, what is more important?
    A. Managing schools by uniforms.
    B. Improving students’ behaviors.
    C. Helping students express themselves.
    50. We can learn from the text that _________.
    A. Kennedy can’t stand school uniforms
    B. Moorhead is against school uniform rules
    C. the writer holds the same opinion as Patrick’s
    体裁
    议论文
    话题14
    学校活动
    词数
    274
    【主旨大意】本文讨论的话题是学生是否应该穿校服。Kennedy认为校服可以提醒学生学习,防止校园欺凌,也不会因衣服而被嘲笑。Manson认为校服必须通过努力来获取。Moorhead认为学生应该发展自己的个性不必穿校服。Patrick认为穿校服是有利于学校管理但是学校不应该依赖来改善学生的行为,而要更注重培养孩子自信地表达自己。
    【答案】46-50 BABCB
    46. B 推理判断题 第一段讲几个中学生会加大路上违反了校服规则引入要不要穿校服的话题。A表达对这个话题的看法。B引出要讨论的话题。C提供解决问题的方法,故选B。
    47. A 细节理解题 根据“because it always reminds me that I am supposed to go out of my way to study hard.”可知Kennedy是个学生,故选A。
    48. B 细节理解题 根据第三段第一句“The uniform has to be earned (获得) through efforts. ”可知Manson认为校服必须通过努力来获取。A学生有权利免费得到校服。B学生应该被鼓励去赚取校服。C表现好的学生没有必要穿校服。故选B。
    49. C 细节理解题 根据最后一句话“Teaching them how to express themselves with confidence (自信)is more important.”可知,教孩子如何表达自己更重要,故选C。
    50. B 细节理解题 根据第四段“In my opinion, kids don’t have to wear uniforms.”和“Their personalities would be expressed through their own clothes at school. And different dress could be one way of showing their understanding of beauty”可知,Moorhead反对穿校服,故选B。
    (湖南长沙)B
    It’s believed that Huck Finn is based on (基于) a childhood friend of Mark Twain’s. In fact, Twain was not alone in basing a fictional character (虚构的角色) on a real-life person.
    Severus Snape/ John Nettleship
    Severus Snape is a skillful wizard (巫师)teaching magic in Harry
    Potter. The writer, J.K. Rowling, once said that the character was based
    on a teacher of hers.
    The teacher turned out to be John Nettleship, who taught Rowling
    chemistry. At first, Nettleship felt surprised. “I know I am a strict
    teacher,” he said. “But I don’t think I am as bad as Snape!” On second
    thoughts, however, he said that he was so ill-tempered that most of his
    students avoided making him mad. Also, he used to wear long hair
    and have an untidy lab. That sounds familiar to Harry Potter fans.
    Alice/ Alice Liddell
    Famously, Lewis Carroll’s Alice in Alice’s Adventure in Wonderland is based on Alice Liddell.
    Carroll was close to the Liddell family. One day, ten-year-old Alice asked Carroll to tell her a new story. Carroll began to create his famous take of Alice and what happened after she fell through the rabbit hole. The little girl liked the story so much that she asked him to write it down. And the rest is history.
    Dill/ Truman Capote
    In To Kill a Mockingbird , Harper Lee based Dill on her childhood friend, Truman Capote. Capote once said, “Lee was my best friend. Have you ever read To Kill a Mockingbird? I’m a character in that story! The story take place just in the town where we lived!”
    51. Snape and Nettleship have something in common EXCEPT _________.
    A. their job B. their looks C. their hobbies
    52. What does the underline word“ill-tempered”mean in Paragraph 3?
    A. 沉着冷静的 B. 优柔寡断的 C. 脾气暴躁的
    53. What made Carroll decide to create Alice’s Adventure in Wonderland?
    A. Alice Liddell’s requirement.
    B. His great interest in rabbits.
    C. His experience of travelling.
    54. Being a character of To Kill a Mockingbird, Truman Capote felt _______.
    A. proud B.unsatisfied C. surprised
    55. The text is mainly about _________.
    A. purpose of writing fictional stories
    B. Introductions to famous writer’s childhood friends
    C. Characters of fictional stories from real-life persons
    体裁
    说明文
    话题16
    文娱与体育
    词数
    296
    【主旨大意】本文讲述了著名作家作品中中小说人物来源于现实生活自己周围的人。Huck Finn是Mark Twain的朋友。《哈利波特》中的Severus Snape的角色基于罗琳的化学老师。《爱丽丝漫游奇遇记》中的爱丽丝是根据爱丽丝·李道尔改编的。在《杀死一只知更鸟》中,哈柏·李根据她儿时的朋友杜鲁门·卡波特改编了迪尔的作品。
    【答案】51-55 CCAAC
    51. C 细节理解题 根据第二段“The teacher turned out to be John Nettleship, who taught Rowling chemistry.”可知他们的共性是教师,故选C。
    52. C 词义猜测题 根据“…his students avoided making him mad”可知意思是脾气暴躁的,故选C。
    53. A 细节理解题 根据“The little girl liked the story so much that she asked him to write it down”可知是“应爱丽丝的要求”,故选A。
    54. A 推理判断题 根据“Lee was my best friend. Have you ever read To Kill a Mockingbird? I’m a character in that story! The story take place just in the town where we lived!”可以推断Truman Capote是“感到骄傲,自豪的”。
    55. C 主旨大意题 根据第一段最后一句话“Twain was not alone in basing a fictional character (虚构的角色) on a real-life person.”可知,本文主要讲述小说人物都是基于现实人物,故选C。
    A(江苏泰州)
    After learning about these famous women, you will know you can do a lot for society, and make a difference to the world in your lifetime.


    Amelia Earhart (1897-1937)
    Amelia Earhart was the first woman who ever flew alone across the Atlantic in 1932. She became the first woman pilot in 1935 after flying from Hawaii to California. She began her lifelong dream of flying across the world in 1937. However, her flight went missing on that trip and she was never seen again.

    Helena Rubinstein (1870-1965)
    Helena Rubinstein moved to Australia in 1902 without the ability to speak English. Later, she set up one of the world's first cosmetic(化妆品)companies after mixing lanolin, which is an oil that comes from sheep's wool, with flowers. Because of that, she became the world's richest woman at that time.

    Katharine Hepburn (1907-2003)
    Katharine Hepburn was known for playing strong-willed women in her films. She won four Academy Awards(奥斯卡金像奖)for Best Actress, the most an actress has ever won. Her new dress style made wearing trousers acceptable to women, which wasn’t allowed at that time.

    Emmeline Pankhurst (1858-1928)
    Emmeline was a great woman activist. She helped British women get the right to vote. She fought for the rights of women all the time with the help of her husband in the late 19th century and early 20th century. After she lost her husband, she worked together with her three daughters and formed The Women Social and Political Union.
    3l. According to the passage, which word can best describe Amelia Earhart?
    A. Brave. B. Careful. C. Lucky. D. Energetic.
    32. What was the problem for Helena Rubinstein when she moved to Australia?
    A. She didn't have any money. B. She couldn't speak English.
    C. She knew nothing about business. D. She didn't know how to dress up.
    33. How many times did Katharine Hepburn win Academy Awards for Best Actress?
    A. Once. B. twice. C. Three times. D. Four times.
    34. What did Emmeline Pankhurst fight for during her lifetime?
    A. Her dream to be a pilot. B. Women's rights in the UK.
    C. Women's rights in the USA. D. Her dream to be an actress.
    35. What do the four women above have in common?
    A. A creative mind. B. A warm heart.
    C. A pioneer spirit. D. A good education.

    体裁:应用文
    话题:1. 个人情况
    话题:2. 家庭、朋友与周围的人
    话题:23. 历史与社会
    话题:26. 鼓舞
    词数:256
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文中用四段内容分别介绍了历史上的四位女性伟人阿梅莉亚·埃尔哈特、赫莲娜·鲁宾斯坦、凯瑟琳·赫本和艾米琳·潘克斯特对推动社会进步所做出的不同历史贡献。
    【答案】31-35 ABDBC
    【解析】
    31. A 理解总结题。 根据“Amelia Earhart was the first woman who ever flew alone across the Atlantic in 1932.”“in 1935 after flying from Hawaii to California”“ flying across the world in 1937”可知:阿梅莉亚·埃尔哈特是第一个独自飞越大西洋的女性以及分别在1935年和1937年的两次伟大飞行,她非常勇敢的。故选A。
    32. B 细节理解题。 根据文中关键句“Helena Rubinstein moved to Australia in 1902 without the ability to speak English.”可知“她不会说英语”。故选B。
    33. D 细节理解题。 根据文中关键句“She won four Academy Awards for Best Actress, the most an actress has ever won.”可知“她获得四次奥斯卡最佳女主角金像奖”。故选D。
    34. B 细节理解题。 根据文中的两个关键句 “Emmeline was a great woman activist. She helped British women get the right to vote.”和 “She fought for the rights of women all the time with the help of her husband in the late 19th century and early 20th century.”可知是“英国妇女的权利”。故选B。
    35. C 理解总结题。 题干意思“以上四位女性有什么共同之处”,细读四段内容,可知她们都做了超越平常人的事情,具有先锋开拓精神。故选C。

    B(江苏泰州)
    Each year on Feb 21 , UNESCO(联合国教科文组织)holds an International Mother Language Day(IMLD). The event is to help people to pay attention to the disappearance of the world’s languages: many of them are disappearing each year. UNESCO sees this as a terrible fact.
    What happens when a language dies out? Something great is lost—not just sounds and marks but the way that people understand the world and communicate with each other. We keep different cultures and traditions through languages. Kill a language and all these are killed too.
    Through IMLD, more and more people come to realize the terrible situation and try to stop it. Google's 2018 Endangered(濒临灭绝的)Languages Project is a good example. Many speakers and protectors of endangered language upload(上传) texts, audios and videos to the project website. They want to introduce the way that people communicate and express themselves around the world.
    The Myaamia Project is the same kind of effort to revive the language spoken by the Miami tribes (部落) of the United States. Project members work to encourage people to study and communicate with this language, which died out in the 1960s.
    These activities give life to those endangered languages. People who work to keep languages alive and not limited to the past. Many young people design apps and use social media to support their activities. They “spread the word” to save the word.
    So, while the problem of disappearing languages remains a very serious one, there is hope. We all have a special feeling of our mother language. This is why we should remember the wise words of late president of South Africa, Nelson Mandela: “If you talk to a man in a language he understands, that goes to his head. If you talk to a man in his own language, that goes to his heart.”
    36. UNESCO holds IMLO every year in order to help people to __________.
    A. learn and use endangered languages
    B. show their talent in learning languages
    C. practice reading skills of mother languages
    D. realize the situation of endangered languages
    37. What did people do in Google’s 2018 Endangered Languages Project?
    A. Discuss how to make good use of Google.
    B. Offer online courses on endangered languages.
    C. Share materials about endangered languages online.
    D. Translate endangered languages into mother languages
    38. What does the underlined word “revive” mean in Paragraph(段落)4?
    A. 创造 B. 学习 C. 复活 D. 清除
    39. What can we infer (推断)from Paragraph 5?
    A. It is more difficult to protect endangered languages.
    B. The disappearance of languages has already stopped.
    C. Young people don't care about endangered languages
    D. Young people have creative ways to protect languages.
    40. The writer mentions Nelson Mandela's words in order to __________.
    A. tell the importance of one's mother language
    B. show his contributions to language protection
    C. tell the trouble in learning endangered languages
    D. show the possibility of protecting mother languages

    体裁:说明文
    话题:19. 语言学习
    话题:25. 慈善,志愿服务和社会组织
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数:324
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。本文通过每年的2月21日,联合国教科文组织举行国际母语日来帮助人们关注世界语言的消失。当一种语言消失会带来可怕后果,所以人们正积极地想办法来保护这些濒临灭绝的语言。
    【答案】36-40 DCCDA

    【解析】
    36. D 细节理解题。根据文中第一段中关键句“The event is to help people to pay attention to the disappearance of the world’s languages: many of them are disappearing each year. UNESCO sees this as a terrible fact.”。可知是想要帮助人们了解濒危语言的状况。故选D。
    37. C 细节理解题。根据文中第三段中关键句“Many speakers and protectors of endangered language upload texts, audios and videos to the project website.”。可知保护者们将东西上传到网站以便全世界的人交流。故选C。
    38. C 词义猜测题。根据下句“Project members work to encourage people to study and communicate with this language, which died out in the 1960s.”。中鼓励人们学习和交流这种语言,确定目的是复活这种语言。故选C。
    39. D 推理判断题。 根据文中第五段“Many young people design apps and use social media to support their activities. They “spread the word” to save the word.”。中年轻人设计应用程序并使用社交媒体来支持他们的活动。故选D。
    40. A 推理判断题。 根据最后一段纳尔逊·曼德拉的话“如果你用一个人能听懂的语言和他说话,他会记在脑子里。如果你用一个人的母语和他交谈,那就会打动他的心。”故选A。

    C(江苏泰州)
    “Why do I live? Why do I wish for anything, or do anything? Is there anything my my life that will not be destroyed by my death?” Like Leo Tolstoy, the famous Russian writer, many people ask these difficult questions. Tolstoy spent his whole life trying to answer these difficult questions.
    As a young man, he thought people could achieve perfection if they tried hard enough. So he worked very hard to be the best in everything. He thought that he would find meaning and truth in success.
    In the 1850s, Tolstoy wrote his first stories. He wrote about his life in the army. He also told stories about his childhood. These works were published and Tolstoy became a well-known writer.
    He earned the respect he always wanted. Many rich and smart men met and talked with Tolstoy. Some of them were writers like him. They talked a lot about faith(信仰) and the meaning of life. But soon Tolstoy recognized that these men were not perfect. Now he knew they could not answer his questions about faith.
    So in the 1860s, Tolstoy tried a different way to find the meaning of life. He opened a school for the children of his serfs— the people who worked on his land. These workers were very poor. He wanted to help them because he thought they were more honest than the rich people he knew.
    Tolstoy learned a lot from his workers. He understood how they worked hard to support their families. He began to believe that marriage and family would give his life meaning. So in 1862, Leo Tolstoy married a young woman named Sonya Behrs.
    The next 15 years were the best years of Tolstoy’s life. It was during this time that he wrote his most famous books— War and Peach and Anna Karenina. Many experts say that War and Peace is one of the greatest books ever written. In these books, Tolstoy believed humans should live a simple life and take care of their families. Tolstoy thought this would satisfy him and bring him happiness.
    Leo Tolstoy is still a very respected writer today. His faith and writings have influenced many people all over the world.
    41. Which is the correct order of the following events?
    ① Tolstoy served in the army. ② Tolstoy got married.
    ③ Tolstoy wrote War and Peace. ④ Tolstoy opened a school.
    ⑤ Tolstoy became a well-known writer.
    A. ①⑤③②④ B. ⑤①③②④
    C. ①⑤④②③ D. ⑤④①③②
    42. Why did Tolstoy want to be the best in everything when he was young?
    A. To prepare for his books. B. To achieve perfection.
    C. To make a lot of money. D. To show his wisdom.
    43. Tolstoy thought he would learn a lot from his workers because they were ________.
    A. poor B. honest C. friendly D. patient
    44. According to the passage, which of the following is the most important to Tolstoy?
    A. Family. B. Success. C. Wealth. D. Fame(名声).
    45. What does the passage mainly talk about?
    A. Leo Tolstoy: Living for writing.
    B. Leo Tolstoy: Influencing the world.
    C. Leo Tolstoy: Being the best in everything.
    D. Leo Tolstoy: Searching for the meaning of life.

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:1. 个人情况
    话题:2. 家庭、朋友与周围的人
    话题:23. 历史与社会
    话题:24. 故事与诗歌
    词数:368
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。本文按时间顺序讲述了大作家利奥·托尔斯泰追求完美有意义的生活而努力的故事。从利奥·托尔斯泰的早期生活到后来的出名、结婚以及写出巨著<战争与和平>及其影响都作了详细介绍。
    【答案】41-45 CBBAD

    【解析】
    41.C 时间排序题。根据第三段中“He wrote about his life in the army.”和“These words were published and Tolstoy became a well-known writer.”可确定前面两件事情。根据第五段中“He opened a school for the children of his serfs”可确定第三件事情。根据第六段中“So in 1862, Leo Tolstoy married a young woman named Sonya Behrs.”可确定第四件事情。根据第七段中“It was during this time that he wrote his most famous books—War and Peach and Anna Karenina.”可确定最后一件事情。故选C。
    42.B 细节理解题。 根据文中第二段的“As a young man, he thought people could achieve perfection if they tried hard enough.”可知他想要达到完美。故选B。
    43.B 细节理解题。 根据文中第五段中“He wanted to help them because he thought they were more honest than the rich people he knew.”可知工人们比富人更诚实。故选B。
    44.A 归纳判断题。根据文中第六段中“He understood how they worked hard to support their families. He began to believe that marriage and family would give his life meaning.”可分析出利奥·托尔斯泰逐步认识到家庭在他生活中真正的意义。故选A。
    45.D 主旨大意题。阅读短文可知,文章主要按时间顺序讲述了利奥·托尔斯泰想要过完美有意义的人生,并为此而努力的过程。故选D。
    (江苏无锡)三、阅读理解 阅读下面的短文,然后根据短文内容,在每小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项。(本大题共13小题, 每小题2分,共26 分)

    25. The pictures above are ______.
    A. a news report B. a comic strip C. a poster D. a notice
    26. What are the kids mainly talking about?
    A. The direction. B. The seasons. C. The map. D. The leaves.
    27. In the pictures, it is now most probably ______.
    A. spring B. summer C. autumn D. winter


    题材:记叙文
    话题:24 故事 树叶下落
    词数:
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。短文以连环画的方式讲述了两个小孩在谈论落叶的方向问题。这个女孩认为读地图时位置上北下南,就认为落叶是在向南落下。
    【答案】25-27 BAC
    【解析】
    25. B 题材推理题。人物对话可知是连环画。故选B。
    26. A 细节理解题。根据第三幅漫画north is up and south is down.可知孩子们主要在谈论方向问题。故选A。
    27. C 推理判断题。从漫画中可以看出树叶下for the winter“准备过冬”,可知最可能可能是秋季。故选C。
    B (江苏无锡)
    Hobbies let you explore interests outside of your Line of work. They let you be creative and try all kinds of new things. If you're bored with your old hobby, picking a different one can get your creative juices flowing again.
    Look at what interests you.
    Check what you love doing in your spare time. Do you enjoy reading books? Maybe you want to try your hand at writing your own. Do you like a hot coffee at the end of the day? Maybe your hobby could be trying to make it at home. Turn what you already love into a hobby.
    Think about what you value most.
    Do you value wisdom or courage? Do you admire artists? Let such questions guide you when choosing a hobby.
    For example, maybe you could volunteer at a library as a hobby because you value education, or maybe you could try painting because you admire people who can express themselves with art.
    Check your skills and personality.
    Certain hobbies require certain skill sets.
    If you don't have much patience, then maybe going fishing isn't something you' d enjoy. However, if you love repairing and building things, maybe you should consider a hobby like working on older cars or building furniture. Play to your strengths.
    Pay attention to your favourite 30 .
    The way you talk about things can also show what you really like and it can be developed into a hobby.
    Think about the topics you go on endlessly about. Ask your friends and family what you talk about all the time. Now, think about the subject that you enjoy so much and decide how it can be turned into a hobby.
    28. This passage is most probably taken from .
    A. a magazine for old people B. a magazine for young people
    C. a picture book for children D. a picture book for babies
    29. This passage mainly shows us .
    A. how to find a new hobby B. how to give up old hobbies
    C. why you must find a new hobby D. why you must give up old hobbies
    30. Which is the most suitable word for ?
    A. hobbies B. skills C. topics D. interests

    题材:议论文
    话题:6. 个人兴趣(Personal interests)
    话题:7. 情感与情绪(Feelings and moods)
    话题:26. inspiration
    词数:280
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。业余爱好能让你探索工作之外的兴趣。短文就如何培养新的爱好使自己的创意喷涌提出了四方面的建议:看看什么让你感兴趣、考虑什么让你最为珍惜、检验你自己的技能和个性、关注你最喜欢的话题。
    【答案】 28-30 BAC
    【解析】
    28. B 推理判断题。结合文中内容业余爱好给你工作增加乐趣,可知这类文章比较适合年轻人阅读。故选B。
    29. A主旨大意题。从文中四个小标题可知,文章是就我们如何找到一个新的业余爱好的建议。故选A。
    30. C细节理解题。根据最后一段这句话Think about the topics you go on endlessly about. Ask your friends and family what you talk about all the time.可知是“关注你最喜欢的话题”。故选C。

    C (江苏无锡)
    Garrison had been treasuring his last piece. All he had left now was a sheet of the beautiful brown paper Pa had brought back from his last sailing trip.
    “You’ve been quiet,” Pa said. "Can I see your picture?"
    Garrison handed over his sketch. Pa studied it, then looked at his son. "You're ten now, eh?" Garrison nodded, hoping Pa wouldn't say that he was too old to be fooling around with pencils and paper.
    “When I was ten, I wanted to work on my father's ship," Pa said. "When Thomas was ten, he asked me to let him plant the corn."
    Garrison's throat (嗓子) tightened. "I know I'm not like either of you." Pa looked at the drawing again.
    "No, you're like both of us. You work hard, like Thomas. And you're like me, too. I have wandering feet, but you have a wandering mind. We need to see things differently."
    Garrison frowned. "I'd rather love the land, like Thomas, or the sea ... "
    Pa patted his hand. "Thomas cares about our family very much - that's why he's worked so hard to bring us food. And my love for the sea makes good money. But there's more in life than food and money. There's happiness, for one. Does it make you happy to draw?"
    Garrison nodded.
    "And it makes me happy to look at your drawings. Not many folks can catch happiness on a piece of paper. Some might say drawing's a waste of time, but they don't understand how things are. Why, asking you to stop drawing would be like asking Thomas to stop farming, or me to stop going to sea. It would be like asking us to stop breathing, wouldn't it?"
    Garrison considered this, then replied, ‘No, sir. Not quite like breathing. If I couldn't draw anymore, it would be ... like someone took away my voice." He hung his head. In his mind he could hear Thomas laughing, “It’s not like you ever speak up, anyway."
    But Pa patted his shoulder and said, "That would be a pure shame. Your voice is important, Garrison, whether it's out loud or on paper. And speaking of paper ..." Pa smiled. "Take a look in my bag."
    Garrison reached into the bag and found a sketchbook. For a moment he was speechless; happiness seemed to fill his body and stick in his throat. Then he managed to find his voice. "Oh, Pa—thank you!"
    31. Why did Garrison's throat tighten?
    A. Because he felt very thirsty.
    B. Because he felt very scared.
    C. Because he knew he was not like Pa or Thomas.
    D. Because he thought Pa would stop him drawing.
    32. When Garrison frowned, he most probably felt .
    A. unhappy B. worried C. afraid D. ashamed
    33. What can we infer from the passage about Garrison?
    A. He lived in a big wealthy family. B. He was his father's favourite son.
    C. He would go on with his drawing. D. He would learn to work on the farm.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事与诗歌(Stories and poems)
    话题:26. inspiration
    词数:411
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。短文通过父子两个的对白描述了父亲深深理解自己的孩子的爱好,并从多个角度给予孩子鼓励,培养孩子自信心的过程。Carrison虽然不像自己的哥哥那样努力种庄稼,也不像父亲那样对出海捕鱼感兴趣,但他在用自己的纸笔诉说。最后让孩子欣喜若狂的是父亲送给自己一本画集。

    文中主要讲述了Garrison一开始对绘画失去信心,然后Pa帮助他找回自信的故事。
    【答案】31-33 CBC
    【解析】
    31. C 细节推断题。根据文中Garrison's throat (嗓子) tightened. "I know I'm not like either of you."可知Cacrrison嗓子发紧是因为他不和他的爸爸和哥哥一样。故选C。
    32. B推理判断题。从文中这句话I'd rather love the land, like Thomas, or the sea ... 可知Garrison皱起眉头是心里充满忧虑。故选B。
    33. C推理判断题。通过父子对话及短文最后一段可知,爸爸理解Carrison并送给他画册,Garrison会继续画画的。故选C。

    D (江苏无锡)
    In 1845, a deadly disease struck the farms of Ireland, killing all the Lumper potato plants. In
    another place or time, the death of a single crop species (物种) might not have been so important. But in Ireland, in 1845, people depended almost solely on the potato for food. The death of one species caused a terrible famine(饥荒). Now, some scientists are worried that such a famine could happen again—but on a much wider scale.
    Over the centuries, farmers have discovered thousands of different species of food crops. Each species has special qualities. Some can be grown in very hot or cold climates. Others are not affected by certain diseases. However, you won't find many of these species in your local supermarket. To feed the seven billion people on Earth, most farmers today are growing only species of plants and farming only species of animals that are easy to produce in large numbers.
    For example, in the Philippines, there were once thousands of varieties of rice; now fewer than 100 are grown there. In China, 90 percent of the wheat varieties grown just a century ago have disappeared. Scientists believe that over the past century, we have allowed more than half of the world's food varieties to disappear.
    One solution to this problem is to collect and store the seeds (种子) of as many different plant varieties as we can before they disappear. The idea was first suggested by Russian scientist Nikolay Vavilov. In the 1920s and 1930s, he collected around 400,000 seeds from five continents. More recently, others are continuing the work he began.
    In the U.S. state of Iowa, Diane Ott Whealy wanted to protect historic plant varieties, like the seeds her great-grandfather brought to the U.S. from Germany more than a hundred years ago. She and her husband started a place called Heritage Farm, where people can store and trade seeds.
    More importantly, the people at Heritage Farm don' t just store
    the seeds; they plant them. By doing this, they are reintroducing foods into the marketplace that haven' t been grown for years. These food species are not just special in terms of appearance or taste. They also offer farmers food solutions for the future, from the past.
    34. What is this passage mainly about?
    A. The need to protect different food species.
    B. How to increase the number of food species.
    C. The fact that many food species are dying out.
    D. How to prevent food species from disappearing.
    35. Why are some scientists worried that such a famine could happen again?
    A. Because people depend on certain species of food crops.
    B. Because the same deadly disease may attack crops again.
    C. Because the world's population is larger than that in 1845.
    D. Because farmers grow the same potatoes as those in the past.
    36. The following sentence would best be placed at the end of_____.
    Meanwhile, thousands of other species are dying out.
    A. Paragraph 1 B. Paragraph 2 C. Paragraph 3 D. Paragraph 4
    37. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. The disease spread very quickly and killed thousands of people in Ireland.
    B. Around 80 percent of the rice varieties in the Philippines have disappeared.
    C. People have been storing seeds to save plant varieties for less than 100 years.
    D. Heritage Farm is the first place in the US for people to store and trade seeds.

    题材:说明文
    话题:20. 动物与植物
    话题:23. 著名人物
    话题:26. inspiration
    词数:382
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇科普文。短文从1845年爱尔兰的一场庄稼疫情使土豆绝产引出的饥荒说起,用具体的数据说明了过去几个世纪以来大量农作物种类灭绝的严重事实。农作物的不同种子都有不同的优点,为避免农作物种类继续灭绝,俄罗斯专家和其他专家都开始收集这些种子并保存下来。美国的夫妇两人创建了遗传农场,来进行种子的储存和贸易。


    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。过去的一个世纪里,很多农作物种类濒临灭绝,而某一物种的灭绝可能会导致大规模的饥荒。因此,科学家们提倡人们保护农作物种类的多样性。
    【答案】34-37 ABBD
    【解析】
    34. A 主旨大意题。通过阅读短文得知文章是关于保护农作物种类的必要性。故选A。
    35. B细节理解题。根据短文第一段最后一句话可知科学家担心的是致命的庄稼瘟疫会再次来临。故选B。
    36. B 补全短文题。 文章第二段“为了养活地球上的70亿人口,多数农民仅仅种植……”提示和所填写句子“同时,其它成千上万种其它物种正在消失”意义对应。故选B。
    37. D细节理解题。短文倒数第二段最后一句话提示,遗传农场是美国第一个供人们储备并进行种子交易的地方。其它选项都与短文内容不符。故选D。
    三、阅读理解(共15小题,每小题2分,计30分)
    阅读下列短文,从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案。
    (﹒江苏盐城)A
    Along with wheat, rice is one of the most important food crops in the world. It is a nutritious, healthy food.
    Each year, farmers grow millions of tons of rice.







    31. What food crop is the reading material mainly about?
    A. Wheat. B. Rice. C. Corn. D. Potato.
    32. In which country is the most rice grown?
    A. China. B. Bangladesh. C. India. D. Vietnam.
    33. From the map we know that the five countries are all in __________.
    A. Europe. B. Africa. C. America. D. Asia.

    题材:应用文

    话题(37) 食物
    话题(68) 动物和植物
    话题(73) 国家与民族
    词数:56
    【主旨大意】水稻是世界上最重要的粮食作物之一。它是一种营养、健康的食物。每年,农民种植数百万吨大米。前五名水稻生产国分别是中国、孟加拉国、越南、印度和印度尼西亚。
    【答案】31—33 BAD
    【解析】
    31. B细节理解题。题干意为:阅读材料主要是关于什么粮食作物的?文章开门见山Along with wheat, rice is one of the most important food crops in the world.故选B。
    32. A细节理解题。题干意为:哪一个国家种植的水稻最多?图片上标注中国水稻的产量为206.507,400。即中国是水稻种植最多的国家。故选A。
    33. D综合理解题。题干意为:从地图上我们知道这五个国家都在你哪个州。常识:中国、孟加拉国、越南、印度和印度尼西亚都是亚洲国家。故选D。

    (﹒江苏盐城)B
    Bullying can happen to me or you or anybody, but there are things that we can all do to help.
    What is bullying?
    Bullying is when someone makes you feel bad or hurts you again and again. Bullying can happen at school or out of school or online. Bullying includes:
    ² calling people unkind names
    ² laughing at people
    ² taking someone's things without being allowed
    ² not letting someone play in a group
    ² hitting people
    What is cyberbullying?
    Cyberbullying happens online and includes:
    ² sending unkind messages
    ² sharing photos without permission
    ² not letting someone be part of an online group
    What can you do?
    If someone is mean to you, tell an adult that you know or like. For example, talk to a parents or a teacher. You can block a person who sends mean message online. Don't reply.
    Talk to your parents or teachers or an adult you know well if you see bullying or if you are worried about a friend.
    Say sorry if you're mean to someone. You can write a message or talk to the person. Think about how to be kind in the future.
    We can all help to say no to bullying.
    34. Which type of bullying is the picture about?
    A. Laughing at people. B. Telling lies about people.
    C. Not letting someone play in a group. D. Hitting people.
    35. What can you do if you are bullied online?
    A. Turn to your parents or teachers for help.
    B. Write back and try to make more friends.
    C. Keep the problems and worries to yourself.
    D. Tell strangers about the harm of cyberbullying.
    36. Which can be the best title for this passage?
    A. Bullying is everywhere B. Say no to bullying
    C. Keep away from cyberbullying D. Say sorry to people who are bullied

    题材:议论文

    话题(8) 其他人 话题(20) 游戏与休闲
    话题(14) 学校生活 话题(26) 社会行为
    话题(47) 安全守则 话题 (50) 自我保护
    话题(63) 使用互联网 话题29. 社会热点
    词数:202

    【主旨大意】本文针对霸凌现象,首先阐述了什么是霸凌,列举了常见现象。并介绍了网络霸凌。最终教我们都可以做些事情来拒绝霸凌。
    【答案】34—36 DAB
    【解析】
    26. D细节理解题。这张照片是关于哪种类型的霸凌?观察图片,明显在打人。故选D。
    27. A细节理解题。题干意为:如果你在网上被欺负,你能做什么?从What can you do?下面很容易明确的答案:向你的父母或老师求助。故选A。
    28. B主旨大意题。题干意为:这篇文章的最佳标题是什么?前三个选项在文中都有体现,但是文中最后一句告诉读者的是:拒绝霸凌。故选B。
    (﹒江苏盐城)C
    Many children today live in unsafe places. They may live where wars have been fought or where there is a lot crime. Play for Peace is an organization formed to help these children. It does so by bringing kids and adults. For what? To make a more peaceful world.
    Places where Play for Peace works include Northern Ireland, India, and Germany. Kids from different backgrounds come together to play games. Some of the games encourage them to work together and to learn about one another. While playing, kids begin to understand their different ways of thinking and doing things.
    As kids in the program get older, Play for Peace teaches them to be leaders. They become advisers. The older kids lead the games for the younger kids. One leader called Mandeep from a small village in India described her experience. " I didn’t realize there was a larger world until I joined Play for Peace…It was a big challenge for me. But I grew to feel safe and like them even though they were different from me. "
    Play for Peace works because it brings kids together. They have fun and learn how to get along. Many kids who take part find that they have much in common- and they become friends!
    37. What organization is the passage about?
    A. Project Hope. B. ORBIS. C. Play for Peace D. UNICEF
    38. What is the main purpose of the organization?
    A. To make the world more peaceful.
    B. To bring kids and adults together.
    C. To teach older kids to lead games for younger ones.
    D. To make children understand different ways of thinking.
    39. What did Mandeep think of her experience in the program?
    A. Common but comfortable. B. Tiring but interesting.
    C. Challenging but meaningful. D. Dangerous but unusual.
    40. Why does the author write this passage?
    A. To encourage kids to run away from wars.
    B. To explain the importance of playing games.
    C. To tell kids how to get along with each other.
    D. To introduce a charitable organization to readers.

    题材:说明文

    话题(7) 朋友
    话题(27) 合作与交流
    话题(30) 守则
    (50) 自我保护
    话题25. 慈善,志愿服务和社会组织
    话题27. 生活技能
    词数:219

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。“为和平而战”这个组织帮助生活在已经打仗或犯罪率很高的不安全地方的孩子,为他们创造一个更和平的世界。不同背景的孩子聚在一起。他们玩得很开心,学会了如何相处,成了朋友!
    【答案】37—40 CACD
    【解析】
    37. C细节理解题。题干意为:这篇文章是关于什么组织的?根据图片和文章提示,很容易得出答案Play for Peace故选C。
    38. A细节理解题。组织的主要目的是什么?第一段最后一句To make a more peaceful world.表明了答案。故选A。
    39. C综合理解题。题干意为:曼德普对她在该项目中的经验有何看法?第三段It was a big challenge for me. 提到challenge,用排查法,故选C。
    40. D综合理解题。题干意为:为什么作者要写这篇文章?通读全文,可以确定是:向读者介绍一个慈善组织。故选D。
    (﹒江苏盐城)D
    People have told stories about Robin Hood for over 700 years. Nobody knows if he was a real person or an invented character. In the legends, Robin was extremely smart and humorous, he helped strangers, and later his kindness paid off.
    The Merry Adventures of Robin Hood appeared in 1883. It was Howard Pyle’s first book and it was a great success.
    At the beginning of the story, Robin was just a young man, who was good at archery (射箭术). One day he was walking through Sherwood Forest, a royal hunting forest near Nottingham in England. There he got into trouble with a group of men. Among them, he killed the cousin of the Sheriff (郡长) of Nottingham. Robin became a legendary outlaw, and soon the leader of one hundred outlaws, known as his "Merry Men".
    Robin and his "Merry Men" always looked for rich people and asked them to their camp in Sherwood Forest. When they arrived, Robin gave them a good meal and played music for them. Then he took their gold away to help the poor. Robin became most famous for "robbing from the rich and giving to the poor. "
    The Sheriff of Nottingham was Robin’s greatest enemy. He was cruel and treated the poor badly. It was his job to keep the woods safe and to make sure that nobody stole the king’s deer. He hated Robin because Robin was an outlaw. But most of all, he hated Robin because everyone else loved him. The Sheriff of Nottingham kept trying to catch Robin Hood and his "Merry Men", but never succeeded.
    41. What was Robin Hood like according to the passage?
    A. Clever and full of fun. B. Smart and serious.
    C. Cruel to the poor people. D. Good at telling stories.
    42. The underlined word "outlaw" in Paragraph 3 means ____________.
    A. enemy B. criminal C. king D. fighter
    43. What was Robin Hood best known for?
    A. Playing beautiful music for the rich.
    B. Robbing the rich and helping the poor.
    C. Stealing the king’s deer in Sherwood Forest.
    D. Killing the cousin of the Sheriff of Nottingham.
    44. Which is the right order of what happened in the story?
    ① Robin became the leader of a group of outlaws.
    ② Robin asked the rich people to Sherwood Forest.
    ③ Robin killed the cousin of the Sheriff of Nottingham.
    ④ Robin gave poor people the gold he took away from the rich.
    A. ①④②③ B. ②③①④ C. ③①④② D. ③①②④
    45. What can we learn from the first and last paragraphs?
    A. Robin Hood was a real man who once lived in England.
    B. People can only read stories of Robin Hood from books.
    C. The stories of Robin Hood are still very popular nowadays.
    D. Robin Hood didn’t get help from strangers who he once helped.

    题材:记叙文

    话题(26) 社会行为 话题(81) 著名人物
    话题(85) 小说 话题26. 鼓舞
    话题27. 生活技能
    词数:280

    【主旨大意】本文是课外名著阅读文章,讲述了罗宾和他的“快乐男人”劫富济贫的故事。
    【答案】41—45 ABBDC
    【解析】
    41.A综合理解题。题干意为:根据文章,罗宾汉是什么样的人?第一段最后一句Robin was extremely smart and humorous, he helped strangers, and later his kindness paid off.点明了答案。。故选A。
    42. B词义推测题。题干意为:第3段中带下划线的“outlaw”一词表示什么。根据文章“罗宾成了传说中的亡命之徒,很快他就成为了100个亡命之徒的领袖,被称为“快乐的人”。故选B。
    43. B细节理解题。题干意为:罗宾汉最出名的是什么?根据第四段最后一句Robin became most famous for "robbing from the rich and giving to the poor. "故选B。
    44. D排序题。题干意为:故事发生的顺序是什么?把四个选项与文章描述相比对,可以得出这样的顺序:罗宾杀了诺丁汉郡治安官的表弟。→罗宾成了一伙歹徒的头目。→罗宾请富人去舍伍德森林。→罗宾把他从富人手中夺走的金子给了穷人。故选D。
    45. C综合理解题。题干意为:我们能从第一段和最后一段中学到什么?研读两个段落后发现,选项C罗宾汉的故事现在仍然很流行。符合要求。故选C。
    A(江苏扬州)
    Here are some questions and answers on Yangzhou from a website.
    Questions & Answers
    Q
    Asked by Robert from USA | Feb. 25, 11:21 Reply
    We'd like to visit the city of Yangzhou from Shanghai. Is there any high speed train?
    A
    Answered by Black from UK | Feb.26, 20:29 Reply
    Sorry but no high speed train. You can take an intercity bus from Shanghai General Bus Station to the city. It takes about 4h and CNY 93/ 96.
    Q
    Asked by Mr. Cheverton from Australia | Jul.17, 2018 20:27 Reply
    I have holidays in late December and will be in Hong Kong, and want to visit Yangzhou. Are river cruises still operating?
    A
    Answered by Ms. Chen from China | Jul.18, 2018 04:24 Reply
    I don't think it is a good idea to visit the city in winter, which is famous for natural scenery. The best time should be spring and summer. And, the weather may be somewhat cold during Dec which isn't good for cruise.
    Q
    Asked by Eric Yeo from Singapore | May.15, 2018 02:53 Reply
    Can I know where I can eat the nicest Yangzhou Fried Rice along Dongguan Street area?
    A
    Answered by Jennie from China | May.16, 2018 04:48 Reply
    There are many restaurants along the street serving the fried rice and they are all OK. If having to name one, I’d say Shiweitian. Actually, you just choose one with more guests and it won't be wrong.
    Q
    Asked by Roy from USA | Mar.12, 2018 12:27 Reply
    Is it possible to live in Yangzhou and commute daily by bus to work in Yizheng?
    A
    Answered by Tina from China I Mar.12,2018 21:56 Reply
    Yeah, it's possible. The distance between is only around 30km. At the West Bus Station, many buses are scheduled for Yizheng every day from 06:20 to 18:55. Besides, intercity bus No.77 runs between the West Bus Station and Yizheng Bus Station from 05:50 to 18:30. You can choose the most convenient way.
    31. Who might work in Yizheng but live in Yangzhou?
    A. Robert. B. Cheverton. C. Eric Yeo. D. Roy.
    32. ________ answer was given the most thumbs up.
    A. Black's B. Ms. Chen's C. Jennie's D. Tina’s
    33. Which of the following is TRUE according to the webpage?
    A. The questions on the webpage are all about Yangzhou Travel.
    B. It's not a good idea to eat Yangzhou Fried Rice in Shiweitian.
    C. Robert can take the high speed train from Shanghai to Yangzhou.
    D. Mr. Cheverton is advised to visit Yangzhou in spring and summer.
    题材:应用文
    话题:17. 旅游与交通
    词数:280
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文,介绍了扬州以及周边。
    答案:31—33DBD
    解析:
    31. D 细节理解题。从表格第七格内容中可知提问的内容与在仪征工作有关,选D。
    32. B 细节理解题。根据表格中点赞数可知,选B。
    33. D 推理判断题。综合表格的内容可知问题涵盖的不止扬州旅游,故A错误,根据倒数第三个表格“If having to name one, I’d say Shiweitian.”可知Jennie是很推荐在Shiweitian吃扬州炒饭的,故B错误,根据第二个表格的回答“Sorry but no high speed train.”可知Robert不能够坐高铁从上海到扬州,故C错误,根据表格第四个的回答“The best time should be spring and summer. ”故本题选D。

    B(江苏扬州)
    That morning, we noticed a cab following Sir Henry and Dr. Mortimer in London. But who?
    We went to Sir Henry's hotel. Holmes asked Dr. Mortimer if anyone with a black beard lived in or near Baskerville Hall.
    “Yes," said Dr. Mortimer, “Barrymore."
    “We must send a telegram to check whether Barrymore is in London or at Baskerville Hall," said Holmes.
    Sir Henry said he wanted to go to Baskerville Hall.
    “OK”, said Holmes. “But you mustn't go alone. Watson can go with you."
    Sir Henry and I agreed to take the 10:30 train on Saturday.
    Holmes thought deeply on the way home: the story of the Hound, Sir Charles's death, the strange letter, the missing boot and the black-bearded man. He sat in his room all afternoon, smoking and thinking.
    Just before dinner, a telegram arrived. It said, “Barrymore is at Baskerville Hall."
    “That becomes a dead end, Watson. We will have to look for another way to go forward.
    Just then the door bell rang. It was the cab driver who drove the man with the black beard. “I got a message that you are asking for me", he said. “I've never had a complaint. I came here to ask you what you had against me! ”
    “No, no,” said Holmes.“Instead, I'll give you money if you tell me about the man in your cab this morning. He watched this house at 10:00 and then told you to follow the two gentlemen."
    The driver looked surprised and then answered, “The man said he was a detective and that I shouldn't tell anyone about him.”
    “It's serious, my friend, and you may be in trouble if you refuse to answer.”
    “His name,” said the driver, “was Sherlock Holmes."
    I'd never seen Holmes more surprised. Then he laughed. “He scored against me that time, Watson."
    The driver told us everything he knew. Holmes gave him the money and sent him away. “This is a dangerous enemy, Watson.”
    —Taken from The Hound of the Baskervilles
    34. According to the passage, the underlined phrase “dead end” in Paragraph 10 means _______.
    A. Holmes wanted to give up solving the case
    B. the road in front of Baskerville Hall was closed
    C. the cab driver didn't find his way and turned round
    D. they didn't know who the man with a black beard was
    35. According to the passage, we can know that the cab driver __________.
    A. was as dangerous as the black-bearded man
    B. received a complaint from the black-bearded man
    C. didn't know why Holmes asked for him at the beginning
    D. didn't tell Holmes anything about the black-bearded man
    36. By the sentence “He scored against me that time”, Holmes means “The man gained an advantage over me by _______.”
    A. watching this house at ten o’clock
    B. following Sir Henry and Dr. Mortimer
    C. telling the driver his name was Holmes
    D. asking the driver to keep his secret
    37. Which of the following is the correct order according to the passage?
    a. Holmes received the telegram.
    b. The cab driver came to see Holmes.
    c. Watson was asked to go with Sir Henry.
    d. Holmes was surprised and then laughed.
    e. Watson and Sir Henry took the 10:30 train.
    A. cabde B. ceabd c. abcde D. acebd
    题材:记叙文
    话题:故事——福尔摩斯探案集
    词数:341
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,叙述了在《福尔摩斯探案集》福尔摩斯的办案片段。
    答案:34—37 DCCA
    解析:
    34. D 词义猜测题。由上下文“查尔斯爵士的死、那封奇怪的信、那只丢失的靴子和那个黑胡子男人。”和“我们将不得不寻求另一条出路。”可以推测That becomes a dead end 意为“这个案子变成了无头案”。 故选D。
    35. C 细节理解题。根据文章11-15段 “I got a message that you are asking for me”, he said. “I've never had a complaint. I came here to ask you what you had against me! ”可知,马车驾驶员并不知道福尔摩斯一开始找他的原因,故本题选C。
    36. C 细节理解题。分析问题The man gained an advantage over me,很明显是从福尔摩斯这里得到的优势,因此本题选择C。
    37.A 细节理解题。本题容易混选A与B,需要搞清楚亨利与华生是在周六的10点半的火车离开,因此应当把e作为文章的最后发生项,故本题选A。

    C(江苏扬州)
    My father was a cemetery (公墓) keeper. When I was a child,he often took me there. Before we left each time,he would lay some stones on some graves (坟墓). I never asked why. I just thought that was his work.
    Yesterday, I visited my sick father. He asked me to go to the cemetery and lay some stones. For some reason, it had to be done that day. I agreed. I hadn't been there for a long time.
    When I got there, I found a woman in front of one of the graves I would lay a stone on. As I bent to lay it, I heard her whisper “Thank you”. It was then that I noticed the date of death on the grave was that same day. The grave was that of a child, only five when he died fifteen years ago.
    "He's my son," she said. "But, where’s your father? He was always the one to leave the stone.”
    I told her that my father was ill but he asked me to do this. It seemed important to him. “Your father’s kindness means more to me than anything else. When my child died, I came often to see him. It is our custom to leave a stone. It tells the one who is here that he is thought of. But, then we moved away from here … so many painful memories … I was so afraid that he would be alone. But your father marked the grave every time he came. Each time I returned here, I saw that stone and it always comforted me. Your father is the kind of man who would ease the pain of a mother’s heart though we are strangers. Just tell him you saw me today, won’t you?” She said.
    It took me a minute to find my voice. That small stone marked the grave of a child and the heart of his mother.
    38. The underlined phrase“ some reason” in Paragraph 2 refers to (指代) _______.
    A. the writer had been away from the cemetery for a long time
    B. the woman’s child died on that day fifteen years ago
    C. the writer's father was always the one to leave the stone
    D. the writer’s father would meet the woman that day
    39. What does the underlined word "ease" in Paragraph 5 mean?
    A. Increase B. Cause C. Reduce D. Express.
    40. According to the passage, we can infer( 推断) ___________.
    A. the writer understood his father in the end
    B. laying stones was part of a cemetery keepers work
    C. the woman knew the writers father well fifteen years ago
    D. the stone marked the grave of a child and the heart of his mother
    41. What's the best title of the passage?
    A. A Strange Custom B. One Small Stone, Unforgotten
    C. A Cemetery Keeper D. Painful Memories, Unforgotten
    题材:记叙文
    话题:2. 家庭、朋友与周围的人
    话题:8.其他人
    话题:24. 情感(Feelings)
    词数:332
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了作者的父亲是一位守墓人,他经常在一个孩子的墓前放一块石头,作者对此非常不解,一天在墓地见到那个死去孩子的母亲才知道原因。
    【答案】38—41BCAB
    【解析】
    38. B 细节理解题。文章第二段,出于某些原因,这件事情今天不得不做,联系下文第三段中“It was then that I noticed the date of death on the grave was that same day. ”可知,说明今天这个日子是那位女士孩子死亡的日期。
    39. C 猜测词义题,根据第五段这句话“I saw that stone and it always comforted me”可知,那块石头总是能安慰我,所以后半句可以推断出父亲是一个减少了一个母亲内心的痛苦的人,A.增加,B.引起,D.表达。
    40. A 推理判断题。B.放石头是父亲工作的一部分,不符合文章意思,C.这位母亲和作者父不认识,在文章第五段提到,“Your father is the kind of man who would ease the pain of a mother’s heart though we are strangers”.他们是陌生人;D.原文中句子,不符合推断。
    B 主旨大意题。文章围绕石头这个线索展开,这个小石头宽慰了一个失去孩子的母亲的心,是难以遗忘的。
    D(江苏扬州)
    Trees in cities "live fast but die young" compared to forests in the countryside, warns a new study.
    Researchers found that trees in cities die younger than ones in the countryside because of the higher levels of CO2. City-living trees suffer (遭受) a loss of carbon storage (碳储量). That means trees produce less energy from the air.
    Now researchers say more must be done to deal with the situation. Ian Smith, a PhD student of Boston University in the United States, said, “Cities are in the important position in fighting against rising temperatures and increasing CO2.”. “We find that tree planting alone may not be enough to keep and increase city canopy cover (树冠覆盖率). Because of the age and size of the present canopy, efforts to improve and protect tree health are badly needed for increasing city tree cover and canopy cover.”
    The research team used a model to watch changes among street trees for several planting and management methods. Researchers also used the model to watch tree growth, death and planting rates(率)both among trees in Boston city and forests in the countryside in Massachusetts.
    It was discovered that rates of carbon cycling and growth rates among city trees were nearly four times faster than those in the countryside. However, loss of carbon storage and death rates are also higher, especially death rates are more than double higher than those in countryside forests.
    The study, published in PLOS ONE, has reminded scientists to encourage communities to do more to plant and protect trees. It is important to increase city canopy cover and carbon storage.
    Researchers say planting and protecting will be needed to make sure cities can develop healthily, but more needs to be done to have a better understanding of city trees — which may be different from countryside forests.
    42. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
    A. The more carbon storage loses, the more energy the trees produce from the air.
    B. The higher the levels of CO2 are, the harder it will be for the plants to survive.
    C. If we plant enough trees, we are sure to increase city canopy cover.
    D. Cities do better in fighting against rising temperatures and increasing CO2.
    43. Paragraph 4 mainly tells us ____________.
    A. the results of the study B. the discoveries from the researchers
    C. the methods of the study D. the suggestions from the researchers
    44. What does “those” in Paragraph 5 refer to?
    A. Death rates. B. Rates of carbon cycling.
    C. Growth rates. D. Loss of carbon storage.
    45. The writer’s main purpose of writing the passage is ____________.
    A. to teach us how to improve and protect tree health
    B. to warn us that trees in cities live fast but die young
    C. to let us have a better understanding of city trees
    D. to tell us to take action to increase city canopy cover
    题材:说明文
    话题:20. 自然(Nature)
    话题:72.人与自然 (Man and nature)
    话题:74.环境保护 (Environmental protection)
    词数:313
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章讲述了城市树木的寿命比农村的更短并给出一些原因,同时呼吁人们要更好地了解城市树木。
    【答案】42—45BCAC
    【解析】
    42. B 推理判断题。从第二段“Researchers found that trees in cities die younger than ones in the countryside because of the higher levels of CO2.”可知选B。
    43.C 大意归纳题。主要是叙述研究的方法,没有提到研究结果和发现,也没有提出建议,故选C
    44. A 推理判断题。根据前文“especially death rates are more than double higher than those in countryside forests.”比较级是同类比较,主语是death rates,所以those代指death rates。
    45. C 主旨大意题。根据文章最后一段,“but more needs to be done to have a better understanding of city trees”可知,作者的写这篇文章的目的是让我们对城市树木有更好的理解,故选C。
    (·山西)(A)
    请阅读下面的海报,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出个最佳选项并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
    Houses fires often happen. So it appears necessary to learn something useful to protect family from them. The following poster in the neighborhood will tell you how to do it
    Fire Safety
    Put a smoke alarm in your house and test it every month. Half of all house fire deaths between 11 pm and 7 am. The sick of dying in a house fire is cut in half with working smoke alarms
    Make sure your hearing aid, wheelchair or eyeglasses are next to your bed. Fire can spread through a house soon. You may have as little as two minutes to escape(逃离)safely. Be ready to act at once.
    Create a fire escape plan. 77% of families don't have a house fire escape plan to follow. That's one of the reasons why at least one child dies and 293 children are injured in a house fire every day.
    Don’t call 119 until you are safety outside. During a fire, the first thing to do is to get out of the house as fast as you can.
    44._____ makes the risk of dying in a house fire smaller.
    A. A smoke alarm. B. A pair of eyeglasses C. A wheelchair.
    45. We may have only ____to escape from a house fire safely.
    A. half an hour B. 2 minutes C. 293 seconds
    46. According to the poster, _____ can help save you from a house fire.
    A. stopping the fire from spreading
    B. making and following a plan to escape
    C. Keeping awake between 11 pm and 7 am.
    47. Call 119 for help ______
    A. After you reach safety
    B as soon as you are ready to escape
    C. When you find out what causes the house fire
    48. The poster is put up in the neighborhood to help people learn to_____
    A. plan their lives as they wish
    B. save time as much as possible
    C Protect themselves in a right way

    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    安全与救护
    词数
    182
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,阐述了如何在家庭火灾中自救。
    【答案】44—48.ABBAC
    【解析】
    44.A 细节理解题。 文中提到The sick of dying in a house fire is cut in half with working smoke alarms,可见烟雾报警器可减少火灾风险,故选A。
    45. B 细节理解题。文中提到You may have as little as two minutes to escape safely.可见只有两分钟逃离时间, 故选B。
    46. B 细节理解题。文中提到Create a fire escape plan. 77% of families don't have a house fire escape plan to follow. 可见逃生计划能帮你逃离火灾,故选B。
    47.A 细节理解题。文中提到Don’t call 119 until you are safety outside.可见,安全离开火灾现场再打火警电话,故选A。
    48. C 归纳总结题。文中提到家里安装烟雾报警器、制定火灾逃离计划、打报警电话等保护自己的方法,故选C。
    (·山西)(B)
    请阅读下面短文,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出一个最佳选项并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
    I'm writing this article in China, far away from my home in the United States. You might wonder what I do to remember my mom on Mothers Day. Well, I certainly call her to say “Happy Mother’s Day” and promise that I will visit home soon. I still remember the first time I forgot Mother’s Day. When I finally figured it out, I asked, “Why does mom get a special holiday? Why isn’t there a Children’s Day for us?”
    My mom explained, in that way that only moms seem to be able to explain, “Because every day is Children’s Day!”
    I knew that I had messed up. I thought about all the time and love my mom had given me. I thought about the food she had made, the toys she had bought and the long hours she had spent with me. There might not be a perfect mom, but there is mom’s love, which can fix anything. After that day, for 364 days, I was looking forward to the next Mother’s Day.
    That was the first year I forgot Mother’s Day. It was also the last year I forgot. Are you struggling to consider what to do for your mom on Mother’s Day. Common things are to write a message that thanks for the love she has given you, send her a card or buy her a gift. But the most important thing is -DON’T FORGET!
    49. How does the writer celebrate Mother’s Day this year?
    A. He calls his mom
    B. He sends his mom a card
    C. He visits home to see his mom
    50. What might the underlined phrase “Figure out"mean” ?
    A. 弄清楚 B.预料到 C.归纳出
    51. Why did the writer begin to expect Mother’s Day?
    A. Because he missed his mom far in the United States
    B. Because he wanted to spend more time with his mom
    C. Because he realized he had got much care from his mom
    52. What is the purpose of the passage?
    A.To explain why there isn’t a Children’s Day.
    B.To advise us not forget to keep our own promises.
    C. To remind us to remember the love mom has given us.
    53. Which is the best title for the passage?
    A. An Interesting Talk B. An Important Day C. An Expensive Gift.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    节假日活动
    词数
    245
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,记叙了作者在中国给远在美国的母亲打电话问候母亲母亲节快乐,从而回忆起他的人生中第一次也是最后一次忘记了母亲节,告诫人们:不要忘记母亲节!
    【答案】49—53.AACCB
    【解析】
    49. A 细节理解题。 文中提到 I certainly call her to say "Happy Mothers Day"可知是打电话问候,故选A。
    50. A 词义猜测题。从划线单词后面提到Why does mom get a special holiday? 可知词意,要弄清楚母亲节,故选A。
    51. C 细节理解题。 本段提到母亲给的爱、母亲做的食物、买的玩具等,可见他从母亲那里得到更多的爱,因此期待回报母亲,故选C。
    52. C 主旨大意题。文中提到母亲给的爱太多了,无以回报,通过母亲节告诫我们不要忘记母亲的爱。故选C。
    53. B 主旨大意题。阅读本文知,作者提到了第一次忘记了母亲节,从而意识到母亲给的爱太多了,因此,每年都期待母亲节的到来,由此可见,母亲节的重要,故选B.
    第一节 阅读理解(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
    (•四川广安) A
    Sunshine Club
    For young people from 12 to 18 years old.
    Include games, music, dancing and more.
    Every Saturday: 6:30 am—9:30 pm 28 Oxford Street, London
    Tel: 76239652 Price: Just £3 a time
    Cartoon Museum
    Come and see the best of British cartoon art. There is something for everyone, including popular cartoon characters and a great shop full of funny books and cards.
    Price: Free
    Opening times: Tuesday – Saturday: 10:30 am—5:30 pm
    Sunday: 11:00 am—6:00 pm
    Tel: 65235873
    Cox’s Hotel
    Tel: 87058366
    E-mail: info@coxshotel.co.uk Website:www.coxshotel.co.uk.
    Opening times: Coffee shop: 9:00am—6:00pm Every day
    Tea room: 10:30am—5:30pm Monday—Thursday
    Pub(小酒吧): 8:00pm—11:30pm Friday—Saturday
    Hamilton Zoo
    Over 600 animals: tigers, pandas…
    Opening hours: 9:00am—5:00pm Monday—Sunday
    An adult: £15
    A child (under 12 years old): £10
    Tel: 23653692
    36. If Mary wants to join the Sunshine Club, she can call ________.
    A. 87058366 B. 23653692 C. 65235873 D. 76239652
    37. Which of the following people can join the Sunshine Club?
    A. 10-year-old kid. B. A 14-year-old kid.
    C. A 19-year-old man. D. A 30-year-old woman.
    38. Where can we get funny cards?
    A. In the Cartoon Museum. B. At Cox’s Hotel.
    C. In the Sunshine Club. D. In Hamilton Zoo
    39. Which is the right time to go to the pub at Cox’s Hotel?
    A. 9:00am—6:00 pm on Friday. B. 8:30 pm—11:30 pm on Friday.
    C. 8:00am—11:30 pm on Saturday. D. 8:00pm—11:30 pm on Thursday
    40. If Jim and his 5-year-old son want to go to the Hamilton Zoo, they should pay ________.
    A. £10 B. £15 C. £25 D. £4
    【答案】36—40 DBABC
    体裁:应用文
    话题:广告
    词数
    139
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇表格式的应用文。主要介绍的是阳光俱乐部、卡通博物馆、考克斯的酒店以及汉密尔顿动物园等四则广告信息。
    36. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据第一则表格中的“Sunshine Club / Tel: 76239652 ”可知:如果玛丽想加入阳光俱乐部,她可以拨打电话76239652。故选D。
    37. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据第一则表格中的“Sunshine Club / For young people from 12 to 18 years old.”可知:一位十四岁的女孩可以加入阳光俱乐部。故选B。
    38. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据第二则表格中的“Cartoon Museum / … and a great shop full of funny books and cards.”可知:在卡通博物馆我们可以得到滑稽的卡片。故选A。
    39. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三则表格中的“Cox’s Hotel / Pub(小酒吧): 8:00pm—11:30pm Friday—Saturday”可知:在星期五的晚上八点半到十一点半,是到考克斯旅馆小酒吧的最佳时间。故选B。
    40. C 【解析】细节计算题。根据第四则表格中的“Hamilton Zoo / An adult: £15 A child (under 12 years old): £10”可知:一个成年人15,一个小孩10,合计25。故选C。
    (•四川广安) B
    Recently I had a trip to Sydney with my parents. We visited the Wildlife Park.
    The Wildlife park has lots of different animals. Some are native(当地的) to Australia and can only be found there. there are more than 500 animals there, including kangaroos, koalas(考拉) and crocodiles(鳄鱼). They are kept in their natural environment. I like the Wildlife Park better than a zoo. In zoos, most of the animals are in cages(笼子).
    We first spent some time with the kangaroos. We could touch and feed them. It was very exciting to be so close to them. There were koalas there too. They looked very cuddly(令人想拥抱). Although we couldn’t carry koalas, I could take a photo with one. It is a wonderful souvenir(纪念品) of my holiday in Sydney.
    The Wildlife Park has plenty of freshwater and saltwater crocodiles. Some of them are very big and scary(吓人的) with huge teeth! I did not want to get too close to them.
    There was also a bird show. The keepers(伺养者) showed us different species(种类) of birds. I saw an old parrot(鹦鹉). It could “talk” and made a great impression on me.
    I enjoyed the trip very much. There was so much to see.
    41. The Wildlife Park is ________.
    A. in Sydney B. in Cairo C. in Athens D. in Rome
    42. What is a wonderful souvenir of the writer’s holiday?
    A. parrot that could talk. B. A chance to feed a koala.
    C. A photo with a koala. D. Food for the kangaroos.
    43. Why didn’t the writer want to get very close to the crocodiles?
    A. They lived in water.
    B. The writer was afraid of them.
    C. The writer did not want to feed them.
    D. The writer did not like the smell of saltwater.
    44. Which of the following is true?
    A. The kangaroos are kept in cages in the Wildlife Park.
    B. The writer traveled to the Wildlife Park alone.
    C. The writer went to see koalas first.
    D. The writer watched a bird show.
    45. After visiting the Wildlife Park, the writer felt ________.
    A. bored B. unhappy C. excited D. hopeless
    【答案】41—45 ACBDC

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:6. 旅游
    话题:17. 旅游与交通
    话题:20. 自然
    词数
    307
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。短文讲了作者最近和父母一起去悉尼旅行,并参观了野生动物园,详细的介绍了在动物园里所看到的动物以及作者的感受。
    41. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段句子On my recent trip to Sydney with my parents,we visited the Wildlife Park.(最近和父母一起去悉尼旅行,我们参观了野生动物园。)可知, 野生动物园是在悉尼。故选A。
    42. C【解析】细节理解题.根据第三、四段句子There were koalas there too. They looked very cuddly (令人想拥抱的). I got to take a photo with one. It is a wonderful souvenir (纪念品) of my holiday in Sydney.(那里也有考拉,它们看起来非常的令人想拥抱。我一拍一张照片。这是我在悉尼度假的一个美妙的纪念品。)可知作家假期的精彩纪念品是一张考拉的照片。故选C。
    43. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第三段句子The Wildlife Park has plenty of freshwater and saltwater crocodiles.Some of them are really big and scary (吓人的) with huge teeth! I did not want to get too close to them.(野生动物园里有大量的淡水和咸水鳄。有些非常大,巨大的牙齿很吓人!我不想离它们太近。)可知作者害怕它们。故选B。
    44. D【解析】细节理解题。根据倒数第二段句子There was also a bird show.(也有一个鸟展。)可知作者看到了鸟展。故选D。
    45. C 【解析】细节理解题.根据整篇文章内容及其最后一段句子I enjoyed the trip very much. There was so much to see.(我非常喜欢这次旅行。有很多值得看的东西。)可知作者感到很兴奋。故选C。

    (•四川广安) C
    Every year thousands of young people in England finish school and then take a year off before they start work or go to university. Some young people go to other countries and work as volunteers.
    Volunteers give their time to help people. For example, they work in schools or hospitals, or they do something helpful for the environment.
    Paul, 18, comes from Wales. Next year he wants to got to university to study Chinese, but now he’s living in Belize. Paul says, “I’m working with other people here to save the coral reefs(珊瑚礁) in the sea near Belize. The reeds here are beautiful, but if the sea water is polluted badly, the coral will die. I’m helping to do study on the coral and the fish that live around the reefs. All over the world, coral reefs are dying. We need to do something about the problem before it’s too late. I’m staying with a family here. I help do some housework. I don’t get any money, but that’s OK. I love my work here, and I’m learning a lot about the people of Belize! When I finish my work, I want to stay here for another three months. I want to travel around Belize and Central America.”
    46. What will some young people in England do after finishing school?
    A. Go to work for money.
    B. Go to other countries and work as volunteers.
    C. Start work in universities.
    D. Go to university in other countries.
    47. Where is Paul living now?
    A. England. B. China. C. Belize. D. America.
    48. What is Paul doing with other people in the sea near Belize?
    A. Working to save the coral reefs
    B. Studying Chinese in the university.
    C. Helping do some housework.
    D. Doing some study in Wales.
    49. From the passage, we know that the coral reefs ________.
    A. are not as beautiful as before
    B. will probably be sold for money
    C. may die because of the pollution
    D. cannot live without fish in the sea
    50. What does Paul want to do after he finishes his work as a volunteer?
    A. Stay there for another year.
    B. Go back home to start work.
    C. Learn about the people at home.
    D. Travel around Central America.
    【答案】46—50 BCACD
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:2. 周围的人
    话题:9. 计划与安排
    话题:20. 人与自然
    话题:25. 志愿者服务
    词数
    212
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。这篇文章讲述的是在英国,每年都有成千上万的高中生毕业,他们在上大学或者工作之前,会花费一年的时间去其他国家做志愿者。
    【答案】
    46. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段的内容 “Every year thousands of young people in England finish school and then take a year off before they start work or go to university. Some young people go to other countries and work as volunteers.”可知:完成学业后,英格兰的一些年轻人会前往其他国家,作为志愿者工作。故选B。
    47. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段中的第一句、第二句“Paul, 18, comes from Wales. Next year he wants to got to university to study Chinese, but now he’s living in Belize.”可知:保尔现在住在巴西。故选C。
    48. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据文章第三段的第三句话Pauline says, “I’m working with other people here to save the coral reefs (珊瑚礁) in the sea near Belize. Pauline说:“我现在和这里的其他人一起工作,保护伯利兹城附近的珊瑚礁。故选A。
    49. C【解析】细节理解题。根据文章The reefs here are beautiful, but if the sea water is very polluted, the coral will die.这里的珊瑚礁非常漂亮,如果大海污染严重的话,这些珊瑚礁会死掉的。故选C。
    50. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据文章第三段的最后两句话After I finish my work, I want to stay here for another three months. I want to travel around Belize and Central America. Pauline说:“我完成工作之后,我想在这里再呆3个月,我想在伯利兹城和中美洲旅行。故选D。
    (•四川广安) D
    Artificial intelligence(AI) (人工智能) is the ability of a computer program or a machine. The computer or the machine with AI can think and learn. It is also a field of study that tries to make computers “smart”. John McCarthy, a scientist, came up with(提出) the name “artificial intelligence” over 60 years ago. Many things such as learning and problem solving can be done by computers, though not in the same way as people do.
    An unusual goal of AI research is to create special computer programs. They can learn, solve problems and think logically(逻辑的). At present, AI can successfully understand human speech, recognize(识别) human faces, operate self-driving cars and compete in some game systems like playing Chess. However, some people consider(认为) AI a danger to humans if it develops too quickly. A famous British scientist also was not for this kind of technology.
    Math is the basic language of AI. If students are good at math, they will be more likely to become successful AI designers(设计者) in the future. We need not only bright students but also average(普通的) students. As for(对于) average students, if they get enough math skills, they can also become successful AI designers. Besides, a good knowledge of computer science is also necessary for AI designing.
    Scientists hope to create creative (有创造力的) and emotional(有情感的) AI. The AI can possibly understand human feelings or create art. Many ways and tools have been trued to discover this wide and exciting field.
    51. From Paragraph 1, we know that ________.
    A. all problems can be solved by computers
    B. machines with AI can think and learn
    C. AI has been around for only 60 years
    D. AI works in the same way as people
    52. According to the passage, what can’t AI do at present?
    A. Understand human speech
    B. Operate self-driving cars.
    C. Compete in some game systems
    D. Understand human feelings.
    53. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refers to(指的是) ________.
    A. chess B. a scientist C. the danger D. AI
    54. According to the passage, if students want to become successful AI designers, they should learn ________ well.
    A. math and art B. art and technology
    C. math and computer science D. art and computer science
    55. Paragraph 4 mainly tells us the scientists’ _________ about AI.
    A. wishes B. worries C. feelings D. discoveries
    【答案】51—55 BDDCA
    体裁:议论文
    话题:22. 科普知识与科学技术
    话题:29. 人工智能
    词数
    282
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。本文介绍了人工智能的定义、研究的目的与应用范围、它的交叉学科及其未来前景。
    【答案】
    51. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段段第二句“The computer or the machine with AI can think and learn.”可知:带有人工智能的机器能思考、能学习,这句话是正确的。故选B。
    52. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据最后一段第二句的内容“The AI can possibly understand human feelings or create art.”可知:目前,人工智能不能理解人类的感受。故选D。
    53. D 【解析】猜测词义题。根据第二段的倒数第二句“However, some people consider(认为) AI a danger to humans if it develops too quickly.”可知:然而,一些人认为人工智能对人类是一种危险,如果它发展太快,此处的it应指代“人工智能”。故选D。
    54. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段的内容,可知:大部分内容介绍了数学学科,最后一句介绍了计算机学科,因此,如果学生想成为成功的AI设计师,他们应该好好学习数学和计算机科学。故选C。
    55. A 【解析】主旨大意题。第四段介绍了科学家希望创造出有创造力的和有情感的AI。这是告诉我们关于人工智能的愿望(wishes)。故选A。
    A(•四川内江)
    Please Take my Children to Work Day (PTCW Day) first began as a holiday for hard-working and tired stay-at-home mother to take a day off. Now, this day is fit for any parent. It was created in 2003 and is celebrated each year on June 25, but it isn’t a public holiday. It encourages friends and family to take care of the children so that the stay-at-home parent can have some time to relax.
    Kamehameha Day is held on June 11 each year. Kamehameha the Great was the monarch(君主)of Hawaii. He is famous and respected for establishing(建立)the Kingdom of Hawaii in 1810. Kamehameha Day is a public holiday in Hawaii, and it is a day off for people. Schools and most business are closed.
    D- Day is celebrated in US to memorize the Normandy landings in France on June 6, 1944. On the day, American army and other Allied forces(盟军)fought hard and the World War II (WW II) in Europe was over soon. It is not a public holiday. Businesses have normal opening hours.
    Flag Day is celebrated on June 14 each year to honor the United States flag. On the same day, the United States Army celebrates its birthday. Although Flag Day is a great celebration across the country, it is not a public holiday.
    46. If you are a stay- at- home parent, what can you do to relax on PTCW Day?
    A. Take a day off. B. Go to work earlier. C. Look after children. D. Do some housework.
    47. Which is a public holiday?
    A. PTCW Day B. Kamehameha Day. C. D-Day D. Flag Day.
    48. When is the United States Army’s birthday?
    A. On June 6. B. On June 11. C. On June 14. D. On June 25.
    49. What can we know about D-Day?
    A. It is celebrated in France. B. The WW II ended before 1944.
    C. Businesses are closed for it. D. The Normandy landings happened in 1944.

    题材:说明文
    话题:10 节日与假日
    词数:219
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了在六月份的四个很生僻的节日:Please Take my Children to Work Day, Kamehameha Day, D- Day和Flag Day。
    【答案】46—49. ABCD
    【解析】
    46. A 细节理解题。根据第一段首句“Please Take my Children to Work Day (PTCW Day) first began as a holiday for hard-working and tired stay-at-home mother to take a day off.”可知,这个节日是为了让待在家里辛勤工作的父(母)休息一天。故选A。
    47. B 细节理解题。根据第二段的“Kamehameha Day is a public holiday in Hawaii,”可知,这个节日是个公共假日。故选B。
    48. C 细节理解题。根据第四段的“On the same day, the United States Army celebrates its birthday.”可知,这一天(六月15)也是美国的建军节。故选C。
    49. D 细节理解题。根据第三段的“D-Day is celebrated in US to memorize the Normandy landings in France on June 6, 1944.”可知,诺曼底登陆是在1944年的6月6号。故选C。

    B (•四川内江)
    The Greens got a rather unhappy surprise when they tried to fly from Cardiff to Lanzarote lasy weekend. Because of a bad mistake at the airline check in desk, the Greens got on the wrong flight(航班) and ended up in Ankara. So how did the mix-up happen?
    It was fiveo’clock on Sunday morning when Charlie and Kate Green arrived at Cardiff airport with their nine-yar-old daughter, Tina. They checked in properly for their flight to Lanzarote, but the check-in attendant (服务员)made a mistake with their boarding passes and also sent them to the wrong boarding gate. Unluckily, it was so early and the Greens were feeling so tired that they didn’t notice anything wrong. What was worse, there weren’t any announcements in the boarding gate area.
    When the Greens finally got on the plane, Charlie and Kate Green fell asleep at once, though there were interesting films, magzines, newspapers and music for them to choose to spend the boring time. Little Tina took out a history book about Rome and read. Two hours later, she fell asleep too.They didn’t wake up until six hours later, when the plane was landing. Suddenly, the flight attendant said, “Welcome to Ankara!” The Greens couldn’t believe it, and little Tina was quite unhappy. The family had to get off the plane and then pay £10 for a tourist visa(签证). In the end, they decided to get back home, arriving at 5:00 p.m on the same day.
    50. Where did the Greens plan to spend their weekend?
    A. In Cardiff. B. In Lanzarote. C. In Rome. D. In Ankara.
    51. What did little Tina do first on the plane?
    A. She saw a film. B. She went to sleep. C. She listened to music. D. She read a history book.
    52. How did the Greens feel when they arrived in Ankara?
    A. Bored. B. Excited. C. Interested. D. Surprised.
    53. What’s the best title for the text?
    A. What a Wrong Trip. B. A Trip to Ankara. C. The Greens’ Trip. D. How Long a Trip.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:17. 旅行
    词数:243
    【主旨大意】这是一篇记叙文,一家人乘飞机从Cardiff到Lanzarote,值机服务员弄错了他们的登机牌,并把他们送到了错误的登机口,结果他们登错了航班,一觉醒来发现已经到了Ankara,当天他们又赶回家时已经是下午五点了。
    【答案】BDDA
    【解析】
    50. B 细节理解题。根据文章第一句中的“when they tried to fly from Cardiff to Lanzarote lasy weekend”可知, 他们想去Lanzarote。故选B。
    51. D 细节理解题。根据第三段的“Little Tina took out a history book about Rome and read.”可知,她读了一本历史书。故选D。
    52. D 推理判断题。他们一家想去Lanzarote,但登错了飞机,他们在飞机上都睡着了,还不知道这件事,因此等他们知道已经到了Ankara的时候,感到不可相信,可推断出,他们感到很意外。故选D。
    53. A 主旨大意题。短文主要讲述了一家人登错飞机的一次旅行。故选A。
    C(•四川内江)
    Joe Connor comes from Kinsley and works in an office in Kansas City. His job is a typical nine-to-five, Monday-to-Friday job. So at the weekend, he does something different. He likes travelling but he works as a volunteer too. He helps different people for free. Every weekend, there’s a new project.
    This weekend, Joe is helping to build a house. You can see him in the photo. He’s moving a large blue panel(板子). It’s part of a wall. Joe isn’t a professional builder, but that’s the interesting thing about this project. The other people are “weekend builders” too. These “weekend builders” are from the small town of Greenburg in Kansas. A year ago, a tornado(龙卷风)hit their town. After the tornado, the community started a project to build new homes. The project is for 30 new homes. They get some help from a building company and a group of volunteers. Joe says, “I heard about the tornado and the new project. I knew some people in Greensburg. I wanted to help.” Joe’s friends are here this weekend too. They’re working with Jill and Scott.
    Jill and Scott are both from Pratt, and they are building their “dream house”. Jill (on the right) is standing near his new house. He’s holding a part of the new wall. They’re making the house that can fight against tornadoes---that’s why it has an unusual shape.
    Their house is almost ready, so next weekend, Joe is moving to a different project. Why does he do so? “Though busy, I can help people. I can make friends and that is fun! So, why not?” he says.
    54. How long does Joe work every workday?
    A. 7 hours. B. 8 hours. C. 9 hours. D. 10 hours.
    55. Which place did the tornado hit?
    A. Kinsley. B. Kansas City. C. Pratt. D. Greensburg.
    56. Why does Joe choose to work as a volunteer?
    A. He can make money to travel. B. The work brings him pleasure.
    C. He always has lots of free time. D. He is good at building houses.
    57. What is the writer of the text doing?
    A. Showing different projects. B. Introducing a tornado.
    C. Talking about a photo. D. Helping build a house.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:2. 其他人
    词数:273
    【主旨大意】本文介绍了一个平凡的志愿者-- Joe Connor,他有一份朝九晚五的工作,在每个周末他都做不同的志愿活动,这个周末他正在帮助一个受龙卷风袭击的社区建房子。
    【答案】BDBC
    【解析】
    54. B 推理计算题。根据第一段的“His job is a typical nine-to-five, Monday-to-Friday job.”可知,他有一份周一到周五,朝九晚五的工作,从上午9点到下午5点,共8个小时。故选B。
    55. D 细节理解题。根据第二段的“These “weekend builder” are from the small town of Greenburg in Kansas. A year ago, a tornado(龙卷风)hit their town.”可知,龙卷风袭击了Greenburg这个镇。故选D。
    56. B 推理判断题。根据最后他说的话“Though busy, I can help people. I can make friends and that is fun!”可以推断,志愿活动给他带来乐趣。故选B。
    57. C 推理判断题。根据第二段的“You can see him in the photo.”和第三段的“Jill (on the right) is standing near his new house.”可推断,作者在介绍一张照片。故选C。
    D(•四川内江)
    Students in Kenya are returning for their third term. They began their school year in January and it is broken up into three terms. In Kenya, in the past, students were not required to attend school and the education was not free, either.
    I taught math, English and physics at Chamasiri Secondary School while I was a teacher in Kenya. This school had four classrooms---one for each grade, Form 1, Form 2, Form 3 and Form 4. They are the equivalent(对等)to our 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th grades. Teachers travelled from classroom to classroom instead of the students going from room to room. The Form 1 class had 60 students, Form 2 had 45, Form 3 had 30, and Form 4 about12 students. The class sizes became smaller as the grades continued on. Why did this happen? Many families were very poor and could not afford the school fees(学费).
    Most countryside schools in Kenya did not have a lot of money. As a result, there were very few textbooks for students to use. I had seven math texts for my Form 2 class and 14 for the Form 1 class. Anything the students needed to know was put up on the blackboard and the students copied it down into their notebooks. The notebooks became the students’ textbooks.
    Kenyan students study ten different subject areas. Some of the students spend over an hour running home. They do chore at home and hopefully manage to find some time to study before it gets dark. Most families do not have electricity and may not even have candles for their children to study by.
    Luckily, Kenyan education has been becoming better and better in the past few years. I’m sure it will have a good future.
    58. Which grade does Form 3 refer to(指的是)in the writer’s country?
    A. Grade 9. B. Grade 10. C. Grade 11. D. Grade 12.
    59. Why did the notebooks become the students’ textbooks?
    A. The students did not pay the schools. B. The schools couldn’t afford the textbooks.
    C. The students preferred to use their notebooks. D. The teachers asked the students to take notes.
    60. Why do some students run home from school?
    A. They aren’t allowed to stay at school. B. They don’t like studying in the school.
    C. They hope to have more time to study. D. They want to get candles in the stores.
    61. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT TRUE?
    A. In Kenya, a school year has three terms. B. The Form 1 class had the most students.
    C. Each family has electricity in Kenya. D. Kenyan education has been improving.

    题材:说明文
    话题:5. 学校设施
    词数:295
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了肯尼亚农村的教育现状和发展:肯尼亚的家庭都很穷,不仅负担不起孩子的学费,家里也没有电和蜡烛让孩子学习,学校也很穷,甚至没有足够的课本,但肯尼亚的教育正在变好。
    【答案】CBCC
    【解析】
    58. C 细节理解题。根据第一段的“This school had four classrooms---one for each grade, Form 1, Form 2, Form 3 and Form 4. They are the equivalent(对等)to our 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th grades.”可知,一个教室对应一个年级,From 3对应11年级。故选C。
    59. B 细节理解题。根据第三段的“Most countryside schools in Kenya did not have a lot of money. As a result, there were very few textbooks for students to use.”可知,学生把笔记本当作课本,是因为学校没钱买足够的课本。
    60. C 推理判断题。根据第四段的内容可知,肯尼亚的孩子在家要做家务,并且没有电和蜡烛,因此他们要在天黑之前抽时间学习,因此推断他们跑回家是为了节约时间学习。故选C。
    61. C 细节理解题。根据第四段的“Most families do not have electricity and may not even have candles for their children to study by.”可知,大部分家庭没有电,因此C项错误。故选C。
    E(•四川内江)
    For thousands of years, humans have explored (探索)the Earth. Nowadays, we are exploring space. Astronomers(天文学家)are the modern-day explorers. Now, many astronomers are looking for new planets and new places for humans to live in the future. But where do astronomers start looking?
    First of all, astronomers look for a star. That’s because our own Earth moves around a star (the Sun). More importantly, it is the correct distance(距离) from the Sun for heat and light. So when astronomers have found the star, they look at the planets around it. In recent years, astronomers have found nearly 400 new planets with stars. However, many of these planets are either too near the star or too far away.
    However, if the planet is in a good position, astronomers look for three key things: water, air and rock. Water is important because all life needs water. Humans can dink it and also grow plants with water. And plants produce air for humans to breathe and food to eat. Rock on a planet is also important. That’s because there is often water under the rock.
    After many years of scrutinizing, astronomers have found a planet that is similar to the Earth. It’s Gliese 581g and it’s near a star. The astronomers think it has water and rock and the average (平均)temperature is between -31°C and -12°C. That’s cold, but not colder than Antarctica or the Arctic Circle, for example, Gliese 581g is bigger than the Earth. A year on Gliese 581g is only 37 Earth days instead of 365. But astronomers do not think these are big differences and some of them think Gliese 581g will be a new Earth. However, Gliese 581g is twenty light years from the earth.
    62. What do astronomers have to find first before starting to look for a new place for humans to live?
    A. A new star. B. A new planet. C. Some heat. D. Some light.
    63. What does the rock on a planet tell us?
    A. The star is in a right position. B. We may discover water under it.
    C. The planet is too near to the Sun. D. There can be air around the rock.
    64. What does the underlined word “scrutinizing” mean in the last paragraph?
    A. discussing B. waiting C. looking D. traveling
    65. What’s the main idea of the text?
    A. Gliese 581g is already a new Earth. B. There are planets similar to our Earth.
    C. Water, air and rock are important. D. Astronomers are looking for a new Earth.


    题材:说明文
    话题:20. 宇宙
    词数:289
    【主旨大意】几千年来,人类一直在探索宇宙,现在天文学家正在寻找适合人类未来生活的新行星和新地方,他们已经发现了一颗与地球相似的行星——Gliese 581g。
    【答案】ABCD
    【解析】
    62. A 细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句“First of all, astronomers look for a star.”可知,首先要找一个新星。故选A。
    63. B 细节理解题。根据第三段的最后两句“Rock on a planet is also important. That’s because there is often water under the rock.”可知,岩石下面经常有水。故选B。
    64. C 词义猜测题。前面几段介绍了天文学家一直在寻找适合人类生存的星球,这句意为:经过这么多年的______,他们终于发现了一个与地球相似的星球,该词应是“寻找、探索”的意思,故选C。注:答案应该是look for,试题有问题。
    65. D 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了天文学家一直在寻找适合人类生活的星球,现在终于找到一颗。故选D。
    Ⅳ. 阅读理解。
    A(•福建)
    One pleasant evening, I was holding Grandpa's hand and taking a walk in the park. “Where are the peanuts? Give me now!" He suddenly said. How I wished I had some with me! “William, the monkeys are taking long to come out today. Wait till they smell the peanuts." I knew he was lost in one of his memories again. I remembered the stories he told me of how he fed the monkeys 'when he was a kid. Then, he saw the goldfish! He acted as if he was seeing them for the first time.
    Poor Grandpa! He fell ill with Alzheimer’s disease (阿尔茨海默症) last year. The doctor said it was a progressive brain disorder which could destroy (破坏) a person's memory. The patient might also not be able to make reasonable judgments (判断). The saddening part was that it was a lifelong disease. But when my parents invited him to stay with us, he refused and said he liked living alone. One day, he forgot to turn off the fire after cooking porridges. Luckily, one of the neighbors came to help him before the fire could spread.
    It was then that my parents brought Grandpa to live with us. Often, he would forget my name and ask me who I was and what I was doing in his house. Each time I would answer softly, "It’s me, Ray, Grandpa!" Even if he had forgotten who I was, he would always be my beloved grandfather.
    46. What did Grandpa want to do in the park?
    A. Eat peanuts. B. Smell flowers. C. Feed monkeys. D. Tell stories.
    47. What would happen to Grandpa according to the doctor?
    A. His brain wouldn't need examinations. B. His memory could get better.
    C. He might not judge things correctly. D. He had to live by himself
    48. After getting to Grandpa's, the neighbor .
    A. turned off the fire B. coked porridge
    C. shared the meal D. spread some news
    49. Why did the writer's parents bring Grandpa to live with them?
    A. To make sure of his safety. B. To help him remember their names.
    C. To answer his questions in time. D. To get his help with the housework.
    50. Which of the following best describes the writer?
    A. Smart. B. Caring. C. Honest. D. Brave.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:2.家庭、朋友与周围的人(Family, friends and people around)
    (6) 家人和亲友 (Family and relatives)
    词数:258
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了爷爷因得了阿尔茨海默症而忘记事情,然后全家人一起照顾他,体现了温暖的亲情。
    【答案】46——50 CCAAB
    【解析】
    46. C 细节理解题。根据第一段 “William, the monkeys are taking long to come out today. Wait till they smell the peanuts.”可知,他想喂猴子花生吃。故选C。
    47. C 细节理解题。根据第二段“The patient might also not be able to make reasonable judgments”可知,病人可能不能正确地判断事情。故选C。
    48. A 细节理解题。文中第二段有提示“Luckily, one of the neighbors came to help him before the fire could spread.”,故选项A符合原文意思。
    49. A 推理判断题。第二段提示爷爷单独生活差点引起火灾,故为了安全才把爷爷接过来一起住。故选A。
    50. B 归纳总结题。从全文看,作者带爷爷散步,忘记作者的名字也无所谓,每次都柔和地回答爷爷的问题等等,体现作者是体贴而又乐于助人类型的人物。故选B。

    B(•福建)
    If you have your own Acme Rocket Launcher, you can create and send up rockets that show off your personality and creativity.
    All you need is your Acme Rocket Launcher and a few simple household materials:
    ★a 500ml plastic cola bottle ★scissors ★colored markers
    ★poster board ★glue
    What to do:
    Step 1 Clean the cola bottle completely and allow it to dry.
    Step2 Use markers to draw three small triangles ( 三角形) and one large triangle on the poster board. Cut out the triangles.
    Step3 Roll (卷起) the large triangle so that two of its sides touch and it forms a rocket's nose cone. Glue the sides of the cone so that it holds its shape.
    Step4 Glue the nose cone to the bottom of the bottle to make the top of the rocket.
    Step 5 Glue the smaller triangles to the other end of the cola bottle, around its opening. The triangles will be the tail fins.
    Follow the launching instructions included with your Acme Rocket Launcher and have a blast!
    51. The main purpose of the text is to .
    A. give instructions on making a rocket B. introduce the Acme Rocket Launcher
    C. show different kinds of rockets D. encourage 'rocket drawing
    52. Which of the following is TRUE about the bottle?
    A. It can be of any size. B. It must be made of glass.
    C. It should be clean and dry. D. It needs to be filled with cola.
    53. The rocket's nose cone is rolled from .
    A. the cola bottle B. the poster board
    C. a small triangle D. the large triangle
    54. What can you get from Step 4?

    55. In which section of a newspaper would you probably read the text?
    A. Sports News. B. Job Wanted. C. Do It Yourself. D. Lost and Found.
    题材:说明文
    话题:22.科普知识与现代技术(Popular science and modern technology)
    词数:183
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中描述了手工制作火箭发射器的原料及如何制作火箭发生器这一过程。
    【答案】51——55 ACDDC
    【解析】
    51. C 归纳总结题。从列出的材料和制作的步骤可以看出,本文是讲解如何制作火箭的。故选A。
    52. C 细节判断题。从“a 500ml plastic cola bottle”可判断选项A是错误的;从“plastic cola bottle,poster board”可以判断出B选项是错误的;从“Clean the cola bottle completely and allow it to dry.”可知C选项为正确选项;而根据“allow it to dry”可判断D选项亦是错误的。故选C。
    53. D 细节理解题。原文提示“Roll (卷起) the large triangle so that two of its sides touch and it forms a rocket's nose cone.”故可知火箭头锥的来源。故选D。
    54. D 细节理解题。文中描述“Glue the nose cone to the bottom of the bottle to make the top of the rocket.”意思是把锥头用胶水粘贴到瓶子的一端来组成火箭的上半部分,故选D。
    55. C 推理判断题。Sports News体育新闻,Job Wanted工作招聘,Do It Yourself自己动手做,Lost and Found失物招领。根据本文主要描述手工制作火箭这一事实,选C为正确答案。

    C(•福建)
    All over the world, thousands of animals are used for wildlife tourism. People travel to watch monkey shows, hug baby tigers and swim with dolphins. It might look like fun, but there are reports that animals are hurt now and again. The World Animal Protection (WAP) says that up to 550,000 wild animals are exposed (暴露) to ill treatment around the world; in Cambodia, for example, it’s been reported that elephants have died after carrying tourists for long in hot weather. This is getting attention—over 100 travel companies have promised that they will no longer open up such places. However, some people argue that animal tourist isn’t always as bad as it seems. So what do you think?
    Group Yes
    l Animals weren't put on this planet for enjoyment. They should be free to live as they choose.
    l The way animals are treated is often cruel and causes much pain. Even if treated well, they cannot act in the same way as they would in the wild.
    l We don't need wildlife tourism. We can see animals close up in their natural home in TV programs. There's no need to disturb(打扰) them in real life.
    Group No
    l It is enjoyable and educational for people to communicate with the wonderful animals. The more people know about them, the more they want to protect them.
    l Wildlife tourism brings money to poor areas and may be the only way for some people to make a living,
    l Not all animals are treated badly. Some endangered animals are under the protection of programs that look after rare species (稀有物种).
    56. How many wild animals are facing bad treatment according to WAP?
    A. More than 100. B. Hundreds. C. Thousands. D. About 550,000.
    57. The underlined words "such places" refer to (指) the places for .
    A. foreign travelers B. sick elephants C. wildlife protection D. animal tourism
    58. What opinion do the two groups have in common?
    A. Animals can live wherever they like. B. Wildlife should be protected.
    C. Animal tourism supports poor people. D. Wildlife is well looked after.
    59. “Group Yes" suggests that people should not disturb animals .
    A. in Cambodia B. in travel companies
    C. in real life D. in poor areas
    60. What is the text mainly about?
    A. Ways of protecting rare species.
    B. Different opinions on wildlife tourism.
    C. How to bring tourists enjoyment.
    D. Whether to collect information on wildlife.

    题材:应用文
    话题:17.旅游与交通 (Travel and transport)
    (57) 旅行 (Travel) :对野生动物游的看法
    词数:158
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文中介绍了人们对待野生动物游的两种态度,一种观点是因动物受到伤害而应禁止,一种观点是能够让人们更好了解野生动物的习性,使其得到更好保护。
    【答案】56——60 DDBCB
    【解析】
    56. D 细节理解题。从开头第一段“up to 550,000 wild animals are exposed to ill treatment around the world”可知大约有55万只动物未能得到很好优待。故选D。
    57. D 推理判断题。前文介绍了因游客参观而使动物受到伤害,故旅游公司不开放的地方应该为参观观赏动物的地方,可判断是对参观动物的游客而言的。故选D。
    58. B 归纳总结题。Group yes的观点认为不要打扰野生动,Group no的观点是为了更好了解野生动物,两种观点都为了更好保护野生动物。故选B。
    59. C 细节理解题。文中有提示“There's no need to disturb them in real life.”故提示人们看野生动物可以在电视里,不是在野生动物真正生活的场所里。故选C。
    60. B 归纳总结题。本文主要描述了人们对保护野生动物的两种不同的观点。故选B。

    D(•福建)
    Have you ever heard the phrase "You never get a second chance to make a first impression (印象)"? It may sound like an unusual piece of advice, but it is true —the first impression someone has of you when meeting you for the first time will probably influence how that person treats you or reacts to you in the future.
    What is even more interesting is that the brain takes in all the information to create that first impression in about three seconds. When you meet someone for the first time, by the time you have stated your name or shaken hands, the other person has already formed an opinion about the kind of person you are.
    So how do you make a good first impression? All things grown-ups tell you—such as being polite and being well-dressed are very important. However, the most important tool for making a good first impression is your face. Smiling, being responsive, and looking like you are happy will almost always leave a positive (积极的) impression on people, especially those who do not know you. Most people, generally speaking are ready to smile back when they are smiled at.
    Furthermore, smiling and being in a positive mood helps you to know and get a better understanding of new things. 'This means that you can possibly be friendlier to people you do not know and be more creative and able to solve problems more quickly. So if you ever need a reason to be happy, think about the wonderful people you might meet—and impress—with a cheerful smile.
    61. What does the underlined word "react" in Paragraph 1 probably mean in Chinese?
    A. 回应 B. 道歉 C. 报告 D. 建议
    62. Which paragraph show how soon others form opinions on you?
    A. Paragraph 1. B. Paragraph 2. C. Paragraph 3. D. Paragraph 4.
    63. What is the most important to leave good impressions?
    A. Shaking hands. B. Stating your name. C. Dressing nicely. D. Wearing a smile.
    64. What can be learned from the last paragraph?
    A. Friendliness helps solve problems. B. Being positive helps you find a way out.
    C. There are many reasons to be happy. D. Thinking of great people sheers you up.
    65. What would be the best title for the text?
    A. The First Impression Does Count B. Smiling Makes the First Impression
    C. Manners Leave Deep Impressions D. Impressions Decide Who You Are

    题材:议论文
    人际交往 (Interpersonal communications)
    词数:271
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。与人交往的过程中,第一印象非常重要,往往在与对方见第一次面就能影响到别人将来以什么样的态度对待你或者回应你。本文还就如何能给人留下好的第一印象给出建议,比如有礼貌,着装打扮,积极乐观,微笑等。
    【答案】61——65 ABDBA
    【解析】
    61. D 词义猜测题。文中句子“meeting you for the first time will probably influence how that person treats you or reacts to you in the future.”提示为首次见面,人们对你的印象决定如何对待你,或者如何回应你,与道歉、报告无关,更不可能首次见面就想着给你提建议。故选A。
    62. B 细节理解题。根据第二段文字描述“to create that first impression in about three seconds”“the other person has already formed an opinion about the kind of person you are”说明人们很快就能确定对你的看法。故选B。
    63. D 细节理解题。根据第三段文字提示“the most important tool for making a good first impression is your face. Smiling, being responsive…”可知,面带微笑能体现人的热情和快乐,给人留下积极的印象。故选D。
    64. B 段义归纳题。本段落的第一句话“Furthermore, smiling and being in a positive mood helps you to know and get a better understanding of new things.”即为段落总结句,意为面带微笑以及乐观开朗的心情能够赢得别人的信任。故选B。
    65. A 归纳总结题。本文主要介绍了第一印象的影响力和如何留下美好的第一印象等,故标题The First Impression Does Count“第一印象很重要”符合本文要求。故选A。
    (贵州安顺)A
    “Today I will give you a special test,” said the English teacher with a smile on his face.
    All the students sat up straight and waited for the test to begin. The teacher began to give the test papers to all the students. After he finished handing out the test papers, he asked them to begin.
    The students were very surprised to see that there was not a question but a black dot (圆点) in the center of the paper. The teacher noticed the students’ surprise and said, “I want you to write about what you see there.” At the end of the class, the teacher took all the students’ answer sheets and read the answers. All of them described the black dot. After reading all the answers, the teacher said, “Here everyone only paid attention to the black dot, but no one wrote about the white paper.” The whole class listened silently, because they were afraid to fail in the exam. Then the teacher said, “Don’t worry about your marks for this test. I just want you to think about our life. The white paper is like our whole life and the black dot in the center of the paper represents (代表) problems in our daily life”.
    Our life is a gift given to us by God, with love and care. However, we just pay attention to the problems like illness and poverty, and never see happy things in our life. So we should try to solve our problems and enjoy each moment life gives us.
    61. What was in the center of the paper?
    A. a white dot B. a black dot C. a question D. a gift
    62. Which of the following is wrong about the test?
    A. There was a black dot in the center of the papers.
    B. Nobody paid attention to the black dot.
    C. Students should not just care about their marks.
    D. The students were very surprised when they saw the papers.
    63. What did the teacher mainly want to tell his students?
    A. Our life is a gift given to us by God.
    B. The black dot doesn’t mean any problem in our life.
    C. Don’t worry about the marks for the test.
    D. We should solve our problems and enjoy each moment in life.
    64. What’s the Chinese meaning of the underlined word “poverty” in the last paragraph?
    A. 污染 B. 富有 C. 贫穷 D. 保险
    65. Which is the right order of the story?
    ①The teacher read all the answers.
    ②The teacher asked his students not to worry about their marks.
    ③The teacher wanted his students to think about life.
    ④The teacher began to hand out the test papers.
    A.④①②③ B.①②③④ C. ④①③② D.③②①④
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    学校生活
    词数
    263
    【主旨大意】本文主要描述了一次特殊的考试。英语老师只给每位学生一张带有一个黑点的白纸,没有任何问题。所学的学生只注意到了黑点,忽略了白纸。英语老师要学生明白我们不能只关注生活中的困难,还要看到我们生活中的幸福。所以我们应该努力解决我们的困难问题,享受生活给我们的每一刻。
    61. B 细节理解题。由句子The students were very surprised to see that there was not a question but a black dot可知,考纸上只有一个黑点。故选B。
    62. B 细节理解题。由句子All of them described the black dot.可判断,所有学生都对黑点进行了描述,这与B项句子表达的内容不一致。故选B。
    63. D 推理判断题。由句子So we should try to solve our problems and enjoy each moment life gives us. 可推断,这位老师项通过本次测试要学生明白我们要解决生活中的困难,享受生活中的每一刻。故选D。
    64. C 词义猜测题。本词语illness为并列宾语,表达的是生活中遇到的困难。再由and可判断,本次意为“贫困”。
    65. A 句子排序题。由短文中的句子The teacher began to give the test papers to all the students;At the end of the class, the teacher took all the students’ answer sheets and read the answers;Don’t worry about your marks for this test.和I just want you to think about our life.的先后顺序可确定本题的答案为A。
    (贵州安顺) B
    On April 26, 2017, a big Chinese ship caught the eyes of the whole world. China’s first homemade aircraft carrier (航空母舰) hit the water in Dalian, Liaoning.
    The new big ship is China’s second aircraft carrier. It was designed in China and built in China, too. It is about 315 meters long and 75 meters wide. That is a bit larger than three soccer fields.
    An aircraft carrier is like an airport on the sea. It can carry planes and troops to war. Planes fly from the carrier and land back on it, and soldiers work and live on it, too. But building an aircraft carrier is so hard and expensive. It costs a lot of money and needs a large amount of steel and other special materials. For example, a basic aircraft carrier is made of 60,000 tons of steel. It also uses complex(复杂的) technologies, including radar, electrics, mechanics and weapons. Finally, it takes years to build one. Today, not many countries own an aircraft carrier or have the ability to build one. China has become the seventh country in the world that can build an aircraft carrier by itself, after the USA, Russia, England, France, Italy and Spain.
    66. In which year did China’s first homemade aircraft carrier hit the water?
    A. In 2017. B. In 2016. C. In 2018. D. In .
    67. What’s the best title of this passage?
    A. An Airport on the Sea
    B. China Has Bought the Second Aircraft Carrier
    C. China’s Homemade Aircraft Carrier
    D. The Sixth Country to Build an Aircraft Carver
    68. What is not needed to build the aircraft carrier?
    A. special materials B. technologies C. steel D. wood
    69. How many aircraft carriers does China have according to the passage?
    A. one B. two C. three D. four
    70. How does the writer feel about the homemade aircraft carrier in China?
    A. proud B. worried C. upset D. hopeless
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    科技发明
    词数
    209
    【主旨大意】2017年4月26日,一艘中国大船吸引了全世界的目光。中国第一艘自制航空母舰在辽宁大连下水。这标志着中国成为世界上第七个能自己建造航空母舰的国家。
    66. A 细节理解题。由短文的第一段可判断,中国第一艘自制航空母舰于2017年4月26日在辽宁大连下水。
    67. C 主旨大意题。有全文内容可知,本文主要是对中国第一艘自制航空母舰的描述。故选C。
    68. D 细节理解题。由句子It costs a lot of money and needs a large amount of steel and other special materials.和It also uses complex technologies, including radar, electrics, mechanics and weapons.可知,没有提及wood。
    69. B 推理判断题。由句子The new big ship is China’s second aircraft carrier.可推断,中国已经有两艘航空母舰。
    70. A 推理判断题。由短文的最后China has become the seventh country in the world that can build an aircraft carrier by itself...可推断,作者为中国第一艘自制航空母舰而感到骄傲。

    (贵州安顺)C
    For many years, sales of garlic in California had been little because of the much cheaper garlic from China. This year, however, California garlic sales are rising because American government increases tariffs (关税) on Chinese
    products.
    Christopher, a garlic grower in California, is manager of his company and he said, “In a perfect world, we would love to see the tariffs on China.”
    Tariffs on Chinese garlic rose from 10% to 25% on May 9, , and the reason is that U.S President Donald Trump increased tariffs on Chinese products worth of $200 billion. Since then, Chinese buyers have almost stopped buying soybeans from the United States and American soybean farmers are now getting worried.
    Not everyone likes the garlic tariffs in the U.S. Last July Christopher expressed his support on Trump’s policy (政策). However, officials from McCormick and Company Inc. didn’t agree with the policy. McCormick’s CEO, Lawrence told Reuters (路透社) that without Chinese garlic America can’t go. Actually ,the trade war (贸易战) between China and America is a sign of American hegemony (霸权), and it will destroy American economy and U. S government will
    lose its trust from other countries in the world.
    71. From the passage we infer (推理) that ___________.
    A. America is buying garlic from China as much as before
    B. American soybean farmers make money as much as before
    C. China is still buying crops from America as much as before
    D. Garlic growers in California are making more money than before
    72. Why is less Chinese garlic bought by America this year?
    A. Because enough garlic is grown in California.
    B. Because American government has increased tax (税收) on Chinese garlic.
    C. Because China is not buying soybeans from America.
    D. Because companies support American government.
    73. What does the underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refer to?
    A. China B. the trade C. American hegemony D. a sign
    74. How much tariff did American government increase on Chinese garlic On May 9,?
    A. 15% B. 25% C. 10% D. 35%
    75. According to the passage, who disagrees with the America policy of having tariffs on Chinese
    products?
    A. Christopher B. Donald Trump
    C. California garlic growers D. Lawrence
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    时政热点
    词数
    214
    【主旨大意】美国总统唐纳德·特朗普提高了对中国产品的关税,使得很多产品价格提高。中美之间的贸易战是美国霸权的标志,它将摧毁美国经济,美国政府将失去世界上其他国家的信任。
    71. D 推理判断题。由短文的整体内容可判断,美国政府提高了对中国产品的关税,由此美国种植大蒜的人可乘此机会提高打算的价格。
    72. B 细节理解题。由短文第一段的内容可判断,打算在美国销量下降;再由句子Tariffs on Chinese garlic rose from 10% to 25% on May 9, 可知,美国政府提高了关税。也就是说打算的价格在美国有所提高,由此可导致打算的销量下降。故选B。
    73. C 代词指代题。由上文句子... the trade war between China and America is a sign of American hegemony可知,中美之间的贸易战是美国霸权的标志,它(美国霸权)会摧毁美国经济。故选C。
    74. A 推理判断题。由句子Tariffs on Chinese garlic rose from 10% to 25% on May 9, 可计算出,美国政府对中国打算提高了15%的关税。
    75. D 细节理解题。由句子McCormick’s CEO, Lawrence told Reuters that without Chinese garlic America can’t go.可知,Lawrence反对美国对中国征收关税的政策。
    (贵州铜仁)阅读 І 和 Ⅱ 两篇材料,从56-65每小题所给的选项中选出最佳答案,并在答题卡的相应位置将其涂黑。
    A Soccer Game
    Attention, please! There is a soccer game between Class One and Class Two on the playground from 5: 00 to 6: 30 this Thursday. Please come and watch it.
    Stamp Show
    Do you want to see different kinds of stamps? Come to the Stamp Show in the school hall. 9: 00 a.m. —5: 00 p.m. every Saturday.
    Movie Night
    Place: School Hall
    Day: Friday
    Movies: King Kong 5: 00 p.m. —8: 08 p.m. The Sound of Music: 8: 15 p. m.—11: 10 p.m.
    Enjoy Delicious Food
    Time: 11: 00 a.m.—5: 00 p.m. Sunday, May 16th
    Place: On the playground of Beijing International School
    Help Free the Children raise money to build a new school in Kenya. Craig works for the rights of children. Let’s make his dream come true! Welcome to our International Food Festival!
    56. When can you watch a soccer game?
    A. 5:00 p.m---6:30 p.m. B. 9:00 a.m.---5:00 p.m.
    C. 5:00 p.m.---8:08 p.m D. 11:00 am.---5:00 p.m.
    57. Which activities are held in the school hall?
    A. Stamp Show and Movie Night B. Movie Night and Enjoy Delicious Food
    C. Stamp Show and Enjoy Delicious Food D. A Soccer Game and Stamp Show
    58. What can you do on Friday?.
    A. Watch a soccer game. B. Watch a stamp show.
    C. Watch a movie D. Enjoy delicious food
    59.What's the purpose(目的)of the last poster?
    A. To build a new school in Beijing B. To enjoy delicious food.
    C. To raise money. D. To work for the rights.
    60. The four Ads (广告) don’t have_______.
    A. Time B. prices C. names D. places
    体裁:说明文
    话题:9.计划与安排
    词数:139


    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。以广告的形式列举了你可以参加的活动。广告中明确指出了活动的名字,时间和地点。
    【答案】56-60 A A C C B
    【解析】
    56. A 细节理解题。通过“There is a soccer game between Class One and Class Two on the playground from 5: 00 to 6: 30 this Thursday.”。可知观看足球比赛的时间是下午5点到6:30。故选A。
    57. A 推理判断题。通过“Come to the Stamp Show in the school hall.”可知“Stamp Show ”在学校礼堂举行。再通过Movie Night这一段中提到的“Place: School Hall”可知“Movie Night ”也在学校礼堂举行。故选A。
    58.C 细节理解题。根据“Movie Night”这个表格中的关键词“Day: Friday”可知在周五可以看电影。故选C。
    59. C 推理判断题。虽然海报的名称是“Enjoy Delicious Food”,但是这个海报的目的却是为了募捐。通过关键信息“Help Free the Children raise money to build a new school in Kenya. ”中的“raise money ”可推断出答案。故选C。
    60.B 细节理解题。题干的意思是“四个广告中没有涉及到什么?”浏览四则广告,得知里面有时间,地点和名字,唯独没有价格。故选B。
    (贵州铜仁)Ⅱ
    Scrapbooking is a hobby. It was popular for more than 500 years. People called it a friendship book. They kept pictures, letters, poems and other things they wanted to remember.
    Today people collect many things in scrapbooks. Some people have funny collections, like the world’s most awkward ideas or pictures of the world’s ugly dogs. Other people may collect stories about the bad weather.
    It is easy to get started. First, you should decide what you want to collect. Start with just one idea. Next, you will need a book with background paper, scissors and glue. You need the scissors to cut out the pictures or stories. You need the the glue to stick them to the background paper.
    You can be busy and collect many things or lazy and collect few things. It’ll be lots of fun to make your scrapbook and you can share it with your friends.
    61. How long was scrapbooking popular?
    A. less than 500 years B. 500 years
    C. over 500 years D. more than 550 years
    62. What is the Chinese meaning of the underlined word awkward?
    A. 聪明的 B. 愚蠢的 C. 美妙的 D. 残疾的
    63. How many items(物品)are mentioned to make a scrapbook?
    A.One B.Two C.Three D.Four
    64. To make a scrapbook, what do you need first?
    A. Glue B.Scissors C. A book D. An idea
    65. What's the best title of the passage?
    A. Scrapbooking B. The History of Scrapbooking
    C. What Is a Scrapbook D. How to Make a Scrapbook
    体裁:说明文
    话题:6.爱好
    词数:153


    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍了流行了500多年的一种爱好。这种爱好就是制作剪贴簿。文章还告知了制作剪贴簿所需要的材料以及制作过程。
    【答案】61-65 C B C D A
    【解析】
    61.C 细节理解题。根据第一段“It was popular for more than 500 years. ”可知剪贴簿这个业余爱好已经流行了500多年。句子中的关键词“more than”等价于C选项中的“over”。故选C。
    62.B 词意猜测题。根据第二段“Some people have funny collections, like the world's most awkward ideas or pictures of the world’s ugly dogs.”中的关键词“funny , ugly”可知作者对于这样的收集并不是很欣赏,故排除AC,再根据短文内容和D选项“残疾的”没有关系,很容易排除掉。故选B。
    63.C 细节理解题。题干意思:为了制作剪贴簿,文章中提到了需要几种物品?根据第三段“Next, you will need a book with background paper, scissors and glue.”可知,需要三种物品,分别是剪刀,胶水和一种可以用来往上贴东西的书。故选C。
    64.D 推理判断题。题干意思:为了制作剪贴簿,首先需要的是什么?根据第三段“First, you should decide what you want to collect. Start with just one idea. ”可知,制作剪贴薄,首先需要的是“想法”。故选D。
    65.A 标题归纳题。B C D三个选项在文中都涉及到了,它们都只是文章中的某个段落的意思。选项B“剪贴薄的历史”是第一段的段意。选项C“什么是剪贴薄”也只能概括出第一段的意思。选项D“如何制作剪贴簿”是第三段的段意。综上所述,只有选项A“剪贴薄”能充当标题。
    (内蒙古呼和浩特)A
    Do you want a job in the holidays? Just go for it. First, you need to know what kind of job is suitable for your age and interest.
    If you’re 13 to 15
    It seems that you can’t work almost anywhere, but you’re probably allowed to clean your neighbours’ cars or walk their dogs.
    There is no lowest wage(工资) for children under 16.
    By law, you can’t work more than 35 hours each week during school holidays. And you can’t work before 7am or after 7pm.
    If you’ re 16 to 17
    The lowest wage for 16 ~17-year-old teenagers should be no less than seven dollars per hour.
    You can’t work in a pub or bar,but you can work in many other places.
    By law, you can’t work more than 40 hours each week.
    What jobs are out there?
    Obviously your choices are limited(限制) by the fact that you can only work during school holidays,but the following situations are fine.
    At Christmas,most shops are short of hands,so you may find something to do there. In autumn,there’s always fruit picking. It can be pretty hard work, but it pays really well.
    If you’re mad about football, you can choose to work in a sports shop or help out at a local football club. No matter how much you are paid, you are doing what you like.
    36. In the school holidays,14-year-old kids _____________.
    A. can work anywhere they want B. are not allowed to work alone
    C. can’t go to work at night D. can work as long as 14 hours a day
    37. How much can a 1 6-year-old kid be paid at least in two hours?
    A. 21 dollars. B. 17 dollars.
    C. 14 dollars. D. 7 dollars.
    38. If you want to clean cars for others,you should at least be__________ .
    A. 16 B. 15
    C. 14 D. 13
    39. According to the passage,fruit picking is____________.
    A. not right for children B. tiring but pays well
    C. better than other jobs D. more interesting to girls
    40. According to the passage, which statement is true?
    A. If you are 17 years old,you’re not allowed to walk the dog for your neighbour.
    B. Teenagers can choose their jobs according to their interest.
    C. Fruit picking pays well because there are fewer people to pick it.
    D. Only a football fan is allowed to work in a football club.

    题材:议论文
    话题:工作与职业
    词数:252
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文,谈论了在假期期间青少年如何根据自己的年龄和兴趣选择适合自己的工作。
    【答案】36-40 CCDBB
    【解析】
    36. C 细节理解题。从If you’re 13 to 15部分中第一段It seems that you can’t work almost anywhere可知14岁的孩子几乎在不能在任何地方工作;选项A不正确;选项B“你不被允许单独工作”,文中没有提及这一信息;第三段中you can’t work after pm可知14岁的孩子在晚上不能工作;选项C正确;第二段中you can’t work more than 35 hours each week during school holidays可知每天不多于五个小时;选项C不正确;故选C。
    37. C 细节理解题。从If you’re 16 to 17部分中第一段The lowest wage for 16~17-year-old teenagers should be no less than seven dollars per hour.可知16岁的孩子每个小时不应少于7美元,两个小时就是14美元。故选C。
    38. D 细节理解题。从If you’re 13 to 15部分中第一段but you’re probably allowed to clean your neighbours’ cars or walk their dogs.可知13岁的孩子就可以为别人擦洗汽车了。故如果你想要擦洗汽车,至少应该13岁。故选D。
    39. B 细节理解题。从What jobs are out there? 部分中In autumn, there’s always fruit picking. It can be pretty hard work, but it pays really well. 可知摘苹果是累人的但是报酬不错。故选B。
    40. B 推理判断题。从If you’re 13 to 15部分中第一段but you’re probably allowed to clean your neighbours’ cars or walk their dogs.可知13岁就可以为邻居遛狗了,17岁更可以,选项A不正确;根据文中第一段中First, you need to know what kind of job is suitable for your age and interest.可知应该青少年根据兴趣和爱好选择自己的工作,选项B正确;从What jobs are out there? 部分中It can be pretty hard work, but it pays really well. 可知摘苹果报酬高是因为累人,不是因为没有人摘,选项C不正确;根据最后一段中If you’re mad about football, you can choose to work in a sports shop or help out at a local footall club.可知只要你对足够着迷、感兴趣就可以在足球俱乐部工作,而不是仅仅一个足球迷可为它工作,选项D不正确。故选B。

    (内蒙古呼和浩特)B
    A new study finds that more than eighty percent of Internet users in the United States search for health information online.
    Susannah Fox from the Pew Internet Project says doctors are still the main source of health information. But the study found that searching online is one of the leading ways that people look for a second opinion. He says, “People are sort of fact-checking what they have heard from a doctor. Our studies show that people are still very likely to turn to a health doctor when they need a diagnosis(诊断)or are planning a treatment..”
    Forty percent of people are actually looking for doctors or other providers when they search for health information online. Two thirds of Internet users look online for information about a certain disease or medical condition.
    The Internet has also become an important source of spiritual support for people with health problems. Susannah Fox says one in five Internet users has gone online to find other people who have the same condition.
    A disease is considered uncommon if it affects(侵袭)fewer than 200,000 people worldwide. The rise of social networking has made it easier for people with uncommon diseases to connect with each other and feel less alone. Social networking is also changing the way some doctors and patients communicate with each other.
    Dr Jeff Livingston operates a medical centre for women in Irving, Texas. His office uses password-protected software to share information with patients. He says the software has increased efficiency (效率), reduced costs and improved relations with patients. It has just changed the way we do health care. His medical centre also has a Facebook page,a MySpace page and a Twitter feed.
    41.________ is one of the most popular ways people look for health information.
    A. Asking their parents
    B. The Pew Internet Project
    C. Searching online
    D. Reading books on medicine
    42. What makes people search for health information online?
    A. People’s interests in health. B. People's health condition.
    C. Importance of the Internet. D. The rise of online treatment.
    43. From the fourth paragraph we know that _________.
    A. people with health problems go online to look for the new treatment
    B. people with health problems try to share their experience with others online
    C. people with health problems encourage each other online to fight against diseases
    D. Internet becomes a place for people with health problems to reduce worries
    44. According to Paragraph 5, social networking___________.
    A. becomes a new way for doctors and patients to communicate with each other
    B. encourages people to get more help from doctors online in time
    C. helps people to get more confidence about the treatment of their diseases
    D. makes people easier to know more about what their diseases are
    45. What can we infer(推断) from the last paragraph?
    A. Internet is an easy way for doctors to treat their patients.
    B. Doctors should change their way to treat their patients.
    C. Facebook, MySpace and Twitter become efficient tools for doctors.
    D. Most patients would like to ask their doctors for help online now.

    题材:说明文
    话题:医疗
    词数:294
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。研究发现在美国超过80﹪的网络使用者在网上查阅健康信息。他们在网上咨询自己的病情,以便对病情有更好的治疗。在网上搜寻健康信息给得怪病的人精神安慰。杰夫·利文斯顿博士在Irving, Texas经营着一家医疗中心。他的办公室使用密码保护的软件和病人分享信息。他说网上搜寻健康信息可以省时、省钱并能够拉近与医生之间的距离。
    【答案】41-45CBDAB
    【解析】
    41. C 细节理解题。根据第二段中But the study found that searching online is one of the leading ways that people look for a second opinion. 可知网上查阅信息是人们寻找(健康信息)第二观点的主要方式之一。故选C。
    42. B 细节理解题。根据第三段中Two thirds of Internet users look online for information about a certain disease or medical condition.可知人们网上查阅关于特定疾病和身体状况的信息。可知人们的健康状况使得他们上网查阅健康信息。故选B。
    43. D 细节理解题。根据第四段中The Internet has also become an important source of spiritual support for people with health problems.可知因特网对人们来说也已经成为提供精神安慰的重要资源,减轻忧虑的一个地方。故选D。
    44. A 细节理解题。根据第五段中Social networking is also changing the way some doctors and patients communicate with each other.可知社交网络正改变着医生和病人和彼此交流的方式,即网络交流成为了他们之间交流的一种新方式,故选A。
    45. B 推理判断题。最后一段中以杰夫·利文斯顿博士为例子,介绍了他在Irving, Texas经营着一家医疗中心。他的办公室使用密码保护的软件和病人分享信息。他说网上搜寻健康信息可以省时、减少费用、能够拉近与医生之间的距离。文中又通过“It has just changed the way we do health care.”旨在表达医生应该像杰夫博士一样改变他们治疗病人的方式。故选B。
    (内蒙古呼和浩特)C
    One day a young man was standing in a crowded place, shouting that he had the most beautiful heart in the world. Most of the people who saw his heart were amazed at the beauty of his heart. It had no little flaw(瑕疵).
    Suddenly, an old man appeared and said, “Oh, my son, your heart is not as beautiful as mine. ”
    The old man showed his heart to the young man. It was beating strongly, but full of scars. It had places where pieces had been removed and other pieces put in. But they didn’t fit quite right, and there were gaps and rough(崎岖不平的) edges. Some places had never been filled in.
    The young man laughed, “My dear old man, ▲ Comparing your heart with mine, mine is perfect and yours is full of scars. ”
    The old man said, “Dear boy, my heart is just as beautiful as your heart. You see, each scar shows where I have given my love. Sometimes people give me a piece of their heart back, and it fills the space as best it can. Other times, I give my love and get nothing in return. Those are the empty spaces. They hurt, but they show me that I can love and love again.’
    The young man stood still. His eyes were filled with tears. He walked up to the old man, tore a piece of his heart and gave the piece to the old man.
    The old man placed it in his heart, and then took a piece from his old scarred heart and placed it in the wound in the young man’s heart.
    The young man looked at his heart, not perfect any more but more beautiful than ever.
    46. The underlined word “scar” means “_______” in Chinese.
    A. 疤痕 B. 隔阂 C.斑点 D. 补丁
    47. Which of the following can be put in “ ▲ ”?
    A. I quite agree with you! B. it’s against the rules!
    C. are you joking? D. what can I do for you?
    48. How did the young man feel after he heard what the old man said?
    A. Surprised. B. Touched. C. Nervous. D. Proud.
    49. What does the story want to tell us?
    A. We should be proud of who we are.
    B. We shouldn’t think too much of ourselves.
    C. Nothing is difficult if we put our hearts into it.
    D. Give our love, though we sometimes get nothing in return.
    50. What.?s the best title for the passage?
    A. A Broken Heart B. The Most Beautiful Heart
    C. A Wise Old Man D. What is True Love?

    题材:记叙文
    话题:情感
    词数:311
    【主旨大意】文章通过一个年轻人的完美的心与一位老人满是伤痕的心相比较,让我们看到满是伤痕的心代表分享过的爱,让我们知道真正的美丽是什么。即使有时我们给出的爱,没有及时的得到回报,但是一切都是美丽的。
    【答案】46-50 ACBDB
    【解析】
    46. A 词义猜测题。根据下文“老人的心被割去很多块然后又补上一些并不完全匹配的块,有几处边缘还出现锯齿,而有些地方甚至出现缺口,整块心都不见了”可推知老人的心千疮百孔,充满了疤痕,所以划线的单词scar意思是“疤痕”。故选A。
    47. C 逻辑推理题。在文中第二段和第三段中的内容是“老人的心充满疤痕,老人却说它比年轻人的更漂亮。”空白处的后面年轻人说:“和你相比,我的心才是完整无缺的,可你的心有那么多的伤疤和裂口”。由此可知年轻人不相信老人所说的话,认为老人在开玩笑。I quite agree with you!我非常赞同你的观点!it’s against the rules!它违背规定!are you joking?你在开玩笑吗?what can I do for you?我能为你做点什么?故选C。
    48. B 细节理解题。根据倒数第三段句子The young man stood still.His eyes filled with tears.年轻人一动不动地站着,眼里充满了泪水.可知年轻人听到老人的话后很感动,所以流下了泪水。surprised惊讶的;touched感动的;nervous紧张的;proud骄傲的。故选B。
    49. D 主旨归纳题.根据整篇文章内容及其最后两段句子The old man placed it in his heart,and then took a piece from his old scarred heart and placed it in the wound in the young man's heart.The young man looked at his heart,not perfect anymore but more beautiful than ever.老者把这片心放进自己的心里,然后从自己那颗苍老而又伤痕累累的心上撕下一片,放入年轻人心上的伤口。年轻人看了看自己的心,它虽然不再完美,却更加美丽。可知付出我们的爱,虽然我们有时没有回报,但是我们的心是美丽的。故选D.
    50. B 主旨大意题。文章一开始介绍年轻人认为自己的心最美,紧接着老人认为他的心最美。二者比较之后,年轻人深受感动,终于知道真正的美是什么。可见全文都围绕着“最美的心”来写作的。A Broken Heart一颗破碎的心;The Most Beautiful Heart最美的心;A Wise Old Man一个有智慧的老人;What is True Love?什么是真爱?故选B。
    (湖北黄冈)(1)
    In a town there lived a little, beautiful and smart girl. Her name was Rose. Everyone in the town liked her. She was very brave, but she was scared of the doctor. One day, one of her teeth was moving. Her mom saw it. She said, “One of your teeth is moving, and you need to visit Doctor Tim. ”
    Rose said, “No! I’m not going to the doctor.” Mom said, “Don’t worry. It's not so wobbly(摆动的) now, we needn't go to the doctor at once. ” That made Rose feel better.
    After five weeks, Rose forgot about her tooth but her mom didn’t. She checked her tooth again and it was more wobbly, so she said, “It’s time to see the doctor. ”
    Rose was scared but she had to do what her mom told her, so they went to see Doctor Tim.
    They had to wait in the waiting room.
    When it was her turn, her heart was beating very fast. She went into Doctor Tim’s room. He was smiling. She sat on the chair.
    Doctor Tim said, “Close your eyes. ”
    Rose closed her eyes, but just before Doctor Tim started, tears started coming down from her eyes. When she opened her eyes, she saw Doctor Tim holding her tooth, smiling.
    Rose smiled. Then Doctor Tim gave her a teddy bear. From that time Rose wasn’t scared of doctors anymore.
    51. At the beginning of the story, Rose was scared of _ .
    A. her mom B. the doctor
    C. her teeth D. the people in the town
    52. Rose forget about her tooth after ________.
    A. five months B. many years C. several hours D. five weeks
    53. The doctor gave Rose after he pulled her tooth out.
    A. a book B. a teddy bear C. a candy D. many teeth
    54. According to the passage, the doctor was a man.
    A. kind B. brave C. careless D. shy
    题材:记叙文
    话题:4 日常活动
    话题:13 医疗;
    词数:255
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了小女孩萝丝害怕医生,但是她的牙齿松动,不得不看牙医,在妈妈和医生的鼓励下,不再害怕医生的事情。
    【答案】51-54 BDBA
    【解析】
    51. B 细节理解题。根据第一段She was very brave, but she was scared of the doctor. 可知,最开始时萝丝害怕医生。故选B。
    52. D 细节理解题。根据第三段After five weeks, Rose forgot about her tooth but her mom didn’t. 可知,萝丝忘记牙疼的时间是五周后。故选D。
    53. B 细节理解题。根据最后一段Then Doctor Tim gave her a teddy bear可知,萝丝在拔牙之后收到了医生的一个泰迪玩具熊。故选B。
    54. A 推理判断题。从拔牙之后医生给了萝丝一个玩具泰迪熊可知医生是善良的。故选A。
    (湖北黄冈)(2)
    Li Shizhen (李时珍) was one of the most famous doctors in Chinese history. He was born in Qichun, Hubei in 1518.
    Both of Li Shizhen’s father and grandfather were doctors. Li Shizhen’s grandfather was a country doctor who traveled in the countryside with a bag of herbs (药草) and medications and cured (治愈) people. His father was a doctor who wrote several books.
    Li Shizhen used to help his father in his medical practice when he was young. Li Shizhen’s father wanted him to enter politics (从政). Li Shizhen studied for the exams and passed the country-level examination, but he was never able to pass the imperial (帝国的) examination.
    When he was 38, he cured the son of the Prince of Chu and was invited to be an official in that court (宫廷). A few years later, he became an official at the Imperial Medical Institute.
    Even though he fulfilled his father’s dream, he didn't want to continue working for the court. One year later, he left the court and returned to be a doctor again.
    Li Shizhen was famous for his book, Compendium of Materia Medica (《本草纲目 》 ). He spent 27 years writing the book. Unluckily, Li Shizhen died before the book was officially published. It is such a successful book. Now it is still one of the most important medical books in China.
    55. What was Li Shizhe’ s grandfather?
    A. An official. B. A prince. C. A country doctor. D. A writer.
    56. What did Li Shizhen’s father want Li Shizhen to do?
    A. To be a doctor. B. To write a book. C. To be a prince. D. To enter politics.
    57. When he was 38, Li Shizhen cured _ .
    A. his grandfather B. the son of the Prince of Chu
    C. an official in that country D. a famous doctor
    58. According to the passage, what was Li Shizhen famous for?
    A. Working for the court. B. The book, Compendium of Materia Medica.
    C. His long traveling. D. Curing a lot of people.
    59, What does the passage mainly talk about?
    A. Li Shizhen’s life. B. Li Shizhen’s grandfather’s life.
    C. Li Shizhen’s father’s life. D. Li Shizhen’s book.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:23. 著名人物
    词数:259
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,介绍了李时珍的一生。李时珍的祖父和父亲都是医生,他因为写了《本草纲目》而著名。
    【答案】55-59 CDBBA
    【解析】
    55. C 细节理解题。根据第二段Li Shizhen’s grandfather was a country doctor who traveled in the countryside with a bag of herbs (药草) and medications and cured (治愈) people. 可知李时珍的祖父是一个乡村医生。故选C。
    56. D 细节理解题。根据第三段Li Shizhen’s father wanted him to enter politics (从政). 可知,李时珍的父亲想让李时珍从政。故选D。
    57. B 细节理解题。根据第四段When he was 38, he cured the son of the Prince of Chu 可知,李时珍治好了楚王的儿子。故选B。
    58. B 细节理解题。根据第六段第一句 Li Shizhen. was famous for his book, Compendium of Materia Medica (《本草纲目 》 ). 可知,李时珍因《本草纲目 》而出名。故选B。
    59. A 主旨大意题。通读全文可知,讲述了李时珍的一生。故选A。
    (湖北黄冈)(3)
    In the state of Qin (秦国 ) , there was a man called Shang Yang (商鞅). He was a statesman (政治家) and worked out many reforms(改革) for the state, like paying more attention to farming and giving rewards (报酬) to soldiers who were successful when at war.
    But these reforms were not easily carried out (执行) at first. Most people didn’t trust Shang Yang. In order to solve this problem, Shang Yang came up with an idea. He put a thin wooden pole at the south gate of the Qin capital. Many people came to see him and the pole.
    Then, in front of the crowd, Shang Yang said loudly, “The man who takes this pole to the north gate will get 10 gold pieces. ”
    It was a simple job and the reward was so large. However, some time passed and no one stepped forward. They all thought Shang Yang was making a joke.
    Hearing no answer, Shang Yang stepped forward and said, “The reward now goes to 50 gold pieces.”
    This reward was unbelievably large. Finally, a man from the crowd came forward. He put the pole on his shoulders and walked to the north gate. True to his word, Shang Yang gave the man 50 gold pieces.
    After that, the people of Qin were all talking about what Shang Yang did about the pole. They believed he was a man of his word. So when Shang Yang began carrying out his reforms, the people followed him.
    Under these great reforms, Qin grew stronger and stronger. At last, Qin made all the seven states into one empire (帝国).
    60. What did Shang Yang do?
    A. A statesman. B. A king.
    C. An emperor. D. A soldier.
    61. In order to carry out his reforms, what idea did Shang Yang have?
    A. Having a wooden pole carrying competition.
    B. Having a wooden pole cutting competition
    C. The man stepping forward first would be praised.
    D. The man carrying the pole from south gate to the north one would get some gold pieces.
    62. Why did Shang Yang's reward increase at last?
    A. Because a man stepped forward. B. Because there wasn’t enough time.
    C. Because Shang Yang heard no answer. D. Because Shang Yang was happy.
    63. “They believed he was a man of his word.” What does the underlined part mean?
    A. A man who can speak loudly. B. A man who likes to speak a lot.
    C. A man who keeps his word. D. A man of few words.
    64. After these great reforms, what happened in the history of China?
    A. Shang Yang became the first emperor. B. The first empire of China appeared.
    C. The south gate fell down. D. The state of Qin became weaker and weaker.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:23. 著名人物
    词数:296
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,介绍了秦朝政治家商鞅为了取得人们的信任,重赏愿意从南门到北门抬木杆子的人的故事,取得人们信任后,商鞅的各项政策得到落实,秦朝变得越来越强大,最终统一全国。
    【答案】60-64 ADCCB
    【解析】
    60. A 细节理解题。根据第一段He was a statesman (政治家)可知,商鞅是一个政治家。故选A。
    61. D 综合理解题。根据第二段和第三段可知商鞅为了落实政策,取得人们的信任,奖给愿意从南门到北门抬木杆子的人一些金币。故选D。
    62. C 细节理解题。根据第五段Hearing no answer, Shang Yang stepped forward and said, “The reward now goes to 50 gold pieces. ” 可知,商鞅决定把奖励从10个金币增加到50个金币,是因为当时没有听到答案。故选C。
    63. C 词义猜测题。根据上文商鞅履行了奖励50金币的诺言,可推出人们相信他是一个信守诺言的人,另根据C选项的keep意为“保持”可推出“守信”。故选C。
    64. B 推理判断题。根据最后一句At last, Qin made all the seven states into one empire (帝国). 可知,秦朝使七国统一为一个帝国,即“中国第一个朝代——秦朝出现”。故选B。
    (·湖北随州)A
    Once there was a small hotel whose keeper was always caring about money.
    One day, a businessman arrived. The keeper looked at the man’s thick wallet and thought, “Oh, I wish that all the money could be mine !” The businessman didn’t notice that, so he ordered the most expensive room and went to his room to dress for dinner.
    Around the hotel, there were some beautiful ginger(姜)plants. Many people said that eating the buds(芽)of ginger would make a person forgetful.
    The keeper thought, “If I serve some buds of gingers to the businessman, he may be forgetful to take his wallet!” Then she went into the kitchen.
    Soon, the businessman came downstairs and asked for dinner. The keeper was very excited as she served the dish to him. “Delicious! ” said the rich man. When dinner was finished, he went to bed happily.
    In the next morning, the keeper saw the businessman leaving from the front door. As soon as he was out of sight, she ran up to his room. She looked all over the room for the wallet, but she couldn’t find it. Suddenly, she noticed a piece of paper on the floor. It was the businessman’s bill(账单). He had forgotten to pay for it! She ran down the stairs, out of the front door, and across the road until she was out of breath, but the businessman was already far, far away. “I’m so silly!” cried the keeper.
    51. The keeper came up with an idea to own the businessman’s money when .
    A. she dressed herself
    B. she cooked the meal in the kitchen
    C. the businessman went upstairs happily
    D. she thought of the buds of gingers around her hotel
    52. The keeper ran into the businessman’s room as soon as he left because .
    A .she wanted to find the man’s bill
    B. she wanted to find the key to the man’s room
    C. she wanted to check if the man had left his money there
    D. she wanted to see if the man had broken anything in the room
    53.Which of the following is NOT true according to this passage?
    A. The keeper realized the buds of ginger didn’t work in the end.
    B. The keeper ran after the businessman because of the bill.
    C. The businessman didn’t know the rumor(谣言)about the buds of ginger.
    D. The businessman didn’t pay the keeper’s bill because he lost his money.
    体裁
    寓言故事
    话题
    24.故事与诗歌之故事
    字数
    271
    【主旨大意】
    本文是一篇寓言故事,讲述的是一位见钱眼开的开旅店的店家,想把前来住店的一位商人又鼓又满的钱包据为己有,便设计让商人健忘,结果钱包没有捞到,商人却忘记付住店的钱。店家真可谓是“偷鸡不成蚀把米”,搬起石头砸自己的脚。文章告诉我们不要见利忘义,投机取巧,做发不义之财的“白日梦”,还是脚踏实地辛苦努力致富比较好。
    51.D 细节理解题。题干意为:当_______ 的时候,店主想出来占有商人的钱的主意。A项“她穿衣”;B项“她在厨房里做饭”;C项“商人开心地上楼”;D项“她想起来她的旅馆周围种植的姜发的芽”。根据第四段第二句“If I serve some buds of gingers to the businessman, he may be forgetful to take his wallet”可知:她心里盘算着她如果给那个商人准备的饭菜中放点姜发的芽,商人可能会忘记带走他的钱包。故选D。
    52. C 细节理解题。题干意为:当商人一离开旅馆,店主就向商人住的房间跑了过去,是因为_________ 。A项“她想要找到这个商人的账单”;B项“她想要找到开这个商人所住房间的钥匙”;C项“她想要检查一下那个商人是否把他的钱忘在那里了”;D项“她想要看看那个商人是否弄坏了房间里的任何东西”。根据最后一段第三句“She looked all over the room for the wallet, but she couldn’t find it.”可知:她想要寻找商人的钱包。故选C。
    53. D 推理判断题。题干意为:根据这篇短文,下列说法哪一项是不正确的?A项“店家最后意识到种植的姜发的芽没有起到应有的效果”;B项“店家因为账单而追赶那个商人”;C项“因为商人不知道有关姜发的芽这一谣言”;D项“商人没有支付给店家账单上的钱,是因为他把他的钱给丢了”。根据最后一段第二句“It was the businessman’s bill. He had forgotten to pay for it”可知:商人没有支付账单,是因为他忘记支付了。故选项D说法错误。故选D。
    (·湖北随州)B
    Many kids help their parents with chores, such as doing the dishes, cleaning the living room and taking out the rubbish. And some kids get money or other rewards(奖赏)such as more computer time by doing chores.
    But some people do not think that kids should get rewards by dong chores. Susie Walton, an expert, believe that by rewarding kids, parents are sending a message that work isn’t important unless you can get something. “Running any kind of family is a team work.” Walton says “A home is a living place for everyone in the family. It’s important for kids to see that we all have responsibilities in the house.”
    Other people believe that getting money or other rewards makes kids do chores happily and it also teaches them real world lessons about what need to do make money. There are also now apps (应用软件).With the Chore-Monster app, kids can get points and online gifts by doing chores. Kids can change them into real life rewards either online or in the real world. “We hope kids can do more chores so they can get more rewards,” one man says.
    What do you think? Should kids get rewards for doing chores? Or should kids help do chores without getting anything?
    Write a 200-world reply and send it to us. The last day for reply is April 10th. If you want to read more ideas about this topic, you can click here.
    54. Susie Walton agrees that
    A. kids should do more chores than parents
    B. parents should make their kids do more chores
    C. kids shouldn’t get rewards by doing chores
    D. kids should do chores as young as possible
    55. How does the Chore-Monster app help parents?
    A. By making kids like doing chores
    B. By telling parents good ways
    C. By teaching kids to do chores
    D. By telling parents how to change
    56. You can send your reply on .
    A .March 23th B. April 18th C. May 28th D. June 24th
    体裁
    议论文
    话题
    4.日常活动之家庭生活;
    8.人际交往之社会行为
    字数
    259
    【主旨大意】
    本文是一篇议论文。主要谈论的是孩子们在家帮助家长做家务应该不应该获得报酬或其他的奖赏。有的专家认为这样做会助长孩子除非能获得奖赏才做家务的错误心理,应该让他们意识到做家务是每个家庭成员的共同责任。但是有些人却认为做家务能获得报酬可以让孩子们愉快地劳动,还能培养孩子们在现实世界努力挣钱的意识。
    54. C 细节理解题。题干意为:Susie Walton 同意_______ 的观点。A项“孩子们应该比父母做更多的家务”;B项“家长应该让他们的孩子做更多的家务”;C项“孩子们不应该通过做家务获得报酬”;D项“孩子们应该(从)尽可能年轻的时候做家务”。根据第二段第二句“Susie Walton, an expert, believe that by rewarding kids, parents are sending a message that work isn’t important unless you can get something”可知:这位专家认为家长让孩子做家务获得报酬,会让孩子产生没有报酬就不做家务的错误认识。故选C。
    55. A细节理解题。题干意为:Chore-Monster应用软件怎么样帮助家长?A项“通过让孩子们喜欢做家务”;B项“通过告诉家长好的办法”;C项“通过教孩子们做家务”;D项“通过告诉家长怎么样做家务”。根据第三段中的“We hope kids can do more chores so they can get more rewards”可知:孩子们运用这个软件通过做家务,能够获得更多的报酬,故推断他们会更喜欢做家务。故选A。
    56. A推理判断题。题干意为:你可以在_______ 发送你的回复(给我们)。A项“3月23日”;B项“4月18日”;C项“5月28日”;D项“4月24日”。根据最后一段第二句“The last day for reply is April 10th.”可知:回复这个话题讨论的截稿日期是4月10日。故选项A符合要求。故选A。

    (·湖北随州)C
    The world itself is becoming much smaller by using modern traffic and modern communication means (工具). Life today is much easier than it was hundreds of years ago, but it has brought new problems. One of the biggest problems is pollution. To pollute means to make things dirty. Pollution comes in many ways. We see it, smell it, drink it and even hear it.
    Man has been polluting the earth. The more people have, the more pollution becomes. Many years ago, the problem was not so serious because there were not so many people. When the land was used up or the river was dirty in one place, man moved to another place. But this is no longer true.
    Man is now slowly polluting the whole world.
    Air pollution is still the most serious. It’s bad for all living things in the world, but it is not the only one kind of pollution. Water pollution kills our fish and pollutes our drinking water. Noise pollution makes us angry more easily.
    Many countries are making rules to fight pollution. They stop people from burning coal in houses and factories in the city, and from putting dirty smoke into the air. Pollution by sulfur dioxide (SO2) is now the most dangerous kind of air pollution. It is caused by heavy traffic. We are sure that if there are fewer people driving, there will be less air pollution.
    The earth is our home. We must take care of it. That means keeping the land, water and air clean. And we must pay attention to the rise in pollution at the same time.
    57. According to the passage, , our world is becoming much smaller.
    A. because of the rise in pollution
    B. thanks to the science development
    C. because the earth is being polluted day and night
    D. because the earth is blown away by the wind every year
    58. Hundreds of years ago, life was it is today.
    A. as easy as B. much easier than
    C. as hard as D. much harder than
    59. In parahraph1, the underlined word ”it” means .
    A. rubbish B. noise pollution C. air pollution D. water pollution
    60. Which of the following is NOT true?
    A. Many countries are making rules to fight pollution.
    B. The pollution of the earth grows as fast as the world population does.
    C. The problem of the pollution is not so serious because there are not so many people living on the earth.
    D. If people could go to work by bus or by bike instead of car or motorbike, it would be helpful in fighting against the problem of SO2.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    21.世界与环境之环境保护
    字数
    274
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。在当今世界,污染问题已经成为人类不容忽视的严重问题。污染分为空气污染、水污染和噪音污染等。许多国家正在制定措施来战胜污染。地球是我们的家园。我们人类应该减少污染,小心保护好我们赖以生存的家园。
    57. A细节理解题。题干意为:根据这篇短文,_______ ,我们的世界正变得更小得多。A项“由于污染的增长”;B项“多亏了科技的发展”;C项“因为正夜以继日地被污染”;D项“因为每年风正把泥土刮走”。根据第一段首句“The world itself is becoming much smaller by using modern traffic and modern communication means”可知:由于科技发展,采用现代化的交通运输,以及现代化的交流方式,世界正变得更小得多。故选A。
    58. D细节理解题。题干意为:好几百年前的生活_______今天。A项“一样容易”;B项“更容易得多”;C项“一样困难”;D项“更困难得多”。根据第一段第二句中的“Life today is much easier than it was hundreds of years ago”可知:几百年前的生活比今天的生活更困难得多。故选D。
    59. B 推理判断题。题干意为:在第一段中,画线单词“it”意思是指“________”。A项“垃圾”;B项“噪音污染”;C项“空气污染”;D项“水污染”。根据画线词所在句的上文“Pollution comes in many ways”以及下文提到的“air pollution, water pollution, noise pollution”等,可推断画线词所在句是表示“我们看到的是垃圾,闻到的是空气污染,喝的是受污染的水,听到的是噪音污染”。故推断画线词it指的是“噪音污染”。故选B。
    A推理判断题。题干意为:下列说法哪一项是不正确的。A项“许多国家正采取措施战胜污染”;B项“地球污染的增长速度和世界人口的增长速度一样快”;C项“因为地球上没有这么多的人居住,污染问题没有这么严重”;D项“如果人们能够坐公交车或者骑自行车去上班,而不是开汽车或摩托车的话,在战胜二氧化硫的污染问题上将会是有帮助的”。通读原文可知:选项A,C和D说法正确。原文只是说“我们要同时注意环境污染和人口增长这两个问题,没有提到两者的增长速度”。故选A。



    A (•湖北武汉)

    56. The material above is mainly about _______.
    A. The New York Times B.36 Hours guide
    C. an introduction to Explorer D. prices of the new books
    57. The two books cover _______ subjects.
    A.2 B.4 C. 6 D. 8
    58. “TASCHEN" in the material refers to _______.
    A. the name of a writer B. The sign of dream trips
    C. A store that sells books online D. a company that produces books
    59.What can we learn about the books from the material?
    A. They are very expensive. B. They are well designed and made.
    C. They ate sold by a team of writers. D. One of them is about 'Beaches’, 'Islands’ and ‘Deserts’.
    60. What the book series describes has something to do with_______.
    A. journeys B. readers C. lifestyles D. advertisements



    体裁: 应用文
    话题:2. 周围的人
    话题:7. 情绪与情感
    词数:


    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中讲述了关于纽约时报的两本关于探险家的书的介绍。
    【答案】56-60 CCDBA
    【解析】
    56. C 细节理解题。由文章中两本书的封面均含有“EXPLORER”可知。故选C。
    57. C 细节理解题。由图中两本书中图片下的文字各含有三个不同的内容可知。故选C。
    58. D 词义猜测题。由文章中最右下角TASCHEN可猜测出它是出版这些书的一家出版社。故选D。
    59.B 细节理解题。A选项由右侧图片,only39.99可知A错误。C选项文中未提及,所以C选项错误。D中最后一个单词应该为Coasts。故本题选B
    60.A主旨推断题。阅读短文可知,本文提及旳是关于冒险者的旅行,因此,这两本书与旅游有关。故选A。


    B
    (•湖北武汉) You don' t have to be a scientist to solve big environmental problems. One Dutch designer is finding creative ways to make a change一and he' s inviting bikers to join him.
    Daan Roosgaarde, 38, is a designer from Holland. He uses creative ideas to improve city life. For his Smog (雾霾) Free Project, he designed a special tower that cleans air in Chinese parks. In Holland, he designed a shining bicycle path.
    Now Daan and his team are working with engineers at Chinese bike-sharing company of to create a new product for public use. It' S an air-cleaning machine connected to a bicycle and is part of the Smog Free Project. In smoggy weather, the machine would breathe in the air in front of the bike and blow out a stream of clean air toward the biker' S face.
    It s no secret that air pollution is a big problem for China. In winter, it’s common for thick clouds of haze (霾) , caused largely by factory production, burning of coal and car emissions (排放物)to cover areas of China.
    In 2016, only one-fourth of Chinese cities met the country' s air quality standards, according to a survey of 338 cities nationwide from the Ministry of Environmental Protection.
    “Of course one tower and a few bikes won' t solve China' s air pollution problem,” Daan said, “But smog free bikes are an exciting idea that will hopefully inspire communities to create greener cities.”
    61. According to the writer,_______.
    A. air pollution is not a big problem in China
    B. creative ideas may help improve city life
    C. only scientists can solve big environmental problems
    D. the survey of 338 cities nationwide was not necessary
    62. The air-cleaning machine offers clean air to the biker by_______.
    A. blowing out dirty air B. running fast with the bike
    C. cleaning the air around the biker D. breathing in dirty air and cleaning it
    63. From the passage, we know that_______.
    A. people who have creative ideas can get free bikes
    B. only smog-free bikes can go on the shining bicycle path
    C. Dan and his family spent all their time improving China' s air quality
    D. China' s haze in winter happens because of more than three causes
    64. Dann is inviting bikes join him in order to_______.
    A. raise money for the tower B. test his new machine
    C. help solve the air pollution problem D. make more Chinese friends
    65. What is the best title for the passage?
    A. Breathing In and Out B. Biking for Fresh Air
    C. Survey from the Government . D. China' s Air Pollution Problem


    体裁: 说明文
    话题:21. 环境保护
    话题:22. 发明技术
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数:253



    【主旨大意】本文为说明文,讲述了一位荷兰的设计师创造了许多有关提高城市生活的东西,最近他和他的团队,又和中国的工程师们一起制作一种防雾霾的自行车,目的就是设法解决污染问题,提高城市的生活质量。
    【答案】61-65 BDDCB
    【解析】
    61. B 细节理解题。由文章最后一段,“an exciting idea that………cities.可知”。
    62. D 细节理解题。由文中第三段“the machine word breathe……face”可知。
    63. D 推理判断题。由文章中第四段“cause largely by……china”可知。
    64. C 细节理解题。由文中第三段 It’s an air----cleaning……project.可知C选项正确。
    65.B 主旨概括题。文章中主要讲述新型节能自行车与净化空气的联系。

    或:
    61. B 细节理解题。由文章最后一段的最后一句“But smog free bikes are an exciting idea that will hopefully inspire communities to create greener cities.”,可知:根据作者的观点,创意可能有助于改善城市的生活。故选B。
    62. D 细节理解题。由文中第三段的最后一句“In smoggy weather, the machine would breathe in the air in front of the bike and blow out a stream of clean air toward the biker’s face.”可知:空气净化机通过呼吸脏空气并清洁它,为骑车人提供洁净的空气。故选D。
    63. D 推理判断题。由文章中第四段的第二句的后半句“…, caused largely by factory production, burning of coal and car emissions (排放物)to cover areas of China.”可知:从这篇文章中我们知道中国冬季的阴霾是由于三个以上的原因造成的。故选D。
    64. C 细节理解题。由文中第三段的第二句“It’s an air-cleaning machine connected to a bicycle and is part of the Smog Free Project.”可知:Dann邀请骑自行车的人加入他,以便帮助解决空气污染问题。故选C。
    65.B 最佳标题题。文章中主要讲述新型节能自行车与净化空气之间的联系。故本文的最佳标题是:呼吸新鲜空气。故选B。




    C (•湖北武汉)
    Don't Judge a Book by Its Cover
    Ever since I was a little girl, I’ve loved reading crime and detective (侦探) novels, so I guess it was pretty normal that I started writing them when I was older. However, my family is very big on having a traditional career (职业) and so when I said that I wanted to go to college and study writing, my parents told me that I couldn’t. They told me that I had to study for a degree so that I would achieve a career, and not something as risky as writing. I suppose I could have studied journalism (新闻专业) ,but I didn't want to lose interest in writing because it would be something I would do every day for work, not for pleasure. I thought that teaching looked like a pretty good compromise(妥协 ), especially because of the long holidays. It was a good choice: by the time I was twenty-five, I' d already finished two novels and had an agent.
    To be honest, I never meant to keep my being a crime writer a secret or anything, and my friends have always known. One of the reasons most people don' t know is because my agent told me that my name Hazel sounded too much like a romance RRD novelist for older women. She suggested Brooke Lane and I thought, Well, if you think it’ll make me successful, Okay. " I'd totally forgotten about it until I walked into school one day and saw one of my workmates reading my novel. I asked her some questions about it, and it was so clear that she had no idea that I'd written it she even offered to lend it to me after she' d finished! Of course, sometimes I wonder what my students would think if they knew that their teacher was going home on the weekend to write about murders and dead bodies, but I think my parents probably did me a favor: my teaching. job keeps me in touch with the real world.
    66. Hazel is probably_______.
    A. an agent        B. a journalist
    C. a teacher and artist       D.a teacher and writer
    67. The underlined words "is very big on" in the passage most probably mean_______.
    A. to give no advice   B. to like something very much
    c. to have more experiences   D. to misunderstand something
    68. It’s clear that Hazel_______.
    A. agreed to study journalism for a degree   B. accepted Brooke Lane as her pen name
    C. would like to write something for teaching  D. told her workmates about her writing novels
    69. Hazel finally realized that her parents' advice on her career was_______.
    A. helpful      B. exciting      C. disappointing     D. risky
    70. We can infer from the passage that_______.
    A. Hazel likes showing off in public       
    B. Hazel' S students all want to write novels
    C. Hazel' s agent has played a role in her success 
    D. older women prefer the name Brooke to Hazel

    体裁: 记叙文
    话题:1. 工作与职业
    话题:2. 家庭、朋友与周围的人
    话题:6. 爱好
    话题:24. 作家
    词数:355



    【主旨大意】本文是一则记叙文,文中介绍了一位小女孩从小到大对于写作的热爱以及对于自己梦想的追求。
    【答案】66-70 DBBAC
    【解析】
    66. D 推理判断题。通读文章得知作者对于写作的热爱一直持续到她长大选择工作,最后一段“sometimes I wonder my students……""可知她有可能也是一位教师。
    67.词意猜测题。阅读文章可知作者的父母比较同意她作一些传统的工作。
    68. B 推理猜测题 文章中最后一段可推测出作者已经接受了。
    69. A 细节理解题。由最后一段中“but I think my parents probably did……world”可知她最后意识到父母对于他的建议是有帮助的。
    70. C 主旨概括题 阅读文章可知,作者的助理对她写作路的成功起了很大的作用。

    或:
    【文章大意】本文是一则记叙文,文中介绍了一位小女孩从小到大对于写作的热爱以及对于自己梦想的追求,大学毕业后做了一名教师,利用业余时间,发表两部小说,并且听从了她的经纪人的建议,取了一个老陈的笔名,因此本文的题目是:不要以封面来判断一本书,即:不要以貌取人。
    66. D 推理判断题。通读文章得知作者对于写作的热爱一直持续到她长大选择工作,最后一段“sometimes I wonder my students……""可知她有可能也是一位教师,同时兼作家。故选D。
    67. B词义猜测题。根据后半句句意:因此当我上大学想学写作时,我的父母亲告诉我不能。可知该句意是:作者的父母比较同意她作一些传统的工作,此处划线部分的含义是“非常喜欢”。故选B。
    68. B 推理猜测题。文章中最后一段的第三句She suggested Brooke Lane and I thought, Well, if you think it' ll make me successful, Okay.可推测出作者已经接受了她的经纪人给她起的笔名。故选B。
    69. A 细节理解题。由最后一段中“but I think my parents probably did……world”可知她最后意识到父母对于他的建议是有帮助的。故选A。
    70. C 推理判断题。阅读文章可知,作者的经纪人对她写作路的成功起了很大的作用。故选C。
    (·湖南邵阳)B)阅读选择 阅读短文,从A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案回答问题或完成句子。(共5小题,每小题2分)
    A woman bought a parrot from a pet store. However, the woman decided to return the parrot to the shop the next day.
    “This bird doesn’t talk,” she told the pet shop owner.
    “Does he have a mirror in his cage (笼子)?” the owner asked. “Parrots love mirrors.”
    The woman bought a mirror and left. The next day she came back, saying that the bird still wasn’t talking.
    “How about a ladder? Parrots love ladders,” the owner said. The woman bought a ladder and left. But the next day, she was back.
    “Does your parrot have a swing? No? Well, once he starts swinging, he’ll talk,” the owner said.
    The woman then bought a swing and left.
    When she walked into the store the next day, she began to cry. “The parrot died,” she said.
    The pet store owner was shocked. “I’m sorry. Tell me, did he ever say anything?” he asked.
    “Yes, right before he died,” the woman answered, “in a low voice, he asked me, ‘Don’t they sell any food at that pet store?’”
    Sometimes we forget what’s really necessary in life. We sometimes have lots of things to do at once, but we forget to deal with the most important things first. We have to remember to “feed the parrots” in our lives.
    46. The underlined word “parrot” in paragraph 1 means “_____” in Chinese.
    A.孔雀 B. 鹦鹉 C. 鸽子
    47. The woman bought _____ from the pet shop owner.
    A. a mirror and a ladder
    B. a ladder and a swing
    C. a mirror, a ladder and a swing
    48. Why did the parrot die?
    A. Because he didn’t eat any food.
    B. Because the woman killed him.
    C. Because the pet shop owner killed him.
    49. Did the parrot say anything before he died?
    A. Yes, he did.
    B. No, he didn’t.
    C. We don’t know.
    50. Which is NOT true according to the passage?
    A. The woman forgot to buy any food for the parrot.
    B. The parrot liked the mirror most.
    C. We shouldn’t forget to deal with the most important things first.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24. 哲理故事
    词数:254
    【答案】46—50 BCAAB
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了一个女子买了一只鹦鹉,为了让鹦鹉说话在店主的建议下买回了三样东西,却忘记给鹦鹉买食物导致鹦鹉被饿死的故事。故事告诉我们:生活中我们不应该忘记首要处理的最重要的事情。
    【解析】
    46. B 词义猜测题。联系下文多次提到这只鸟为何还不说话可知,parrot指的是鹦鹉,孔雀和鸽子不会说话。故选B。
    47. C 细节理解题。根据短文中“The woman bought a mirror and left.”和“The woman bought a ladder and left.”和“The woman then bought a swing and left.”可知,这个女子买了mirror,ladder和swing这三样东西。故选C。
    48. A 推理判断题。根据短文中“Don’t they sell any food at that pet store?”可知鹦鹉没有吃东西才被饿死的。故选A。
    49. A 推理判断题。根据短文中“‘Yes, right before he died,’ the woman answered, ‘in a low voice, he asked me …”可知,鹦鹉临死时说话了。故选A。
    50. B 细节理解题。根据短文中“The woman bought a mirror and left. The next day she came back, saying that the bird still wasn’t talking.”可知,镜子不是鹦鹉的最爱。故选B。

    A (·江苏淮安)
    There were many plants in a forest. When spring came, a pine tree saw a red rose nearby and said, “What a beautiful flower! I wish I were that lovely.”
    The rose proudly said, “It seems that I am the most beautiful flower in this forest.” Then the rose looked at a cactus (仙人掌) and said, “Look at that ugly plant full of thorns (刺)!”
    “What a proud flower!” thought the trees.
    As the days passed, the red rose often looked at the cactus and said bad words about it, like “This plant is useless. How sorry I am to be his neighbor!”
    The cactus never got angry and even tried to advise the rose, saying, “God did not create any form of life without a purpose.”
    Spring passed, and the weather became very hot. As there was no rain, the red rose began to wilt (枯萎).
    One day the rose saw birds put their beaks (喙) into the cactus and then fly away. The red rose asked the pine tree what the birds were doing. The pine tree explained that the birds were getting water from the cactus.
    “The cactus has water?” asked the rose.
    “Yes, you can also drink some from it. The birds can bring water to you if you ask the cactus for help.”
    The red rose felt too ashamed to ask for water from the cactus. But finally it did ask for help. The cactus kindly agreed.
    The rose learned a lesson and never judged (评价) anyone by their appearance again.
    31. At first ________ thought the cactus was ugly.
    A. the rose B. the pine tree C. the birds D. the thorns
    32. The red rose began to wilt because ________.
    A. the birds could fly B. spring came
    C. there was no rain D. the cactus got angry
    33. The birds put their beaks into the cactus to ________.
    A. get water B. eat food C. offer help D. tell secrets
    34. From the passage, we know the cactus was ________.
    A. rude B. kind C. selfish D. careless
    35. From the story, we know ________.
    A. the pine tree didn’t think the red rose was beautiful
    B. the red rose never said bad words about others
    C. the cactus refused to help the birds
    D. the red rose realized she was wrong at last
    体裁:记叙文

    话题:7. 情绪与情感
    话题:8. 合作与交流
    话题:20. 自然
    话题:24. 故事
    词数:102
    【答案】31—35 ACABD
    【主旨大意】本文是记叙文。玫瑰花自以为自己真的很漂亮,很瞧不起既丑陋又带有刺的仙人掌,处处刁难它、讽刺它,但经过松树的解释,玫瑰花向仙人掌道了歉。本文告诉人们:不要以貌取人,育人与寓言中。
    31. A 细节理解题。根据第二段的第二句话Then the rose looked at a cactus (仙人掌) and said, “Look at that ugly plant full of thorns (刺)!”可知:起初,玫瑰花认为仙人掌很丑。故选A
    32. C 细节理解题。根据第六段的第二句话As there was no rain, the red rose began to wilt (枯萎).可知:红玫瑰花开始枯萎,是因为没有雨水。故选C。
    33. A 细节理解题。根据倒数第五段One day the rose saw birds put their beaks (喙) into the cactus and then fly away. The red rose asked the pine tree what the birds were doing. The pine tree explained that the birds were getting water from the cactus.可知:那些鸟把它们的喙放进仙人掌里取水。故选A。
    34. B 推理判断题。根据倒数第五段与倒数第二段的最后一句话The cactus kindly agreed.可推知:仙人掌非常善良,不仅帮助了鸟儿,也帮助了以前讽刺过自己的玫瑰花。故选B。
    35. D 细节理解题。根据文章的最后一段The rose learned a lesson and never judged (评价) anyone by their appearance again.可知:红玫瑰花最后意识到自己错了。故选D。

    B (·江苏淮安)
    Shawneen Mountain is a perfect place for skiing. Lifts (电梯) can help tourists get to the top of the mountain in 3 minutes. The following is the price table of the lift tickets.
    LIFT TICKETS
    Tourists
    Weekday
    (open to close)
    Weekend
    (open to close)
    Night
    (3 p.m. to 10 p.m.)
    Adult * (Ages 19 to 60)
    $ 48
    $ 55
    $ 34
    Young Man * (Ages 18 & under)
    $ 37
    $ 41
    $ 34
    Child (46 cm tall & under)
    FREE
    FREE
    FREE
    College Student
    [College ID (证件) needed]
    $ 38
    $ 49
    $ 34
    Soldier (Active Duty ID needed)
    $ 38
    $ 49
    $ 34
    Elder * (Ages 60 to 69)
    $ 38
    $ 49
    $ 34
    Super Elders * (Ages 70+)
    FREE
    FREE
    FREE
    * proof (证明) of age needed
    Lift Hours
    Monday—Friday: 9 a.m.—10 p.m. Weekend: 8 a.m.—10 p.m.
    Christmas Day: Noon—5 p.m.
    36. Shawneen Mountain is a perfect place for ________.
    A. skiing B. walking C. climbing D. riding
    37. If a child of 42 cm tall takes the lift with his 18-year-old brother on Tuesday morning, they will pay ________.
    A. $ 41 B. $ 48 C. $ 37 D. $ 74
    38. As a college student, you can buy a lift ticket at a lower price if you show your ________.
    A. college name B. College ID C. phone number D. Active Duty ID
    39. Tourists can take the lift at ________ to the top of the mountain on Christmas Day.
    A. 8 a.m. B. 4 p.m. C. 9 a.m. D. 10 p.m.
    40. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. It takes 3 hours to get to the top of Shawneen Moutain by lift.
    B. Tourists can’t take the lift at 9:30 a.m. on Sunday morning.
    C. A soldier should pay $ 55 for the ticket at weekends with his Active Duty ID.
    D. People aged over 70 are also welcome to Shawneen Mountain.
    体裁:应用文

    话题:17. 旅游
    话题:20. 自然
    词数:160
    【答案】36—40 ACBBD
    【主旨大意】本文是应用文。Shawneen Mountain是滑雪的理想场所,电梯可以帮助游客在3分钟内到达山顶。 本文介绍了乘电梯的价格表。
    36. A 细节理解题。根据引言部分的第一句话Shawneen Mountain is a perfect place for skiing.可知答案。故选A。
    37. C 细节理解题。根据on Tuesday morning对应的是Weekend,而a child of 42 cm tall 属于Child (46 cm tall & under)对应的Weekday是FREE;其次,his 18-year-old brother属于Young Man * (Ages 18 & under)对应的价格是$ 37。因此,37+0=37。故选C。
    38. B 细节理解题。根据左栏的College Student [College ID (证件) needed]可知:作为一名大学生,如果您出示学生证,您可以以较低的价格购买电梯票。故选B。
    39. B 细节理解题。根据表格的最后一行Christmas Day: Noon—5 p.m.可知4 p.m.在规定的时间段里。故选B。
    40. D 细节理解题。根据表格的倒数第三行Super Elders * (Ages 70+)/ FREE/FREE/FREE可知:七十多岁的人也受欢迎到Shawneen Mountain滑雪。故选D。



    C (·江苏淮安)
    The Garbage (垃圾) Project started at the University of Arizona in 1973. Since then, the students and teachers in it have studied the modern garbage in different cities.
    To study the garbage, the students had to travel to landfills (填埋场), the places where cities bury (填埋) their garbage. While the students were studying the garbage, they wore special clothes. Students were very careful when they opened bags of garbage.
    One important thing the students have learned from studying the garbage is that the garbage in landfills disappears very slowly. That was surprising to both the students and many scientists who had thought that about 70% of the garbage in landfills would disappear quickly. Even in cities where it rains a lot, the students found newspapers from 1948, 40-year-old hot dogs, and vegetables from 1970. And the students also found many more empty bottles of cola than they expected.
    How to dispose of our garbage well depends on what kind of garbage it is: regular (普通的) garbage, dangerous materials, or recyclable materials, such as newspapers and glass bottles. Regular garbage goes to regular landfills. Dangerous materials are harmful to people’s health and the environment. They shouldn’t go into regular landfills.
    Homes are full of dangerous waste. One kind of the dangerous waste in homes is batteries. When batteries are buried directly (直接地) in a landfill, they often break open. The poison inside them moves through rain water to the bottom of the landfill. Then it can pollute the natural water in the ground.
    Another dangerous waste form homes is motor oil. When people pour old motor oil on the ground or throw it in the garbage, it pollutes the environment.
    Our garbage problem is not new, but as the world’s population continues to grow, it will become a bigger and bigger problem.
    41. The Garbage Project started at the University of Arizona in ________.
    A. 1973 B. 1970 C. 1948 D. 1940
    42. To study the modern garbage, the students had to do many things except ________.
    A. wearing special clothes B. traveling to landfills
    C. burying the garbage themselves D. opening bags of garbage
    43 The underlined words “dispose of” in Paragraph 4 means ________.
    A. crash into B. deal with C. worry about D. put up
    44. From the article, we know old motor oil ________.
    A. should go to regular landfills B. isn’t harmful garbage
    C. mustn’t be poured on the ground D. never pollutes the environment
    45. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. There are only two kinds of dangerous waste in homes.
    B. Scientists thought about 70% of the garbage in landfills would disappear slowly.
    C. The students found empty bottles of cola were not as many as they expected.
    D. Batteries often break open when they are buried directly in a landfill.
    体裁:议论文

    话题:21. 环境保护
    话题:29. 社会热点
    词数:319
    41—45 ACBCD
    【主旨大意】本文是议论文。介绍了与当今社会垃圾分类相关话题的起源以及人们所采取的措施。
    41. A 细节理解题。根据文章第一段的第一句The Garbage (垃圾) Project started at the University of Arizona in 1973. 可知:亚利桑那大学的垃圾项目始于1973年。故选A。
    42. C 细节理解题。根据文章的第二段To study the garbage, the students had to travel to landfills (填埋场), the places where cities bury (填埋) their garbage. While the students were studying the garbage, they wore special clothes. Students were very careful when they opened bags of garbage. 可知,文章介绍了A、B与D三项,没有介绍C项。故选C。
    43. B 猜测词义题。根据下一句句意:普通垃圾进入常规垃圾填埋场。危险物质对人体健康和环境有害。他们不应该进入常规垃圾填埋场。这些是垃圾分类的做法,说明上面是“如何进行垃圾分类”,即“如何处理垃圾”,因此上句句意是:如何妥善处理我们的垃圾取决于它是什么类型的垃圾:普通的垃圾,危险物品或可回收材料,如报纸和玻璃瓶。因此划线部分的含义是deal with,意为“处理”。故选B。
    44. C 细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段Another dangerous waste form homes is motor oil. When people pour old motor oil on the ground or throw it in the garbage, it pollutes the environment.可知:另一种危险废物形式的房屋是机油。当人们将旧机油倒在地上或扔在垃圾中时,会污染环境。因此,从文章中我们知道旧的机油不得倒在地上。故选C。
    45. D 细节理解题。根据文章倒数第三段的第二句When batteries are buried directly (直接地) in a landfill, they often break open.可知:当电池直接埋在垃圾填埋场中时,它们经常会断开。因此选项D是正确的。故选D。
    (·四川广元)(A)
    Welcome to Wonder Restaurant! We have really good noodles. They are cheap and nice! There are some great specials. You can also get some other great food here. They are all delicious.
    Have a look at our menu and have a try soon. It is on May Street, across from a museum and next to the People’s Park. I know you will like it! You can call 929-3155 to book(预定)seats.
    Noodles
    Special A(beef and tomato) 6RMB
    Special B(mutton and cabbage) 7RMB
    Special C(chicken and carrot) 8RMB
    Dumplings
    Pork and cabbage dumplings 20RMB/500g
    Egg and mushroom dumplings 22 RMB/500g
    Ice Cream
    Strawberry ice cream 4RMB
    Banana ice cream 3RMB
    Chocolate ice cream 5RMB
    41. Where is the restaurant?
    A. Next to the People’s Park. B. Behind a museum. C. On Center Street.
    42. The phone number of the restaurant is ______.
    A.929-3155 B. 936-3517 C.928-3146
    43. The chicken and carrot noodles are ________.
    A.5RMB B.7RMB C.8RMB
    44. You can’t get _________ in Wonder Restaurant.
    A. dumplings B. hamburgers C. ice cream
    45. If you have 250g of egg and mushroom dumplings for lunch, you should pay _____.
    A.14 RMB B.12RMB C.11RMB
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    (37)食物
    词数
    115
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。主要介绍奇迹餐厅(Wonder Restaurant)提供的特色食物,位置、订座电话以及详细菜单等相关信息。
    【答案】41-45 AACBC
    【解析】
    41. A 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句中的“and next to the People’s Park”与选项A相一致可知,那餐厅位于人民公园旁边。故选A。
    42. A 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“You can call 929-3155 to book(预定)seats”可知那里的电话号码是929-3155,故选A。
    43. C 细节理解题。根据选项可知,此处是与价格有关,再结合题干的 “chicken and carrot noodles” 可定位到菜单中的Noodles最后一道特色菜Special C(chicken and carrot) 8RMB可知选项C符合题意。故选C。
    44. B 细节理解题。根据题干中的can’t get,再定位到上文可知,菜单中有dumplings和ice cream,所以只有hamburgers没有提供,故选B。
    45. C 细节理解题。根据题干中的250g of egg and mushroom dumplings,然后定位到菜单中的Dumplings中的第二道Egg and mushroom dumplings 22 RMB/500g,这里是250g, 所以花11RMB,故选C。

    (·四川广元) (B)
    Lydia is 14 years old. She lives in a small house with her parents and two brothers, Daniel and Henry. Daniel is 12 years old, and Henry is 9 years old. Daniel and Henry often complain about the small house. They want to live in a big house. Their dream house is very big. In the house, they each have a bedroom, a desk and a computer. In front of the house, there is a big beautiful garden. In the garden, there are some fruit trees. They like eating fruit very much. Behind the garden, there is a swimming pool. They like swimming, too. They can ask their friends to come to their house on weekends. They can play computer games, swim and do their homework together. They say they will have a lot of fun that time.
    46. How many people are there in the family?
    A. Three. B. Five. C. Four.
    47. Why do Daniel and Henry want to have fruit trees in the garden?
    A. Because they like eating fruits very much.
    B. Because they can play games under the trees.
    C. Because fruit trees can make the garden beautiful.
    48. What can Daniel and Henry do in their dream house on weekends?
    A. Talk a walk after dinner.
    B. Water fruit trees in the garden.
    C. Play and study with their friends.
    49. From the passage, we can know that ______.
    A. Lidia doesn’t like her brothers.
    B. Henry wants to have his own bedroom.
    C. Daniel has a computer, but Henry doesn’t.
    50. What is the passage mainly about?
    A. What Daniel and Henry’s dream house is like.
    B. What Daniel and Henry can do in their bedroom.
    C. What Daniel and Henry like to have in the garden.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    (2)家庭信息
    (10)居室
    词数
    138

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。Lydia、她的两个弟弟Daniel 和 Henry以及家人住在一间小的房屋里,为此Daniel和Henry 时常埋怨,本文后面主要讲述他们梦想中的大屋及相关设置的情况。
    【答案】46-50 BACBA
    【解析】
    46. B。细节理解题。根据第一段的She lives in a small house with her parents and two brothers可知她家里有父母、两个弟弟以及她,所以一共五人,故选B。
    47. A。细节理解题。根据题干中的关键词Why ... have fruit trees in the garden,然后定位到文章第9、10句In the garden, there are some fruit trees. They like eating fruit very much可知,选项A与这相一致。故选A。
    48.C。细节理解题。根据题干中的关键词What... do in...house on weekends,然后定位到倒数第二、三句They can ask their friends to come to their house on weekends. They can play computer games, swim and do their homework together.可知,他们想他们的朋友过来周末一起玩电脑和做作业,也就是说玩和学习,故选C。
    49. B。细节理解题。根据第7句In the house, they each have a bedroom, a desk and a computer.可知,他们梦想的屋里每人有一卧室、一张桌子和一台电脑,而A项没提及、C项与这不符合。故选B。
    50. A。主旨大意题。根据文章They want to live in a big house. Their dream house is very big的后部分的内容主要说明他们梦想中的大房间里有什么可知,本文主要说明他们的梦想中的房间是什么样的,故选A。

    (·四川广元)(C)
    Last week I went to Corsica with my friends on vacation. It was my first visit to the island! We took the ship from Toulon, France, to the city Ajaccio. Although Toulon and Ajaccio seemed quite close, it took us eight hours. We chatted and played card games to kill time.
    When we got there, I got a surprise because of the weather. It was already October! But we just needed to wear T-shirts and shorts. We went to the beach to enjoy the sunshine and some of my friends even went swimming in the sea. The Corsican scenery(风景) was so beautiful. We had a picnic, went for a long walk along the coast and took lots of pictures.
    Ajaccio is famous for being Nepoleon’s birthplace, so we also went to the Maison Bonaparte. It was the home of the Bonaparte family. In fact, it was a museum when we visited it.
    One day we took the local train to another beautiful city named Corte. We visited the citadel(城堡) and the museum where we learnt more about Corsican history and enjoyed the beautiful views of the city.
    The food in Corsica was fantastic and we often visited the market to taste something delicious. We also went to some local restaurant for dinner and ate fresh seafood. At the end of the trip, we were very sad to leave and I hope to return to Corsica again some day.
    51. How did the writer go to Ajaccio?
    A. By air. B. By ship. C. By train.
    52. How was the weather in Ajaccio?
    A. Hot. B. Dry. C. Cold.
    53. What did NOT the writer do in Corte?
    A. Enjoyed the views. B. Visited the museum. C. Had a picnic.
    54. Which is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. The writer had a wonderful time in Corsica.
    B. The writer doesn’t like eating the local food.
    C. The writer only visited one museum during the trip.
    55. What’s the best title for this passage?
    A. Ways to kill time. B. The food in Corsica. C.A trip to Corsica.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    (30)节日与假日
    (57)旅行
    词数
    244
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述作者与朋友一起到科西嘉岛度假的所见所闻的经历。
    【答案】51-55 BACAC
    【解析】
    51. B。细节理解题。根据第一段第三句We took the ship from Toulon, France, to the city Ajaccio. 可知,他们是坐船到达Ajaccio市的,故选B。
    52. A。细节理解题。根据第二段第四句We went to the beach to enjoy the sunshine中的有阳光,所以应该是热的天气,故选A。
    53. C。细节理解题。根据干中的关键词did NOT the writer do in Corsica,然后回到文章第四段最后一句We visited the citadel(城堡) and the museum where we learnt more about Corsican history and enjoyed the beautiful views of the city.,在Corsica她们并没有野餐,故答案选C。
    54. A。细节理解题。根据文章第四段最后一句的visited the citadel(城堡) and the museum 可知选项C是错误,再结合最后一段的 taste something delicious. We also went to some local restaurant for dinner and ate fresh seafood.可知选项B说她们不喜欢当地食物是不正解的,故选A。
    55. C。主旨大意题。根据第一段第一句Last week I went to Corsica with my friends on vacation.可知本文章主要讲述作者与朋友度假,故选项C符合题意。

    (·四川广元) (D)
    These years people show all kinds of things on the Internet—good food, nice clothes, wonderful vacations and so on. Now showing the number of steps is becoming popular too. Why?
    People are finding it important to be in good health. To keep healthy, many people go to work on foot. When they start walking, they open the step counter app in their phones to record how many steps they walk that day. After a day’s walk, some people show the number on WeChat or Weibo. This can make them learn from each other and keep exercising.
    “This helps me to exercise much and keep a good habit,” Miss Liu said. “I can also talk about how to keep healthy with my friends on WeChat. We are in the same group to encourage each other to keep exercising.”
    Mr. Wu likes to exercise. But in the past he was kind of lazy and didn’t want to exercise every day. “After I use the step counter app, everything is different. It’s great to exercise with my friends. Sometimes there are prizes for those who walk more steps. I really like it,” he said.
    Walking is a relaxing and useful way to exercise. Both the old and the young like it. Recording the steps helps people develop a good habit of walking and showing the number can make people more interested in walking. But don’t take the number too seriously.
    56. Now, _____ on the Internet is also becoming popular.
    A. showing the number of steps
    B. showing wonderful vacations
    C. showing good food and nice clothes
    57. What does the underlined phrase “step counter” mean?
    A. 备忘录 B.计步器 C.计时器
    58. What CANNOT we know from the second paragraph?
    A. The use of the step counter app.
    B. Why they show the number online.
    C. People who walk more steps get prizes.
    59. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. More people go to work on foot to save money.
    B. Miss Liu and Mr. Wu like to exercise with their friends.
    C. People usually show the number of steps in the morning.
    60. What does the writer think of showing the number of steps?
    A. It can make people relaxed.
    B. It can make people stop driving cars.
    C. It can make people develop a good habit.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    (42)体育健身
    词数
    250
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要说明当下使用App在网上显示步数也变得流行起来是基于健康的习惯的原因,同时通过Miss Liu和Mr. Wu的体验来说明走路这一运动的好处。
    【答案】56-60 ABCBC
    【解析】
    56.A。细节理解题。根据第一段第二句的Now showing the number of steps is becoming popular too可知显示步数也变得流行起来,故选A。
    57.B。词义猜测题。根据前文的number of steps和划线后面的to record how many steps they walk that day(用那程序)来记录每个走的步数),由此可知此处是说计步器,故选B。
    58.C。细节理解题。根据第二段的they open the step counter app可知选项A是正确,再结合最后两句some people show the number on WeChat or Weibo. This can make them learn from each other and keep exercising可知他们显示步数的原因,与选项B相一致,只有C项没有提到。故选C。
    59.B。细节理解题。根据干中的关键词is TRUE according to the passage,然后回到文章中的那两个人分别说到We are in the same group to encourage each other to keep exercising.和It’s great to exercise with my friends.可知他们与朋友一起运动,故选B。
    60.C。细节理解题。根据最后一段的Recording the steps helps people develop a good habit of walking and showing the number can make people more interested in walking.可知,记录步数可以帮助人们培养成一种......有好习惯。故选C。

    (·四川广元) (E)
    Scientists looked for paw prints(爪印)in the forests. In this way, they knew the number of pandas! “It’s hard to see pandas in the wild,” said Colby, a scientist. “They hide in the thick bamboo forests.” That’s why scientists used paw prints to get be number. The number of the pandas was a surprise to scientists. They learned that more pandas lived in the wild!
    “We found pandas living in areas we didn’t know, ” said Colby. Although the news is good, pandas are in danger.
    Here are some fun facts of pandas.
    *It takes a panda more than 10 hours to eat 9kg to 14kg of bamboo every day.
    *A newborn panda weighs 90-130 grams. That is about the weight of a mouse. A panda's front paws have wrist bones(腕骨). The panda uses them to catch bamboo.
    The main threat to pandas is that their land is becoming smaller and smaller. Pandas lose their land when people cut down parts of the forest for wood and farming. Now, China has 13 nature reserves(保护区). People mustn’t cut down trees there. Scientists want to create more nature centers to give pandas a better chance to live.
    61. Why did scientists look for paw prints in the forests?
    A. Because they could catch pandas in this way.
    B. Because they could know where pandas were in this way.
    C. Because they could know the number of pandas in this way.
    62. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
    A. A panda uses its front paws to catch bamboo.
    B. A newborn panda is nearly as heavy as a mouse.
    C. A panda usually sleeps more than 10 hours every day.
    63. What does the last paragraph mainly talk about?
    A. Fewer and fewer trees in China.
    B. The big problem the pandas are facing.
    C. The number of the pandas in the wild.
    64. What can we know from the passage?
    A. There are fewer and fewer nature reserves in China.
    B. People should help pandas live a happy life in the wild.
    C. All the pandas should live in the panda nature reserves.
    65. Where can you probably read this passage?
    A. In a science magazine. B. In a travel guide. C. In a storybook.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    (68)动物和植物
    (74)环境保护
    词数
    204
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇科普说明文。文章介绍了科学家们利用熊猫爪印来发现熊猫的一些有趣的事实。提出了熊猫面临的问题,呼吁人们保护熊猫。
    【答案】61-65 CCBBA
    【解析】
    61. C 细节理解题。由第一段In this way指的是上文,寻找爪印,可知熊猫数量。故选C。
    62. C 细节理解题。要从文中找出没有提到的事实。我们可以逆向思维,把文中提到的找出来。从第五段The panda uses them to catch bamboo.可知,A对That is about the weight of a mouse.,可知B对。故选C。
    63. B 主旨大意题。由最后一段第一句“The main threat to pandas is that their land is becoming smaller and smaller. ”可知,熊猫面临最大的威胁是他们领地的逐渐减少,所以本段主要谈论的是熊猫面临的最大问题。故选B。
    64. B 推理判断题。由最后一段最后一句“Scientists want to create more nature centers to give pandas a better chance to live.”并结合全文可推断,作者主张大熊猫应该生活在自然保护区里。故选B。
    65. A 推理判断/文章出处题。 这是一篇关于保护熊猫的科普文章,因此最可能是出自科学杂志,而不是出自B项的旅行指南或C项的故事书中。故选A。
    (•新疆)B
    根据表格内容,在A、B、C、D四个选项中选择一个正确答案。
    Lisa’s Gym
    Keep fit! Lose weight!
    Play basketball, do yoga(瑜珈), dance and meet many new friends!
    Price: ¥40/hour
    Open time: Saturdays and Sundays
    Tel: 2133730
    A Concert
    Do you like classical music?
    Come to the concert on Friday evening.
    The concert will begin at 6:30 in the Children’s Palace.
    Ticket price: Adults: ¥120
    Children(under15): ¥60
    The Ugly Duck
    A wonderful play at People’s Cinema.
    Ticket price: ¥80
    Time: 6:00 p.m.--8:00 p.m.
    Date: July 24th to July 27th.
    Summer Job
    Do you like to talk with people?
    Do you like to work late?
    Do you like to work for a restaurant?
    Then come and work for us as a waiter.
    Please call Jenny at 8124697 for more information
    51. You can _____ at Lisa’s Gym.
    A. watch a movie B. Play basketball C. go to a concert D. find a job
    52. Miss Green is going to dance at Lisa’s Gym and she can go there on _____.
    A. Wednesday B. Thursday C. Friday D. Saturday
    53. Mr. And Mrs. White and their 14-year-old son have to pay _____for the concert.
    A. ¥300 B. ¥180 C. ¥240 D. ¥120
    54. Jack can watch a play at People’s Cinema _____.
    A. at 6:00 a.m. on July 23th. B. at 4:00 a.m. on July 24th.
    C. at 6:00 p.m. on July 25th. D. at 4:00 p.m. on July 26th.
    55.Linda wants to find a job during her summer holiday, she can call _____.
    A. 8967234 B. 8567234 C. 8213373 D. 8124697
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    (42) 健身
    (55) 音乐
    (54) 电影
    (5) 工作与职业
    词数
    126
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。主要是四则有关健身房、音乐会、影视和暑期工作方面的广告。
    【答案】51-55 BDACD
    【解析】
    51. B。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词Lisa’s Gym,然后定位到Lisa’s Gym中的Play basketball, do yoga(瑜珈), dance and meet many new friends!可知选项B符合题意。
    52. D。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词Lisa’s Gym以及选项是与星期有关,然后定位到Lisa’s Gym中的Open time: Saturdays and Sundays可知答案选D项
    53. A。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词Mr. and Mrs. White and their 14-year-old son... the concert,然后定位到A Concert中的Ticket price可知,120+120+60=180,故选A。
    54. C。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词watch a play at People’s Cinema,再看选项都是与时间有关,然后定位到The Ugly Duck中的Time, Date可知选C。
    55. D。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词find a job during her summer holiday以及选项与电话号有关,然后定位到Summer Job中的 call Jenny at 8124697可知答案选D。
    (•新疆)C
    根据短文内容,在A、B、C、D四个选项中选择一个正确答案。
    What does Beijing’s Palace Museum look like at night? Many people don’t know the answer to this question, as it closes at around 4: 30 p.m. in winter and 5:00 p.m. in summer. However, to celebrate the Lantern Festival, Beijing’s Palace Museum opened its door to the public after dark—for two nights only. That’s a first in 94 years!
    Although people could get free tickets on the museum’s website, it was difficult to get a ticket. The website even stopped working for a while because too many people visited it at the same time. Zhang Zhifu, a 77-year-old woman, received a ticket from the museum as a gift. “I grew up in Beijing and I visited the Palace Museum every year, but I never got to see it at night. It is truly an honor,” she said.
    In the past celebration the Lantern Festival was a tradition for the imperial(皇帝的) family. “We want to pass the tradition on and give people more festival experience, ” said Shan Jixiang, the head of the Palace Museum. On the night of February 19th, , about 3,000 visitors spent the Lantern Festival in the Palace Museum.
    56.Beijing’s Palace Museum closes at around 4:30 p.m. in _______.
    A. spring B. summer C. autumn D. winter
    57.To celebrate the Lantern Festival, Beijing’s Palace Museum opened after dark for ____only.
    A.one night B. two nights C. three nights D. four nights.
    58. The museum’s website even stopped working for a while because______.
    A. too many people visited it at the same time.
    B. there weren’t enough tickets
    C. the Palace Museum was too crowed
    D. Nobody wanted to see the Palace Museum at night.
    59. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
    A. Nobody received a ticket as a gift.
    B. The Palace Museum never opened after dark.
    C. Zhang Zhifu grew up in Beijing.
    D. No visitors went to the Palace Museum in .
    60. It is _____ on February 19th, .
    A. National Day
    B. the Lantern Festival
    C. The Dragon Boat Festival
    D. Mid-Autumn Festival
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    (30)节日与假日
    (31) 庆祝活动
    词数
    209
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍冬天下午4:30和夏天下午5:00关闭的北京故宫博物院,为了庆祝年元宵节,也为了传承传统文化,向公众开放两个夜晚而得到的反馈情况。
    【答案】56-60 DBACB
    【解析】
    56. D。细节理解题。根据第一段的第二句closes at around 4: 30 p.m. in winter可知,它是冬天下午四点半关闭,故选D。
    57. B。细节理解题。根据第一段倒数第二句 to celebrate the Lantern Festival, Beijing’s Palace Museum opened its door to the public after dark---for two nights only.可知,为了庆祝元宵节,故宫博物院开放两晚,故选B。
    58. A。细节理解题。根据第二段第二句The website even stopped working for a while because too many people visited it at the same time.可知,那网站关闭是因为同时太多人参观它。故选A。
    59. C。细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句她所说的I grew up in Beijing可知,她在北京长大,故选项C符合题意。
    60. B。细节理解题。根据最后一段最后一句On the night of February 19th, , about 3,000 visitors spent the Lantern Festival in the Palace Museum.可知,那天是元宵节,故选B。
    (·湖南湘潭)A
    Look at the foods around you. From grapes and walnuts(核桃) to cucumbers and spinach (菠菜) , they make our diets special. But did you know that none of the foods above are native to China? They came to China through the Silk Road hundreds of years ago. Are there any foods that are native to China? Of course there are. Rice, soy beans, chestnuts (栗子), Chinese cabbage and hawthorns (山楂) were all grown in China first.
    Where are these foods from?
    Food
    Home country
    Time to enter China
    Luffa

    India
    Tang Dynasty (AD 618—907)
    Eggplant

    India and South Asia
    Han Dynasty (206 BC—AD220)
    Cucumber

    South Asia
    Han Dynasty (206 BC—AD220)
    Watermelon

    Africa
    Tang Dynasty(AD 618—907)
    41. _____came to China through the Silk Road. 
    A. Watermelons and rice   B. Grapes and walnuts C. Cabbage and hawthorns
    42. _____ came to China at the same time.
    A. Cucumbers and eggplants
    B. Watermelons and eggplants
    C. Cucumbers and watermelons
    43. From the text, we know that ___________.
    A. luffas are from Africa
    B. eggplants are from China
    C. none of the foods above in the chart are native to China
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    (68)动物和植物
    词数
    134
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍了多年前从国外引进中国的多种食物的产地,引进中国的时间等。
    41. B【解析】细节理解题。短文第二句话提到“From grapes and walnuts(核桃) to cucumbers and spinach”,在后面说道“They came to China through the Silk Road hundreds of years ago. ”,故选B。
    42. A【解析】细节理解题。 根据表格可知,同时进入中国的食物有三个时期,Cucumbers 和 eggplants 都在汉朝(206BC-AD220)。故选A。
    43. C【解析】细节理解题。从表格可知,luffas 来自India; eggplants来自India和Southeast Asia。选项A和B都不正确。表格中食物均来自其他国家。故选C。

    (·湖南湘潭) B
    Beijing International Horticultural Expo
    Time: April 29—October 7
    Theme: Live Green, Live Better.
    Many flowers and herbs from both home and abroad are
    on display at the expo. There are also lots of wildflowers.
    Around 110 countries and international organizations take part in the expo.
    The expo has 41 outdoor display centers and about 2,500 activities.
    注: International Horticultural Expo世界园艺博览会
    44. How long will the expo last?
          A. More than 5 months.   B. More than 6 months.   C. Less than 5 months.
    45. Which of the following about the  Beijing International Horticultural Expo is true?
    A. You can't see wildflowers at the expo.
    B. There are many flowers and herbs from both China and other countries.
    C. About 41 countries and international organizations take part in the expo.
    体裁
    应用文/海报
    话题
    (68)动物和植物
    (31)庆祝活动
    词数
    57
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇应用文/海报。主要介绍了年北京世界园艺博览会举办的时间、主题展览的花草、参会的国家、国际组织以及相关的活动等。
    44. B【解析】推理计算解题。 由文中句子“ Time: April 29—October 7”可知世界园艺博览会从4月末到10月初,持续时间超过6个月时间。故选B。
    45. B【解析】细节理解题。 由文中句子“There are also lots of wildflowers.”确定选项A不正确。由句子“Many flowers and herbs from both home and abroad are on display at the expo. ”确定选项B正确。根据句子“Around 110 countries and international organizations take part in the expo.”确定选项C不正确。故选B。

    (·湖南湘潭)C
    It’s late evening. Sun Tian is using her smartphone to do her homework. The 15-year-old girl from Zhejiang uses an app to read English articles according to her teacher's instructions.
    These days, it's normal for teachers to give homework on apps. For example, students are asked to practice English or do math exercises. Some teachers also use WeChat chat groups to give homework. But now, Zhejiang province is moving to ban (禁止) teachers from giving homework on mobile apps because they worry about students’ eyesight. More than 70 percent of middle school students in China are found to be nearsighted, according to the World Health Organization. Using mobile phones for long periods of time is bad for our eyes.
    Do students like to do their homework on their phones? Zhang Hua, a 13-year-old boy from Fujian, said he doesn’t. “Sometimes the apps can't recognize what I'm reading in English.  I have to work on them for a long time to get a high score,” he said. He said his eyesight has gotten worse since he started using  apps to do his homework.
    However, Wang Xidi, from Anhui, 15, enjoys doing homework on apps. “The apps have big databases (数据库) of math exercises! And I can revise (修改) my answers easily,” She said. “But the bad part is that I can’t help playing with other apps while doing my homework.”
     Zhou Tianyi, 12, from Sichuan, also thinks it’s fun to do homework with apps. Her teachers ask their students to dub (配音) English videos and make their own short videos. “But if I have too much other homework to do, I feel like it’s too much for me to finish,” she said.
    46. From Paragraph 2, we know that _____________.
          A. all teachers must give homework on mobile apps
    B. it's unusual for teachers to give homework on apps 
    C. using mobile phones for a long time is bad for our eyes
    47. Wang Xidi ________ while doing her homework on apps.
           A. can't play with other apps B. often plays with other apps. 
    C. doesn't play with other apps
     48. According to the passage,  ______ doesn't like to do homework on apps.
          A. Zhang Hua   B. Wang Xidi   C. Zhou Tianyi
    49. The text is most probably from _________.
          A. an ad   B. a newspaper   C. a story book
    50. What's the best title of this text?
          A. Protecting our eyes.   B. Playing games on a phone.  C. Doing homework on a phone.
    体裁
    议论文
    话题
    (14)学校生活
    (79)信息技术
    词数
    294
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇议论文。文章通过一个15岁的浙江女孩,孙甜在根据老师的要求使用手机app做作业做到很晚,由此引出浙江省拟禁用app布置作业及不同学生对于是使用手机app做作业的不同观点。
    46. C【解析】细节理解题。 第二段介绍浙江省拟禁止教师在手机app上给学生布置作业,调查显示70%的中国初中生视力不好,长久使用手机对视力有害。故选C。
    47. B【解析】细节理解题。 由第四段句子“I can’t help playing with other apps while doing my
     homework.”可知Wang Xidi在做作业时禁不住玩其他apps。故选B。
    48. A【解析】细节理解题。由文章句子“Zhang Hua, a 13-year-old boy from Fujian, said he doesn't.”
    可知,张华不喜欢。故选A。
    49. B【解析】推理判断题。本文介绍了不同学生对于使用手机做作业的不同的看法。这属于一项社会调查,不可能在广告或者故事书中,应该是在报纸上可能看到,故选B。
    50. C【解析】主旨大意题。本文从学生在手机上做作业入手介绍浙江省拟禁止用手机app布置作业以保护学生视力,以及不同学生使用手机作业的情况及观点等,这些都是围绕着在手机上做作业这一主题展开的。故选C。

    (·湖南湘潭) D
    When he was nine years old, an American boy called Milo Cress had a question: How many plastic straws (吸管) do Americans use every day?
    He quickly learned there wasn't a simple answer. The boy tried to find it out himself. Through lots of research, Cress found out that Americans use about 500 million straws every day. In hopes of cutting down plastic waste, he founded the Be Straw Free project in 2011.
    Cress started the project in his hometown —Burlington, Vermont. He asked a local restaurant to stop offering straw with every drink order. It was a simple change. However, it would save money. And by doing that, the restaurant would cut down on its straw use by 50 percent.
    For the year that followed, Cress tried to spread his project across the United States. More and more restaurants agreed to join. They stop providing the customer with a straw unless he or she asks for one. Last April, Seattle became the first American city to completely ban plastic straws.
    After his project became popular, Cress took his findings on the road. He has spoken to tens of thousands of students around the world. He wants to encourage more people to say no to plastic straws.
    “Focusing on straws is one simple step we all could take,” Cress says, “And it makes me feel that I, as a kid, could make a difference, too.”       
    51. Cress found out that Americans use ______  straws every day.
          A. about 50 million   B. about 500 million    C. about 10 million
    52. Cress founded the Be Straw Free project in order to ______.
          A save money   B. become popular   C. cut down plastic waste
    53. Which American city first completely banned plastic straws?
           A. Burlington.   B. New York.   C. Seattle.
    54. What does the sentence “Cress took his findings on the road” mean?
           A. Cress took a walk on the road.
           B. Cress spread his project around the world.
    C. Cress was doing his research all the time.
    55. According to the last paragraph, Cress thinks__________________
          A. he could be famous B. he has made much money through his project
          C. he could also do something meaningful although he is a child
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    (74)环境保护
    词数
    238
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了美国男孩Milo Cress 从九岁研究如何节约使用吸管的项目,然后到美国各个城市饭馆去宣传这项活动,获得巨大成功的故事。告诉大家,小孩也能做大事!
    51. B【解析】细节理解题。 由文章第二段第三句中“Cress found out that Americans use about 500 million straws every day. ” 可知美国每年使用塑料吸管的数量是大约500,000,000。故选B。
    52. C【解析】细节理解题。 由文章第二段最后一句“In hopes of  cutting down plastic waste,”可知他发起这一项目的目的是减少塑料吸管的使用。故选C。
    53. C【解析】细节理解题。 由文章第四段句子“Seattle became the first American city to completely ban plastic straws.”确定Seattle 正确,故选C。
    54. B【解析】推理判断题。 这句话前面的句子说到“ Cress的这项做法受到欢迎”,这段话后面的句子提到“他对世界范围的学生说”。这说明Cress的这个项目在世界范围开展。故选B。
    55. C【解析】细节理解题。 由文章最后一段Cress说的话“as a kid, could make a difference, too.”可以看出,他知道自己小,但是努力改变世界。故选C。

    (·湖南湘潭)E
    A man once visited a temple that was still being built. He saw a sculptor making a sculpture (雕塑). As he watched the man work on the sculpture, he noticed that there was a similar sculpture lying nearby.
    He felt very strange and asked the sculptor, “Why are you making two same sculptures? Do you need two to put in different places?”
    “No,” the man said without looking up, “We need only one, but the first one became damaged before I could finish it, so I'm making a new one.”
    The visitor picked up the damaged sculpture and examined it. But he couldn’t find anything wrong with it.
    “Where is the damage?”  he asked.
    There is a scratch (擦痕) on the sculpture's nose. the sculptor said while continuing his work.
    The man then asked, “Where are you going to place sculpture?”
    The sculptor replied that it would be placed on a 20 foot-high platform (平台). “If the sculpture is up that high, who is going to notice that there is a scratch on the nose?” the man asked.
    The sculptor stopped his work, looked up at the man and said, “I will know it.”
    The sculptor chose to stick to a high standard of excellent in his work. Even if other people didn't notice it, it mattered to him that his work should be of the best quality. This is an attitude we should all work hard to keep.
     56. Why did the visitor feel stranger at first?
          A. Because he could take one of the sculptures.
    B. Because the sculptor was making two same sculptures.
          C. Because he thought the sculptor needed two same sculptures.
       57. The underlined word "damaged" in Paragraph 3 is the closest in meaning to “_____”.
    A. broken   B. fallen C. beaten
      58. What was wrong with the first sculpture's nose?
           A. It was too big. 
    B. There was a scratch on it.
    C. There was nothing wrong with it
    59. Where would the sculpture be placed?
    A. Outside the temple.  B. At the sculptor's home. C. On a 20 foot-high platform.
    60. From the story, we know that.
           A. the sculptor was very serious about his work.
    B. the sculptor always made two sculptures.
    C. the sculptor didn't mind the damage.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    (26)社会行为
    词数
    249
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇记叙文。通过介绍一个人看到一个雕刻家的两个近似相同的雕塑,这个人问雕塑家为什么雕刻两个一样的雕塑,雕刻家说第一个有个擦痕,被毁了。赞扬了雕刻家认真负责,一丝不苟的工作态度和行为。
    56. B【解析】细节理解题。由第二段句子“Why are you making two same sculptures? ”可以知道参观者的想法,故选B。
    57. A【解析】词义猜测题。由第六段的句子“ There is a scratch (擦痕) on the sculpture's nose.”可知,雕塑家所说的“damaged”意味着第一个雕塑有破损,不完美。故选A。
    58. B【解析】细节理解题。从句子“There is a scratch (擦痕) on the sculpture's nose.”可知是雕塑的鼻子有划痕。故选B。
    59. C【解析】细节理解题。 由文章句子“ it would be placed on a 20 foot-high platform”可知。故选C。
    60. A【解析】主旨大意题。 本文介绍了雕塑家在为放在20英尺高的平台雕塑人物时,第一个雕塑鼻子有划痕后。他重新雕塑一个点故事,看得出他认真负责的态度。故选A。
    第一节 阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分,满分40分)
    请阅读A、B、C、D四篇短文,根据其内容选择正确答案,并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。
    (·贵州遵义)A
    Long long ago, there was a small village in the mountains, and many people lived there. Mike was one of them. He was a middle-aged man. The people in the village always laughed at him. They liked to show visitors how stupid Mike was. They thought this was an amusing thing to do.
    One day, a visitor came to the village. "Watch this," a villager said and called to Mike. "Come and play a game, Mike," he shouted. Mike walked slowly towards him, with a silly smile on his face. "Look! Mike," the villager said, "I've got something for you." He showed Mike a $1 coin and a much larger 50 ¢(美分) coin. "Which one would you like?" he asked Mike, holding them both out. Mike immediately took the 50 ¢ coin. The villager laughed. "See how foolish he is!" he said, "He always does that. How stupid he is!" He walked away, leaving Mike with the visitor.
    The visitor felt sorry for Mike. “Mike, listen,” he said, "Although the 50¢ coin is bigger than the $1 coin, the $1 coin is worth much more. Twice as much." "I know that," Mike said. "But the very first time I take the $1 coin, they'll stop playing the game." Mike went away and left the visitor in silence.
    36. Mike may be a man at the age of______
    A 10 B . 20 C . 40 D. 80
    37. Which is TRUE in the following sentences?
    A. A group of visitors came to the village. B. Mike didn't take the $1 coin
    C. A visitor came to play chess with Mike. D. Mike refused to play the game.
    38. After the game, how did the visitor feel for Mike at first?
    A. Sorry. B. Excited. C. Happy. D. Crazy.
    39. Why did Mike take the 50 ¢ coin?
    A. He knew the visitor very well. B. He didn't know the worth of it.
    C. He liked the picture on it D. He wanted the game to be continued.
    40 In fact, Mike was _ __ according to the passage.
    A. silly B . smart C. poor D. sick

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24. 故事与诗歌
    (82) 故事
    词数:220
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中讲述了一位中年人迈克的故事,经常被人嘲笑,有人给他50分和一元的钱币让他挑,他选择的是50分的,当有人告诉他时,他却说:如果他选择那个一元的别人就不和他玩了,故事让我们见识了他的大智若愚。
    【答案】36-40 CBADB
    【解析】
    36. C 细节理解题。根据第一段第三句“He was a middle-aged man”可知,迈克是个中年人。故选C。
    37. B 细节理解题。根据第二段第八、九句“Mike immediately took the 50 ¢ coin. The villager laughed. "See how foolish he is!" he said”可知,迈克拿了50分的钱币,没有拿一元的,让人感觉到他多么傻。故选B。
    38. A 细节理解题。根据第三段第一句“The visitor felt sorry for Mike.”可知选项A对,开始游客对迈克感到难过。故选A。
    39. D 细节理解题。根据第三段倒数第二句“But the very first time I take the $1 coin, they'll stop playing the game.”可知,迈克选择拿50分钱币的原因是,他害怕自己选择了1元的,别人就不再和他玩了,即他想要继续游戏,故选D。
    40. B 推理判断题。开始人们都拿迈克开心,认为他傻,给他50分和一美元的钱,他却选择50分的。但是,游客告诉他理由和原因时,他的说法是:如果他选择了一元的,别人就不再和他玩了,由此可见,他并非大家认为的傻,而是聪明。故选B。
    (·贵州遵义)B

    * Please notice: We are unable to change tickets or give money back unless the film is cancelled. (取消).
    Booking
    Three ways to book tickets for the film.
    Price: $10
    * In person: Box office opens 9:00 -17:00 from Monday to Friday.
    * By telephone: Ring 0851-22685111 to book your tickets and pay by credit card. (信用卡).
    * On line: Complete the online booking form at www. zunyitheater. com
    Discount( 打折)
    * Saver: $ 2 off for children under 12 years old and people over 60 years old
    * Supersaver: half-price seats for disabled people, only 6 wheelchair spaces available
    * Group bookings:10% discount for groups of five or more
    * School: $6 tickets for school groups of ten or more

    41. If you want to book tickets, you can NOT______.
    A ring and pay by credit card B. book tickets online.
    C. go to the box office on Tuesday D. book tickets by post
    42. What kind of tickets is the cheapest?
    A. Supersaver B. Saver. C. Group bookings D. School
    43. We can know______ according to the passage.
    A. you can get your money back at any time
    B. you can change tickets if you want
    C. there are 6 spaces for wheelchairs
    D. you can book tickets at www. film. com
    44. If 12 students go to see the movie, bow much should they pay?
    A. $60 B. $72 C. $96 D. $108.
    45. Where can you see the message?
    A. A textbook B. A report C. The Internet D. A story book

    题材:说明文
    话题:16. 文娱与体育
    词数:130
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。介绍了遵义电影院的三种点票方式:网购、电话或自己亲自去买,还有票价的优惠:老人、小孩、残疾人以及学校团体都有的不同折扣或优惠。
    【答案】41-45 DACDC
    【解析】
    41. D 推理判断题。根据图表右上框的内容可知,预订影票由三种方式:①周一至周五上午亲自来办公室买票;②拨打电话0851-22685111或使用信用卡买票;③也可通过www. zunyitheater. com网站订票,可见选项A、B、C都对,且D邮寄票根本没说到。故选D。
    42. A 计算题。根据图表右上方的句子“Price: $10”可知票价10元,又由表下框可知:Saver老人小孩优惠两元,价格是8元;Supersaver残疾人半价是5元;Group booking是打折10%,即9元;School学校票价是6元,所以最便宜的是残疾人的票。故选A。
    43. C 细节理解题。根据图表下框Supersaver中的“only 6 wheelchair spaces available”可知,在影院里只有6个轮椅空间可用。故选C。
    44. D 计算题。根据图表右上方的句子“Price: $10”可知票价10元,又由表格下方中的“School: $6 tickets for school groups of ten or more”可知,学生团体买票十人及以上就打九折,票价成了9元,12个学生,你可以算出12×9=108。故选D。
    45. C 推理判断题。根据图表内容可知,这是一则电影买票以及优惠打折的广告,可以推测是来自于网络,而不是教科书、报告或故事书。故选C。

    (·贵州遵义)C
    English is becoming more and more popular in China. It can be used in every field, such as on some signs and restaurant menus. But there are some problems when people use it. Perhaps you’ve seen the English letters “WC” in your city. They show public toilets. But do you know it is far from native(地道的) English? In fact, foreigners from English-speaking countries seldom use the letters.
    Workers in our city are changing “WC” signs all over the city. The government is spending much money changing all the bad English on signs and restaurant menus. Many other places in China are following our steps.
    “WC, or water closet, is old-fashioned English. It sounds dirty to me,” says Nancy, a young woman from the US. The old sign will become “Gents/Men” and “Ladies/Women”. “I see much poor English in everyday life, and not only on signs,” she says. “I know what they mean. But they are Chinglish, not real English. For example, when someone says to me ‘My hometown is Guizhou Province’, I know he or she should say ‘My hometown is in Guizhou Province’. Hometown is a smaller place in a province.” The common mistakes that Nancy picked up include “Not Entry”, which should be “No Entry”, “Direction of Airport” should be changed to “To the Airport”. And it is “Room Rate”, not “Room Price”. And remember to “Keep off the grass”, rather than “Care of the green”.
    The next time you walk on the street or eat in the restaurant, you can go and see if the expressions are right.
    46. Who seldom uses letter of “WC” according to the passage?
    A. Chinese students. B. Foreigners from other countries.
    C. Teachers in China. D. English-speaking foreigners.
    47. What's the attitude(态度) of the government towards the bad English on signs?
    A. It's native. B. It should be changed.
    C. It doesn't matter. D. It can be used on signs
    48. When Nancy sees much poor English in everyday life, _________
    A. she thinks it should be corrected B. she thinks it is dirty
    C. she thinks it is proper D. she likes to use it
    49. Which of the following is right?
    A. B. C. D.
    50. What is the main idea of the passage?
    A Chinglish on menus B. Money spent on Chinglish.
    C. Usages of native English. D. Letters of “WC”.

    体裁:说明文
    话题:19. 语言学习
    (65) 语言与文化
    词数:265
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中作者主要介绍了英语现在虽被广泛应用,但是很多说法在本土英语里面不是这样的,用很多例子给我们展示了母语英语的用法,同时提示我们遇见一些英语要大胆质疑是否是正确的。
    【答案】DBBCC
    【解析】
    46. D 细节理解题。根据第一段末尾句“foreigners from English-speaking countries seldom use the letters.”。可知,来自说英语的国家的外国人很少使用这一词语。故选D。
    47. B 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句“The government is spending much money changing all the bad English on signs…….”可知,政府也主张改变这些招牌上的不好的英语。故选B。
    48. B 细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“It sounds dirty to me”可知,这些过时的英语对南希来说是一种肮脏的感觉。故选B。
    49. C 推理判断题。根据第二段末位的“The common mistakes that Nancy picked up include “Not Entry”, which should be “No Entry”, “Direction of Airport” should be changed to “To the Airport”. And it is “Room Rate”, not “Room Price”. And remember to “Keep off the grass”, rather than “Care of the green”.可知,这里主题是列举了不同词语的正确与错误对比,只有To the airport 是direction of Airport的正确说法。故选C。
    50. C主旨大意题。通读全文,把握大意可知,全篇主要讲述母语英语的用法,并非WC字母、菜单上的中式英语或花在中式英语上的钱。故选C。

    (·贵州遵义)D
    The construction (建设) of high-speed railways in China began with the building of the Qinhuangdao-Shenyang High-Speed Railway( HSR) in 1999. Now the high-speed rail network in China is the Largest in the world. So far, there have been about 1700 kilometers of HSR in service, along with trains of an average(平均) speed of 220 km/h.
    Now Chinese government plans to spend $300 million building the largest and fastest HSR system in the world by 2020. It's said that the trains can run 400 km/h and create new business for China and other countries through the Belt and Road.(一带一路)
    It’s predicted that the HSR network in China will reach 30, 000 kilometers and it will be like a grid, which is mainly made up of 8 long-distance high-speed rail lines: four north-south HSR lines and four east-west HSR lines. Except for the Qingdao-Taiyuan HSR, all HSR lines of the rail grid are longer than 1 ,00 kilometers.
    Feng Hao, an expert, says “Many markets along the Belt and Road, especially in Central Asia, Southeast Asia, the Middle East and Eastern European countries, are planing to build HSR lines. They look forward to getting technological support from China".
    5l. ______ is the first HSR line in China.
    A The Qinhuangdao-Shenyang HSR. B. The Qingdao-Taiyuan HSR
    C. The Beijing-Shanghai HSR. D. The Qinhuangdao-Shanghai HSR.
    52. By 2020, the trains will run________ km/h faster than that at present,
    A. 400 B. 300 C. 220 D. 180
    53. What does the underlined word "grid" in Paragraph 3 mean?

    54. What does the expert FengHao say?
    A. Our country supports other countries in money.
    B. Many markets are not planning to build HSR lines.
    C. Our country plans to spend $300 million building HSR system
    D. Other countries want to get technological support from our country in HSR.
    55. Which of the following is mentioned?
    A The first builders of HSR. B. The speed of HSR.
    C. The building materials of HSR. D. The ticket price of HSR.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:17. 旅游与交通 (58) 交通运输方式
    词数:207
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,讲述了高铁的历史,从1999年建立秦皇岛至沈阳高铁开始,至今已经形成了高铁网络,在里程和时速两方面都居于领先地位,不仅给一带一路带来商机,也让亚洲、东欧以及中东国家望尘莫及。
    【答案】51-55 AACDB
    【解析】
    51. A 细节理解题。根据第一段开头句“The construction (建设) of high-speed railways in China began with the building of the Qinhuangdao-Shenyang High-Speed Railway( HSR).”可知,中国的高铁是从建立秦皇岛至沈阳的高铁开始的。故选A。
    52. A 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句中的“It's said that the trains can run 400 km/h”可知,中国的高铁将会跑到时速400公里。故选A。
    53. C 词义猜测题。根据本句and前的 “It’s predicted that the HSR network in China will reach 30, 000 kilometers”,可知中国的高铁网将会达到30,000公里,该句与之并列,结合前后推知句意为:那就像一只网,8条长的高铁四纵四横,故画线单词的意思应是“网络”,故选C。
    54. D 推理判断题。根据第四段的内容可知,本段主要是专家冯浩的话语;根据本段的末尾句“They look forward to getting technological support from China”可知,很多国家都期待着在高铁方面得到中国的技术支持,选项D正确;其余选择项不是本段或不正确。故选D。
    55. B 细节理解题。根据第一段末尾句“with trains of an average(平均) speed of 220 km/h.”和第二段中的“It's said that the trains can run 400 km/h”,可知,中国的高铁速度从220,将会提高到400。故选B。

    B(广西百色 )
    There are some easy things you can do to protect the earth:
    ·Plant flowers, grass or trees.
    ·Whenever you visit a park or beach, take away what you take there. Keep rubbish in a bag until you can put it in a dustbin(垃圾桶).
    ·Turn off the lights and TV set when you leave the room. This can save a lot of electricity.
    ·Turn off the tap when you brush your teeth. You can save some water by not letting it run. Also, use a glass cup instead of a paper cup because this saves paper.
    ·Give you old books and magazines to a library instead of throwing them away.
    ·Give your old clothes to poor children you know instead of throwing them away.
    ·Use both sides of paper.
    ·Stop pouring dirty water into the rivers or lakes nearby.
    ·Encourage all your friends to do the same things you do to help protect the earth.
    You don’t have to wait until Earth Day to do these things. Make every day Earth Day. If everyone makes a contribution(奉献) to protecting the environment, the earth will become much more beautiful.
    根据短文内容,选出最佳选项。
    56. The writer tells us _________.
    A. to throw rubbish into a dustbin
    B. to save water by letting it run while brushing our teeth
    C. to throw our old clothes away
    D. to pour dirty water into the rivers
    57. We can not __________ to save paper.
    A. use both sides of paper B. give old books to a library
    C. use a paper cup D. pick up waste paper at school
    58. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the writer?
    A. Plant flowers, grass or trees.
    B. Turn off the lights when you leave the room.
    C. Give your old clothes to the poor children.
    D. We have to wait until Earth Day to do these things.
    59. From the above, we know that this passage is ________.
    A. a letter B. a novel C. a proposal(倡议书) D. an advertisement
    60. What’s the best title of the passage?
    A. Save Water and Electricity B. Protect the Earth
    C. Make Better Use of Old Things D. Save Money

    题材:说明文
    话题21:环境保护
    词数:194
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,主要针对如何保护地球和环境提出了几条具体的建议。介绍了保护环境的一些措施和方法。
    【答案】56-60 A C D C B
    【解析】
    56. A 细节理解题。根据keep rubbish in a bag until you can put it in a dustbin (垃圾箱).可知作者要求我们把垃圾扔进垃圾桶。而其他三个选项:刷牙时让水流着来节约用水、把旧衣服扔掉、把脏水倒进河里都是错误的,故选A。
    57. C 细节理解题。根据文中use a glass cup instead of a paper cup because this saves paper.可知节约用纸应该使用玻璃杯而不是纸杯,因此我们不能使用纸杯来节约用纸。故选C。
    58. D 细节理解题。根据最后一段的第一句话You don’t have to wait until Earth Day to do these things.可知不必等到地球日才做这些事情。而选项D的观点与此符合,因此不正确。而其余三个选项的内容在文中都提及了,因此选D。
    59. C 逻辑推理题。这篇短文主要介绍如何保护地球和环境,而且在文中最后提到“如果每个人都为保护环境做点贡献,那么世界将会漂亮得多”。由此可看出作者就“保护环境”向我们提出倡议。故选C。
    60. B 主旨大意题。根据第一段中There are some easy things you can do to protect(保护) the environment and the earth.及下文描述,可知本文主要是讲述如何保护环境和地球。故选B。

    C(广西百色 )
    Birthdays are celebrated all over the world. Some traditions are rather similar from one country to another: candles, cakes and birthday wishes. But there are also different ways to celebrate birthdays. Here are a few:
    Argentina(阿根廷):In Argentina, as in many Latin American countries, one of the most important birthday parties is a girl’s fifteen. When girls turn 15, they have a huge party and dance first with their fathers, and then the boys at the party.
    China: The birthday child receives presents from the parents.Friends and family members are invited to dinner,  and noodles are served to wish the birthday child a long life.
    Denmark(丹麦):
    A flag is flown outside a window to show that someone who lives in that house is celebrating the birthday. Presents are placed around the child' s bed while he is sleeping so he can see them immediately when he wakes up.
    Holland(荷兰):
    The birthday child receives an especially large present.The family also put flowers or balloons on the birthday child' s chair to make it beautiful.
    India: Usually Indian children wear white to school. However, the birthday child wears colored clothes to school and give out chocolates to everyone in the class. His/Her best friend helps do this.
    Japan: The birthday child wears new clothes to mark the special time. Certain birthdays are more important than others and these are celebrated with a visit to the shrine(神殿). These are the third and seventh birthday for girls and the fifth for boys.
    根据短文内容,选出最佳选项。
    61. The birthday child can see the presents _________ in Denmark.
    A. at the party B. outside a window C. on the chair D. around the bed
    62. In Holland, the birthday child can see _______ on his/her chair.
    A. food or drinks B. flowers or balloons C. books or clothes D. noodles or chocolates
    63. In ____, only birthday children wear colored clothes to school.
    A. Argentina B. China C. India D. Japan
    64. The ________ birthday is more important than others for boys in Japan.
    A. fifteenth B. third C. seventh D. fifth
    65. The passage is mainly about _____.
    A. birthday traditions in different countries B. similar birthday traditions in some countries
    C. children’s birthdays in western countries D. the importance of children’s birthdays

    题材:说明文
    话题10:节日与假日
    词数:170
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。全世界都庆祝生日,庆祝生日的一些方法都类似。但也有不同的方式来庆祝生日的。本文介绍了阿根廷、中国、丹麦、荷兰、印度、日本庆祝孩子生日的方法。
    【答案】61-65 D B C D A
    【解析】
    61. D 细节理解题。根据第四段中Presents are placed around the child' s bed while he is sleeping so he can see them immediately when he wakes up.可知在丹麦当孩子睡着的时候人们把礼物放在孩子的床周围以便当他醒来的时候能立刻看见它们。故选D。
    62. B 细节理解题。根据第五段中The family also put flowers or balloons on the birthday child' s chair to make it beautiful.可知在荷兰,人们在过生日的孩子的椅子上放花和气球,所以过生日的孩子会会看到它们。故选B。
    63. C 细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中Usually Indian children wear white to school. However, the birthday child wears colored clothes to school…可知在印度通常孩子们穿白色衣服去上学,只有过生日的孩子才穿彩色衣服去上学。故选C。
    64. D 细节理解题。根据最后一段中These are the third and seventh birthday for girls and the fifth for boys.可知在日本女孩第三、第七岁生日更重要,而男孩第五岁生日更重要。故选D。
    从Watching shadow plays部分中The closest thing to watching a film during ancient times was going to see a shadow play.知,古代皮影戏相当于现在的看电影。故选D。
    65. A 主旨大意题。根据第一段的最后一句话But there are also different ways to celebrate birthdays. Here are a few: 以及下文的介绍可知文章主要介绍不同国家庆祝生日的不同方式,故选A。

    D(广西百色 )
    As we all know, English is an important subject in middle school. Everyone knows that they must learn English well, but some people don’t know how to learn it well. Here are some suggestions which may help you with your English.
    The biggest problem is people’s own fear. They worry that they won’t say things correctly or that they will look foolish so that they don’t speak English at all. Don’t be afraid of being laughed at. Only if we aren’t afraid of making mistakes can we learn English well.
    The fastest way to learn something is to do it again and again until you get it right. Learning English needs practice. Don’t let a little fear stop you from getting what you want.
    The best way to learn English is to have a good environment. Take notes in English, put English books around your room, listen to English radios, watch English news, movies and TV programs. Speak English with your friends whenever you can. The more English materials that you have around you, the faster you will learn it.
    Many people think that exercises and tests aren’t much fun. However, by doing exercise and taking tests you can really improve your English. If you never test yourself, you will never know how much you are making progress.
    根据短文内容,选出最佳选项。
    66. The biggest problem of learning English is _____.
    A. not knowing how to learn B. being afraid of being laughed at
    C. looking foolish D. making mistakes
    67. The fastest way to learn English well is _______.
    A. practicing over and over again B. listening to it every day
    C. going over the fear D. going to a foreign country
    68. To create a good environment, you need to do many things except _____.
    A. putting English books around your room
    B. listening to English radios
    C. watching English news and movies
    D. speaking English with your friends only in class
    69. According to the passage, English exercises and tests are ___.
    A. very necessary B. not helpful at all C. very boring D. not important
    70. How many suggestions on how to learn English are mentioned according to the passage?
    A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.

    题材:说明文
    话题19:语言学习的策略
    词数:218
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。英语在中学是一门重要的学科,但是一些人不知道怎样学好它。作者向我们提供了一些建议。
    【答案】66-70 B A D A C
    【解析】
    66. B 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句话The biggest problem is people’s own fear.可知学英语最大的问题是人们自身的恐惧。在第二段中作者还提到人们害怕被嘲笑、害怕犯错误,故选B。
    72. A 细节理解题。根据第三段第一、二句话The fastest way to learn something is to do it again and again until you get it right. Learning English needs practice.可知学东西最快的方法是反复做直到学会为止。学习英语需要练习。因此学好英语最快的方法就是反复练习。故选A。
    73. D 细节理解题。根据第四段中Speak English with your friends whenever you can.可知为了创造良好的学习环境,无论何时只要你可以就要和朋友说英语。而选项D表达“仅仅在课堂上说英语”,这与短文内容不符。其余三个选项的内容在第四段中都提到了。故选D。
    74. A 细节理解题。根据最后一段中However, by doing exercise and taking tests you can really improve your English.可知英语练习和测试真地能提高你的英语,很有必要。故选A。
    75. C 逻辑判断题。短文的第二、三、四和五段分别介绍了一种学习英语的建议,共四条。故选C。
    (•广西北部湾)B
    AI(人工智能)makes our lives easier and better. Let’s see the amazing AI.
    Cool driverless bus
    A bus door opens and you get on. Wait, where is the driver? Here is a new kind of driverless bus called Apolong.
    It can seat 14 people and doesn’t need a driver. The bus follows traffic rules. It stops every time it sees a stop light.
    Your close friend
    Hi, everyone. I’m Xiaoice, a chatbot(聊天机
    器人). I speak like a 17-year-old-girl. If you
    feel lonely, you can talk with me. I’m good at singing, writing poems and telling stories. I want to be your friend!
    World’s first AI anchor
    Hey, look! The famous Chinese anchor( 主播) Qiu Hao is reporting the news for us. But, is “he” really Qiu Hao? The answer is “no”. This is the world’s first AI anchor.
    It looks and speaks just like a real person.It speaks both Chinese and English. It can work 24 hours without any mistakes. The AI anchor joins Inhuman reporting team. You might see it on TV soon.
    Popular AI artist
    This beautiful painting was at an auction(拍卖) in 2018. It sold for about 3,000,000 yuan! But it is not a work by a famous painter, such as Vincent van Gogh. It was painted by an AI artist. Three Frenchmen created the AI.
    The AI artist studied over 15,000 paintings. In this way, it learned to paint. Now it is among the most popular artists in the world.
    据短文内容,选择最佳选项,并在答题卡上将选定答案的字母标号涂黑。
    56.The fact about Apolong is that _____.
    A. There is a driver in it B. the door is opened by the passenger
    C. there are 24 seats in it D.it stops every time it sees a stop light
    57.Xiaoice CAN’T _____.
    A. go out to play with you B. talk with you if you feel lonely
    C.be your friend D. sing, write poems or tell stories
    58.The painting is ______.
    A. a work painted by Vincent Van Gogh
    B. worth about 3,000,000 yuan at an auction
    C. studied by three French artists over 15,000 times
    D. among the most beautiful paintings in the world
    59. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. Xianice is a 17-year-old girl.
    B. The AI anchor can only speak English.
    C. The AI anchor can work 24 hours without mistakes.
    D. The AI artist is one of the most popular artists in China.
    60.We can probably see the passage in _____.
    A. a guidebook B. a notice C. a novel D. a newspaper
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    (78) 发明与技术
    词数
    258
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。主要介绍四款人工智能产品的性能和特点。
    【答案】56-60 DABCA
    【解析】
    56. D。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词 Apolong,然后定位到第一款Cool driverless bus
    中的最后一句 It stops every time it sees a stop light可知,这与选项D一致,故选D。
    57. A。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词Xiaoice,然后定位到第二款Your close friend中的最后三句 If you feel lonely, you can talk with me. I’m good at singing, writing poems and telling stories. I want to be your friend!可知这些都包含在B、C、D选项中,所以答案选A。
    58. B。细节理解题。根据题干的关键词painting,然后定位到第四款Popular AI artist中的第一、二句was at an auction(拍卖) in 2018. It sold for about 3,000,000 yuan! 可知,这与选项B相一致。故选B。
    59. C。细节理解题。根据文章内容可知,chatbot说话像一个17岁女孩,所以选项A是错的;AI anchor能speaks both Chinese and English.,所以选项B也是借的;再结合Now the AI artist is among the most popular artists in the world.可知选项D也是错的。故选C。
    60. A。推理判断/文章出处题。根据Let’s see the amazing AI.以及文章是介绍四款人工智能产品的性能和特点可知,这出自一本指南,故选A。
    (•广西北部湾)C
    One day, a man saw an old lady sitting inside her car at the side of the road. Though it was dark, he could see she needed help. So he stopped his car and walked towards her. The old lady was worried, even though she noticed the smile on his face. Was he going to hurt her? “I’ll help you start your car, madam. By the way, my name is Bryan Anderson, ” he said.
    While Anderson was fitting a spare tired(备胎) to her car, the lady began to talk to him. She thanked him much for coming to help.
    Anderson just smiled as he put his tools away. The lady asked how much she should pay him. He told her that if she really wanted to pay him back, the next time she saw someone who needed help, she could give them the help they needed. He waited until she started her car and drove off.
    A few miles down the road, the lady saw a small restaurant. She went in and a waitress came over with a sweet smile. The old lady noticed the waitress was nearly eight months pregnant(怀孕的), but she never let the pains and aches change her smile when she served her.
    The lady finished her meal and paid with a hundred-dollar bill. The waitress quickly went to get change, but the old lady was gone when the waitress came back. The waitress wondered where the lady could be. Then she found there was a note on the napkin(餐巾), “You don’t need to give me anything back. Somebody once helped me out the way I’m helping you. If you really want to pay me back, here is what you do—do not let this chain(链子) of love end with you.”
    Under the napkin were four more $100 bills.
    61.Why did Anderson tell his name to the old lady?
    A. Because he wanted to check if the lady knew him.
    B. Because he hoped that may help relax the lady.
    C. Because he thought he could be paid back one day.
    D. Because he wanted to leave his name for doing good things.
    62.What does the underlined word they refer to (指的是)?
    A. The old lady and Anderson. B. The people who need help.
    C. The old lady and the waitress. D. The people who help others.
    63.Which is the right order of the old lady’s feelings?
    ①Thankful ②Happy ③Worried ④Helpless ⑤Willing and ready to help
    A.④③①⑤② B.④①③②⑤ C.③②①⑤④ D.③①④⑤②
    64.What can be inferred(推断) from the passage?
    A. The meal cost the old lady 400 dollars.
    B. Anderson must be helped by someone before.
    C. The old lady was able to fit a spare tire herself.
    D. The waitress will probably help someone later.
    65.What’s the best title for the passage?
    A. The Help of Strangers B. The Power of Smile
    C. The China of Love D. The Bill of Kindness
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    (26)社会行为
    25. 慈善
    词数
    315
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述Bryan Anderson帮助一个在路上车出故障的女士后不收她的钱,而是吩咐她帮助有需要帮助的人,于是那个女士在用餐后时得到了那个怀孕的女服务员很好的接待,于是她在餐巾留言并附上400美元,希望那服务员把这种帮人的方式传递下去。
    【答案】61-65 BBADA
    【解析】
    61. B。推理判断题。根据第一段后面两句Was he going to hurt her? “I’ll help you start your car, madam. By the way, my name is Bryan Anderson, ” 可知,那个女士很担心,然后那个男人提出答案并介绍自己,由此推断可知他说出名字是想帮助那女士放松,故选项B符合题意。
    62. B。代词指代题。分析上下文的句子结构可知,此处的代词they是指前面的 someone who needed help,也就是说需要帮助的人,故选B项。
    63. A。细节排序题。根据文章内容然后选确定第一、第二的顺序,结合文章第一段第一、二 、四an old lady sitting inside her car at the side of the road...she needed help....The old lady was worried可知,放第一、二是④、③,从而排除B、C、D项,故选A。
    64. D。推理判断题。根据倒数第二段最后二句Somebody once helped me out the way I’m helping you(有人曾经以我帮你的方式帮过我)和If you really want to pay me back, here is what you do---do not let this chain(链子) of love end with you(如果你真的想付钱给我,这就是你要做的——不让这个链子和你爱的结束。).由此推断可知那个服务员后来应该会帮助别人。故选D。
    65. A。主旨大意题。根据文章的内容可知,一开始说到Bryan Anderson免费帮助一个在路上车出故障的女士,并吩咐她帮助有需要帮助的人,接着那个女士在用餐后在餐巾留言并附上400美元,希望服务员把这种帮人的方式传递下去,由此可知本文主要说明来自陌生人的帮助。故选A。

    (•广西北部湾)D
    Are you afraid of going to the dentist(牙医)? If so, you're not alone.
    These fears could just be in our heads, however. According to a recent survey by Martin Tickle, a professor at Manchester University in the UK, the pain isn’t felt most of the time in dental surgeries(牙科手术). In fact. among the 451 interviewed patients,75% reported no pain at all during their visits, including situations when they had their teeth pulled out.
    Could it be the sound of the drill(钻头)then?
    “I found that the sound of drilling can evoke deep worry in dental patients. Actually they don’t have any pain. " Hiroyuki Karibe, a scientist at Nippon Dental University in Tokyo, told the Guardian.
    To find the reason why a drill might bring on a racing heart, Karibe divided the volunteers into low-fear and high-fear groups based on how much they feared a trip to the dentist. Volunteers were played the sound of a drill while their brain activities were watched by a machine.
    What Karibe found in the low-fear group was increased activity in the areas of the brain relative to auditory processing(听觉处理), which means, for these people, the sound of dental drills is no different from other sounds
    In the high-fear group, however, the brain area that was activated(激活)was different. It was the area that carries out a number of duties, including learning, feelings and, most importantly, memory. This means that these volunteers not only heard the sound, but they remembered it-they made connections between the sound of a drill and the worry it produced in the past, causing their worry to return.
    Understanding how brains reply to the sounds of dentists ' drills could help scientists find ways to make patients more relaxed, according to Karibe, because patients who worry about going to the dentist might keep putting off their visits. But the best way is to keep your teeth healthy.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳选项,并在答题卡上将选定答案的字母标号涂黑。
    66. How does the writer explain that the pain isn’t felt most of the time in dental surgeries?
    A. By showing facts with numbers. B. By asking questions one by one.
    C By giving examples group by group. D. By comparing results of patients.
    67. According to the fourth paragraph, what does the word "evoke” mean in Chinese?
    A.减轻 B.引起 C.显示 D.阻止
    68. How did the sound of drilling produce different results to the volunteers in the study?
    A. It produced some worry in the volunteers in the low-fear group
    B. For the low-fear group, it activated the brain area dealing with learning, feelings and memory
    C For the high-fear group, it caused more activities in the brain area relative to auditory processing.
    D. It made people in the high-fear group remember their past uncomfortable memories
    69. What is the last paragraph mainly about?
    A. How the study might be useful.
    B. Some new ways to treat teeth
    C The proper way to treat dental patients.
    D. The importance of keeping our teeth healthy.
    70. What's the purpose of the passage?
    A. To show us different areas of fear in brains.
    B. To introduce us a recent survey by a scientist.
    C. To help us have less fear of a trip to the dentist.
    D. To make it clear that the sound of drilling is not terrible.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    (46)医疗
    (78)科普知识
    词数
    340
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。惧怕看牙医的大有人在,而这种惧怕却并非来自疼痛,这是一位英国科学家的一项调查的结果。那真正的原因会是钻头的响声吗?文章解释了另一位来自日本的科学家的实验过程与结果。参加实验的志愿者分成两组,一组恐惧感低,一组恐惧感高,科学家一边让他们听钻头的声音,一边用仪器观察他们的大脑运动。实验证明,正是因为被激活的大脑区域不同,导致人的感觉不同。懂得了这一点,可以帮助牙医找到更好的方法让病人放松。
    【答案】66-70ABDAB
    【解析】
    66. A。细节理解题。 问作者如何解释“the pain isn’t felt most of the time in dental surgeries”这件事的。答案A的意思是用数字列事实,B是挨个问问题,C是分组举例子,D是对比病人的(调查)结果。找到原文中的原句,后面跟的是“In fact”和“451”“75%”,可知答案与A相符。故选A.
    67. B 。猜测词义题。问evoke一词的中文意思。 前文已经说到病人们的恐惧并非来自疼痛,然后问是否来自钻头呢?接下来回答the sound of drilling can evoke deep worry..., evoke的主语是“钻头的声音”,谓语是“病人的深度恐惧”,那就不可能是“减轻”或“阻止”,排除A和D。声音也不能“显示”恐惧,所以排除C。故答案为B。
    68. D 。事实细节题。题目问钻头的声音是如何造成志愿者不同的实验结果的。文章第5-7段介绍的就是这个实验的过程。恐惧感高和低的两组志愿者在接收到钻头声音的时候,仪器观察到他们大脑被激活的区域不同,因此感受不同。通过检索关键词,可以看到A中的worry与low-fear不符,B中的low-fear与feeling不符, C中的high-fear与auditory不符,只有D答案没有矛盾。故选D。
    69.A 。主旨大意题。问最后一段主要与什么相关。A 这项研究会起到什么作用,B一些治疗牙病的新方法,C对待牙科病人的恰当方式,D保护牙齿健康的重要性。首句主语Understanding指向“研究”,谓语 could help指向“作用”,因此答案是A。D选项有一定的迷惑性,但本段最后一句话虽然有“keep your teeth healthy”,却并没说明其重要性。故选A。
    70.B。推理判断题。此处问文章的写作目。A为我们展示大脑中不同的恐惧区域, B向我们介绍一位科学家的一项近期研究,C帮助我们减轻看牙医的恐惧感,D说清楚钻头的声音并不可怕。主旨大意应该概括全文,文章的主要段落都在介绍研究实验。故选B。

    (广西桂林)B
    This is Mrs. Brown’s online shop, www.mrsbrown.com. Some clothes are on sale. Please click here and have a look. If you like them, please order them on line.
    Women
    Men
    Skirt
    Colour: red, white, yellow
    Size: small
    Price: $30 for each
    T-shirt
    Colour: white, black
    Size: large
    Price: $25 for each
    Sweater
    Colour: purple, red, green
    Size: all sizes
    Price: $50 for each
    Coat
    Colour: black, grey, blue
    Size: small, large
    Price: $120 for each
    根据表格信息,选择最佳选项。
    61. How much is a skirt?
    A. $50. B. $30. C. $120. D. $25.
    62. Which is the most expensive in the shop?
    A. A coat. B. A sweater. C. A T-shirt. D. A skirt.
    63. Which of the below has all sizes?
    A. The T-shirt. B. The coat. C. The skirt. D. The sweater.
    64. What can Mr. Green buy for himself if he only has $30?
    A. A skirt. B. A coat. C. A T-shirt. D. A sweater.
    65. According to the form, you can’t buy ______ in Mrs. Brown’s shop.
    A. a dress B. a sweater C. a skirt D. a coat
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    商品
    词数
    75
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇广告应用文。广告涉及的是一家在线衣服店广告。
    61. B 细节理解题。由Skirt一栏中的Price: $30 for each可知,裙子每件30美元。故选B项。
    62. A 总结归纳题。由表格信息知,skirt为30美元;T-shirt为25美元;Sweater为50元;Coat为120美元。据此分析可知,外套最贵。故选A项。
    63. D 细节理解题。由Sweater一栏中的Size: all sizes可知,只有毛衣有各种尺码。故选D项。
    64. C 推理判断题。由表格内容可知,30美元只能购买一件裙子或一件T恤衫,而格林先生是男性,所以他只能为自己买T恤衫。故选C项。
    65. A 推理判断题。表格中分别介绍了裙子、T恤衫、毛衣和外套的颜色、尺码与价格,但没有连衣裙的有关信息,所以在布朗先生的商店里买不到连衣裙。故选A项。

    (广西桂林)C
    What we have been aware of is that people from Italy speak Italian and people from Russia speak Russian. But have you ever wondered the reason why people speak Spanish in so many South American countries? Do you know why the brilliant footballers of Brazil speak Portuguese?
    And why is French the first language of some people in Canada? The answer is that all these countries belonged to European empires at one time. The next question is: How did these empires begin? To answer that question we have to probably go back to the 15th and 16th centuries, the golden age of European explorers.
    Although this period is known as the golden age of European explorers, it was not the beginning of European exploration. As you probably know, Marco Polo travelled a long way to China at the end of the 13th century and some people say that the Vikings discovered America long before Columbus set sail in 1492. However, it is during this “golden” period that some famous voyages took place. Columbus’ voyage to America is the best known voyage of exploration, but Ferdinand Magellan sailed round the world in this period, and Spanish explorers such as Cortez and Pizarro reached South America. Cortez defeated the Aztecs in what we now know as Mexico and Pizarro defeated the Incas in what we now know as Peru. The roots of the Spanish empire were established and that is why the Spanish language is so widely spoken in Central and South America today.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳选项。
    66. When is the golden age of European explorers?
    A. The 15th century. B. The 16th century.
    C. The 13th century. D. The 15th and 16th centuries.
    67. Which is not the voyage of exploration taking place during the golden period?
    A. Columbus sailed to America.
    B. Marco Polo travelled to China.
    C. Ferdinand Magellan voyaged round the world.
    D. Cortez and Pizarro reached South America.
    68. Who defeated the Aztecs in what we now know as Mexico?
    A. Pizarro. B. Cortez. C. Incas. D. Columbus.
    69. According to the passage, some countries in America didn’t use to belong to ______.
    A. Portugal B. Spain C. Canada D. France
    70. From the passage, we can know that ______.
    A. Many countries in South America have been influenced by European countries
    B. The period of the 15th and 16th centuries was the beginning of the European exploration
    C. European explorers occupied some American countries in a peaceful way
    D. Ferdinand Magellan’s voyage round the world is not famous at all
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    语言与文化
    词数
    252
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,主要介绍了南美洲许多国家讲欧洲一些国家语言的历史起源。
    66. D 细节理解题。由第1段最后1句To answer that question we have to probably go back to the 15th and 16th centuries, the golden age of European explorers.可知,欧洲探险家的黄金时代是在15世纪和16世纪之间。故选D项。
    67. B 细节理解题。由第1段最后1句To answer that question we have to probably go back to the 15th and 16th centuries, the golden age of European explorers.可知,欧洲探险家的黄金时代指的是15世纪和16世纪之间的时间,而由第2段第2句中的Marco Polo travelled a long way to China at the end of the 13th century可知,马可波罗是在13世纪末即欧洲探险家的黄金时代前而不是黄金时代期间到中国旅行的。故选B项。
    68. B 细节理解题。由第2段第5句Cortez defeated the Aztecs in what we now know as Mexico and Pizarro defeated the Incas in what we now know as Peru.可知,Cortez人打败了Aztecs人。故选B项。
    69. C 细节理解题。由第1段第5句The answer is that all these countries belonged to European empires at one time.可知,欧洲帝国曾占有过美洲的一些国家,Portugal, Spain和France都是欧洲国家,只有加拿大是美洲本土国家,没有占领过美洲。故选C项。
    70. A 推理判断题。由短文内容可知,南美洲的很多国家都受到了欧洲国家的影响,故A项叙述正确;15世纪和16世纪是欧洲探险的鼎盛时期,而不是欧洲探险的开始,故B项叙述错误;C项“欧洲探险家通过战争的形式占领了美洲国家,而不是以和平方式占领了美洲,故C项叙述错误;麦哲伦的环球旅行在世界上很有名,故D项叙述错误。故选A项。

    (广西桂林)D
    When it comes to helping developing countries, we often think about offering money in order that they can build schools and hospitals, buy food and medicine, or find clean water supplies. These seem to be the most important basic needs in their lives. However, it’s far from enough. We have to come up with better ideas.
    A man called Nicholas Negroponte invented a cheap laptop computer, which he decided to invent after he visited a school in Cambodia. The laptop which Mr. Negroponte has designed is not the same as the normal one that you can buy in the shops. One difference is that it will be covered in rubber so that it is strong and won’t be damaged easily. As an electricity supply can be a problem in developing countries, the computer also has a special handle in order that children can wind the computer up to give it extra power when needed.
    This special laptop computer will cost less than 100 US dollars and Mr. Negroponte wants to produce as many as 15 million laptop computers in the first year. The idea is that these computers will help the children’s education as they will be able to access the Internet. These computers might not benefit the people in developing countries immediately, but by improving children’s education they should help people to find their own solutions to their problems in the long term.
    Another idea to help children in developing countries is to recycle old mobile phones so that they can be used again. In the UK, and probably in many other countries too, millions of mobile phones are thrown away every year. The waste created by throwing away these old phones is very bad for the environment, so it seems to be an excellent idea to recycle them. In this way we will be able to achieve two important goals at the same time. We will reduce the waste we produce and help others. In other words, we will be able to “kill two birds with one stone”, and that is always a good thing.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳选项。
    71. The underlined phrase “wind... up” in paragraph 2 means _______.
    A. 吹风 B. 给……上发条 C. 摇上 D. 利用空气……使……
    72. The laptop computer that Mr. Negroponte has designed _______.
    A. will be damaged much easier than the normal one
    B. has a special handle to access the Internet
    C. is cheap and can run with extra power
    D. can be helpful to find the people’s own solutions
    73. According to the passage, what benefit can we get from recycling old mobile phones?
    A. We can reduce the waste to protect the environment.
    B. We can help children in developing countries reuse the old mobile phones.
    C. It is good for the environment and very educative for phone users.
    D. It not only reduces the waste produced by developed countries but also helps the children
    in developing countries.
    74. Mr. Negroponte’s cheap computer is mentioned in the passage to ______.
    A. illustrate the kindness of people in the developed countries
    B. tell us what high technology can help people
    C. show how to find business opportunities in developing countries
    D. give an example of how to help developing countries
    75. Which is the best idea the author gives us to help the developing countries?
    A. We need to help people in developing countries to help themselves, not just throw money at the problem.
    B. We should spend much money helping people in developing countries build more schools
    and hospitals.
    C. We should think about giving help to developing countries more often.
    D. We should help the people in developing countries by improving children’s education immediately.
    体裁
    议论文
    话题
    合作与交流
    词数
    347
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文,主要阐述了帮助发展中国家的方法。发展中国家不只是需要资金支持,更需要帮助他们自己发展自己,以改善其自身的造血功能。文章列举事例说明了这一观点。
    71. B 词义猜测题。由第2段最后1句中的the computer also has a special handle in order that children can wind the computer up to give it extra power when needed可知,这种特殊的把手是为了给电脑提供额外的电能,可以通过给电脑上发条来产生能量,故wind... up应是“上发条”之意。故选A项。
    72. C 总结归纳题。由第三段“This special laptop computer will cost less than 100 US dollars”知,这种手提电脑不到100美元,这说明它很便宜;从上文知,这种电脑上有一个特殊的手柄,可以在需要的时候给电脑上发条充电,这说明它有额外的电能运行。故选C项。
    73. D 细节理解题。由最后一段内容可知,循环使用旧手机不仅能减少发达国家产生的垃圾,还能帮助发展中国家的孩子。故选D项。
    74. D 推理判断题。通读全文可知,文章以Mr. Negroponte发明的便宜笔记本电脑为例,是为了提供一个如何帮助发展中国家的示例。A项:阐述来自发达国家的人的善良;B项:告诉我们什么样的高科技能够帮助人们;C项:展示如何在发展中国家发现商机;D项:举例说明如何帮助发展中国家。故选D项。
    75. A 观点态度题。通读全文可知,发展中国家不仅仅是需要资金支持,更需要帮助他们自立自强,以改善其自身的造血功能。A项:我们需要帮助发展中国家人民自立自强,而不只是用钱解决问题;B项:我们应该用很多钱帮助发展中国家的人建造更多的学校和医院;C项:我们应该考虑经常为发展中国家提供帮助;D项:我们应该通过立即提高儿童的教育来帮助发展中国家的人。故选A项。

    (广西河池)B
    阅读短文,根据短文内容,从下面各小题所给的四个备选项中,选出最佳选项。(每小题1分)
    Long long ago, there was a beautiful little girl. She was alone because she had no family and no home. She only had her clothes and some bread. But she was very kind. A man asked her if he had something to eat. She gave him her bread. A child cried and told her that his head was very cold. So she gave him her hat. Then she met a child with no coat. She gave him her coat.
    One day in the cold dark forest, she met another child who asked for her dress. The little girl thought that it was dark and nobody could see her, so she gave her dress away. At last, she had almost nothing, no family, nowhere to live, nothing to eat and little to wear.
    Suddenly stars fell from the sky. These stars became pieces of money and a beautiful dress.
    The little girl was rich for the rest of her life and she still helped the people in need with her money.
    56. The beautiful little girl was ________ because she had no family and no home.
    A. lazy B. alone C. rich D. thin
    57. When she met a child with no coat, she gave him her _______.
    A. bread B. hat C. coat D. money
    58. _______, she gave her dress away.
    A. In an old house B. In the forest C in the sky D. At home
    59. ________ fell from the sky became pieces of money and a beautiful dress.
    A. The hat B. The coat C. The bread D. The stars
    60. The little girl was rich for the rest of her life because of her ______.
    A. kindness B. family C. beauty D. dress
    体裁:记叙文
    话题24:故事
    词数:170
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,文章讲述了一个善良的女孩,不遗余力帮助他人。最后星星从天空掉落,变成钱和裙子,她也变得非常富有。
    【答案】56-60 BCBDA
    【解析】
    56. B 细节理解题。从第一段第三句She was alone because she had no family and no home.可知,她很孤独。故选B。
    57. C 细节理解题。从第二段最后一句Then, she met a child with no coat. She gave him her coat.可知,当见到没有外套的男孩时,她给男孩外套。故选C。
    58. B细节理解题。从第三段第一句One day, in the cold dark forest, she met another child who asked for her dress.可知,是在森林里她把裙子给了那个孩子。故选B。
    59. D细节理解题。从第四段Suddenly, stars fell from the sky. These stars became pieces of money and a beautiful dress.可知,是星星掉下来,变成了钱和裙子。故选D。
    60. A推理判断题。从短文内容可知,女孩的仁慈让她的余生富有。故选A。
    (广西河池)C
    阅读短文,根据短文内容,从下面各小题所给的四个备选项中,选出最佳选项。 (每小题2分)
    Earthquakes usually come without warming. What should you do if this happens to you? An earthquake is dangerous, but there are still things you can do to protect yourself.
    ●Stay calm as the earth begins to shake. Your chance of survival in an earthquakes go up if you can keep calm. Staying calm is not easy, but it can save your life.
    ●If you are inside when the earthquake starts, get under a table or a bed. You need to have something strong around you to protect you from falling objects. Do not stand near walls or windows and stay out of the kitchen. The kitchen is dangerous because of many glass objects.
    If you are outside, get to an open area as fast as you can. Stay away from buildings and trees. If you are in a car, pull over to a place where there are no trees or tall buildings and stay in the car. If you are close to the sea, try to get as far away from the water as possible. Earthquakes can cause huge waves(浪) that can really harm the people nearby.
    ●When the earthquake is over there is still plenty of danger. For example, gas fire often comes with an earthquake if you see a fire, quickly move outdoors to an open area.
    Always remember to hope for the best but prepare for the worst.
    61. What does the underlined word “survival” mean in Chinese?
    A. 坍塌 B. 废墟 C. 幸存 D. 失踪
    62. What shouldn't you do if you are inside when the earthquake starts?
    A. To get under a table. B. To get under a bed
    C. To stay out of the kitchen. D. To stand near walls or windows.
    63. Which is the wrong way if you are outside when the earthquake happens to you?
    A. To stay away from buildings and trees.
    B. To get as far away from the sea water as possible.
    C. To run into your house quickly to take something valuable.
    D To drive your car to a place where there are no trees or tall buildings and stay in the car.
    64. When an earthquake happens ________ often comes out.
    A. electronic fire B. gas fire C. forest fire D. grass fire
    65. What is the passage mainly about?
    A. The ways to stay calm
    B. The ways to stay away from tall buildings.
    C. The ways to move outdoors to an open area.
    D. The ways to protect yourself when an earthquake happens.
    体裁:说明文
    话题14:安全与救护
    词数:236
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了地震发生时,人们自救的方法。1. 保持冷静;2. 在室内发生地震时,躲在桌子或者床下面;3. 在室外发生地震时,应该到空旷地方;4. 当地震结束后,仍有危险。
    【答案】61-65 CDCBD
    【解析】
    61. C词义猜测题。从后面的go up if you can keep calm.可知,如果你能冷静,幸存的机会上升。因此,survival的意思是“幸存”。故选C。
    62. D细节理解题。从第二个小标题的内容“应该是待在床或桌子底下”可知AB正确;由“Do not stand near walls or windows and stay out of the kitchen.”可知C正确;D错误。故选D。
    63. C细节理解题。从第三个小标题的内容Stay away from buildings and trees.可知A正确;由try to get as far away from the water as possible.可知B正确;由pull over to a place where there are no trees or tall buildings and stay in the car.可知D正确;根据常识,不能回到房子里拿值钱的东西,可知C是错误的。故选C。
    64. B 细节理解题。从第四个标题里的gas fire often comes with an earthquake if you see a fire可知选B。
    65. D主旨大意题。从短文内容主要介绍当地震发生时,如何保护自己。故选D。
    (广西河池)D
    阅读短文,根据短文内容,从下面各小题所给的四个备选项中,选出最佳选项。(每小题2分)
    The World Health Organization (世界卫生组织) says air pollution kills seven million people around the world each year. Even if polluted air does not kill us, it can make us very sick.
    However breathing dirty air may do more than hurt your body. It can also affect (影响) your brain and your ability to think.
    A new study shows that air pollution can cause a “huge” reduction (减少) in our intelligence (智商). The researchers reported that long-term exposure (暴露) to air pollution can affect a person’s mental (智力的) abilities in two areas: language and math. Xi Chen, the researcher of the Yale School of Public Health led the study. He and his team found that breathing polluted air can reduce a person's education level by about one year.
    Chen said that the effect (结果) generally is worse for those over 64 years of age, for men and for those with little or no education.
    “The older persons — they are more affected. And we find, quite interestingly men are more affected than women. And people working outdoors are more affected than people working indoors."
    The researchers noted that the effect of pollution on language ability is even more serious as people age, especially among men and the less educated.
    Why were language skills more affected than math? There are two main kinds of tissue (组织) in the brain: white matter and grey matter. White matter is more connected with a person's language skills, while grey matter is connected to our ability to solve math problems. Studies have shown that air pollution has a great effect on the white matter in the brain, but not the grey matter
    Chen said that air pollution did affect the math skills just not as much as their language skills.
    66. Air pollution causes ________ million people to die around the world each year.
    A. one B. two C. seven D. sixty-four
    67. Which is not true according to the passage?
    A. Breathing dirty air may hurt your body
    B. Breathing dirty air can affect your brain.
    C. Breathing dirty air can affect your ability to think.
    D. Breathing dirty air can make your immune system (免疫系统) strong.
    68. The effect of breathing polluted air generally is worse for those people except ________.
    A. men B. women
    C. those with little or no education D. those over 64 years of age
    69. In the sixth paragraph, “people working outdoors” probably refers to (指的是) “_______”。
    A. the researchers
    B. people with little or no education
    C. people from the World Health Organization
    D. people from the Yale School of Public Health
    70. Air pollution affected the language skills _______ math skills.
    A. as much as B. as little as C. more than D. less than
    体裁:说明文
    话题21:环境保护
    词数:322
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了空气污染对人们的影响。空气污染对人的语言能力及数学能力影响很大;对老人、小孩及没有受过太多教育的人影响更大。
    【答案】66-70 CDBBC
    【解析】
    66. C细节理解题。从第一段中的air pollution kills seven million people around the world each year.可知,七百万人死于空气污染。故选C。
    67. D细节理解题。从第二段中的breathing dirty air may do more than hurt your body. It can also affect (影响) your brain and your ability to think.可知,呼吸污染的空气对人的身体、大脑都有影响,也会影响思考能力。故选D。
    68. B细节理解题。从第五段中的worse for those over 64 years of age, for men and for those with little or no education.可知,空气污染对超过64岁的人,男人及没有文化人影响很大。选B。
    69. B词义猜测题。从上段内容“空气污染对超过64岁的人,男人及没有文化人影响很大。”可猜测,应该是没有文化的人。故选B。
    70. C细节理解题。从文章最后一句Chen said that air pollution did affect the math skills just not as much as their language skills.可知,空气污染对数学技能的影响不如对语言影响严重。故选C。
    B
    ( 广西柳州)56 Once there was a boy and his little sister living in a small village. The boy was good-looking but his sister was not. One day they found a mirror(镜子) and 57 they saw what they looked like for the first time. The boy was very pleased and he said to his sister. "How handsome I am I look nicer than you!" 58 The girl didn't like what her brother said and gave him a hard push. “ Go away!”she said angrily.
    Their father saw what was happening. He went up to them and said to the boy, 59"You must
    always be good as well as look good. "Then the father said to the girl. "My dear, if you help
    everyone and do your best to please( 使愉快) them, everyone will love you.60 It doesn't matter that you are not as good-looking as your brother.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳的答案,并在答题卡上将其字母标号涂黑。
    56. Once a boy and his little sister lived in a small__________.
    A. city B. town C. village
    57. The boy and his sister saw what they looked like in the mirror for the_______ time.
    A .first B. second C. third
    58. The girl didn't like what her__________ said.
    A. Aunt B. brother C. mother
    59. Father told the boy to be good as well as look___________.
    A .good B. young C. ugly
    60. The underlined word "matter" in Paragraph 2 means________ in Chinese.
    A. 麻烦 B. 问题 C. 要紧
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    外貌
    词数
    153
    主旨大意:一对兄妹住在一个小村庄。哥哥长相很俊,妹妹相貌平平。一天他们发现一面镜子,兄妹两第一次看到镜子里的自己。哥哥很开心,并说他比妹妹长得好看。妹妹生气了并把哥哥一把推开。父亲看到这一幕后跟哥哥说,你要表现得跟你外貌一样好。告诉妹妹使周围的人开心,人人都会喜欢她。没有哥哥长得好看没关系。
    56. C 细节理解题 从句子Once there was a boy and his little sister living in a small village.此句话最后一个单词是village.故选C.
    57. A 细节理解题 从句子they saw what they looked like for the first time.知道,他们姐弟都是第一次照镜子.故选A.
    58. B 细节理解题 从句子 The girl didn't like what her brother said and gave him a hard push可知女孩不喜欢哥哥说的话,故选B.
    59. A 细节理解题 从句子You must always be good as well as look good. 故答案选A.
    60. C 词意猜测题 这句话的意思是:没有哥哥好看没(不)_____。麻烦,问题,要紧
    不要紧合乎语境。故选C.
    C( 广西柳州)
    ( 广西柳州)Mr and Mrs. Smith have two children, Kevin and Jenny. The whole family are all busy, so they often leave notes to each other. Here are these four notes of today.

    3:30pm
    To Kevin,
    Mr. King rang, telling there is no football
    practice today, and he asked you to get ready for the football match tomorrow.
    Jenny
    4:00pm
    To Jenny
    It's your turn to walk our pet dog Teddy and play with him after school.
    Kevin

    6:45pm
    To all
    Has anyone found my tennis shoes? I'm doing my homework in my bedroom.
    Kevin

    9:00pm
    To Kevin
    I saw your shoes this morning. They
    smelt terrible so I put them outside the back door. Good night, dear!
    Mum

    61.__________was asked to walk the pet dog after school.
    A . Mum B. Kevin C. Jenny
    62. Kevin was doing his homework in the__________ at 6: 45 pm.
    A. Bedroom B. garden C. living room
    63. Kevin could find his tennis shoes______________.
    A. under the desk B. outside the back door C. in the bag
    64. What will Kevin probably do tomorrow_____________.
    A Play with Teddy. B. Play tennis. C. Play in a football match
    65. What can we learn from the notes?
    A. Teddy doesn't like to stay at home. B. Mr. King may be a coach.
    C. Mum washed Kevin’s shoes.
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    生活琐事
    词数
    121
    主旨大意:Smith一家人通常很忙,几乎不能同时在家里。他们通过各自留便条的的方式进行沟通交流。
    答案: CABCB
    答案解析:
    61. C 细节理解题 根据句子“ It's your turn to walk our pet dog Teddy and play with him after school” 这是Kevin 写给Jenny 便条。故选C
    62. A 细节理解题 根据句子“I'm doing my homework in my bedroom. Kevin”。故选A。
    63. B 细节理解题 根据句子“I put them outside the back door. ” 故选B
    64. C 细节理解题 根据句子“ he asked you to get ready for the football match tomorrow” 故选C
    65. B 推理判断题 根据句子“Mr. King rang, telling there is no football practice today, and he asked you to get ready for the football match tomorrow. ”可以猜测Mr. King 是教练,故选B。
    (·贵州毕节、黔南三州)A
    Students’ Training Center

    ENGLISH
    Times:Mon,Thurs&Fri.
    8:00 am-10:00 am
    Room: 305
    Teacher: Mr. Li
    Tel:68882305
    DRAWING
    Time:Mon,Thurs&Sun.
    8:00 am-10:00 am
    Room: 406
    Teacher: Miss Deng
    Tel:68882406
    COMPUTER
    Time:Tues,Wed &Fri.
    8:00 am-10:00 am
    2:00 pm-4:00 pm
    Room:608
    Teacher: Mr.Hu
    Tel:68882608
    SWIMMING
    Time:Thurs, Sat &Sun.

    8:00 am-10:00 am
    3:00 pm-5:00 pm
    Place: Swimming pool
    Teacher: Miss Zhang & Mr. Song
    Tel:68882102

    41. If Xiao Ming wants to learn how to use a computer, he can call the number ________
    A.68882305 B.68882608 C.628882406 D.6882102
    42 Da Bao wants to learn drawing, then he must go to_______
    A. Room 305 B. Room 406 C..Room 608 D. Room 604
    43. If you are free on Thursday afternoon. you can go to learn______.
    A. English B. drawing C. swimming D. computer
    44.What time is Students’ Training Center open day?
    A. 8:00-10:00 am B.2:00 pm-4:00 pm C.8:00 am-5.00 pm. D.3:00 am-5:00 pm
    45. Which of the following is right?
    A. Mr. Deng and Mr. Zhang can teach you drawing.
    B. Mr Li and Mr. Zhang can teach you English.
    C.Miss Zhang and Mr. Hu can teach you how to swim.
    D. Mr. Hu can teach you how to use a computer.
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    广告;生活与技能
    词数
    61
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文,通过广告形式向人们介绍一下学生培训中心培训的内容、时间、地点、联系方式、教师等。
    【答案】41—45.BBCAD
    【解析】
    51. B 细节理解题。根据第三则广告COMPUTER,学电脑应拨打68880608。故选B。
    52. B 细节理解题。根据第二则广告DRAWING,学习绘画应去406教室。故选B。
    53. C 细节理解题。根据第四则广告SWIMMING,只有学学游泳的课程才在星期三下午3点到5点开放,在第三则广告中,虽然学电脑也会下午开放,但是不再星期三开放。故选C。
    54. C 细节理解题。第一则广告是星期一、四、五早8点到10点;第二则是星期一、四、七早上8点到10点;第三则广告是星期二、三、五早上8点到10点和下午2点到4点;第四则广告是星期四、六、七早上8点到10点,下午3点到5点。归纳可知,从早上8点到下午5点这个时间段每星期都开放。
    55. D 细节理解题。根据第三则广告COMPUTER,胡先生教电脑。故选D。
    (·贵州毕节、黔南三州)B
    Robert was a boy of eight years old. One day, when he was doing cleaning at home, he thought he should move the box out of the house. The box made of wood was very heavy. And it was much bigger than he. He tried, but he could not move it. After resting for a short time the boy started once more, but failed again. He couldn’t even move it a bit. He felt very tired and hopeless.
    Just then his father came home from work and saw his son work hard. He didn’t help Robert. Instead, he asked, “Dear son, have you done your best? And are you doing everything you can!”
    “ ▲ ” the boy cried.
    “No, you're not" his father said quietly,“You have not asked me to help you. Asking for help is not a weakness At some point, even the strongest of us needs help. It important to know when to ask for help and understand why ou need it. Never be afraid to ask others for help when you’re in trouble.”
    Robert modded with a big smile.
    46. What did the boy want to move away?
    A. A stone. B. A box. C. A wood. D. A toy.
    47. Robert couldn’t move it out because it was too_____.
    A .heavy B. tall C. low D. high
    48. How did Robert feel after he tired again and again?
    A. He hoped he could move it sometime later. B. He thought he could ask for help.
    C. He felt very tired and hopeless. D. He became very proud of himself.
    49. Which of the following can be put in ▲ in the seventh line of the article?
    A.I hardly did! B. Yes.I do. C. No. I am not! D. Yes. I am.
    50. What can be the best title of the passage?
    A. How to move s heavy thing away. B. An interesting story about Robert.
    C. Robert’s hard work. D. Learn to ask for help when needed.

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    日常生活
    词数
    194
    【主旨大意】这是一篇记叙文,讲的是Robert搬不动木头箱子,他的父亲告诉他无论自己多么强大在需要帮助时要向他人寻求帮助。
    【答案】 BACDD
    【解析】
    56. B 细节理解题。根据he thought he should move the box out of the house可知,他向把这个箱子搬出去。故选B。
    57. A 细节理解题。根据The box made of wood was very heavy可知,这个箱子是木头做的很重,是他搬不动的主要原因。故选A。
    58. C 细节理解题。根据the boy started once more, but failed again. He couldn’t even move it a bit. He felt very tired and hopeless可知,他试了一次又一次,但是连一点都无法移动,他感到很疲惫很灰心。故选C。
    59. D 推理判断题。根据上文他曾经不停的努力过,在他的父亲问他是否尽了力,他可能感到委屈而哭泣,又根据下文中,他父亲说No, you’re not可推测,是他父亲在反驳他的话,所以可以判断出,Robert回答的是他尽了力。故选D。
    60. D 标题选择题。根据父亲说的话It is important to know when to ask for help and understand why you need it. Never be afraid to ask others for help when you’re in trouble可知,父亲想让他明白在需要帮助时不要害怕去寻求他人的帮助,由此可知道本文的主旨大意是在需要时寻求帮助。故选D。
    (·贵州毕节、黔南三州)C
    Dear Rita,
    How are you? Last time you asked me about the greatest invention in my eyes. I have also discussed it with my best friends, Anna, Sue and Kris. We have different ideas. Anna thinks it is the high-speed railway; Sue, the shared bike; Kris, the online shopping; and I prefer the Internet.
    The Internet is just like a net, and it connects us with the word. In the past, it was nearly impossible for people to communicate immediately with people in other countries. They had to spend a long time to reach their destinations (目的地),and not everyone could do that. But the Internet has made the impossible possible. Now we can communicate with foreigners online.
    The Internet also helps us know what is happening around the world, and has made our life and work easier. In recent years, shopping online is very popular. We can just stay at home and buy what we need online. We can also do online office work and distance education. Besides, we can watch movies, listen to music and even play games to relax ourselves on the Internet.
    So I think that the Internet is one of the greatest inventions. It has changed our world! Although there are still many problems with the Internet, they will be solved in the near future. As a student we should make good use of the Internet!
    Yours,
    Martin
    51. The letter was written by ______.
    A. Rita. B. Sue. C. Anna. D. Martin.
    52. Ann thought that _____was the greatest invention.
    A. The high-speed railway. B. the shared bike.
    C.the Internet. D.the online shopping.
    53. “The Internet has made the impossible possible” means_____.
    A. People spent a long time to reach their places.
    B. Many things can be done now because of the internet.
    C. People could hardly talk with foreigners.
    D. The Internet is just like a net.
    54. The article doesn’t mention that People can use the Internet to______.
    A. know the world news B. do online shopping
    C. watch movies D.learn how to drive
    55.For what purpose does the writer write the letter?
    A. To warn others how to make use of the Internet.
    B. To tell people the communication ways in the past.
    C. To talk about his opinions about the greatest invention.
    D. To make people know about the problems of the internet.
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    发明与技术
    词数
    233
    【主旨大意】这是一封信,Martin回答了Rita的问题,她认为最伟大的发明是互联网。
    【答案】 61-65 DCBDC
    【解析】
    61. D 细节理解题。根据信件右下角的名字可知,这封信是Martin写的。故选D。
    62. A 细节理解题。根据第一段“Anna thinks it is the high-speed railway;” 可知,Ann的看法。故选A。
    63. B 句意转化题。The Internet has made the impossible possible 互联网让很多不可能变成了可能,可以理解为:因为有了互联网所以很多事情都可以做了。故选B。
    64. D 归纳总结题。根据第三段The Internet also helps us know what is happening around the world,shopping online is very popular. We can just stay at home and buy what we need online,Besides, we can watch movies,由此可知,并没有提到学习怎么开车。故选D。
    65. C 主旨大意题。根据本文内容,结合本文是一封信件,Martin回答了Rita的问题,她认为最伟大的方面是互联网,说明了一些他的观点(文章二三段),以此来说明为什么他认为最伟大的发明是互联网(So I think that the Internet is one of the greatest inventions. It has changed our world!)。所以Martin写信的目的是写出他的观点。故选C。
    三.阅读理解(本题共20分,每小题1分)
    (A) (黑龙江哈尔滨)
    Tina graduated from college. Several days later, she got a new job. She would work in the biggest company (公司) in her city. Her friends admired her very much.
    On her first workday, Tina arrived at 8:45 a.m. She took the lift to the 11th floor (楼层), and a clerk showed her where her desk was. As a green hand, she didn’t know what to do, so she tried to talk to the girls who sat near her in the office. However, they were not friendly to her. After a while, a young boss came in. Tina was surprised that the boss was not the old man who interviewed her several days ago. The boss gave her a lot of reports to write. But when she began to write, she found that she had much trouble understanding the reports. She spent almost the whole day trying to do the work. At 5: 30 p.m., it was time to go home. Although most of the reports weren’t finished, she got into the lift. On the 10th floor, she was greeted by John, the old man who interviewed her several days ago. “Tina!” he said, “Why didn’t you work with us today?” All of a sudden, Tina realized she mistook the 11th floor for the 10th floor. “Oh, my God!” she. answered, “______” After hearing this, John couldn’t help laughing.
    根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
    31. The underlined (划线的) words “a green hand” most probably mean ______.
    A. a person without experience
    B. a person caring about the environment
    C. a person doing well in growing vegetables
    32. Tina was surprised because ______.
    A. she was not allowed to leave the company
    B. the young boss wasn’t the man who interviewed her
    C. the bosses in the two companies refused her in the interviews
    33. Tina spent ______ trying to finish the reports.
    A. almost the whole day
    B. almost the whole morning
    C. almost the whole afternoon
    34. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. Tina moved to another city for a new job.
    B. The girls sitting near Tina were unfriendly to her.
    C. Tina arrived at the company at 5:30 a.m. on her first workday.
    35. “______” can be the missing sentence in the passage.
    A. I forgot the interview date!
    B. I have finished all the reports!
    C. I have been in the wrong office all day!
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:(82) 故事
    词数:232
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了一个刚入职的女孩因粗心大意而走错楼层,并在误入别的办公室里工作了一天的故事。这个故事告诉人们,做事一定要严谨细心。
    【答案】31-35ABABC
    【解析】
    31. A词义猜测题。从划线单词所在句前的一句中“On her first workday,”可知,Tina是一个新参加工作的人员。由此推知,a green hand指的是刚参加工作的人,没有工作经验的人。故选A。
    32. B细节理解题。根据第二段中“Tina was surprised that the boss was not the old man who interviewed her several days ago.”中可知答案。
    33. A细节理解题。根据第二段中“She spent almost the whole day trying to do the work.”可知,Tina几乎花费了整整一天的时间做这件工作。故选A。
    34. B细节理解题。根据第二段中“However, they were not friendly to her.”可知,坐在Tina旁边的姑娘们对她不够友好。
    35. C推理判断题。根据上文Tina走错了楼层及下文的“After hearing this, John couldn’t help laughing.”可知,Tina说自己犯了一个错误。故选C。

    (B) (黑龙江哈尔滨)
    The Volunteers for the Ice and Snow Festival
    Name
    Item
    Jack
    Du Yue
    Mike
    Zhang Na
    Age
    25
    28
    31
    28
    Nationality
    American
    Chinese
    English
    Chinese
    Job
    Coach
    Nurse
    Singer
    Tour guide
    Personality
    Friendly
    Quiet
    Humorous
    Outgoing
    Volunteering experience (s)
    Helping during the City Art Festival in 2016
    Volunteering at an animal hospital in 2013 and 2015
    Teaching children music at school in the countryside
    Working at an animal care centre twice
    根据表格所提供的信息选择最佳答案。
    36. Jack helped during the City Art Festival _______.
    A. in 2013 B. in 2015 C. in 2016
    37. Mike is ______ Zhang Na.
    A. three years older than B. as old as C. three years younger than
    38. Du Yue and Zhang Na______.
    A. have similar volunteering experiences
    B. come from different countries
    C. have the same personality
    39. If someone is hurt during the Ice and Snow Festival, ______ may be the most suitable to help.
    A. Jack B. Du Yue C. Mike
    40. Which of the following is TRUE according to the form (表格) above?
    A. Mike who taught children music is humorous.
    B. The two girls volunteered at the Olympics.
    C. Jack from England is a tour guide.
    体裁:非连续性文本
    话题:(5) 个人信息
    词数:64
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。信息分别介绍了四个人的年龄、国籍、工作、性格和志愿者经历等。
    【答案】36-40CAABA
    【解析】
    36. C细节理解题。根据Jack表格中的Volunteering experiences可知应选C。
    37. A推理计算题。根据表格内容可知,Mike是31岁,Zhang Na是28岁,可知Mike比Zhang Na大三岁,故选A。
    38. A总结归纳题。通过比较表格中Du Yue和Zhang Na两个人的信息可知,他们都照看过动物,因此,都有着类似的志愿者经历。故选A。
    39. B推理判断题。根据表格信息可知,Du Yue是一名护士,所以可以为冰雪节中的病人服务,故选B。
    40. A细节理解题。根据表格中Mike的信息介绍可知,迈克是名歌手,教过孩子们音乐,性格幽默,故选A。

    (C) (黑龙江哈尔滨)
    Peter lived in a village. He was sad recently because he thought that he had nothing left. One day, Peter went to ask a wise man for help. He said to the wise man, “I have nothing left, so I don’t want to live.” The wise man smiled sympathetically (同情地).
    The wise man took out a piece of paper and drew a straight line down the middle. He explained that he would write down the things Peter had lost on the left side and the things Peter still had on the right side.
    The wise man asked, “When did your family leave you?”
    “What do you mean? They haven't left me. They love me!”
    “That's great!” said the wise man. “Then that will be the first thing on the right side——Family haven' t left. Now, do you have freedom (自由)?”
    “That 's a silly question. Of course I do!”
    “Good! That’s the second one on the right side——You have freedom!” said the wise man, writing it down.
    After Peter was asked some more questions in the same way, he finally understood and smiled.“Things will change when you think of them in a different way!” he said.
    As a matter of fact, change your attitude and you will change your world. It’s necessary to have a positive (积极的) atitude to life.
    根据短文内容判断正、误。
    (注意:考生将答题卡相应位置涂黑。正确的涂“A”,错误的涂“B”)
    41. Peter thought he had nothing left, so he was sad recently.
    42. Peter’s family didn’t love him and left him.
    43. The answer to the second question was written down on the left side.
    44. The wise man asked Peter more than two questions.
    45. From the passage , we can know that we should have a positive attitude to life.
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:(82) 哲理故事
    词数:234
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章介绍了一个年轻小伙自己感觉到自己一无所有而悲观厌世,后来在一位聪明人的指点下,终于认识到自己拥有很多的东西。这个故事告诉人们积极的生活态度是非常重要的。
    【答案】41-45.ABBAA
    【解析】
    41. A细节理解题。根据第一段中第二句“He was sad recently because he thought that he had nothing left.”可知Peter最近感觉非常伤心。故本陈述正确。
    42. B细节理解题。根据第四段中“hey haven't left me. They love me!”可知,彼得的家人非常爱他。故本陈述错误。
    43. B推理判断题。根据短文内容可知,第二个问题是“Now, do you have freedom?” 彼得回答是肯定的;再结合上文中“…he would write down the things Peter had lost on the left side and the things Peter still had on the right side.”可知,彼得拥有的东西要写在右边。故本陈述错误。
    44. A推理判断题。根据文中“After Peter was asked some more questions in the same way, …””可知,那位聪明人问了Peter不止两个问题。故本陈述正确。
    45. A主旨大意题。根据最后一段最后一句“It' s necessary to have a positive (积极的) atitude to life.”可知,拥有积极的生活态度是非常重要的。故本陈述正确。
    (D) (黑龙江哈尔滨)
    Do you often run outdoors to keep healthy? Have you ever thought about how running helps to clean up the earth? Sometimes a creative mind can bring us a win- -win (双赢) situation.
    Plogging, a new way to exercise, began in Sweden (瑞典). The name “plogging” comes from two words — the Swedish (瑞典的) word “plocka” , which means to “pick up (捡起)” , and the word “jogging”, which means “to run slowly”. A Swedish man called Erik started the movement. He saw rubbish here and there when riding to work each day. He became worried about the dirty environment and decided not to go to work by bike any more. Instead, he began to run to work and pick up the rubbish at the same time. To his joy, more and more people followed him and soon plogging became popular.
    Many people choose plogging instead of just jogging because they think plogging is a good way to help clean up the earth. Sometimes rubbish is difficult to collect because it may scatter all around. But if the runners pick up the rubbish on the way, it is quite different. After all , many hands make light work. Another reason is that plogging burns more calories (卡路里). According to a research, plogging for 10 minutes burns 48 calories, while usual jogging for 10 minutes burns about 39 calories.
    Everyone on the earth should play a part in cleaning it up! It' s time for us to take action together. So ready? Let’s plog tomorrow!
    根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
    46. The underlined (划线的) word “scatter” in the passage means “______” in Chinese.
    A.爆炸 B.集中 C.散落
    47. After Erik saw much rubbish,______.
    A. he became worried
    B. he kept riding to work every day
    C. he didn' t care and did nothing about it
    48. People choose plogging because ______.
    A. there are too many bikes in the city
    B. riding bikes is harmful to their health
    C. it can help clean up the earth and burn more calories
    49. Which of the fllowing is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. Plogging started in Sweden.
    B. Plogging for 10 minutes burns about 84 calories.
    C. The name “plogging” comes from two English words.
    50. What s the best title for the passage?
    A. A Bad Habit —— Littering
    B. The Best Sport—— Jogging
    C. A New Way to Exercise—— Plogging
    体裁:议论文
    话题:(74) 社会行为
    词数:274
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。文章首先介绍了现代一种新型的体育活动——plogging的起源,接着发表了plogging对环保有益的观点。
    【答案】46-50CACAC
    【解析】
    46. C词义猜测题。根据划线所在句前一分句“Sometimes rubbish is difficult to collect”知,有时,垃圾很难收集。由此推知,垃圾散落得到处都是。故选C。
    47. A细节理解题。根据第二段中“He became worried about the dirty environment and decided not to go to work by bike any more.”可知,Erik对赃的环境非常焦虑。故选A。
    48. C细节理解题。根据第三段中“…because they think plogging is a good way to help clean up the earth.”和“Another reason is that plogging burns more calories.””可知plogging既能够帮助清洁卫生,又能够燃烧更多的卡路里。故选C。
    49. A细节理解题。根据第二段第一句“Plogging, a new way to exercise, began in Sweden.”可知,这项运动起源于瑞典。故选A。
    50. C标题归纳题。通读全文可知,此文主要是介绍了一种新兴的锻炼方式——Plogging,故选C。
    (·黑龙江龙东)(C)
    Choose the best choice from A, B or C according to what you read.
    A survey on the Dream Jobs for the Students in Green High School

    66.About 45% of the girls would like to be _______in the future.
    A.reporters B. scientists C. teachers
    67.Which job do the boys like most?
    A.Bankers B. Managers C. Scientists
    68.What does the diagram(表格)show us?
    A. Boys have the same interest of jobs as girls.
    B. Girls have more choices of jobs than boys.
    C. Boys’ choices of jobs are different from girls’.
    69. How many jobs are mentioned in the diagram?
    A.5 B.6 C.7
    70. Which is WRONG according to the diagram?
    A.The fewest girls want to be scientists.
    B.Boys like bankers better than teachers.
    C.Girls like reporters better than bankers.
    题材:应用文
    话题:1. 个人情况(5) 工作与职业
    词数:26
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。是关于中学生理想职业的一份调查报告。其中将近一半的女生的理想职业是老师,将近40%的男生的理想职业是经理。
    【答案】66-70CBCAC
    【解析】
    66. C 细节理解题。从第五个长方体可知45%的女孩想当老师,故选C。
    67. B 细节理解题。从第三个长方体可知将近40%的男生最喜欢成为经理,故选B。
    68. C 细节理解题。从后四个长方体的长度相差较大,故男孩们选择工作不同于女孩们。
    69. A 细节理解题。从图表下面的“Banker, Reporter, Manager, Scientist and Teacher”可知提到了五个职业,故选A。
    70. C 推理判断题。从第一,二个长方体可知,25%的女孩喜欢成为银行家,10%的女孩喜欢成为记者,故推断比起记者来,女孩更喜欢成为银行家,故C不正确。
    A (湖北黄石)
    (湖北黄石) I'm sure you all know how important recycling is. Recycling is when you take old things and turn them into new things. It sounds like magic. But it's actually very scientific.

    Materials
    The first thing you have to do is to collect items that can be recycled. Only certain materials can be recycled. These include things made out of paper, metal, glass and plastic.

    Daily things
    Can you think of everyday items made of these materials? Soda cans are a good example. They are made out of metal. Magazines and newspapers are made out of paper. So are cereal boxes. Some bottles of juice are made out of glass. Bags and yogurt containers are made out of plastic. There are many things that can be recycled.
    Loop
    These things are usually stamped with the recycling loop. It has 3 arrows that go in triangular (三角形的) circle. This shows that cycle (循环) continues. Items are thrown away but continue their lives as something else.
    Process

    Let's go back to the process of recycling .①The items are put in a recycling bin.② A truck carries the items to a recycling plant.③the materials are separated and squashed into square cubes.④Companies buy and turn them into new products.


    46. What is "recycling" according to the passage?
    A. It's a magic performance. B .It's a way of burning old things.
    C .It's a way to make old things useful D It's a scientific research.
    47. Which material is not mentioned in the passage?
    A Rubber. B. Metal. C. Glass. D. Plastic.
    48. You can put your old things into a recycling bin except____.
    A. soda cans B. magazines C. cereal boxes D. all bottles
    49. The “3 arrows” shows that the items______.
    A. have some valuable stamps B. are in a triangle circle
    C are recycled and reused D are thrown away
    50. The passage is mainly about _____.
    A. recyclable materials B. recyclable daily things
    C. the recycling process D. recycling in a scientific way
    题材:说明文

    话题:21环境保护

    词数:341
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章从四个方面说明了回收利用的科学性。

    【答案】CADCD
    【解析】
    46.C 细节题。根据文章第一段recycling is when you take old things and turn them into new things。回收利用是把旧物变成新物。故选C。
    47.A 细节题。根据列举的material排除,只有rubber未提及。故选A。
    48.D 细节题。根据上文可知可循环利用的物品由paper, mental, glass ,plastic做成并非所有材料都能制作可循环利用的物品。。soda cans由mental制成,magazine由paper制成,cereal boxes麦片盒由paper制成。故选D。
    49.C 细节题。根据文章items are thrown away but continue their lives
    and something else。可知物体被扔掉但仍然以其他形式存在。可以循环利用。故选C。
    50.D主旨大意题。文章首段点明中心思想。回收利用很神奇但是非常科学。
    故选D。

    B (湖北黄石)
    (湖北黄石) Once upon a time, a wealthy old man lived alone in a big house. He was growing weaker day by day and was unable to take care of himself so he decided to hire (雇佣 ) a nurse to help with housework and take care of him.
    One day, the old man interviewed two nurses--Anthony and Peter. Anthony happened to be a handsome young man, while Peter looked quite ordinary (普通的). The old man asked Anthony to make tea for him. After Anthony left, the old man turned to Peter and said, “Anthony has given me very bad account(描述)of you. He said you are rude (粗鲁的) and untrust worthy. Is this correct?
    Peter thought for a minute and said "If Anthony has a bad opinion of me, there must be something wrong with me. I should take some time to change these things.”
    The old man was very impressed by Peter's character. Meanwhile, Anthony returned with a cup of tea for the old man. The old man sent Peter to make breakfast for him. He then turned to Anthony and told him, "Peter spoke very poorly of you while you were gone. What do you think about this? "After hearing this, Anthony became angry and started cursing(咒骂).
    In the end, the old man hired Peter. Although Peter looked quite ordinary, he had impressive inner (内在的) beauty.
    51. What did the old man want a nurse to/be?
    A Live with Kim.
    B. Help with housework and look after his wife.
    C. Work as a doctor.
    D. Help with housework and look after him.
    52. What did Anthony look like?
    A Handsome. B. Ordinary. C. old D. Ugly.
    53. The old man told Peter that Anthony ______.
    A . had had some bad words of him B. had praised him
    C .did not trust him D. considered him to be not important
    54. How did Peter react(反应)when he heard the old man's words?
    A. He was angry. B. He took it seriously.
    C. He didn't believe him. D. He blamed (责备)Anthony.
    55. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. Ordinary people are more trustworthy.
    B. Handsome men must be good men.
    C. Inner beauty is more important than appearance.
    D. Others’ opinions are always correct.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24故事
    词数:394
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述一位老人在招聘帮他做家务和照顾他的护理人员过程中,巧妙地招聘到外貌看似普通,却心灵美的Peter。告诉我们内在美比外在美更重要。

    【答案】DAABC
    【解析】
    51. D 细节题。根据文章第一段so he decided to hire a nurse to help with housework and take care of him,可是他是要找一个做家务和照顾他的人。故选D。
    52.A细节题。根据文章第二段Anthony happened to be a handsome young man可知Anthony很帅。故选A。
    53.A 细节题。根据文章第二段Anthony has given me very bad account of you可知老人对Peter说Anthony 说了他的坏话。故选A。
    54.B 细节题。根据第三段Peter thought for a while彼得想了一会儿可知他是认真对待了的。故选B。
    55. C推理判断题。根据文章最后一段最后老人雇佣了Peter。虽然Peter外表看上去很普通,但是它有内在美。可知内在美比外在美更重要。故选C。

    C (湖北黄石)
    (湖北黄石)Earlier this year, China achieved a new milestone(里程碑)in space exploration. On Jan 3,Chang'e 4 became the first space probe(探测器)in history to successfully land on the far side (dark side) of the moon. After a 26-day journey, it touched softly down on a crater. The whole process of landing lasted 12 minutes, which opened a new page in history of mankind's space exploration.
    The far side of the moon is the side that we can not see. We don't know much about it This landing is of great importance. The far side of the moon is an ideal(理想的)place for scientific research. It may have unique minerals(矿物质)and other resources. Scientists can make clearer observations of deep space from there.
    Chang'e 4 has sent back photos of the far side of the moon. It is also being used to carry out experiments. The data(数据)collected from these experiments could be used to help us build a base on the moon in the future. The success of the Chang'e 4 mission (任务)is a major achievement for China's space program.
    China launched its lunar(月球的)exploration program in 2004, naming it Chang'e. Chinese scientists set three goals“orbiting(环绕运行), landing and sample(样本) returning”. Chang'e 4 has realized the second goal. The third will be achieved during the Chang'e 5 mission, which is set to take place before the end of this year.
    Following the success of the Chang'e missions Chinese scientists are looking even farther into our solar system(太阳系). China’s first Mars mission is expected to be carried out by 2020.
    56. Chang'e 4 is the first space probe in the world to land____.
    A. in deep space B. on the moon
    C. on the near side of the moon D. on the far side of the moon
    57. What's the most important about the landing place?
    A. It's far from the earth. B. It has many resources.
    C. It's ideal for scientific research. D. It's dark and unknown.
    58. The underlined word "observations" in paragraph 2 means
    A.学习 B.观察 C.描述 D.庆祝
    59. Which of the following is the second goal of china's lunar exploration program?
    A. Landing on the moon. B. Bringing some samples back to the earth.
    C. Building a base on the moon. D.Traveling around the moon.
    60. What can be the best title of the passage?
    A. The Space Probe B. Exploring the Moon.
    C. The Three Goals. D. Exploring the Mars.
    题材:说明文

    话题:22 科普知识

    词数:441
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了今年中国太空探索方面取得新的里程碑。嫦娥四号着陆月球背面完成了三个任务。

    【答案】DCBAB
    【解析】
    56.D 细节题。根据文章第一段Chang'4 became the first space Probe in history to successfully landed on the far side of the moon可知嫦娥四号着陆在月球的背面。故选D。
    57.C 细节题。根据文章第二段this landing is of great importance. The far side of the moon is an ideal place for scientific research可知此次月球登陆最重要的是对它进行科学研究。故选C。
    58.B词义推测题。上文指出它可能有矿物质和其它资源。科学家可以从这儿对太空进行更清晰的观察。故选B。
    59.A 细节题。根据文章第三段 Chinese scientists set three goals“orbiting, landing and simple returning” 可知中国月球探索第二个目标是着陆。故选A。
    60.B 主旨大意题。文章主要介绍了嫦娥四号成功着陆月球背面对月球进行探索。故选B。
    A(湖南张家界)
    Look at this newspaper page. Read about December holiday events in one town. Then answer the questions:
    Holiday Events This Week
    Monday, December 12
    Crafts Projects
    For kids ages 5 to 12
    Library, 4 p.m.
    Saturday, December 17
    Holiday Fair
    Do last-minute shopping
    Town Hall, 11 a.m.
    Friday, December 16
    Holiday Concert
    Hear the chorus sing
    High School, 6 p.m.
    Sunday, December 18
    Benefit Breakfast
    Bring cons to give
    Clothes shop, 9 a.m.
    31. Which event is only for kids?
    A. Crafts Projects. B. Holiday Concert. C. Benefit Breakfast.
    32. What time does the breakfast start?
    A. 4 p.m. B. 11 a.m. C. 9 a.m.
    33. Which event is on Saturday?
    A. Holiday Fair. B. Holiday Concert. C. Benefit Breakfast.
    34. Where is the Holiday Concert?
    A. In the library. B. In the high school. C. In Town Hall.
    体裁:应用文
    话题:9 计划与安排
    10. 节假日活动
    29. 安排
    31. 庆祝活动
    词数:73
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。主要介绍了十二月份要安排的四个假期事件。
    31. A 细节理解题。根据第一个表格中“For kids ages 5 to 12.”可知答案选A。
    32. C 细节理解题。根据第四个表格中“Clothes shop, 9 a.m.”可知答案选C。
    33. C 细节理解题。根据第四个表格中“Sunday, December 18 ”可知答案选C。
    34. B 细节理解题。根据第三个表格中“Friday, December 16 ”可知答案选B。
    B(湖南张家界)

    Joe Bot and Rob Ot are robots. They are also best friends. The two pals live on a faraway planet. They are characters in a new book series (系列). The books are graphic (绘画) novels. They are written by Russ Bolts and illustrated (插图) by Jay Cooper. The first two Bots books are in stores now.
    35. What is the name of the book series?
    A. Joe Bot and Rob Ot B. Two Robots C. Bots
    36. Who is the writer of the Bots books?
    A. Joe Bot. B. Russ Bolts. C. Jay Cooper.
    37. Who are Joe Bot and Rob Ot?
    A. They are robots. B. They are best friends.
    C. They are characters in a new book series.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:24 故事与诗歌
    85. 小说
    词数:75
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍了绘画小说Joe Bot and Rob Ot的相关情况。
    35. A 细节理解题。根据文章第一句话可知,这部新书系列的名字是Joe Bot and Rob Ot。
    36. B 细节理解题。由文中“They are written by Russ Bolts”可知是Russ Bolts写的。
    37. C 细节理解题。根据文中“They are characters in a new book series”可知答案选C。
    C(湖南张家界)
    Anvitha Vgay, 9, can build an app. With the help of You Tube videos, the young techies from Melbourne, Australia, learned to code (编程) at age 7. Soon, she was trying her hand at making apps. “When I first got my iPad, I was fascinated by all the apps on it,” she said, “It wasn’t long before I wanted to create my own.” She built her first two apps with her younger sister in mind. Smartkins Animals helps children identify (识别) more than 100 animals and their sounds. Smartkins Rainbow Colors teaches kids colors. Each app has been downloaded thousands of times.
    38. When did Anvitha begin to learn to make apps?
    A. At the age of 7. B. At the age of 8. C. At the age of 9.
    39. For whom did Anvitha build her first two apps?
    A. For her brother. B. For her sister. C. For herself.
    40. What is Smartkins Animals?
    A. A toy. B. An app. C. An apple.
    41. What does Smartkins Rainbow Colors teach kids?
    A. Colors. B. Animals. C. Animals’ sounds.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术
    23 历史与社会
    78. 发明与技术
    81. 著名人物
    词数:108
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍了澳大利亚九岁的女孩Anivtha Vgay建立一个App的故事。
    38. A细节理解题 根据文中“learned to code (编程) at age 7. Soon, she was trying her hand at making apps.”可知她七岁开始学习编程。
    39. B 细节理解题 由文中“She built her first two apps with her younger sister in mind.”可知答案选B。
    40. B 推理判断题 根据文中“Each app has been downloaded thousands of times.” 可推断出Smartkins Animals 和Smarkins Rainbow是两个app。
    41. A 细节理解题 由文中“Smartkins Rainbow Colors teaches kids colors.”可知答案选A。
    D(湖南张家界)
    We all know that healthy food is good for our bodies. But most people don’t know it is also good for the mind! What we eat doesn’t just affect (影响) the way we look. It also affects the way we think and remember things.
    Doctors have said fish like mackerel(马鲛鱼) and salmon (鲑鱼) are good for the brain. These fish have special fats that help children’s brain to grow. They also help to keep adults’ memories sharp. Some green vegetables are also good for the brain. They have a lot of vitamins (维生素) the brain needs.
    But don’t think if you eat a lot of salmon, you’ll never have to study again! The truth is, these foods don’t make you smarter. But they do keep your brain healthy, and a healthy brain is easier to use.
    42. Healthy food is __________.
    A. only good for our bodies B. only good for the mind
    C. not only good for our bodies, but also for the mind
    43. Why is salmon good for children?
    A. Because it is from the ocean. B. Because it helps children to become smarter.
    C. Because it has special fats that help children’s brain to grow.
    44. What does the underlined word “sharp” mean?
    A. good B. poor C. bad
    45. What would be the best title for the article?
    A. The Best Food— Fish. B. Feed Your Brain C. How to Make Your Children Smart.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:13. 卫生与健康
    43. 健康饮食
    词数:150
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了经常食用几种鱼类对人类大脑的影响。
    42. C 细节理解题 根据文中“We all know that healthy food is good for our bodies. But most people don’t know it is also good for the mind!”可知健康的饮食不仅对我们的身体有好处,而且对我们的大脑也有好处。
    43. C 细节理解题 由文中“These fish have special fats that help children’s brain to grow.”可知吃鲑鱼有助于孩子大脑发育。
    44. A 词义猜测题 由前文可知这些鱼类对孩子的大脑有好处。再根据“These fish have special fats that help children’s brain to grow.”可知sharp表示“good”的意思。
    45. C 标题归纳题 这篇文章主要介绍了经常食用几种鱼类对人类大脑尤其是孩子大脑的影响。
    A(江苏常州)
    (江苏常州)The Dead Sea
    At 430 meters below sea level, the Dead Sea is Earth’s lowest point on land. It is popular for its wonderful buoyancy(浮力). The high salt content— more than 34 percent —makes swimming more like floating.
    Now the Dead Sea is actually dying. People are using water from the Jordan River, which takes water away from the Dead Sea. Since 1930, its surface area has reduced by almost 40 percent.
    Venice, Italy
    With waterways instead of streets, this “Floating City” has attracted visitors for centuries. But no visit to Venice is complete without a ride in one of its famous gondolas, human-powered water taxis. Water creates Venice. But water will also kill the city.
    Built on soft earth, Venice has slowly been sinking(下沉) for centuries. Now, with rising sea levels caused by human activities, it’s sinking faster. According to US-based magazine Architectural Digest, the city may disappear in the next 100 years. Better book your gondola soon!
    Great Barrier Reef, Australia
    Covering more than 2,300 kilometers of Australia’s northeast coast, Great Barrier Reef is the world’s largest reef ecosystem, and an ideal place for scuba divers(水肺潜水者). Thousands of colorful coral(珊瑚) and fish make home in the blue sea water. It’s like a big underwater party!
    Sadly, the party might be over soon. The reef is dying. Human activities are changing the weather. Warming ocean water kills the coral, and this causes problems up the food chain. The New York Times reported that large parts are already dead, and the reef system might be gone by 2030.
    23. What can be the best title of the passage?
    A. Disappearing Watery Wonders
    B. Amazing Man-made Wonders on the Sea
    C. Lost Watery Wonders on the Sea
    D. Last Watery Wonders in the World
    24. Which of the following is the shared cause of the problems all the three places are facing?
    A. Water loss.
    B. Sea pollution.
    C. Warming seas.
    D. Human activities.
    25. If Tom wants to visit all the following places before they are gone, and he can only afford one in the next 15 years, where must he go?
    A. The Dead Sea. B. Venice. C. Italy. D. Great Barrier Reef.
    题材
    说明文
    话题
    自然与环境;环保
    词数
    287
    【主旨大意】短文是一篇说明文,介绍了死海、意大利的水上城市威尼斯和澳大利亚的大堡礁。由于人类活动的原因,这几处与水相关的奇迹都面临危机。
    【答案】23-25 ADD
    【解析】
    23.A主旨大意题。短文介绍的是几处与水有关的奇迹面临的危机,A项“正在消失的与水相关的奇迹”是短文主旨意义。故选A。
    24.D推理判断题。介绍这几处奇迹时,都体现了作者的忧患意识,并说明这些奇迹面临的困窘是人类活动造成的。故选D。
    25.D推理判断题。通过短文最后一句面临灭绝或面貌改观的是珊瑚礁生态系统,到2030年大部分会死亡。故在接下来的15年里汤姆要去参观这些奇迹的话要先去大堡礁。故选D。
    B(江苏常州)
    (江苏常州)There is good news for students of vocational(职业的) colleges in China: the government has announced plans to develop modern vocational education.
    Premier Li Keqiang said the government should speed up the development of modern vocational education to meet the need for skilled workers and technicians(技术人员) in the job market. High school graduates and workers with no special training are encouraged to study in higher vocational colleges. Li said that the number of the new students in higher vocational college in China should go up by 1 million this year. This is the first time the central government has a clear plan.
    This comes after the news of the large shortfall(不足) in highly technicians, although China has millions of technical workers. China is expected to face a shortfall of 3 million skilled workers who can operate the newest machines by 2020. The shortfall will grow to 4.5 million by 2025. Also, vocational education is unsatisfactory(不令人满意的), although there are many vocational colleges in China. In some vocational colleges, the education methods and courses cannot meet the need of upgrading(升级) manufacturing(制造业). As can be seen from the job market, some companies still can’t find highly skilled technicians even with high pay.
    To deal with the problem, some vocational colleges have worked with companies to teach students. They have hired skilled technicians from companies as teachers. With the rising of the skilled workers’ social position and pay, it is believed the vocational education system in China will start to play a bigger role in the development of China.
    26. What’s the main purpose of the development of modern vocational education in China?
    A. To train more highly skilled technicians for the job market.
    B. To help vocational college graduates get higher pay from their work.
    C. To ask more people to live on themselves with technical skills.
    D. To encourage more companies to upgrade manufacturing.
    27. What is one of the problems of Chinese vocational education according to the passage?
    A. Higher vocational college teachers are not well paid and valued.
    B. There are only a small number of higher vocational colleges in China.
    C. The education methods and courses in vocational colleges are unsatisfactory.
    D. Some of the vocational college teachers are skilled technicians from companies.
    28. The writer believes China’s future vocational education is _______.
    A. hopeful B. doubtful C. unsatisfactory D. worrying
    题材
    说明文
    话题
    职业教育
    词数
    283
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。短文介绍了中国职业教育的相关情况。文章分析了中国职业教育的现状和存在的问题,政府决定大力推进现代职业技术教育来解决制造业升级所带来的高级技术人员的缺乏问题。从政府、职业技术院校和公司等各层面开始采取措施来大力推进职业技术教育。
    【答案】26-28 ACA
    【解析】
    26.A细节理解题。短文第二段开始李克强总理说的话提示在中国推进现代职业教育的主要目的是培训就业市场所需的高级技术人才。故选A。
    27.C细节理解题。短文第三段第四句和第五句话提示中国职业教育面临的问题是教育方法和课程设置不能令人满意,满足不了市场对人才的需求。故选C。
    28.A推理判断题。短文最后一句话“可以相信,中国的职业教育会在中国的发展中开始扮演更重要的角色”可以推断作者相信中国的职业教育是有希望的。故选A。
    C(江苏常州)
    (江苏常州)Nowadays, it never seems we have enough time to realize all of the reading goals(目标) that we set for ourselves. Luckily, we have mobile apps such as Latte Read and GET Abstract to provide abstracts(梗概) of a text. Abstracts are useful tools, especially for students, but like having a friend describe the main content of a story to you, you cannot experience the joy and excitement of reading the original(原来的) text for yourself.
    I recently finished reading a thick book of W. Somerset Maugham’s collected short stories. It took me around ten years to get through. Thomas Mann’s difficult The Magic Mountain took me about six months to read: Ayn Rand’s Atlas Shrugged made me very bored most of the time. Reading a book, whether it is good or bad, is a formative(建设性的) experience. There are plenty of books which I probably shouldn’t have taken the time to read. But the challenge of living for a time in the thoughts and experiences of a different history or character makes even the worst book a valuable effort.
    Whenever I finish the last line of a book and slowly close it, I like to sit there and think over its lines with a mix of nostalgia(怀旧之情) and pride. I then take the book in hand and find a place for it on my bookshelf. When I step back and look at the books on my shelf, it is as if I am looking at the history of the different lives that I have lived.
    Abstracts are useful as a tool to an end, but reading the actual(真正的) book is something much richer. Reading, like anything else in life, is much more about the journey than it ever was the destination(目的地).
    29. What does the writer mainly want to say?
    A. Reading abstracts is a best short way to enjoy literature.
    B. Reading abstracts cannot bring you the true feeling of actual reading.
    C. Reading different kinds of books brings you many advantages.
    D. The journey and the destination are equally important in our reading.
    30. What can we know about the writer from the second paragraph?
    A. He prefers thick and difficult books to short stories.
    B. A good book is better worth reading than a bad one to him.
    C. He achieves a lot from reading some challenging books.
    D. He is lucky enough never to have read a regrettable book.
    31. In the third paragraph the writer ________ his main point of view(主要观点).
    A. explains the meaning of
    B. provides further support for
    C. makes a conclusion of
    D. offers an opposite example for
    题材
    议论文
    话题
    阅读与建议
    词数
    325
    【主旨大意】短文是议论文。现在我们好像永远达不到我们为自己设定的阅读目标。尽管幸运的是手机app软件可以提供故事梗概,但读者体会不到读原著所感受到的快乐和激动。作者通过自身的阅读经历来说明阅读就像旅行一样,过程远比目的地丰富的多。
    【答案】29-31 BCC
    【解析】
    29.B主旨大意题。短文首尾照应,中间作者通过自身的经历所举的例子来证明阅读故事梗概不能得到阅读原著的体验。故选B。
    30.C细节理解题。通读第二段可知作者旨在说明无论巨著或好的坏的书,只要你能够面对挑战读完它,即使一本最坏的书也是很珍贵的成就。故选C。
    31.C细节理解题。短文第一段提出论点,通过第二段和第三段的举例说明,可知第三段是进一步总结他的观点读故事梗概和读原著是不同的。第二段和第三段是用来提供支持观点的材料。故选C。
    D(江苏常州)
    (江苏常州)When Major, the most respected pig, saw all the animals were present, he cleared his throat and began:
    “Now, comrades(同志们), I don’t think I shall be with you for many months. Before I die, let me ask you a question. What is the nature of this life of ours? Let us face it: our lives are miserable and short. We are born, we are given just so much food as will keep the breath in our bodies, and those of us who are able to do it are forced to work to the last minute of our life; and the moment our usefulness has come to an end, we are killed immediately. No animal in England knows the meaning of happiness or freedom after he is one year old. No animal in England is free.”
    “Why then do we continue in this miserable condition? Because nearly the whole of the produce of our hard work is stolen from us by human beings. There, comrades, is the answer to all our problems. It is summed up in a single word— Man. Man is the only real enemy we have. Remove(消灭) Man from the scene, and the basic cause of hunger and overwork is ended for ever.”
    “And now, comrades, I will sing an old song that came into my dream last night to you. I am sure, it was a song sung by the animals of long ago and have been lost to memory for many years. It is called Animals of English.”
    His voice was hoarse(沙哑的), but he sung well enough to throw the animals into the wildest excitement. Almost before Major had reached the end, they had begun singing it for themselves.
    Unluckily, the singing woke Mr. Jones, the farm owner, who jumped out of bed, thinking that there was a fox in the yard. He took the gun which always stood in a corner of his bedroom, and let fly 6 shots(射击) into the darkness. The pellets(子弹) flew into the wall of the yard and the meeting broke up hurriedly. Everyone ran to his own sleeping place. The birds jumped onto their trees, the animals settled down in the straw, and the whole farm was asleep in a moment.
    32. Why did Major make the speech?
    A. To encourage the animals to fight against Man.
    B. To teach the animals to sing an old song.
    C. To say goodbye to the animals before death.
    D. To complain about his personal miserable life.
    33. What does the underlined word “miserable” in the second paragraph most probably mean?
    A. common B. boring C. lonely D. painful
    34. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
    A. The animals on the farm were brave.
    B. Major’s speech was nearly successful.
    C. Major and Mr. Jones were friendly to each other.
    D. Mr. Jones forced his animals to work from birth to death.
    35. Why did Mr. Jones fire his gun?
    A. To break up the animal’s meeting.
    B. To kill the fox he saw in the yard.
    C. To make sure his gun was in good condition.
    D. To protect the animals he raised on his farm.
    题材
    童话故事
    话题
    人与动物
    词数
    397
    【主旨大意】短文是一篇童话故事。农场上的一个晚上,最受尊重的猪Major召集农场的所有动物开会来反对人类的屠杀。它慷慨激昂的演说让所有动物们热血沸腾地唱了起来。可是歌声惊醒了农场主,他以为院子里来了狐狸,拿起枪顺手射出了6发子弹,动物们立刻散去各归各位,整个农场一会儿就沉睡了。
    【答案】32-35 ADBD
    【解析】
    32.A细节理解题。通过Major的演讲内容和一些语句如Man is the only real enemy we have. 等可知其演讲目的是鼓励动物们来反对人类。故选A。
    33.D词义猜测题。通过第二段最后“英国没有动物了解幸福和自由的意义”等可知画线单词意为“痛苦的”和short并列,意为“生命痛苦而短暂”。
    34.B细节理解题。结合各项的意义和短文第五段最后一句的内容,可知Major的演讲差一点就成功了符合短文内容。其它各项“农场上的动物很勇敢”,“Major和琼斯先生彼此友好”和“琼斯先生强迫动物们从出生到死都在干活”是错误的。故选B。
    35.D推理判断题。最后一段第一句话提示琼斯先生是以为来了狐狸而放枪,是为了保护他农场上的动物。故选D。
    IV.阅读理解(共四节,20小题,计40分)
    (青海)A

    仔细阅读广告内容,选择最佳答案。(每小题2分,共10分)
    56. _____ are not in the sale.
    A. Fridges B. TV sets C. Smart phones D. Cameras
    57. The big sale can last _____.
    A. one week B. two weeks C. three weeks D. four weeks
    58. You can buy _____ at half price.
    A. everything B. TV sets C. smart phones D. cameras
    59. The biggest saving is _____ off.
    A. 25% B. 30% C. 50% D. 80%
    60. A camera is normally ¥ 4000, in the sale it is _____.
    A. ¥ 1000 B. ¥ 1200 C. ¥ 2000 D. ¥ 3000

    题材:应用文
    话题:11. 购物
    词数:129
    【答案】56—60 ABBDD
    【主旨大意】本文是一则应用文,是关于苏宁数码产品促销的广告,介绍了电视机、手机和照相机的降价折扣。
    【解析】
    56. A 细节理解题。根据广告中提到的数码产品可知,fridge(冰箱)并未提到。故选A。
    57. B 数字计算题。根据广告中“June 17th to 30th, ”可推知,促销的时间共14天。故选B。
    58. B 细节理解题。根据广告中“50% all TV sets”可知,电视机半价。故选B。
    59. D 细节理解题。根据广告中“up to 80 %”可知,最多可以打两折。故选D。
    60. D 数字计算题。根据广告中“25% off all Cameras”可推知,4000元的照相机打过折是3000元。故选D。
    (青海)B
    (青海)“I’m going to bed earlier tomorrow!” But no matter how we decide, there are still many chances that we break our promises.
    This behavior is called “bedtime procrastination” (睡眠拖延症), and results from being short of self-control and our body clock.
    Bedtime procrastination is a common problem. According to a study, among 2, 400 people, 53 percent of them couldn’t follow their sleeping time they had planned, delaying (推迟) it at least twice a week. They delayed bedtime not because they liked to stay up late, but they couldn’t stop doing some other things.
    Accordingly, people who usually have trouble resisting temptations (抵制诱惑) and adhering to their intentions (坚持己见) are more likely to delay going to bed.
    However, scientists think being short of self-control is not the only problem. Our body clock also plays an important role when it comes to bedtime.
    In order to check the influence of the body clock on sleep, scientists studied the sleep patterns (模式) of 108 people. It was found that those who got up late are more likely to delay their bedtime than those who woke up early every morning.
    And more surprisingly, night owls (夜猫子) would go to bed late at the very beginning of the weekday, even though they had to get up early for work and school. It’s their special body clock that plays a part in delaying their bedtime.
    People always think that bedtime procrastination isn’t a big problem, but the choices we make that affect (影响) our sleep could finally be pretty important for our health.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。(每小题2分,共10分)
    61. Bedtime procrastination is partly because of _____.
    A. being short of self-control B. resisting temptations
    C. adhering to their intentions D. working hard
    62. Bedtime procrastination is a common problem because _____.
    A. people liked to stay up late B. people have trouble going to bed
    C. over 50% of people couldn’t sleep on time D. people are night owls
    63. _____ people were tested on the sleeping influence of the body clock.
    A. 2400 B. 53 percent of C. 47 percent of D. 108
    64. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
    A. People who got up late are more likely to delay their bedtime.
    B. People who woke up early may not delay their bedtime.
    C. Night owls always got up late.
    D. Night owls delayed their bedtime due to their special body clock.
    65. The writer implies (暗示) that bedtime procrastination _____.
    A. is not a big problem B. has no any influence on our body
    C. is the choice we make D. is harmful

    题材:说明文
    话题:13. 卫生与健康
    词数:300
    【答案】61—65 ACDCD
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了睡眠拖延症的定义、原因及对人们身体的影响。
    【解析】
    61. A 细节理解题。根据短文第二段中的“… results from being short of self-control and our body clock.”可知,睡眠拖延症是因为缺少自控能力。故选A。
    62. C 细节理解题。根据短文第三段中的“According to a study, among 2, 400 people, 53 percent of them couldn’t follow their sleeping time they had planned …”可知,超过53%的人不按时睡觉,因此睡眠拖延症是个普遍现象。故选C。
    63. D 细节理解题。根据短文第六段中的“In order to check the influence of the body clock … 108 people.”可知有108人被测试。故选D。
    64. C 推理判断题。根据短文倒数第二段“… they had to get up early for work and school.”可知,夜猫子总是起床晚的描述是错误的。故选C。
    65. D 推理判断题。根据短文最后一段可知,睡眠拖延症对我们的健康是有害的。故选D。
    (青海)C
    (青海)The world got glimpse (一瞥) of one of the greatest mysteries of our universe (宇宙) on April 10. That’s when the first image of a black hole was shown to the public. The picture was created by a network of eight radio telescopes (射电望远镜).
    “We have seen what we thought was unseeable,” says Shep Doeleman. He led the effort to create the image.
    The black hole is at the center of galaxy (星系) named Messier 87, some 55 million light-years from the earth, and is 6. 5 billion times the mass of the sun.
    The image shows the gas, dust, and stars that move around the black hole before disappearing into it. It does not truly show the black hole, because not even light can escape its gravity. Black holes, like vacuums, suck (吸) in everything that gets too close.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。(每小题2分,共10分)
    66. In paragraph 1, the underlined word “image” probably means _____.
    A. truth B. fact C. picture D. information
    67. In paragraph 2, the underlined sentence means seeing the black hole _____.
    A. was expected before B. was unexpected before
    C. is common D. is impossible
    68. The black hole lies _____ the Messier 87 galaxy.
    A. in the middle of B. in the front of C. at the back of D. on the top of
    69. What will probably happen if a spaceship gets close to the black hole?
    A. It will fly around it. B. It will be covered by the dust.
    C. It will be sucked in. D. It will be discovered
    70. What’s the best title for this passage?
    A. The Black Hole and its Gravity B. First Look at the Black Hole
    C. The Mystery of the Universe D. Faraway Galaxy

    题材:说明文
    话题:20. 自然
    话题:22. 科普知识与现代技术

    词数:161
    【答案】66—70 CBACB
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了由射电望远镜拍摄的第一张黑洞照片公布于众的事件,及由这张照片得到的一些重要信息。
    【解析】
    66. C 词义猜测题。由第一段中的“The picture was created by a network of eight radio telescopes.”可推知,image与picture 同义。故选C。
    67. B 句意猜测题。根据上文可知,这是第一张黑洞照片,故可推知此句意为“看见黑洞是以前意想不到的事情”。故选B。
    68. A 细节理解题。根据第三段中的“The black hole is at the center of galaxy (星系) named Messier 87…”可知黑洞的位置,in the middle of =at the center of,故选A。
    69. C 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的“Black holes, like vacuums, suck (吸) in everything that gets too close.”可推知,如果一艘宇宙飞船靠近黑洞,它就会被吸进黑洞。故选C。
    70. B 主旨大意题。通读全文可知,文章主要介绍了关于第一张黑洞照片的信息。故选B。
    IV.阅读理解 (共20分,每小题1分)
    根据短文内容,从各题所给的四个选项中选择一个正确答案。
    (辽宁葫芦岛)Passage 1
          Humans can go to the hospital when they're ill. But as for animals,what should they do? To 
    stay healthy, animals have their own ways to heal (治愈) themselves. Now let's get to know their 
    special skills.
    Skill One  
    Have you ever seen your dog or cat lick (舔) its wounds? Why do they do it? It probably feels good, but it's good medicine. Licking cleans a wound, and saliva (唾液) has chemicals that kill germs (细菌).
          Skill Two
       To avoid diseases, many animals have good living habits. They hate to be dirty. Most animals separate their pooping (排便) areas from their eating areas. Horses poop far away from the grass they eat. Rabbits put their poop in special pooping areas.
          Skill Three
         Have you ever heard of the expression "starve a fever (发烧时宜饿)"? Many animals stop eating when they're ill. When a sick animal stops eating it can stop germs from getting necessary things.
          Skill Four
      Another way that animals heal themselves is to raise their body temperature. High temperature can kill germs. Warm-blooded animals (like us) get fevers to fight with germs. Cold-blooded animals (like snakes) look for pieces of wood or rocks heated by the sun. Fish move to warmer waters.
     31. A cat cleans its _______by licking.
    A. medicine   B. saliva   C. wounds   D. chemicals
    32. In order to avoid diseases, horses and rabbits _________.
    A. eat special grass   B. choose dirty areas
    C. put poop into holes   D. have good living habits
    33. Starving can stop germs from getting _______things.
    A. wild   B. waste   C. necessary   D. useless
    34. Fish move to warmer waters to _______.
    A. lick their wounds   B. keep themselves clean
    C. starve a fever   D. raise their body temperature
    35. We may find the passage in a________.
    A. science novel  B. magazine  C. travel guide  D. storybook
    体裁:说明文
    话题:动物和植物
    词数:223
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了动物为了保持健康有四种自我治愈的技能。
    【答案】31-35 CDCDB
    【解析】
    31. C 细节理解题。从Skill One中句子Have you ever seen your dog or cat lick (舔) its wounds? Licking cleans a wound, and saliva (唾液) has chemicals that kill germs (细菌).可知,猫通过舔来清洁伤口的,故选C。
    32.D 细节理解题。根据Skill Two中句子 To avoid diseases, many animals have good living 
    habits.以及举例Horses和Rabbits说明,可知为了避免疾病,马和兔子有好生活习惯,故选D。
    33.C 细节理解题。根据Skill Three中句子When a sick animal stops eating it can stop germs 
    from getting necessary things.可知,饥饿能阻止细菌获得必要的东西,故选C。
    34.D 细节理解题。根据Skill Four中句子Another way that animals heal themselves is to raise 
    their body temperature. High temperature can kill germs.可知,一些动物通过提高它们的身体温度杀死细菌,鱼移动到温暖的水域是为了提高它们的体温,故选D。
    35.B 推理判断题。本文介绍了动物为了保持健康有四种自我治愈的技能,属于科普类知识,可能会在杂志上,故选B。
    (辽宁葫芦岛)Passage 2
           What are the basic ingredients (要素) of good manners? A strong sense of fairness is one of them.
          A friend once told me an experience that he had. When he was driving along a one-lane(单行小路),unpaved (未铺路的) mountain road, the car ahead of his produced clouds of choking 
    dust (呛人的尘土), and it was a long way to the nearest paved main road. Suddenly, the car 
    ahead stopped at a wider place on the road. My friend thought there must be something wrong 
    with the car ahead. He stopped and asked if anything was wrong. "No," said the other driver. 
    “But you've endured my dust so far. I’ll endure yours the rest of the way."
          Another ingredient is empathy (同情心). It makes a person see into the mind or heart of someone else. Recently I happened to read such a story in a book.
          A man was having dinner alone, and he was trying to open a bottle. But he failed. Then he asked a waiter for help. The waiter took the bottle, turned his back and opened it without difficulty. Then the waiter closed it again and turned back. He pretended (假装) to make a great effort to open the bottle without success. Finally he took it into the kitchen and returned very soon. He told the man that he managed to open it, but only with a tool.
          Yet another ingredient is the ability to treat people alike (一视同仁). No matter who he is and what he does, everyone is worth respecting.
    36.The driver in the car ahead stopped to________.
          A. repair the car   B. have a rest       C. ask the way   D. let the back car go
    37. The underlined word "endure" probably means________in Chinese.
    A.原谅   B.容忍   C.抱怨   D.谴责
    38. In fact the waiter opened the bottle________.
     A. by himself easily  B. with a tool   C. with difficulty   D. without success
    39. The second story may happen_______.
    A. in the kitchen at home   B. on the main road
    C. in the restaurant   D. on the busy street
    40. The best title of the passage is “_______”.
    A. The Ability to Solve Problems   B. The Ways to Help Others
    C. The Good Manners to Treat Others  D. The Empathy for Strangers
    体裁:说明文
    话题:社会行为
    词数:287
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了礼貌的基本要素:强烈的公正意识;具有同情心;对待他人能一视同仁。
    【答案】36-40 DBACC
    【解析】
    36. D 细节理解题。根据第二段最后句子But you've endured my dust so far. I’ll endure yours 
    the rest of the way.(但是到目前为止,你已经忍受了我的灰尘,在剩下的路上我要忍受你的灰尘)可知,前面的司机停下车让后面的车先走,故选D。
    37.B 词义猜测题。根据画线词所在句句意“你已经忍受了我的灰尘,在剩下的路上我要忍受你的灰尘”可知,B项符合句意。
    38.A 细节理解题。根据第四段句子The waiter took the bottle, turned his back and opened it 
    without difficulty.可知,服务员很容易地打开了瓶子,故选A。
    39.C 推理判断题。根据第四段句子A man was having dinner alone,以及Then he asked 
    a waiter for help. 可知,这个故事可能发生在饭店,故选C。
    40.C 主旨大意题。本文介绍了礼貌的基本要素:强烈的公正意识;具有同情心;对待他人能一视同仁。故C项“对待他人的礼貌”符合大意。
    (辽宁葫芦岛)Passage 3
        In some western countries, a gap year (空档年) is regarded as a special celebration for teenagers. They think it is a necessary process for teens to develop into adults. Then what's a gap year? It's a short break from study for a year or less. It's normally between high school and university. During the gap year, the students usually take a break from their school education to travel, volunteer, study or work.
          There are some reasons why students might want to take a gap year. They usually think it is a chance to get professional or personal experience. Some common reasons to take a gap year include:
           ★ Open their eyes.
           ★Make international friends.
    ★ Make some money.
    ★Get useful work experience and key skills.
          Although teenagers can benefit from (从……获益) the gap year activities, there are many disadvantages. The parents are worried. Here are the reasons why parents disagree with the idea of taking a gap year.
          ★ It may cost a lot of money to organize.
          ★They may get hurt or sick during the travels.
          ★ They may simply find that they didn't get the experience they were hoping for.
          A gap year is a new experience for not only teenagers but also people who were born in the 1960s. Maybe it's really a good chance for them to experience the retirement (退休生活) in advance (提前).
    41. A gap year is a special celebration for________ .
    A. parents   B. volunteers   C. teenagers   D. teachers
    42. A short break from study refers to (指的是) a certain period of time ________.
          A. before high school   B. between primary school and high school
    C. during high school   D. between high school and university
    43. The second paragraph talks about the______ for taking a gap year.
          A. chances   B. reasons   C. suggestions   D. methods
    44. The parents are worried because the students may _______ in gap year activities.
          A. get work skills  B. make some friends C. open their eyes  D. get hurt or sick
    45. From the last paragraph, we can infer that people who will retire may______a gap year.
          A. be interested in  B. be worried about C. be disappointed at  D. be nervous about 
    体裁:说明文
    话题:节日与假日
    词数:249
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了在一些西方国家里,青少年在高中和大学之间度过的一个空档年。同时介绍了青少年想这样做的理由和父母不同意的理由。
    【答案】41-45 BDBDA
    【解析】
    41. B 细节理解题。根据第一段最后句子In some western countries, a gap year (空档年) is regarded as a special celebration for teenagers.可知,空档年是为青少年的一个特别庆祝,故选B。
    42.D 细节理解题。根据第一段最后句子It's a short break from study for a year or less. It's 
    normally between high school and university.可知,A short break from study 是通常在高中和大学之间,故选D。
    43.B 细节理解题,根据第二段句子There are some reasons why students might want to take a 
    gap year.可知,第二段主要介绍了学生过空档年的理由,故选B。
    44.D 细节理解题,根据第三段句子They may get hurt or sick during the travels.可知,父母担心的一个理由是:他们在旅行期间可能受伤或生病,故选D。
    45.A 推理判断题。根据句子Maybe it's really a good chance for them to experience the 
    retirement (退休生活) in advance (提前).(也许这对他们来说是一个很好的机会,提前体验退休生活),可以推断退休的人可能对空档年感兴趣,故选A。
    (辽宁葫芦岛)Passage 4
    When you are waiting on a phone call with a pen in your hand or feeling bored on a train,
    you may probably doodle (涂鸦). Consultant Graphology (笔记咨询师) Tracey has studied the most common doodles and their meaning in a new piece of research. Here she shares the psychology (心理学) behind those doodles.
    Circles  Drawing round shapes expresses the need to love and be loved.

    Squares  If you're drawing squares, then this shows a practical (脚踏实地的) nature.
    Triangles  If you're drawing triangles, this shows you are an energetic and powerful nature.
    Flowers  If your flower has a large round centre, this expresses confidence and the enjoyment of a good social life.

    Hearts  Hearts have always been symbols of love. It clearly expresses that you pay much attention to feelings, but easily get sad as well.

    Coils (线圈) Drawing these complicated (复杂的) shapes means the doodlers have a colorful life and the ability of creativity. What unusual doodles they are!

    Webs This kind of doodles may be unusual and complicated, but drawing webs shows special personalities that are good at leading people to a special station.

    Boxes  It's not good news for people who draw boxes. Because Tracey believes that while this shows great dreams, it can also be a sign of materialism (物质主义).

    46. Doodling most probably happens when you are________.
    A. driving a car   B. feeling bored on the train C. having a sleep   D. cooking a meal at home
    47. The doodles of hearts express that you ________.
    A. Need to love and be loved  B. pay much attention to feelings
    C. area practical nature   D. have a colorful life
    48._______ are unusual and complicated doodles.
    A Coils and webs  B. Circles and boxes C. Hearts and flowers  D. Squares and triangles
    49. Tracey believes the doodles of _______ can be a sign of materialism.
    A. circles   B. webs   C. boxes   D. flowers
    50. The writer wrote this passage to ________.
    A spend the boring time B. teach people how to doodle
    C. make people know each other D. share the psychology behind doodles  
    体裁:说明文
    话题:情绪
    词数:245
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了笔记咨询师特雷西分享的那些涂鸦背后的心理学,这些涂鸦有:圆圈,方形,三角形,花朵,心形,线圈,网形和盒子形状。
    【答案】46-50 BBACD
    【解析】
    46. B 细节理解题。根据第一段最后句子When you are waiting on a phone call with a pen in 
    your hand or feeling bored on a train, you may probably doodle (涂鸦). 可知,当你在火车上感到无聊时,你可能会涂鸦,故选B。
    47. B 细节理解题。根据表格第五栏句子Hearts have always been symbols of love. It clearly 
    expresses that you pay much attention to feelings.可知,心形涂鸦表达了你非常关注感受,故选B。
    48.A细节理解题。根据表格第六栏句子Drawing these complicated (复杂的) shapes means the 
    doodles have a colorful life and the ability of creativity. What unusual doodles they are!以及表格
    第七栏句子This kind of doodles may be unusual and complicated可知,Coils 和webs都是不寻常和复杂涂鸦,故选A。
    49.C 细节理解题。根据表格第八栏句子it can also be a sign of materialism.可知,盒子涂鸦是物质主义的符号,故选C。
    50.D 推理判断题。根据第一段Here she shares the psychology (心理学) behind those doodles.
    可知,作者写这篇文章的目的就是分享涂鸦背后的心理学,故选D。
    D
    (广西梧州)阅读短文,从各题所给的选项中,选出最佳选项(每小题2分,共10分)

    When you feel sick, you go to the doctor. She checks your fever, and asks what you’ve been thinking about recently. When you leave, she gives you not only some medicine but also a list of thinking skills that you are supposed to practise daily. She says that the way you think is causing some of your illness.
    Doctors and scientists who study the human mind and try to explain why people behave in the way they do are called psychologist(心理学家). They are starting to believe that your brain is connected to every part of your body through your nervous system(神经系统).Now scientists have proved that how you think and feel can have an influence on the health of your body. Stress can help us better understand this link(关联).
    Stress is caused whenever there is a problem or a change in your life. In fact, stress is necessary. Without stress, we would never learn anything or grow or change. But too much stress can hurt you. It can weaken your body’s protection so that you are more likely(可能的)to catch diseases. It can even make you more likely to have an accident.
    What can you do about stress? First, you can try to find ways to change things so you aren’t under so much stress. You can set up a plan to finish homework or go to a doctor or a psychologist to try to work things out with your family or your friends. But sometimes you can’t change a stressful situation. Sometimes you don’t even want to. A big change might be a good change, but it will still be stressful.
    The link between your body and brain works in two ways. Your body can help your mind deal with stress. If you are under stress, you need to take especially good care of your body. It’s important to get enough sleep and eat nutritious(有营养的)meals. Another thing that you can do is daily exercise, like running and jogging.
    66. A psychologist may help you with_____
    A. All your illnesses and abilities B. your thoughts and behavior(行为)
    C. your mind and nervous system D. your sleeping and daily exercise
    67. What does the underlined word” weaken” in Paragraph 3 mean in Chinese?
    A. 增强 B 保护 C. 减弱 D. 预防
    68. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
    A. When we feel stressed, we should sleep less.
    B. Diseases and accidents are often caused by stress.
    C. We shouldn’t do some sports if we are under stress.
    D.Everyone needs stress to improve himself or herself.
    69. From the underlined sentence of Paragraph 4 we can infer(推断)that_____
    A. it’s difficult to change a stressful situation
    B. It’s not stressful when a good change happens
    C. a big change will cause another stressful situation
    D. a stressful situation can’t be changed without any effort
    70. What is probably the best title of for the passage?
    A.The Body-brain Link B. The Causes of Stress
    C.The Advice on Health D. The Brain and the Nervous system

    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    7.情感与情绪

    词数
    368
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文,说明了有压力是正常的,一定的压力对身体有好处,但是太多的压力对身体健康影响很大,那么如何减轻压力呢,良好的睡眠与良好的营养不可少。
    66.C 细节理解题 根据第二段第二句“They are starting to believe that your brain is connected to every part of your body through your nervous system”可知,他们对你的头脑与神经有帮助。
    67. C 词义猜测题 根据文章so that you are more likely to catch diseases.,以致于你可能会得病可知,他减低了你的免疫力。
    68. B 推理判断题 根据“It can even make you more likely to have an accident.”和“to catch diseases.”可推断出答案为B。
    69. B 句子理解题 根据“ 虽然有好的改变,但还是会有压力”可知,故选B。
    70.A 主旨大意题 全文都在讲身体与大脑的联系,故选A。
    IV阅读理解(共20分,每小题1分)
    根据短文内容,从各题所给的四个选项中选择一个正确答案。
    Passage 1(﹒辽宁抚顺)
    A young couple decided to go camping in the mountains to celebrate their first year of marriage. They took with them all the things they would need to go camping —warm clothes, food and a tent.
    They went up to the mountains and found the perfect place to set up their tent. After that, they decided to go for a hike (远足) to see more of the mountains.
    After a long hike, they went back to their camp, built a fire and cooked dinner. Finally, it was time to go to sleep.
    Sometime in the middle of the night, the wife woke her husband up and said, “Look up at the sky. What do you see?”
    Her husband answered, “I see millions of stars.”
    His wife said, “That’s right. What does that mean to you?”
    The husband said, “Well, if there are so many stars out there, that means there might also be a planet just like the planet we live on. And if that’s true, then there could be life on one of those planets. That’s kind of exciting!”
    His wife said, “You are wrong. It means that someone has stolen our tent!”
    31. The young couple went to the mountains to________.
    A. go fishing B. have a party
    C. go camping D. celebrate birthdays
    32. Before going hiking______.
    A. built a fire   B. set up a tent
    C. Went to sleep D. cooked dinner
    33. The husband cold see________ in the sky.
    A. many nice birds  B. lots of planes
    C. some dark clouds D. millions of stars
    34. The wife wanted to tell her husband________.
    A. someone stole their tent B. the stars were beautiful
    C. people lived on other planets D. there was a planet like theirs
    35. The best title of the passage is“________”.
    A. A Boring Trip  B. A Great Planet
    C. A Missing Tent D. A Perfect Night

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    幽默故事
    词数
    197
    【主旨大意】本文是则幽默故事,叙述了一对夫妇为庆祝他们的结婚一周年到山里野营,半夜看到满天星斗时丈夫和妻子的不同反应。
    31. C 细节理解题。由文中句子“A young couple decided to go camping in the mountains”可知这对年轻的夫妇进山去野营。故选C。
    32. B 细节理解题。由文中第二段可知,在他们打算远足前,先支起帐篷。故选B。
    33. D 细节理解题。由文中第五段 “Her husband answered, “I see millions of stars.”可知她丈夫看到满天星斗。故选D。
    34. A细节理解题。由文中最后一句话可知,妻子想告诉丈夫他们的帐篷被偷了。故选A。
    35. C  细节理解题。文末点题,本文叙事的目的在于告诉大家他们的帐篷没有了。因此最佳标题为“丢失的帐篷”。故选C。
    Passage 2(﹒辽宁抚顺)

    The Temple of Heaven, in southern Beijing, was first built in 1420 and was rebuilt during the Ming and Qing Dynasties. It was the place where the emperors of the Ming and Qing Dynasties would admire the god and hope for good harvest(收获). It is the largest group of building in the world to pay homage(致敬) to god.

    The Potala Palace was built in the seventh century and it has a long history of over 1300 years. In 641, Songtsan Gambo, the ruler of the Tubo kingdom, asked his people to build it for princess Wencheng of Tang Dynasty. It has 13 floors and is 117 meters high. And it is made of wood and stone.

    The Terracotta Warriors and Horses (兵马俑) is the greatest historical and cultural site (遗址) in Lintong, Xi’an, Shannxi Province. Emperor Qin Shi Huang began to build it at the age of 13. It took 11 years. The terracotta figure (秦俑) have the same size as a real man. They have different heights, clothes and hairstyle because of their different levels.

    The Mogao Caves(莫高窟) is formed by 492 temples, 25 kilometers southeast of the center of Dunhuang. It is also called the Caves of a thousand Buddhas (千佛洞). The largest statue (雕像) in front of the cave wall is 34.4 meter high and the smallest is only 2cm high. The art of Dunhuang cover.
    36. The Temple of Heaven was first built ________.
    A. in 492 B. in 641 C. in 1311 D. in1420
    37. Songtsan Gambo built the Potala Palace for ________.
    A. the god B. Princess Whencheng
    C. his people D. Emperor Qin Shi Huang
    38. You can visit ________ if you are in Xi’an.
    A. the Temple if Heaven B. the Potala Palace
    C. the Terracotta Warriors and Horses D. the Mogao Caves
    39. The smallest statue of the Caves of a thousand Buddhas is ________ high.
    A. 2cm B. 34.5m C. 25m D. 13cm
    40. Which of the following is TURE according to the passage?
    A. The Potala Palace is made of wood and stone.
    B. The terracotta figure are bigger than real men.
    C. The Mogao Caves is in the southwest of Dunhunag.
    D. The emperors admired the people in the Temple of Heaven.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    景点介绍
    词数
    256
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。介绍了北京天坛、西藏布达拉宫、临潼秦兵马俑以及敦煌莫高窟等景点的建造时间、建造特点及建造目的等。
    36. D 细节理解题。由表中第一行右边单元格中第一句话可知,天坛是在1420年建造的。故选D。
    37. B细节理解题。由表中第二行右边单元格中句子“he ruler of the Tubo kingdom, asked his people to build it for princess Wencheng of Tang Dynasty.”可知,应选D。
    38. C细节理解题。由表中第三行右边单元格中第一句可知,在西安可以看到兵马俑。故选C。
    39. A细节理解题。由表中第四行右边单元格最后一句可知,莫高窟最小的雕像只有2厘米。故选A。
    40. A 推理判断题。The Potala Palace is made of wood and stone.与第二个表格中最后一句“And it is made of wood and stone.”描述相符。故选A。
    Passage 3(﹒辽宁抚顺)
    As the fifth of seven children, I went to the same public school as my three elder sisters and brother. Every year, each child from the third grade took part in an old school tradition—the plant sale held in early May, just before Mother’s Day.
    That year I was old enough to take part in it. I wanted to surprise my mother, but I didn’t have any money. I told my elder sister about it and she gave me some money. When I arrived at the plant sale, I carefully chose my favorite. I watched each plant seriously to make sure that I could find the best geranium (天竺葵). After school, with the help of my sister, I hid it on the neighbor’s porch (走廊). On Mother’s Day, I remember how bright my mother's eyes were and how elated she was at my gift.
    The year I was fifteen, my younger sister reached the third grade. She told me that she wanted to surprise our mother. Like my elder sister did for me, I gave her some money. And she bought the same gift and we hid it in the same place. When she gave the gift to my mother, I watched them full of pride and happiness. My mother noticed me watching and gave me a soft and secret smile. With a shock at my heart, I smiled back.
    I wonder how my mother could pretend (假装) to be surprised at the same gift from her sixth child, but as I watched her eyes, I knew she was not pretending.
    41. The writer first took part in the plant sale______.
    A. in the third grade   B. at the age of sixteen
    C. in the fifth grade D. at the age of fifteen
    42. The underlined word “elated” in the second paragraph probably means______.
    A. angry B. upset   C. excited D. relaxed
    43. The sixth child bought ________for her mother.
    A. the prettiest rose   B. the best geranium
    C. the biggest grape   D. the freshest strawberry
    44. From the third paragraph, we can know the mother______ when she got the same gift.
    A. refused to accept it  B. pretended to be happy
    C. felt proud and happy  D. hid it on the neighbor’s porch
    45. The passage is mainly about______.
    A. the best place to hide a gift B. a good way to surprise mom
    C. an awful secret of the family D. deep love between mom and children
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    7.情感与情绪(Feelings and moods)
    (24)情感(feelings)
    词数
    269
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中叙述了几个孩子虽然贫穷,但是仍然能够在母亲节给母亲买他们认为最好的礼物,以便给母亲带来惊喜,表现了母亲和孩子们之间相亲相爱的深厚情感。
    41. A 细节理解题。由文中句子“Every year, each child from the third grade took part in an old school tradition- the plant sale held in early May”可知,三年级的孩子可参加绿植特卖活动。故选A选项A符合题意。
    42. C 词义猜测题。由文中句子“I remember how bright my mother's eyes were”可知,母亲看到我的礼物眼里放光,可以猜测她此时感到兴奋。故选C。
    43. B 推理判断题。由文句子“I watched each plant seriously to make sure that I could find the best geranium ”可知第五个孩子买的是天竺葵。而中文中句子“And she bought the same gift and we hid it in the same place.”可知,第六个孩子买了同一种礼物。故选B
    44. C 细节理解题。由文中句子“I watched them full of pride and happiness”可知,母亲看到第六个孩子的礼物时感到骄傲和高兴。故选C。
    45. D  主旨大意题。本文两次写两个孩子给母亲同样的礼物,都是出于爱,而母亲表现出来的惊喜和快乐也是因为爱。因此本文的主题是母亲和孩子们之间的深深的爱。故选D。
    Passage4 (﹒辽宁抚顺)
    Do you think laughter can help you deal with pain? Scientists from Britain did two experiments (实验). The first was done in a lab. People wore special wrist bands (腕带). Some of them were asked to watch comedies while others watched serious programs. Then the scientists tightened (勒紧) the waistbands to see how much pain the people could feel
     The other test was done at an art festival. Some people watched a comedy show and others watched a drama (戏剧). At the same time, they had to put their backs against the wall and keep their legs bent (弯曲的) just like sitting on a chair. They did this before and after the show.
        Scientists found that just 15 minutes of laughter improves people’s ability to stand pain by 10%. However, the serious programs and the drama didn’t make a difference to pain at all.
       The study found that the magic power of laughter comes from endorphins (内啡肽). These are chemicals (化学物质). They are produced by the human body. They make you feel less pain and can make people feel happier. Exercise can produce endorphins. Your muscles (肌肉) move in and out when you are laughing. Scientists believe that this makes your muscles tiring, so we start to produce endorphins.
        Scientists also found that the only real and relaxing laughter works not just polite laughter.
    Next time you have a headache, get together with a group of friends, watch a funny movie and laugh. You will soon feel a lot better because laughter is the best medicine.
    46. Scientists knew how much pain the people felt by________ in the first experiment.
    A. eating delicious dishes B. putting backs against walls
    C. tightening special wristbands D. sitting on comfortable seats
    47. The other test was finished ________.
    A. on a chair    B. in a lab
    C. on Sports Day    D. at an art festival
    48. Endorphins can help human body________.
    A. keep better build   B. feel less pain
    C. get more muscles   D. produce worse results
    49. According to the passage, we can infer that _______.
    A. Running can produce endorphins
    B. watching TV programs can stand pain
    C. different kinds of laughter can treat illnesses
    D. Muscles can improve people's ability to laugh
    50. We can probably find this passage in a________.
    A. guide book   B. movie poster
    C. travel diary   D. medical magazine
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    笑 的力量
    词数
    283
    【主旨大意】本文通过两个实验说明笑能够增强人们忍受痛苦的能力,并解释这种笑的能力来自于由于笑促使肌肉产生的叫做内啡肽的这种化学物质。
    46. C 细节理解题。由文中句子第一段最后一句“Then the scientists tightened (勒紧) the waistbands to see how much pain the people could feel”可知应选C。
    47. D 细节理解题。由文中第二段第一句“The other test was done at an art festival.”可知应选D。
    48. B 细节理解题。由文中第四段句子“They make you feel less pain”可知,内酚酞能帮助人们觉得痛苦的轻一些。故选B。
    49. A推理判断题。由文中句子“Exercise can produce endorphins”可知,运动可以产生内酚酞,而跑步是一项运动,因此,跑步可以产生内酚酞。故选A。
    50. D 推理判断题。这篇文章提及内酚酞,跟医学有关,因此可判断出自医学杂志。故选D。

    III. 阅读理解(共20分,每小题1分)
    (辽宁锦州)Passage A 单项选择 根据短文内容从各题的四个选项中选择一个最佳答案,并将其代表字母涂在答题卡的相应位置。
    The TENGFEI SCHOOL of English

    Writing
    Listening
    Speaking


    -maximum 30 students
    -12-hour course
    -Saturday and Sunday
    -experienced teachers


    -maximum 15 students
    -30-hour course
    -Monday to Friday
    -native teachers

    -maximum(最多) 40 students
    -40-hour course
    -every day of the week
    -experienced teachers







    ¥240.00
    ¥600.00
    ¥500.00

    Opening Time Address
    Monday –Friday 8 a.m. – 5p.m. 32 Qinghua East Road
    Saturday -Sunday 9. a.m. –4 p.m. Haidian District
    Find us Beijing, China
    Tel: 010-38167295 www. tfedu.cn
    Email: tengfei@163.com











    16. How much should a student pay for the writing course every hour?
    A.¥8. B.¥20. C.¥40. D.¥240.
    17. On Saturday, a student can _______ in Tengfei School.
    A. practice speaking English B. have speaking and writing courses
    C. talk with the native teachers D. take writing and listening courses
    18. What’s the number of the maximum students in the school?
    A. 30. B. 40. C. 70. D. 85
    19. What time does the school open on Tuesday?
    A. At 5:00 a.m. B. At 7:00 p.m. C. At 8:00 a.m. D. At 9:00 a.m.
    20. If you want to get more information about the school, you can NOT ________.
    A. go to 32 Qinghua West Road B. visit www. tfedu.cn
    C. send an email to tengfei @163.com D. call at 010-38167295
    题材:应用文
    话题:19. 语言学习
    (64) 语言学习经历
    词数:104
    【答案】16-20 BDDCA
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。介绍了腾飞英语学校听力、口语和写作课的上课时间、授课教师、收费、联系方式等相关情况。
    【解析】
    16. B 细节理解题。根据写作课的内容12小时收费240元,可知每小时收20元。
    17. D细节理解题。根据这三门课的上课时间可知口语课仅仅在周一到周五上,而听力和写作课在周六都上。故选D。
    18. D细节理解题。把这三门课最多招收的人们相加就是这所学校最多招收的人数。
    19. C细节理解题。根据表格中Opening Time这一项中的信息可知周二上课时间为8 a.m. – 5p.m.,可知周二的课在上午八点开始。
    20. A 推理判断题。根据表格中Find us中的信息可知提供的联系方式里面没有亲自到所在地去找这一项,故选A。
    (辽宁锦州)Passage B 单项选择 根据短文内容从各题的四个选项中选择一个最佳答案,并将其代表字母涂在答题卡的相应位置。
    The Wandering Earth(流浪地球), China’s first successful movie whose background is space, was shown on February 5. It is based on (基于) a short play of the same name by Liu Cixin, China’s top science-fiction writer.
    1. Capsule(太空舱) –a score (核心) element(要素)
    The space capsule used in the film has made the audience(观众) interested. “This was the first time anything like that was done,” said Wang Hong, the producer(制片人) of the movie. At first, the production(制作) team planned to use a small space capsule that had speared in an earlier film, but found that it could not meet their needs for filming.
    2. Giant Vehicles(巨大的车辆) –key to the film
    Giant vehicles are the key element in the film. Famous actors, Ng Man-tat and Wu Jing, said they could not even imagine what these vehicles would be like before filming, because the idea was far ahead of our time. The production team made about 10, 000 props(道具) to show the space better, including the giant vehicles.
    3. Saving planet itself
    In the film, the earth itself is pushed forward by 10, 000 giant thrusters(推进器). It carries 3.5 billion people about 4.2 light years through space in order to avoid destruction(破坏) by the dying sun. In Liu’s story, each thruster is 11, 000 meters in height.
    4. Amazing opening
    At the beginning of the film, it shows the environment and life in an underground city---a big tree growing upside down, busy bookstores and snack bars and so on. There are also many snow scenes(片段) throughout the whole film.
    21. The story The Wandering Earth was written by _____.
    A. Wu Jing B. Ng Man-tat C. Wang Hong D. Liu Cixin
    22. The core element is ______.
    A. the space capsule B. giant vehicles
    C. saving the planet itself D. an amazing opening
    23. Why did the production team give up using a small space capsule?
    A. Because of the audience’s needs. B. Because the producer wanted to cut down the cost.
    C. Because of the production team’s needs.
    D. Because the small capsule was broken in an earlier film.
    24. People must push the earth forward with 10, 000 giant thrusters because ________.
    A. each thruster is too high B. people want to save the earth
    C. people want to move to the sun D. 3.5 billion people want to go through space
    25. What can we know about the Wandering Earth from the passage?
    A. Liu Cixin is the director of the film. B. It is made from a story of the same name.
    C. The capsule used in the film had appeared before.
    D. Snow scenes are shown only at the beginning of the film
    题材:记叙文
    话题:16. 文娱与体育
    (54) 电影与戏剧
    词数:302
    【答案】21-25 DACBB
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。电影《流浪地球》是中国第一部成功的以太空为背景的电影,以中国顶级科幻作家刘慈欣的同名故事为基础。文章介绍了这部电影的核心要素、关键、行星拯救、令人惊异的开端等相关情况。
    【解析】
    21. D细节理解题。根据第一段的最后一句话It is based on(基于) a short play of the same name by Liu Cixin,…可知电影《流浪地球》的故事作者是刘慈欣。
    22. A细节理解题。根据第二段的标题可知电影的核心因素是太空舱。故选A。
    23. C细节理解题。根据第二段的最后一句话…but found that it could not meet their needs for filming.可知制作团队放弃使用一个太空舱是因为它不能满足电影制作的需要。故选C。
    24. B细节理解题。根据第四段的前两句话可知人们必须用10000个巨大的推进器向前推动地球是为了避免破坏,为了拯救地球。故选B。
    25. B推理判断题。根据第一段的最后一句话可知电影改编自刘慈欣的同名故事,刘慈欣不是电影的导演,选项A不正确,B正确。
    (辽宁锦州)Passage C 单项选择根据短文内容从各题的四个选项中选择一个最佳答案,并将其代表字母涂在答题卡的相应位置。
    It’s a hot time for Chinese language learning across the world, not only because of China’s higher position in the world but also because of the increasing economic(经济的) and cultural connections between China and other countries.
    For example, the United Arab Emirates(UAE)(阿拉伯联合酋长国) plans to open Chinese language courses in 200 public primary and middle schools, so experienced Chinese teachers are needed.
    Other Chinese courses opened across the world show the increasing need for Chinese-speaking talent. Mandarin(普通话) became an elective(选修的) foreign language in Russia’s college entrance exam. Following English, German, French, and Spanish, Mandarin has become the fifth elective test subject for the exam.
    Spain has more than 40, 000 people learning Chinese. Last year about 8, 000 people took the Chinese Proficiency Test(HSK) exam. The number of people who took the test was the biggest, according to Xinhua News Agency.
    In the US, learning Chinese has been thriving for many years and is now a popular choice for American children, especially those who were born in good families. The children begin to learn Chinese at an early age because their parents believe that learning Chinese will help them build successful international careers(职业).
    26. Why is Chinese language learning so hot?
    A. Because many foreigners like China’s culture.
    B. Because China has the highest position in the world.
    C. Because China helps a lot of countries to develop.
    D. Because China has more international influence around the world.
    27. The following languages are elective test subjects in Russia EXCEPT ______.
    A. French B. Spanish C. Japanese D. Mandarin
    28. The Chinese meaning of the underlined word “thriving” is ______.
    A. 兴盛 B. 衰落 C. 改变 D. 开办
    29. What can we know about Chinese learning around the world?
    A. The UAE needs experienced English teachers.
    B. All American children learn Chinese from an early age.
    C. About one fifth of the Spanish learning Chinese took the HSK in 2018.
    D. The Mandarin exam must be taken before going to Russia’s colleges.
    30. The main idea of the passage is _______.
    A. more people in the UAE begin to learn Chinese
    B. Chinese language learning is popular around the world
    C. some foreign countries want more Chinese teachers
    D. many American children are learning Chinese now
    题材:记叙文
    话题:19. 语言学习
    (65) 语言与文化
    词数:216
    【答案】26-30 DCACB
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。“汉语热”席卷全球,全世界都在学中国话。不仅仅是因为中国的国际地位,而且因为中国和其他国家的经济和文化联系。阿拉伯联合酋长国等许多国家都开设汉语课程。西班牙是40, 000多人在学习汉语。去年大约8000人参加普通话水平测试。在美国学习汉语成为许多孩子受欢迎的选择。
    【解析】
    26. D细节理解题。根据第一段中…but also because of the increasing economic(经济的) and cultural connections between China and other countries.可知“汉语热”是因为中国和其他国家有更多经济和文化联系。
    27. C细节理解题。根据第三段中Following English, German, French, and Spanish, Mandarin has become the fifth elective test subject for the exam.可知在俄罗斯,选修课测试科目中没有日语。
    28. A 词义猜测题。根据划线词所在句子的后半句表达“现在在美国学习汉语成为许多孩子受欢迎的选择。”而且后半句和前半句之间用and连接,可知前半句表达“在美国学汉语兴盛了许多年了”。
    29. C 推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句话…experienced Chinese teachers are needed.可知选项A不正确;根据最后一段的内容可知出生于良好家庭的孩子在很小就学习汉语,而不是所有美国孩子在很小就学。选项B不正确;根据第四段前两句话可知40,000学汉语的人中8000参加普通话水平测试,占据了五分之一。选项C正确;根据第三段中Mandarin(普通话) became an elective(选修的) foreign language in Russia’s college entrance exam.可知普通话在俄罗斯大学入学考试中是选修课,而不是在进入大学之前就进行普通话水平测试。选项D不正确。
    30. B 主旨大意题。文章第一段介绍“汉语热”的原因,紧接着介绍了许多国家开设汉语课、进行普通话水平测试等相关情况,意在表明汉语在全世界很受欢迎。


    IV.阅读理解 (共20分,每小题1分)
    根据短文内容,从给各题所给的四个选项中选择一个正确答案。
    Passage 1
    (·辽宁辽阳) In ancient China, there was a man called Zhou Yong. Before his father died, he left Zhou Yong a great number of gold ingots (元宝). Zhou hid them in a safe place in his home. One day, Zhou decided to travel far away, He was afraid that someone would steal the gold ingots. But they were too heavy for him to bring along with him. So he put all the ingots into a jar (坛子) and gave it to his friend Wang Wu, telling Wang that the jar was full of fresh red dates (红枣).
    A year later, one day before Zhou came back, Wang's wife wondered what was in the jar. So she secretly opened it. She was shocked when she saw so many ingots inside. She told Wang about it and they took the ingots out and filled the jar with fresh red dates.
    When Wang returned the jar to Zhou, Zhou found the ingots were missing. They argued about it for a while, then they went to see the county magistrate (县官).
    When the magistrate asked Wang what had happened, he answered, “Zhou said that there were fresh red dates in it when he gave me the jar a year ago.”
    The magistrate examined the jar and the fresh red dates in it carefully. Then he said:
    “Bring the ingots back, Wang Wu!”
    Wang sill denied (否认) having taken them. But after the magistrate explained what he knew, Wang finally admitted (承认) that he had taken the ingots.
    31. Zhou Yong got lots of ingots from _____.
    A. Wang Wu B. his wife C. his father D. the county magistrate
    32. Zhou Yong gave the jar to Wang because _____.
    A. Some one wanted to steal it B. he couldn't bring it along with him
    C. he didn't want it anymore D. it was full of red dates
    33. Wang's wife was very shocked after seeing _____.
    A. so many ingots B. the red dates C. the county magistrate D. Zhou Yong
    34. From the passage, we know the county magistrate was very _____.
    A. careless B. lazy C. clever D. brave
    35. How did the county magistrate infer that Wang was lying?
    A. Wang denied that he had taken the ingots.
    B. Wang's wife admitted that she had taken the ingots.
    C. The county magistrate saw Wang take away the ingots.
    D. The red dates would go bad if they were in the jar for a year.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    故事
    词数
    273
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇记叙文。讲述周勇出行前把一个装有很多金子坛子交给朋友王武照看,王的妻子打开发现是金子后,用大枣调包。聪明的县官通过观察判断王武在说谎,并让王武承认拿走了金子。
    31. C【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第一段第二句话“Before his father died, he left Zhou Yong a great number of gold ingots ”可知。故选C。
    32. B 【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第一段句子“ But they were too heavy for him to bring along with him.”可知。故选B。
    33. A【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第二段句子“She was shocked when she saw so many ingots inside.”可知。故选A。
    34. C【解析】推理判断题。根据短文内容可知,王武的妻子按照周勇开始说的“坛子里都是新鲜的大枣”,用大枣调换了金子,县官根据对红枣的观察,让王武认错伏法,说明县官很有智慧。故选C。
    35. D【解析】推理判断题。县官在得知王武的妻子强调周勇一年前走的时候说“坛子里是新鲜红枣”后,自己看现在坛子里的红枣。一年前放进去的鲜枣肯定会变质,而王的妻子刚刚放入的新鲜的红枣不会变质。这说明王在说谎。故选D。
    Passage 2
    (·辽宁辽阳)Devon Gallagher, a college graduate from Philadelphia, wants the world to know exactly where she's been during her worldwide vacation in a special way.
    The traveler, who was born with a congenital bone disease (先天性骨病), lost her right leg at the age of four. Although she had a hard time at first, she now thinks that nothing can stop her living her best life.
    To spread that message, Gallagher shares photos of her travels around the world online, and writes her location across her artificial leg (假肢) before taking a picture. Now she has been taking pictures across Europe, all with the well-known locations written on her artificial leg.
    “I get a new leg every two years and I can choose the design (设计) on it. One day I had a sudden idea to get a chalkboard,” Gallagher said, “My mum and grandmother didn't like the idea, but my friends liked it and told me to go for it, so I did.”
    Gallagher said people often stared when she was writing on her leg. but once she shared the photos, she received only positive feedback (正面反馈). “My leg hasn’t stopped me doing anything I've wanted to do, and I’ve been able to keep up with my peers (同龄人) and lead a pretty great life.”
    Gallagher shows us that you should never let anything stand in the way of your dreams. And if you run into difficulties, get creative with it because if life gives you an artificial leg, make art.
    36. Gallagher has only one leg because she _____.
    A. was born with one leg C. had a car accident at the age of 4
    B. got hurt at college D. had a congenital bone disease
    37. A(n) _____ is written on Gallagher's artificial leg each time she takes a picture.
    A. disease B. location C. message D. idea
    38. Gallagher has been sharing pictures to _____.
    A. help her friends to spread the message
    B. make her mum and grandmother happy
    C. tell the world how wonderful her vacation is
    D. show that nothing can stop her living her best life
    39. When people saw Gallagher's pictures, they _____.
    A. didn't like her idea B. gave her positive feedback
    C. laughed at her dream D. helped her choose the design of her leg
    40. The best title of the passage is _____.
    A. The secret to success C. Wonderful photos
    B. Face difficulties with a smile D. A vacation to remember
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    人物故事
    词数
    281
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇记叙文。讲述大学毕业的Devon Gallagher虽然很小失去右腿,但是她在野外度假是用照片告知人们她怎样凭借假肢到了世界各地。她的行为得到了人们的正面支持。她的事迹告诉人们学会克服困难,创造自己的生活。
    36. D 【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第二段第一句话“who was born with a congenital bone disease (先天性骨病), lost her right leg at the age of four. ”可知。故选D。
    37. B【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第三段句子“all with the well-known locations written on her artificial leg.”可知。故选B。
    38. D【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第二段最后一句话“she now thinks that nothing can stop her living her best life.”和第三段第一句“To spread that message, Gallagher shares photos of her travels around the world online”可知她分析照片的目的就是表明,什么也不能阻止她过上最好的生活。故选D。
    39. B【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第五段句子“ she received only positive feedback.”可知。故选B。
    40. B【解析】标题归纳题。本文讲述大学毕业的Devon Gallagher虽然很小失去右腿,进行了一次特殊的野外度假方式,让世人了解她的故事。她的事迹告诉人们学会克服困难,创造自己的生活。故选B。
    Passage 3(·辽宁辽阳)

    Autumn is the best season for crabs. The hairy crabs (大闸蟹) are quite fat and tasty at this time of year. The best crabs come from Yangcheng Lake in Jiangsu. Many people use eight silver tools including chopsticks, a pair of scissors and a small hammer (锤子) to eat crab meat.

    Caviar (鱼子酱) is not common in most people's daily life. But if you’re going to try it, Russian caviar may be your best choice. Caviar is made of fish eggs. It sells at a high price. If you want to get the fresh juicy taste, don't cook it— just eat raw caviar. You may also eat it with bread and salad.

    Who says the British only have fish and chips? Beef Wellington is a dish that they can truly be proud of. An expensive cut of beef is covered with a mixture first. Next comes another piece of ham (火腿) and pastry (面糊). Then it is covered with eggs. Baked (烘焙) until it is golden yellow, beef Wellington tastes crispy outside and juicy inside.

    Sukiyaki (寿喜锅), or Japanese beef hot pot, is one of the most popular dishes in Japan. People cook beef and vegetables in soup with sweet and salty tastes. It is a perfect dinner for family or to enjoy with guests. In Sukiyaki, you need thin pieces of beef. The best is the Kobe beef. It's very expensive but amazing.
    41. The best season to enjoy the hairy crabs is _____.
    A. spring B. summer C. autumn D. winter
    42. The underlined word “raw” means _____.
    A clean B. dry C. cold D. uncooked
    43. There is beef in _____.
    A. the hairy crabs and caviar B. Sukiyaki and beef Wellington
    C. caviar and Sukiyaki D. beef Wellington and the hairy crabs
    44. The four foods in the passage come from _____ countries.
    A. one B. two C. three D. four
    45. Which of the following is Right?
    A. Crabs come from Yangcheng Lake.
    B. Caviar is common in most people's daily life.
    C. Beef Wellington is the pride of British people.
    D. Sukiyaki is a perfect dish only for family.
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    饮食习俗
    词数
    261
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇说明文。介绍了在四个不同国家和地区的4种不同的特色食物。
    41. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一个表格第一句话“Autumn is the best season for crabs. ”可知。故选C。
    42. D【解析】词义猜测题。根据第二表格句子“don't cook it”可知,这是说“不用烹调”。故选D。
    43. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三个表格句子“Beef Wellington is a dish that they can truly be proud of.”和第四个表格句子“People cook beef and vegetables in soup with sweet and salty tastes.”。确定beef在Sukiyaki 和 beef Wellington中,故选B。
    44. D【解析】总结归纳题。表格介绍四种食物主要分别来自中国,俄罗斯,英国和日本四个国家。故选D。
    45. C【解析】细节理解题。从第三个表格及介绍英国食物的第二个句子“Beef Wellington is
    a dish that they can truly be proud of. ”可知。故选C。
    Passage 4
    (·辽宁辽阳)Many cars in advertisements are red, blue or green —but almost 75 percent of new cars sold are black, white, silver or grey.
    A survey shows people prefer the car colors that don’t show dirt such as grey. That means the owners can wash their cars less, saving money. Besides, some areas that are short of water do not allow people to wash their cars often.
    According to another survey, white cars are often sold more than cars of other colors. In China, car buyers say white makes a small car look bigger. Car buyers in other countries also like white. And the research also suggests that there is a lower risk of accidents during the day for white cars compared with darker ones. People also think the temperature inside white cars is lower than that in cars of other colors.
    At present, every year about 11 percent of cars sold are red and 8 percent are blue. Green has become less popular. In the mid 1990s, green was the most popular color in many places of the world. But today, green cars are hard to find.
    Sometime in the future, people may not have to choose the color of their car —technology may let owners change their car’s paint color anytime.
    46. You can often see _____ cars in advertisements.
    A white B. black C. red D. silver
    47. Car buyers choose grey because they _____.
    A. can wash their cars less B. don't need to wash cars
    C. can pay less money for cars D. don't allow washing cars
    48. According to the passage, white cars look _____ than those of other colors.
    A. safer B. darker C. cheaper D. bigger
    49. Green cars ______.
    A. make up 11% of the cars sold
    B. are hard to find all the time
    C. were the most popular in the mid 1990s
    D. were less popular than blue cars in the past
    50. In the future, we can _____.
    A choose cars in all colors B. paint our cars any color anywhere
    C. buy cars in all colors D. change our car’s paint color anytime
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    个人喜好
    词数
    216
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇说明文。介绍了人们喜好各种颜色的小汽车的原因,比如,白色小车因为看起来大、安全、隔热等而受到人们尤其是中国车友的欢迎。
    46. C【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第一段第一句话“Many cars in advertisements are red, blue
    or green”可知。故选C。
    47. A【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第二段的句子“That means the owners can wash their cars less, saving money.”可知。故选A。
    48. D【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第三段的句子“China, car buyers say white makes a small car look bigger.”可知。故选D。
    49. C【解析】细节理解题。根据短文第四段的句子“In the mid 1990s, green was the most popular color in many places of the world”可知。故选C。
    50. D【解析】细节理解题题。根据最后一段的句子“technology may let owners change their car’s paint color anytime.”可知。故选D。
    Ⅳ.阅读理解(共20分,每小题1分)
    (辽宁铁岭)根据短文内容,从各题所给的四个选项中选择一个正确答案。
    (辽宁铁岭) Passage 1
    How many of us have reached into our drawer (抽屉) and pulled out socks that didn't match? will you throw them away like most girls or try to reuse them? The story of Carly and Charley may help you.
    Carly and Charley are the girls who often lose their socks. At first, they just matched different colors or styles like some other girls. But most of the time, these socks couldn't match their clothes. So they came up with an idea and started Odd Sox: they collected these socks and gave them away to homeless people. But the problem wasn’t solved .They still had missing socks until they realized that they could make a business out of it. So they set up Single Sox: the girls sell socks in packs (包) of three so you can mix and match as you wish. Each pack is super colorful and super inspiring(激动人心)—Carly and Charley have written words on every sock to encourage girls to celebrate their differences.
    And they carry on the tradition of giving back-for every pair of socks sold, they give away a pair to those in need.
    Nothing is a waste if you have a creative mind.
    31. Carly and Charley set up Odd Sox and gave away the socks to_______.
    A. sick children B. disabled women
    C. poor students D. homeless people.
    32. The words on the socks are to encourage girls to
    their differences.
    A. match B. shout C. reach D. celebrate
    33. The underlined words “carry on” in the third paragraph probably mean_______.
    A. continue B. compare C. connect D. control
    34. The correct order of the following is_______
    ① started Odd Sox ② carry on the tradition of giving back
    ③ set up Single Sox ④ matched different socks
    A.①③④② B.①③②④ C.④①③② D.④②①③
    35. The passage is mainly about how to_______.
    A. collect different ideas B. buy all kinds of socks
    C. put things to good use D. throw away the waste
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24 故事
    词数:355
    【主旨大意】本人是一篇记叙文。讲述了Carly和Charly经常弄丢袜子。开始她们像其他孩子一样用不同颜色和款式的袜子搭配成对。后来发现商机,收集袜子并打包卖给需要的人。故事告诉我们只要有创造精神,就不会有浪费。
    【答案】31-35 DDACC
    【解析】31. D 细节理解题。 根据第二段“they collected these socks and gave them away to homeless people.”可知她们收集袜子分发给无家可归的人。故选D。
    32. D 细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“Carly and Charley have written words on every sock to encourage girls to celebrate their differences.”可知袜子上的话估计女孩们庆祝她们的与众不同。故选D。
    33. A 词义推测题。根据上下文可知,她们开始是把袜子捐赠给无家可归的人。后来打包售卖,同时继续以前的传统,每卖出一双便给有需要的人送一双。continue继续;compare比较;connect连接;control控制。故选A。
    34. C 细节理解题。根据文章第二段, Carly和Charly 先搭配不同的袜子,再开始创立Odd Sox,接着建立Single Sox, 最后讲继续以前的传统。故选C。
    35. C 主旨大意题。文章主要通过Carly和Charly的故事告诉我们怎样充分利用物品。故选C。


    (辽宁铁岭) Passage2
    There are many wonderful literature works in the world, they are still popular
    after so many years.

    Robinson Crusoe is one of the most famous adventure (探险) novels in England. It was written by Daniel Defoe, an English novelist. The novel has been popular for centuries. The main character in it is an Englishman named Robinson Crusoe. It tells about his adventure on a desert island after his ship was broken in a terrible storm. He is a hero fighting against nature and human fate( 命运). He is one of the most successful characters in English novels.

    Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland is a work of children's literature by a British writer, Lewis Carroll. It tells the story of a girl named Alice who falls down a rabbit-hole into a wonderland. Many strange things happen to her and she also meets many playing cards and creatures(生物))that can talk. Finally, she finds everything is just a part of a wonderful dream.

    Harry Potter is set of fantasy (魔幻的) novels written by the British author J K. Rowling. She was born on July 30, 1965. The success of the novels has made her the most highly-paid novelist in history. The idea for Harry Potter came to her in 1990 during a train ride. The story is about seven years’ life of an orphan (孤儿) Potter who learns magic. There are seven books in total.

    36. Robinson had his adventure_______.
    A. on the ship B. on a desert island
    C. in the forest D. along the river
    37. According to the passage, _______is a man who is fighting against nature and fate
    A. Robinson Crusoe B. Daniel Defoe
    C. Harry Potter D. Lewis Carroll
    38. In fact, Alice s Adventures in Wonderland is a story of a_______.
    A. real adventure B. magical boy
    C. terrible experience D. wonderful dream
    39. We can know that_______ has been the most highly-paid novelist in history.
    A. Hemingway B.JK. Rowling
    C. Lewis Carroll D. Alice
    40. Which is NOT mentioned in the passage?
    A. Adventure novels B. Fantasy novels,
    C. Children's literature. D. Historical novels.
    题材:说明文
    话题24.小说
    词数:362
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章主要介绍了三部文学作品:《鲁滨逊漂流记》、《爱丽丝历险记》和《哈利波特》。
    【答案】36-40 BADBD
    【解析】36. B 细节理解题。根据文章“It tells about his adventure on a desert island…”可知鲁滨逊历险地点为一个荒岛。故选B。
    37. A 细节理解题。根据文章“He is a hero fighting against nature and human fate( 命运).”文中he指鲁滨逊。故选A。
    38. D 细节理解题。根据文章“Finally, she finds everything is just a part of a wonderful dream”可知她最后发现所有一切都是美梦的一部分。故选D。
    39. B 细节理解题。根据文章“The success of the novels has made her the most highly-paid novelist in history.”本篇小说指《哈利波特》,作者为J K. Rowling。故选B。
    40. D 推理判断题。《鲁滨逊漂流记》为冒险小说,《爱丽丝历险记》为奇幻小说,《哈利波特》为儿童文学,没有介绍历史小说。故选D。

    (辽宁铁岭) Passage 3
    Are you angry by the noise of your alarm clock every morning? Still feel sleepy after getting up? Now, you can say goodbye to that annoying alarm clock, you needn't hear its unpleasant noise every morning.
    The Glo Pillow(发光枕)can wake you up with soft LED lights. The lights produce the brightness over 40 minutes just like the sunrise.
    The pillow is taking the place of the traditional alarm clock. It was designed(设计)by Eoin McNally and Lan Walton to be against the pressures of a “24 hour” lifestyle.
    The pillow uses a kind of LED material below the surface. It wakes the user up with light. The material can also show the time on the pillow's surface, and it is perfect for those who sleep with their heads completely buried(埋)face down into the pillow. 40 minutes before the pre-set(预设) alarm time, the pillow begins to glow and gently brings the user out of sleep. The natural waking process helps to set "body clock" and makes people build a healthy sleep-and-wake habit slowly.
    41. The noise of the alarm clock makes people_______.
    A. angry B. Relaxed C. happy D. excited
    42. The pillow wakes people up with_______.
    A. smell B. sound C. light D. touch
    43. The Glo Pillow can take the place of_______.
    A. LED lights B. the alarm clock C. the sunrise D. people
    44. The waking process is helpful to_______.
    A. be against the pressures B. bury their faces
    C. build a healthy habit fast D. set "body clock"
    45. Which is the best title for this passage?
    A. Body clock is useful to people
    B. Glo Pillow brings you out of sleep
    C. Two men created a new product
    D. A new kind of LED lights wakes you up
    题材:说明文
    话题:22 发明与技术

    词数:303
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了由Eoin McNally and Lan Walton t 发明的新型闹钟。闹钟同时是一款发光枕,在四十多分钟的时间里模仿太阳自然升起的光,使人们建立健康的醒来习惯,不必忍受被传统闹钟突然叫醒的痛苦。
    【答案】41-45 ACBDB
    【解析】41. A 细节理解题。根据文章第一句“Are you angry by the noise of your alarm clock every morning?”可知闹钟的噪音使人们生气。故选A。
    42. C 细节理解题。根据文章第二段“The Glo Pillow(发光枕)can wake you up with soft LED lights.”可知发光枕使用光叫醒人们。故选C。
    43. B 细节理解题。根据文章第三段“The pillow is taking the place of the traditional alarm clock.”可知发光枕将替代传统的闹钟。故选B。
    44. D 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段“The natural waking process helps to set "body clock" and makes people build a healthy sleep-and-wake habit slowly.”可知发光枕叫醒的方式有利于帮助人们建立生物钟。故选D。
    45. B 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了能使人们自然醒来的一种LED光。故选B。

    (辽宁铁岭)Passage 4
    Maybe we three were the most unlucky graduates in our school history I'il never forget
    the day when we had our graduation ceremony(毕业典礼).
    I was known for being careless. I often fell down for no reason. Since I fell off the stage (舞台)during my Primary Graduation Ceremony my family bet that would fall down again during my next graduation ceremony. The day came so quickly. This time, I proudly made it through the whole ceremony without falling. but I knocked over the whole backdrop (背景板)used to take pictures for graduates felt so embarrassed(尴尬的)the whole morning.
    My friend Julia was even more embarrassed. When she together with all the graduates was sitting quietly in the hall at eight in the morning, she didn't expect her father to come to attend her ceremony because he was really busy then. The hall was very quiet and you could even hear a pin(针) drop on the ground. When all of a sudden, out of the silence, she heard “Hey, Julia!” Everyone in the hall looked behind and found Julia's father, with a camera in his hand, smiling at her!
    Tiffany was the most beautiful girl of us three. She loved all kinds of dresses. On that day, she dressed herself beautifully and wanted to have some beautiful photos. Unluckily, it was one of the windiest days of our life. The wind blew her beautiful dress up in front of the whole graduate class! She didn't know whether to cry or laugh.
    Lucky? Unlucky? So lucky! All of these became the unforgettable part of our life!
    46. The writer was very _______ in her daily life,
    A. careless B. careful C. friendly D. lazy
    47. Julia's father _______at the graduation ceremony.
    A. sat quietly in his seat B. was busy with his work
    C. took pictures for her D. dropped a pin on the ground
    48. This story happened on a _______morning.
    A. cloudy B. windy C. sunny D. rainy
    49. Tiffany was embarrassed because _______that day.
    A. she fell off the stage B. she didn't have beautiful dresses
    C. her dress was blown up D. her photos weren't unforgettable
    50. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. The girls weren’t in the same school.
    B. The writer knocked over the backdrop.
    C. Julia knew that her father would come.
    D. Tiffany loved all kinds of shoes.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:2 朋友 其他人
    4:学校生活
    5: 学校人员
    词数:414
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者和她的两个朋友在学校毕业典礼上尴尬而难忘的情景。
    【答案】46-50 ACBCB
    【解析】46. A 细节理解题。根据文章第二段“I was known for being careless.”可知作者因为粗心而出名。故选A。
    47. C 细节理解题。根据文章第三段“Everyone in the hall looked behind and found Julia's father, with a camera in his hand, smiling at her! ”可知大厅里每个人向后看,看到Julia的爸爸拿着照相机正在朝她笑。故选C。
    48. B 细节理解题。根据第四段“it was one of the windiest days of our life.”可知那天风最大。故选B。
    49. C 细节理解题。根据文章第四段“The wind blew her beautiful dress up in front of the whole graduate class! She didn't know whether to cry or laugh.”可知风吹起了她的裙子,她不知道是该哭还是该笑,使她很尴尬。所以选C。
    50. B 细节理解题。文章第二段讲述了作者撞到背景牌的尴尬场景。故选B。

    (▪内蒙古赤峰)A
    Let’s Explore the Nature!
    The summer holiday is coming! Do you want to have a wonderful and meaningful vacation? If you are interested in animals and nature. Come and join us!
    Youth Explorer has prepared you with a Three-Day Summer Program! You can take part in many activities and meet animals—lions, monkeys, tigers and son on! More information about he program is as follows:
    Age: Students aged 10 to 15
    Groups: Two programs for you to choose. Each group needs at most 15 students.
    Program A
    Dates:15~17 July,
    Days: Monday to Wednesday
    Time: 9:30 a.m. — 4:00 p.m.
    Program B
    Dates:6~8 August,
    Days: Tuesday to Thursday
    Time: 9:30 a.m. — 4:00 p.m.
    Program cost: $200 for members; $230 for non-members.
    How to do: Simply come to our center to get an application form(申请表)
    Send your completed from to use before July 10th, .
    Notes: 1. No free lunches are offered. You may either bring box lunch or pay for lunch at our restaurants.
    2. Both programs will start 1 DAY later if there is a warning of rainstorms.
    26. What animals can you see in the summer program?
    A. Monkeys. B. Pandas. C. Foxes. D. Elephants.
    27. Who can join the Three-Day Summer Program?
    A. Children under 6. B. Students over 16.
    C. Children aged 7~9. D. Students aged 12~14.
    28. When will Program B start if there is a rainstorm on August 6th?
    A. On Sunday. B. On Wednesday.
    C. On Tuesday. D. On Monday.
    29. How much should one member and two non-members pay for the program?
    A. $600. B. $630. C. $660. D. $700.
    30. Which is TRUE according to the passage?
    A.There are more than 15 members in each group.
    B. You can join the summer program at any time.
    C. You need to hand in an application form.
    D. Everyone can have free lunch at our restaurants.
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    日常活动
    兴趣与爱好
    词数
    184

    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇广告。文章提出两个计划让学生去探索自然,计划分别从假期的日期、天数、时间、费用以及如何申请方面阐述。
    【答案】26---30 ADBCC
    【解析】
    26. A 细节理解题。 根据第二段句子You can take part in many activities and meet animals—lions, monkeys, tigers and son on!可知在动物园能看到猴子。故选A。
    27. D 细节理解题。根据第三段句子Age: Students aged 10 to 15可知年龄在10到15岁之间的学生能参加三天的暑假计划,可知在12到14岁的学生能够参加。故选D。
    28. B推理判断题。根据文章句子Both programs will start 1 DAY later if there is a warning of rainstorms.可知如果天气预报有雨,两种活动都会延期一天开始。同时结合表格中 Dates:6~8 August, 和Days: Tuesday to Thursday,可知如果在8月6日预报有雨,那么活动应该在8月7日开始,即周三开始。故选B。
    29. C数字计算题。根据句子$200 for members; $230 for non-members.可知成员价为200美元;无成员价为230美元,所以,一个成员和两个非成员价格为200+230*2=660。故选C。
    30. C推理判断题。根据文章句子Each group needs at most 15 students.可知A错误;根据表格中的时间Dates:15~17 July, 和Dates:6~8 August, 可知B项错误;根据句子Simply come to our center to get an application form(申请表)可知C项正确;根据句子No for lunches are offered. You may either bring box lunch or pay for lunch at our restaurants.
    可知D项错误。故选C。
    (▪内蒙古赤峰)B
    The famous scientist and thinker, Charles Darwin, was born on February 12, 1809. His family lived not far from the River Seven, England.
    Darwin’s father was a well-known doctor and the son of a still greater doctor and scientist. Darwin’s father hoped that his son would also become a doctor.
    As a boy, Darwin liked to go for walks in the fields and forests. He watched nature, and compared what he saw with everything he had read in science books. He also liked collecting very much. He collected many things, birds, eggs, stones and leaves. His father did not like this, as Darwin was not studying very well at school.
    At the age of sixteen, Darwin was sent to Edinburgh University to study in order that he could become a doctor. But he was interested in the history of nature.
    Then he was sent to study in Cambridge University. There he studied until 1831.
    Some time later he heard that the ship Beagle was going on a trip to South America and needed a scientist. His professor advised him to go. He said the trip would be just for Darwin. So when the ship left England in December 1831, Darwin was on it. The research lasted almost five years. The Beagle studied the waters in the sea near South America. It also visited New Zealand, Australia and islands in the Pacific. Darwin saw many new plants and animals. He collected all kinds of plants.
    In 1842 Darwin went to live in Kent, where he continued his studies of changes in nature. Darwin understood that plants and animals are not always the same, and that they really change.
    By 1859 Darwin had finished his famous book “The Origin of Speeds” (《物种起源》). It made a great hit in the world of science. He was opposed by the church and even by some scientists. But later, more and more scientist agreed with him.
    31. What did Charles Darwin’s father do?
    A. A worker. B. A doctor. C. A scientist. D. A teacher.
    32. Charles Darwin had so many hobbies except that ______.
    A. he liked to go for walks in the forests
    B. he liked watching nature
    C. he preferred collecting coins and stamps
    D. he was fond of the history of nature
    33. When did Darwin leave England for a trip to South America?
    A. In 1831. B. In 1832 C. In 1842. D. In 1859.
    34. The underlined word “opposed” means ______.
    A. 接受 B. 开除 C . 反对 D.尊重
    35. What can we learn from Charles Darwin?
    A. Don’t care what parents say to us.
    B. The trip can bring us wealth.
    C. We should ask teachers for help when meeting problems.
    D. Keep doing what we like and work hard, we’ll succeed.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    个人情况
    词数
    327
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇记叙文。文章介绍了著名的科学家、思想家查尔斯达尔文的一生。
    【答案】31---35 BCACD
    【解析】
    31.B细节理解题。 根据第二段第一句Darwin’s father was a well-known doctor and the son of a still greater doctor and scientist.可知达尔文的父亲是一名医生。故选B。
    32. C 细节理解题。根据第三段句子As a boy, Darwin liked to go for walks in the fields and forests. He watched nature, and compared what he saw with everything he had read in science books. He also liked collecting very much. He collected many things, birds, eggs, stones and leaves.以及第四段句子But he was interested in the history of nature.可知达尔文喜欢在森林里散步;喜欢观看大自然;喜欢收集很多东西,鸟类;蛋类;石头和树叶;对自然历史感兴趣。所以,文章没有提到达尔文更喜欢收集钱币和邮票。故选C。
    33. A推理判断题。根据第六段句子So when the ship left England in December 1831, Darwin was on it.可知在1831年达尔文离开英国去了南美。故选A。
    34. C词义猜测题。根据下一句But later, more and more scientist agreed with him.可知后来越来越多的科学家同意他。可知刚开始科学家是反对他。故选C。
    35. D推理判断题。整片文章讲述了达尔文热衷于自己喜欢的事情,并且努力去做,最终被人们所认可,获得成功。故选D。


    三、阅读理解
    B(广西梧州)
    阅读短文,从各题所给的选项中,选择最佳选项(每小题2分,共10分)
    Egg caring(蛋雕)is often called the most fragile(易碎的)art, as it requires great care before, during and even after the carving. Yu Wen, the granddaughter of a famous local painter in Dxandong, Liaoning province, has been practising egg carving for about 25 years.
    Yu has used more than 10,000 eggs, and years of hard work has left many thick calluses(茧)on her hands. Sometimes she can’t even hold chopsticks properly after a long day of holding the carving knife. But in Yu’s opinion, the difficult process makes egg carving twice as exciting.” If you carve off too much, the work is broken and there is no way to deal with it. That makes the sense of achievement even greater when you finish a piece.” said Yu.
    Yu’s love for egg carving started with a local tradition. In northeast China, when a baby is born. Friends and relatives often send eggs colored read as gifts, and some may carve auspicious(吉利的)words on them. The character”福“is a popular one to be carved onto eggs. Yu carves with not only popular characters or traditional patterns(图案),but also Peking Opera masks and wall paintings, Her egg carving is just as much about eggs as it is about Chinese culture.
    Now Yu teaches egg carving at a local university. In recent years, she has seen more people coming from across the country to learn the art.” I hope I can better combine(结合)the art with traditional culture in the future,” Yu said.


    56. What is/are most needed during the process of carving an egg?
    A. Much money B. colored eggs. C.Much attention D. Carving knives
    57. Yu Wen thinks egg carving is_______.
    A. boring B. exciting
    C. tiring D.uninteresting
    58. The underlined word” it”in paragraph 2 refers to________.
    A. the work B.the process C. the culture D. the knife
    59. According to the passage, what does Yu Wen carve onto eggs?
    ① The baby’s pictures. ②Traditional patterns ③ Peking Opera masks ④ Wall paintings
    A. ①②③ B. ①②④
    C.①③④ D.②③④
    60. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. Yu Wen loves egg carving very much.
    B. Yu Wen works at a primary school now.
    C. Yu Wen started to carve eggs at the age of 25.
    D. There is something wrong with Yu Wen’s hands.


    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    22. 蛋雕

    词数
    283
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文。主要介绍了蛋雕的一些基本情况,Yu Wen她对蛋雕的爱好,以及她对这个专业的一些研究。
    56. D 细节理解题 由文中“Sometimes she can’t even hold chopsticks properly after a long day of holding the carving knife”可知,最需要的还是雕刻笔。
    57. B 推理判断题 由Yu’s love for egg carving started with a local tradition.可知,她对蛋雕是热爱的。
    58. A 指代题 根据“there is no way to deal with”可知,他们没办法处理这个产品。
    59.D 细节理解题。根据 Yu carves with not only popular characters or traditional patterns(图案),but also Peking Opera masks and wall paintings,可知,只有A没有提到。
    60.A 推理判断题 由Yu’s love for egg carving started with a local tradition.可知,她对蛋雕是热爱的。
    第二节: 阅读下面B、C、D三篇短文,从各小题所给的四个选项中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的一个最佳答案。(共10小题,计15分)
    B
    (陕西)Dreams are like stars. You may never catch them, but if you follow them, they will lead you to success. Yan Ning is such a dream follower.
    Yan is a rising star in the science world. When Yan Ning was only a little girl, she dreamed of being a great scientist. After years of hard work, in 1996, she went to Tsinghua University to study biology. After graduating from Tsinghua in 2000, she went to Princeton University and finished her study abroad in 2007. Then she returned to Tsinghua and set up her own lab. At the age of 30, she became the youngest professor(教授) at Tsinghua.
    Now, Yan, 42, has become a leading biology researcher at Princeton. On April 30, she was included among the 100 new members and 25 foreign associates(院士) into the US National Academy of Sciences(国家科学院).
    However, it was a long and difficult road for her to make such achievements. She said that in order to realize her dream, she experienced a lot of failures and pains. But she never gave up her dream. Instead, she followed her dream and fought for it.
    She usually works at least 14 hours a day. Sometimes she even forgets to eat and rest and works until late night. She never gets tired because she thinks doing research is the most “comfortable" job for her.
    In a TV interview, Yan encouraged young people to work hard for their dreams. “All our dreams can come true if we have the courage to follow them”.
    46. Yan went to Tsinghua to study _______in 1996.
    A. chemistry B. physics C. medicine D. biology
    47. We can learn from the passage that_______.
    A. Yan wanted to give up when she had failures and pains in research
    B. Yan never gets tired because doing research is the easiest job
    C. Yan achieved her dream because she had the courage to follow it
    D. Yan made these achievements mainly by asking others for help
    48. What is the best title(标题) for this passage?
    A. A Difficult Research. B. A Dream Follower.
    C. A Smooth Road. D. A Famous University.

    题材:记叙文
    话题:23. 历史与社会 (81) 著名人物
    话题:24. 故事
    词数:265
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述科学界的新星Yan Ning追逐梦想的故事。
    【答案】46-48 DCB
    【解析】
    46.D 细节理解题。根据第二段第三句After years of hard work, in 1996,she went to Tsinghua University to study biology.可知,Yan在清华研究生物学科。故选D。
    47.C 细节理解题。根据最后一段最后一句All our dreams can come true if we have the courage to follow them.可知答案,故选C。
    48.B 标题判断题。通读全文内容,根据第一段最后一句Yan Ning is such a dream follower.及文章大意可推知,本文主要讲述追梦者Yan Ning的故事。故选B。
    C
    (陕西)Goreme is a beautiful town in Turkey. It is best-known for its strange rock shapes and hot air balloon trips during sunrise(日出). Here are some of the cool things visitors can do in Goreme.
    ● Stay in a cave(山东) hotel
    Staying in a cave hotel is a special experience in Goreme. It makes you learn how people lived in stone caves hundreds of years ago in this area.
    ● Take a hot air balloon trip
    Over 20 years ago, people in Goreme began to fly the first hot air balloon in the sky of this little town. Now, there are over one hundred balloons flying every day early in the morning as the sun rises. It is the best way to enjoy the amazing beauty of Goreme.
    ● Visit the open-air museum
    The open-air museum is about 15 minutes’ walk away from the center of Goreme. This place is the first stop on anyone's journey to Goreme. It is made up of 7 churches(教堂) which were dug out of rocks. Among them, the Dark Church is the best protected. Recent studies show that all these churches were built between the 10th and 12th centuries.
    ● See the magical rock shapes
    These unusual rock shapes are the most beautiful part in Goreme They are made by the strong winds and heavy rains. Their shapes look like different kinds of animals. Every year, tourists around the world come to see the amazing art made by nature
    If you want to have a cool journey to Turkey, the magical Goreme can be a better choice.
    49. Goreme is most famous for______.
    A. the cave hotels B. the open-air museum
    C. the Dark Church D. the strange rock shapes
    50. The best way to enjoy the beauty of Goreme is _ _ .
    A. flying on a hot air balloon B. staying in a cave hotel
    C. standing before the rock shapes D. visiting the open- air museum
    51. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. The cave hotel is made up of 7 churches and several caves.
    B. This open-air museum is the first stop to visit Goreme.
    C. People began to fly the fist hot air balloon 2 years ago.
    D. The magical rock shapes are made by human beings.
    52. Where do you think this passage may come from?
    Ã. A travel guide. B. A sports report.
    C. A story book. D. A history magazine.

    体裁:说明文
    话题:17. 旅游与交通 (57) 旅行
    话题:20. 自然 (69) 山川与河流
    词数:271
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍游客在Goreme可以做的一些很酷的事情,包括呆在山洞宾馆、乘热气球旅行、参观露天博物馆及看到神奇的岩石形状等。
    【答案】49-52 DABA
    【解析】
    49.D 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句It is best-known for its strange rock shapes and hot air balloon trips during sunrise(日出).可知答案,故选D。
    50.A 细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句It is the best way to enjoy the amazing beauty of Goreme.可知,乘热气球旅行是欣赏Goreme美丽的最好方式,故选A。
    51.B 细节理解题。根据第四段第二句This place is the first stop on anyone's journey to Goreme.可知,参观露天博物馆是参观Goreme的第一站,故选B。
    52.A 推理判断题。本文主要介绍游客在Goreme可以做的一些很酷的事情,包括呆在山洞宾馆,乘热气球旅行,参观露天博物馆及看到神奇的岩石形状等。最可能来自旅游指南。故选A。
    D
    (陕西)If you walk into a bookstore, you might see shelves of books labelled (标注) "self-help". You may not know what these books are about. In fact, more and more people are turning to self-help books for advice these days. You can't imagine that sales of these books in the UK reached 3, 000, 000 last year.
    Self-help books are usually written by psychologists (心理学家), famous writers or successful businessmen. They teach you how to deal with problems in your life, for example, how to get on well with your classmates or friends, how to plan your time well or how to find happiness.
    Paul Sweetman, the owner of City Books in the ÜK, said that social problems might be the reason why more people are reading self-help books. “They come into the shop and look for ways to deal with these problems in their life,” Paul said. Besides, it seems to be easier for young readers to find their mistakes, especially those born after 2000. They want to improve themselves by reading self-help books
    Self-help books used to be something people laughed at. Many people didn't take chicken soup stories and “success theory(成功学)” books seriously. But now they are recognized by young people.
    No matter why there is growing interest in self-help books, it's good to know that help is at hand if we need it. But are these books truly helpful? Read one and find out.
    53. From the passage, self-help books are books which_ _.
    A. tell us interesting jokes B. provide beautiful poems
    C. teach us to deal with problems D. talk about animals and plants
    54. The underlined word "recognized" means______ in the passage.
    A. doubted B. refused C. accepted D. avoided
    55. The writer writes this passage mainly to______.
    A. increase people's happiness B. introduce self-help books
    C. help us to plan time well D. encourage us to write books

    体裁:说明文
    话题:19. 语言学习的策略
    话题:21. 文化习俗
    词数:249
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍励志书籍,包括其具体内容,盛行的原因等。
    【答案】53-55 CCB
    【解析】
    53.C 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句They teach you how to deal with problems in your life…可知,励志书籍帮助我们处理生活中的问题。故选C。
    54.C 词义猜测题。根据上句Many people didn't take chicken soup stories and "success theory(成功学)"books seriously及句中but可推知,以前很多人没有认真对待鸡汤故事和“成功论”书籍。但是现在,他们被年轻人所接受。故选C。
    55.B 主旨大意题。通读全文内容可知,本文主要介绍励志书籍。故选B。
    A(•广西贵港)
    The winter holiday is usually a good time to sleep in. But Gao Yuqi, a 14-year-old boy from Anhui, got up at 7:00 am to run at least 2 kilometers every day during the holiday. In fact, this exercise was part of his homework.
    Gao was not alone. Many schools across the country required students to exercise during the winter holiday. Part of the reason is that physical education test scores are now worth more on the senior high school entrance examination(中考). And the score is now worth up to 60 points.
    Because of this, Gao’s school now asks students to run when the weather is nice, and exercise in doors if it is bad. Students have to post(公布)exercise photos in their classes’ QQ groups. At the Golden Apple Jincheng No, 1Middle School in Chengdu, students have daily exercise plans. For example, they have to skip rope(跳绳) for two minutes and do three sets of sit-ups(仰卧起坐) each day. Their parents sign off(签名)on their plans when they finish exercising.
    This has been a big challenge for many students, but has also helped to make exercise a bigger part of their lives. Many students like Gao used to hate running, but now they are able to run for over half an hour every day. They fell in love with exercise during the holiday.
    56. How many kilometers did Gao Yuqi run every day during the holiday?
    A. At least one kilometer. B. At least two kilometers.
    C. At least three kilometers. D. At least four kilometers.
    57. What did the schools require the students to do during the winter holidays?
    A. To exercise. B. To be volunteers. C. To have a rest. D. To do a survey.
    58. What do the students have to do when they finish exercising in Gao’s school?
    A. To call their teachers. B. To put their plans online.
    C. To ask their parents to sign off on their plans. D. To post exercise photos in their classes’ QQ groups.
    59. Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage?
    A. Skipping rope. B. Swimming. C .Sit-up. D. Running.
    60. What is the passage mainly about ?
    A. How to exercise during the winter holiday. B. Exercising is a big challenge for many students.
    C. Physics education test scores important now. D. Exercising is becoming part of students’ homework.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    4.日常活动之学校生活,周末假期生活
    词数
    243
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,本文介绍的是由于体育考试成绩在中考中所占分值增加,安徽和成都等地的初中学校开始重视学生日常体育锻炼。有的学校要求家长监督孩子每天坚持跳绳、仰卧起坐等训练;有的学校要求学生寒假期间每天坚持跑步等锻炼。一段时间的坚持锻炼后,学生的身体素质有了明显的提高和改善。
    56. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段中的“But Gao Yuqi, a 14-year-old boy from Anhui, got up at 7:00 am to run at least 2 kilometers every day during the holiday”可知:在寒假期间来自安徽的初中生高玉琪每天至少跑2公里。故选B。
    57. A【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段第二句“Many schools across the country required students to exercise during the winter holiday.”可知:全国各地的许多学校要求学生寒假期间坚持锻炼身体。故选A。
    58. D【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段第二句“Students have to post exercise photos in their classes’ QQ groups.”可知:高玉琪同学所在学校要求学生在寒假期间每天完成锻炼之后,把锻炼的照片公布到他们班里的qq群里。故选D。
    59. B【解析】推理判断题。通读原文可知:原文提到跳绳、仰卧起坐和跑步等锻炼方式,但没有提到游泳。故选B。
    60. B【解析】主旨大意题。通读原文可知:本文主要谈论的是在考试政策和学校严格贯彻上级提高学生身体素质的政策的影响下,学生坚持体育锻炼,对他们来说是一个新的挑战。原文最后一段第一句“This has been a big challenge for many students, but has also helped to make exercise a bigger part of their lives.”是本文的主旨句。故本文主要是关于“锻炼对许多学生来说是一个大的挑战”这个话题的。故选B。

    B (•广西贵港)
    Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge(HZMB)opened on October 24, 2018. It's the longest cross-sea bridge in the world. The bridge is 55 kilometers long. It connects Hong Kong and Macao to the Chinese mainland city of Zhuhai. Construction(建筑工程) on the HZMB began in 2009. It is considered as one of the “seven wonders(TE)of the modem world”.
    The HZMB is the only one in many ways. It can withstand wind speeds of up to 185km/h and earthquakes with magnitude(震级) of up to 8. It’s designed to have a service life(寿命)of 120 years, 20 years longer than most bridges.
    And it’s not just a bridge, but also part tunnel(隧道) and part island. In one section(部分), the bridge turns into a 6.7-km undersea tunnel. And the tunnel passes through two man-made islands. The tunnel is the world’s longest undersea tunnel for road traffic, allowing large ships to continue passing through the sea area above the tunnel.
    The HZMB makes it more convenient to travel between the three areas. It can shorten(缩短)the traveling time from Hong Kong to Zhuhai. People used to spend four hours, but now it takes about 45 minutes.
    By making local cities and areas closer together, the HZMB helps the areas’ development. It can develop the economy (经济) of Hong Kong, Macao and nine Guangdong cities.
    61. When did the HZMB open?
    A. On October 24, 2009. B. On November 24, 2009. C. On October 24, 2018. D. On December 24, 2018.
    62. What does the underlined word “withstand” mean in Chinese?
    A.坚守 B.躲连 C.减轻 D.承受
    63. The bridge can help the three areas in many ways EXCEPT_________.
    A. developing the economy of the three areas
    B. making the three areas have fewer earthquakes
    C. making local cities and the three areas closer together
    D. shortening the traveling time from Hong Kong to Zhuhai
    64. How long does it take to travel from Hong Kong to Zhuhai according to the passage?
    A. About 45 minutes. B. About 55 minutes. C. About 2 hours. D. About 4 hours.
    65. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
    A. The bridge is 55 kilometers long. B. Construction on the HZMB began in 2009.
    C. The service life of the HZMB is 20 years shorter than most bridges.
    D. In one section, the undersea tunnel passes through two man-made islands.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    22.科普知识与现代技术之发明与技术
    词数
    257
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍的是世界上最长的跨海大桥——香港-珠海-澳门大桥的建成通车情况。文中谈到了这座大桥的建筑地位和通车意义和经济价值等。
    61. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge (HZMB) opened on October 24, 2018”可知:香港-珠海-澳门跨海大桥建成通车时间为2018年10月24日。故选C。
    62. D 【解析】词义猜测题。根据画线词所在句的上文“The HZMB is the only one in many ways (这座大桥在许多方面都是世界上独一无二的)”以及下文“It’s designed to have a service life of 120 years, 20 years longer than most bridges.(这座大桥的使用寿命比大多数桥都长20年)”可推断:画线词所在句的句意为:这座大桥能够抵抗得住每秒185千米的狂风袭击,还能抗8级以上的地震。故猜测画线词意为“承受”。故选D。
    63. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第四段中的“It can shorten the traveling time from Hong Kong to Zhuhai.”以及最后一段中的“By making local cities and areas closer together, the HZMB helps the areas’ development. It can develop the economy of Hong Kong. Macao and nine Guangdong cities”可知:这座跨海大桥可以缩短从香港到珠海的旅行时间,可以帮助发展这三个地区的经济,还可以让当地城市和这三个地区的距离更近。但不包括“让这三个地区更少发生地震”。故选B。
    64. A【解析】细节理解题。根据最第四段中的“People used to spend four hours, but now it takes bout 45 minutes.”可知:现在从香港到珠海去旅游,过跨海大桥只需要大约45分钟。故选A。
    65. C【解析】推理判断题。通读原文可知:选项A说法“这座大桥有55公里长”,选项B说法“这座大桥的建筑工程开始于2009年”,选项D说法“在一部分,海底隧道穿过了两座人工岛”都是正确的。根据第二段最后“It’s designed to have a service life of 120 years, 20 years longer than most bridges.”可知选项C说法“这座跨海大桥的使用期限比大多数桥都要短20年”是错误的。故选C。

    C (•广西贵港)
    Do you often listen to music at loud volumes(音量)? Over one billion(十亿)young people are at risk of hearing loss(失聪)because of listening to loud noise for long periods of time. Listening to music or watching a TV show at loud volumes is harmful to your hearing.
    The United Nations has standards for safe listening. It is not safe to listen to sounds that are louder than 85 decibels(dB 分贝) for eight hours or 100 dB for 15 minutes. The sound of a busy road is about 85 dB and the sound of a rock concert can be about 100 dB.
    Loud noise is harmful to the inner ears(内耳). Most of us are born with about 16,000 hair cell(听毛细胞) in our inner ears. However, listening to loud noise for a long time can make these cells work too hard and cause some of them to die. This is what causes hearing loss.
    Some people might think that their music isn’t all that loud. But this can depend on where you are. For example, if you are in a noisy place like the subway, you might turn up your music too loud without realizing it. Later, when you listen to it at the same volume in a quiet place, you might feel uncomfortable.
    The World Health Organization said the “safe level” for most sounds is below 80 dB for up to 40 hours a week. A level of 80 dB is roughly equal to(大约相当于) the noise of a subway.
    66. Many young people are at risk of hearing loss because they__________.
    A .watch TV every day B. listen to music every day
    C. listen to loud noise in the subway D. listen to loud noise for a long time
    67. The sound level of a rock concert is about __________.
    A. 80 db B. 85dB C. 100 dB D. 110dB
    68. What is loud noise harmful to?
    A. The inner ears. B. The brain. C. The heart. D. The eyes.
    69. What can you learn from the passage?
    A. We feel comfortable when listening to loud music in a quiet place.
    B. Most people are born with about 1,600 hair cells in the inner ears.
    C. It is not safe to listen to sounds that are louder than 85 dB for 15 minutes.
    D. Below 80 dB for up to 40 hours a week is the “safe level” for most sounds.
    70. What is the best title of the passage?
    A. Keep the Loud Volumes. B. Loud Noise Is Harmful to Hearing.
    C. The Risk of Listening to Music. D. Loud Noise Stops Ears from Working
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    13.卫生与健康之自我保护;
    21.世界与环境之环境保护
    词数
    281
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍的是音量较大的噪音对我们的耳朵有很大的损害。我们在听音乐或者看电视时,不要把音量开得太大,不然会影响、损害我们的听力。我们听音乐或者看电视时间也不要过长。
    66.D【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Over one billion young people are at risk of hearing loss because of listening to loud noise for long periods of time.”可知:世界上有十亿多年轻人正面临失聪的危险,因为他们长时间地听嘈杂的噪音。故选D。
    67.C【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句“The sound of a busy road is about 85 dB and the sound of a rock concert can be about 100 dB.”可知:摇滚音乐会的声音大约是100分贝。故选C。
    68.A【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段第一句“Loud noise is harmful to the inner ears”可知:嘈杂的噪音对我们的内耳有很大的伤害。故选A。
    69. D【解析】推理判断题。通读原文可知:当你在噪音较大的地方把音乐开的声音非常大,但是后来在安静的地方听同样音律的音乐,就会觉得不舒服;大多数人出生时,内而里面有16,000个听毛细胞,不是1600个;听高于85分贝的声音八小时是不安全的,不是15分钟,故选项A,B和C说法都不对。根据最后一段第一句“The World Health Organization said the safe level for most sounds is below 80 dB for up to 40 hours a week”可知:对于大多数声音来说,每周听低于80分贝的声音40个小时是个“安全值”。故选D。
    70. B【解析】主旨大意题。通读原文可知:本文主要介绍的是嘈杂的噪音对人的听力的伤害。故选项B作为文章的标题较为合适。故选B。
    A(•云南曲靖)
    Dear Mike,
    My deskmate lately told me that there are a lot of people in my class who have hated me for a long time. I thought about how I’ve behaved in the past, but I don’t think I did anything wrong. I feel lonely and sad now. What should I do?
    Julia

    Dear Julia,
    First, you should keep in mind that not everyone is going to like you all the time. Some people might even hate you for no reason at all. I know that sounds unfair, but that’s just how some people are.
    I will say this for you. It’s not good to bear that your classmates supposedly (据说) dislike you. Why did I say “supposedly”? It’s possible that your deskmate is lying to you. He or she might be the one who hates you. Your deskmate might be trying to trick you and make you feel bad.
    On the other hand, it’s also possible that you did something in the past that you don’t quite remember —— something that made you classmate dislike you. Maybe you can have a chat with your teacher and ask him or her if you misbehaved or hurt someone in the past. However, I think it’s more likely that your deskmate isn’t being honest with you.
    Mike
    51. What happened to Julia?
    A. She did something wrong. B. Her deskmate helped her.
    C. She was told she was unpopular in class. D. She had no friends.
    52. According to Mike, Julia’s deskmate just might make her feel ________.
    A. relaxed B. tired C. upset D. angry
    53. Mike advised Julia to________.
    A. chat with her teacher B. stay away from her classmates
    C. do something for her class D. chat with her deskmate
    54. Mike didn’t remind Julia that________.
    A. she was hated for no reason
    B. her deskmate might trick her
    C. she might hurt someone in the past
    D. she might not trust her teachers
    55. Julia asked for help from Mike by________.
    A. chatting online B. writing a letter
    C. making a call D. keeping a diary

    题材:应用文(书信)
    话题:7.情感与情绪(Feelings and moods)
    8.人际交往 (Interpersonal communications)
    词数:217
    【主旨大意】本文是一封求助信。Julia听说班上的许多同学恨她,但是她感觉自己没有做啥错事,不知道该怎么办。写信向Mike求助,Mike给了她一些建议。
    51. C 考查细节理解。原文有提示“a lot of people in my class who have hated me for a long time”,故可知Julia在班级里不受欢迎。故选C。
    52. C 考查细节理解。原文有提示“Your deskmate might be trying to trick you and make you feel bad.”可知她的同桌可能使她感到难受。故选C。
    53. A 考查细节理解。原文有提示“Maybe you can have a chat with your teacher”,故选A。
    54. D 考查推理判断。从原文所给材料,“hate you for no reason”“trying to trick you”“hurt someone in the past”均提到,故只有D选项没有提到。故选D。
    55. B 考查文体应用。本文材料内容以书信格式展示,故选B。
    B(•云南曲靖)
    Street dance is an energetic and exciting type of dance. It started with people dancing in the street rather than in a studio(练功房).
    Breakdancing and the Melbourne Shuffle are two examples of street dance. Many of the hip-pop dances are popular street dance. Even rave dancing is a type of street dance. Street dances change and improve all the time as people try different moves. It is a form of dancing that boys really enjoy.
    A school in Britain has seen how street dance has helped its pupils. They introduced it as a subject at school. Dance teachers went to the school to teach the students how to perform. The dances were rehearsed at lunch breaks and after school. Many of the students were from homes with many problems. The students also used to behave badly. When the street dance classes started, it seemed to solve many of these problems.
    The student felt that they could express their feelings in dancing. If they were angry, they could do some of the dance moves and throw away those feelings. If they were annoyed about something, dancing helped them to be more peaceful. Another good thing was that the students felt better about themselves.
    The students focused on other subjects more. They got better grades. Taking part in the street dancing also taught the students to work better with others. They needed discipline (纪律) to come to practice and to learn the dance steps. They entered a dance competition and won! This was very good for them. The younger students began following them. They are active role models.
    Today bands have formed that combine (结合) singing with street dance. Street dance is becoming a popular culture.
    56. How many types of street dance are mentioned?
    A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
    57. The school introduced street dance as a subject because ________.
    A. it helped the pupils with problems
    B. dance teachers liked it
    C. students could achieve their dreams
    D. the school was asked to do so
    58. The underlined word “rehearsed” in the text means ________.
    A. 取消 B. 排练 C. 欢迎 D. 承认
    59. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. Street dance first started in a studio.
    B. Street dances are all the same.
    C. Students in Britain are only interested in street dance.
    D. People can sing while doing dance moves now.
    60. The writer wants to tell us ________.
    A. the types of street dance
    B. the history of street dance
    C. the ways and time of performing street dance
    D. the development and advantages of street dance

    题材:说明文
    话题:4.日常活动 (Daily routines)
    (14) 学校生活 (School life)
    6.个人兴趣(Personal interests)
    (22) 娱乐活动 (Entertainments)
    词数:296
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。街舞是一项充满活力且激动人心的活动,英国的一所学校把街舞引到校园,收到了意想不到的好的效果。
    56. C 考查细节理解。根据文章第二段提到的内容,Breakdancing,the Melbourne Shuffle,the hip-pop dances,rave dancing共4种类型。故选C。
    57. A 考查细节理解。文章中有提示“When the street dance classes started, it seemed to solve many of these problems.”故可知把街舞引进学校能够帮助学生解决问题,故选A。
    58. B 考查词义猜测。根据第三段描述,街舞引进学校后肯定要安排排练时间,故午休时间和放学后是最好的安排。故选B。
    59. D 考查细节理解。文中最后一段有提示“Today bands have formed that combine singing with street dance.”故可知人们可以边唱边跳,故选D。
    60. D 考查主旨大意。本文主要介绍了街舞在学校的发展以及给学校管理学生带来的好处,故选D。


    四、阅读理解(15小题,每小题2分,共30分)
    (广西贺州)A
    Invited By Cathy
    Please join us for a movie in honor of Cathy 's 8th birthday.
    Showtime: February 8th at 6 :00pm
    Address: 32 Renmin Road
    Tel:555-3452
    Invited By Betty
    You are invited to Betty’s 10th
    birthday! We will have a movie party!
    Showtime: February 18th, 4:00pm.-8:00pm
    Address: 32 Zhongshan Road
    Tel:555-3442
    Invited By Tracy
    Come and join Tracy’s 11th birthday party! Let's see a movie.
    Showtime:February 28th at7:00pm.
    Address: 32 Gongnong Road
    Tel:555-3542

    跟据表格内容,选择最佳选项,将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。
    51. Cathy will celebrate her birthday on_________.
    A. February 10th B. February 18th C. February 8th D. February 28th
    52. Betty will invite others to celebrate her________birthday.
    A. seventh B. eighth C. ninth D. tenth
    53. You can call Tracy at_________.
    A.555-3542 B.555-3442 C.555-3452 D.555-3552
    题材:应用文
    话题:31庆祝活动
    词数:78
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。描述了Cathy、Betty、Tracy三位小朋友的生日邀请函。邀请函中交代了活动、时间、地址和电话等信息。
    【答案】51-53 CDA
    【解析】
    51. C 细节理解题。根据关键词Cathy可以锁定表格一,再根据题干的日期可知是2月8日。故选C。
    52. D 细节理解题。根据关键词Betty可以锁定表格二,再根据You are invited to Betty’s 10th
    birthday! 可知是10岁生日。故选D。
    53. A 细节理解题。根据关键词Tracy可以锁定表格三,再根据题干信息电话可知选A。
    (广西贺州)B
    An 11-year-old boy Frank loved to read ghost stories. Every time he paid a visit to the library and got back a horror story. And he liked playing scary tricks on his friends.
    One day. Frank's friend Pavan asked him to come over to his house after school. Frank played there until very late. He walked along the road in the quiet wood. How dark it was!
    Then he heard a noise that came from behind. “Guess what I can do with my long bony fingers and my long sharp teeth? ” It was a human voice.
    Hearing the terrible voice, Frank started to run, but the terrible voice still went after him.
    Out of breath, he stopped, nervous. In a trembling(发抖的)voice, he asked, “ Who’s there?”
    But all he heard was the voice saying: “ Guess what I can do with my long bony fingers and my long sharp teeth? ”
    Frank started running again. When Frank arrived home, he gathered his last bit of courage and turned to ask, “ Who are you and what can you do with your long bony fingers and your long sharp teeth? ”
    “ Aha! Frank! Didn’t you find that I was running after you all the time? ” said his dad.
    “ Daddy? It’s you? You mean the voice came from you? But why?” asked Frank.
    “ Well, I thought I would give you a scare for a change, just like you do to others after reading one of your stories!” said Frank's dad
    Frank looked at his father for a long time. And then they went inside the house together.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳选项,将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。
    54. What did Frank like to read?
    A. Poems. B. Ghost stories. C. Funny stories. D. Science fictions.
    55. How did Frank feel when he heard the noise that came from behind?
    A. Calm. B. Excited. C. Happy. D. Scared.
    56. Who was the man that followed Frank?
    A. Frank’s father. B. A ghost. C. No one. D. His friend.
    57. What's the best title of this passage?
    A. A trembling voice. B. A strict father. C. A scary night. D. A naughty boy.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:4兴趣与爱好;82故事
    词数:284
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了11岁男孩富兰克爱看鬼故事,并且爱捉弄人。一天晚上,他从朋友家很晚回来,在回家的路上被他父亲捉弄的故事。
    【答案】54-57 BDAC
    【解析】
    54. B 细节理解题。根据第一段An 11-year-old boy Frank loved to read ghost stories.可知富兰克喜欢鬼故事。故选B。
    55. D 推理判断题。根据第五段In a trembling(发抖的)voice, he asked关键词“发抖的”可推出他是“害怕的”。calm冷静的;excited兴奋的;happy开心地;scared害怕的。故选D。
    56. A 细节理解题。根据最后一段Frank looked at his father for a long time. 可知跟在富兰克后面的是他的爸爸。故选A。
    57. C 主旨大意题。通读全文可知这个故事发生在一个晚上,令富兰克害怕的一个晚上。故选C。
    (广西贺州) C
    It is not very easy to last a friendship with someone you cannot see or feel. This is the main problem that Internet friendship faces. Without the real communication, it is very difficult to form a friendship that would last forever. And the chances of cheat are very high in an Internet friendship. So while making friends on the Internet, one has to be very careful and follow certain precautions (防范). There are some suggestions followed if you are going for online friendship.
    Tips for online friendship:
    ★Do not disclose(公开) personal information to unknown people on the Internet, such as your telephone number, address, location. the jobs of your parents, credit card number etc. If you feel you are cheated, telephone the police at once.
    ★Disconnect (断开)the line if you feel the person is trying to know something important about your personal life.
    ★Do not disclose anything about your friends or relatives or other family members.
    ★Do not exchange photographs of yours or any family member on the Internet.
    ★Do not go to meet a person you have just met on the Internet. Consult elder people or someone who is experienced if you have to go, take someone reliable with you.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳选项,将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。
    58. Making a true friend on the Internet is ________.
    A. easy B. boring C. necessary D. difficult
    59. How many suggestions are there for online friendship?
    A. Six. B. Four. C. Five. D. Three.
    60. If you feel the person is trying to know your credit card number, you should ________.
    A. keep silence B. disconnect the line at once
    C. discuss with him D. go to fight with him
    61. What does the underlined word “ reliable” probably mean in Chinese?
    A.可信赖的 B.虚伪的 C.不可信的 D.成功的

    题材:应用文
    话题:47安全守则;63使用互联网
    词数:215
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。就网上友谊展开了议论。主要给出了5条建议。
    【答案】58-61 DCBA
    【解析】
    58. D 细节理解题。根据第一段It is not very easy to last a friendship with someone you cannot see or feel. This is the main problem that Internet friendship faces.可知在网上交真朋友因为不能见面和感受到,所以是不容易的,即很难的。故选D。
    59. C 细节理解题。根据给出的五个星号的提示可知选C。
    60. B 推理判断题。根据第二个提示Disconnect (断开)the line if you feel the person is trying to know something important about your personal life.可知如果有人试图了解你的银行卡密码等重要信息时,要切断网络。故选B。
    61. A 词义猜测题。根据最后一段可知如果去见网友,咨询长者或是有经历的人一起去,可推出这些人一定是“可信赖的”人。故选A。

    (广西贺州)D
    In South Korea. many schools hire English teachers from abroad, but as you know, there are not so many English native teachers in South Korea. A team of engineers has created a robot that they hope will take the place of foreign teachers.
    Robots will save schools money. The cost to build a robot and hire a Filipino teacher to work with it is around $20,000 a year. That is about half the cost of supporting a foreign teacher in South Korea. What's more, robot teachers can make students have more fun learning English.
    The robot teacher is called Engkey. She is about one meter tall and is white, egg-shaped. She takes a screen as her face. She can move around the classroom while speaking to students, reading books to them and dancing to music by moving her head and arms. So this robot is more than a video screen on wheels. But Engkey’s voice is not her own. They are controlled by English teachers in the Philippines(菲律宾). There is a camera in each of the robot teachers. With the help of the camera, English teachers in the Philippines can see and hear the students.
    Engkey's creators say that they don't know how successful the robot is as a teacher now. But they hope that some day all schools in South Korea will have a robot in the classroom.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳选项,将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。
    62. According to Paragraph1, there aren't enough________in South Korea.
    A. great engineers B. foreign English teachers
    C. English books D. smart robots
    63. What are the advantages of robot teachers?
    A. Save schools money and make classes fun.
    B. Save schools money and hire a Filipino teacher.
    C. Catch people’s attention and make classes fun.
    D. Catch people’s attention and save schools money.
    64. What’s the cost of hiring two English teachers from abroad in South Korea a year?
    A.$10.000. B.$20,000. C.$40,000. D.$80.000.
    65. Which one is NOT true about Engkey according to the passage?
    A. She is white, egg-shaped and has a screen face.
    B. She can speak and her voice is her own.
    C. English teachers in the Philippines control her by using a camera.
    D. She moves around the classroom on wheels.
    题材:说明文
    话题:4兴趣与爱好;82故事
    词数:235
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。阐述了在南韩用机器人教师代替雇佣的英语教师,因此可以节省一半的经费,机器人的创造者希望韩国所有的学校都能用上这样的教师。
    【答案】62-65BADB
    【解析】
    62. B 细节理解题。根据第一段there are not so many English native teachers in South Korea
    可知在南韩没有足够的外籍英语教师。故选B。
    63. A 细节理解题。根据第二段Robots will save schools money. 和What's more, robot
    teachers can make students have more fun learning English.可知机器人教师的使用可以节省经
    费,也可以使课堂活跃。故选A。
    64. D 数字计算题。根据第二段The cost to build a robot and hire a Filipino teacher to work
    with it is around $20,000 a year. That is about half the cost of supporting a foreign teacher in
    South Korea. 可知使用机器人教师一年花销2万美元,是雇佣一个外籍教师的一半,所以雇
    佣外籍教师每年需要4万美元。根据题干是雇佣2个外籍教师,可知是8万美元。故选D。
    65. B 细节理解题。根据第三段But Engkey’s voice is not her own. 可知Engkey的声音不是
    自己的。所以B选项表述“她能讲话,声音是自己的”是不正确的。故选B。
    ( •广西玉林)阅读下面A、B、C、D四篇短文,根据短文内容,从下列各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。(每小题2分,共30分)
    A( •广西玉林)
    Perhaps the only test score that I remember is the 55 I got when I was in high school.
    The test was the last one of the term I remember waiting nervously as my teacher Mr. Right gave out our papers one after another. It was a rather difficult test. I heard my classmates groaning(叹息), and I could guess by the groans that the scores weren't looking good.
    Mr. Right put my paper on my desk. There in big red numbers, circled to catch attention, was my score, 55! I let my head go down, and covered the score up quickly. A 55 is not something that you wanted your classmates to see. "The scores were not very good, none of you passed," Mr. Right said. "The highest score in the class was a 55."
    A 55. That's me! Suddenly I didn't feel so bad. I had the highest score, I was getting a little better.
    I walked home alone that day with the low but high score. My mother knew that I had a big test that day and asked me as soon as I got home, "How did you do in your test?" “I got 55,"I said. A frown (皱眉) appeared on my mother’s face. I knew I had to explain at once. "But Mum, I had the highest score in the class," I said proudly. "You failed, Dave!" my mother replied. "But it's the highest!" I insisted (坚持). "I don't care what scores others had, you failed. The important thing is what you do!" my mother said in a strong way.
    For years, my mother was always in that way. She didn't care what others did, only cared what I did and that l did it excellently. My mother’s words have made a big difference to my life.
    46. When did the test take place?
    A. At the beginning of the term. B. In the middle of the term.
    C. At the halfway term. D. At the end of the term.
    47. of the students failed the test.
    A. Both B. None C. All D. Neither
    48. How did Dave's mother feel when she knew his score?
    A. She was upset. B. She felt very happy.
    C. She felt embarrassed. D. She was really excited.

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:7.情感与情绪(Feelings and moods)
    词数:310
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者在高中一次考试中我只得了55分,然而这个分数却是全班最高分。妈妈认为作者考的不好,而作者却认为自己比别人强。妈妈教育理念是不及格就是不及格,她不用关注别人,只关注自己的孩子。妈妈的话语对作者的生活产生了很大的影响。
    46. D 细节理解题。根据文章第二段第一句中“The test was the last one of the term”,可判断这次考试发生在期末。故选D。
    47. C 细节理解题。both表示“两者都”,neither表示“两者当中任何一者都不”,none表示“三者以上都不”,all 表示“三者以上都”。根据文章第三段第五句“The scores were not very good, none of you passed”判断句意为“分数不是很好,你们都没通过考试”。故选C。
    48. A 推理判断题。A项upset“担心的,不高兴的”,B项“她感到很高兴”;C项“她感到尴尬”;D项“她真的很兴奋”。根据文章第五段句子“A frown appeared on my mother’s face.”可以推断出妈妈对我的成绩不满意。故选A。

    B( •广西玉林)
    Dubai(迪拜) is a good place to travel to. There, you can find many tall buildings, taste lots of delicious food and experience some interesting things. Have you ever been to this city? If you go to Dubai during the summer holiday, you may see a special kind of "taxi". It is drone (无人机). It flies in the sky by itself! It is said that Dubai plans to use Chinese-made drones as a self-flying air taxi in July.
    The drone taxi is named EHang 184. A Chinese company (公司) made it. The city of Dubai will start using it in July. It will be the world's first passenger drone, according to Yahoo News.
    The drone taxi can fly up to 3,500 meters high. It can fly at a top speed of 160 kilometers an hour. It can only take one person.
    How do you call an EHang 184? You use its app (应用程序) on your phone. When the drone comer, you choose the place you want to go to on a touch screen. There is no pilot in the drone. But some people on the ground will be watching it. They will make sure your trip is safe. You don't have to worry about it.
    EHang 184's battery (电池) can only keep about 30 minutes. So it cannot take you further than 50 kilometers.
    Would you like to take a trip in this flying drone? Don't wait. Let's go!
    49. EHang 184 was made by a(n) company,
    A. Dubai's B. American C. Japanese D. Chinese
    50. Which statement (陈述) about EHang 184 is correct?
    A. There is a pilot in it. B. Its battery can keep around half an hour.
    C. It can fly up to 4,500 kilometers. D. The trip in it isn't safe.
    51. Where may we find this article?
    A. On the Internet. B. In a guide book. C. In a story book. D. In a novel.
    52. What's the best title of the passage?
    A. The Exciting Vacation B. The Special Trip
    C. The Drone Taxi D. The Computer Company

    体裁:说明文
    话题:22.科普知识与现代技术(Popular science and modern technology)
    (78) 发明与技术 (Inventions and technological advances)
    词数:257
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。本文主要介绍了中国公司生产的Ehang 184无人驾驶出租飞机即将在迪拜投入使用,同时也介绍了这种飞机的性能、安全性、如何使用及行驶里程等方面内容进行了介绍。
    49. D 细节理解题。由文章第第二段句子“A Chinese company made it.”可知是中国公司制造的。故选D。
    50. B 细节理解题。由文章第四段句子“There is no pilot in the drone. ”判断, EHang 184是无人驾驶飞机,排除A选项;由文章第三段句子“The drone taxi can fly up to 3,500 meters high.”判断,飞行高度达到3,500米,排除C;由文章第四段句子“But some people on the ground will be watching it. They will make sure your trip is safe. ”判断飞机很安全,排除D;由文章第五段句子“EHang 184's battery can only keep about 30 minutes.”可知B选项为正确选项。
    51. B 推理判断题。根据文章第一段句子“Dubai(迪拜) is a good place to travel to.”,以及“If you go to Dubai during the summer holiday”,故可推断出本文出处应该是一本导游手册。故选B。
    52. C 主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了即将在迪拜投入使用的无人机旅行项目,详细介绍了无人机的操控、安全性、里程等方面的信息,因此判断只有C项(无人机出租)可概括文章主旨作为文章标题。故选C。

    C( •广西玉林)
    An eight-year-old girl named Tina heard her parents talking about her little brother. All she knew was that he was very sick and they had no money. When she heard her dad say to her mom, "Only a miracle(奇迹) can save him now", Tina went to her bedroom and took all her money out of a small box and counted it carefully. Then she made her way six blocks to the local drugstore (药店).
    "And what do you want?" asked the owner of the store.
    "It's for my little brother," Tina answered." He's really, really sick and I want to buy a miracle. His name is Mike and be is two years younger than me. Now he has something bad growing inside his head and my dad says only a miracle can save him."
    "We don't sell miracles here, child. I'm sorry," the owner said, smiling sadly at Tina.
    In the store there was a well-dressed customer. He asked Tina, "What kind of miracle does your brother need?”
    "I don't know," she replied. "He's really sick and my mom says he needs an operation (手术). But my dad can't pay for it, so I have brought all my money."
    "How much do you have?" asked the man.
    "One dollar and seven cents, but I can try and get some more." she answered quietly.
    "Well, what a coincidence (巧合)," smiled the man. "One dollar and seven cents—the exact price of a miracle for a little brother. Take me to where you live. I want to see your brother and meet your parents.”
    That well-dressed man was Carlton Armstrong, a famous doctor. The operation was completed without money. Two weeks later, Mike became well and was home again.
    Tina was happy. She knew exactly how much the miracle cost one dollar and seven cents—and the faith (信念) of a little child.
    53. Why did Tina go to the drugstore? Because she wanted to______.
    A. visit her brother B. see a doctor C. buy a miracle D. buy some medicine
    54. Which of the following is not true according to the passage?
    A. The operation was free.
    B. Tina had less than 2 dollars.
    C. The owner of the drugstore couldn't help Tina.
    D. There was something wrong with Mike's heart.
    55. What do you think of Carlton Armstrong?
    A. He's mean B. He's honest. C. He's shy. D. He's kind.
    56. The passage mainly tells us the importance of .
    A. faith B. wealth C. knowledge D. communication
    体裁:记叙文
    (6) 家人和亲友
    (82) 故事 (Stories)
    词数:325
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。本文讲述了一个叫Tina的小女孩勇敢救助她的弟弟的故事。小女孩拿着她的零花钱去药店买“奇迹”,并巧遇著名医生Carlton Armstrong。小女孩的行为感动了Carlton Armstrong,并免费为小女孩的弟弟做了手术。小女孩为她买到的“奇迹”感到高兴。
    53. C 细节理解题。根据文中第三段第二句中“I want to buy a miracle”可知她要买“奇迹”,故选C。
    54. D 细节理解题。根据文中提示“Now he has something bad growing inside his head”,故可知小女孩的弟弟是头部出现了问题,故选D。
    55. D 推理判断题。mean“小气的”,honest“诚实的”,shy“害羞的”,kind“善良的”,结合文章内容可知Carlton Armstrong保护了小女孩的天真勇敢的信念,免费为她的弟弟做了手术,可以判断他是一个善良有爱心的人。故选D。
    56. A 主旨大意题。结合文章整体内容以及结尾部分有提示“the faith of a little child”,点明了本文的主旨,故选A。

    D( •广西玉林)
    The date—July 22, 2018—has meaning to Cui Qingtao, a boy of seventeen. He will remember it forever.
    Cui Qingtao was working at a construction site (建筑工地) with his parents on Sunday when he received his admission letter (录取通知书) from Peking University, which is considered as one of the best universities in China.
    In last year's gaokao, the young man from a poor family scored 669 points and applied for (申请) Peking University, where he was accepted as a student in the School of Journalism (新闻) and Communication.
    Cui's home is in a small village in southwest China's Yunnan Province. He is the family's oldest son, with a younger brother in high school and a sister in the fourth grade.
    Cui is a caring son. To support his family, he'd get up at 3 o'clock in the morning to water plants in the family's greenhouses with his brother when he came home during the school breaks.
    On Sunday, Cui's family were doing construction work when he saw the letter. Cui and his family were excited as they finally received the admission letter, which they had expected for a long time.
    Cui Qingtao made his parents very proud because neither of them went to university. When his mother read the admission letter to his father, who cannot read, a big smile appeared on his father's face.
    “No pain, no gain (不劳无获). Don't complain what a terrible life you have. As long as you work hard and try your best, your dream may come true. Now I'm leaving my home village for college, but I'll return and some day change the poor conditions of our village," Cui said
    "His starting point is different from other students, but I hope his future will be bright," one Internet user said on Chinese social media (媒体) site Weibo.
    57. Where was Cui Qingtao when he got his admission letter?
    A. At home. B. At school. C. At a construction site. D. In a greenhouse.
    58. The underlined word "complain" means in Chinese.
    A.抱怨 B.炫耀 C.评价 D.夸大
    59. What is Cui Qingtao going to do after he graduates from college?
    A. Stay in Being. B. Serve his village.
    C. Build houses. D. Work for TV station.
    60. What can we know about Cui Qingtao?
    A. His mother can't read.
    B. He cares about his parents.
    C. He comes from Guizhou Province.
    D. His brother is a primary school student.
    体裁:记叙文
    24.故事与诗歌(Stories and poems)
    (82) 故事 (Stories)
    词数:329
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。本文记叙了励志少年崔庆涛在建筑工地干活时收到了北京大学的录取通知书的故事,同时描述了崔庆涛是如何克服困难取得成功的。他的励志故事催人奋进。
    57. C细节理解题。根据文章第二段第一句“Cui Qingtao was working at a construction site with his parents on Sunday” 判断,他当时正在一处建筑工地干活。故选C。
    58. A 词义猜测题。根据后面的句子“what a terrible life you have.”以及“As long as you work hard and try your best, your dream may come true.” 判断句意为:尽管你的生活很糟糕,但不要抱怨,只要你尽最大努力,你就能成功。故可判断该词意为“抱怨”。故选A。
    59. B细节理解题。根据文中倒数第二段最后一句“I'll return and some day change the poor conditions of our village”,可知他要学成之后回来报效家乡,改变家乡的面貌。故选B。
    60. B 主旨大意题。从文中描述崔庆涛高考结束就开始帮助父母在工地干活、三点起床给树浇水等细节可以判断,崔庆涛能够替父母着想,关心他的父母。故选B。

    第一节 (共10小题:每小题2分,满分20分)
    阅读下列短文,从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出最佳选项。
    A
    (贵州贵阳)Many people love travelling to different countries, but if you plan to go abroad, you should know how to behave in different situations around the world.

    Most travellers enjoy meeting new people, but sometimes you can be rude without saying anything. In Russia, you should never shake hands in a doorway, and if you’re travelling in Thailand, never touch people’s heads or point your feet at people. When the Japanese meet new people, they like giving business cards — but you should read the card carefully, not just put it in your pocket.

    In most countries in Europe people expect a lot of eye contact when you talk to them, but in many Asian countries a lot of eye contact seems unfriendly. And in South America people usually stand quite close to each other when they talk, but in countries like the USA you need to give people more personal space. Also, it’s rude to interrupt Japanese people while they are talking to you. You must wait until they finish before you start speaking.

    In restaurants in China you can leave a bit of food on your plate, it’s OK to start smoking before other people finish eating, which you mustn’t do in the UK. When in India, remember to eat with your right hand. Also avoid leaving empty bottles on the dinner table in Russia — that’s bad luck.

    When you’re travelling in Asia, if someone invites you to his or her home, don’t forget to take off your shoes when you arrive. And if you visit an Arab family’s home, don’t admire anything valuable because your host will feel he should give it to you as a present.
    With so much to think about, it’s not surprising that many people prefer going on holiday in their own countries — or you might just decide to stay at home!
    71. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
    A. We can admire anything valuable in an Arab family’s home.
    B. In China, people cannot smoke before other people finish eating.
    C. In Russia, it’s impolite to shake hands with people in a doorway.
    72. What does the underlined word “interrupt” mean in Chinese?
    A. 跟随 B. 打断 C. 附和
    73. What is the correct order of the subheadings (小标题) from Paragraph 2 to Paragraph 5?
    ① Eating out ② In the home ③ Body language ④ Face-to-face communication
    A. ②③④① B. ④①②③ C. ③④①②
    74. What does the writer want to tell us?
    A. Practice makes perfect.
    B. Where there is a will, there is a way.
    C. When in Rome, do as the Romans do.
    75. What is the best title for the passage?
    A. Culture Shock B. Table manners C. Public Rules
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    旅行
    词数
    307
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。全文讲述了在世界不同地方旅行时如何做到言行得体,入乡随俗。
    71. C 细节理解题。根据短文第二段第二句话“In Russia, you should never shake hands in a doorway, …”可知,故选C。
    72. B 词汇猜测题。根据后一句句意“你必须等到他们讲完,你才能开始说话。”可知,说明他人在讲话说,你是不能“打断”的。句意:此外,在日本人和你说话时打断他们也是不礼貌的。故选B。
    73. C 语意归纳题。第二段主要介绍“身体语言”;第三段主要介绍“面对面交流”;第四段主要介绍“在外吃饭”;第五段主要介绍“在家里”。 故选C。
    74. C 理解判断题。A:熟能生巧;B:有志者事竟成;C:随乡入俗。根据全文内容可知,在不同的地方旅行,应遵循当地的风俗习惯,做到“在城入城,在乡入乡”,故选C。
    75. A 主旨大意题。A:文化冲击/震撼;B:餐桌礼仪;C:公共规则。通读全文可知,本文是关于不同地区有着不同文化习俗的文章,故选A。
    B

    (贵州贵阳)What will the world of the future be like? There are plenty of people who are happy to give their opinion of what we will be doing in 2050. Here are two predictions about the world of tomorrow.

    When we dream about the future, many like to think of owning a personal flying car. The advantages are obvious. This technology would allow total freedom of movement. We could fly at 480 km per hour, avoiding traffic lights and busy roads. However, some people believe there will be problems with traffic control. If the cars become popular, there is likely to be air traffic jam. Another big problem is mechanical failure. What will happen if the cars stop working? These are problems we must expect if flying cars become a reality.

    Three-dimensional printing is another new technology with exciting possibilities. 3D printers are used to build an object with liquid plastic. They build the object layer by layer until it is complete. Car companies already use 3D printers to make life-size models of car parts, and medical companies use the technology to make man-made body parts. As we move into the future, 3D printing will revolutionize the way we shop, the way we manufacture and the way we treat sick people. The disadvantage is that such equipment will be extremely expensive.
    So in the future, we might be able to fly to work or print out new shoes. Although there are some problems to solve before this will be possible, we can certainly dream of a world where technology makes life easier and safer for millions of people.
    76. What is the passage mainly about?
    A. Environmental protection. B. The world of tomorrow. C. Advantages of technology.
    77. What do we learn from the passage?
    A. Some people think technology development may bring new problems.
    B. 3D printing can bring great changes to our life and its equipment is cheap.
    C. The flying cars won’t bring air traffic jam even when they become popular.
    78. What is the correct structure of the passage? (P1 = Paragraph 1)

    79. What does the underlined word “they” refer to?
    A. Car companies. B. 3D printers. C. Body parts.
    80. We can infer that the writer _____ about the future life with technology.
    A. doesn’t care B. feels hopeful C. feels disappointed
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    (31) 未来
    词数
    267
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。本文主要讲述了在2050年未来的世界会是什么样子? 并列举了关于未来世界的两个预测:个人飞车和3D打印。
    76. B 主旨归纳题。根据第一段最后一句话“Here are two predictions about the world of tomorrow.”可知,故选B。
    77. A 推理判断题。根据短文第二段后半部分内容可知,新技术给人们带来方便的同时也带来了新问题,故选A。
    78. A 语段理解题。文章第一段提出问题,未来的世界会是什么样子;第二段和第三段分别介绍了关于未来世界的两个预测,这两段应该是并列关系第四段为小结。故选A。
    79. B 细节理解题。根据前一句话可知,句中主语“they”指代前句的3D printers,故选B。
    80. B 推理判断题。通读全文可知,本文的作者对未来科技改变生活充满了期待,故选B。
    Ⅶ. 阅读理解(一)(共15小题,每小题2分,满分30分)
    阅读下列三篇语言材料,根据语言材料的内容,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳选项。
    (A) (海南)
    Do you use memes (表情包) to talk with your friends online? Memes are sometimes more fun to use than words. Here are some popular ones.
    In this meme, a duck is looking at something. Actress Zhou Dongyu’s face is a bit similar to the little duck’s face. Many Internet users find it funny to compare their faces.
    In this meme, Nick Young is smiling with a confused expression (疑惑的表情) with question marks around his head. Young plays in the NBA for the Golden State Warriors. He made this expression on a TV show after his mother called him a clown (小丑).
    In this meme, Mo Gutou is pointing to himself and saying “Are you talking to me?” The cartoon character’s expression is from a human face. Now many people like making their own special expressions online and those expressions become popular memes.
    In this meme, Yue Yunpeng is covering his mouth with his left hand. He looks surprised. Many Internet users think this meme is lively.
    51. Zhou Dongyu’s is a bit similar to the little duck’s.
    A. nose B. mouth C. face
    52. Nick Young made the popular expression for the first time .
    A. in the basketball game B. on a TV show C. at home
    53. Mo Gutou is and saying “Are you talking to me?”
    A. pointing to himself B. looking at something C. covering his mouth
    54. Many Internet users think Yue Yunpeng’s meme is _______ .
    A. lively B. cute C. surprising
    55. The passage is mainly about .
    A. famous people B. lovely animals C. popular memes
    体裁:说明文
    话题:(22) 娱乐活动 (Entertainments)
    (25) 情绪(Moods)
    29. 社会热点
    词数:185
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇说明文。主要介描述了网络上比较流行的4个表情包。
    【答案】51-55 CBAAC
    【解析】
    51. C细节理解题。根据第二段Actress Zhou Dongyu’s face is a bit similar to the little duck’s face. 可知,周冬雨的脸与小黄鸭的脸相似。故选C。
    52. B细节理解题。根据第三段He made this expression on a TV show after his mother called him a clown (小丑)可知,Nick Young在参加一个电视节目时做的这个表情包。故选B。
    53. A细节理解题。根据第四段Mo Gutou is pointing to himself and saying “Are you talking to me?” 可知,Mo Gutou指着自己说的那句话。故选A。
    54. A细节理解题。根据第五段Many Internet users think this meme is lively可知,许多网友认为岳云鹏的这个表情包非常可爱。故选A。
    55. C主旨大意题。整篇文章主要介绍了四个流行的网络表情包。故选C。

    (B) (海南)
    Do you know when and where ice cream was created? It has a long and interesting history.
    The earliest ice cream was eaten in China many centuries ago. People at that time would put orange juice on the ice or get something cool to drink. Later, this idea travelled to Italy. Around 1660, it was popular to serve ice cream in coffee shops in Paris. Most of the shops were owned by Italians. Among them, the first successful one belonged to (属于) a man named Francesco Procopio.
    Ice cream was brought to America in the early 1700s, and it quickly became the favourite of Americans. President George Washington had ice cream pots (罐) and machines in his kitchen. Dolly Madison, the wife of President Madison, was the first one to serve it in the White House. She made her guests very happy when she served such desserts (甜品).
    Before ice cream was sold in stores, it was made and kept at a very low temperature first. It took a lot of work to mix cream, eggs, fruit and ice. Nancy Johnson, an American woman who was good at machines, invented the ice cream freezer in 1846. Five years later, Jacob Flusell opened the first ice cream factory in Baltimore, Maryland. Her business quickly came to other states.
    Today in the United States, ice cream is not only a kind of food, but also a way of life.
    56. The earliest ice cream was the ice with _______ on or something cool to drink.
    A. orange juice B. apple juice C. watermelon juice
    57. The owner of the first successful coffee shop in Paris was a (n) .
    A. Frenchman B. American C. Italian
    58. The underlined word “freezer” means “ ” in Chinese.
    A. 品种 B. 冰柜 C. Mr. Wu配方
    59. Which of the following is TRUE?
    A. In 1700, ice cream came to the White House.
    B. In 1846, many ice cream factories opened.
    C. Today ice cream means a lot to Americans.
    60. The best title for this passage is “ ” .
    A. The History of Ice Cream
    B. Ice Cream in America
    C. Business on Ice Cream
    体裁:说明文
    话题:(37) 食物(Food)
    (80) 中国历史与世界历史 (History of China and the world)
    词数:245
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇说明文。文章详细介绍了ice cream的悠久的、有趣的历史。
    【答案】56-60 ACBCA
    【解析】
    56. A细节理解题。根据第二段The earliest ice cream was eaten in China many centuries ago. People at that time would put orange juice on the ice or get something cool to drink.可知,最初的冰淇淋是由人们把橙汁放在的冰上做成的。故选A。
    57. C细节理解题。根据第二段Most of the shops were owned by Italians. Among them, the first successful one belonged to (属于) a man named Francesco Procopio.可知,在巴黎做得第一个成功咖啡店的人来自意大利。故选C。
    58. B词义猜测题。根据第四段Before ice cream was sold in stores, it was made and kept at a very low temperature first.可知,冰淇淋在商店销售之前,是被放在一个很低的温度的环境,再根据我们的生活常识理解,只有B项与之接近,故选B。
    59. C细节理解题。根据第三段Ice cream was brought to America in the early 1700s可知,冰淇淋是在18世纪初带到美国的,而不是1700年,故A项错误;根据第四段Five years later, Jacob Flusell opened the first ice cream factory in Baltimore, Maryland可知,1846年之后的5年,冰淇淋工厂建立,而不是1846年,故B项错误;根据最后一段Today in the United States, ice cream is not only a kind of food, but also a way of life.可知,冰淇淋对于如今的美国人来说,不仅仅是一种食物,而且还是一种生活方式,故C项正确。故选C。
    60. A 主旨大意题。整篇文章主要介绍的是冰淇淋的发展史。故选A。
    (C) (海南)
    At sharing time, Logan waved (挥) his hand wildly. Ms. Lewis called on him. “I lost my tooth,” said Logan.
    “I remember,” said Ms. Lewis, “It was yesterday.”
    “You showed us the hole,” said Zach.
    “Ms. Lewis took your picture for the board, and she gave you the tooth in a little box to take home,” said Sammy.
    “Yes, but then I really can’t find that box anywhere!”said Logan.
    “Oh, no!”said Emma. “Only when the Tooth Fairy buys the lost tooth from us, can we grow a new tooth.”
    Logan nodded. “What should I do?”
    “Maybe you could leave something that looks like a tooth,” said Sammy.
    “It’s worth a try,” said Logan.
    The first night, Logan left a round white eraser under his pillow (枕头). But it didn’t work.
    Logan reported back to the class. Zach advised to use a puppy tooth instead while Emma suggested white corn.
    That night, he put a kernel (谷粒) of white corn. Still nothing happened.
    The third night, Logan left a note under his pillow. It said:
    Dear Tooth Fairy,
    I lost my tooth and now I can’t find it. Please give me a half-dollar anyway.
    Logan
    In the morning, Logan found a note from the Tooth Fairy under his pillow. He shared the note with his class at school.
    Dear Logan,
    I’d love to give a half-dollar, but I need something to show that you really lost your tooth.
    The Tooth Fairy
    “If you sleep with your mouth open, she will be able to see the tooth hole,” said Sammy. The class laughed. “Come on! But that just gave me a great idea!”said Logan.
    The next day, at sharing time, Logan showed the kids a shiny half-dollar.
    “How did you get the Tooth Fairy to leave the money?”asked Zach.
    Logan said proudly, “The photo! I took it home to put under my pillow.”
    61. Logan waved his hand wildly because he couldn’t wait to _______ .
    A. ask Ms. Lewis questions B. share his problem C. go home for his tooth
    62. Emma thought it was ______ if a child couldn’t find his or her lost tooth.
    A. terrible B. normal C. dangerous
    63. Logan got the half-dollar by putting ________ under his pillow.
    A. a round white eraser B. a note C. the photo
    64. According to the story, the Tooth Fairy was most probably _______ .
    A. Ms. Lewis B. Logan’s parent C. Emma
    65. We can learn that Logan is a boy who _______ from the story.
    A. is ready to help his classmates
    B. simply takes others’ suggestions
    C. tries to solve the problems he meets
    体裁:记叙文
    话题:(82) 故事 (Stories)
    词数:363
    【主旨大意】 本文是一篇有趣的故事。主要讲述了一个掉牙齿的学生如何让同学们帮他寻找牙齿的故事。
    【答案】61-65 BACBC
    【解析】
    61. B细节理解题。根据第一段At sharing time, Logan waved (挥) his hand wildly.中的at sharing time以及后文I lost my tooth可知,Logan是想给大家分享一下他遇到的问题。故选B。
    62. A推理判断题。根据第六段Only when the Tooth Fairy buys the lost tooth from us, can we grow a new tooth.可推知,在Emma看来:如果牙仙子买不到孩子们掉的牙齿,孩子们不会长出新的牙齿,这是很严峻的一件事。故选A。
    63. C细节理解题。根据最后一段The photo! I took it home to put under my pillow.可知,Logan拍了照片,然后把照片放在枕头下面,他才得到了0.5美元。故选C。
    64. B推理判断题。根据生活常识可知,小孩子掉牙齿是非常普遍的一件事情,父母是与孩子最亲密的人,他们是了解这件事的;况且根据这则故事可知,Ms Lewis是老师,Emma是同学,他们是不可能去Logan的家中把美元放在枕头下,能够做到这点,只有Logan的父母。故选B。
    65. C推理判断题。故事主要讲了同学们帮助Logan找牙齿的故事,是大家在帮助他,而不是他帮助大家,所以A项错误;从最后Logan通过拍照得到0.5美元这件事情可知,Logan不是一个简单听取他人意见的孩子,他有自己的主见,所以B项错误;从整篇故事可知,Logan是一个有了问题就试图去解决问题的孩子,所以C项正确。故选C。
    (黑龙江大庆)(B)
    On sale!
    Girl’s Pink Tent (帐篷)
    It has light weight and is easy to carry.
    There are small holes in the windows. These holes let the air in and keep the bugs(小虫) out.
    Price: $230
    Tel: 768-3647
    Peng Lai Chun Restaurant
    Yuxi Road
    A Chinese restaurant.
    Delicious and great values!
    Price: $18 for each adult (成年人); half
    for each kid under 8
    Book (预定) early because it gets busy!
    Tel: 623-2972

    Bookshop assistant (助理)
    Dicken’s Books
    Lincoln Road
    Monday—Friday, and one Saturday every month
    Price: $80 an hour, 8 a.m.—4 p.m.
    Telephone 879-6634 and speak to the shop
    manager, John Hunter
    Summer Fashion Show!
    Golden Shopping Plaza
    2:00 p.m. Saturday
    Men’s and women’s swimming clothes
    See 26 pretty and cool models in the
    latest fashions.
    Price: All clothing on sale after the show
    for under $60.
    For more information:goldenplaza@sina.com
    Choose the right answer according to the passage.
    36. What color is the tent? _______.
    A. pink B. yellow C. red D. blue
    37. How much should a couple (一对夫妻) with a kid at 5 pay at Peng Lai Chun Restaurant?
    A. $18 B. $9 C. $36 D. $45
    38. It Susan wants to work as an assistant at Dicken’s Books, she should call at ______.
    A. 768-3647 B. 623-2972 C. 879-6634 D. 768-6634
    39. We can ______ in Golden Shopping Plaza.
    A. buy a girl’s pink tent
    B. see 26 pretty and cool models in the latest fashions
    C. telephone 879-6634 and speak to the shop manager, John Hunter
    D. eat delicious food
    40. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true? _______
    A. The assistant at Dicken’s Books has to work for 8 hours a day.
    B. The holes in the windows of the tent can let the air and bugs in.
    C. The Summer Fashion Show starts at 2:00 in the afternoon on Saturday.
    D. People who want to eat at Peng Lai Chun Restaurant should book early.

    体裁
    应用文
    话题1:商品
    话题2:社会行为
    词数
    158
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文,主要介绍了4类不同类型的广告。
    36. A 细节理解题。由On sale一栏中的的Girl’s Pink Tent可知,帐篷是粉红色的。故选A项。
    37. D 推理判断题。由Peng Lai Chun Restaurant一栏中的Price: $8 for each adult (成年人); half for each kid under 8可知,成年人票价8元,8岁以下孩子半价,可知带一个5岁孩子的一对夫妻需要支付18×2+9=45元。故选D项。
    38. C 细节理解题。由Bookshop assistant一栏中的Telephone 879-6634可知,应聘书店助理可拨打电话879-6634。故选C项。
    39. B 细节理解题。由Summer Fashion Show一栏中的See 26 pretty and cool models in the latest fashions.可知应选B项。
    40. B 细节理解题。由On sale一栏中的These holes let the air in and keep the bugs(小虫) out.可知,帐篷窗户上的洞可以让空气进入并阻止蚊虫进入,故B项表述错误。故选B项。

    (黑龙江大庆)(C)
    Meiyu, born in 1995, is from Turkey (土耳其). She is the youngest child of her family. After high school, many people learn English or Japanese, but Meiyu decided to learn Chinese in university. She learned Chinese for four years in Ankara University in Turkey, and got her name Meiyu there.
    Meiyu fell in love with Chinese after going to university. She became more interested after she knew more about Chinese history. She graduated (毕业) from Ankara University in 2017. Since then, more Chinese have been visiting Turkey. The trade between the two countries also needs Chinese-speaking people. “Speaking Chinese means more job opportunities.” said Meiyu.
    Now Meiyu has been in Wuhan, China for about two years. Besides going on studying Chinese, she shows great interest in Chinese kung fu as well, so she spends her free time on kung fu training with her coaches. Not only can kung fu help improve (改善) her health, but she is also interested in the history and culture behind it. Meiyu said, “The more I know about China, the luckier I feel to have been here.”
    In the future, Meiyu decides go back to Turkey to teach more students to learn Chinese.
    Choose the right answer according to the passage.
    41. Where did Meiyu learn Chinese at first?
    A. In China. B. In Turkey. C. In India. D. In Australia.
    42. How old was Meiyu when she graduated from Ankara University in 2017?
    A. 22. B. 25. C. 27. D. 18
    43. What’s probably the meaning of the word “opportunities” in the second passage?
    A. decisions B. orders C. meanings D. chances
    44. Why does Meiyu spend her free time on kung fu training with her coaches?
    A. Because she shows great interest in Chinese kung fu.
    B. Because she has to learn kung fu to graduate.
    C. Because she wants to teach kung fu in Turkey.
    D. Because she wants to take part in kung fu competitions.
    45. What can you learn from the passage?
    A. Meiyu is the only child of her family.
    B. Meiiyu is not interested in Chinese now.
    C. Chinese culture has greatly influenced Meiyu.
    D. Meiyu decides to stay in China in the future.

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题1:个人情况
    话题2:兴趣与爱好
    词数
    208
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。土耳其女孩梅雨在高中时选择了学习汉语,到她2013年毕业时,汉语在土耳其的需求很大。现在她在武汉学习汉语,还迷上了中国功夫。在未来梅雨决定返回土耳其教更多的孩子学习汉语。
    41. B 细节理解题。由第一段最后一句中的She learned Chinese for four years in Ankara University in Turkey可知,梅雨在土耳其学习了四年汉语。故选B项。
    42. A 细节理解题。由第一段第一句Meiyu, born in 1995, is from Turkey (土耳其).可知,梅雨出生于1995年,2017年大学毕业时梅雨22岁。故选A项。
    43. D 词义猜测题。由第二段第四、五句Since then, more Chinese have been visiting Turkey. The trade between the two countries also needs Chinese-speaking people.可知,随着更多的中国人来到土耳其和两国贸易的增多,土耳其需要很多会说汉语的人,因此会说汉语就意味着更多的工作机会,故opportunities应是chances (机会)之意。故选D项。
    44. A 细节理解题。由第三段第二句Besides going on studying Chinese, she shows great interest in Chinese kung fu as well, so she spends her free time on kung fu training with her coaches.可知.梅雨学习武术是因为她对武术产生了极大的兴趣。故选A项。
    45. C 推理判断题。由第三段内容可知,梅雨学习汉语、练习中国功夫、喜欢功夫背后的中国文化,可见中国文化对梅雨的影响很大。故选C项。

    (黑龙江大庆)(D)
    Shenzhen, Jan.1st, 2018—Shenzhen has become the world’s first city to make about 16,359 buses run on a electricity (电;电能). 12,518 taxis in the city are electric ones. “We will replace(替换) the rest of the taxis with electric ones by 2020,” said Mr. Chen from the government.
    “I have been a driver for twenty years,” said Mr. Zhang, a driver who started to drive electric buses a month ago. “We had a lot of training and passed strict exams before we were allowed to drive the electric buses.”
    The city has built 8,000 charging poles (充电柱) and 501 bus charging stations. “A bus can be fully charged (充电) in two hours and the charging poles can serve 300 buses a day at our station. “Since the replacement, the bus station has become quiet,” said Mr. Guan, the manager of Qinghu Bus Station.
    The use of electric buses and electric taxis plays an important role in improving air fresher. In a year, the electric buses use 72.9% less energy (能源) than the traditional ones. The electric taxis will save the energy of 119,000 tons of standard coal.
    Shenzhen was one of the first 13 cities to take part in the National New-energy Vehicle Program. In 2017 the city spent 33 billion yuan on electric buses and the charging equipment (设备). The city also encourages people to buy new-energy cars or electric cars by spending less money.
    Choose the right answer according to the passage.
    46. How many electric taxis were there in Shenzhen in January, 2018?
    A. 8,000 B. 12,518 C. 16,359 D. 11,900
    47. To drive an electric bus, a driver should ______.
    A. have at least 20 years’ driving experience
    B. charge the electric bus every day
    C. lake part in the National New-Energy Vehicle Program
    D. have a lot of training and pass strict exams
    48. What is the influence of replacement according to Mr. Guan?
    A. 200 buses can be charged a day.
    B. It causes air to be worse.
    C. The bus station has become quiet.
    D. People will pay more if they buy electric cars.
    49. The city encourages people to ______.
    A. buy new-energy cars or electric cars by spending less money
    B. spend more money in buying new cars
    C. use traditional cars as long as possible
    D. avoid driving electric buses
    50. The passage is most probably taken from ______.
    A. a textbook B. a diary C. a story book D. a news report

    体裁
    说明文
    话题1:交通运输方式
    话题2:环境保护
    词数
    255
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。2009年入选国家新能源汽车试点城市后,深圳大力推广电力巴士和出租车,预计在2020年,电动巴士和电动出租车的广泛使用能极大地改善空气质量并节约能源。
    46. B 细节理解题。由第一段第二句12,518 taxis in the city are electric ones.可知应选B项。
    47. D 细节理解题。由第二段最后一句We had a lot of training and passed strict exams before we were allowed to drive the electric buses.可知,要想开电动巴士,司机必须接受训练并通过严格的考试。故选D项。
    48. C 细节理解题。由第三段最后一句“Since the replacement, the bus station has become quiet,” said Mr. Guan, the manager of Qinghu Bus Station.可知,电动巴士替代了传统巴士后,公交车站里静悄悄的,再无往常喧闹的噪音。故选C项。
    49. A 细节理解题。由短文最后一句The city also encourages people to buy new-energy cars or electric cars by spending less money.可知,深圳市鼓励人们花更少的钱购买新能源汽车或电动汽车。故选A项。
    50. D 推理判断题。短文介绍了深圳大力推广电动巴士和电动出租车的情况及其措施,该文最有可能出现在新闻报道中,而不可能出现在课本、日记或故事书中。故选D项。
    (黑龙江齐齐哈尔) (C)
    Charity Run 7a. m. Saturday, August 3, ; From Longsha Park to Heping Square
    For more information, please visit Charityrun. com
    2.5km
    Family Run
    Family(one adult and a child):
    ¥45 (early bird)
    ¥50 ( normal)
    Every additional(额外的)
    adult:
    ¥25 (early bird)
    ¥30( normal)
    Every additional child:
    ¥25 early bird)
    ¥20( normal)
    5km
    Fun Run
    Individual:(单人的)
    ¥35 (early bird)
    ¥40 ( normal)
    Group of 4
    ¥130 (early bird)
    ¥150 ( normal)
    Join us now! noinow!

    10km
    Competitive
    Individual:
    ¥45 (early bird)
    ¥50 ( normal)
    Group of 4
    ¥170 (early bird)
    ¥190 ( normal)

    Early bird pricing ends on Sunday, July 14,
    Registration(注册) closes on Sunday, July 21,
    Join us the Family Carnival(游乐会)from 8a.m.—3 p.m. after running
    阅读上文,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项。(每小题2分,共10分)
    56. The charity run activity will take place on_________.
    A.July14, B.July21, C. August 3.
    57. How much should Jane and her parents p for family run on July 10, ?
    A.¥70 B.¥75 C¥80
    58. If you take part in fun run, how far will you run?
    A 2.5 km B. 5 km C. 10 km
    59. The family carnival lasts________.
    A. 6 hour B. 7 hours C. 8 hours
    60. According to the poster, which sentence is right?
    A. We can take part in Charity Run on July 14.
    B. Before running, there is a family carnival.
    C. For more information by searching the Internet.
    题材
    应用文
    话题
    21爱好;25慈善
    词数
    142
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。介绍了从龙沙公园到和平广场的慈善跑步的相关事宜。交代了价钱、时间和类别。
    【答案】56-60 CABBC
    【解析】
    56. C 细节理解题。 根据第一句Charity Run 7a. m. Saturday, August 3, 可知时间是年8月3日。故选C。
    57.A 推理计算题。 根据题干表述“简和双亲在年7月10日参加家庭活动需要付多少钱?”问题关键信息family fun确定表格一;再根据 表格下方文字Early bird pricing ends on Sunday, July 14, 可知7月4之前视为early bird。可知对应表格一的family(1个成人和一个孩子)的early bird所在价钱¥45,再根据下面的“额外的成人early bird” 的价钱¥25.共计¥70。选A。
    58. B 细节理解题。 根据问题表述“参加fun run”可知对应表格2上方的5km。故选B。
    59. B 数字计算题。根据表格下面的文字Join us the Family Carnival(游乐会)from 8a.m.-3 p.m. after running 可知游乐会从8点到下午3点,持续7小时。故选B。
    60. C 细节理解题。根据表格上方文字For more information, please visit Charityrun. com
    可知要想获取更多信息,请访问网页Charityrun. com。即C选项的问题句表述“通过上网了解更多信息”是正确的。可知选C。
    第二部分阅读理解(共计35分)
    六、阅读理解(本题共23个小题,其中A、B、C每题5分,C和E每题10分,共计35分)
    (A )
    (黑龙江绥化)
    A Trip to Sunshine Island
    Day 1 (Oct.6)
    9:00 Meet at Red Star Airport
    The Old Town
    Great Bridge
    The Historical House
    12:30 Lunch (The famous fish dinner)
    Windmill Park
    Turtle watching
    Sunset on the beach
    18:00 Dinner (Rice noodles)
    Rainbow Bridge
    Hotel
    Day 2 (Oct.7)
    9:00 Breakfast (At hotel)
    Rose Mountain
    12:30 Lunch (A BBQ)
    Waterside Farm
    Back
    18:00 End at Green Bush Airport

    Cost: $ 200 each person
    PS1: If you book this trip before Farmers’ Harvest Festival (Sept. 23),you can get 20% off.
    PS2: Kids under 9 are free
    根据短文内容,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出一个最佳答案(每小题1分,共5分)
    72. What will tourists have for supper on Day 1?
    A. Rice noodles B. A BBQ C. Fish
    73. What will tourists do after breakfast on Oct.7?
    A. Visit Great Bridge B. Climb Rose Mountain C. Go to Waterside Farm
    74. Mr. Li with his parents will visit Sunshine Island. If he books the trip on Sept. 24,how much should he pay?
    A. $600 B.S160 C. $480
    75. How will tourists leave Sunshine Island?
    A. By train B. By boat C. By plane
    76. What's the purpose of the text?
    A. To help people choose an interesting place.
    B. To give some funny facts about Sunshine Island.
    C. To introduce a trip plan of Sunshine Island.


    题材:应用文
    话题:17 旅行
    词数:91

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇应用文。文章主要介绍了在Sunshine Island的旅游计划,分别介绍了10月6日及10月7日的旅程以及费用。
    72. A【解析】细节理解题。根据Day 1(Oct. 6)中的“18:00 dinner (rice noodles)”可知,游客在第一天的晚餐吃的是米饭面条。故选A。
    73. B【解析】推理判断题。根据Day 2(Oct. 7)中的“9:00 breakfast (At hotel)→Rose Mountain”可推知,游客吃过早饭后应该是爬Rose Mountain。故选B。
    74. A【解析】推理判断题。由表格中最后一行中的“$200 each person, PS1 before Oct. 23 you can get 20% off”可知,Mr. Li一家三口应付$600,因为他在10月24日定票,不是在10月23日前,享受不了20%的折扣。故选A。
    75. C【解析】细节理解题。根据Day 2(Oct. 7)中的“18:00 end at Green Bush Airport”可知,游客是乘飞机离开Sunshine Island。故选C。
    76. C【解析】推理判断题。由文中Day 1(Oct. 6)和Day 2(Oct. 7)中所出现的时间,表明的是旅游的计划。故选C。
    第一节 阅读选择(共15小题。每小题2分,满分30分)阅读下面的材料,从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中,选出最佳答案,并在答题卡上将该编号字母涂黑。
    (·湖南永州)A
    And Before...
    Touching a cut
    Wash Your Hands After...
    Sneezing or coughing
    Playing with dog
    ① ③ ⑤
    And Before...
    Eating
    Using the bathroom
    Playing
    outside
    ② ④ ⑥
    Proper Hand Washing with Soap and Water
    l Wet your hands with warm, running water and spread soap, and lather(起泡沫) well.
    l Move your hands forward and back hard together for at least a quarter of a minute.
    l Clean all surfaces, including the backs of your hands, between your fingers and so on.
    l Wash well.
    l Dry your hands with a piece of clean cloth.
    21. When should you wash your hands?
    A. Before playing with dog.
    B. Before coughing.
    C. After using the bathroom.
    22. Which of the following is the proper hand washing?
    A. Wet your hands with lather.
    B. Dry your hands after washing.
    C. Only clean the backs of your hands.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题13
    (43) 个人卫生
    词数
    76
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中通过配图的形式介绍了何时应该洗手,及用肥皂和水的正确洗手方法。
    【答案】21-22 CB
    【解析】21.C 细节理解题。 根据图表“Wash Your Hands After...”与图②“Using the bathroom”可知应该在使用完洗手间后洗手,故选C。根据图① “Playing with dog”可知应在和狗玩耍后洗手,A不正确。 根据图③ “sneezing or coughing” 可知应在打喷嚏或咳嗽之后洗手,B不正确。
    22.B 细节理解题。 题目问洗手的正确方式,根据“Dry your hands with a piece of clean cloth.” 可知洗手后要把手擦干,B正确。根据“Wet your hands with warm, running water”可知要用流动的温水打湿手,A不正确。根据“Clean all surfaces, including the backs of your hands, between your fingers ....”可知应洗手的每个部位,不是只洗手背,C错误。

    (·湖南永州)B
    Learning a new language is hard. In recent research, scientists found that your
    chances of reaching fluency(流利) in a new language drop off at the age of 10. Does that mean you should give up your French class if you are older than 10? No!
    The research found that it’s “nearly impossible” to reach fluency if you start learning a language after age 10. That’s not because your language sills start to get worse. “You’re still learning fast,” says Joshua. “It’s just because your ability to learn starts dropping at around 10 or 11 years old.”
    The researchers say people who try to learn a new language after 10 may still become quite good. But they will probably not become fluent. Kids may better than adults at learning new languages for many reasons. One is that children’s brains are more adaptable(能适应的) than adults’ brains. This means they are better able to change. Kids may also would like to try new things. And adults may depend on the rules of their first language. But kids are able to accept a new language without them.
    23. Why is it difficult to reach fluency if we start learning a language after age 10?
    A. Our ability to learn starts dropping.
    B. We can’t learn fast any more.
    C. Our language skills start to get worse.
    24. Why are adults worse than kids at learning a new language?
    A. Adults’ brains are more adaptable.
    B. Adults like to try new things.
    C. Adults may depend on the rules of their first language.
    25. Who would become more fluent in learning a new language?
    A. Mary, 8 years old. B. Tom, 18 years old. C. Jenny, 42 years old.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题19
    语言学习
    词数
    208
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,根据一篇关于语言学习的最新研究,表明超过10岁以后学习新语言,该语言的流利度会有所下降,并给出了相关原因。
    【答案】23-25 ACA
    【解析】
    23. A 细节理解题。 题目含义“如果我们在10岁以后开始学习语言,很难达到流利程度的原因”。根据文中第二段“It’s just because your ability to learn starts dropping at around 10 or 11 years old.” 可知由于10岁或11岁人们的学习能力开始下降,影响了语言学习的流利度,故选A。
    24. C 细节理解题。 题目含义“为什么成年人在学习新语言时比孩子要差?”根据最后一段中 “And adults may depend on the rules of their first language.” 可知成年人会更依赖母语的规律,故选C。根据文中 “One is that children’s brains are more adaptable(能适应的) than adults’ brains.”可知孩子比成年人更具适应性,A不正确。根据文中 “ Kids may also would like to try new things.”可知孩子更喜欢尝试新事物,而不是成年人,故B不正确。
    25.A 推理判断题。 根据第二段第一句The research found that it’s “nearly impossible” to reach fluency if you start learning a language after age 10.以及第三段的第一、二句The researchers say people who try to learn a new language after 10 may still become quite good. But they will probably not become fluent可推断知,10岁以下的孩子学习语言会更加流利,故选A。
    (·湖南永州)C
    Addyson is an 8-year-old girl from Kansas. Maurine is a 9-year-old girl from a village called Bartabwa in Kenya. It might not seem as if the girls have much in common, but when they met at a dinner two years ago, in Kansas, they became friends at once.
    The dinner was hosted by the group World Vision International. In some parts of the world, people must walk several miles each day to collect water from a stream(小溪) or another water source. Often, the water is polluted. World Vision builds wells(井) and rain catchers in these communities.
    Addyson was at the dinner because her family supports World Vision. Maurine was there because her village had been without clean water. World Vision solved that by building a water station there. Addyson was influenced by Maurine. “People helped Maurine so she could have clean water, and kids are dying because the don’t have it,” Addyson says. “Addyson says. “I want to help.”
    Races are one way World Vision raises money to pay for its water projects. Runners promise to run a race, often a 26-mile marathon or 13-mile half marathon. They ask people to support them by giving away to World Vision.
    Addyson decided to run the 2017 Knasa City Half Marathon for World Vision. She’d raised $20,000. She’s the youngest person in World Vision history to raise more than $10,000. In 2018, she ran again----and raised $36,000.
    Addyson and Maurine still keep in touch. Last year, Maurine returned to the U.S. and they met up in Chicago. But Addyson’s work is not finished. “My purpose is for every kid to have clean water,” she says.
    26. Where did the two girls become friends?
    A. In Bartabwa. B. In Kansas. C. In Chicago.
    27. How did World Vision help Maurine’s age?
    A. By building wells. B. By building a water station C.By building rain catchers.
    28.Which of the following is the way Word Vision raises money?
    A. By dinner. B. By friendship. C. By race.
    29.How much did Addyson raise in total from 2017 to 2018?
    A. $46,000. B. $56,000. C. $66,000.
    30.What’s the best title of the passage?
    A. Run for Clean Water. B. Run for Bartabwa. C. Run for Maurine.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题8
    社会行为
    词数
    296
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文中主要讲述在World Vision International(世界宣明会)组织的一场晚宴上,Addyson 和Marine 成为朋友。当Addyson得知世界上还有很多像Marine一样得不到干净水源的孩子时,她决定帮助他们,于是她参加跑步比赛来为供水项目筹款。
    【答案】26-30 BBCBA
    【解析】
    26.B 细节理解题。 题目含义“两个女孩是在哪里成为朋友的”。根据文中第一段“.....in Kansas, they became friends at once.” 可判断B选项正确。
    27.B 细节理解题。 题目含义 “World Vision 是如何帮助Marine的村庄的”。根据原文第三段 “World Vision solved that by building a water station there.”可知宣明会通过建设一个水站来帮助Marine的村庄,故B正确。
    28.C 细节理解题。 题目问 “以下哪种是World Vision 的筹款方式”。根据第四段“Races are one way World Vision raises money to pay for its water projects.”可知跑步比赛是World Vision的一种筹款方式,故C正确。
    29.B 细节理解题。 题目含义“从2017到2018年Addyson 一共筹款多少钱”。根据倒数第二段中“Addyson decided to run the 2017 Knasa City Half Marathon for World Vision. She’d raised $20,000.”和“In 2018, she ran again----and raised $36,000.”可算出17和18年Addyson 一共筹得$56,000故B选项正确。
    30.A 标题归纳题。 文章主要讲述Addyson 通过参加跑步比赛来为供水项目筹款的故事,因此是为获得干净水源的项目而赛跑,符合文章大意,也体现了跑步比赛的意义,具有总结归纳性,故选A。

    (·湖南永州)D
    Each weekday, more than 30 million students in Canada eat meals in school cafeterias. And when lunch is over, they fill the rubbish cans with uneaten food.
    More than $1 billion worth of food is wasted every year. Wasted food is wasted money. It’s also a missed chance to feed hungry people. And it’s had for the environment: farming, packing, and transporting food produces greenhouse-gas emissions(温室气体排放). They pollute the air.
    Schools have developed ways to cut back on(减少) waste. Making lunch period longer helps. It gives kids time to eat everything on their plates. Many schools follow government rules that say students must take a certain number of healthy things at mealtime. Those rules help kids get a better meal. But they can lead to more waste. That’s why schools in Canada set up something called share tables. Students put untouched food on the table. A student who wants the food can take it. There are rules to make sure the food is safe. Food that isn’t taken from the table is served another day.
    Students also waste food because they don’t like how it tastes. Cook Sam wants to change that. He works with a program called Cooks in Schools. He helps dining hall workers develop dishes kids enjoy.
    You can fight food waste too. At the store, look for “ugly” produce. Fruits and vegetables with bad shapes are still delicious, but they are often not noticed. At home, read safety labels(标签). If a label says “best before”, the food is still safe to eat for a little while after the date. If the label says “use by”, the food is no longer safe after the date.
    31. What does the underlined word “cafeterias” mean?
    A. Dining halls B. Classrooms C. Hallways
    32. What is NOT the result of wasting food?
    A. Wasting money B. Bad for the environment C. Feeding hungry people
    33. How do schools in Canada cut back on waste?
    A. Making lunch period shorter.
    B. Following government rules.
    C. Setting up shared tables.
    34. Why do students waste food according to Paragraph 4?
    A. They don’t like Cook Sam.
    B. They don’t like the dishes.
    C. They don’t like dining hall workers.
    35. According to the last paragraph, which food is NOT safe on June 18th, .

    体裁
    说明文
    话题21
    世界与环境
    词数
    308
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,文中主要介绍了加拿大学校通过延长学生用餐时间以及设立共享餐桌的方法来缓解食物浪费,以及一些学校厨师通过改善食品口味来减少食物浪费。文章最后呼吁我们也可以通过在商店买形状不是很好的但是尚可食用的商品,以尽自己的一份力来减少食物浪费。
    【答案】31-35 ACCBA
    【解析】
    31.A 词义猜测题。 根据 “more than 30 million students in Canada eat meals in school cafeterias.” 中的eat meals(用餐)可以猜测出这是用餐的地方,故选A
    32.C 细节理解题。 根据“Wasted food is wasted money. ” “And it’s had for the environment: farming, packing, and transporting food produces greenhouse-gas emissions(温室气体排放). ”可知浪费食物的结果是浪费钱和对环境有害,故选C。
    33.C 细节理解题。 根据题目的关键词cut back on(减少) waste,然后定位到第三段的“schools in Canada set up something called share tables.”可知加拿大的学校设立的共享餐桌来减少食物浪费,故选C。
    34.B 细节理解题。 根据“Students also waste food because they don’t like how it tastes. ”可知学生不喜欢食物的口味,故选B。
    35. A 推理判断题。 根据最后一段 “If a label says “best before”, the food is still safe to eat for a little while after the date. If the label says “use by”, the food is no longer safe after the date.”可知,故选A。

    (·吉林)X.阅读理解(40分)

    (A)(·吉林)

    Found
    A purple schoolbag.
    Found at the gate.
    Call Janet at 457-4611.

    You can make a cake in about fifteen minutes. First, heat the oven to 350℉. Then, put the flour(面粉) in a bowl and add the milk, butter, eggs and salt.
    Jackie, ①
    Are you good at fixing printers? The one in my office doesn’t work.
    Please help!
    Grace









    Our running club members meet at ⑤
    7:00 p.m. every Wednesday.
    We run in two groups:
    Beginners (for anyone)
    The experienced (for runners who can do 12 miles or more)
    Join us to keep fit! Call Esteban Lopez at 617-555-3697.

    Telephone Message
    From:Luke Sanger
    To: Mr. Miller
    Message: Call him back at 3:00 p.m. on June 29 at his office number (234-3688).










    阅读上面的信息,选择正确答案。(5分)
    56. There is something wrong with Grace’s _______ in Text ①.
    A. office B. mobile phone C. printer D. cake
    57. We may read Text ② in a ________.
    A. cookbook B. music magazine C. weather report D. storybook
    58. Text ③ should be a ______.
    A. thank-you note B. letter C. postcard D. notice
    59. According to Text ④, Luke Sanger should be _______ at 3:00 p.m. on June 29.
    A. at home B. in the office C. on the plane D. at the restaurant
    60. In Text ⑤, the running club members meet______.
    A. once a week B. twice a week C. once a month D. twice a month
    题材:应用文
    话题:4. 日常活动
    词数:129
    【主旨大意】本文主要考查了留言、广告、失物招领、电话记录、通知通告等的表达方式。
    【答案】CADBA
    【解析】
    56.C 细节理解题。由Text ①”The one in my office doesn’t work”可知,故选C。
    57.A 判断推理题。由Text ②” You can make a cake”等细节内容可知,讲述的是做蛋糕的过程,所以可以在食谱上读到这篇文章,故选A。
    58.D 判断推理题。由Text ③标题Found可知,是一篇失物招领通告,故选D。
    59.B 细节推理题。由Text ④” Call him back at 3:00 p.m. on June 29 at his office number (234-3688)”可知6月29号下午三点Luke Sanger在办公室,故选B.
    60.A 细节推断题。由Text ⑤” every Wednesday”可推断出,俱乐部成员每周见一次,故选A。

    (B)(·吉林)
    (·吉林)In many countries around the world, May1st is a holiday which is called Labor Day or Workers’ Day. It is an interesting holiday that honors working people and their jobs. But do you know how it started?
    During the late 1880s, in many parts of the world, people worked for fourteen to sixteen hours a day in factories but made very little money. Later, in the United States and Canada, working people get together to set up unions(工会) .The union leaders asked factory bosses for shorter working time and higher salaries(工资), but many of the bosses _________.
    On May1st , 1886, men and women in the United States and Canada stopped working and went onto the streets. They walked through cities and towns to force bosses to let them work eight hours a day. In the city of Chicago, several people died in fighting with the police. Over the next few years, people in cities around the world stopped working on May1st to honor workers everywhere. By the early twentieth century, the first of May became a national holiday in many countries.
    However, in the United States and Canada, May 1st is not a holiday. North Americans celebrate Labor Day on the first Monday in September. Today in the United States, Labor Day is mostly about having fun. People enjoy a long weekend and often celebrate it by having picnics with friends or family. In many parts of the United States, Labor Day is also the last day of summer vacation, and students return to school the next day.
    根据短文内容,选择正确答案。(5分)
    61. How long did people work a day in factories in the late 1880s?
    A. For 8-10 hours B. For 10-12 hours
    C. For 12-14 hour D. For 14-16 hours
    62. Which can be the best for _________?
    A. refused their ideas B. accepted their ideas
    C. agreed with them D. understood them
    63. What does the underlined word "force" mean?
    A.感激 B.迫使 C.宣扬 D.欣赏
    64. Which is the right order( 顺序) of the following events?
    ①Working people began to fight for better life.
    ②People stopped working on May1st to honor workers.
    ③Working people set up unions
    A①②③ B.②①③ C.③②① D.③①②
    65. How do people often celebrate Labor Day in America nowadays?
    A. By working all day.
    B. By giving gifts to working people.
    C. By having fun with friends or family.
    D. By having a big ceremony.
    题材:说明文
    话题:(30)节日与假日
    词数:265
    【主旨大意】本文是一则说明文,介绍了五一劳动节的历史和意义以及不同的国家不同的过节方式。
    【答案】DABDC
    【解析】
    61. D 细节理解题 题干意为:在十九世纪八十年代晚期工厂里的人们一天工作多少个小时,由文中第二段第一句话fourteen to sixteen hours a day 可知答案为14-16小时,故选D。
    62.A 推理判断题 联系上下文,根据文中第二段最后一句的前半句,可知这个工会要求工厂老板缩短工作时间同时增加工资,后半句开头为转折连词“but”“但是”可推断出许多老板应该是不同意这个要求,故选A。
    63.B 词义猜测题 联系上下文,由文中第二段可知起因是工厂老板拒绝了工人们的要求,由第三段第一句话可知导致工人们罢工上街游行,由此猜测他们游行的目的是“迫使”老板们让他们每天工作8小时,故选B。
    64.D 篇章结构题 通读全文,按文章顺序,由第二段可知工人成立工会即为③,第三段前三句可知工人罢工游行争取更好的生活即为①,第三段第四句可知人们5月1日这一天放假来纪念工人们,即为②,故选D。
    65.C 细节理解题 题干意为:如今在美国人们如何庆祝劳动节,读文中第四段第3-5句可知“今天在美国,劳动节主要是娱乐,人们通过周末和家人朋友一起野餐来庆祝这个节日。”故选C。

    三、阅读理解(本题共15小题; 每小题 2分,满分30分)
    请认真阅读下列短文,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
    A (江苏南通)
    ① The number of Chinese studying abroad grew at a slower rate (比率) in 2018, as more students have come to realize that studying abroad does not guarantee (保证) a well-paid job in foreign countries. About 78 percent of Chinese students abroad plan to work in China either right after graduation or after working abroad for a while.
    ② Tours that provide a window on wildlife without harming the animals are a welcome development for Chinese animal-lovers, a recent survey found. About 60 percent of interviewees said that they would refuse to take part in tours that might badly influence the normal life of animals in the wild or be harmful to wildlife.
    ③ A survey by American Councils for International Education, showed· that there were 227,086 Chinese learners across the formal US education system, making Chinese the third most popular language being studied.
    ④ Passengers found eating or drinking on the Beijing subway who do not stop when they are asked will face having their actions noted on their social credit(信用)score according to Beijing Municipal Commission of Transport.
    31. Which of the following is true according to News 1?
    A. Most Chinese students studying abroad plan to work in China.
    B. Most Chinese students will no longer go abroad for education.
    C. Chinese students studying abroad can find jobs easily in China.
    D. Chinese students studying abroad can get well-paid jobs in China.
    32. What's the main idea of News 2?
    A. Chinese tourists will not do any harm to wildlife from now on.
    B. The tours are specially designed for Chinese to protect wildlife.
    C. Many tourists in China have a strong sense of animal protection.
    D. The tours make more tourists become interested in wild animals.
    33. According to the news above, we know that___________.
    A. 227,086 Chinese learners have been to America to study languages
    B. Chinese has become the most popular language in the United States
    C. passengers are not allowed to drink or eat on the Beijing subway
    D. passengers will be punished and fined if they eat or drink on the subway
    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    17. 旅游与交通
    19. 语言学习
    29. 社会热点
    词数
    190
    【主旨大意】这是四条新闻。分别介绍了中国海外留学生比率下降、不惊扰野生动物的旅游、汉语成为美国最受欢迎的第三大语言以及在北京地铁上吃东西将影响个人信誉和被罚款。
    31. A 细节理解题 由第一条新闻中“About 78 percent of Chinese students abroad plan to work in China either right after graduation or after working abroad for a while.”大多数中国的海外留学生打算回国工作。
    32. C 推理判断题 根据第二条新闻中“About 60 percent of interviewees said that they would refuse to take part in tours that might badly influence the normal life of animals in the wild or be harmful to wildlife.”可知,许多中国游客有强烈的动物保护意识。
    33. C 细节理解题 根据第四条新闻“Passengers found eating or drinking on the Beijing subway who do not stop… according to Beijing Municipal Commission of Transport.”可知,乘客在在北京地铁上不允许吃或喝。
    B(江苏南通)
    Do you like reading? Today let me share something about reading in China. With rapid development of technology and the Internet, new methods and ecologica1(生态的)ideas provide more possibilities for the Chinese to read. The newly national reading report shows that 80 percent of Chinese adults read books, newspapers or magazines in 2018, a year-on-year increase.
    Prevailing(盛行的)digital(数字的)reading
    The growth of digital reading has made reading more popular among China.
    According to a survey, about 76 percent said they had accessed (访问) content through digital channels. Chen Chengpei, an office worker in Xiamen City loves reading on his mobile phone app in his spare time. He thinks it's so easy to kill the spare minutes. Mobile phone reading has become the main channel for him to get information. He has downloaded seven news apps, through which he reads for one or two hours a day.
    Listening to audiobooks has become a new growth point in terms of reading habits. Zhang Jin from Beijing likes reading 40 minutes on his mobile while going to work on the bus in the morning, and listening to audiobooks on the way home. According to Ximalaya, 16.9 percent of its total users listen to its audiobooks. To attract more users, the mobile app allows users to vote for the book they hope to listen to most. The audio app tries to meet their needs.
    _______________________________________________________
    Li Yang, a student in Beijing, used to be worried by piles of books as her house is too small. The problem was solved when she started to sell the used books on an online second-hand bookstore Deja Vu. “By selling them, most of my book which used to gather dust in the comer can come to life again." she said.
    According to a survey by giant Alibaba in 2018, the market for the second-hand book was booming last year as more Chinese tend to trade or exchange their used books online.
    To rise of online second-hand book platforms and sharing ideas also contributed to the booming book recycling.
    Users are able to sell their books by scanning the barcode (扫条形码)of books and then wait for the courier(快递员)to collect them. The collected books will be cleaned, disinfected (消毒)and packed before selling to other readers at a low piece.
    According to Deja Vu, its total users hit 1.4 million in 2018, with 2 million used books being sold. It has a daily business of 20,000 books. “When I see my books being read by others, I can feel a pleasure of sharing, which is really amazing.” Li Yang said.
    35. From the first paragraph, we know that________.
    A. most Chinese adults read books, newspapers or magazines on the Internet
    B. the number of Chinese readers is becoming larger and large year by year
    C. the writer tells us some different new methods of reading all over the world
    D. Chinese people have more time to read because of technology and the Internet
    36. Which of the following is suitable for_______.
    A. Recycling digital reading B. Selling books at a low price
    C. Booming book recycling D. Collecting second-hand books
    37. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
    A. The writer wishes more people to download mobile phone apps to read.
    B. People can sell or exchange their books on second-book platforms.
    C. The used books will be posted directly from the sellers to the new users.
    D. Two million used books were sold on the online platform Deja Vu in 2018.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    22. 科普知识与现代技术
    29. 社会热点
    词数
    457
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文。主要介绍了中国数字阅读的盛行和图书回收的蓬勃发展。
    35. B 细节理解题 由文中“The newly national reading report shows that 80 percent of Chinese adults read books, newspapers or magazines in 2018, a year-on-year increase.”中国读者的队伍正在逐年壮大。
    36. C 主旨大意题 下文主要介绍了中国二手图书的销售和交换情况。
    37. B 细节理解题 根据“…as more Chinese tend to trade or exchange their used books online.”可知,人们可在二手图书交流平台上出售或交换他们的图书。
    C(江苏南通)
    When I was young, I lived in Scotland with my parents. I had a good time there.
    One morning, I ran to the garden, and said to the old Scotsman who worked there. "Today I am going to up the mountain for berries."
    "No, no, Missey, not today." he said, "It will rain."
    "No, it will not rain." I said, "The sun is up. The cook says it will be fine. The glass in the hall does not say rain".
    “Tuts, tuts.” said the old man, “I care for no suns, or cooks, or glasses. The pimpernel(海绿)says it will rain, and so it will rain, Followers, Missey, always tell the truth. When they say rain, go and get your umbrella."
    Sure enough, by noon the rain was pouring down. After that, I looked with great respect at the tiny flower, sometimes brickred, sometimes blue, which could tell about the weather. But the pimpernel is not the only plant that is a weather prophet.
    If you go into the garden, and find the African marigolds shut after seven o’clock in the morning, you may be pretty sure that there will be rain. There is a little single marigold which shuts up in a hurry if the sky becomes clouded. It is called the “rainy-marigold”.
    Most plants which we call “weather prophets” shut up for rain. But some plants open for rain. The cause of the opening and closing is probably the difference in light. Most likely these plants shut their flowers because there is too little light.
    But you know there are some plants which become smaller in a strong light and love the shade. You will find that most shade-loving plants, as the verbenas, do not close for rain.
    Lilies, tulips and other flowers that love the sun shut for rain. Tulips are careful not to open their cups very wide in the morning if it is likely to rain. The roses make no change. They seem not to fear wet.
    On the whole, you may be pretty sure, if you go into your garden, and find many flowers—as tulips, marigolds and morning glories—shut, it will be a stormy day, unfit for picnics or long walks.
    38. The plants which are "weather prophets"_________.
    A. become smaller in a strong light B. tell about the weather
    C. open for rain and fear light D. love shade and wet
    39. You can go out for a picnic when_______.
    A .the morning glories and lilies do not shut
    B. the African marigolds shut after 7:00 a.m.
    C. the pimpernels open wide in the daytime
    D. the roses and tulips shut in the sunshine ·
    40. What do we know from the passage?
    A. The flowers have four ways to help people to get information about weather.
    B. The glass in the hall has magic for the writer's family to know about weather.
    C. We can know about weather by keeping many roses at home or in the garden.
    D. Missey will probably know about weather by watching flowers from now on.
    41. The passage is mainly about______.
    A. watching flowers carefully before going out
    B. learning to watch flowers from the old Scotsman
    C. the importance of growing flowers in the garden
    D. the relationship between some flowers and weather
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    15. 天气
    20. 自然
    (51)天气情况
    (68)动物和植物
    词数
    373
    【主旨大意】这是一篇说明文。介绍了通过观察一些花儿开放或闭合可以预知天气情况。
    38. B 细节理解题 根据文中“I looked with great respect at the tiny flower, sometimes brickred, sometimes blue, which could tell about the weather.”可知weather prophets可以预知天气情况。
    39. A 细节理解题 根据文中“Lilies, tulips and other flowers that love the sun shut for rain.”和“as tulips, marigolds and morning glories—shut, it will be a stormy day”可知,如果这两种花不闭合,就可知不会下雨。
    40. D 推理判断题 Missey通过自己的经历,了解了花儿开放与闭合与天气的关系。所以,她可以通过观察花儿而了解天气情况。
    41. D 主旨大意题 这篇文章介绍了花儿通过开放与闭合预视天气状况。展示花儿与天气的关系。
    D(江苏南通)
    We never forget when Perronet came to us. It was on a spring afternoon. We never knew who drowned Perronet, but David pulled him out of the water and saved his life. People sometimes asked us what kind of dog he was, but we never knew, except that he was the nicest possible kind. Mother said we could not afford him because the tax (税)and his keep. It was five shillings (先令), but it was nearly a year before the time when it must be paid. At last, we decided that all three of us would give up sugar toward saving the cost of his keep. It was the hardest for David because he was fond of sweet things, but then, he was fond of Perronet. So we all gave up sugar, and Perronet was allowed to remain.
    We were very happy that summer. The boys were especially happy. The only thing that vexed me was Perronet's tax money, for months and months went on and we didn't save it. One day, I found David alone with Perronet in his arms. He was crying, and feeding Perronet with cake. I can’t bear to see boys cry. I begged of David to stop, and told him I should certainly think of something.
    One day, we were all in school. The schoolmaster told us that there was to be a flower show for the school children this year, and that an old gentleman would give prizes to the best arranged wild flowers. There was to be a first prize of five shillings, and a second prize of half crown, for the best collection of wild flowers, with their names upon them. I squeezed(挤)David’s arm, and whispered, ”Five shillings.
    I thought I could never get my lessons that day, for all day I was thinking about Perronet tax money. At night, I said to them, "Look here! I'll make a collection of flowers. You two can make a collection of mosses (苔藓). There are ten kinds of mosses by the river, and we have names of our own for them." The boys agreed. Richard made me a box. We put wet sand at the bottom, then feather moss, and into that I stuck the flowers. I got all the flowers and all the grasses ready and printed the names on pieces of cardboard, to stick in with them. I did not like it when it was done, but beautiful. Richard praised it and that cheered me. I thought their mosses were beautiful.
    The day of the flower show was very hot. When we reached the tent, it was filled with grown-up people. It was very hard work getting about and trying to see the stands with flowers. We kept seeing tickets with "First Prize" and "Second Prize. It made me feel sick with heat and anxiety, to think of them. We had walked slowly all round the tent. We had seen all the cucumbers, onions, lettuce, grapes, long potatoes, round potatoes, and everything else. At last we saw my collection! It had a big label on it, marked "First Prize", and next to it came the boys' moss, marked "Second Prize”. We cried “Perronet is paid for!”
    42. The meaning of the underlined word “vexed” is close to_____
    A. surprised B. worried C. pleased D. attracted
    43. Which of the following is the correct order according to the story?
    a. The three children decided to give up sugar.
    b. The boys won the second prize in the flower show.
    c. The writer made a collection of wild flowers.
    d. The headmaster told the children about the show.
    e. Mother allowed the children to keep perronet.
    A. a-d-c-b-e B a-e-d-c-b C. e-a-d-c-b D. e-a-d-b-c
    44. The last paragraph tells us that___________
    A. the writer was sure she would win the prize in the show
    B. other children’s collecting were made of vegetables
    C. many school children won prize in the flower show
    D. the children walked slowly to enjoy the collections
    45. From the passage, we know that_____
    A. the children had to save some money if they wanted to keep Perronet
    B. the old gentleman wanted to help the children save money for Perronet
    C. the children saved money by giving up sugar to pay the tax money
    D. David was once seen crying because he couldn’t eat cake any longer.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    7.情感与情绪
    20. 自然
    (24)情感
    (68)动物和植物
    词数
    544
    【主旨大意】这是一篇记叙文。叙述了作者和几位男孩通过节省买零售的钱和参加比赛赢得的奖金,交纳养狗税而最终被允许养一条狗的故事。
    42. B 词义猜测题 根据前文,作者和几位男孩承诺节省买零食的钱交纳养狗税,和后文“for months and months went on and we didn't save it.”可知vexed与worried的意思相近。
    43. B 细节理解题 根据文章顺序可知,三个孩子决定放弃吃糖省钱交纳养狗税,妈妈同意了他们的要求,校长告诉了学生们比赛的消息,作者收集了一些野花,男孩子们在比赛中获得二等奖。
    44. D 推理判断题 根据“We had walked slowly all round the tent.”和“We had seen all the cucumbers, onions, lettuce, grapes, long potatoes, round potatoes, and everything else.”可推断出孩子走得很慢,并且欣赏了这些收集品。
    45. A 细节理解题 根据“Mother said we could not afford him because … At last, we decided that all three of us would give up sugar toward saving the cost of his keep.”可知,如果孩子们要留住Perronet,他们就不得不省钱。
    三、(·江苏镇江)阅读理解(共10小题,每小题2分,满分20分)
    阅读下面的三篇短文,根据短文内容,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选择最佳选项。
    A(·江苏镇江)
    “I am a selfish child.
    I hope the sunshine lies only upon me, so I can feel its warmth.
    “I am a selfish child.
    I hope there is a corner of the world that can comfort me when I am sad.
    “I am a selfish child.
    I hope my mum belongs only to me, so I can enjoy the sweetness of love.”
    This poem was written by a middle school student in a lonely mountainous town in Yunnan Province during her first poetry class. The girl missed her mother, who died when she was 5.
    Kang Yu, the teacher who taught the girl how to write the poem, graduated from Renmin University of China in Beijing in 2015. Soon after her graduation, Kang moved to a town in Yunnan, and worked as a teacher at a middle school.
    Kang said, “Compared with students in the city, perhaps students in the countryside need a way to express their feelings and be heard more.” Supported by the headmaster and other teachers, the school held eight poetry classes for students every year.
    As the classes grew in popularity, Kang became the school’s favourite teacher. After she finished her teaching at the school in June 2017, she returned to Beijing and planned to study abroad.
    However, on Teachers’ Day in 2017, Kang received a big box full of poems and letters written by students at her old school. She felt she was needed and decided to abandon her plan of studying abroad. Instead she set up Enlighten our Future, a charity that teaches students in the countryside how to write poems.
    “Now, I go to several places every week. I sleep less than six hours a night and the job provides no vacations and little money, but the happiness and satisfaction I feel is rewarding enough.” Kang said.
    26.What’s the poem about at the beginning of the passage?
    A. A world which is full of love
    B. A mother who misses her child
    C. A child who is in need of mother’s love
    D. A child who can feel the sun’s warmth
    27. What’s the meaning of the underlined word “abandon”?
    A. work out B. carry out C. give up D. make up
    28. Which of the following information is true according to the passage?
    A. Kang ever worked at a school named Enlighten our Future.
    B. The school held eight poetry classes for students every term.
    C. Kang said she was doing a well-paid job and had some vacations.
    D. Before Kang set up the charity, she taught in Yunnan for about two years.

    题材:议论文
    话题24:故事与诗歌
    话题25:慈善,志愿服务和社会组织

    词数:313
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。短文以倒叙的方式用一个失去母亲的学生写的一首诗歌开头,叙述了Kang Yu在人民大学毕业后到云南一个乡镇中学支教两年并在学校开展诗歌教学的故事。在她来开这个学校当年的教师节,她收到了学生寄给她的一大箱子学生写的诗歌和信件。感动之余Kang Yu放弃了出国学习的打算,成立了“点亮未来”这一慈善组织教乡村孩子写诗。尽管没有假期和报酬,Kang Yu却很享受这份工作给她带来的幸福感和满足感。


    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。本文以诗歌开头,主要表达一名云南一个偏僻的山地城市的一名中学生,非常想念在她五岁的时候就去世的母亲以及她后来如何成为一名老师,并且积极投身慈善活动。她让人们明白投身慈善事业的真正意义是从中获得快乐和满足。
    【答案】26-28 CCD
    【解析】
    26.C 细节理解题。根据文中“This poem was written by a middle school student in a lonely mountainous town in Yunnan Province during her first poetry class. The girl missed her mother, who died when she was 5(这首诗是云南一个偏僻的山地城市的一名中学生在她的第一次诗歌课上写的。那女孩想念在她五岁的时候就去世的母亲)可推知本文开头的诗歌是关于“一个需要母爱的孩子”。故选C。
    27. C 词义猜测题。work out算出;carry out计划,执行;give up放弃;make up编造。 根据文章倒数第二段中“She felt she was needed and decided to abandon her plan of studying abroad(她感觉到她被需要,并且决定_____她的留学计划)”可知abandon意为“放弃”,相当于give up。故选C。
    28.D 细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段中的“Instead she set up Enlighten our Future, a charity that...”可知Enlighten our Future是一个慈善机构的名称,而不是学校的名称,故选项A错误;根据文章倒数第四段中“the school held eight poetry classes for students every year”可知学校每年给学生上八节诗歌课,而不是every term(每学期),故选项B错误;根据文章最后一段中的“…… the job provides no vacations and little money”可知她做的工作既没有假期,也没有报酬,故选项C错误。故选D。
    B(·江苏镇江)
    (an extract from a detective story)



    “Sit down,” Henderson said, sitting down in an armchair and looking at Logan. “What are you here for?”
    “I understand you had a party last night.” said Logan, a police officer.
    “Yes,” said Henderson. “Oh! I hope the neighbours haven’t been complaining about the noise again.”
    “Not that I know of,” said Logan. “But a young girl, Fran, who came to the party hasn’t been home yet.”
    “Fran!” said Henderson. “Yes, she was here. She left early, as I remember—about one o’clock. I happened to notice what the time was when she came to say goodbye. But nobody else left until about four in the morning.”
    Henderson looked quite relaxed.
    “Did you know Clare?” asked Logan suddenly.
    “Oh, God!” Henderson sat forward. “You don’t think... the same thing has happened to Fran?”
    “We’re keeping an open mind,” said Logan, watching him carefully, “but we’re giving it our full attention.
    “Well, yes. I can understand that.” replied Henderson, getting comfortable in the armchair again.
    “So,” repeated Logan, “did you know Clare?”
    “Well, sure. I knew who she was. But we never had anything to do with each other.” said Henderson, giving Logan a big smile.
    “Who else was at your party?” asked Logan.
    “People from the university,” said Henderson. “Students, teachers.”
    “David?” asked Grant, Logan’s partner.
    “Yes, David was here for a time.” Henderson smiled again. “But he’s not really a party animal. He probably left early.”
    “What do you mean, probably?” asked Grant.
    Henderson looked at Grant. Grant was sixty with thick black hair and a large moustache. His clothes, as always, looked rather old: a blue jacket and grey trousers. He did not look much of a party animal either.
    “Well, I don’t check when my guests arrive and leave,” said Henderson. “And some people just leave when they want to go home. They don’t come and say goodbye. Anyway, sometimes I can be difficult to find.” Again he looked at Logan, raised his eyebrows and gave her a big smile. “I sometimes end up in the bedroom.”
    ...
    29. How many characters are mentioned in the story?
    A. Five. B. Six. C. Seven. D. Eight.
    30. Why did Logan and Grant go to Henderson’s house?
    A. Because the girl Fran who attended the party disappeared.
    B. Because they went to the party held in Henderson’s house.
    C. Because Henderson’s neighbours called them for the noise.
    D. Because they wanted to know why Henderson held the party.
    31. What can be inferred(推断) from Grant’s question “What do you mean, probably?”?
    A. Grant helped Logan to ask this question.
    B. Grant didn’t understand Henderson’s words.
    C. Grant himself wasn’t a party animal like David.
    D. Grant wanted to know the exact time of David’s leaving.

    题材:记叙文
    话题24:故事与诗歌
    (82) 故事

    词数:423
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。本文是侦探故事的节选,主要讲述在警察Logan和他的同伴Grant询问派对的组织者Henderson关于一个年轻的女孩Fran,她来参加聚会还没有回家的情况。
    【答案】29-31 BAD
    【解析】
    29. B 细节理解题。综合全文可知文章提到:Henderson; Logan; Fran; Clare; David; Grant这六个人。故选B。
    30. A 推理判断题。根据文章第四段“Not that I know of,” said Logan. “But a young girl, Fran, who came to the party hasn’t been home yet (“据我所知没有”,Logan说。“但一个年轻的女孩, Fran,她参加了派对还没有回家”可知Logan和Grant去Henderson的家的目的是因为一名参加派对的女孩消失了。故选A。
    31.D 推理判断题。根据文中“But he’s not really a party animal. He probably left early(他不是一个真正的派对狂。他可能很早就离开了)”可知 Henderson回答警察的问题比较模糊,警察再次询问想知道的是:大卫离开派对的确切时间。故选D。

    C(·江苏镇江)
    Some researchers explain how most people form their social groups with people of their age. Especially, as children and teenagers, even adults, people make their friends based on proximity(邻近) more than anything else. Even in a college classroom, the students may not make friends with those who have similar personalities and interests. It’s the people they really sit next to. Clearly, who stands nearest to you has the greatest influence on you. As Jim Rohn has widely said, “You are the average(平均) of five people you spend the most time with.”
    Over the past ten months, I’ve paid Ryan, a famous writer of several bestselling books, to help me with the book I’m writing. Working with him has shown me just how low my standards for my work are. For example, every time I send him a draft(草稿), he shows me how it could be 10 times better, and he holds me to that standard.
    ________ It’s because that I don’t know what I don’t know. Working with Ryan has made me realize what is possible and what it takes to create something powerful.
    Like Ryan, my business partner Richard has wonderful ideas and far different experience than I have. He has written 36 New York Times Bestsellers. He’s been speaking and doing events for 20 years. Richard always performs at high levels, and he is also very strict with me because my performance is a reflection(反映) on him. It’s not a bad thing because it creates high pressure(压力) to help me make great progress in organizing author training.
    In a word, you need to stay with those people who can help you realize your level of talent and potential. Staying with people who have higher standards is the fastest way for you to change. If you don’t change your environment, your progress will be very slow. Who you stay with as huge importance. You can’t ignore this.
    32. Why did the writer quote(引用) Jim Rohn’s words in Paragraph 1?
    A. To support the writer’s opinion.
    B. To introduce the writer’s best friend.
    C. To show Jim Rohn’s working ability.
    D. To prove Jim Rohn is a great person.
    33. Which of the following can be put at the beginning of Paragraph 3?
    A. It’s not that my workmates’ abilities are low.
    B. It’s not that my working ability was born low.
    C. It’s not that I make friends based on proximity.
    D. It’s not that I’ve paid Ryan to help me with my book.
    34. What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 4 refer to(指代)?
    A. we can improve our working abilities by ourselves
    B. we must pay great attention to our talent and potential
    C. we’d better make friends with those who can hold us to higher levels
    D. we should stay with those who have similar personalities and interests

    题材:说明文
    话题22:科普知识与现代技术
    (77) 科普知识
    词数:355
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇科普说明文。主要阐述人们交朋友的原则通常是就近原则,而不是基于相似的性格和兴趣。通过一系列事例说明:和谁在一起很重要。和有更高标准的人在一起是你改变的最快方式。
    【答案】32-34 ABC
    【解析】
    31.A 推理判断题。第一短中“You are the average of five people you spend the most time with(你,就是你身边5个朋友的平均水平)”是一句谚语。引用这句谚语的目的是为了支持作者的观点“Clearly, who stands nearest to you has the greatest influence on you(很明显,谁离你最近对你的影响最大)”。故选A。
    32.B 综合理解题。根据文章第二段可知作者与著名的作家在一起,认识到自己的工作标准很低。这位著名作家对他写作水平的提升很有帮助。第三段“It’s because that I don’t know what I don’t know(因为我不知道我不知道的是什么)”推断第三段开始应该是“(我的工作能力不是天生低)”符合情境。故选B。
    33.C 信息指代题。根据上下文推断:和那些能让我们更上一层楼的人交朋友不是一件坏事,因为它创造了巨大的压力,帮助我在组织作者培训方面取得了巨大的进展。故选C。
    IV. 阅读理解(共20分,每小题1分)
    根据短文内容,从各题所给的四个选项中选择一个正确答案。
    (·辽宁本溪)Passage 1
    A river was running happily in the hill, the valley(山谷) and the field. Soon it was stopped by a huge rock and the river was a little afraid and worried what it could do.
    The rock said, “Hi, baby!Where are you going?”
    The river answered, “I’m going to the sea. My mother is waiting for me.”
    The rock made fun of the river and said, “You’re too young. Go back to the hill at once. You can’t get there. Don’t come back here again!”
    The river was surprised to hear that and said, “I can only go forwards(向前).There’s no river that goes backwards(向后)!”
    The rock became angry and warned the river. “Don’t speak! If you don’t go back, you will have to change your direction. Don’t want to run over my body!”
    The river asked helplessly, “Where should I go?”
    “You can go anywhere you like. Just don’t come close to me!”
    While they are talking, more and more water came here. Then it began to get out of control. The river ran quickly over the rock and the rock was washed pitifully.
    The river said proudly, “A weak person will change his goal and direction. A person who is strong will only go ahead and nothing can stop him!”
    31. The final goal of the river was to go to the _____.
    A. field B. valley C. sea D. hill
    32. The rock wanted the river to ____.
    A. get out of control B. come close to him
    C. make fun of him D. go back to the hill
    33. The river ran over the rock ____.
    A. slowly B. softly C. quickly D. carelessly
    34. After meeting the rock, the river became ____ at last instead of being afraid.
    A. proud B. helpless C. pitiful D. worried.
    35. The passage tells us that we should ____ when facing difficulties.
    A. Avoid solving the problem B. become strong and go ahead
    C. change our dream directly D.be used to giving up silently
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题 24
    (82) 故事
    词数
    253
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,主要讲述一条河流在流向大海途中遭遇到岩石的阻拦,但最终不畏阻拦奔腾而过,说明一个道理:坚强的人只会勇往直前,没有什么能阻挡他。
    【答案】31-35 CDCAB
    【解析】
    31.C 细节理解题。题目问的是河流最后的目标,根据第三段它所说的“I’m going to the sea. My mother is waiting for me!”可知,它去的是大海,故选C。
    32.D 细节理解题。根据题干的关键词rock wanted the river to,然后定位到第四段的Go back to the hill at once可知选项D符合题意。
    33.C 细节理解题。根据题干的关键词river ran over the rock,然后定位到倒数第二段的最后一句的The river ran quickly over the rock 可知答案选C。
    34.A细节理解题。题目问的是河流遇见岩石后是什么代替了恐惧,根据最后一段的The river said proudly可知,它应该是变得自豪了,故选A。
    35.B 推理判断题。根据最后一句A person who is strong will only go ahead and nothing can stop him!(一个坚强的人只会勇往直前,没有什么能阻挡他!)可知这个故事告诉我们的道理是面对困难时要坚强。故选B。

    (·辽宁本溪)Passage 2
    Chinese painting is one of the oldest art forms in the world. Painting in the traditional style is known today in Chinese as Guohua.
    Traditional Chinese painting is done with a brush dipped(浸) in black or colored ink(墨水).Paper and silk are also needed for painting. The finished work can be put on scrolls(轴).Traditional Chinese painting includes landscape(山水)painting, figures(人物), bird and flowers. Landscape painting is regarded as the highest form of Chinese painting.
    Chinese folk(民间的) music is an important part of Chinese culture. It has a long history. One of the Confucianist Classics(儒家经典)Shi Jing, contains many folk songs. They are much loved by people up to now.
    Traditional Chinese musical instruments are symbols of Chinese culture, such as guqin, guzheng, pipa, erhu, xiao and chime(编钟). Sheng and suona are also popular in northern villages in China. Xi’an drum music is large traditional drum music. It is a valuable part of Chinese ancient music, and is regarded as the “living fossil(化石) of Chinese ancient music” in the world.

    36. People usually use ____ for doing traditional Chinese painting.
    ①brushes ②ink ③color pencils ④paper ⑤silk
    A.①②③④ B.②③④⑤ C.①②③⑤ D.①②④⑤
    37. The highest form of Chinese painting is _______.
    A. landscape painting B. figures C. bird and flowers D. trees
    38. The underlined word “contain” means _____.
    A. hold B. control C. prevent D. include
    39._______ is called the “living fossil of Chinese ancient music” in the world.
    A. Folk music B. Country music C. Ancient music D. Xi’an drum music
    40. The two paragraphs above are about _____.
    A. Chinese music B. Chinese painting C. Chinese culture D. Chinese history
    体裁
    说明文
    话题16.
    28. 艺术
    (55) 音乐与舞蹈
    词数
    194
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,文中主要介绍中国画的作画方式以及分类、中国民间音乐相关的传统乐器等。
    【答案】36-40 DADDC
    【解析】
    36. D细节理解题。根据题干是问作中传统中国画所要使用的东西,根据第一个表格的第二段提到作传统中国画用到了ink、paper、silk,但没有提及color pencils,故选D。
    37. A 细节理解题。根据题干的关键词highest form of Chinese painting,然后定位到第一个表格最后一句的Landscape painting is regarded as the highest form of Chinese painting可知选项A符合题意。
    38.D词义猜测题。句意:《诗经》是儒家经典之一,收录了许多民歌。由此可知此词表示包括的意思,故选D。
    39.D细节理解题。根据题干的关键词called the “living fossil of Chinese ancient music,然后定位到第二个表格的最后三句可知选项D符合题意。
    40.C主旨大意。根据两篇文章分别介绍Chinese painting和Chinese folk(民间的) music可知,这都属于中国文化,故答案选C。

    (·辽宁本溪)Passage 3
    Once upon a time, the colors in the world started to argue. All thought they were the most important and useful.
    Green said, “I’m the symbol of life and hope. I was chosen for grass, trees and leaves. Look around and you will see me everywhere.”
    Blue followed, “You only consider the earth, but look at the sky and the sea.”
    Yellow smiled, “I bring hope and warmth into the world. Look at the color of the sun and the moon.”
    Orange continued, “I’m the color of joy. My beauty is so fantastic that no one can think of you at sunrise or sunset.”
    Red shouted out, “I’m the ruler of you. I’m the color of life and live. So nobody can take my place.” Purple stood up, “I’m the color of power. People never question me! They just listen and follow.”
    Finally, indigo(靛青色) spoke slowly. “I stand for thought and reflection(反省).Yet all of you just need them.”
    Suddenly, the sky became dark and rain started to pour down. The colors all gathered(聚集) in fear. Rain began to speak, “Join hands and come to me.”
    The colors did as they were told. Rain added, “Don’t you know you each are made for a certain purpose? When it rains, appear together to show that you can all live in peace. The rainbow(彩虹) is the color of your friendship.”
    41. The color green thought it was the most important because ______.
    A. It made the world full of joy
    B. it was the symbol of life and love
    C. people could see it here and there
    D.it was the color of grass and flowers
    42.____ gives the world hope and warmth.
    A. Red B. Blue C. Yellow D. Purple
    43. Each color is made for a ____ purpose.
    A. similar B. certain C. funny D. personal
    44. According to the passage, we can know ____.
    A. orange stands for powerful and life
    B. all the colors were happy to greet rain
    C. Blue is the color of the sea and the sky
    D. The sky became dark and began to snow
    45. The best title for the passage can be “______”.
    A. The color of friendship B. The performance of colors
    C. The colors in the world D. The courage of the rainbow
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题24
    (82) 故事
    词数
    269
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述有一天,各种颜色争论那一个是最重要和最有用的时间,突然下起雨来,最后是雨给它们道明了道理。
    【答案】41-45 CCBCA
    【解析】
    41. C细节理解题。根据题干的关键词green thought... the most important because,然后定位到第二段最后一句Look around and you will see me everywhere.可知选项C符合题意。
    42.C细节理解题。根据题干的关键词gives ... hope and warmth,然后定位到第四段“Yellow smiled, ‘I bring hope and warmth into the world. Look at the color of the sun and the moon.’”可知,是黄色认为自己给世界带来了希望和温暖。故选C。
    43.B细节理解题。根据题干的关键词called the “living fossil of Chinese ancient music,然后定位到第四段的Yellow smiled, “I bring hope and warmth into the world可知答案选B。
    44.C推理判断题。根据文章内容可知,Red--the color of life and live,Purple stood up, “I’m the color of power. 所以A是错误;下雨时 The colors all gathered(聚集) in fear,所以不是happy,故B是不对,没有提到snow只是rain,故D项也是错的。故选C。
    45.A主旨大意题。根据最后一段下雨补充说的话Don’t you know you each are made for a certain purpose? When it rains, appear together to show that you can all live in peace. The rainbow(彩虹) is the color of your friendship.(难道你们不知道每个人都是为某一特定的目的而生的吗?下雨的时候,一起出现,表明你们可以和平共处。彩虹是你的友谊的颜色。)可知,文章主要说明颜色要友好和平相处。故选A。

    (·辽宁本溪)Passage 4
    Holland(荷兰)is the magical land of tulips(郁金香) and windmills(风车). The tulips bloom(开花) from March until May. Holland is famous as the largest flower selling country in the world. The windmills, however, are important for the people of Holland.
    Keukenhof
    Keukenhof is the most famous and largest flower park in the world. Will you visit Holland in spring? Then be sure to visit Keukenhof, you will see the beautiful Holland tulips and other famous flowers in Holland.
    Single Bloemenmarket
    Rain or shine, this famous floating(漂浮的)flowers market in Amsterdam is filled with colorful fresh flowers from Monday to Sunday. Though the best months are in March, April or May, the floating flowed market is a great place to find tulips at any time of the year.
    Schiedam
    Schiedam is the best choice if you want to see the largest windmills in the world. With heights up to 33 meters, they are hard to miss.
    Zaanse Schans
    Zannse Schans is also a good place you should visit. About 250 years ago, over 600 windmills formed the first industrial area in the world. It produces paint, paper and so on. Today it’s an open-air conservation area(自然保护区) and museum, which interests thousands of visitors each year.
    46. Holland is ____ selling country in the world.
    A. the largest flower B. the largest windmills
    C. the smallest flower D. the smallest windmills
    47. If you visit Keukenhof in spring, you can enjoy ____.
    A. tulips and other flowers B. tulips and some windmills
    C. different kinds of plants D. plants and some windmills
    48. You can see tulips _____ in the floating flower market.
    A. every month except March B. at any time of the year
    C. only in March, April or May D. from Monday to Saturday
    49. The largest windmills in the world lie in ______.
    A. Amsterdam B. Zaanse Schans C. Schiedam D. Keukenhof
    50. From the last paragraph, we know Zaanse Schans ____.
    A. has few visitors each year B.is an animal conservation area
    C. doesn’t have any windmills D.is a good place to see windmills
    体裁
    说明文
    话题17
    (57) 旅行
    词数
    226
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文中主要介绍了以郁金香花和风车而著名的荷兰以及它的四个值得参观的地方。
    【答案】46-50 AABCD
    【解析】
    46. A细节理解题。根据题干的关键词Holland...selling country,然后定位到第一段第三句Holland is famous as the largest flower selling country in the world.可知答案选A。
    47. A细节理解题。根据题干的关键词visit Keukenhof in spring,然后定位到Keukenhof的最后一句的see the beautiful Holland tulips and other famous flowers可知选项A符合题意。
    48.B细节理解题。根据题干的关键词see tulips ... in the floating flower以及选项与时间有关,然后定位到Single Bloemenmarket最后一句the floating flowed market is a great place to find tulips at any time of the year.可知答案选B。
    49.C细节理解题。根据题干的关键词The largest windmills in the world ,然后定位到Schiedam 第一句Schiedam is the best choice if you want to see the largest windmills in the world可知选项C符合题意。
    50.D细节理解题。根据题干的关键词Zaanse Schans,然后定位到Zaanse Schans中的Zannse Schans is also a good place you should visit. About 250 years ago, over 600 windmills formed the first industrial area in the world可知选项D符合题意。
    第三部分 阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,共30分)
    阅读短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
    A(内蒙古包头)
    (内蒙古包头) Here are four students' posts from the Internet:
    Hello! My name is Alice, and I'm from America. I like Chinese food and culture. This summer I'll go to Beijing to have a taste of delicious food and walk around hutong! I can't wait!


    Hi! My name is Anna and I' m from Russia. I’ve just started my last year of high school, and I want to visit a few universities or colleges in China, since I hope to study there next year. I also want to experience some Chinese culture, but my main goal is to find out which university is the best for me to attend.


    Hi, everybody! I'm Fraser, and I'm from the UK. I'm going to visit Chian this year because I'm very interested in China's history and culture. I went to the Great Wall last year. I’m going to see the Forbidden City this time. But except that, I'm not sure where to go this summer vacation. Any ideas?



    Hello! My name is Anthony. I'm from France. I want to go hiking in China over the summer holiday. I love nature and Chinese tea culture, so I really want to drink a cup of tea and see the beautiful sights there. The mountains, the sky, the lakes — the photos I've seen of China’s countryside are wonderful



    51. Who will go to university in China?
    A. Alice. B. Anna. C. Fraser. D. Anthony.
    52. Which of the following is true according to the passage?
    A. Alice is a girl who will graduate from high school.
    B. Anna is an American who likes Chinese food.
    C. Fraser, a British student, has been to the Great Wall.
    D. Anthony asks for suggestions for his summer vacation.
    53. What do they have in common according to the passage?
    A. They like Chinese food. B. They will study in China.
    C. They have been to China before. D. They are into Chinese culture.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:1.个人情况(Personal background)
    (1) 个人情况
    词数:219
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。介绍了来自四个不同国家的学生在网上发的帖子。
    【答案】51-53 BCD
    【解析】
    51. B细节理解题。根据表格二中的I also want to experience some Chinese culture, but my main goal is to find out which university is the best for me to attend.推知Anna要在中国上大学。故选B。
    52. C推理判断题。表格一中介绍Alice时,没有提到Alice学校的任何信息,故A错误。表格二在介绍Anna时,没有提到与中国食品有关的情况,故B错误。根据表格三中的I'm Fraser, and I'm from the UK和I went to the Great Wall last year. 推知Fraser是英国人,且去过长城。故C正确。表格四中没有提及Anthony咨询过暑假的建议。故选C。
    53. D推理判断题。题干意为:根据文章介绍,他们有什么共同特点?根据表格一的I like Chinese food and culture.,表格二的I also want to experience some Chinese culture,,表格三的I'm going to visit China this year because I'm very interested in China's history and culture.,表格四的I want to go hiking in China over the summer holiday. I love nature and Chinese tea culture,。推知她们都喜欢中国文化。故选D。
    B(内蒙古包头)
    (内蒙古包头) Every year, people from every corner of the world travel to Australia to meet the kangaroo — the lovely, unusual and special Australian animal that jumps all over this sunburnt continent. There is a young kangaroo that is lucky to be alive today, thanks to meeting a pair of New South Wales teenagers.
    Nick Heath and Jack Donelly were riding their motorbikes in the bush outside Sydney on Sunday when they came across a kangaroo stuck in the mud (泥). The boys were lucky enough to see the head of the animal sticking out of the mud at Agnes Banks near the Nepean River in southwest Sydney.
    The animal was clearly in pain but the boys couldn't reach it so they raced home to get a rope. When they returned, Mr. Donnelly tied the rope around his waist (腰) and walked into the thick mud to get hold of the kangaroo while his friend then pulled them about 30m to safety.
    Appearing on Today this morning, the young men retold their story.
    “The kangaroo's life was important to us, so we pulled out all the stops to rescue it." Mr. Heath said,
    "We're proud of what we did. If we see something like that again, we’ll do it all over." Mr Heath added.
    The animal, which was not in great health after being saved, was handed to Wildlife Rescue Organization. It’s believed that it's very hot and the kangaroo was likely searching for water in the dry conditions when it got stuck in the mud.
    As for the heroes of the story, they’re glad to have been in the right place at the right time to help the animal and don't care about the attention it's brought.
    "Yeah we liked it, something different." Mr. Donnelly told the reporters.
    54. Why was the kangaroo in pain when the teenagers found it?
    A. It got lost in the bush.
    B. It was stuck in the mud.
    C. It was hurt by other animals.
    D. It was in poor health because of the weather.
    55. When Mr. Health said "we pulled out all the stops to rescue it", he meant ______.
    A. they tried their best to help the animal out
    B. they walked out of the mud without difficulty
    C. they stopped to think twice before taking action
    D. they were not sure if they should save the animal
    56. Which of the following could best describe the two teenagers?
    A. Shy and strict.
    B. Hard-working and humorous.
    C. Serious and clever.
    D. Warm-hearted and helpful.
    57. What can be a suitable title for the text?
    A. Meet Kangaroos in Sydney.
    B. Endangered Animals in Sydney
    C. Two Teenagers Saved a Kangaroo.
    D. A Special Interview with Two Heroes.
    题材:记叙文
    话题:24.故事与诗歌(Stories and poems)
    (82) 故事 (Stories)
    14.安全与救护(Safety and first aid)
    (48) 意外 (Accidents)
    词数:300
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。介绍了两名新南威尔士州青少年救助陷入泥泞的袋鼠的经历和感受。
    【答案】BADC
    【解析】
    54. B细节理解题。根据文章第二段的Nick Heath and Jack Donelly were riding their motorbikes in the bush outside Sydney on Sunday when they came across a kangaroo stuck in the mud (泥). 推知袋鼠痛苦的原因是身陷泥泞而不能出来。故选B。
    55. A推理判断题。联系前文两名青少年救助袋鼠的过程,和The kangaroo's life was important to us,推知本句意为:我们全力以赴救助它。A项:他们竭尽全力帮助动物摆脱困境;B项:他们毫不费事地走出泥泞;C项:在行动前,他们没有停下来三思;D项:他们不确定是否应该救助动物。故选A。
    56. D归纳总结题。根据对全文的理解,两名青少年热心救助身陷泥泞的袋鼠过程,推断对他们的描述词是:热心而又乐于助人。故选D。
    57. C标题判断题。A项:在悉尼遇见袋鼠;B项:悉尼的濒危动物;C项:两名青少年救助袋鼠;D项:对两位英雄的特殊采访。统看全文,我们知道全文重点介绍了两名青少年救助身陷泥泞的袋鼠过程。故选C。
    C (内蒙古包头)
    (内蒙古包头) Many of us wish we could have longer weekends, but for about 18,000 students in Colorado, that wish is coming true. A school district outside Denver has decided to shorten its week to four days, and the first school year on this new schedule just started, CBS Denver reports. It began on Tuesday, August 14, because the day students get off is everyone's least favorite: Monday.
    Although this may sound like a dream come true, it means students will have to sit through longer school days to work more for the hours they've lost, according to The Denver Post. So the timetable seems more crowded than ever.
    The decision wasn't made just to give students more days off, though; it had practical purpose. The district says that it will save $1 million by not having buses on Mondays and spending less on things like electricity and water. That means a lot to the school. However, there are different voices. Parents pick up some of the cost of this change, though, since many will now need to stay home with their kids. If they go to work, they have to find people to take care of their children.
    This isn't the first district in the state to introduce a four-day week: 55% of the state's schools do this, but most of them are in the countryside, according to The Denver Post. Several schools in Oklahoma made the same move earlier this year, and some of them told CBS News Reports that more teachers wanted to teach there after the change. Most of these teachers have a lot of teaching experience. Around 560 districts in 25 states include schools with four-day weeks, but it’s not clear on how the different timetable influences students' performance.
    58. What happens to the students in Colorado?
    A. They have shorter summer holiday.
    B. They go to school every day.
    C. They have classes only on Monday.
    D. They have longer weekends.
    59. What does the underlined phrase “pick up" in Paragraph 3 probably mean?
    A. go for B. pay for C. look for D. stand for
    60. Why do more teachers want to come to Oklahoma?
    A. They would like to work here with four-day week.
    B. They'll be given more money than those in other states.
    C. Students are much more creative in class in this place.
    D. Students behave better because of longer weekends.
    61. What can we infer from the last paragraph?
    A. Students need to study harder to make up for the time.
    B. Parents may spend more time and money on their children.
    C. People in Colorado speak with one voice when facing the decision.
    D. It's not clear whether the new timetable is good for students or not.
    体裁:说明文
    话题:5.学校 (School)
    (19) 学校活动 (School activities)
    词数: 292

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。它介绍科罗拉多州18, 000名学生将要每周上四天课。针对这一决定,学校、家长和老师有着不同的反响。学校会因此节约开支,家长会为此多花费一部分钱,更多的老师因为教学时间短,更愿意到此州来教学。
    【答案】DBAD
    【解析】
    58. D细节理解题。 根据第一段的Many of us wish we could have longer weekends, but for about 18, 000 students in Colorado, that wish is coming true. A school district outside Denver has decided to shorten its week to four days, 可知科罗拉多州的学生一周将上4天课,周末更长。故选D。
    59. B 推理判断题。go for选择,倾心于,适用于; pay for支付;look for寻找;stand for代表。根据后文since many will now need to stay home with their kids. If they go to work, they have to find people to take care of their children.他们现在需要在家里和孩子打在一起,如果他们去上班,他们必须找人照看孩子。推知Parents pick up some of the cost of this change意为:家长要为这一变化,多花费一些费用。故选B。
    60. A 细节理解题。根据文章最后一段的and some of them told CBS News Reports that more teachers wanted to teach there after the change.理解:更多的老师想去那里教书的原因,是因为那里一周仅上4天课。故选A。
    61. D细节理解题。根据文章最后一段的but it’s not clear on how the different timetable influences students' performance. 但目前还不清楚不同的时间表会不会影响学生的学习成绩。推知选D。
    D (内蒙古包头)
    (内蒙古包头) Reading is getting more popular among young Chinese. A new survey says that 85% of young people in China read at least 1 book last year. The number of young people who are reading has been rising in recent years, especially for teenagers, who read an average (平均) of 11.5 books.
    The data (数据) shows that teenagers spend much more time reading from school textbooks to some other reading materials, such as novels, e-books, magazines and so on. But younger children (ages 2-8) are mainly reading for fun. Compared with the past, the time teenagers spend on pleasure reading has dropped.
    When it comes to technology and reading, the survey suggests little. It does point out that many parents control the time of electronic reading, mainly because of worrying about increased screen time. However, most Chinese parents are helping their children to develop a reading habit. They are served as examples for their children. More than 70% of Chinese parents spend at least 20 minutes a day reading to their children aged 0-8 years old, and visit book stores with them. An average of three times a year. Data shows that kids and teens who do a lot of reading, compared to those who don't like reading, have more books in the home, and more books bought for them. Their parents read more often, and would like to spare time to read with them.
    When was the last time you read a book? If you're one of the countless people who don't develop a habit of reading, you might be missing out. Everything you read fills your head with new bits of information, and you never know when it might be useful. The more knowledge you have, the better equipped you are to deal with any challenge you'll face. Remember that although you might lose something else, knowledge can never be taken away from you.
    Now open a book, and feed your soul.
    62. Why do many parents control the time of their children's electronic reading?
    A. E-books are expensive. B. It may harm children's health.
    C. It is very hard to order. D. It could be a waste of time.
    63. How should parents encourage their children to read more?
    A. Talk with their teachers to encourage them in developing reading habits.
    B. Buy more books for them in bookstores or borrow some from libraries.
    C. Ask them to read more books every day through setting up reading groups.
    D. Act as role models for them, read for their children and read for themselves.
    64. What's the survey mainly about?
    A. Teenagers' after-class activities. B. Parent-child relationships.
    C. Young people's reading habits. D. Read more often for fun.
    65. Which one of the following is most probably to be discussed next?
    A. Introduce some books for young people to read.
    B. Encourage parents to read more after work.
    C. List some different opinions about reading.
    D. Develop children's writing habits gradually.
    题材:说明文
    话题:22.科普知识与现代技术(Popular science and modern technology)
    (76) 数字与数据 (Figures and data)
    词数:329
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要通过一组调查数字介绍近年来阅读的人,特别是读书的青少年的数量有所上升、多数的家长正在用各种方式鼓励青少年读书、读书的优势是读书获得的知识无论什么情况都不会失去。
    【答案】62-65 BDCA
    【解析】
    62. B推理判断题。文章第二段It does point out that many parents control the time of electronic reading, mainly because of worrying about increased screen time.推知家长控制孩子阅读电子书的原因是担心孩子们在电子屏幕上的时间花费多,不利于身体健康。故选B。
    63. D 细节理解题。根据文章第三段的However, most Chinese parents are helping their children to develop a reading habit. They are served as examples for their children. More than 70% of Chinese parents spend at least 20 minutes a day reading to their children aged 0-8 years old, and visit book stores with them.推知,家长鼓励孩子多看书的方式是,身先示范,自己看书,读书给孩子听,带孩子们去书店。故选D。
    64. C 综合推理题。A. Teenagers' after-class activities.青少年的课外活动; B. Parent-child relationships.家长与孩子的关系;C. Young people's reading habits. 青少年的阅读习惯; D. Read more often for fun.为了娱乐更经常地看书。统看文章的大意,是鼓励青少年多读书,养成读书的好习惯。故选C。
    65. A推理判断题。题干意为:接下来可能要讨论的内容是什么?A. Introduce some books for young people to read. 给年轻人推荐一些书阅读。 B. Encourage parents to read more after work.鼓励家长在下班后多看书。C. List some different opinions about reading. 列举一些有关阅读的不同看法。D. Develop children's writing habits gradually.逐步培养孩子的写作习惯。根据对文章的整体理解,特别是最后一句Now open a book, and feed your soul. 打开书,熏陶你的灵魂。意指鼓励人们多看书,由此推知下一步是给青少年推荐一些阅读书目。故选A。
    (内蒙古通辽)五、阅读理解(每小题2分,共30分)
    A(内蒙古通辽)
    Hollywood movie: La La Land《爱乐之城》, a new musical by US DIRECTOR Damien Chazelle
    Dates: June 20-June 30
    Mon.-Fri.: 11:00a.m., 3:00p.m, 7:30p.m.
    Sat.-Sun. : 9:00 a.m., 4:00 p.m., 8:30 p.m.
    Place: New Century Cinema
    Ticket Prices: Adults: 60yuan; 50 yuan for a member
    Students: 30 yuan; 20yuan for member
    Children under 1.3 meters: free
    Notice: Enjoyed by Age 4 and up
    根据表格内容寻找最佳选项。
    36. What kind of movie is this?
    A. A comedy B. An opera C. A program D. A musical
    37. How long does the movie last for?
    A. 11 days B. 12 days C. 7days D. 5days
    38. On Friday, you can watch the movie at __________.
    A. 9:00 a.m. B. 2:00 p.m. C. 7:30p.m D. 10:30 p.m
    39. Who will not be allowed in the cinema?
    A. A 3-year-old boy B. A 6-year-old girl
    C. A 20-year-old girl D. A 50-year-old man
    40. If Mr. Green, his wife and their son (he is 1.2 meters tall) are members of the cinema, they should pay ____ to see the movie.
    A. 120yuan B. 100yuan C. 130yuan D. 80yuan
    题材:应用文
    话题16:音乐与舞蹈
    词数:67
    【文章大意】本文是则广告,主要介绍了一部音乐剧《爱乐之城》的上演时间及票价等。
    【答案】36~40 DACAB
    【解析】
    36.D细节理解题 由文中的a new musical by US DIRECTOR Damien Chazelle可知选D。
    37.A细节理解题 由文中的Dates: June 20-June 30可算出是11天,故选A。
    38.C细节理解题 由文中的Mon.-Fri.: 11:00a.m., 3:00p.m, 7:30p.m.可知:在下午3点和7点之间,故选C。
    39.A细节理解题 由文中的Notice: Enjoyed by Age 4 and up可推知:3岁的孩子不可以,故选A。
    40.B数字计算题 由Adults: 60yuan; 50 yuan for a member可知:影院会员50元;Children under 1.3 meters: free 1.3米以下的免费,故格林先生和他妻子共计支付100元,故选B。
    B(内蒙古通辽)
    The pencil is a very simple object. However, it took hundreds of people over centuries to make it what it’s like today.
    The story of the pencil starts with graphite(石墨). People cut it into small sticks and use them to write or draw. Around 1560, an Italian couple named Simonio and Lyndiana Bemacotti added wood holders to the graphite sticks. However, since the graphite is too soft, the pencils were easy to break. In 1795, in France, Nicolas-Jacques Conte worked out a method of mixing graphite powders with clay(黏土). In this way, people made strong pencil cores(铅笔芯). To this day, the method is still used in making pencils.
    It was Henry David Thoreau who came up with the grading scale(分级量表)for different hardnesses of pencils. It was graded one through four, and grade two is the proper hardness for general use. The softer the pencil is, the more graphite it has in it, and the darker the line is. The harder the pencil is, the more clay it has, and the lighter the line is. Nowadays, pencils marked 2B are usually used in exams to mark answers. Pencils marked HB are usually used in daily writing. People usually use pencils of different hardness and blackness to draw different parts of a picture.
    When pencils were handmade, they were made round. Then an American Joseph Dixon developed machines to make pencils. Later people found out it was easier and less wasteful to make a pencil which has six sides.
    There is a pencil for everyone and every pencil has a story. The Blackwing 602 is famous for being used by a lot of writers. And then, you have the Dixon pencil company. It’s what people think of when they think of a pencil and what they most probably will buy when their children are about to learn to write.
    In my opinion, there’s nothing that can be done to make the pencil better than it is.
    根据短文内容选择最佳选项。
    41. Who improved the hardness of pencils?
    A. Joseph Dixon B. Nicolas-Jacquces Conte
    C. Henry David Thoreau D. Simonio and Lyndiana Bernacotti
    42. What can we learn about pencils?
    A. Pencils of great hardness are less useful.
    B. Their hardness and blackness decide their uses.
    C. Round pencils were first made by machines.
    D. Pencils with six sides are comfortable to use.
    43. What does Paragraph 5 tell us?
    A. Pencils are the best writing tool.
    B. There are many kinds of pencils.
    C. The Blackwing 602 is very expensive.
    D. Dixon pencils are popular with people.
    44. What does the underlined word “it” mean in Paragraph4?
    A. The grading scale. B. The story of the pencil.
    C. To make the pencil round D. To make a pencil which has six sides
    45. What’s the next mainly about?
    A. The development of pencils B. The main inventors of pencils
    C. What pencils are made out of D. Why pencils are widely used

    题材:说明文
    话题22:发明与技术
    词数:339
    【文章大意】本文是则说明文,主要介绍了铅笔的分类及发展史。
    【答案】41~45 BBDDA
    【解析】
    41.B细节理解题 由In 1795, in France, Nicolas-Jacques Conte worked out a method of mixing graphite powders with clay(黏土). In this way, people made strong pencil cores(铅笔芯). 可推知:是Nicolas-Jacques Conte提高了铅笔的硬度,故选B。
    42.B细节理解题 由铅笔的分类可推知:铅笔的硬度和黑度决定了他们的用途,故选B。
    43.D段落大意题 分析段意可推知:六边的Dixon铅笔深受欢迎,故选D。
    44.D词义猜测题 由文中的Later people found out it was easier and less wasteful to make a pencil which has six sides.可推知:是制作六边的铅笔很容易,故选D。
    45.A主旨大意题 纵观全文是围绕“铅笔发展史”展开的话题,故选A。
    C(内蒙古通辽)
    According to a 2018 study from San Francisco State University, nearly 2.4 billion people around the world used a smartphone in 2017. By the end of , more than a third of the global population will be using a smartphone.
    However, smartphone technology can be a double-edged sword. On the one hand, it sends us unlimited amounts of information. On the other hand, using a smartphone may become an addiction.
    Erik Peter and Richard Harvey are both health education professors at San Francisco State University. They led the study. Peter explains that smartphone addiction forms connections in the brain that are similar to drug addiction. And these connections form slowly over time. Also. addiction to social media may affect our emotional state. The two professors asked 135 university students about their habit of smart6phone use and their feelings. They found that students who used their phones the most reported higher levels of feeling lonely, depressed and anxious.
    Peter and Harvey do not blame users for their technology addiction. They believe it is the teach industry’s desire to make more money that is to blame for the technology addiction. The researchers warn that workers in the technology industry know how to control our brains and turn us into addicts.
    But the researchers say that we can train our brains to be less addicted to our phones and computers. Erik Peter suggesting turning off our phones before we sleep or do something important. The researchers also suggest taking control of when and where you answer texts or emails. You do not need to answer them all. And you certainly don’t need to answer them as soon as you get them. They also suggest putting limits on the time you spend on social media. If you want to catch up with friends on Facebook, set aside a small amount of time to it. You should focus on important tasks and do not allow technology to disturb you.
    根据短文内容选择最佳答案。
    46. What can we infer from Paragraph1?
    A. Smartphone use has become extremely common.
    B. Most young people can’t live without smartphones.
    C. Smartphones make our life more colorful and convenient.
    D. Most people consider smartphones as the greatest invention.
    47. The underlined sentence in Paragraph 2 means smartphone technology _________.
    A. has a brilliant future B. can be better than most people think
    C. has both advantages and disadvantages D. can give us unlimited amounts of information
    48. What did Erik Peter and Richard Harvey find about smartphone use?
    A. It can help reduce loneliness. B. It’s more popular with students.
    C. It’s preferred by young people feeling lonely.
    D. It can harm students’ emotional state in many ways.
    49. What does the last paragraph mainly want to tell us?
    A. Social media isn’t that important to us.
    B. We can train our brains to do many things.
    C. We shouldn’t become addicted to our smartphones.
    D. There are ways to deal with smartphone use addiction.
    50. Which of the following is True?
    A. We can use smartphones to deal with loneliness.
    B. An addiction can’t be controlled if we still use smartphones.
    C. There were nearly 2.4 billion people using smartphones in the world in 2017.
    D. Stop using smartphones if you don’t know when and where you should answer the emails.
    题材:说明文
    话题22:科普知识
    词数:324
    【答案】46~50 ACDDC
    【解析】
    【主旨大意】本文是则科学调查,属于说明文范畴。研究表明:全球将有过三分之一的人口在使用智能手机。而智能手机是把双刃剑,一方面它能发送无限量的信息,另一方面它会损害人的健康。例如使用手机最多的学生会感到孤独、沮丧或焦虑程度更高等,所以,研究人员建议控制手机使用时间,要合理使用手机。
    46.A推理判断题 根据第一段大意:2017年有24亿人使用智能手机,到年底,将有超过三分之一的人口使用手机,说明智能手机越来越普遍,故选A。
    47.C细节理解题 根据句意“智能手机是把双刃剑”可推知:使用智能手机有好处也有坏处,故选C。
    48.D细节理解题 根据两位教授的调查可知:智能手机成瘾在大脑中形成毒瘾,对学生造成严重危害,故选D。
    49.D段落大意题 根据研究人员提出的建议:可以训练大脑减少对手机和电脑的依赖,可知:我们有多种办法来对付手机成瘾,故选D。
    50.C细节理解题 根据第一段中的nearly 2.4 billion people around the world used a smartphone in 2017.可知C项是正确的。
    三、阅读理解(共20小题,计30分)
    阅读下列短文,然后从每小题A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    A
    (·山东东营) One weekend, Taylor, an eight-year-old girl, went shopping with her parents. She asked her parents to buy a toy she wanted. Instead of giving her money to buy the toy, Taylor’s father encouraged her to make money by herself. “How can I make money?” Taylor thought for a while and had an idea, “Why not make cakes and sell them at church to raise money to buy the toy?”
    The next day, Taylor started her plan. She first needed some money for tools and materials. So she borrowed $40 from her parents and promised to pay it back. Then she began to make cakes by herself. To her parents’ surprise, she made $175 by selling the cakes that Sunday.
    Everyone thought Taylor would buy the toy she wanted. She certainly had made enough money for it, but she didn’t. Instead, Taylor decided to buy business cards and had her father’s phone number on them. Then she began handing the cards out. More people knew Taylor and came to buy her cakes. Even large companies began to try buying her delicious cakes.
    Though Taylor has made a lot of money, she still works hard at school. She also likes to take part in other activities. So Taylor must carefully manage her time. For example, instead of watching TV after school, Taylor might have to bake (烘焙) a lot of cakes for customers. When she has dance lessons on some days, she needs to get her baking done on time so she isn’t late for class.
    Making cakes may take time and be hard work, but Taylor sees the fun in it. “I think making cakes is mostly my hobby.” she says. She also decorates(装饰) the boxes that are used to pack the cakes. Taylor uses all kinds of decorations to make sure each box looks special for her customers. People love the extra feeling Taylor gives them by decorating the boxes, so more and more people come for her cakes.
    Taylor’s cakes are becoming very popular. She achieves a sweet success.
    36. Taylor started selling cakes because __________.
    A. she loved baking cakes very much
    B. she wanted to make a lot of money
    C. her parents encouraged her to sell cakes
    D. she needed money to buy the toy she wanted
    37. Which is NOT true about Taylor?
    A. She made $175 at first.
    B. She bought a toy for herself.
    C. She borrowed $40 from her parents.
    D. She continued her business after she made $175.
    38. Taylor told people about her cake business mainly by __________.
    A. handing out business cards
    B. selling her cakes at church
    C. advertising at her dance class
    D. inviting large companies to buy her cakes
    39. After Taylor has made a lot of money, __________.
    A. she doesn’t work hard at school
    B. she can’t manage her time well
    C. she sees the fun in her cake business
    D. she is too busy to take part in other activities
    40. The author wrote the article mainly to _________.
    A. explain how to buy a toy
    B. teach us how to make good cakes
    C. show us that it is fun to sell cakes
    D. introduce a girl who is talented in business
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    6.个人兴趣之爱好;
    4.日常活动之周末活动
    词数
    335

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述的是一个八岁的小女孩泰勒通过自己制作蛋糕在教堂附近销售来买她想要的玩具。在实现目标后没有止步,充分发挥了自己的经商天赋,取得了成功。
    36. D【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段末句Why not make cakes and sell them at church to raise money to buy the toy. 可知泰勒作出的计划是自己制作完蛋糕赚钱买玩具。故选D。
    37. B【解析】细节理解题。B项(她给她自己买了一个玩具。)与第三段第二句She certainly had made enough money for it, but she didn’t.(她确实赚够了买玩具的钱,但她没买。)表述的含义不一致。故选B。
    38. A【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段第三句Taylor decided to buy business cards and had her father’s phone number on them. Then she began handing the cards out. 可知泰勒通过散发印有父亲的联系电话的生意名片,来宣传她的产品的。故选A。
    39. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第五段首句Making cakes may take time and be hard work, but Taylor sees the fun in it. 可知泰勒从制作蛋糕的劳动中找到了很多乐趣。故选C。
    40. D【解析】主旨大意题。本文主要介绍的是八岁的泰勒如何利用自己的经商天赋,通过卖蛋糕取得了成功。故选D。
    B
    (·山东东营) What’s a spacewalk? Any time an astronaut gets out of a spacecraft (航天器) while in space, it is called a spacewalk. Astronauts go on spacewalks for many reasons. For example, experiments can be placed on the outside of a spacecraft. This lets scientists learn how being in space affects ( 影响) different things. By going on spacewalks, astronauts can also fix things instead of bringing them back to the earth to fix.
    When astronauts go on spacewalks, they wear spacesuits to keep themselves safe. Inside spacesuits, astronauts have the oxygen (氧气) they need to breathe and the water they need to drink. To keep the astronauts and the spacecraft safe, the astronauts must leave and go back to the spacecraft through a special door. When on a spacewalk, astronauts use safety tethers to stay close to their spacecraft. Tethers are like ropes, connect the spacewalkers with the spacecraft. They keep astronauts from floating (漂浮) away into space. Another way astronauts stay safe during spacewalks is by wearing a SAFER. SAFER is worn like a backpack. It helps an astronaut move around in space.
    How do astronauts train for spacewalks? One way is by going for a swim. Floating in space is a lot like floating in water. Astronauts practice spacewalks underwater in a huge special swimming pool. For every one hour they will spend on a spacewalk, astronauts need to train seven hours in the pool. Another way astronauts practice for a spacewalk is by using virtual reality(虚拟现实). It looks and feels just like a spacewalk.
    Today, only three countries have finished spacewalks independently. They are Russia, the United States and China. The first person to go on a spacewalk in the world was Alexei Leonov from Russia. Zhai Zhigang is the first Chinese astronaut to go on a spacewalk. The world record of spacewalks is held by Russian astronaut Anatoly Solovyev. He has been on 16 spacewalks and spent more than 82 hours outside in space.
    41. About the spacewalk, we can know ____________.
    A. some things can be fixed by astronauts during spacewalks
    B. all experiments must be placed on the outside of a spacecraft
    C. an astronaut can get out of a spacecraft any time while in space
    D. a spacewalk lets scientists learn how being in space affects different things
    42. How many ways to keep the astronauts safe during spacewalks?
    A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.
    43. What’s the meaning of the word “tethers” in Paragraph 2?
    A. 吊篮 B.系绳 C.笼子 D.钩子
    44. Astronauts train for spacewalks by _________.
    A. floating in space
    B. using virtual reality
    C. going on spacewalks outside a spacecraft
    D. training in water in a common swimming pool
    45. According to the passage, which is NOT true?
    A. China can finish a spacewalk independently.
    B. Astronauts can breathe and drink in spacesuits.
    C. Astronauts can move around in space with the help of SAFER.
    D. Anatoly Solovyev is the first person to go on a spacewalk in the world.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    20.自然之宇宙
    词数
    341

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。主要介绍的是宇航员如何走出航天器,进行太空漫步的。文中还介绍了宇航员在地球上的模拟环境中如何进行太空漫步训练以及世界上实现了太空漫步的国家和宇航员。
    41. A 【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段末句By going on spacewalks, astronauts can also fix things instead of bringing them back to the earth to fix.可知在太空漫步期间,宇航员可以固定一些东西,而不是把它们带回到地球上去固定。故选A。
    42. C 【解析】细节理解题。第二段描述了太空漫步需要具备的四个条件:宇航员必须身穿特殊的宇航服;进出航天器必须通过一个特殊的门;宇航员必须不脱离航天器;宇航员必须身穿一个形状类似背包的“SAFER”。故选C。
    43. B【解析】词义猜测题。画线单词所在句意为:tether是一种把宇航员和航天器保持连接在一起的形状像绳子一样的东西。结合选项提示可推断tether意为“系绳”。故选B。
    44. B 【解析】细节理解题。题干意为:宇航员是通过________来进行太空漫步训练的。A项“在太空中漂浮”;B项“利用虚拟现实”;C项“在航天器外面进行太空漫步”;D项“在一个普通的游泳池里的水里面训练”。根据第三段中的“Another way astronauts practice for a spacewalk is by using virtual reality”可知:进行太空漫步训练的方式之一是利用虚拟现实。故选B。
    45. D【解析】【解析】推理判断题。题干意为:根据这篇短文,下列说法哪一个是不正确的?A项“中国可以独立地完成太空漫步”;B项“宇航员可以在宇航服里呼吸氧气和喝水”;C项“在SAFER的帮助下,宇航员可以在太空中到处移动”;D项“Anatoly Solovyev是世界上第一个进行太空行走的人”。通读原文可知:选项A,B和C说法是正确的。根据最后一段中的“The first person to go on a spacewalk in the world was Alexei Leonov from Russia.”可知:在太空中漫步的第一个人是Alexei Leonov,不是Anatoly Solovyev。故选项D说法错误。故选D。
    C
    (·山东东营) The cold wind blew strongly outside. Amaya was warm in her house, thinking about an article she’d read at school. The article was about kids who helped out their communities, and she thought it would be really cool to help her own town, Harvard.
    The only problem was that she wasn’t sure how to help. In the article, the kids had grown food for people who needed food, but it was winter. She couldn’t start a garden. Amaya was deep in thought when her mom said it was time to go shopping.
    As they drove along the road, Amaya saw a family walking on the sidewalk (人 行 道 ), wearing only light jackets. How cold they must be! That gave her an idea! She could collect winter coats, hats and gloves for people who needed them.
    She shared her idea with her mom, who thought it was great. But how would they spread the idea to get plenty of winter clothing? Amaya decided to talk to her teacher, because then she could share her idea with her classmates at least.
    Ms. Monroe agreed when Amaya talked about her idea. They decided to call the project Hats in Harvard. Then they wrote a letter explaining the project. Ms. Monroe even said she could help Amaya talk to the headmaster about it, so they could get the whole school to join in it. They met with the headmaster during lunch time. He was excited about the idea, and said he would make sure copies (复印件) of the letter went home with all the students.
    They collected enough winter clothing in only one week. Then they left the clothes around two parks, so families who needed clothes could get them there. Three days later, Amaya and her mom went shopping again. She saw the same family that had given her the idea for Hats in Harvard. This time, though, the family looked nice and warm in some new coats, hats and gloves. Amaya felt warm in her heart, and was very glad she could help others.
    46. Amaya wanted to ________ after she had read an article at school.
    A. grow food B. collect winter clothing
    C. help her own town D. go shopping with her mom
    47. Whom did Amaya share her idea with first?
    A. Her teacher. B. Her mother.
    C. Her classmates. D. Her headmaster.
    48. The underlined word “it” in Paragraph 5 refers to(指的是) __________ .
    A. the letter B. the project
    C. the winter clothing D. Ms. Monroe’s idea
    49. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
    A. It took three days to collect enough clothes.
    B. Ms. Monroe only helped Amaya write a letter.
    C. Families who needed clothes got clothes from Amaya.
    D. The headmaster helped spread the project Hats in Harvard
    50. After reading the passage, we can know that _________.
    A. Amaya herself could complete the project well
    B. Hats in Harvard was supported by many people in Harvard
    C. the family that gave Amaya the idea for Hats in Harvard knew Amaya
    D. Amaya helped the families who needed winter clothing because she knew them

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    3.周围的环境之社区;
    5.学校之学校活动
    词数
    349

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述的是美国小女孩阿马亚在一个寒冷的冬日,发现街上有的行人身穿单薄的衣服。她突发奇想:向她的老师和同学发起给穷人募捐棉衣的活动。她周围的人都非常支持她的这一爱心工程。文章告诉我们:要学会关心周围那些需要帮助的人。
    46. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段末句The article was about kids who helped out their communities, and she thought it would be really cool to help her own town, Harvard. 可知阿马亚想要做点事情帮助自己的城镇。故选C。
    47. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第四段首句She shared her idea with her mom, who thought it was great.可知阿马亚首先和她妈妈分享了这个想法。故选B。
    48. B【解析】推理判断解。根据前句句意:然后她们写了一封信来解释这个计划项目。可知it用于指代上文中提到the project。故选B。
    49. D【解析】推理判断题。根据第五段末句He was excited about the idea, and said he would make sure copies of the letter went home with all the students. 可知校长把这封信复印后,让每个学生带回家,起到了宣传这项计划的作用。故选D。
    50. B【解析】推理判断题。B项表述(“哈佛的帽子(募捐活动)”得到了很多哈佛人的支持。) 与末段首句They collected enough winter clothing in only one week.(他们仅用一周时间就收集了足够的冬衣。)都表述了相同的含义:阿马亚发起的活动受到广泛支持。故选B。
    D
    (·山东东营) Scrub, the pet cat of Jennifer’s, was found! It got lost five years ago. Jennifer looked for it everywhere but failed each time. She thought Scrub would never come back. But one day she got a call from an animal shelter(庇护所) and was told they had found Scrub!
    How did they know Scrub belonged to Jennifer? How did they know Jennifer’s phone number? All the information was available because of the microchip, a very small computer chip(薄片). It was placed under Scrub’s skin many years earlier.
    The microchip is usually placed under the skin of an animal’s shoulder to keep its ID number. Once the chip is in place, the pet does not feel it anymore. When lost pets are brought to animal shelters, people there use a special tool to look for the microchip and read the ID number on it, then they’ll call the microchip company to match the number to the information of the pet’s owner. This is how the shelter was able to tell Jennifer that they had found Scrub.
    Microchips have helped thousands of owners get their lost pets back. In New York, a dog named Roxy was missing for months. Then a woman found her on a busy street in New Jersey. No one knows how the dog got to a different state. However, thanks to her microchip, Roxy was soon returned to her grateful owner.
    In 2008, a couple got their cat George back after he had disappeared 13 years earlier! When George got lost, the couple tried everything to find him. They visited animal shelters every day for six months, made posters and even offered a $500 reward(酬金). As years went by, they thought George would never be back till they got the call from an animal shelter. Without the microchip, the cat would never be able to come home again.
    Microchips can not only work for a pet’s whole life but help lost pets no matter how far they’ve been away from home. This is why microchips may be just the thing to help bring missing pets back home.
    51. How did Jennifer find her pet cat?
    A. By visiting animal shelters.
    B. By offering a $500 reward.
    C. With the help of the microchip.
    D. With the help of a woman in New Jersey.
    52. Which statement about microchips is NOT true according to the passage?
    A. They are very small computer chips.
    B. They are under an animal’s skin of its shoulder.
    C. They can help the owners to find the long-lost pets.
    D. They can only work for a lost pet that’s far away from home.
    53. The right order of how animal shelters help lost pets return home is _________.
    ①Get the ID number of the lost pet.
    ②Call the owner to bring the lost pet home.
    ③Look for the microchip of the lost pet.
    ④Call the microchip company to match the number to the information of its owner. A. ③①②④ B. ③④①② C.①③④② D. ③①④②
    54. According to the passage, we can know that __________.
    A. the couple thought the microchip wasn’t helpful at all
    B. Scrub didn’t feel uncomfortable with the microchip in its body
    C. it took a long time to match Roxy’s ID number to her owner’s information
    D. Jennifer herself found her cat according to the ID number on its microchip
    55. What is the main idea of the passage?
    A. The reasons why pets got lost.
    B. Different ways to find the lost pets.
    C. The ways how people care for the lost pets.
    D. The introduction of how microchips help the lost pets return home.

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    22.科普知识与现代技术之发明与技术
    词数
    358

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述的是詹尼弗家失踪多年的宠物猫Scrub和一对夫妇家失踪13年的宠物猫George 都被动物庇护所找了回来。而动物庇护所是通过这两个宠物猫身上携带的薄晶片获知两个家庭的信息。现代科技真可谓神奇。
    51. C 【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段第三句All the information was available because of the microchip.可知动物庇护所是通过宠物猫身上携带的薄晶片联系到詹尼弗的。故选C。
    52. D 【解析】推理判断题。根据第三段首句Microchips have helped thousands of owners get their lost pets back.可知薄晶片帮助很多失主找回了他们丢失的宠物。原文没有与宠物离家距离有关的信息。故选D。
    53. D 【解析】推理判断题。第三段中讲述了动物庇护所帮宠物回家的方法是:首先寻找放在宠物身上的薄晶片,然后得到这个迷失的宠物的身份数字信息,接下来给晶片公司打电话,把这些数字和宠物的主人的相关信息搭配连接起来,最后给宠物的主人打电话,让他们把自己丢失的宠物领回家。故选D。
    54. B【解析】推理判断题。B项(Scrub对身体里的微芯片并未感觉不适。)与第三段第二句Once the chip is in place, the pet does not feel it anymore. (微晶片放在宠物的身上,它并不会感到不适。) 表述含义相同,故选B。
    55. D 【解析】主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了利用微晶片技术帮助人们找到丢失的宠物。故选D。
    三、阅读理解(共15小题,满分30分)
    阅读下列材料,然后从每小题A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案。
    (山东日照)A
    Abby’s father was taking her to visit her grandmother. Abby was going to be away for three months. “I can’t leave Tobias behind,” she said. “You will have to,” said her father. “You can’t take Tobias into another country.”
    Abby thought it was silly rule. “I will take him,” she said to herself. So she put him in a sock and packed it in her bag.
    At the airport, Abby put her bag by the x-ray machine. Abby felt her legs shaking as the bag was going through the machine. She hoped Tobias in the bag made no noise. The woman by the machine smiled and said, “Have a good flight.”
    On the plane, Abby waited until her dad and the woman next to her fell asleep. Then she opened the sock to look at Tobias. But he jumped out of the sock and landed on the woman’s knee. The woman cried loudly, “A mouse!” Abby quickly put Tobias into the sock and back into her bag.
    Before they landed, Dad filled out a form, choosing no to: Are you bringing any live animals into the country?
    She saw the man frown (皱眉) as her bag went through the x-ray machine. She watched when he opened the bag and pulled out the sock.
    “Come with me, please.”
    Abby followed her dad into a small room. There was a police officer and Tobias in the sock was on the desk. The police officer talked to Abby’s dad, “You have tried to smuggle (走私) an animal into this country.” Abby felt fear came all over her body. “It’s my fault (过错),” she said in a small voice. “I didn’t want to leave him behind.” “Have you ever been in trouble before?” the officer asked as he wrote “animal smuggler” next to her name. Abby opened her mouth but no sound came out.
    Tobias had to be in quarantine (隔离) for six months, which cost a lot of money. And Abby wouldn’t be able to visit her grandmother again. Now, she learned there was a good reason for rules.
    26. Who was Tobias?
    A. A sock. B. Abby’s toy. C. A mouse. D. Abby’s brother.
    27. How did Abby feel by the x-ray machine?
    A. Worried. B. Excited. C. Unhappy. D. Relaxed.
    28. Why were Abby and her dad asked into a small room?
    A. Abby told a lie.
    B. Dad forgot to fill out a form.
    C. They were thought to be smuggling animals.
    D. They were asked to explain what happened on the plane.
    29. Which of the following is true?
    A. Dad knew Abby was taking Tobias with her.
    B. Taking Tobias brought Abby much trouble.
    C. The police officer wrote “animal smuggler” next to Dad’s name.
    D. Tobias was found out by the woman beside the x-ray machine.
    30. What lesson did Abby learn?
    A. Never to take Tobias around. B. Always to follow rules.
    C. Never to smuggle animals. D. Always to tell the truth.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题8. 社会行为
    词数
    358
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了一个女孩在去看望奶奶时,瞒着爸爸私自将宠物带上飞机而被安检发现,最终给自己带来很大的麻烦的故事。告诉我们做任何事情都要遵守规则。
    【答案】 26-30.CACBB
    【解析】
    26. C 细节理解题。根据第四段中的“The woman cried loudly, “A mouse!””可知,Tobias是一只老鼠。
    27. A推理判断题。根据第三段中“Abby felt her legs shaking as the bag was going through the machine.”可以推知,过安检时Abby非常担心。
    28. C推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中“You have tried to smuggle an animal into this country”可知,他们被认为走私动物而被带到办公室审查。
    29. B 推理判断题。根据最后一段可知,私自带宠物上飞机不仅被罚款,而且还不能去看望奶奶了,给Abby带来了很多的麻烦。
    30. B 推理判断题。根据短文最后一段我们可知,做任何事情都要遵守规则。
    (山东日照)B
    Did you take part in a camp this summer? There are so many summer camps and not all of them are the same. To choose which camp is best for you, first you must do a bit of research.
    Maybe you’ve never thought about it before, but every great summer camp has the same main goals—opportunity, challenge and growth.
    Opportunity means you are given a chance to do something special. It also makes you special because other kids don’t have the same opportunity. For example, if you are interested in writing, then you can choose to join a journalism (新闻) camp. You may have the opportunity of meeting famous journalists there.
    Challenge means you are given a task. You must finish the task and succeed in dealing with the challenge. Then you will have a sense of achievement. For example, you could take a lifeguard course at some summer camps. If you pass the exam, then you will receive a certificate (证书) to become a real lifeguard.
    This also leads to the third and most important goal of very great summer camp—personal growth. It doesn’t mean growing taller and stronger or more beautiful. It means seeing yourself improve, learning something new and doing something you didn’t know or believe you could do before. It also means becoming more confident in yourself.
    So in the future when choosing your next summer camp, remember to ask yourself: Is it a special opportunity? Is it a challenge? Will I grow?
    But what about friendship, fun and joy? These will all happen naturally when you have the right goals at summer camps!
    31. Which is the writer’s opinion?
    A. Different camps have different goals.
    B. There are too many summer camps today.
    C. All great summer camps have the same main goals.
    D. All the summer camps offer the same activities and courses.
    32. According to the passage, a camper feels successful when he ______.
    A. joins the best camp B. finishes a hard task
    C. grows taller and stronger D. takes a special chance
    33. The most important thing for a camper is to ______.
    A. take opportunities B. grow more beautiful
    C. become better and more confident D. learn new life-saving skills
    34. What does the last paragraph tell us?
    A. It’s not important to have fun at a camp.
    B. It’s hard to make real friends at a camp.
    C. You can get more joy with more goals at camp.
    D. With the right goals, you can have fun while learning at a camp.
    35. Which is the best title for the passage?
    A. What makes a camp great? B. Which is the best goal?
    C. How to be a successful camper? D. How to do research work?
    体裁 说明文
    话题 6. 游戏与休闲
    娱乐活动
    词数 276
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。本文介绍了各种夏令营,每个夏令营都有相同的主要目标:
    机会;挑战;成长。所以在将来如果你想要参加夏令营,可以问一下自己这三个目标。
    【答案】31-35.CBCDC
    【解析】
    31. C推理判断题。根据第二段内容可知,每个很棒的夏令营都有着同样的主要目标,故选C。
    32. B细节理解题。根据第四段中“Then you will have a sense of achievement.”可知,完成一件任务时会有成功的喜悦。
    33. C推理判断题。根据第五段首句和尾句可知,对于一名营员来说,最重要的是个人成长并增强自信。
    34. D推理判断题。根据文章最后一段中“These will all happen naturally when you have the right goals at summer camps!”可知,在夏令营中拥有合适的目标可以玩得很高兴。
    35. C主旨大意题。根据第一段中“To choose which camp is best for you, first you must do a bit of research.”和最后一段内容可知,本文是谈论如何成为一名成功的夏令营者的建议。故选C。


    (山东日照)C
    At some point in life, many people develop a mental (精神) problem.
    While most people get over it, for others it doesn’t go away easily.
    The WHO says that about 20 percent of teenagers worldwide suffer
    from mental illness. It’s thought that the number of teenagers with mental
    illness around the world will increase by half by 2020. It will become
    one of the main causes of illness, and even death.
    In China, the picture isn’t bright, either. About one tenth of teenagers
    under the age of 17 have a mental health challenge.
    The world is changing fast. Study and relationships have always caused stress, but today the stress is much higher than before, the WHO said.
    A research centre in Oxford University says that young people today have big stresses at school. For example, they experience bullying (欺凌). In a 2017 report, the centre noted that the Internet was a special source (渠道) of stress. Online, young people often see “messages about perfection” and this causes the young “great uncertainty about their futures”, says the centre.
    Also, according to China Daily, Chinese people don’t ask for help with their mental problems. They fear that others will think less of them if they say that they are in mental trouble. Elaine Peng, a US mental health educator, makes a similar point. And in the UK, over three quarters of young people believe their mental problems have a social stigma. It is reported in 2017 that a quarter of young UK people wouldn’t ask for help if they developed a mental problem.
    Young people who don’t ask for help for their condition may be creating problems for themselves in the future. Elaine Peng warned that, “If we hide our mental health, it may remain a problem forever.”
    “My message for young people is, if you feel something is wrong within you—ask for help,” he told China Daily.
    36. Which of the following is NOT the cause of stress according to the passage?
    A. Heavy schoolwork B. Being bullied at school.
    C. Some information from the Internet. D. Certainty about the future.
    37. Why don’t Chinese people ask for help with their mental problems?
    A. They don’t think them serious.
    B. They can get over them in time.
    C. They can keep their mental health secret.
    D. They are afraid of being looked down upon.
    38. What does the underlined word “stigma” most probably mean in Chinese?
    A. 羞耻 B.印象 C. 援助 D. 危害
    39. Elaine Peng advised the teenagers with mental illness to ______.
    A. think less of themselves B. avoid being bullied
    C. ask for help as soon as possible D. stay away from the Internet.
    40. The main purpose of the passage is to ______.
    A. ask research centres for help
    B. tell about teenagers’ stresses
    C. call public attention on teenagers with mental illness
    D. show some different opinions from different countries
    体裁
    说明文
    话题13 疾病
    词数
    326
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了当今社会青少年精神疾病发病的原因及治疗建议。
    【答案】36-40.DDACC
    【解析】
    36.D 推理判断题。根据第五段中“Online, young people often see “messages about perfection” and this causes the young “great uncertainty about their futures”, says the centre.”可知网络引起的对未来的巨大不确定性而引发了心理疾病。
    37. D推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中“They fear that others will think less of them if they say that they are in mental trouble.”可知他们不去看医生的原因是害怕被人瞧不起。
    38. A词义猜测题。根据下句“It is reported in 2017 that a quarter of young UK people wouldn’t ask for help if they developed a mental problem.”可猜测词义表示“羞耻”。
    39. C推理判断题。根据最后一段最后一句“Elaine Peng warned that, ‘If we hide our mental health, it may remain a problem forever.’”可知Elaine Peng建议由心理疾病者应马上就医。
    40. C主旨大意题。根据第二段及最后一段内容可知,此文主旨就是呼吁加强对心理疾病的认识和治疗。
    B(云南昆明)
    Alan Smith is blind. He teaches blind children in his country. To show the world that the blind can also do something amazing, he walked across the world’s largest salt desert, Salar de Uyuni, only the help of a GPS.
    Walking across the desert is not easy for an able-bodied person, let alone(更不用说) a blind man. Before setting off, Alan spent three years training for the journey. He studied everything he could find about the place and asked for advice from other travelers. During his journey, he only took water, food and sleeping bags. He walked about 20 kilometers a day. he showed great perseverance(毅力) and finished the 140-kilometer journey in just seven days.
    The brave teacher thought his week-long journey was wonderful. He said, “The journey was quite good. There were snow storms and winds, but luckily I made it.”
    根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。(共5小题,每小题2分, 满分10分)
    51. Why did Alan cross the desert on foot?
    A. To tell children a story. B. To have a wonderful journey.
    C. To take a risk for money. D. To show the ability of the blind.
    52. The underlined phrase “setting off” in the second paragraph probably means _______.
    A. preparing a journey B. starting a journey
    C. breaking a journey D. finishing a journey
    53. What did Alan do during the journey?
    A. He overcame all of the difficulties.
    B. He asked for advice from other travelers.
    C. He walked with an experienced tour guide.
    D. He studied something useful about the place.
    54. How long did Alan’s journey take?
    A. 140 days. B. One week. C. 20 months. D. 3 weeks.
    55. Which of the following can best describe Alan’s journey?
    A. It is a piece of cake. B. It is between a rock and a hard place.
    C. Nothing is impossible. D. Learning should be a lifelong journey. .
    体裁: 记叙文
    话题 : 6. 旅游
    词数: 149
    【主旨大意】本文是记叙文。史密斯先生是一位盲人老师。为了向世界表明盲人也能做令人惊奇的事情,他以很大的毅力和勇气,历时七天,行程140公里,成功地徒步穿越世界上最大的盐湖沙漠——乌尤尼沙漠。
    51. D 细节理解题 根据第一段第二句可知,史密斯老师徒步穿越沙漠,目的是为了向世人展示盲人也有能力做出令人惊奇的事情。
    52. B 词义猜测题。根据后文史密斯老师穿越沙漠前的准备工作可知,这个短语意为“在开始旅行前”。
    53. A 推理判断题 根据第二段对史密斯老师穿越沙漠整个过程的描述可知,作为盲人的他克服了很多困难。
    54. B 细节理解题 根据第二段最后一句中的in just seven days可知,史密斯先生的行程用时一星期。
    55. C 推理判断题 根据本文对盲人教师史密斯先生成功穿越大沙漠的壮举可知,世上没有什么是不可能的。

    C (云南昆明)
    Many Chinese mothers are afraid of that their children will fall behind their classmates, so these mothers are becoming “tiger mother”. They believe the harder their children study, the happier life they will have in the future. Is it true? Lulu and her sister Sophia may have a say.
    Lulu and Sophia have a “tiger mother”. She pushed them a lot when they were young. For example, they were not allowed to get grades lower than A’s. They had to practice the piano or violin for several hours a day. There were no games or TV.
    The tiger mother, Amy, is a Chinese –American professor at Yale Law School in the USA. Several years ago, she wrote a book named Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother and shared her strict parenting style (育儿方式) in it.
    Many people don’t like Amy’s style of parenting. They once worried that her daughters would not be happy. However, the two girls have grown up and they are thankful to their mother. Sophia has just graduated from Yale University. She is hard-working, friendly and helpful. Not long ago, she shared some useful studying tips online. Lulu is also a warm, smart and popular girl in her friends’ eyes. She said tiger mothers believed that a child could succeed by being pushed to go all out.
    Still, not everyone agrees with the tiger mother’s parenting style. In fact, there isn’t a parenting style that fits everyone. What’s the best parenting style for you? Maybe you should work it out together with your parents.
    根据短文内容,选择最佳答案。(共5小题,每小题2分, 满分10分)
    56. According to the passage, “tiger mother” ________.
    A. don’t mind their children falling behind their classmates
    B. don’t care about their children’s feelings when they grow up
    C. believe pushing their children hard can help them succeed
    D. believe the more happily the kids study, the harder their life will be
    57. What can we know about Amy?
    A. She is teaching in China. B. She loves playing the violin.
    C. She is the mother of the two girls. D. She is likes by many people.
    58. In Lulu and Sophia’s opinion, their mother is _______.
    A. great B. worried C. humorous D. hateful
    59. What can we infer(推断) from the passage?
    A. You can find tiger mothers only in China.
    B. Lulu graduated from Yale University, too.
    C. Sophia is not a popular girl in her friends’ eyes.
    D. different children need different parenting styles.
    60. Which of the following is probably the title?
    A. Lulu and Sophia B. Do you want a tiger mother?
    C. Chinese Mother D. How can you become a tiger other?
    体裁: 记叙文
    话题 : 4. 家庭生活
    词数: 262
    【主旨大意】本文是议论文。本文介绍了中国式“虎妈”:她们为了不让自己的孩子落后于别人家的孩子,在孩子学习方面对孩子严格要求。很多人不认同这样的育儿方式。实际上,并没有适合每一个人的育儿方式。
    56. C 细节理解题 根据第一段第二句They believe …可知,中国的“虎妈”们相信,给孩子的压力越大,就越能帮助他们成功,他们将来的生活就越幸福。
    57. C 细节理解题 根据第二段中Lulu and Sophia have a “tiger mother”.和第三段中The tiger mother, Amy, is a…可知,“虎妈”Amy是Lulu和Sophia的妈妈。
    58. A 细节理解题 根据第四段第三句中they are thankful to their mother.可知,Lulu和Sophia很感激她们的妈妈,认为她很伟大。
    59. D 推理判断题 根据最后一段的意思可知,作者认为不同的孩子需要不同的育儿方式。
    60. B 主旨大意题 通读全文可知,本文介绍了“虎妈”现象,从而说明不同的孩子需要不同的育儿方式。再者,文章的最后两句表明这篇文章是写给孩子们阅读的,所以结合全文意思可知,选项B的标题是最佳的。
    第二节 (共10小题: 每小题2分,满分20分)
    根据短文内容,从题中所给的A、B、C 、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。并将所选答案涂到答题卡的相应位置上。
    (云南省卷) A
    One day, an l1-year-old girl asked her dad, “What are you going to give me for my 15th birthday?” The father replied, “Don’t worry about that. We still have plenty of time.”
    But on a day after her 14th birthday, she passed out(昏倒) and was rushed to the hospital. The family learned that the girl had a serious heart disease and that she might die. At night, she asked her dad, “Daddy, have they told you that I am going to die?” The father replied, “No, you will live as long as anyone else.” She wondered and asked, “How can you be sure?” He smiled to her and said, “I just know it.”
    After the girl turned 15, she had a heart transplant(心脏移植手术). After she came back from the hospital, she found a letter on her bed. It said, “My dearest daughter, one day you asked me what I would give you for your 15th birthday. I wasn’t sure then. But now you know that my present to you is my heart.” The father had given his heart to his daughter.
    Parents are selfless(无私的). They even make great sacrifices to make their children grow up happily. Keep this in mind when you feel angry toward your parents. Always, they’re just doing what they think best for you.
    51. The girl had a heart disease, when she ____ year old.
    A. 11 B. 14 C.15 D. 16
    52. Why did the father say that the girt would live as long as anyone else?
    A. Because he was a doctor
    B. Because he lied to his daughter
    C. Because the girl's disease was not serious
    D. Because he would try his best to save his daughter
    53 What gift did the father give to his daughter for her 15th birthday?
    A. His heart. B. A letter C. Lots of money. D. A birthday party.
    54. The underlined word “sacrifices” means______ in Chinese.
    A. 限制 B. 交易 C. 供给 D. 牺牲
    55. What's the best title for the passage?
    A. How to deal with a heart disease. B. Don't be afraid of death.
    C. A special present from a father D. Death is not so scary.

    体裁:记叙文
    话题:24 故事 礼物
    词数:231
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。故事讲述了一个小女孩给爸爸要礼物,爸爸的回答“以后有的是时间”,以此来敷衍过去。后来,没想到是女儿患了心脏病,这时爸爸毫不吝啬地捐献了心脏,作为礼物。
    【答案】51-55 BDADC
    【解析】
    51. B 细节理解题。根据第二段首句中的“on a day after her 14th birthday”和第二句中的“the girl had a serious heart disease”可知,她是在14岁时得了心脏病。故选B。
    52. D 推理判断题。根据上文的“the girl had a serious heart disease”以及下文爸爸把心脏给了女儿,可推知,爸爸告诉女儿会和别人活的一样长,就在于尽力救女儿。故选D。
    53. A 细节理解题。根据第三段倒数第二句“now you know that my present to you is my heart”可知,这里爸爸送给女儿的15岁生日礼物就是他的心脏。故选A。
    54. D 词义猜测题。联系上文爸爸送给女儿礼物“心脏”,以及前句“Parents are selfless(无私的).”可知,此处指“他们会为孩子们的成长做出巨大牺牲”。故选D。
    55. C 标题归纳题。本文主要讲述了女儿给爸爸要礼物的故事,本来爸爸是一句敷衍的话语,不曾想后来因女儿得病给了他机会,捐出了心脏作“礼物”。因此用C作为文章标题是最合适的。故选C。
    (云南省卷) B
    Have you ever wanted to achieve a goal and ended up doing lots of research on how to achieve it? As you learned more and more, it seemed you knew less and less. That is because when you learned a new concept (概念), you found that there was a lot more to know about it.
    Usually, people think they need to get more and more information before trying a new idea. There is nothing wrong with learning a lot, but when you let learning get in the way of doing, you will never get going.
    One of the best ways to learn is to take action and learn from the results that you get from those actions. Don't be afraid of not being perfect and just take the first step. You will go further than those who are still in preparation. It's good to be prepared, but over-preparation in trying to reach a goal won't get you results. The knowledge and skills that you will need will be picked up along the way.
    If a baby wants to learn how to walk, it doesn't do it by just sitting there and thinking about how to walk. The best way for a baby to walk is to actually get up and start walking. Sure it may fall, but with every fall, it learns what is working and what is not and adjusts(调整) to it. By doing this over and over, it will finally learn to walk. This is the method you should use when you want to achieve your goals as well. It works.
    Leaning more is great but if all you're doing is learning and not taking action, it's time to change that. Just take the first step.
    56. When you learned something new, you found there was _____ to know about it.
    A. less B. nothing C. everything D. more
    57. Which is NOT true according to the passage?
    A. People need to learn a lot before trying a new idea.
    B. One of the best ways to learn is to take action.
    C. Learning has nothing to do with doing
    D. Over-preparation is not good for reaching a goal.
    58. A baby should_______ when it wants to learn how to walk.
    A. get up and start walking B. sit there and think about how to walk.
    C. learn from its parents D. read books about how to walk.
    59. We can usually read the passage in______.
    A. a storybook B. a newspaper C. an advertisement D. a guidebook
    60. The purpose of the passage is_______.
    A. to tell us how to learn more B. to tell us how to be successful
    C. to talk about the importance of doing D. to talk about the importance of learn

    体裁: 议论文
    话题: 19. 语言学习
    (66) 语言学习的策略
    词数:294
    【答案】56-60. D CABC
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文,本文讲述的随着我们学得越多,发现懂得越少,最好的学习方法是从我们的行为中学到东西。
    56. D 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“As you learned more and more, it seemed you knew less and less.”可知,作者认为当你学会的越多时,你就发现自己知道的越少,即需要学的更多。故选D。
    57. C细节考查题。根据短文第二段末位的“when you let learning get in the way of doing, you will never get going.”可知,当你让学习阻碍了你的工作,你就永远不会去做,并非“学习与做无关”。故选C。
    58. A 细节理解题。根据第四段第二句中“The best way for a baby to walk is to actually get up and start walking”可知,婴儿学走路的最好方法是实际行动起来开始走路。故选A。
    59. B 推理判断题。根据本文讲述的是学习方法问题,可知,这是来自报纸的文章,而不是来自故事书、广告或指南。故选B。
    60. C主旨大意题。本文主要谈论的是学习的方法问题,其目的也就在文章最后的:学习的关键在于开始行动。故选C。

    阅读下列短文,从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
    (宁夏)A
    To: Carla@yahoo.com
    From: Eric@163.com
    Subject: Help
    Date: 15/04/ 9:05AM
    Dear Aunt Carla,
    I’m having a problem with my classmate, Joan, at school. The other day I wrote an email to another classmate, Beth, in which I said something about Joan that perhaps wasn’t very nice. Unluckily, when Beth was writing back to me, she sent it to Joan@163.com, which is Joan’s email address! Now Joan really angry with me and won’t talk to me, and Beth is unhappy as well. She has said sorry to me a hundred times already, but she harm is done. I feel, because I would never have said those things to Joan’s face, but how do I get her to forgive(谅解)me? What should I do?
    Eric
    To: Eric @163.com
    From: Carla@
    Subject: Some advice
    Date:16/04/ 8:30AM
    Dear Eric,
    This problem is more common than you might think! Email is very useful, but also very dangerous, as you don’t know where your massage might end up! First of all, you should say sorry right away to Joan. Explain that it was a mistake, and that you didn’t mean to hurt her feelings. It may take time for her to be able to forgive you, but that’s up to her. Then you might want to do something nice for her. Perhaps send her some flowers to show you’re truly sorry. Also, you should remember that old saying, “If you don’t have anything nice to say, don’t say anything at all.”
    And good luck!
    Carla
    26. If you have any problem, you’d better send an email to ________.
    A. Eric@163.com B. Jona@163.com C. Beth @yahoo.com D. Carla@yahoo.com
    27. How soon did Eric get the reply from Aunt Carla?
    A. In one day. B. In two days. C. In a week. D. In a month.
    28.Why did Eric write the email to Carla?
    A. To say sorry. B. To ask for advice. C. to give advice. D. to say something friendly
    29. Carla gave ____________ pieces of advice of advice to Eric.
    A. five B. four C. three 4. Two

    体裁
    应用文
    话题
    人际关系
    词数
    213

    【主旨大意】本文是应用文。第一封邮件主要介绍了埃里克和同学发生了矛盾,第二封邮件主要针对矛盾提出的一些建议。
    26.D【解析】 细节理解题。由第一封邮件的地址可推知。
    27.A【解析】 细节理解题。第一封邮件发送时间是年4月15日,第二封邮件的回复时间是年4月16日,两者之间相隔一天,故选A。
    28.B【解析】 细节理解题。由第一封邮件中的what should I do?可推知Eric在寻求建议,故选B。
    29.C【解析】 细节理解题。第二封邮件中的三条建议通过first of all..., then..., also...来表述,故选C。
    (宁夏)B
    Chinese Dragon Boat Festival is also known as Duanwu Festival. It’s one of the three most important lunar(阴历的) festivals in China, along with Spring Festival and Mid-Autumn Festival.
    The date of the festival is said to be the date when Qu Yuan died-the fifth day of the fifth lunar month, so the date Varies from year to year, such as it is June 20 in 2015, June 9 in 2016, May 30 in 2017, June 18 in 2018, June 25 in 2020 and June 14 in 2021.
    Although the date is different, the custom is the same. With a history of over 2000 years, people celebrate it with all kinds of activities on that day. They hold dragon boat racing , eat zongzi, drink realgar wine(雄黄酒), wear cachets(香囊) and so on. But dragon boat racing is the most popular activity during the Dragon Boat Festival.
    30. Which of the following is NOT the most important lunar festival in China?
    A. May Day B. Dragon Boat Festival C. Spring Festival D. Mid-Autumn Festival
    31. The underlined word “varies” in the passage means “________” in Chinese.
    A. 推迟 B. 变化 C. 提前 D. 递进
    32. Dragon Boat Festival is on _________ in 2020.
    A. June 20 B. May 30 C. June 25 D. June 7
    33. ________ is the most popular with people in the Dragon Boat Festival.
    A. Eating Zongzi B. Wearing sachets C. Drinking realgar wine D. Dragon boat racing
    体裁
    说明文
    话题
    社会文化 端午节
    词数
    153
    【主旨大意】本文是说明文,主要介绍了中国端午节的相关情况。
    30.A【解析】 细节理解题。“五一劳动节”不是中国的传统节日,故选A。
    31.B【解析】 细节理解题。由文中的…such as it is June 20 in 2015, June 9 in 2016, May 30 in 2017, June 18 in 2018, June 25 in2020 and June 14 in 2021.可知端午节阳历日期每年不同,故选B。
    32.C【解析】 细节理解题。由文中的..., June 25 in 2020 ...可知年的端午节在6月25日,故选C。
    33.D【解析】 细节理解题。根据文章末句But dragon boat racing is the most popular activity during the Dragon Boat Festival.可知选D。
    (宁夏)C
    Laura has an aunt who works in London. She loves Laura so much that she invites Laura to London every summer.
    Last year Laura was happy to go to London and see some famous places in London, including the British museum, National Gallary(画廊) and other great buildings. How beautiful! She fell in love with them, but one thing made her unhappy. It’s her first time to go to a big square, but when she passed the square alone, a thief (小偷) stole her wallet in her pocket. She had to walk to his aunt’s house angrily.
    This year Laura’s aunt invite her to London again, one day, when she passed the same square with her aunt, she was more careful not to be stolen. She saw a man go close to her and put his hand in her pocket with a smile. Then he took out his hand quickly and left. She became very angry and shouted, “Stop it, or I will call the police!” To her surprise, she found her aunt and all the other people there laughing with the word “Congratulations (祝贺)!” In fact, the man was not a thief. Instead, he put ten pounds in her pocket. It was an interesting game. The organizers (组织者) wanted to correct the bad impression (印象) of the square, so they hired (雇佣) some “thieves” to do that game.
    34. Why did Laura feel unhappy during her first visit to the square?
    A. Because she passed the square alone. B. Because the people laughed at her.
    C. Because her wallet was stolen. D. Because she couldn’t find her aunt’s house.
    35. One of the organizers may be ________.
    A. a thief a policeman C. Laura’s father D. Laura’s aunt
    36. They played the game to ________.
    A. change the bad impressions of the square B. ask more people to join the game
    C. give ten pounds away D. catch the real thief
    37. What can we know from the passage?
    A. On the square there were few people.
    B. Laura has been to London at least twice so far.
    C. The man stole ten pounds in Laura’s pocket
    D. Laura didn’t want to go to the square any more.
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    国外生活
    词数
    230
    【主旨大意】本文是则记叙文,主要介绍了劳拉两次去伦敦的遭遇。一次是被真小偷偷走钱,一次是被假小偷赠送钱。
    34.C【解析】 细节理解题。根据第二段中的...a thief (小偷) stole her wallet in her pocket. She had to walk to his aunt’s house angrily.可知答案选C。
    35.D【解析】推理判断题。由第二段第五句To her surprise, she found her aunt and all the other people there laughing with the word “Congratulations!”可推知劳拉的姑姑和周围的这些人都了解这次活动,他们可能就是活动的组织者。故选D。
    36.A【解析】细节理解题。由文章末句The organizers wanted to correct the bad impression of the square, so they hired some “thieves”to do that game.可知答案选A。
    37.B【解析】细节理解题。文章描述了劳拉两次去伦敦的情况,可推断劳拉至少去了伦敦两次。故选B。
    (宁夏)D
    One morning, Emma discovered that her classroom had changed. She found that the desks were no longer in rows, but pushed together to make eight bigger desk. She was so excited about it for the first two days that she couldn’t listen to the teachers carefully. But soon she and her classmates got used to this new classroom arrangement (安排). “Now our class in quieter,” said Emma, “What’s more, we can come up with our own ideas and learn more though discussion. It’s a better way to study.”
    David liked it, too. “Group member first discuss,” he said, “and then the whole class. It encourages us greatly.” This was part of a reform (改革) at David’s school. The school made this reform because they wanted to offer students easier ways to study and more chances to discuss. “Our school hopes to improve students’ abilities to study by themselves and work in groups.” said Linda, an English teacher.
    However, the reform has demanded (要求) more from teachers. Now they have only 15 minutes to give a lesson that would have been taught in 40 minutes before. It’s difficult to teach in such a short time. The teachers have to find better ways to teach more effectively (有效地).
    “The reform demands more, but I’m sure it’s helpful.” added Linda.
    38. After the new classroom arrangement, Emma found ________.
    A. their class was noisier all the time B. they could learn more through discussion
    C. they couldn’t come up with their own ideas D. it was a harder way to study
    39. The school made the reform in order to offer students ________ to study.
    A. easier ways B. better classroom C. more seats D. larger space
    40. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
    A. The desks are no longer in rooms now.
    B. The reform has demanded more from teachers.
    C. It’s easy for teachers to give a lesson in 15 minutes
    D. Emma and her classmates like the new classroom arrangement.
    41. The best title of this passage may be “________”.
    A. Discussion in Class B. Teachers’ Hope
    C. Students’ Friendship D. New Look in Class
    体裁
    记叙文
    话题
    学校生活
    词数
    230
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,主要介绍了艾玛学校开展小组合作学习后,带给老师和同学们全新冲击和感受。
    38.B【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段末句What’s more, we can come up with our own ideas and learn more though discussion. 可推知艾玛发现他们能学到更多的东西,故选B。
    39.A【解析】细节理解题。由第二段倒数第三句The school made this reform because they wanted to offer students easier ways to study and more chances to discuss.可知这次改革的目的是给学生提供更简易的学习方式,故选A。
    40.C【解析】细节理解题。由上文大意及It’s difficult to teach in such a short time. 可知授课时间缩短是困难的事情,C项表述含义与之不符。故选C。
    41.D【解析】主旨大意题。主要介绍了艾玛学校开展小组合作学习后,带给老师和同学们全新冲击和感受。故选D。
    (宁夏)E
    There are many reasons why I encourage people to travel, and I know that the experience will make one a better person.
    I remember when I was traveling, I began to know the world better. The world is not just about me, my small town and home. Although you will meet different people from all over the world, you will realize that people are similar in their dreams, hopes and feelings. Enjoy exploring (探索) the different culture, and you will also find that people are different in some of the things they do and how they live. Once you understand their ways, it will not be strange or scary (吓人的). Often we read stories about other cultures in books. Only when we visit their areas, do we find that those stories are something wrong.
    One thing you may find out is that there are problems all over the world. We can’t just get money to send to these areas and hope that will work them out. The world should get involved (干预) and help wherever these area are problems. People everywhere should be given a chance. It’s so easy to ignore (忽视) this of one does not travel or explore. One can look around and see that so many people have many challenges (挑战) worse than ours. One can realize that sometimes our biggest problems are not that big after all.
    On your journey you will meet lots of new friends. Talking to strangers and finding about their lives is a great way to spend your time. You will certainly be more confident after having to deal with problems and make many decisions along the way.
    When you travel, you have to be on your own in some situations. You will surprise yourself by how well you can do that. All your special experiences could make an interesting book to read. It would be filled with your special memories.
    Traveling around and seeding so much happening in the world around us is a wonderful experience. If we could all just travel a little more and share our experiences, we would all be better people and the world would be a better place.
    42. The writer wants to tell us that ________ in Paragraph 2.
    A. people around the world are the same in their hopes
    B. books always tell us wrong stories about culture
    C. traveling can help us better understand the world
    D. people in different places have strange living habits
    43. The write advises us to help the area in need by ________.
    A. sending them away. B. offering them chances
    C. looking around D. giving them challenges
    44. Which of the following would be the best title of the passage?
    A. People in the world Are Family. B. Traveling Helps One Make More Friends.
    C. People in the World Share One Dream D. Traveling Makes One Better Person
    45. What’s the writer’s purpose of writing the passage?
    A. To encourage more people to travel around the world.
    B. To share his travel expression with other.
    C. To show how traveling can change the world.
    D. To tell people how travel around the world.
    体裁
    议论文
    话题
    旅行
    词数
    378
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文,作者鼓励人们去旅行,这样才能真实地了解世界各地的文化、社会现状、明确自己的社会责任,不断完善自己。
    42.C【解析】主旨大意题。根据第二段首句I remember when I was traveling, I began to know the world better.可推知本段的中心是——旅行能帮助我们更好地认识世界,故选C。
    43.B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段第四句People everywhere should be given a chance.可知应该给贫困地区提供机遇,故选B。
    44.D【解析】主旨大意题。根据文章首句中的make one a better person和末句中的we would all be better people,可推断文章的主题思想是旅行使人更优秀。故选D。
    45.A 【解析】细节理解题。文章首句There are many reasons why I encourage people to travel, and I know that the experience will make one a better person.表述了作者写作目的,故选A。
    Ⅳ. 阅读理解(每小题1分,共20分)(辽宁盘锦)
    根据短文内容,从各题的四个选项中选择一个最佳答案,并将其代表字母涂在答题卡的相应位置。
    Passage 1(辽宁盘锦)
    WHAT’S ON THIS WEEKEND
    Films at the Museum
    Two European films will be on this Saturday afternoon at the Museum Theatre. See Broken Window at 1:30. The workers will be at 3:45. For further information, call 498-7898.
    Captain Good Fellow
    Do your children enjoy interesting stories, funny games, and exciting dances? Captain Good Fellow will be ready to teach all these things to children of all ages at the City Square on Saturday morning at 10:00. Free.
    International Picnic
    Are you tired of eating the same food every day? Come to Central Park on Saturday and enjoy food from all over the world. Delicious and not expensive. Noon to 5:00 p.m.
    Do You Want to Hear “The Zoo”
    “The Zoo”, a popular rock group from Australia, will give their first US concert at 8:00 p.m. at Rose Hall, City College, Sunday.
    26. How can you get more information about the films at the Museum Theatre?
    A. By writing a letter. B. By sending an email.
    C. By making a telephone call. D. By looking through the website.
    27. Children cannot enjoy at the City Square on Saturday morning.
    A. interesting stories B. funny games
    C. wonderful pictures D. exciting dances
    28. Where can you taste delicious and cheap food on Saturday afternoon?
    A. At the City Square. B. At the Central Park.
    C. At the Museum Theatre. D. At the Rose Hall, City College.
    29. What can we do at Rose Hall, City College at 8:00 p.m., Sunday?
    A. See a film. B. Listen to a speech.
    C. Watch an animal show. D. Enjoy rock music.
    30. What kind of writing is this passage?
    A. An advertisement (广告). B. A novel.
    C. A play. D. News.

    体裁
    应用文
    话题:广告
    15 周末活动
    词数
    141

    【主旨大意】本文是一则广告,介绍了周末可以参加的四项活动:看电影、听故事,学做游戏和舞蹈、吃野餐、听流行乐队演奏等。
    【答案】26-30. CCBDA
    26. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一个表格中的“For further information, call 498-7898.”一句可知,要想获得更多信息可以打电话。
    27. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第二个表格中的“Do your children enjoy interesting stories, funny games, and exciting dances?”可知没有wonderful pictures。
    28. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第三个表格中“Come to Central Park on Saturday and enjoy food from all over the world.”可知选B。
    29. D【解析】细节理解题。根据第四个表格中“The Zoo”, a popular rock group from Australia, will give their first US concert…可知。
    30. A【解析】推理判断题。通读全文可知,介绍了周末的四项活动,因此是一则广告。故选A。
    Passage 2(辽宁盘锦)
    I walked into a stranger as he passed by me.
    “Excuse me.” I said.
    He replied with a smile and said, “Please excuse me, too. I didn’t notice you.”
    We apologized (道歉) and went for our own ways.
    Later that day, when I was cooking, my daughter was standing too near. When I turned to search for some milk, I nearly knocked her over. “Move out of the way!” I shouted.
    She walked away sadly. But I didn’t feel like I had to apologize to her.
    While I was in bed that evening, my husband said to me. “While dealing with a stranger, you were polite. But with a daughter you love, you were unkind. Your daughter brought you some flowers that she picked herself this afternoon. You will find them in the kitchen by the door. Have you seen the tears in her eyes?”
    I quietly went and sat down by my daughter’s bed.
    “Honey, I am so sorry.” I said. “Are these the flowers you picked for me?”
    She said, “I found them by the tree. I picked them because they’re pretty like you. I knew you’d like them, especially the blue ones.”
    I tearfully replied, “Sweetie, I’m really sorry for the way I acted today. I shouldn’t have shouted at you.”
    “It’s OK. I love you anyway.” She said as she kissed me on my cheek.
    If we can be polite to strangers, why can’t we do the same for the ones we love?
    31. The writer was to the stranger who she walked into.
    A. mad B. honest C. unkind D. polite
    32. Where were they when the writer shouted at her daughter?
    A. In the kitchen. B. By the tree.
    C. In the bedroom. D. In the garden.
    33. What did the writer’s husband think when he saw her action?
    A. The little girl shouldn’t cry.
    B. She shouldn’t shout at their daughter.
    C. She shouldn’t say sorry to the stranger.
    D. Both he and his wife should apologize to their daughter.
    34. What may be the writer’s favorite color according to the passage?
    A. Yellow. B. Pink. C. Blue. D. Red.
    35. What do you think is the best title for the passage?
    A. Be friendly to strangers.
    B. Mothers like flowers.
    C. Be kind to loved ones.
    D. Love between parents and children.

    体裁
    记叙文
    话题:(24) 情感(Feelings)
    词数
    141

    【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,讲述了一位母亲面对同样的错误时,对待一位陌生人非常客气,而对于深爱自己的女儿态度却非常粗鲁。故事启示我们要善待身边的亲人。
    【答案】31-35. DABCC
    31. D【解析】细节理解题。根据最后一段可知,作者对待陌生人态度非常礼貌。
    32. A 【解析】推理判断题。根据第五段“Later that day, when I was cooking,…”可知当时在厨房。
    33. B【解析】推理判断题。根据丈夫说的话“But with a daughter you love, you were unkind…. Have you seen the tears in her eyes?”可以推知他认为妻子应该向女儿道歉。
    34. C【解析】推理判断题。根据倒数第四段“I knew you’d like them, especially the blue ones.”可知妈妈最喜欢的颜色是蓝色。
    35. C【解析】主旨大意题。根据最后一段可知,本文主旨是呼吁人们善待
    自己身边的亲人。
    Passage 3
    (辽宁盘锦) People in different countries speak different languages. But is there a language that can be understood by everyone in the world? If there is, the answer might be EMOJIS (表情符号).
    Emojis are a kind of special language. Pictures are used to put meaning across. A group called the Unicode Consortium works on choosing emojis. It has added new emojis every year since 2014. They show what people think about and like.
    Emojis can be used to represent(代表) different groups of people. In 2015, emoji faces with different skin tones (肤色) were added. In 2016, different jobs were added , such as doctor, police officer and painter. This year, emojis of disabled people were added including emojis of blind people and people in wheelchairs.
    But there is also more to emojis. They can also refer to (指的是) pop culture and new cultural trends (潮流).
    New emojis in also include several animals, such as sloths (树懒) and flamingos (火烈鸟). These animals are not very common, but are known to many people. For example, sloths have become popular because of the 2016 film Zootopia (《疯狂动物城》). Many fashion designers (设计师) have included flamingos in their designs in recent years. This animal makes people feel like they’re on a vacation.
    It seems that emojis are a mirror of the world we live in. It will be interesting to see how they change and grow in the years to come.
    36. Emojis use to express ideas.
    A. music B. sounds C. words D. pictures
    37. What does the underlined word “it” in Paragraph 2 refer to?
    A. The Unicode Consortium. B. An emoji.
    C. A country. D. A language.
    38. In which year were emojis of disabled people added?
    A. In 2014. B. In 2015. C. In 2016. D. In .
    39. According to the passage, emojis include the following EXCEPT .
    A. people with different skin tones B. popular films
    C. some interesting animals D. different jobs
    40. Which sentence is Not True according to the passage?
    A. People all over the world might understand emojis.
    B. Emojis can represent pop culture.
    C. Many fashion designers used sloths in their works.
    D. Emojis are changing and growing every year.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题:(26) 社会行为
    词数
    272
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了世界上的一种通用语言—表情符号,并且介绍了年流行的一种新的符号——动物图像。
    【答案】36-40. DACBC
    36. D【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段中“Pictures are used to put meaning across.”可知表情符号是一种图片语言。
    37. A【解析】词义猜测题。根据上文“A group called the Unicode Consortium works on choosing emojis.”可知it指代的是the Unicode Consortium。
    38. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段最后一句“In 2016, different jobs were added , such as doctor, police officer and painter. This year, emojis of disabled people were added including emojis of blind people and people in wheelchairs.”可知应该是在2016年残疾人加入了表情符号系列。
    39. B【解析】推理判断题。文章第三段提到了different skin tones、different jobs和disabled people等三种形象;第五段则提到了several animals,文中并没有提到popular films,故选B。
    40. C 【解析】推理判断题。根据第一段内容可知A项正确;根据第三段“But there is also more to emojis. They can also refer to (指的是) pop culture and new cultural trends (潮流).”可知B项正确;根据倒数第二段中“Many fashion designers (设计师) have included flamingos in their designs in recent years.”可知C项描述不正确;根据第二段“It has added new emojis every year since 2014. ”可知D项正确。故选C。
    Passage 4
    (辽宁盘锦) It’s reported that more than 450 million Chinese have myopia (近视). Around 30 percent for primary school students, 60 percent for junior high students and 80 percent for senior high students are nearsighted. Maybe this is because students spend a lot of time reading books and using electronic products.
    Parents might have tried to do something to fix it, such as having their children get eye massages (按摩), take medicine or even get surgery. People who offer these services or products often promise that they can reduce (缓解) or even cure (治愈) myopia.
    However, you will no longer see advertisements like this before long. The government has made a notice to ban (禁止) this kind of advertisements. The notice bans businesses from using words like “recovery”(恢复) and “myopia cure” in their advertisements. The notice says that myopia cannot be completely cured with medical technology now. As a result, these advertisements could mislead children and their parents.
    To reduce myopia among young people, the government made a new plan last August. The plan limits (限制) not only the time children play video games but also the production of new video games.
    Young people can prevent and control myopia by spending more time outside and less time in front of books or computers. People who have eyesight problems should go to a hospital and let a doctor decide what to do.
    41. What’s the myopia rate of junior high students according to the passage?
    A. 30%. B. 45%. C. 60%. D. 80%.
    42. Parents might do the following EXCEPT to fix myopia according to Paragraph 2.
    A. have their children get eye massages B. buy them special glasses
    C. make their children take medicine D. get their children to do surgery
    43. You won’t see advertisements on myopia with the word “ ” in the near future.
    A. recovery B. eyesight C. medical D. reduce
    44. Which sentence is True according to Paragraph 4 and 5?
    A. Students in lower grades are easy to get myopia.
    B. Production of new video games has been limited.
    C. Spending less time outdoors is good for children’s eyesight.
    D. The notice gives advice on protecting the eyesight of elderly people.
    45. What can we learn from the passage?
    A. Don’t believe the advertisements.
    B. Students shouldn’t be allowed to play video games.
    C. The government and people are saving children’s eyesight.
    D. Myopia can be cured with the medical technology at present.
    体裁
    说明文
    话题:(44) 疾病
    词数
    245
    【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文,介绍了近视产生的原因及治疗方法,患有近视的同学不要盲从各种广告宣传,应该到正规医院去看医生。
    【答案】41-45 CBABC
    41.C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“60 percent for junior high students”可知初中近视患病率为60%。
    42. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第二段中“Parents might have tried to do something to fix it, such as having their children get eye massages (按摩), take medicine or even get surgery.”可知并没有提到购买特殊的眼镜。
    43. A【解析】细节理解题。根据第三段中The notice bans businesses from using words like “recovery”(恢复) and myopia cure” in their advertisements可知未来你将不会看见类似“恢复或治愈近视”之类的广告。
    44. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第四段中“The plan limits (限制) not only the time children play video games but also the production of new video games.”可知未来将限制游戏的生产。
    45. C【解析】推理判断题。根据第二段内容可知父母对近视问题非常重视;从第三、四段内容可知政府对近视问题也非常重视,故C项正确。



    相关试卷

    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 任务型阅读 5 阅读翻译 真题: 这是一份中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 任务型阅读 5 阅读翻译 真题,共9页。试卷主要包含了 每个人都应该参与保护环境, 绿水青山是我们的金山银山, 你的父母总是照顾你;, 你也会感到快乐, 幸福和金钱是不一样的等内容,欢迎下载使用。

    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 任务型阅读 4 综合型阅读 真题: 这是一份中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 任务型阅读 4 综合型阅读 真题,共28页。

    中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 任务型阅读 3 还原短文与阅读配对 真题: 这是一份中考英语真题分类汇编word版含解析 任务型阅读 3 还原短文与阅读配对 真题,共54页。试卷主要包含了 39,____________ 52等内容,欢迎下载使用。

    英语朗读宝

    免费资料下载额度不足,请先充值

    每充值一元即可获得5份免费资料下载额度

    今日免费资料下载份数已用完,请明天再来。

    充值学贝或者加入云校通,全网资料任意下。

    提示

    您所在的“深圳市第一中学”云校通为试用账号,试用账号每位老师每日最多可下载 10 份资料 (今日还可下载 0 份),请取消部分资料后重试或选择从个人账户扣费下载。

    您所在的“深深圳市第一中学”云校通为试用账号,试用账号每位老师每日最多可下载10份资料,您的当日额度已用完,请明天再来,或选择从个人账户扣费下载。

    您所在的“深圳市第一中学”云校通余额已不足,请提醒校管理员续费或选择从个人账户扣费下载。

    重新选择
    明天再来
    个人账户下载
    下载确认
    您当前为教习网VIP用户,下载已享8.5折优惠
    您当前为云校通用户,下载免费
    下载需要:
    本次下载:免费
    账户余额:0 学贝
    首次下载后60天内可免费重复下载
    立即下载
    即将下载:资料
    资料售价:学贝 账户剩余:学贝
    选择教习网的4大理由
    • 更专业
      地区版本全覆盖, 同步最新教材, 公开课⾸选;1200+名校合作, 5600+⼀线名师供稿
    • 更丰富
      涵盖课件/教案/试卷/素材等各种教学资源;900万+优选资源 ⽇更新5000+
    • 更便捷
      课件/教案/试卷配套, 打包下载;手机/电脑随时随地浏览;⽆⽔印, 下载即可⽤
    • 真低价
      超⾼性价⽐, 让优质资源普惠更多师⽣
    VIP权益介绍
    • 充值学贝下载 本单免费 90%的用户选择
    • 扫码直接下载
    元开通VIP,立享充值加送10%学贝及全站85折下载
    您当前为VIP用户,已享全站下载85折优惠,充值学贝可获10%赠送
      充值到账1学贝=0.1元
      0学贝
      本次充值学贝
      0学贝
      VIP充值赠送
      0学贝
      下载消耗
      0学贝
      资料原价
      100学贝
      VIP下载优惠
      0学贝
      0学贝
      下载后剩余学贝永久有效
      0学贝
      • 微信
      • 支付宝
      支付:¥
      元开通VIP,立享充值加送10%学贝及全站85折下载
      您当前为VIP用户,已享全站下载85折优惠,充值学贝可获10%赠送
      扫码支付0直接下载
      • 微信
      • 支付宝
      微信扫码支付
      充值学贝下载,立省60% 充值学贝下载,本次下载免费
        下载成功

        Ctrl + Shift + J 查看文件保存位置

        若下载不成功,可重新下载,或查看 资料下载帮助

        本资源来自成套资源

        更多精品资料

        正在打包资料,请稍候…

        预计需要约10秒钟,请勿关闭页面

        服务器繁忙,打包失败

        请联系右侧的在线客服解决

        单次下载文件已超2GB,请分批下载

        请单份下载或分批下载

        支付后60天内可免费重复下载

        我知道了
        正在提交订单

        欢迎来到教习网

        • 900万优选资源,让备课更轻松
        • 600万优选试题,支持自由组卷
        • 高质量可编辑,日均更新2000+
        • 百万教师选择,专业更值得信赖
        微信扫码注册
        qrcode
        二维码已过期
        刷新

        微信扫码,快速注册

        手机号注册
        手机号码

        手机号格式错误

        手机验证码 获取验证码

        手机验证码已经成功发送,5分钟内有效

        设置密码

        6-20个字符,数字、字母或符号

        注册即视为同意教习网「注册协议」「隐私条款」
        QQ注册
        手机号注册
        微信注册

        注册成功

        下载确认

        下载需要:0 张下载券

        账户可用:0 张下载券

        立即下载
        使用学贝下载
        账户可用下载券不足,请取消部分资料或者使用学贝继续下载 学贝支付

        如何免费获得下载券?

        加入教习网教师福利群,群内会不定期免费赠送下载券及各种教学资源, 立即入群

        返回
        顶部
        Baidu
        map